MBLA)raOI Library 7 i, /^r f n, ^ — en gg = LO ■■— ■^ J] ^™ -^ J o''^ — m = o liis o ss SES nn i— ^ o MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI By Ernst Atnearn Bessey, Pk.D. Distinguisnea Professor or Botany, Retired, ana Dean Emeritus or tne Scnool or Graduate Studies, Micnigan State College Pkiladelpliia • THE BLAKISTON COMPANY • Toronto 1950 Copyright, September 1950, by The Blakiston Company This hook is fully protected by copyright, and no part of it, with the exception of short quotations for review, may be reproduced without the written consent of the publisher printed in the united states of AMERICA BY the maple press COMPANY, YORK, PA. Dedicated to the memory of two great teachers: Charles Edwin Bessey and Georg Klebs PREFACE In the over fifteen years that have elapsed since the pubhcation of the author's "A Text-book of Mycology,"^ the subject has experienced many changes. The subject of Medical Mycology has gained greatly in interest and there has arisen a great realization of the importance of those fungi whose antibiotic products have become indispensable in the treatment of many maladies of Man and other animals. It has therefore become apparent that an entirely new work is necessary, not merely as a textbook for students but also to assist the many persons now undertaking research in the various fields of study in which the knowledge of fungi is funda- mental to their work. Although in some features the present work follows the framework of the older Text-book it has been entirely rewritten and greatly enlarged. Aside from the above-mentioned special fields of study, investigations of the microscopic soil and water fungi, both parasitic and saprophytic, which comprise the simplest forms, in structure at least, have revealed hundreds of species and many new genera, families, and even orders. Thus great numbers of fungi are now known where but few were recognized less than two decades ago. This has compelled radical revisions in the classi- fication of the lower fungi. In the higher fungi, especially the Basidiomyceteae, many new species and genera have been described. Above all, studies in the anatomy and chemical reactions of these new as well as of the old, long known species have shown the artificiality of the old Friesian system of classification. This has led to radical revisions which beyond doubt indicate far more correctly the true relationships and phylogeny of the members of this class. Yet here, there still remains so much to be done that mycologists are not at all in agreement as to the ultimate system of classification to be used. With so many points still in disagreement, it is impossible for a book of this type to settle these matters beyond dispute. The author, therefore, while taking a middle ground in many disputed areas, has attempted to show those using this book the various points of conflict and opposing 1 Bessey, Ernst Athearn: A Text-book of Mycology, xv -f- 495 pp., 139 tigs., Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1935. vii viii PREFACE ideas so that they may judge for themselves what seems to be the more logical. Accordingly numerous references are given at the close of each chapter from which these conflicting ideas may be sought. It is the hope of the author that the recognition of these conflicts may stimulate further study until the points at issue may be settled by a fuller knowledge of the facts. In this work an attempt has been made to give the user the oppor- tunity to learn the more important characters of almost all the generally recognized orders of fungi, and to have a foundation upon which the more intensive study of any of these groups may be based. So many of these organisms are still known but scantily, so that their true relationships are very doubtful. As examples, the Protomycetales and Eccrinales may be mentioned. Many species of each order have been recognized, but the gaps in knowledge still make their relationships to other fungi uncertain. Little more than mere mention is made of those fungi that make up the subject of Medical Mycology, as the author does not feel competent to enter far into that field. Furthermore, he feels that a rather broad foundation in the knowledge of fungi in general, such as this book should give the student, is absolutely necessary before reasonable progress can be made in the study of such a specialized subject. Similarly, but little discussion is made of the physiology of fungi, as that subject, too, requires a good knowledge of the fungi themselves as well as of the physiology of green plants and an adequate training in chemistry. The genetics of fungi is scarcely touched upon except where it is necessary to understand some- what the relationships of certain fungus groups. In other words, this book must not be expected to be a complete encyclopedia of fungi, but rather the foundation upon which to lay the various superstructures of the edi- fice of Mycology. So much has been published in the last fifteen years or more in the way of manuals and monographs that the final chapter, "Guide to the Litera- ture for the Identification of Fungi," is already large in size, in spite of the fact that many older references have been omitted where newer ones are readily available. Here, especially, the effects of World War II have been deplorable. Contacts with mycologists in many portions of the world have been broken; continuity of exchange of literature has been inter- rupted. The mycologic publications in many of the countries where fight- ing was intense have been destroyed, so that much that was of value can- not even be located. As a consequence, in this chapter some glaring omis- sions doubtless Mdll become apparent. It is hoped that these will not lessen the value of the book. As before, the author owes a great deal to the generous cooperation of many botanists in the New World and in portions of Europe. To begin to name them would result in a list too long to be printed here. Furthermore, PREFACE IX he expresses his gratitude to the many mycologic friends who have assisted him by granting permission to use illustrations from their publications. To the management of Mycologia especial thanks are due for their blanket permission to use illustrations from that indispensable periodical. To M. B. Walton, of Cleveland, Ohio, the author's thanks are due for the generous gift of prints of some of his wonderfully fine photographs of fungi. To his wife, especially, the author owes thanks for the continued stimulus to persist in the arduous work of preparing this new book, for writing the manuscript, for assistance in reading proof, and for attending to the many other tiring details that go into the making of a book. Ernst A. Bessey Distinguished Professor of Botany, retired Michigan State College East Lansing, Michigan Jiine 1950. CONTENTS Preface vii 1. Introduction 1 2. Mycetozoa and Related Organisms 22 3. Phycomyceteae : Chytridiales and Hyphochytriales 42 4. Phycomyceteae: Blastocladiales and Monoblephar- IDALES 78 5. Phycomyceteae: Lagenidiales and Saprolegniales 94 6. Phycomyceteae: Peronosporales and Protomyce- tales 126 7. Phycomyceteae: Mucorales, Entomophthorales, Zoo- pagales, Eccrinales 150 8. The Higher Fungi: Carpomyceteae 192 9. Class Ascomyceteae: Laboulbeniales and Discomy- cetes 200 10. Class Ascomyceteae: The ''Pyrenomycetes" 262 11. Class Ascomyceteae: Erysiphales, Aspergillales, Myriangiales, Saccharomycetales 307 12. Class Basidiomyceteae: Subclass Teliosporeae 366 13. Class Basidiomyceteae: Subclass Heterobasidiae. .. . 436 14. Class Basidiomyceteae: Subclass Eubasidiae, ''Hy- menomyceteae " 464 15. Class Basidiomyceteae: Subclass Eubasidiae, ^'Gas- teromyceteae " 530 16. Fungi Imperfecta The Imperfect Fungi 572 17. The Phylogeny of the Fungi 628 xi XI 1 CONTENTS 18. Guide to the Literature for the Identification of Fungi 660 List 1. General Works Covering the Whole Field of Systematic Mycology 662 2. Host Indexes, Local Fungus Lists with Host Indexes, Lists of Fungi on Special Hosts or Substrata, Bibli- ographies, Fungi of Man and Other Animals 668 3. Mycetozoa, Including Myxogastrales, Plasmodiophor- ales, Acrasiales, Labyrinthulales 672 4. General Works on Phycomyceteae 673 5. Chytridiales 673 6. Hyphochytriales 675 7. Blastocladiales and Monoblepharidales 675 8. Lagenidiales 676 9. Saprolegniales (Including Leptomitales) 676 10. Peronosporales, Also Protomycetales 677 11. Mucorales, Entomophthorales 678 12. Zoopagales, Eccrinales 680 13. Ascomyceteae, Miscellaneous 682 14. Laboulbeniales 682 15. Lecanorales and Pyrenulales 683 16. Pezizales Operculati and Inoperculati, Including "Pha- cidiales" 688 17. Tuberales 693 18.' Taphrinales 694 19. Hysteriales 695 20. Sphaeriales 695 21. Hypocreales 699 22. Dothideales 700 23. Pseudosphaeriales 701 24. Hemisphaeriales 702 25. Erysiphaceae 703 26. Meliolaceae (Perisporiaceae) 704 27. Remainder of Erysiphales: Capnodiaceae, Ehglerula- ceae, Trichothyriaceae, Atichiaceae 705 28. Myriangiaceae 706 29. Aspergillales (Plectascales) 707 30. Saccharomycetales and Asporogenous Yeasts 707 31. Ustilaginales (Including Graphiolaceae) 709 32. Uredinales 712 33. Heterobasidiae 718 34. " Hymenomyceteae " : General Works 720 35. Thelephoraceae and Exobasidiaceae 721 CONTENTS Xm 36. Clavariaceae 723 37. Hydnaceae 724 38. Meruliaceae 725 39. Polyporaceae 726 40. Boletaceae 729 41. Agaricaceae (in the Broader Sense) 730 42. Gasteromyceteae — General Works 742 43. Hymenogastrales, Sclerodermatales, etc 743 44. Lycoperdales, including Tulostomataceae and Podax- aceae 744 45. Nidulariales, including Arachniaceae 746 46. Phallales 746 47. Sphaeropsidales 747 48. Melanconiales 750 49. Moniliales: Moniliaceae 750 50. Moniliales: Dematiaceae 753 51. Moniliales: Tuberculariaceae, Stilbellaceae, and My- celia Sterilia 755 Index 757 INTRODUCTION THERE are many kinds of living organism.s whose interactions serve to maintain or to break the balance of Nature. Some of them, green plants, build up organic substances from the inorganic matter at their dis- posal. They are basic to all life on the earth, for without them almost all other organisms would eventually perish. The animals reach probably the greatest degrees of complexity but they must take their basic organic foods directly or indirectly from the chlorophyll-containing plants. Be- sides these two great groups of organisms there are the numerous bacteria — minute breakers-down of the complex organic substances built by the green plants and by the animals and also builders-up of some of the inorganic substances that the green plants need. Aside from these there is the great horde of organisms called fungi. Perhaps there are 100,000 species of them, according to Bisby and Ainsworth (1943), but of the 100,000 named fungi probably not over 40,000 are, according to these authors, valid species, leaving 60,000 or more to be recognized and de- scribed in the future. It is with the fungi that mycology has to do. Ordi- narily they are considered by most botanists to be plants, but Martin (1932) and others who followed him, have suggested that fungi may be neither animals nor plants but a third kingdom, of common origin with them, which has undergone a parallel development to the animal and plant kingdoms. Fungi There is no general agreement as to the limits of the forms that should be called fungi. Some of the earlier mycologists included the bacteria with them, but that is rarely done nowadays. The majority of botanists, or to be more specific, of mycologists, include the Slime Molds (Mycetozoa or Myxomycetes) among the fungi. Yet the great German mycologist and plant pathologist Anton de Bary (1831-1888) said (1887), "I have since the year 1858 placed the Myxomycetes under the name Mycetozoa out- side the limits of the vegetable kingdom, and I still consider this to be 1 2 INTRODUCTION their true position." With this viewpoint the author is in agreement, but since most mycologists accept these organisms as fungi they are included in this textbook. From the foregoing it is apparent that the fungi do not possess chloro- phyll and also that the chlorophyll-less bacteria and Mycetozoa are ex- cluded from their ranks. There are many other organisms which lack chlorophyll and still are not fungi. Thus in the diatomaceous genus Nitzschia some species are known that possess no chloroplasts while the majority of species possess them. Otherwise they are so similar that they are retained in the same genus. In the Red Seaweeds (Florideae) there are several species that lack chlorophyll and are parasitic upon other Florideae — e.g., Harveyella mirahilis (Reinsch) Schmitz & Reinke (see Sturch, 1899). Yet in their modes of sexual and asexual reproduction they can be assigned definite positions among these algae. Among the higher plants (Anthophyta or Angiospermae) many widely separated chlorophyll-less species are found, e.g., in the Orchidaceae and Bur- manniaceae among the Monocotyledoneae, and Cuscuta, Cassytha, Mo- notropa, Rafflesia, Orohanche, and many others in the Dicotyledoneae. Thus it is necessary to delimit the fungi by further characters than merely the lack of chlorophyll. Such a definition is in the main negative. Definition. As a group the fungi may be defined as chlorophyll-less nonvascular plants whose reproductive or vegetative structures do not permit them to be assigned to positions among recognized groups of algae or higher plants, and as excluding the Bacteria (which are typically one-celled and lack a typical nucleus) and the Mycetozoa (which have an animal type of structure and reproduction). Whether the fungi represent a single phylum of organisms with a common origin or have arisen in independent lines from several ancestral types of plants is still a matter of debate among students of their phylog- eny and classification. They range from very simple short-lived, one- celled structures whose single cell becomes the organ of reproduction (e.g., Olpidiopsis, which at maturity becomes the zoosporangium from which escape the zoospores) to massive perennial mycelia giving rise to great spore fruits as in some of the puffballs, pore fungi, etc. Except for the lack of chlorophyll and the saprophytic or parasitic mode of life thereby necessitated, these two extremes have no single character in common: manner of reproduction, structure of the vegetative body, chemical composition of the cell wall, etc. The extreme simplicity of the one type of fungus might be considered to indicate a low position in evolution, i.e., great primitiveness, but on the other hand it might be the result of a great degree of simplification from a much more complex fungus. The lack of any good fossil record of these lower fungi prevents us from obtaining direct evidence in this matter. FUNGI 6 Structure. The vast majority of fungi consist vegetatively of more or less elongated, septate or nonseptate filaments. These are called indi- vidually hyphae (singular, hypha) and collectively the mycelium. They may be uniform in thickness or tapering from broad to slender portions in the same hypha or in different portions of the same mycelium. They may be branched or unbranched (simple). In thickness they may be less than 0.5 jj. up to over 100 n (in some Saprolegniales). In size the whole mycelium may be only a few microns in length or it may produce great sheets or strands that extend many meters. The composition of the cell wall is very variable among the different fungi and sometimes in the same individual at different stages of ma- turity. Basically the chief components appear to be various types of carbohydrates or mixtures of these: cellulose, pectose, callose, etc. Mixed with these and probably often in chemical combination with them there may be other substances. Cellulose predominates in many of the Phyco- myceteae so that the characteristic cellulose reaction is shown upon treat- ment with chloriodide of zinc, but sometimes where it makes up the bulk of the wall it does not respond to this reagent until certain fatty deposits in the outer portion of the cell wall are first dissolved away, as in Mono- hlepharis. In a great many fungi, especially the Ascomyceteae, Basidio- myceteae and the higher Phycomyceteae, either cellulose is entirely lacking, being replaced by some other carbohydrate, or the considerable amount of chitin with which the wall is impregnated prevents the cellulose from showing its presence. Chitin is never alone in the wall but it may form a considerable portion of the component substances. Aside from the foregoing substances calcium carbonate or other salts may be deposited upon or within the wall. Although von Wettstein (1921) and others have identified the chief component of the cell wall of many fungi, apart from the carbohydrates, as chitin, identical with the chitin of the Arthropods, Dous and Ziegenspeck (1926) after a careful comparative study of the animal chitin with the fungus chitin conclude that these are parallel compounds derived from different basic substances, but with much the same general characters. Throughout this book, wherever the word chitin is used it should be understood as referring to this fungus chitin, not to the true animal chitin. There are two main types of mycelium ; in one the hyphae are cellular and in the other, coenocytic. A cellular hypha usually contains either one or two nuclei per cell and the division of the cell is initiated by the division of the nucleus or by the simultaneous division of both nuclei, respectively. In a coenocyte there are many nuclei and the formation of septa occurs without immediate reference to any preceding nuclear division. A coeno- cytic hypha may be "tubular," i.e., lacking septa, or septate. In the latter case each segment is multinuclear. A tubular coenocyte, such as is 4 INTRODUCTION characteristic of the majority of the Phycomyceteae, produces septa to set apart the reproductive organs (sporangia or gametangia) from the hypha, or to fence off an injured region, or to separate an empty portion of the hypha from those portions still containing protoplasm. A cellular mycelium may have multinucleate cells in the younger portions but by intervention of septa the older portion is transformed to cells with one or two nuclei, depending upon the phase of the mycelium. An old my- celium, no longer able to continue normal growth, may undergo nuclear division without septum formation so that the old cells may have several nuclei. In the Higher Fungi that generation of development in which the cells are uninuclear is sometimes called the monocaryon phase and that in which the cells are binuclear the dicaryon phase, or primary and secondary mycelium, respectively. In general the growth in length and the formation of new cells takes place in the terminal portion of the hypha or of its branches. Septum formation occurs, as in most algae, by the production of a circular shelf which gradually grows inward until (in the Phycomyceteae) it makes a complete septum or (in the Higher Fungi) leaves a small central perforation through which there is a continuous protoplasmic connection from cell to cell. In Allomyces, one of the Phycomyceteae, septa may be formed but these are imperfect with large openings and are called pseudosepta. The mycelia of the majority of fungi are hyaline, especially the hyphae that are embedded in the substratum and functioning as organs for ob- taining nutriment. These are sometimes colored but the color is much more frequent in those hyphae that are external. The pigment causing this dark color is related to melanin and is largely confined to the cell walls. The hyphae that bear the conidia or that protect the other types of reproductive structures are especially apt to be dark-colored. Aside from their elongated thread-like form the hyphae may be packed together tightly so that they adhere in elongated strands which sometimes have a hard black external layer and creep long distances. These are called rhizomorphs. In ArmiUariella mellea (Vahl) Karst., these black, shoestring-like strands creep under the bark of roots and trunks of trees and through the soil. Storage organs called sclerotia are frequently produced by fungi. Dense masses of hyphae arise and the short cells enlarge laterally until a compact pseudoparenchymatous tissue is formed whose cells become polyhedral by mutual pressure. These are filled with food materials and the walls may remain thin or become somewhat thickened, especially the outermost layers of cells which thus form a protective cortex which may be light in color or more often brown or black. These sclerotia if small, as in Sclerotium rolfsii Sacc, may be trans- ported easily by surface water during heavy rains. Larger sclerotia may FUNGI remain near where they are produced and then develop typical repro- ductive organs for the fungus when favorable conditions arrive. This is the case with sclerotia of Claviceps, Sclerotinia, and some species of Polyporus. From the sclerotia themselves under certain conditions new mycehum may grow out instead of reproductive organs. This is the case with the overwintering stage of a species of Pelliculana, the common black scurf {" Rhizoctonia") of potatoes and other plants. Reproduction. Asexual reproduction in the true fungi may occur by the formation within a zoosporangium of naked cells, zoospores, which upon their release swim away by means of anteriorly, laterally, or pos- teriorly attached flagella, either one or two in number depending upon the order of fungi concerned. This production of zoospores is confined to some orders of the Phycomyceteae. The zoospores eventually settle down and encyst, and the encysted cell becomes the start of the new plant. In the majority of fungi, including many of the Phycomyceteae and all of the Higher Fungi in which asexual reproduction occurs, no motile spores are produced but the spores are provided with a wall and are distributed by air currents, by water, by insects, etc. These spores are of several types of origin. In the Mucoraceae they are produced internally in a sporangium; upon the rupture or dissolution of its walls, they are set free and distributed by air or water currents. Such spores are sometimes called aplanospores in contradistinction to the motile naked zoospores which may be called planospores. Conidia arise as single separable cells of the mycelium. They may arise by the fragmentation of the whole mycelium or of special hyphae into cylindrical, ovoid, or spherical cells (oidial mode of conidium formation) or by the cutting off of terminal or lateral cells from special hyphae or conidiophores. In a number of genera the conidia are pushed out one by one from the neck of a flask-like cell (or phialid). The conidia, by whatever means they arise, may be hyaline or colored, and may remain one-celled or by formation of transverse or longitudinal septa may become two-celled to many-celled. They may be released singly or remain attached in a chain. In some cases, instead of producing conidia, a tangled mass of hyphae may form a rounded ball as in the genus Papulospora. For the purpose of enabling the fungus to survive unfavorable conditions such as cold, lack of water, etc., chlamydospores are produced by many fungi. These are terminal or intercalary cells of a hypha (or even single cells in a conidium made up of a row of cells) which enlarge and round up, store supplies of food, and form a thick wall. Such cells may live for years until favorable conditions arrive. They have nothing to do with the sexual stage of the fungus so that the use of the term chlamydospore for the reproductive cells (teliospores) of the Ustilaginales is unwarranted. Sexual reproduction, or substitutes for it, may be found in most of 6 INTRODUCTION the groups of fungi except the artificial class called Fungi Imperfecti which was estabhshed to include those fungi in which sexual reproduction has not been discovered. The simplest type of sexual reproduction is the union of two cells of equal size and to all appearances alike in all charac- teristics. These two gametes may both be nonmotile (aplanogametes) or motile (planogametes), as in the Yeasts and Chytridiales, respectively. The zygote formed by their union may become a new one-celled plant or may produce mycelium of various types. The gametes are more often unequal in size and the motility may be limited only to the smaller one, then designated as the male gamete or sperm. Still more often flagella are lacking in both gametes and fertilization is brought about by the union of the cells by dissolution of a portion of the intervening walls. Sometimes the male nucleus is introduced into the female gamete, or egg, through a tube extending into the latter. When the zygote is the product of the union of clearly dissimilar gametes, forming a definite zygote cell which often serves as a resting spore, it may be called an oospore. When a similar resting spore results from the union of similar gametes it is called a zygospore. It must be noted that the gradation between iso- gametes (i.e., equal gametes) and anisogametes (i.e., gametes that are dissimilar) is gradual. In some fungi, instead of producing definite gametes, any cell of one mycelium may unite with any cell of another compatible mycelium, so that no definite part of the fungus can be distinguished as a male or female reproductive organ. This is especially true in the Ustilaginaceae. However, many fungi do produce clearly distinguishable male and female organs of reproduction. Very often the gametes may develop into new plants without union, i.e., by parthenogenesis. This phenomenon is ob- served from some of the simplest fungi up to many of the Higher Fungi. Sometimes a vegetative cell may be substituted for the normal male gametangium (antherid), the nucleus of this substituting cell functioning in place of a normal sperm nucleus. So it comes about that, with partheno- genesis occurring in many fungi and substitution of vegetative cells for gametes in others, it is difficult to follow the evolutionary sequence of the development of sexual reproduction in these organisms. The occurrence of the union of the sexual nuclei naturally leads to the production of a diploid nucleus. In very few fungi does this nucleus multiply in the diploid state (perhaps in a few Yeasts). Usually its first divisions are meiotic, so that throughout the life history of the fungus the nuclei are always haploid except immediately after the union of the gamete nuclei. Yet among the fungi, particularly in the Ascomyceteae and Basidiomyceteae, we find a contrast of mycelia that are diploid in nature and haploid in nature although all the nuclei are haploid. These are respectively the dicaryon and monocaryon phases of mycelia. Whether FUNGI the two nuclei (of separate sexual origin) are present in a cell within one nuclear membrane (i.e., a diploid nucleus) or each in its own separate membrane (i.e., two haploid nuclei in the cell), the effect on the cytoplasm is practically the same, so that a dicaryon cell is to all intents and pur- poses a diploid cell. Thus when Buller (1930) speaks of the "diploidiza- tion" of a monocaryon mycelium by the introduction of a compatible haploid nucleus which multiphes and spreads from cell to cell this term is essentially correct although the nuclei, now in pairs in each cell, are still haploid. He was speaking of diploidization of the cell as a whole not of the contained nucleus. In the simplest fungi the whole plant, consisting of but one cell, becomes the reproductive unit that produces the asexual or sexual cells. As we study fungi of greater complexity we find that the vegetative and reproductive portions of the organism are more and more segregated. In many fungi the process of sexual reproduction becomes increasingly complex and leads to the formation of, not a single zygote, but a very complex structure, the spore fruit, many of whose cells become the ulti- mate reproductive spores. Some of the puffballs, e.g., Calvatia gigantea (Batsch ex Pers.) Lloyd, attain a diameter of over one meter. This is the spore fruit. The vegetative mycelium is subterranean and not noticed except when hunted for. Parasitism. Because of their lack of chlorophyll all fungi must obtain their organic food from sources external to themselves. The whole my- celium may have the power to absorb these foods or this task may be relegated to special portions such as rhizoids or to haustoria, the knob-like or finger-like processes that enter the cells of the host plant. In many of the Phycomyceteae there is a great difference between the much branched mycelium within the substratum and that portion outside which bears the reproductive organs. Probably the majority of fungi are saprophytic, i.e., feed upon the organic products or remains of plants or animals but not upon the hving organisms themselves. The substances utilized by the fungus are often very varied in nature. Simple sugars, starches, cellulose, or organic acids may satisfy its needs provided the necessary mineral nutrients are present. On the other hand some fungi require the presence of various growth factors, such as biotin and thiamin, and some proteins or their building blocks, the amino acids. Some saprophytic fungi are much more limited as to their organic foodstuffs. In general, however, their range of foods is far wider than that of strict parasites. Some facultative parasites are able to grow apparently indefinitely as saprophytes. Thus a species of Fusarium capable of causing the death of Sesamum indicum L. was studied in culture by the author (1904). When provided with the necessary mineral nutrients, it developed upon cellulose, simple and complex sugars. 8 INTRODUCTION various organic acids, asparagin, peptone, gelatin, glycerine, etc., and under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions. On the other hand many fungi are obhgatory parasites and methods have not yet been devised by which they can be grown except upon suitable living host tissues. This is true of the Rusts (Uredinales), the White Rusts (Albuginaceae), most of the Downy Mildews (Peronospo- raceae), the minute insect parasites belonging to the Laboulbeniales, etc. This would seem to indicate that for such parasites the choice of food is very strictly limited. Among some of the commoner parasites, e.g., stem rusts of wheat, Puccinia graminis tritici Erikss. & Henn., and powdery mildew of various grasses, Erysiphe graminis DC, there have been found what are called biologic or physiologic forms. These are races of the fungus that are indistinguishable except for the fact that one will grow only on certain species or varieties while the other races grow only on other varieties. Parasitic fungi may be destructive or balanced parasites. The former may kill the host cells or tissues by means of some poisonous substances which may even diffuse out in advance of the fungus hyphae with the consequence that the latter actually enter dead tissues. Some species of Botrytis, Sderotinia, Pythium, etc., are of this type. On the other hand a balanced parasite is so well adapted in its demands upon the host to the ability of the latter to supply these needs and to continue to live and grow that both fungus and host develop together until the time comes when the fungus is ready to produce its spores. Then it too destroys the surrounding tissues. Many of the Smuts (Ustilaginales) are balanced parasites. Actually all gradations between these two extremes may be found. Mostly the destructive parasites are less strictly confined to definite hosts than are the balanced parasites. Some fungi belonging to the Polyporaceae attack and destroy only the dead cells (wood fibers, tracheary tissues, etc.) of the wood of living trees and from that viewpoint are saprophytes, yet their growth ceases when the death of the tree occurs. The conditions within the host tissues that favor the growth of the fungus are evidently sufficiently changed when the tree dies so that the fungus no longer finds the conditions of environment that are requisite for its continued growth. Many fungi are parasitic in certain stages of their growth and saprophytic later on. Thus the fungus of apple scab {Venturia inaequalis (Cke.) Wint.) grows and produces its conidia upon the living leaves and fruits of the apple but overwinters saprophytically and produces its sexual stage of reproduction within the dead leaves on the giound. This is true of very many of the leaf spot fungi of economic as well as wild plants. Just how a parasitic fungus obtains its food from its host is not clear in all cases. Apparently it may be by the action of some secretion from HISTORY OF MYCOLOGY 9 the fungus hyphae or haustoria upon the plasma membrane of the host cells, making this more permeable to the contained solutes so that they diffuse out and are absorbed by the fungus. The whole field of fungus physiology offers many interesting lines of study and cannot be entered upon within the limits of this book. Nor will space permit the extensive discussion of medical mycology (see C. W. Dodge, 1935) or technical mycology (Lafar, 1903, 1910). Only brief mention is made in Chapter 16 of the production of antibiotics. The genetics of fungi is noted where necessary for the understanding of the development of various groups of these organisms. History of Mycology A very brief sketch of a few steps in the history of mycology should not be omitted. The larger fungi, or rather their conspicuous fruiting bodies, were well known to the ancients, but knowledge of their true nature and their manner of growth had to await the invention of the microscope. The Romans knew and distinguished various edible and poisonous mushrooms. The Emperor Nero is reported to have been very fond of Amamta caesarea (Schaeff.) Fr., which owes its specific epithet to this association. The word fungus (related to the verb fungor, to flourish) was applied to mushrooms and to excrescences from the ground or from trees. The Greek word mykes (hvktjs) was applied to some types of fungi. From this comes the characteristic part of the word mycology. For untold centuries the Chinese have known and used certain fungi for food and others for medicine but, as in the Occident, with httle real knowledge as to the true nature of these organisms. After the invention of printing in Europe there began to appear various "herbals," describing and, in many cases, illustrating more or less elaborately the plants of southern and western Europe. In some of these the larger fungi are illustrated. Thus Clusius (Charles de la Cluse, 1529-1609) in 1601 devoted many illustrations and many pages of text to the discussion of edible and poisonous fungi. No attempt was made to classify these into genera or families as these terms are now used. In 1623 in his "Pinax Theatri Botanici," Gaspard Bauhin (1560-1624) attempted to bring together all plants known to him or to his predecessors. He divided the approximately 100 species of fungi and lichens into groups to which he gave names. The idea of the genus as a definite category for the purposes of classification had not yet become firmly established, so that some of his group names include directly, as the next subordinate rank, the species, while in other cases there are intermediate categories. All lichens he included in the group Muscus Saxatilis vel Lichen (9 species) . Under the name Fungus he included 81 species which are distributed now among the Agaricaceae, Boletaceae, Polyporaceae, Clavariaceae, Auricu- 10 INTRODUCTION lariaceae, Lycoperdaceae, Phallaceae, Clathraceae, Pezizaceae, and per- haps other famihes. Agaricum Fungus corresponds practically to the laterally attached Polyporaceae, especially Fomes. Tuhera, with 2 species, was applied to truffles (Tuber) and other subterranean firm fungi. Tournefort (1656-1708) is the botanist who, more than any other, brought to general acceptance the concept of the genus as the classifi- catory category next above the species. He still maintained the cumber- some method of naming a species with the genus name followed by a descriptive phrase, now universally abandoned for the binomial manner of writing a name which was popularized by Linnaeus. Six genera of fungi and one of lichens were recognized by Tournefort in his "Elemens de Botanique" in 1694. The generic names used were adopted from his predecessors. Fungus corresponds to all centrally stipitate Agaricaceae, Boletaceae, and Polyporaceae. Boletus includes Morchella, Clathrus, and Phallus. Agaricus was applied to fungi attached laterally to trees, logs, etc., such as various Polyporaceae, Auricularia, etc. Lycoperdon included the Lycoperdaceae and also the larger rounded Mycetozoa. Coralloides included various branched fungi, among others the branching species of Clavaria. Tuhera was used as by Bauhin. Dillenius (1687-1747) added a good many species and some new genera. He also changed the names of some groups from those used by Tournefort or, retaining the name, changed its application. Thus all centrally stipitate Agaricaceae were placed in the genus Amanita. Boletus was entirely changed and made to include the present Boletaceae and centrally stipitate Polyporaceae. Morchella and Phallus were introduced to take up the species included in Tournefort's Boletus. Bovista was substi- tuted for Lycoperdon and Fungoides for Coralloides. For cup- or saucer- shaped fungi Dillenius used the name Peziza. Mention must be made of Sebastien Vaillant (1669-1722) whose book "Botanicon Parisiense" in 1727 gave illustrations of fungi and other plants whose accuracy and beauty were scarcely equalled for over a century. He listed all genera alphabetically, regardless of their real relationship, hence the fungi are scattered throughout the work. Agaricus and Boletus are used as they were by Tournefort. Most of the Agaricaceae are included in the genus Fungus which is however a very heterogeneous assemblage of organisms. Fungoides is in part Peziza, and Corallofungus includes some of the species of Clavaria. Aside from the beautiful illustrations and the descriptions, Vaillant added little to mycology. The foremost student of fungi before the time of Linnaeus was the Italian botanist Pier' Antonio MicheH (1679-1737). He was apparently the first student of these organisms to use the microscope on them, crude as was his instrument. His great work "Nova Plantarum Genera" was completed by 1719 but, for lack of funds, the first part only was pub- HISTORY OF MYCOLOGY 11 lished, after a delay of ten years, in 1729. His biographer Targioni- Tozzetti (1858), reports that the second part was completed but never published for lack of means. There is no doubt that Micheli knew his fungi far better than any of his forerunners or contemporaries. He gave usable keys by which genera could be identified and, for the larger genera, keys to the species. Many of his figures and descriptions were so excellent that there is no difficulty now in identifying them. He distinguished Fungi lamellati (Agaricaceae), Fungi porosi (Polyporaceae and Boletaceae), Fungi pulverentes (Lycoperdaceae and some others), Fungi Ramosi (the branching Clavariaceae), etc. Among the generic names used by him and still recognized are Phallus, Clavaria, Clathrus, Lycoperdon, Geaster, and Tuber. He used Agaricum as did his forerunners for laterally attached Fomes, Trametes, Fistulina, and Stereum. Polyporus was confined to the stipitate polypores; Suillus to the present Boletus and its allies; Erinaceus to the stipitate Hydnaceae; Fungus to the stipitate Agaricaceae. Boletus as used by him is now known as Morchella; his Puccinia is now called Gymno sporangium. Coralloides was equivalent to the branched species of Clavaria, etc. In addition to collecting and studying the larger fungi, Micheli was perhaps the first botanist to attempt cultures of molds. He sowed spores of "il/wcor" (evidently Rhizopus nigricans Ehr.) on one side of pieces of squash and ^^ Aspergillus^^ on the other. Each produced its own kind of fungus. He inoculated two pieces of squash with " Botrytis," covering one with a bell jar and leaving the other exposed. The covered piece developed only Botrytis while the uncovered piece developed Mucor as well, thus showing, as Micheli pointed out, that the spores of these various molds were distributed through the air. Linnaeus (Carl von Linne, 1707-1778), who is often called the "Father of Botany," advanced the knowledge of fungi little if at all. In his great work "Species Plantarum" (1753) he attempted to bring together de- scriptions of all of the known species of plants. His adoption of the two- word form of name for species (which we call generic and specific epithets) marked a very great advance in convenience and simplicity. In his twenty-fourth class, "Cryptogamia," the fungi are to be found chiefly under the heading Cryptogamia Fungi but a few are located among the Cryptogamia Algae. His treatment of the fungi, which he mostly knew only from the study of botanical literature, and only superficially at first hand, is far less scientific than that of Micheli or of Dillenius. The lichens were included in the genus Lichen, among the algae, as was the genus Tremella. This genus includes the alga Nostoc as well as the rust Gymno- sporangium, the Basidiomycete Auricularia, several lichens, and probably one or more species now included in Tremella. All of the Agaricaceae, as we know the family, were included in the genus Agaricus and all the pore fungi in the genus Boletus, differing from Micheli and his predecessors. 12 INTRODUCTION Erinaceus of Micheli and earlier botanists became Hydnum. Phallus was made to include both Phallus and Morchella, being equivalent to Tourne- fort's Boletus. Lycoperdon included Lycoperdaceae and some Mycetozoa. Mucor included all molds such as Mucorales, Fungi Imperfecti, and Erysiphaceae. Other genera recognized by Linnaeus were Elvela, Peziza, and C lav aria. The most significant advance in the classification of fungi after Linnaeus is to be found in the works of Christiaan Hendrik Persoon (1755-1837). The number of recognized species had become greatly in- creased and the great improvements in the microscope made it possible to study the manner by which the spores were borne, so that the major groups as now recognized began to appear. Probably the greatest contribution to the knowledge of the larger fungi, particularly the "Hymenomycetes," was made by Elias Magnus Fries (1794-1878), whose active mycological work extended over a period of more than half a century. The impetus given to mycology by these two great botanists was felt over the whole world and fungi unknown to science were discovered by the thousands. In the first third of the nineteenth century the smaller Ascomyceteae, especially Sphaeriales, and the pycnidial Fungi Imperfecti, were mostly described superficially, often being thrown together in the same genus. Little was known of the Rusts, Smuts, molds of all sorts, various Monili- ales, Melanconiales, etc. Only when these were studied carefully with the compound microscope did order begin to arise out of chaos. Of the many workers in that period, mention may be made of August Carl Joseph Corda (1809-1849) whose "Icones Fungorum," a six-volume work, pub- lished from 1837-1854, showed the detailed structure of many of the larger fungi but also threw light on hundreds of the microscopic forms. Soon following this came the beautifully illustrated three-volume work of the Tulasne brothers, "Selecta Fungorum Carpologia," 1861-1865 (Louis Rene Tulasne, 1815-1885, being the chief author). In the United States the first extensive study of fungi was undertaken by Lewis David von Schweinitz (1780-1834), a minister in the United Brethren Church, who collected extensively in North Carolina and Pennsylvania. His publications on American fungi (1822 and 1832) were the first noteworthy ones that appeared. A third of a century later Charles Horton Peck (1833-1917) began his work at Albany, New York, as state botanist, a position which he held from 1867-1915. His chief interest was in the fungi of which he described about 2500 species previously un- recognized. His collections and descriptions formed the foundation for many monographic studies of various genera by later students, especially of the Agaricaceae. Other nations had similar lovers of fungi who added greatly to the knowledge of these organisms, but space does not permit HISTORY OF MYCOLOGY 13 the mention of their names, except Carlos Spegazzini (1858-1926), of Argentina, who explored the mycologically almost unknown territory of southern South America and gave the first descriptions of several thousand species. As new species of fungi were recognized in all parts of the world their descriptions appeared in all sorts of scientific journals, reports of learned societies, and even in textbooks, so that it became increasingly difficult for a student of fungi to know whether a fungus under study by him was new to science or already described. Many fungi were unavoidably named several times by different investigators. In Germany and other European countries floras were published in which were described all species of fungi known to occur in those regions, such, for example, as Rabenhorst's "Kryptogamen-Flora" (1844, 1845). Valuable as were such works, they did not include fungi from other regions, and since fungi are much more cosmopolitan in their distribution than higher plants the probability always existed that many fungi described from elsewhere would be found to occur within the area covered by the work. This un- certainty deterred many mycologists from describing supposedly new species for fear of duplication. This was especially true of students of fungi who lived away from the great European centers of mycological activity. This condition became so bad that the great Italian mycologist Pier' Andrea Saccardo (1845-1920) decided, before 1880, to bring to- gether in one work the descriptions of all fungi hitherto recognized. Thus began the monumental "Sylloge Fungorum," the first volume of which appeared in 1882 and the twenty-fifth in 1931. With the appearance of the first volume of this work systematic mycology again took a great leap forward. In the meantime various periodicals were established which were devoted partly or entirely to fungi. These are found in many countries and in many languages, for the science of mycology is bounded by no political or linguistic boundaries. With the greatly increased knowledge of the structures of fungi, for which the Tulasne brothers were in great degree responsible, there began a new phase of mycological work about the middle of the nineteenth century. This was the study of the life histories of fungi. The earlier mycologists had been, in the main, satisfied to describe the different forms as they found them, often not dreaming that in many cases they were treating of different stages of the same organism. To be sure some of the earlier describers of fungi suggested that different forms found in close association might be different stages of the same fungus, suggestions which in many cases were found by later investigators to be correct. The work of Anton de Bary began at about this period and was carried on with such enthusiasm and skill that a great series of life history investi- gations followed. His first outstanding work was his investigation of the 14 INTRODUCTION life history of the Mycetezoa (1859). He maintained his interest in this group of organisms for many years and inspired the work of many outstanding students in this field. Probably the most outstanding of de Bary's earlier studies was that in which he determined the life cycle of the rusts (Uredinales) and proved the heteroecious nature of black stem rust of small grains {Puccinia graminis Pers.). In the two decades after the appearance of this work (1865) we find many of de Bary's pupils following and extending life history studies in all groups of fungi. Pre- eminent among these was Oscar Brefeld, who employed, not for the first time but probably most extensively up to then, the method of growing the fungi under study in pure culture on various types of culture media and under various external conditions. In this way he was enabled to study the developmental stages of many fungi and to learn much of their physiology as well. His chief series of contributions began in 1872 and the last volume appeared in 1912. One of de Bary's early students and collaborators was the Russian, M. S. Woronin (1838-1903), who returned to Russia after several years of association with his great teacher, there becoming in his turn the center of a group of very able mycologists and plant pathologists. The life history studies thus stimulated by de Bary and his students have continued up to the present with so great a number of investigators that mention of their names, even, must be omitted. The introduction of the recently developed cytological methods to the study of fungus life histories began on a large scale with the investi- gations by P. A. Dangeard (1894) in France, and of R. A. Harper (1896- 1897).. Their first publications along these lines appeared between 1894 and 1897 and were soon followed by the contributions of a host of other eager students in all parts of the w^orld. The correction or confirmation of previously held ideas — particularly with reference to the nature of the sexual act in fungi — thus made possible, has proved to be of the utmost value in assisting the determination of relationships among the fungi. In 1904 and succeeding years A. F. Blakeslee made known the occur- rence of those sexual phenomena in the Mucorales to which he gave the names heterothallism and homothallism. The study of these types of sexual reaction has been extended to other groups of fungi: In the Basidiomyceteae by Mile. Bensaude (1918), Hans Kniep (1913-1917), Miss Mounce (1922), Vandendries (1923), Hanna (1925), and many others from 1915 to the present; in the Ustilaginales by Bauch (1922), Hanna (1929), Kniep, Stakman (1927), and others in the last twenty years; in the Uredinales by Craigie (1927, 1931), Andrus (1931), Miss Allen (1930), etc., since 1927; in the Ascomyceteae by B. O. Dodge (1927), Ames (1932), Drayton (1932), and several others, mainly since 1927. Dodge (1928), Lindegren (1933), and others have made intensive studies on the genetics of fungi in the last fifteen or more years, particu- RULES FOR NOMENCLATURE 15 larly in various species of Neurospora, while many others have studied the smuts from the genetic standpoint. Hybrids have been produced in both these groups as well as in the rusts and their structure and their behavior studied. So much has been published in these fields in the last fifteen to twenty years that the names of the investigators cannot be listed here. Of those mentioned above only a few of their earlier papers are noted, though in many cases they produced many later contributions. The present day finds systematic mycologists active all over the world. Life histories are being studied in all groups. The sexual relations are being scrutinized from the lowest to the highest fungi and genetic studies are revealing results somewhat parallel, but on a smaller scale as yet, to those attained by the study of Zea mays and Drosophila. Now, as never before, a knowledge of the fungi themselves is necessary. The discovery of the production of antibiotic substances by various fungi has encouraged intense research in that field, the results of which have only recently become of great importance in the medical field. Rules for Nomenclature The rules for botanical nomenclature, especially as applicable to fungi, have been given an extended discussion by Bisby (1945). Only the more fundamental points will be taken up here. These rules have been formu- lated and added to and modified at a series of International Botanical Congresses in 1867, 1905, 1910, 1930, and 1935. The aims are expressed in Articles 2 and 4 of the Rules, from which the following sentences are quoted : The object of the rules is to put the nomenclature of the past into order and to provide for that of the future. They are always retroactive: names and forms of nomenclature contrary to a rule {illegitimale names or forms) cannot be main- tained. . . . The essential points in nomenclature are: (1) to aim at fixity of names; (2) to avoid or to reject the use of forms and names which may cause error or ambiguity or throw science into confusion. . . . Next in importance is the avoidance of all useless creation of names. Art. 7. Scientific names of all groups are usually taken from Latin or Greek. When taken from any language other than Latin, or formed in an arbitrary manner, they are treated as if they were Latin. Latin terminations should be used so far as possible for new names. The earliest name properly applied to a plant shall be retained, pro- vided it is a binomial, i.e., consists of the generic name and specific epithet. Since, however, it is impractical to go back to the classical authors or those of the Middle Ages it has been agreed that names applied before the appearance of Linnaeus' "Species Plantarum" (1753) shall not be considered, nor those subsequent to that date which do not use the binomial nomenclature. Because many of the fungi were not well known to Linnaeus the basic dates for the earliest authoritative names 16 INTRODUCTION have been assigned variously in accordance with the groups of fungi con- cerned. Thus for the Mycetozoa and Lichens the date remains 1753; for the Uredinales, Ustilaginales, and Gasteromycetes it is 1801, based on Persoon's "Synopsis Methodica Fungorum"; and for all other fungi 1821-1832, based on the appearance of the various volumes of Fries' "Systema Mycologicum." So the beginning date for the Hymenomycetes is based upon Volume I of this work, part of which is said to have appeared late in 1820 and the remainder in 1821. Any names given by later authors are valid only if the species concerned were not included in that volume. The first section of Volume II appeared in 1822 and included, and there- fore is authoritative for their nomenclature, the Discomycetes and many of the larger Heterobasidiae, and the sclerotioid Fungi Imperfecti. Part II of this volume appeared in 1823 and contained some of the Gastero- mycetes, whose basic date is Persoon's work in 1801, and the Pyreno- mycetes (and Sphaeropsidales). Volume III, Section I (1829) contains (in addition to the remainder of the Gasteromycetes and the Mycetozoa) the Erysiphales. For this last group it is the basic work. Section II (1832) consists mainly of the Fungi Imperfecti, but also Hypodermii (i.e., Uredinales and Ustilaginales) for which the work of Persoon is basic. A generic name is always a noun in the singular number. It is always written with an initial capital. The specific epithet is mostly an adjective in Latin form, which must agree in gender with the generic name (e.g., Lepiota procera), or it may be the genitive case of some noun (e.g., Mycosphaerella fragariae), or it may be a noun in the nominative case (e.g., Xylaria hypoxylon or Fomes pinicola). Mostly the specific epithet is written without an initial capital, except where it is a noun in the nomi- native case that was an old generic name, or where it is based upon a personal name or a generic name. INIany authors prefer to decapitalize all specific epithets, even when based upon personal or generic names. The author attempts to follow this procedure in this book except where quoting directly from another author. Valid publication of a hitherto undescribed plant consists of the assignment of a name and the description of the organism, in proper manner. After 1935 all descriptions to be valid must be in Latin aside from any descriptive text in any other language. The description of a species must be based upon a definite collection, specimen, or culture, which is designated as the "type specimen." This should be preserved and the place where it is deposited should be indicated. A genus must be based upon some particular species, the "type species." A family must be based upon a "type genus" and an order upon a "type family." Ordinarily the familial and ordinal names are based upon the stem of the name of the type genus, with the appropriate endings, -aceae or -ales, respectively. If a genus, family, or order is divided into two or more parts RULKS FOR NOMENCLATURE 17 the original name must be retained for the part in which the type species, genus, or family remains. When a species is transferred to another genus than that under which it was first described, or when for any other valid reason the generic name is changed, the specific epithet must be retained, subject to change of gender in case it is an adjective, if the new genus name is of different gender. Exceptions are as follows: If the new genus name is the same as the specific epithet or if in the new genus a similar combination already exists (e.g., when Leontodon taraxacum was split off from the genus Leontodon and placed in the new genus Taraxacum, the epithet had to be replaced; Uredo sorghi (1897) was transferred to the genus Puccinia, but as there was already a Puccinia sorghi (1832), another epithet had to be chosen). In this case the oldest available epithet of a synonym must be taken or in lack of such a name a new epithet must be provided by the author making the transfer. In describing a species de novo the describer's (abbreviated) name follows the specific epithet, but if an author changes the genus to which the species must be assigned the name of the person who first gave the epithet must be placed in parentheses followed by that of the author of the new combination. For example, Bessey and Thompson described a new species of fungus under the name Genea cuhispora Bessey & Thomp- son. When Miss Gilkey determined that this belonged to the genus Hydnotria, the name became Hydnotria cuhispora (Bessey & Thompson) Gilkey. If the epithet was given to a plant accompanied by an adeqviate description before the basic date for that group of plants it is not neces- sary to refer to the author of that epithet but only to the person who first used it on or after the basic date. However, this later author could indicate that he took this epithet on the authority of the earlier author by placing, as authority for the combination, the abbreviated name of the earlier author followed by "ex" and the name of the later author. Thus Persoon in 1801 described a puffball under the name Lycoperdon giganteum, ascribing this combination to Batsch who published the name before 1790. It is permissible simply to give "Pers." as the authority, but it is preferable to write "Batsch ex Pers." To avoid confusion a genus name once applied to any plant may not ever thereafter be used for another genus, even though the name is invalid for the first genus. Thus, unless an exception is made at some future Botanical Congress, the generic name Empusa, given about 100 years ago to an orchid, is not available for a genus of the Entomophtho- rales. A specific epithet once applied in a given genus may never be used for another species in the same genus. In fungi with several stages of development to which different names have been given, the species epithet that is to be retained is the one 18 INTRODUCTION applied to the ''perfect" stage of the fungus, regardless of the fact that names may have been given earlier to some of the other stages. Thus Persoon (1801) recognized the following three species of rusts which are now known to be different stages of the same rust: Aecidium herheridis for the aecial stage occurring on Berberis vulgaris L.; Uredo linearis for the uredial stage on small grain; and Puccinia graminis, for the telial stage on the same host. Only the last name may be used for the species, for it is the name of the "perfect" stage. The name Lycoperdori poculiforme Jacq., given 10 or 12 years earher may not be used for two reasons: it was given before the basic date 1801 and was applied to the aecial stage of the rust. The fungi, including the Mycetozoa, which probably do not belong at all in this group of organisms, may be divided as follows : Key to the Major Groups of Fungi Vegetative stage permanently naked and either flagellate or amoeboid. Encysted spores produced to serve as organs of distribution or to carry the organisms over unfavorable conditions. Subclass Mycetozoa (Chap. 2) Vegetative stage for all or part of its course of development with cell walls. True Fungi Plant one-celled and then giving rise to planocytes, or producing a coenocytic mycelium. Sexual reproduction resulting in the formation of a zygospore or an oospore. Class Phycomyceteae (Chaps. 3-7) Plant one-celled, not producing planocytes, or producing a cellular mycelium. Sexual reproduction resulting in the formation of a spore fruit. Higher Fungi (Phylum Carpomyceteae, Chaps. 8-16) Ultimate reproductive spores of the spore fruit produced internally in an ascus. Class Ascomyceteae (Chaps. 9-11) Ultimate reproductive spores of the spore fruit produced externally upon a basidium or its equivalent. Class Basidiomyceteae (Chaps. 12-15) Sexual reproduction stage not known. Class Fungi Imperfect! (Chap, 16) At the close of each chapter is a key to the families and more impor- tant genera of the orders considered there. Literature Cited Allen, Ruth F.: A cytological study of heterothallism in Puccinia graminis, /. Agr. Research, 40(7) :585-614. Pis. 1-17. 1930. (This paper was followed by many others in the same field in the next six years.) Ames, Lawrence M.: An hermaphroditic self-sterile but cross fertile condition in Pleurage anserina. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 59(6) :341-345. Fig. 1. 1932. Andrus, C. F.: The mechanism of sex in Uromyces appendiculatus and U. vignae, J. Agr. Research, 42(9):559-587. Figs. 1-11. 1931. DE Bary, Anton: Die Mycetozoen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der niedersten Thiere, Z. wiss. Zool, 10(1):88-175. Pis. 6-10. 1859. LITERATURE CITED 19 — : Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Uredineen, insbesondere die Entwickelung der Puccinia graminis und den Zusammenhang derselben mit Aecidium berberidis, Monatsber. kgl. preuss. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1865, pp. 15-49. 1 pi. 1865. Comparative Morphology and Biology of the Fungi, Mycetozoa and Bacteria. Authorized English translation by Henry E. F. Garnsey, revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, xix + 525 pp. 198 figs. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1887. Bauch, Robert: Kopulationsbedingungen und sekundare Geschlechtsmerkmale bei Ustilago violacea, Biol. Zentr., 42:9-38. 1922. Bauhin, Gaspard: Pinax theatri botanici, xviii + 522 pp. + index, 22 pp. Basel, Ludovicus Rex, 1623. Bensaude, Mathilde: Recherches sur le cycle ^volutif et la sexuality chez les Basidiomycetes, 156 pp. 13 pis. SO figs. Nemours, 1918. Bessey, Ernst A.: Die Bedingungen der Farbbildung bei Fusarium, Flora, 93(4):301-334. 1904. BiSBY, G. R.: An Introduction to the taxonomy and nomenclature of fungi, 117 pp. Kew, Surrey, Imperial Mycological Institute, 1945. AND G. C. Ainsworth: The numbers of fungi, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 26(1-2) :16-19. 1943. Blakeslee, Albert F.: Sexual reproduction in the Mucorineae, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 40:205-319. PL 14. 1904. Brefeld, Oscar: Botanische Untersuchungen iiber Schimmelpilze. Hefte 1-4. 1872-1881. Title changed to Botanische Untersuchungen tiber Hefenpilze, Fortsetzung der Schimmelpilze, for Heft 5, 1883, thereafter Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiet der Mykologie, Hefte 6-15. 1884-1912. In all over 2500 pp., 110 pis. Hefte 1-8, Leipzig, Arthur Fehx; Hefte 9-15, Miinster i. W., Heinrich Schoningh. BuLLER, A. H. Reginald: The biological significance of conjugate nuclei in Coprinus lagopus and other Hymenomycetes, Nature, 126(3183) :686-689. Figs. 1-7. 1930. Clusius, Carolus: Fungorum in Pannoniis observatorum brevia historia, in Rariorum plantarum Historia, pp. 211-295. Many figs. Antwerp, 1601. CoRDA, A. C. I.: Icones fungorum hucusque cognitorum, 6 vols. 64 large pis. Prag, vols. 1-4, J. G. Calve; vols. 5-6, Fr. Ehrlich, 1837-1854. Craigie, J. H.: Experiments on sex in rust fungi. Nature, 120(3012) :116-117. Fig. 1. 1927. : An experimental investigation of sex in the rust fungi, Phytopathology, 21(11) -.1001-10^1. Figs. 1-14. 1931. Dangeard, p. a.: La reproduction sexuelle des Ascomycetes, Le Botaniste, 4:{l-2) -.21-58. Figs. 1-10. 1894. DiLLENius, Johann Jakob : Catalogus plantarum sponte circa Gissam nas- centium. Cum appendice, etc., 314 pp. 16 pis. Frankfort a. M., 1719. Dodge, B. 0.: Nuclear phenomena associated with heterothallism and homo- thallism in the Ascomycete Neurospora, /. Agr. Research, 35(4):289-305. Pis. 1-3. Figs. 1-5. 1927. : The production of fertile hybrids in the Ascomycete Neurospora, ibid., 36(1):1-14. P/s. 1-4. 1928. Dodge, Carroll W. : Medical Mycology. Fungous Diseases of Men and Other Mammals, 900 pp. 142 figs. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1935. Dous und Ziegenspeck: Das "Chitin" der Pilze, Z.Pilzkunde, N.F., 5(18) :292- 296. 1926. 20 INTROBUCTION Drayton, F. L. : The sexual function of the microconidia in certain Discomycetes, Mycologia, 24(3) :345-348. 1932. Fries, Elias Magnus: Systema mycologicum, sistens fungorum ordines, genera et species hue usque cognitas, 3 vols., 1866 pp. Greifswald, Ernest Mauritius, 1821-1832. Hanna, W. F. : The problems of sex in Coprinus lagopus, Ann. Botany, 30(154): 431-457. 1925. : Studies in the physiology and cytology of Ustilago zeae and Sorosporium reihanum, Phytopathology, 19(5):415-442. PL 7. Figs. 1-3. 1929. Harper, R. A. : Die Entwickelung des Peritheciums bei Sphaerotheca Castagnei, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 13(10) :475-481. PL 39. 1896. : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Kerntheilung und Sporenbildung im Ascus, ibid. (Generalversammlungsheft 1) 13 (67)-(78). PL 27. 1896. : Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Fruchtentwickelung einiger Ascomyceten, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 29:655-685. Pis. 11-12. 1896. Kerntheilung und freie Zellbildung im Ascus, ibid., 30:249-284. Pis. 11-12. 1897. Killermann, S.: Elias Fries (1794-1878), Z.Pilzkunde, N.F., 6(3):33-38, (4):49- 56, (5) -.Qb-QS. Portrait. 1927. Kniep, Hans: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymenomyceten, I-V, Z. Botan., 5:593-637, Pis. 2-5, 1913; 7:369-398, PL 2, Figs. 1-20, 1915; 8:353-359, PL 3, 1916; 9:81-118, Pis. 1-3, Figs. 1-14, 1917. : Vererbungserscheinungen bei Pilzen, Bibliographia Genetica, 5:371-478. Figs. 1-9. 1929. Lafar, Franz: Technical Mycology. The Utilization of Microorganisms in the Arts and Manufactures. Translated (from the German) by Charles T. C. Salter, vol. 1, 312 pp., PL 1, Figs. 1-90, 1910; vol. 2, 748 pp., Figs. 91-208, 1903; London, Charles Griffin and Co. Lindegren, Carl C: The genetics of Neurospora, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 59(2):85-102, Figs. 1-4; (3):119-138, Figs. 1-5, 1932; 60(3):133-154, Pl.9, Figs. 1-6, 1933. Linnaeus, Carolus: Species plantarum, exhibentes plantas rite cognitas, ad genera relatas, cum differentiis specificis, nominibus trivialibus, synonymis selectis, locis natalis, secundum systema sexuale digestas, 2 vols., x + 1200 pp. and index. Stockholm, Laurentius Salvius, 1753. Martin, G. W. : Systematic position of the slime molds and its bearing on the classification of the fungi, Botan. Gaz., 93(4):421-435. 1932. MiCHELi, Pier' Antonio: Nova plantarum genera juxta Tournefortii methodum disposita, xxii + 234 pp. 108 pis. Florence, 1729. MouNCE, Irene: Homothallism and heterothallism in the genus Coprinus, Brit. Mycol. Soc, Trans. 8:256-269. 1922. Persoon, Christiaan Hendrik: Synopsis methodica fungorum. Pars prima et secunda, xxx + 706 pp. and index. Pis. 1-5. Gottingen, Heinrich Dieterich, 1801. : Mycologia Europaea seu completa omnium fungorum in variis Europaeae regionibus detectorum enumeratio, methodo naturali disposita, descriptione succincta, synonymia selecta et observationibus criticis additis, 3 sections, 9 vols. 852 pp. 3() colored pis. Erlangen, Johann Jacob Palm, 1822-1828. Rabenhorst, Gottlob Ludwig: Deutschlands Kryptogamen-Flora oder Hand- buch zur Bestimmung der kryptogamischen Gewachse Deutschlands, der Schweiz, der Lombardisch-Venetianischen Konigreichs und Istriens. Band 1, LITERATURE CITED 21 Pilze, xxii + 614 pp. Band 2, Teil 1, Lichenen, xii +129 pp. Leipzig, E. Kummer, 1844-1845. (For citation of ed. 2, see Chapter 18 of this book.) Saccardo, p. a.: Sylloge Fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum, 25 vols., Pa via, Italy, 1882-1931. (For citation of the contents of each volume, see Chapter 18 of this book.) ScHWEiNiTZ, LuDOVicus Davidus de : Synopsis fungorum Carolinae superioris. Edited by D. F. Schwaegrichen, Schriften der Naturforschenden GeseUschaft zu Leipzig, 1(4) :20-131. P^s. 1-2. 1822. : Synopsis fungorum in America Boreali media degentium, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, N.S., 4(8) .-141-318. PL 19. 1832. Stakman, E. C, and J. J. Christensen: HeterothaUism in Ustilago zeae, Phytopathology, 17(12) :827-834. 1927. Sturch, H. H.: Harveyella mirabilis (Schmitz & Reinke), Ann. Botany, 13(49): 83-102. Ph. 3-4. 1899. Targioni-Tozzetti, Giovanni: Notizie della vita e opere di Pier' Antonio Micheli, vi + 446 pp. Florence, 1858. TouRNEFORT, PiTTON: Elemens de botanique ou methode pour connoitre les plantes. Tome I, text, xviii + 562 pp. + index, 18 pp. Tomes II and III, 451 ph. Paris, L'Imprimerie Royale, 1694. TuLASNE, L. R. ET C. : Selecta fungorum carpologia, 3 vols., 782 pp. 61 large ph. Paris, Typographic Imp&-iale, 1861-1865. Vaillant, Sebastian: Botanicon Parisiense ou d^nombrement par ordre alpha- b^tique des plantes qui se trouvent aux environs de Paris, preface + 205 pp. 33 ph. Leyden and Amsterdam, Jean & Herman Verbeck, 1727. Vandendries, Rene: Recherches sur d6terminisme sexuel des Basidiomycetes, Mem. Acad. roy. Belg., 2me s6r., 5(l):l-98. 1923. VON Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, naturw. Klasse, Abt. I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. 2 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS UNDER this title are brought together several groups of organisms which are probably interrelated but whose relationship to the true fungi is very doubtful. As mentioned in the preceding chapter the author follows de Bary (1887) in considering them to be more nearly related to members of the Animal Kingdom. They are discussed in this chapter because, for several hundred years before their hfe histories were known, botanists looked upon their mature fruiting bodies as fungi and gave them names, many of which are still maintained. Because they are more usually considered, even at this date, as fungi, they are given a place in this text. These organisms all agree in the fact that they are naked during all stages of development except the culminating spore stage. Mostly for a portion or for the whole of this naked stage they are more or less amoeboid and ingest particles of food, rejecting the portions remaining after diges- tion is accomplished. At germination of the spore the escaping naked protoplast may be a simple uninucleate amoeboid cell, or myxamoeba, or it may be provided with one or two anterior flagella which eventually are retracted, leaving the cell a myxamoeba. To a greater or less degree both the planocytes and the myxamoebae are capable of multiplication by fission. Usually after a while the myxamoebae, through the division of the protoplast, become multinuclear plasmodia, or these may arise by the fusion of separate myxamoebae as well as by growth and nuclear division. In the better known groups there is usually a sexual stage, and eventually, just before spore formation, a meiotic division of the nuclei of the Plasmodium so that the encysted spores contain haploid nuclei. These organisms are usually classified by the zoologists as belonging to Phylum Protozoa, Class Sarcodina (or Rhizopoda). This classification is quite different from that mostly used by botanists. In the following pages an attempt will be made to reconcile these two viewpoints, yet maintaining so far as possible the nomenclature with which botanists, in particular mycologists, are more or less familiar. Four orders will be 22 ORDER MYXOGASTRALES OR SLIME MOLDS 23 considered. The ordinal limits as here treated are far wider than those found in the monographs of the Slime Molds by Lister (1925), or Macbride and Martin (1934), and others. These four orders may be included in the Subclass Mycetozoa of Class Sarcodina, Phylum Protozoa. The four orders are Myxogast rales, the true Slime IMolds, Acrasiales, Plasmo- diophorales and Labyrinthulales. There are other organisms probably closely related to these that have been studied by zoologists but which have usually been neglected by botanists and are not considered here. Order Myxogastrales or Slime Molds. Often called Myxomycetes or Myxogastres, the Myxogastrales or Slime Molds compose the most numerous group of this subclass. They are terrestial organisms or inhabi- tants of manure, decaying wood, decaying fungi, etc. Their spores are produced upon or within aerial sporangia and are more or less dependent upon wind for their distribution. In general the life history (with some modifications) is as follows: The spore, upon absorbing water, cracks open its cell wall and escapes as a single (in some species by division of the nucleus before germination, two) naked uninucleate swarm spore or planocyte, rounded posteriorly and tapering to the anterior end from which arises a single flagellum or in many cases two flagella. De Bary (1859) described and figured occasional biflagellate zoospores of Fuligo Fig. 1. Myxogastrales. (A-H) Physarum polycephalum Schw, (A) Spore. (B) Ger- minating spore. (C, D) Swarm spores. (E) Uniting swarm spores. (F, G) Amoeboid zygotes. (H) Portion of Plasmodium. (I-J) Physarella oblonga (B. & C.) Morg. (I) Uniflagellate swarm spore. (J) Biflagellate swarm spore. (All figures much mag- nified.) (A-H, after Howard: Am. J. Botany, 18(2). I-J, after Sinoto and Yuasa: The Botanical Magazine [Tokyo], 48(574) :722.) 24 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS septica (L.) Gmel. and Trichia varia Pers., as well as the normal uni- flagellate zoospores. Gilbert (1927) reports that in one collection of Stemonitis fusca Roth he studied about one-fourth of the swarm spores bore two flagella and three-fourths bore only one. Sinoto and Yuasa (1934) and Yuasa (1935) showed that whether one or two flagella are produced the cell is uninucleate and possesses two blepharoplasts usually connected by a slender rod and joined to the nucleus by means of a single rhizoplast. In the case of two flagella each blepharoplast bears one, in the case of one flagellum one of the blepharoplasts remains without a flagellum, Ellison (1945) confirmed Yuasa's findings and demonstrated that the flagella whether single or two in number were all of the whiplash type, i.e., have a firmer, outer tubular portion beyond which the interior portion projects more or less or may be gathered into a ball. No flagellum of the tinsel type is produced, i.e., with numerous minute cilium-like lateral out- growths. Elhott (1948) made intensive studies of the germinating spores of 1 1 species of this order and found that biflagellate swarm spores were present in all these species, up to nearly 100 per cent in Fuligo septica (L.) Gmel. In all cases except in the genus Stemonitis one flagellum is long and the other very short and often somewhat recurved. Unless seen in profile the shorter flagellum is difficult of demonstration. This probably accounts for the earlier belief that these organisms possess but one, anteriorly directed, flagellum. (Fig. 1.) These motile swarm cells ingest food in the manner of Amoeba, leaving behind the undigested debris. This food is in many cases bacterial cells but various other objects of an organic nature may be consumed. The swarm cells may divide by fission several times and then change their form, retracting their flagella and becoming more rounded, with usually more conspicuous pseudopodia. These myxamoebae usually enlarge and divide several times. Eventually they begin to unite by twos, with nuclear fusion, to form zygotes. In a number of genera the myxamoebal stage does not occur and the sexual fusion takes place between two swarm cells {Reticularia, according to Wilson and Cadman, 1928; Didymium difforme (Pers.) Duby, according to Miss Cayley, 1929; Physarum polycephalum Schw., according to Howard, 1931; and others according to Abe, 1934). Skupienski (1928) claims that the nuclear fusion does not occur in Didymium difforme until just before spore formation. In general the zygote formed by the union of two myxamoebae or of two swarm cells is nonflagellate but continues its existence as a naked amoeboid cell which ingests its food and grows in size, with accompanying mitotic division of the nucleus. This multinucleate structure is cahed a Plas- modium. Zygotes or small plusmodia may fuse with other zygotes and Plasmodia so that growth is both internal and by accretion, Plasmodia may ingest and feed upon swarm spores and myxamoebae. The plas- ORDER MYXOGASTRALES OR SLIME MOLDS 25 A B Fig. 2. Myxogastrales. Didymium squamulosum (A. & S.) Fr. (A) Plasmodium. (B) (B) Sporangium. (Courtesy, D. M, Cayley.) modium creeps through the soil or rotten wood or decaying vegetable matter, fruiting bodies of fungi, etc., digesting the food suitable for it and increasing in size and in the number of contained nuclei. Howard and Currie (1932) showed that the plasmodia of various species of slime molds destroy the mycehum and sporophores of many types of Hymeno- myceteae with great rapidity. On the other hand some species can be grown very successfully upon various standard culture media. Eventually it emerges as a fine or coarse network upon the surface of the substratum. It may be lobed and exhibit a continual creeping motion in various direc- tions. In diameter it may vary from a few millimeters up to 15 or 20 centimeters, and in color from white to yellow, orange, red, brown, violet, and other colors. Camp (1937) showed that it contains true con- tractile vacuoles. Food is obtained by invagination, the lining of the food vacuole being a portion of the original external surface of the Plasmodium. Eventually the Plasmodium heaps itself up somewhat, on the exterior of its substratum, or even creeps up adjacent objects, and there undergoes the changes which lead to the production of the fructifications. These may be separate from one another or may be crowded together into a compound structure. In the Suborder Endosporeae there appears ex- ternally, a noncellular peridium secreted by the Plasmodium. This may be of various thicknesses according to the species, and may or may not be encrusted with lime. Within the fructification are secreted numerous noncellular threads and beams which form a sort of framework. This is the capillitium. Its structure and arrangement are of great value in classifying this difficult group of organisms. Between the threads of the capillitium, usually following simultaneous meiotic divisions of all nuclei of the Plasmodium, the protoplasm rounds up into innumerable small uninucleate cells which secrete cell walls. In Physarum polycephalum it 26 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS has been shown by Howard (1931) that the cell walls are secreted before the spores round up, so that at first a continuous mass of polyhedral cells is produced. The cells then begin to round up and the cell walls split, thus forming the spores. The walls of some species are said to contain cellulose, but some investigators deny this. C. van Wissehngh (1898) claimed the presence of cellulose in Didymium squamulosum (A. & S.) Fr., but denied its presence in Fuligo septica (L.) Gmel. F. von Wettstein (1921) studied the composition of the spore wall in seven other genera and could not demonstrate the presence of cellulose except, doubtfully, in Stemonitis and Reticularia. Neither author found chitin in any of these. The spores are most often violet, purple, or brown. (Fig. 2.) By the rupture or dissolution of the peridium the spores are permitted to escape, the capillitial threads preventing all the spores from escaping at once. The fructifications may be sessile or stalked, round or elongated, scattered or crowded, almost microscopic or, in the case of some of the compound fructifications, up to 10 cm. in length and 4-5 cm. in width and thickness. In the genus Ceratiomyxa, the only genus of the Suborder Exosporeae, the spores are extruded externally from the fructification instead of being produced internally. The studies of H. C. Gilbert (1935) seem to indicate that this genus may be looked upon as an extreme modification of the condition in Suborder Endosporeae. As in that suborder the sexual fusion occurs by the union of two or more swarm spores followed after some time by the union of pairs of nuclei. The zygotes then enter decaying wood within which they feed, perhaps upon the mycelium of the fungi causing the decay. Eventually the plasmodium creeps out of the wood in which it has been growing and secretes a massive central core of mucilaginous nature, on the outside of which the protoplasm creeps as a thin, some- what reticulate, sheet. In this sheet a further division of the nuclei is followed by a cleavage of the protoplasmic layer into uninucleate naked cells, flattened at the contact surfaces. Each of these secretes a stalk of material similar to that of the main central core, on whose tip the thin- walled spore takes its position. Within this the nucleus divides meiotically to form four haploid nuclei, the spore falling off before or after this stage. It cleaves into four cells in each of which mitotic nuclear division and cleavage occur, so that 8 naked flagellate cells arise from each spore. Gilbert homologizes the stalk upon which the spore sits and the spore with the stalk and sporangium respectively in the Endosporeae. Olive (1907) disagrees with Gilbert, claiming that the nuclear fusions do not occur until just before the formation of the stalks for the external spores. Jahn (1936) agrees with Gilbert that sexual union occurs by the fusion of the swarm cells and their nuclei but locates the meiotic division of the nuclei, as Olive did, in the plasmodium before the stalked spores are pro- OKDER MYXOGASTRALES OR SLIME MOLDS 27 Fig. 3. Myxogastrales. Ceratiomyxa fruticulosa (Muell.) Macbr. (A) Habit sketch. (B) Development of young fruiting body from Plasmodium. (C) Portion of mature sporophore, showing production of external spores. (After Famintzin and Woronin. From Engler and Prantl: Die natlirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) duced. In the Endosporeae, Skupienski (1928) claims that the nuclear fusion does not occur in Didymium difforme until the time for spore forma- tion is at hand. Then the hundreds of nuclei in the Plasmodium unite simultaneously in pairs, this being followed closely by the meiotic divi- sions which give rise to the nuclei of the spores. His interpretation of the nuclear cycle in Didymium thus agrees with Olive's for Ceratiomyxa. The Suborder Exosporeae contains but one genus, Ceratiomyxa, with two or three species. Their fructifications appear as simple or branched columns or even as poroid structures 2-6 mm. tall, light in color, growing on decayed logs, stumps, etc. (Fig. 3.) The Suborder Endosporeae is recognized by Macbride and Martin (1934) as possessing 59 genera and 380 species. The classification of the numerous genera and species is based upon the type of the peridium and the presence or absence of lime in it and in the elements of the capillitium, the microscopic structure of the latter, the formation of simple or compound fructifications and their size, shape, and color. Further characters are the color, shape, size, and markings of the spores as well as the characters of the Plasmodium, 28 MYCETOZOA AND BELATED ORGANISMS Fig. 4. Myxogastrales. (A, B) Fuligo septica (L.) Gmel. (A) Habit drawing. (B) Capillitium and spores. (C, D) Physarum nutans Pers. (C) Sporangia. (D) Capillitium. (E) Dictydium cancellatum (Batsch) Macbr., showing persistent ribs of sporangium wall. (After Lister: A Monograph of the Mycetozoa, London, The British Museum.) Mention should be made of Stemoniiis, with purple or rust-brown spores, clustered, stalked fruit bodies with the stalk extending upward as an axial strand (columella) from which branch off the capillitial threads which are combined into a loose network that is surrounded by an eva- nescent peridium. Physarum has clustered, separate or compacted, sessile or stalked, lime-encrusted sporangia whose capillitial threads are ex- panded here and there and filled with lime granules. Fuligo has a similar capillitium but the spore fruits are united into a single large convolute "aethalium." This is one of the largest of the Slime Molds. In Dictydium the stalked sporangium has no internal capillitium but when the peridium disappears it leaves numerous longitudinal ribs that run from base to apex like the Hues of the meridians on the globe. Arcyria and Trichia have sessile or stalked fruits. The capillitium lacks a columella and consists of a tangle of tubular threads with characteristic thickenings such as spines, warts, rings, etc. (Fig. 4.) The fructifications of Slime Molds may be found on rotten logs or stumps, on sawdust, leaves, beams in moist cellars, and frequently on blades of grass or other vegetation in lawns. Very dry habitats do not favor their occurrence. In moist weather the plasmodia may be found creeping about on the surface of, or emerging from, the various substrata within which they develop. It is possible to grow some species in pure cultures, from the spores to the maturity of the fructifications. ORDERS ACRASIALES AND LABYRINTHULALES 29 Orders Acrasiales and Labyrinthulales. Sometimes associated with the Subclass Mycetozoa are the two orders Acrasiales and Labyrinthulales. Whether they should be included in this subclass or in distinct subclasses the author will not seek to decide. In the first of these two orders the swarm spores do not possess flagella although they are amoeboid upon emerging from the spore wall. They consist of saprophytic or parasitic organisms occurring on dung, decaying wood, leaf mold or other organic matter. The spores upon germination give rise to naked amoeboid cells (myxamoebae) with or without conspicuous pseudopodia and containing a single nucleus and one or more food vacuoles. Within these vacuoles are digested the bacteria and other bits of organic matter that serve as food for the organism. Raper (1937) has shown that the myxamoebae of Dictyostelium discoideum Raper are strictly parasitic upon bacteria, many kinds of which may serve as their food. There is no indication of a symbiotic relation between the bacteria and the myxamoebae. The latter enlarge and divide several times and in D. mucoroides Bref., according to Skupienski (1920), then unite by twos. The resulting zygotes seem now to be mutually attracted to one another and draw together into heaps of naked cells that maintain their individuality. These heaps of separate cells are called pseudoplasmodia in contrast to the true plasmodia that are found in the Myxogastrales. At this stage pressure or, in some cases, exposure to bright light will cause the pseudoplasmodium to separate into its individual cells which reassemble again elsewhere. Skupienski claims that in Dictyostelium the cells eventually unite into a true Plasmodium within which the nuclei undergo two more divisions (probably meiotic). Fig. 5. Acrasiales. (A) Pseudoplasmodium of Polysphondtjlium violaceum Bref. (B, C) Dictyostelium mucoroides Bref. (B) Stalk and terminal ball of spores. (C) Details of cells of stalk. (After Olive: Proc. Boston Soc. Natural History, 30:451-513.) 30 MYCETOZOA AND BELATED OKGANISMS In this genus the plasmodium heaps itself up, at first, into a conical structure in the basal part of which cellulose walls are produced, sepa- rating it into the more or less hexagonal cells of the stalk. In the upper, head-like part it breaks into separate, rounded cells, which also develop cellulose walls and become the spores. These are embedded in a slimy drop. Sexual reproduction and the eventual formation of a true Plas- modium have not been reported but possibly occur in the other genera of the order. The myxamoebae of Copromyxa and Guttulina lack con- spicuous pseudopodia. The fruiting bodies of the former are sessile, of the latter short-stalked. Dichjostelium, Acrasis, and Polysphondylium pro- duce myxamoebae with well-developed pseudopodia. All produce stalked fruiting bodies (branched in the last named) with ovoid or spherical heads of spores. Olive (1902) gives a monograph of this order, describing all known species. (Fig. 5.) The Acrasiales differ from the Myxogastrales in the absence of a flagellate swarm-spore stage preceding the formation of the myxamoebae, and in the fact that the naked cells remain distinct for a long time in the pseudoplasmodium, forming a true plasmodium only a short time before the fruiting body is produced, if at all. Furthermore no capillitium is formed nor a peridium, although the slime that lies between and around the spores may represent these structures. The Labyrinthulales include parasitic forms attacking algae and other aquatic plants in both marine and fresh-water habitats, and possibly one genus of dung-inhabiting saprophytes. There are several species in the genus Lahyrinthula, of which L. macrocystis Cien. was shown by Renn (1935) to be the cause of the destruction of most of the eel grass (Zostera marina L.) of the shallow waters of the North Atlantic Ocean in recent years, both on European and on North American shores. This genus, according to Young (1943) consists of naked, spindle-shaped cells with a single nucleus and a vacuole which may contract at intervals. These cells divide transversely or obliquely and form a rope-hke mass. Those near the tips of this mass send out, apically, thin colorless fila- ments, one to each cell, eight to ten times its length. These filaments fuse to form a net-like track along which the cells glide— externally to the track, not in it as in a tube as Valkanov (1929) claimed. Eventually the cells may assemble into a pseudoplasmodial mass embedded in a gelati- nous matrix. Some of these cells may encyst or encystment of individual cells may occur without the formation of a pseudoplasmodium. The encysted cells apparently give rise to four naked cells which penetrate through the cell walls of the host plant and in their turn become spindle- shaped and start the development of new "net-plasmodia." Dangeard (1932) suggested that possibly there is a sexual stage somewhere in the life cycle but did not demonstrate where it occurred. The naked cells OKDER PLASMODIOPHORALES 31 emerging from the cysts are nonflagellate in Lahyrinthula and anteriorly uniflagellate in the possibly related Lahyrinthomyxa. (Fig. 6.) Order Plasmodiophorales. This order to which eight or more genera have been ascribed is not definite as to its hmits or relationships. The type genus Plasmodiophora differs in so many points from many of the genera assigned to the order that it may be necessary to limit the order Fig. 6. Labyrinthulales. Lahyrinthula 7nacro- cystis Cien. (A) "Net Plasmodium," showing clumps of cells on the "tracks" and cells sending out threads which are the beginnings of new tracks. (B) Highly magnified single cell lying on track. (Courtesy, Young: Am. J. Botany, 30(8) :586-593.) to one genus and to place the others in another order, perhaps not at all closely related. The type species P. hrassicae Wor., causing swellings and malformations of the roots of Brassicaceae (Cruciferae), will be discussed first and then some of the others with remarks as to their differences and possible relationship. Woroni7ia, placed here by Sparrow (1943), is re- turned to a position in the Order Lagenidiales because of its cellulose walls and the possession of flagella of two types. Possibly other genera may have to be relegated to that position also. In the following account many points still are disputed or assumed without adequate confirmation. The spores of Plasmodiophora hrassicae possess a dark wall which, according to van Wissenlingh (1898), contains chitin but not cellulose. Upon germination, usually a single zoospore emerges, although Honig (1931) and Rochlin (1933) claim that only a nonflagellate amoeba is 32 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS Fig. 7. Plasmodiophorales. Life cycle of Plasmodiophora brassicae Wor. (After Cook and Schwartz: Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 218:283-314.) formed. The zoospore possesses two anterior flagella, as demonstrated by Ledingham (1934), the longer one pointing forward, the shorter directed almost at right angles. Ellison (1945) showed that both of these flagella are of the truncated whiplash type, neither showing any tinsel structures. This is a character that indicates that Plasmodiophora is not related to the Olpidiopsidaceae, whose anteriorly biflagellate zoospores possess one flagellum of each of these two types. The zoospore is more or less amoe- boid. When it comes into contact with a root hair or epidermal cell of the root of a suitable host, the flagella disappear and a hole is dissolved in the host cell wall through which the amoeba enters, then this hole is closed, presumably by host action. Cook and Schwartz (1930) showed that within the root hair this amoeba enlarges and mitotic divisions of the nucleus occur until a small Plasmodium is formed, containing from a few up to one hundred nuclei according to Fedorintschik (1935). This Plasmodium cleaves into uninucleate cells around each of which a thin wall is formed. Whether this wall contains cellulose or chitin has not been determined. They give rise to structures called sporangia or gametangia. The nucleus divides mitotically two or three times and thus there are formed four to eight uninucleate, anteriorly flagellate swarm cells, smaller than those that emerge from the resting spores. The number and character of the ORDER PLASMODIOPHORALES 33 Fig. 8. Plasmodiophorales. (A) Spore balls of Spongospora subterranea (Wall.) Lagerheim. (B-E) Plasmodiophora brassicae Wor. (B) Biflagellate zoospores. (C) Amoebae in root hairs. (D) Young plasmodia in root cortex. (E) Host cell filled with spores. (F) Sorosphaera veronicae Schroet. (A, after Osborn: Ann. Botany, 25(98) :327- 341. B, after Ledingham: Nature, 133(3362) :534. C-E, after Chupp: Cornell Univ. Agr. Sta. Bull, 387 :421-452. F, after Palm and Burk: Arch. Protistenk., 79(3) :263-276.) flagella have not been determined in this species. The foregoing authors beheve that the swarm cells unite by twos and that the resulting amoeboid zygotes are the origins of the large plasmodia which give rise to the resting spores. The zygotes and young plasmodia arising from them may possibly unite to form larger plasmodia. These are slowly amoeboid and at least in their younger stages seem to be able to pass from cell to cell of the host. The young plasmodia apparently may undergo division. As growth of the parasite progresses, the host cells multiply hyperplastically and the infected cells undergo hypertrophy. Eventually the cell contents of the invaded cells are almost completely exhausted and the cell is practically filled by the Plasmodium. The nuclei of the latter then undergo two rapidly succeeding divisions which are believed to be meiotic, although cytologic studies have not definitely proved this. Then the protoplasm rounds up into uninucleate spores around each of which a dark chitin wall is secreted. There is no enclosing membrane around the mass of spores which lie free in the host cell. Upon decay of the root the spores are set free. In the laboratory they are brought to germination only with difficulty. The wall cracks open and the zoospore emerges with the two flagella in advance of the cell body. At this stage, the author has observed the two flagella on the living zoospore before it has escaped from the spore wall, so that there is no doubt as to the correctness of Ledingham's 34 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS report. Webb (1949) reports the occurrence of sporangia of this fungus in root hairs of Rumex sp. and Holcus lanatus L., growing in infested soil. These roots were carefully washed and planted in sterile soil. Seedlings of Brussels sprouts (Brassica sp.) planted in the pots along with these washed roots developed the disease. In spite of numerous extended studies on this parasite, many contradictory reports have been published. Thus P. M Jones (1928) reports eight swarm spores emerging from the resting spore and their fusion by twos so that infection of the root hairs is by means of amoeboid zygotes. Fedorintschik believes that the nuclei of the zoospor- angia formed in the root hairs are diploid and that two meiotic divisions of the nucleus occur as the swarm cells are formed, these last fusing by twos, as reported by Cook and Schwartz. Karling (1942) doubts the sexual nature of these swarm cells and suggests that they are only secondary zoospores, such as are reported in some other so-called Plasmodiophorales. Several other species have been ascribed to the genus Plasmodiophora but their life histories have not been studied and it is not at all certain that they belong here. (Figs. 7, 8.) The other genera which Karling admits to this order, which has but one family, are as follows: Tetramyxa: causing pronounced hypertrophy of host tissues, developing spores in twos or fours, and with sporangia and sexual stage unknown, and zoospores not seen. Two or possibly three species in stems or roots of seed-plants. Odomyxa: spores usually develop in eights, sporangia numerous, zoospores anteriorly biflagellate, one flagellum directed forward, a longer one pos- teriorly, when swimming. No sexual stage known. Cell walls not of cellu- lose. Causes gall-like enlargements in Achlya glomerata Coker. Sorosphaera: spores compacted into a hollow sphere, zoosporangia are formed (Ledingham, 1939) and their zoospores anteriorly biflagellate and hetero- cont. Spore walls do not contain cellulose. Two species: S. veronicae Schroeter forms galls in the stems of Veronica; S. radicalis Cook & Schwartz forms galls in the roots of grasses. In the former zoosporangia are unknown, in the latter thin-walled zoosporangia are formed. Sexual reproduction not demonstrated. Sorodiscus: spores formed in a disk-shaped sorus usually in two layers, much like a flattened spherical sorus of Sorosphaera. Zoosporangia and character and number of flagella unknown. Sexual reproduction not observed. Two species : one in stems of Callitriche and one in Chara. Spongospora: spores in a hollow sphere with several openings, zoosporangia are formed according to L(Mli,igham (1935), zoospores anteriorly biflagellate and heterocont, similai' in size whether from sporangia or from resting spores. Sexual fusion of myxamoebae reported by Cook (1933). Best known species is S. subtcrranea (Wall.) Lagerheim causing the powdery scab of the tubers of potato {Solanum tuberosum L.). It also attacks the stems and roots of this host and of related plants. Ligniera: spores in irregular clusters, usually not causing hypertrophy of tissues except of root hairs in one species. This, according to Palm and ORDER PLASMODIOPHORALES 35 Burk (1933), is a very doubtful genus. Zoosporangia are known but further study is needed to determine whether the zoospores are truly uniflagellate anteriorly as reported or biflagellate. Polymyxa: spores in irregular clusters in the roots of grasses, zoosporangia with long necks are abundant, zoospores from the resting spores as well as those from the zoosporangia are anteriorly biflagellate and heterocont (Ledingham, 1939). Sexual reproduction has not been observed. Hyper- trophy of the host cells is not brought about. Several other genera have been ascribed to this family but Karling (1942) is doubtful as to the correctness of their assignment here {Sorol- pidium, Anisomyxa, Trematophlyctis, Sporomyxa, Peltomyces, Cystospora). The relationship of the four orders — -Myxogastrales, Acrasiales, Labyrinthulales, and Plasmodiophorales — described in the foregoing, is not admitted by all. Sparrow (1943) places the last named order in his group Biflagellatae, in which he also includes the Saprolegniales, Lepto- mitales, Lagenidiales, and Peronosporales. The author admits the simi- larity of Octomyxa and Polymyxa to Woronina, which he includes in the Lagenidiales. It is possible that with further study of these and some other genera now assigned to the Plasmodiophorales they may be found to have cell-wall composition and flagellar structure that will compel their removal from their present position. Be that as it may, the order stands or falls by its type species Plasmodiophora hrassicae. Therefore it is with this species that comparisons must be made. In these four orders the resting spores possess a cell wall whose chief component is chitin in Plasmodiophora but is not definitely determined in the other groups. Upon germination a naked amoeboid uninucleate cell is set free, which may lack flagella (Acrasiales, Lahyrinthula of the Labyrinthulales) or which may have one or two anteriorly attached flagella (Myxogastrales, Labyrinthomyxa of the Labyrinthulales, and Plasmodiophora). Where two flagella are present they are both of the w^hiplash type, neither being of the tinsel type. Sexual reproduction where reported (Myxogastrales and Plasmodiophora) is by the union of two myxamoebae or two flagellate swarm spores. The vegetative body of the organism is a Plasmodium or a more or less loose aggregation of myxa- moebae. Eventually this separates into naked uninucleate spores around which a spore wall is produced. Because of the naked vegetative body of Plasmodia! nat^ure the zoologists have included these four groups among the Protozoa. The protozoologist Kudo (1946) places these four groups in Phylum Protozoa, Class Sarcodina, including the Labyrinthulales in his Order Proteomyxa, and the other three in his Order Mycetozoa. The genus Reiiculomyxa has recently been described by Miss Nauss (1949). The organism consists of a central multinucleate Plasmodium with radiating, forking, and anastomosing branches which appear to be the chief organs for the capture of the food particles upon which it lives. 36 MYCETOZOA AND BELATED ORGANISMS In some regards this seems to lie in a position intermediate between the Myxogastrales and the Proteomyxa, while in some structural features it shows similarity to the Labyrinthulales. No definite formation of spo- rangial structures has been observed. In the author's opinion the primitive ancestors of these four groups were more or less colonial amoeboid organisms consisting of encysted cells at one stage of their life history. From these emerged biflagellate swarm cells, both fiagella being of the whiplash type and nearly or quite equal. This biflagellate condition has persisted in Plasmodiophora and is found in a considerable number of the swarm cells of the Myxogastrales, the presence of two blepharoplasts remaining even when one flagellum is missing. In the Labyrinthulales in one genus no flagella are known and in one genus the swarm spores are described as anteriorly uniflagellate. The questions as to blepharoplast number and type of flagellum are not solved. In the Acrasiales the flagella are entirely lacking. The Myxo- gastrales are undoubtedly the furthest developed from the evolutionary standpoint, in the development of sporangia and capillitium and adapta- tion to aerial dispersal of the encysted spores. The Acrasiales are probably closely related. The Labyrinthulales and Plasmodiophora are water or soil organisms and lack the complicated structure of the Myxogastrales. Key to the More Important Orders of Mycetozoa Saprophytes or surrounding and ingesting fungi, bacteria, etc. Sporangia aerial. Sporangia with thin or thick peridium, and mostly with a capillitium. Spores upon germination producing an anteriorly uni- or biflagellate swarm cell (rarely nonflagellate myxamoeba). Order Myxogastrales Sporangia without peridium and capillitium, spores embedded in a mass of slime. Spores producing nonflagellate myxamoebae. Order Acrasiales Parasites in the cells of algae and of submerged aquatic. plants, forming net- plasmodia. No aerial sporangia. Spores upon germination producing myxamoebae or anteriorly uniflagellate zoospores. Order Labyrinthulales Parasites producing plasmodia within the cells of roots and stems of higher plants, a few in algae and aquatic fungi. Swarm spores anteriorly l>iflagellate. Order Plasmodiophorales Key to the More Important Families and Genera of Myxogastrales (Based in Part Upon Macbride and Martin) Spores produced externally. Family Ceratiomyxaceae Only genus. Ceratiomyxa Spores produced internally. Spores violet, brown, or purplisli gray (rarely ferruginous or colorless). Capillitium always present. Sporangia with lime granules (calcium carbonate) in capillitium and often in peridium also. Family Physaraceae KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF MYXOGASTRALES 37 Fructification aethalioid, capillitium with lime knots. Fuligo Fructification of plasmodiocarps or of separate sporangia. Capillitium of nearly uniform anastomosing tubules, containing lime granules throughout. Badhaniia Capillitium of threads containing lime knots. Peridium incrusted with hme. Sporangium dehiscent circumscissilely. Craterium Sporangium by introversion thimble-like or vase-like, dehiscence by petal-like lobes. Physarella Sporangium not introverted, dehiscence irregular. Physarum Peridium smooth and shining. Leocarpus Sporangia with lime on or in peridium, none in the capillitium. Family Didymiaceae Calcareous deposits in form of stellate crystals. Aethalioid. Mucilago Plasmodiocarpous or of separate sporangia. Didymium Calcareous deposits not stellate. Lime in form of closely adjacent peg-like processes. Physarina Lime in scattered flattened scales. Lepidoderma Lime forming a continuous shell, peridium mostly double. Diderma Sporangium without lime in capillitium and peridium (in stipe and columella in some species of Diachea). Capillitium of more or less reticu- lately anastomosing threads. Columella usually well developed, capillitium arising along its whole length. Family Stemonitaceae Stipe and columella calcareous or waxy. Diachea Stipe and columella never calcareous or waxy. Capillitial branches forming definite outer network. Stemonitis Capillitial branches not forming surface network. Comatricha Columella short or well developed, capillitium arising at apex or in apical portion. Family Lamprodermaceae Columella reaching apex of sporangium, capillitium arising from a disk at its top. Enerthenema Columella one-third to half the height of sporangium, peridium iri- descent, capillitium dense, bushy, branches tapering. Lamproderma Columella short, capillitium bushy, the tips of the branches with disk- like fragments of peridium. Clastoderma Spores violet to ochraceous or pale, columella and true capillitium lacking. Outer layer of peridium flaking off leaving the inner layer of reticulate thick- enings which surround the spore mass. Family Cribrariaceae Meshes of the reticulum more or less isodiametric in the upper portion of the sporangium. Cribraria Thickenings of the peridium wall like the meridians on a globe with very delicate cross connections. Dictydium Peridium wall not reticulately thickened. Sporangia separate, sometimes plasmodiocarpous. Family Liceaceae Sporangia mostly sessile, not dehiscing by a lid. Licea Sporangia mostly stalked, opening by a lid. Orcadella 38 MTCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS Sporangia closely appressed, retaining their walls, dehiscent at apex. Family Tubiferaceae Sporangia cylindrical, densely clustered. Tubifera Sporangia ovate in a loose cluster on a common stalk. Alwisia Sporangia sessile, flattened, closely clustered into a pseudoaethalium, rarely scattered. Liceopsis Forming an aethalium, no sporangial walls remaining at maturity. Pseudocapillitium thread-like or of perforate or frayed sheets, spores ochraceous. Family Reticulariaceae Surface alveolar, made up of the caps of the sporangial units. Dictydiaethalium Surface not alveolar. Pseudocapillitium of flat irregular plates fraying out into threads. Reticularia Pseudocapillitium of broad perforated plates. Enteridium Pseudocapillitium of colorless branched tubes, spores pale. Family Lycogalaceae Only genus. Lycogala Spores yellow to ochraceous, capillitial threads with characteristic markings: spirals, rings, spines, cogs, etc., sometimes faint or wanting. Capillitium a network or of separate threads, marked with spiral bands, threads coarse. Family Trichiaceae Capillitial threads separate, spirals irregular or faint. Oligonema Capillitial threads separate, spirals distinct, regular. Trichia Capillitial threads forming a network. Spirals regular. Hemitrichia Spirals irregular or obscured by reticulations. Calonema CapilUtium a network of coarse threads attached to lower part of peridium, markings various, never of spirals. Family Arcyriaceae Capillitium elastic, pushing out far beyond the cup-like base of the peridium. Arajria Capillitium not elastic. Lachnobolus CapiUitial threads slender, warted or spinulose or smooth. Capillitial threads soUd, peridium usually single. Family Dianemaceae Capillitial threads hair-like, coiled. Margarita Capillitial threads nearly straight. Dianerm Capillitial threads hollow, peridium double. Family Perichaenaceae Capillitium warty or spiny, dehiscence irregular. Ophiotheca Capillitium as above, dehiscence circumscissile. Perichaena Key to the Genera of Order Acrasiales Myxamoebae with inconspicuous, rounded pseudopodia. Fruiting bodies sessile. Copromyxa Fruiting bodies short-stalked. Guttulina Myxamoebae with well-developed, more or less acute, pseudopodia. Fruiting bodies stalked. Spores in rounded slime-covered heads. Stalks not branched. Didyostelium Stalks branched. Pohjsphondylium Spores in chains, stalks not branched. Acrasis LITEBATUEE CITED 39 Key to the Genera of Order Labyrinthulales Germinating resting spores producing nonflagellate cells. Ldbyrinthula Germinating resting spores producing anteriorly uniflagellate cells. Lahyrinthomyxa Key to the Genera of Plasmodiophorales (Based upon Karling, 1942) Resting spores not united, mostly nearly filling the host cell. Zoosporangia small, producing few zoospores. Plasmodiophora Resting spores in small clusters or united in more or less compact cystosori. Except Odoniyxa parasitic in tissues of Higher Plants. Spores mostly in 4's or 2's. Zoosporangia unknown. Tetramyxa Spores mostly in 8's. Zoosporangia small. In Achlya. Octomyxa Spores united to form a hollow sphere. Zoosporangia small. Sorosphaera Spores forming a two-layered flattened disk. Zoosporangia unknown. Sorodiscus Spores in a rounded sponge-like mass perforated by large canals. Zoosporangia mostly small. Spongospora Spores in variable-sized masses, sometimes loose in the cell which they usually do not fill. Zoosporangia small. Ligniera Spore masses variable in size. Zoosporangia large, elongated, with prominent exit tubes. Polymyxa Literature Cited Abe, Seiji: On the syngamy of some Myxomycetes, Science Repts. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku, B, Zool. 2(18):193-202. Illustrated. 1934. DE Bary, Anton: Die Mycetozoen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der niedersten Thiere, Z. wiss. Zool., 10(1):88-175. Pis. 6-10. 1859. : Comparative Morphology and Biology of the Fungi, Mycetozoa and Bacteria. Authorized English translation by Henry E. F. Garnsey, revised by Isaac Bayley Balfour, xix-f- 525 pp. 198 figs. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1887. Camp, W. G.: The structure and activities of Myxomycete plasmodia, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 64(5) :307-335. Figs. 1-10. 1937. Cayley, Dorothy M.: Some observations of Mycetozoa of the genus Didymium, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 14:227-248. Pis. 5-6. 1929. Cook, W. R. Ivimey: A monograph of the Plasmodiophorales, Arch. Protistenk., 80(2) :179-254. Pis. 5-11. Figs. 1-14. 1933. , AND E. J. Schwartz: The life-history, cytology and method of infection of Plasmodiophora brassicae Woron., the cause of finger-and-toe disease of cabbage and other crucifers, Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 218:283-314. 3 pis. 1930. Dangeard, p. a. : Observations sur la famille des Labyrinthul^es et sur quelques autres parasites des Cladophora, Le Botaniste, 24(3/4) :2 17-258. Pis. 22-24. Fig. 1. 1932. DuBOSCQ, 0.: Lahyrinthomyxa sauvageaui n.g.n.sp., Prot^omyx^e parasite de Laminaria lejolisii Sauvageau, Compt. rend. soc. biol., 84:27-30. Fig. 1. 1921. : Les plasmodes de Lahyrinthomyxa sauvageaui, ibid., 84 :30-33. Figs. 2-3. 1921. 40 MYCETOZOA AND RELATED ORGANISMS Elliott, Eugene W.: The swarm-cells of Myxomycetes, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 38(4) -.133-137. Figs. 1-8. 1948. Ellison, Bernard R.: Flagellar studies on zoospores of some members of the Mycetozoa, Plasmodiophorales and Chytridiales, Mycologia, 37(4) :444-459. Figs. 1-4. 1945. Feodorintschik, N. S.: Osnobyne zakonomerosti biologii kapustnoi kily (Plas- modiophora brassicae Wor.). Russian with English summary, Summ. Sci. Res. Wk. Inst. PI. Prot. Leningrad, 1935, pp. 69-70. 1936. (Reviewed in Rev. Applied Mycol., 16(1) :10. 1937.) Gilbert, Frank A.: On the occurrence of biflagellate swarm cells in certain Myxomycetes, Mycologia, 19:277-283. Figs. 1-2. 1927. Gilbert, Henry C.: Critical events in the life history of Ceratiomyxa, Am. J. Botany, 22(l):52-74. Pis. 1-3. Fig. 1. 1935. HoNiG, F.: Der Kohlkropferreger (Plasmodiophora brassicae Wor.). Eine Mong- gva,phie,Garte7ibamviss., 5:116-225. Figs. 1-11. 1931. Howard, Frank L.: The life history of Physarum polycephalum. Am. J. Botany, 18(2):116-133. Pis. 12-19. Fig. 1. 1931. , AND Mary E. Currie: Parasitism of Myxomycete plasmodia on the sporophores of Hymenomycetes, J. Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Univ., 13(2) : 270-284. Pis. 48-49. Figs. 1-2. 1932. AND : Parasitism of Myxomycete plasmodia on fungus mycelia, ibid., 13(4):438-447. PI. 54. 1932. Jahn, E.: Myxomycetenstudien: 16. Die Kernphasen und die Zahl der Chromo- somen, Ber. dent, botan. Ges., 54(8) :517-528. PI. 36. 1936. Jones, Philip M. : Morphology and cultural history of Plasmodiophora Brassicae, Arch. Protistenk., 62:313-327. Pis. 15-21. Fig. 1. 1928. Karling, John S.: The Plasmodiophorales, ix + 144 pp. 17 pis. 17 figs. New York, published by the author, 1942. Kudo, Richard Roksabro: Protozoology, ed. 3, xiii + 778 pp. 336 ^grs. Spring- field, 111., Charles C Thomas, Publisher, 1946. Ledingham, G. a.: Zoospore ciliation in the Plasmodiophorales, Nature, 133 (3362) :534. 1 fig. 1934. : Occurrence of zoosporangia in Spongospora subterranea (Wallroth) Lagerheim, ibid., 135:394. Figs. 1-4. 1935. -: Studies on Polymyxa graminis, n. gen. n. sp., a plasmodiophoraceous root parasite of wheat, Can. J. Research, C, 17:38-51. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-3. 1939. Lister, Arthur: A Monograph of the Mycetozoa. A descriptive catalogue of the species in the herbarium of the British Museum. Ed. 3, revised by Gulielma Lister, xxxiii + 296 pp. 223 pis. 56 figs. London, Trustees of the British Museum, 1925. Macbride, Thomas H., and G. W. Martin: The Myxomycetes. A descriptive list of the known species with special reference to those occurring in North America, 339 pp. 21 pis. New York, Macmillan Co., 1934. Nauss, Ruth W.: Reticulomyxa filosa Gen. et Spec, nov., a new primitive Plasmodium, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 76(3):161-173. Figs. 1-13. 1949. Olh^e,' Edgar W.: Monograph of the Acrasiae, Proc. Boston Soc. Natxmil History, 30:451-513. Pis. 5-8. 1902. : Cytological studies on Ceratiomyxa, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 15(2): 753-774. P/. 47. 1907. Palm, B. T., and Myrle Burk: The taxonomy of the Plasmodiophoraceae, Arch. Protistenk., 79(2) :263-276. Figs. 1-15. 1933. LITERATURE CITED 41 * Raper, Kenneth B. : Growth and development of Dictyostelium discoideum with different bacterial associates, J. Agr. Research, 55(4):289-316. Figs. 1-4. 1937. Renn, Charles E.: Wasting disease of Zostera in American waters, Nature, 134(3385) :416. FiV. 1. 1934. : A Mycetozoan parasite of Zostera marina, ibid., 135(3414) :544-545. 1935. : The wasting disease of Zostera marina, Biol. Bull., 70(1):148-158. Figs. 1-5. 1936. RocHLiN, Emilia: Zur Frage der Widerstandsfahigkeit der Cruciferen gegen die Kohlhernie (Plasmodiophora brassicae Wor.), Phytopath. Z., 5(4) :381-406. Figs. 1-7. 1933. SiNOTO, Y., AND A. Yuasa: Studies in the cytology of reproductive cells: I. On the planocytes in five forms of Myxomycetes, The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 48(574) :720-729. Figs. 1-19. 1934. Skupienski, F. X.: Recherches sur le cycle ^volutif de certains Myxomycetes, 83 pp. 2 pis. 2 figs. Paris, Imprimerie M. Flinikowski, 1920. : Badania bio-cytologiczne nad Didymium difforme. Czesc pierwsza (Bio- cytological study of D. difforme. First part. Polish with French summary), Acta Sac. Botan. Polon., 5(3):255-336. 7 pis. (2 colored). IS figs. 1928. Sparrow Jr., Frederick K.: Aquatic Phycomycetes, Exclusive of the Sapro- legniaceae and Pythium, xix + 785 pp. 634: figs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press, 1943. Valkanov, Alexander: Protistenstudien: 4. Die Natur und die systematische Stellung der Labyrinthuleen, Arch. Protistenk., 67:110-121. Figs. 1-10. 1929. Webb, P. C. R.: Zoosporangia believed to be those of Plasmodiophora brassicae in the root hairs of non-cruciferous plants, Nature, 163(4146) :608. 1949. VON Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, naturw. Klasse, Abt. I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. Wilson, Malcolm, and Elsie J. Cadman: The Ufe history and cytology of Reticularia Lycoperdon Bull., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 55:555-608. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-4. 1928. van Wisselingh, C: Mikrochemische Untersuchungen iiber die Zellwande der Fungi, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 31(4):619-687. Pis. 17-18. 1898. WoRONiN, M.: Plasmodiophora brassicae, Urheber der Kohlpflanzen-Hernie, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 11:548-574. Pis. 29-34. 1878. Young III, Edward Lorraine: Studies on Labyrinthula. The etiologic agent of the wasting disease of eel-grass. Am. J. Botany, 30(8) :586-593. Figs. 1-2. 1943. Yuasa, Akira: Studies in the cytology of reproductive cells :III. The genesis of the flagellum in the planocytes of Fuligo septica Gmelin, The Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 49(584) :538-545. Figs. 1-27. 1935. PHYCOMYCETEAE: CHYTRIDIALES AND HYPHOCHYTRIALES THE first class of true fungi, for the Mycetozoa discussed in Chapter 2 are not considered to be fungi or even plants, is that of the Phyco- myceteae. In this class the fungus body may consist of 1. One cell — with a cell wall and with or without non-nucleate rhizoids — which either becomes directly a zoosporangium or gametangium or else empties its contents into an external zoosporangium or gametangium. 2. Instead of a single cell with non-nucleate rhizoids, nuclei may pass from the first cell through modified rhizoids and take their positions in swellings in the latter, there forming secondary centers. Such fungi are polycentric in contrast to the monocentric forms with but a single cell. When the fungus is entirely contained in the cell of its host and com- pletely lacks rhizoids or haustoria, it is called holocarpic; when it is external to its substratum, or internal and gains its nourishment by means of rhizoids or haustoria, it is called eucarpic. 3. A still further advance is the development of a true coenocytic mycelium containing many nuclei, usually with rhizoids or nucleate trophic hyphae within the substratum. In general this type of mycelium is not provided with true septa (although greatly perforate pseudosepta occur in Allomyces) except to fence off sporangia and gametangia, injured regions, or portions of the mycelium that have exhausted their proto- plasmic contents. In seven of the twelve orders treated here as belonging to the Phyco- myceteae asexual reproduction and, to a much lesser degree, sexual repro- duction is by means of planocytes — i.e., flagellate, naked cells. These are of three types which appear to characterize three series of orders. The types are as follows: flagellum single, posterior; flagellum single, anterior; flagella two, anterior or lateral. In the other five orders (the relationship of two of which is greatly in doubt), asexual reproduction is by means of 42 KEY TO THE ORDERS OF BIFLAGELLATE FUNGI 43 nonflagellate cells and sexual reproduction is by the union of two gametes or two gametangia. The Keys given below will serve to distinguish the orders of this class. Key to the Orders of Posteriorly Uniflagellate Fungi Without true mycelium, at most a rhizomycelium. Alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic generations wanting. Zoospores mostly without large nuclear cap or "side body." Order Chytridiales (Chap. 3) Rarely without mycelium, mostly with multinucleate, coenocytic mycelium. Sexual reproduction, where known, by the union of isoplanogametes or anisoplanogametes. Alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic genera- tions often present. Zoospores with large nuclear cap and "side body." Order Blastocladiales (Chap. 4) With multinucleate, coenocytic mycelium. Sexual reproduction by the union of motile sperm with non-motile egg, to form thick-walled oospore. Alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic generations wanting. Zoospores with numerous small granules at the apex. Order Monoblepharidales (Chap. 4) Key to the Order of Anteriorly Uniflagellate Fungi Only one order recognized. Order Hyphochytriales (Chap. 3) Key to the Orders of Anteriorly or Laterally Bifiagellate Fungi Holocarpic fungi, parasitic within animal or plant hosts (rarely saprophytic), the whole organism being converted into a single reproductive organ (game- tangium or zoosporangium) or a series of such organs, separated by septa. Zoospores of primary type or much oftener of secondary type, preformed in the zoosporangium or becoming organized in a vesicle formed at the apex of the exit papilla or tube. Sexual reproduction by the union, sometimes through a short conjugation tube, of two gametangia of equal size or more often of an antherid and oogone. Oospore usually not surrounded by peri- plasm. Order Lagenidiales (Chap. 5) Eucarpic fungi usually (but not always) with well-developed branched and tapering holdfast system. The external fungus body [a system of usually stout cylindrical, branched coenocytic hyphae, nearly uniform in thickness or with large basal segments and slender branches. Reproductive organs borne on the branches and making up only a small part of the whole fungus. Asexual reproduction by bifiagellate zoospores, often dimorphic, rarely of primary type only, often only of secondary type. Oogones with one or more eggs, with or without periplasm. Fertilization by antherids to form thick- walled oospores. Mostly saprophytic in soil and fresh water, in some cases parasitic in roots, algae, fungi, or fresh-water animals. Order Saprolegniales (Chap. 5) Eucarpic fungi consisting of slender, cylindrical hyphae with or without haus- toria, mostly growing within the tissues of living hosts (mostly plants), or in dead organic matter in soil or water. Zoospores of secondary type only, produced under water in slender or rounded zoosporangia and organized in a vesicle at the mouth of the exit tube, or the zoosporangia (coiiidia) are borne aerially and distributed by air currents, the formation of the zoospores occurring in these conidia after they fall into water. In some genera zoospore formation is omitted and the conidia germinate by germ tubes. Sexual 44 PHYCOMYCETEAE reproduction by oogones with usually one egg and periplasm, fertilized by an antherid through a conjugation tube. Order Peronosporales (Chap. 6) Key to the Orders of Nonflagellate Phycomyceteae Walls of the mycelium readily responding to the test for cellulose by chloriodide of zinc. Parasites entirely within the tissues of the aerial parts of higher plants and forming on their branched, occasionally septate, coenocytic hyphae large, thick-walled intercalary or terminal resting spores within which, upon ger- mination, are produced numerous small spores which upon escaping may unite by twos and then infect other host plants. Relationship very doubtful. Order Protomycetales (Chap. 6) Parasites in the alimentary canals of Arthropoda, forming slender, at first non- septate, coenocytic hyphae which very rarely branch. The contents of the hyphae are transformed by formation of septa into endospores which escape through basal or apical openings. Larger endospores may be formed in which by a sexual (?) process there is a union of nuclei. Relationship very doubtful. Order Eccrinales (Chap. 7) Walls of the mycelium not readily responding to tests for cellulose. Chitin-like substances present. Saprophytes or more rarely parasites (mainly in fungi). Mycelium relatively large and abundant, more often nonseptate, at least when young. Asexual reproduction by aplanospores produced in sporangia or the latter reduced to conidium-like sporangioles. Sexual reproduction by the union of unequal or almost equal gametangia to form "zygospores." Order Mucorales (Chap. 7) Parasites in insects or in desmids or fern-prothallia or fungi or saprophytes on dung of lizards and frogs. Mycelium at first coenocytic but early becoming septate and very often breaking up into short "hyphal bodies." Asexual reproduction mostly by formation on external conidiophores of terminal conidia which are shot off with violence. Sexual reproduction by union of apparently equal gametangia to form thick-walled zygospores. Order Entomophthorales (Chap. 7) Parasites in soil-inhabiting amoebae and nematodes or in the alimentary canal of aquatic insects. Mycelium (except where thickened haustoria are pro- duced) slender, at first coenocytic. Asexual reproduction by the formation of terminal, ellipsoidal or fusiform conidia, single or in chains, or of similar lateral conidia. Sexual reproduction by the union of apparently equal game- tangia, adjacent in the same hypha or in separate hyphae lying in close proximity, or at the ends of long, slender filaments. Order Zoopagales (Chap. 7) Order Chytridiales. The Chytridiales are comparatively simple in their structure and for that reason are considered first. Whether this simplicity is due to their primitive nature or whether it is due to simplifi- cation from more complex forms is a matter of dispute and will be dis- cussed at more length in Chapter 17 on the Phylogeny of the Fungi. This order includes a number of families of fungi that are either largely aquatic or depend upon the presence of water for their dispersal. They are either parasitic in the roots, stems, or leaves of higher plants; in algae; I ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 45 in fungi; in the eggs or larvae of worms, Arthropoda, or simpler animals; or, perhaps more often, saprophytic in dead plant or animal material. They are abundant in some types of soils and in fresh and salt water. Their life histories are poorly known in many cases but have been worked out very well in some species. In general the life history is as follows : The posteriorly uniflagellate zoospore after a period of swimming settles down on the substratum and penetrates it or encysts on the outside and then enters it wholly or merely as a more or less extensive haustorium or system of rhizoids. Unlike the Mycetozoa it produces a cell wall of its own, usually at an early stage. The single nucleus divides repeatedly as the cell enlarges, and eventually the cytoplasm fragments into very many uninucleate zoospores or naked gametes or into uninucleate cells which produce cell walls and sooner or later divide internally into zoospores or naked gametes. Sexual reproduction where known may be accomplished by the union of two motile gametes before entry into the substratum, by the union of two cells attached to or residing within the substratum, or by the union of two cells by means of a rhizoid through which a gamete nucleus passes. In this order the zoospores or motile gametes escape through an exit papilla or tube whose apex softens and permits the motile cells to push out (the inoperculate series), or they escape through a sort of cap that opens like a trap door, the so-called operculum (the operculate series). This operculum is more generally at the apex of the papilla or tube, but in Karlingia (Johanson, 1944) and Catenomyces (Hanson, 1945) it may be formed within the tube some distance from the apex, which softens and deliquesces much as in the inoperculate forms. The single posterior flagellum is of the "whiplash" type, i.e., the basal portion consists of a firmer outer tube whose more fluid contents extend beyond its tip as a more slender, very flexible structure resembling the lash of an old- fashioned buggy whip. This lash is sometimes very short or scarcely distinguishable. The cell wall of the Chytridiales does not ordinarily give the charac- teristic blue or violet coloration of cellulose when chloriodide of zinc is applied, but there are a number of exceptions in which this reaction is distinct. Whether chitin is actually present in all cell walls that do not show the cellulose reaction is not certain. Harder (1937) reported that in one species of the Family Rhizidiaceae different individuals possess cellulose or chitin, perhaps in cells of different ages. Nabel (1939) demon- strated the presence of chitin but not of cellulose in some species of Rozella and Synchytriuni. Schwartz and Cook (1928) report the presence of cellulose in the cell walls of Olpidium radicale while Scherffel (1925) states that in certain structures of Micromycopsis cristata Scherffel and Synchytrium mercurialis (Lib.) Fuckel cellulose is present, Tischler (1927) 46 PHYCOMTCETEAE reports the haploid chromosome number in the Chytridiales to be usually 4 or 5 but 10 to 12 in Polyphagus euglenae Now. A plant body which consists of but a single rounded cell without any rhizoids or haustoria is said to be holocarpic, but if such structures are present it is eucarpic. In the majority of the eucarpic genera (the monocentric series) the zoospores produce but one enlargement from which, directly or indirectly, the /oosporangium arises. In several genera (the polycentric series) the germinating zoospore produces an enlarged cell from which arise rhizoids which here and there in their course produce other enlargements into which enter nuclei derived from the original cell. These secondary en- largements may become zoosporangia themselves or may give rise to zoosporangia as well as to other rhizoids with further swellings. Until recently it has been customary (Fitzpatrick, 1930) to include in the Order Chytridiales all those organisms with structures and life histories similar to those outlined above. The differences in the types of flagellation of the motile cells and of the composition of the cell wall have led mycologists recently to exclude from this order those genera with a single anterior fiagellum of the tinsel type (Order Hyphochytriales) and those with two anterior or lateral flagella, one of the tinsel and one of the whiplash type (Family Olpidiopsidaceae). Sparrow (1942) makes the primary division of this order, on the basis of mode of escape of the zoospores, into two series: Inoperculatae and Operculatae. Miss Whiff en (1944) on the contrary considers the mono- centric or polycentric structure to be of prime importance, using the method of zoospore escape as a subordinate character. In the treatment of this order the author follows mainly the arrange- ment of Miss Whiffen, with constant reference to the work of Sparrow. First, the holocarpic forms are considered. Whether these are more primitive than the eucarpic monocentric forms, or have arisen from some of these by loss of the rhizoidal or haustorial apparatus in connection with their habitat entirely within the host cell, must remain undecided at present. Sparrow recognizes three families, the relationship of the second of which is somewhat doubtful. They are distinguished as follows: Olpidiaceae: vegetative cell enlarging to form a single sporangium. Achlyogetonaceae: vegetative cell elongated and by septation forming a linear 'series of sporangia. Synchytriaceae : vegetative cell dividing internally into numerous sporangia, or the latter formed within an outgrowth from the vegetative cell. Family Olpidiaceae. This family contains six or more genera, totaling forty or more well-substantiated species and many more de- scribed species whose status, according to Sparrow, is uncertain. They are entirely endobiotic, i.e., living entirely within the host cells or tissues. ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 47 They are more frequently parasitic but may occur as saprophytes within the dead host cells. The posteriorly uniflagellate zoospore settles on the exterior of the host and the flagellum disappears, probably in most cases being withdrawn into the body of the cell which then becomes covered with a thin wall. A slender infection tube grows through the host cell wall and the contents of the encysted zoospore pass into the host. The empty cyst soon disappears. Within the host cell the uninucleate fungus enlarges and usually early produces a cell wall. In some genera, e.g., Olpidium, the fungus cell does not completely fill that of the host, but in Rozella, as it expands, the fungus eventually completely fills the host cell, the walls of the fungus and host coming into close apposition. The most important genus of the family is Olpidium which is parasitic in algae in fresh or salt water, in pollen grains or fungus spores that have fallen into the water, in small aquatic animals or their eggs, as well as in the roots of various land plants. 0. hrassicae (Wor.) Dang, is parasitic in the roots of cabbage and other plants of the genus Brassica, and 0. viciae Kus. inhabits the roots of vetch (Vicia). In these the posteriorly uniflagellate zoospore becomes attached to the root of the host plant and encysts there. The contents of the cyst dissolve a small hole through the host cell wall and enter the cell. It forms at first a naked uninucleate mass near the center of the host cell. It may remain there or may dissolve its way into the next underlying cell or even further. Eventually the fungus cell encysts and begins to grow. Alore than one fungus cell may infect the same host cell, up to 15 or 20 in 0. viciae. In this case they do not attain so great a size as when single and become flattened where they press against one another. As the fungus cell enlarges the nucleus divides repeatedly. Eventually the organism consists at maturity of a smooth, thin-walled, more or less round or ellipsoid zoosporangium, within which cleavage into uniflagellate zoospores occurs. These escape through one (rarely more) exit tube which grows to the outside of the host and then permits the zoospores to escape by the softening and giving way of the apex of the tube. Sexual repro- duction in 0. viciae and in 0. trifolii Schroet. occurs, according to Kusano (1912, 1929), by the union of two zoospores (in this case functioning as gametes) outside the host, the resulting biflagellate zygote encysting and infecting the host in the manner described above. The resultant cell becomes thick-walled and is often more or less angular. It is usually smaller than the asexually produced sporangia. These thick-walled resting spores may live for a period of several months until favorable conditions occur, when they swell, cracking open the outer thick wall and permitting the emergence of an exit tube from which the zoospores escape. The union of the two nuclei does not occur until the following spring shortly before the germination of the resting spores. It is probable that meiosis occurs early in the series of nuclear divisions within the resting spore. Fig. 9. Chytridiales, Family Olpidiaceae. Olpidium viciae Kus. (A) Zoospores. (B) Zoospores uniting. (C) Biflagellate zygotes. (D) Infection of host cell by zygote. (E) A thin-walled zoosporangium and a resting zoosporangium in the same host cell. (F) Thin-walled zoosporangia in host cells. (G) Host cell with many resting zoosporangia. (H) Resting zoosporangium discharging zoospores. (After Kusano: J. Coll. Agr., Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 4(3):141-199.) 48 ORDER CHTTRIDIALES 49 I It is likely that all zoospores of these species are potentially either gametes or zoospores, depending upon the environment and the oppor- tunity for union of the cells. The earlier emerging zoospores usually do not fuse but those emerging later, especially if from separate zoosporangia, do. For most species of the genus, sexuality has not been demonstrated. Treatment with chloriodide of zinc does not reveal any cellulose reaction in those species of the genus that have been tested except in 0. radicale Schwartz and Cook (1928). (Fig. 9.) The genus Pseudolpidiopsis was founded by Minden (1915) to include an organism studied by Zopf (1884), parasitic in algae of the family Zygnemataceae , which was similar to Olpidium in asexual reproduc- tion but different in sexual reproduction. He named it Olpidiopsis schenkiana Zopf. Sexual reproduction occurs within the host cell by the union of two adjacent cells, the contents of one passing into the other which forms a thick wall to which the empty smooth cell wall of the male cell adheres. Since this is the type of sexual reproduction characteristic of the genus Olpidiopsis in the Order Lageni- diales doubt has been thrown on the accu- racy of Zopf's description and figures (1884) of the zoospore as posteriorly uniflagellate. Sparrow (1942) and others are inclined to unite the two genera and place them in the Olpidiopsidaceae. Pleotrachelus, with many exit tubes from the sporangium is otherwise similar to Olpidium. Nothing is known as to the sexual reproduction although resting spores are produced in one of the three definitely known species. These species occur in molds of the genus Piloholus and in the fresh-water alga Oedogonium. (Fig. 10.) Rozella includes eleven species recognized by Sparrow. They are all parasitic in fungi of the Blastocladiales, Monoblepharidales, Sapro- legniales, Peronosporales, Chytridiales, and a few other groups, mostly in fresh water but one species in salt water. After entering the host cell or filament, which frequently becomes considerably hypertrophied, the organism remains naked for some time, finally producing a thin wall which fuses with the host wall. In some species the organism becomes septate into a series of several sporangia. The posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores escape through one or more inoperculate exit papillae. Resting Fig. 10. Chytridiales, Fam- ily Olpidiaceae. Pleotrachelus fulgens Zopf. Zoosporangium in Piloholus sp. (After Zopf. Courtesy, Sparrow : Aquatic Phycomycetes, Exclusive of the Saprolegniaceae and Pyth- ium, Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press.) 50 PHTCOMTCETEAE spores are formed in several species and are smaller than the host cells, lying free from the host wall. They may be smooth or spiny. Sexual repro- duction is unknown. Sphaerita is an incompletely known genus of which S. dangeardii Chatton and Brodsky is parasitic in species of Euglena. The description of the single flagellum attached anteriorly but trailing posteriorly casts doubt on the correctness of its position here since in the genus Pseudosphaerita of the Olpidiopsidaceae the two flagella, attached near the anterior end are unequal in length, the shorter one anterior and the longer one trailing posteriorly. Several other genera are recognized but will not be discussed here. Family Achlyogetonaceae. This family containmg three genera, occurs in fresh-water algae, and reportedly in some Nematodes. In the genus Septolpidium, occurring in Diatoms, the fungus elongates within the host cell and by successive septation forms a series of zoosporangia from which the posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores escape through single exit tubes. Family Synchytriaceae. In this family we find fungi whose para- sitism is confined largely to the higher plants. Synchijlrium is the chief genus. Its swarm spores possess one posterior flagellum. After settling upon the host, which only occurs in a drop or film of water, the swarm spore dissolves an opening into an epidermal cell and enters as a whole, not leaving an empty cyst attached externally. The presence of the parasite usually stimulates the host cell to hypertrophic growth. This cell may elongate and enlarge to a balloon-shaped external structure as in Erodium cicutarium (L.) L'Her. infected by S. papillatum Farlow, the other cells of the host remaining normal. The enlargement of the epi- dermal cell may be chiefly lateral and inward in some plants so that it does not project from the surface but more or less crushes the adjacent host cells. The enlargement may be both outward and inward, some of the adjacent cells developing hyperplastically and even undergoing hyper- trophy, the result being a wart-hke structure, as in S. vaccinii Thom. on the cranberry, Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pursh. When great hyper- plasia and hypertrophy both occur in the host tissues, the fungi may remain in the inwardly enlarged epidermal cells or by the division of the latter may come to lie more deeply in the massive hyperplastic tissues. This is the case in S. endohioticum (Schilb.) Perc, the cause of the wart disease of the potato, Solanum tuberosum L. M. T. Cook (1945) has made a study of the different types of response by the host to infection by different species of Synchytrium. (Fig. 11.) Within the host cell the ])arasite enlarges and soon develops a cell wall. This is reported by von Wcttstein (1921) and von Gutenburg (1909) to contain cliitin, a component of the cell walls of most of the higher fungi. At first the parasites remain uninucleate. By division of the nucleus OBDER CHTTEIDIALES 51 Fig. 11. Chytridiales, Family Synchytriaceae. Synchytrium endobioticuni (Schilb.) Perc. (A) Zoospores. (B-D) Stages in the infection of the host. (E) Parasite in the upper part of host cell. (F) Parasite enlarged. (G, H) Sorus pushing out from pro- sorus. (I) Beginning of nuclear multiplication in sorus. (J) Beginning of segmentation in sorus. (K) Sorus containing five zoosporangia. (L) Single zoosporangium containing swarm cells. (M-0) Stages in union of swarm cells. (P-R) Infection of host by zygote. (S) Resting sporangium in host cell. (T) Resting sporangium producing swarm cells. (After Curtis: Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 210:409-478.) 52 PHYCOMYCETEAE and delimitation of walled uninucleate cells the parasite becomes a "soms." These cells may remain thin-walled and polyhedral by mutual pressure or may round up and become separate, with thicker walls. Within each of these cells the nucleus divides until a large number (sometimes hundreds) are present. As these sporangia enlarge, the whole cell is ruptured and the sporangia themselves escape separately, as in S. decipiens (Peck) Farlow, or rupture within the host cell releases the swarm spores. In many species the original fungus cell does not directly become the sorus of sporangia but while still in the uninucleate condition buds out into a thin-walled sorus in the outer part of the host cell, the sporangia and swarm spores being formed in this sorus instead of in the original cell, w^hich in this case is called a prosorus. The swarm spores may infect the host directly or may unite by twos, forming biflagellate zygotes which settle on the epidermis of the host and encyst, the nuclei then fusing. The host cell is then entered and after some growth the parasite becomes a thick-walled resting spore. After a longer or shorter period this may function directly as a sporangium, or as a sorus of sporangia, or as a prosorus, releasing swarm spores which infect the host asexually or after sexual union with other swarm spores. In some species there are several generations in a season, at least of the asexually produced individuals, while in others only the thick-walled overwintering generation is known. Whether this is asexually or sexually produced has not been determined. Sexuality has been demonstrated for Fig. 12. Cliytridiales, Family Syncliytriaceac. Synchytrium fulgrns Schroet. (1-8) Summer cycle. (I-VIII) Winter cycle. (After Kusano: Japanese J. Botany, 5(1):35-132.) ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 53 only a few species as yet, e.g., S. endohioticum by Miss Curtis (1921) and S. fulgens Schroet., on Oenothera, by Kusano (1930). In the former the overwintering sexually produced resting cells become deep-seated in the tissues of the host by the hyperplastic division of the cells. These resting cells become sporangia directly, not sori of sporangia. In S. fulgens both the summer and winter generations become prosori. (Figs. 11, 12.) Two species of Synchytrium are of economic interest, S. vaccinii, causing small galls on the leaves and fruits of the cranberry (Oxycoccus macrocarpus) , and S. endohioticum, the cause of the very destructive wart disease of the potato. Three other genera occur in this family as parasites in algae. One of these is Micromyces of which the species M. zygogonii Dang, and M. longi- FiG. 13. Chytridiales, Family Synchytriaceae. Micromyces longispinosus Couch. (A) Sorus, previously extruded from the spiny prosorus, breaking up into numerous zoosporangia, some of which are discharging swarm cells. (B) Spiny resting spore discharging a sorus, only one nucleus present. (Courtesy, Couch: M?/co/o6ria, 29(5):592-596.) spinosus Couch have been observed in America by Couch (1937) in Mougeotia and Spirogyra, respectively. The infected cells of the host are usually somewhat enlarged. The plant body of the fungus is spherical with numerous long spines. Through a small opening the contents emerge and form a thin-walled sorus which divides into several sporangia. Within these are produced numerous uniflagellate swarm spores which may infect the host directly or may first unite by twos. The smaller, thick-walled resting spores, which are likewise spiny, are probably the product of infection by the zygotes, but this has not been proved. The resting spore germinates by the extrusion of a sorus within which sporangia are pro- duced. The zoospores escape when the host cell, which has usually become much swollen, bursts at one side. Scherffel (1925) sets apart as the genus Micromycopsis some species in which there is an exit tube from the fungus body through the wall of the algal host so that the sorus, containing two 54 PHYCOMYCETEAB or three sporangia, is external to the host cell instead of internal as in Micromyces. He points out that though in general the cell walls of the Synchytriaceae do not show a cellulose reaction, yet the wall of the sporangial sorus and of the tube on which this is borne becomes red-violet in color with iodine in potassium iodide solution, in Micromycopsis cristata Scherffel and also in Synchytrium mercurialis (Lib.) Fuckel. Miss Canter (1949) has described a third genus in this family parasitic in fresh-water algae, the genus Endodesmidium, parasitic in Desmids. Like the two fore- going genera this is endobiotic and holocarpic. The prosorus of the only recognized species is smooth-walled, not spiny as in Micromyces and most species of Micromycopsis. The relatively large sorus grows out of one end of the prosorus within the cavity of the host cell. The contents divide into numerous, movstly spherical sporangia which escape through papillae into the cavity of the host wall or into the surrounding medium if the papilla pierces the cell wall. These sporangia occasionally possess a posterior flagellum which is feebly active. They produce 2 to 5 minute, posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores which swim actively. (Fig. 13.) The eucarpic, monocentric Chytrids fall into two families according to Miss Whiffen and three according to Sparrow, who sets the operculate forms apart from the inoperculate as a distinct family. In general the fungus body can be distinguished into a uninucleate enlargement and a non-nucleate haustorial or rhizoidal system attached directly or indirectly to the former. This varies from a short peg to an extensive mass of usually tapering and more or less branched rhizoids. These may be entirely intramatrical or, except for the tips of the branches, may be entirely extramatrical. The body of the encysted zoospore may enlarge and be- come the sporangium or it may become a prosporangium from whose apex the sporangium arises. On the other hand an enlargement of the germ tube may be formed, the contents of which eventually pass into the sporangium which arises by enlargement of the original zoospore cyst. In Miss Whiffen's family Entophlyctaceae the zoospore cyst empties itself completely into the subjacent portion of the germ tube, this enlarge- ment becoming the sporangium or a prosporangium out of which the sporangium buds. The old zoospore cyst falls away or remains only as an empty fragment. The eucarpic monocentric families may be distinguished as follows according to Miss Whiffen: Rhizidiaceae: zoospore cyst enlarging into a sporangium or prosporangium. Entophlyctaceae: zoospore cyst not further functional; the upper part of the germ tube enlarging into a zoosporangium or prosporangium. Both of these families as delimited by Miss Whiffen contain operculate as well as inoperculate genera. Sparrow segregates the operculate forms into the family Chytridiaceae. He divides the inoperculate genera on the ORDER CHTTRIDIALES 55 basis of their position with reference to the substratum into family Phlyctidiaceae, epibiotic and endobiotic, and family Rhizidiaceae, inter- biotic, i.e., only the tips of the rhizoids penetrating into the substratum. Family Rhizidiaceae. As in the Olpidiaceae and Synchytriaceae, the swarm spores in this family are provided with but one, posterior, flagellum. Upon reaching the host they send each a haustorial process into the matrix, the main body of the encysted swarm spore remaining outside. The haustorium may be a short undivided peg-like structure or slender and more or less branched, sometimes penetrating other host cells as well. The external portion may enlarge directly to form the zoosporangium or the latter may be formed above it, or as a swelling of the subjacent part of the haustorium. The organism remains uninucleate until the spo- rangium begins to develop when the nucleus divides many times to form the nuclei of the swarm spores. The haustorium does not at any time contain any nuclei and can hardly be considered as homologous to a mycelium. Resting cells are produced in some species but their mode of origin is unknown in most cases. Sexual reproduction by the union of two well-developed cells has been observed in a few forms. Fusion of swarm spores has been reported but whether it is a true sexual process or merely a sort of rejuvenescence of weak or exhausted cells has not been deter- mined. Petersen (1903), Sparrow (1936), and Karling (1945) have demon- strated sexual reproduction in Siphonaria, and Sparrow (1937) also in Rhizoclosmatium and in Asferophlyctis. A special rhizoid-like outgrowth proceeds from one cell, presumably to be considered the male cell, to another cell. This tube may be long or short or in some cases the two cells are in direct contact. When this process is completed the female cell enlarges and forms a thick-w^alled resting spore. After a variable length of time this zygote serves as a prosporangium, a small pore being produced and the contents emerging, enclosed by a thin cell wall, and forming an external zoosporangium. The host organisms of the parasitic forms of this family are mostly algae, pollen grains, or small aquatic animals, but Rhizophydium graminis Ledingham is parasitic in the roots of Triticum and Panicum. Many species are saprophytic. Phlyctochytrium grows on algae into which its much-branched haus- torium penetrates. This arises from an apophysis just within the host wall while the portion external to the wall enlarges to become the zoospo- rangium. Only the presence of the apophysis distinguishes it from Rhizophydium. (Fig. 14.) Rhizophydium occurs mostly in water on various substrata. It con- sists, when mature, of an enlarged, more or less spherical, thin-walled external sporangium, with a usually tufted haustorium within the host cell. Upon the maturity of the numerous swarm spores they escape through one or more inoperculate pores in the sporangium wall. Sometimes the 56 PHYCOMYCETEAE i I Fig. 14. Chytridiales, Family Rhizidiaceae. Phlyctochytrium hallii Couch. (A) Plant nearly mature. (B) Zoospores differentiated. (C) Discharge of zoospores. (D, E) Resting sporangia. (After Couch: J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 47(2):245-260.) Fig. 15. Chytridiales, Family Kliizidiaceae. Rhizophydium coronum Hanson. (A) Zoospore. (B) Zoosporangium with swollen exit papilla. (C) Mature resting spore (stained). (D) Germinating resting spore. (Courtesy, Hanson: Am. J. Botany, 32(8):480-483.) ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 57 external cell becomes a thick-walled resting spore which produces its swarm spores only after some time. Couch (1932) has shown for R. couchii Sparrow that these resting spores arise as follows: A zoospore "comes to rest on the host, penetrates the wall, and develops apparently just like a sporangium. Later another spore comes and attaches itself to the larger body. . . . The smaller cell discharges its entire contents into the larger. . . . This now secretes around itself a thick wall and goes into the resting state." In R. ovatum Couch the same author (1935) reports that the male cell encysts on the algal host (Stigeodonium) and produces its rhizoids. The female cell comes to rest upon the male cell and both cells enlarge, the Avail between becoming perforated. The male nucleus passes into the larger female cell and unites with its nucleus. This cell becomes a thick- walled resting spore. (Fig. 15.) Rhizophlydis differs from Rhizophydium mainly in that the rhizoids are numerous and arise from more than one point on the sporangial wall. The four or five species are parasitic on fresh-water algae or saprophytic on insect exuviae and vegetable debris. R. petersenii Sparrow can be cultivated on cellophane or filter paper in pure water cultures. Karlingia rosea (de Bary and Wor.) Johanson which differs in the production of an operculum near the base of each of the several exit papillae was formerly assigned to this genus under the name R. rosea. This species grows saprophytically on organic matter in the soil, the large sporangia some- times exceeding 0.1 mm. in diameter. These become rose-colored and give a rosy tinge to the soil. This species also may be cultivated on cellophane and various kinds of vegetable matter such as sterilized onion skin, grass leaves, etc. The position of the operculum at the base of the exit papilla instead of at its apex is of interest. Ohelidium grows upon the exuviae of aquatic insects. Its external body bears a spine and a cup or funnel-like base, and the branching rhizoids arise from a small apophysis. The zoospores escape from a lateral, ino- perculate opening below the spine. No resting stage is known. It occurs in Europe and Asia and Sparrow (1938) reports 0. mucronatum Now. also from the United States. Siphonaria forms a round or ellipsoid zoosporangium and strongly developed rhizoids. One species has spines laterally and apically but does not possess the cup or funnel-like base of the preceding genus. Sexual reproduction occurs by the union of two thalli through a short or long slender tube, the female thallus becoming a thick-walled resting spore. (Fig. 16.) The genus Polyphagus is usually placed in this family but its rela- tionship to the other genera is doubtful. P. euglenae Now. is parasitic on species of Euglena and other one-celled green organisms. Instead of being an internal parasite it lives externally. According to Wager (1913), the germinating zoospore sends out in various directions slender processes 58 PHTCOMYCETEAB Fig. 16. Chytridiales, Family Rhizidiaceae. Siphonaria petersenii Karl. (A) Mature plant with zoospores escaping. (B) Union of male and female plants through a narrow- tube. (C) Sexually produced thick-walled zygote with empty male plant still attached. (Courtesy, KarHng: Am. J. Botany, 32(9):580-587.) which enter the host cells encountered. Sometimes, where the latter are crowded in considerable numbers, as many as fifty may be attacked by the haustoria from one parasite. The latter remains uninucleate and is invested by a firm thin wall. Within the swelling (prosporangium) repre- senting the original zoospore, the nucleus divides to form the nuclei of the new zoospores, and the whole contents bud out into a somewhat elongated thin-walled sporangium within which the division into the uninucleate zoospores takes place. As many as several hundred zoospores may be produced. Upon the occurrence of conditions unfavorable for further asexual reproductions there may occur the conjugation of two cells. A somewhat smaller cell sends out a slender process (perhaps a modified haustorium), the tip of which enlarges when it comes into contact with a larger cell. Into this enlarged tip the nucleus and contents ORDER CHTTRIDIALES 59 of the original cell pass. Then the nucleus of the other cell with which it is in contact enters through a small opening and the wall thickens to form a thick-walled resting spore. After several months a zoosporangial sac is formed in which the two nuclei fuse and then divide to form the nuclei of the zoospores. Three species of Polyphagus are recognized by Sparrow. The genus Harpochytrium is sometimes placed in this family. The plant consists of a slender or stout tubular, straight or curved, and sessile or stalked zoosporangium with blunt or pointed apex. It adheres to the surface of the host (mostly fresh-water filamentous algae) by a foot, rarely penetrating the algal wall. When young it is uninucleate but be- comes multinucleate as it grows. The upper half to three-quarters of the protoplasm becomes divided transversely into four or five up to many posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores which escape out of an inoperculate apical opening, attaching themselves to a host cell by the tip of the flagellum. The protoplasm, containing one or more nuclei, which remains in the zoosporangium grows and produces a new sporangium by prolifera- tion. Very much resembling this genus is the alga Chytridiochloris, based on H. viride Scherf., which has a chloroplast and reproduces in the same manner. For this reason the correctness of the assignment of Harpo- chytrium to this family is doubted by some authors, especially by Jane (1946) who has made a monographic revision of the genus. Because of its operculate manner of dehiscence Sparrow (1943) places the genus Chytridium in a separate family, Chytridiaceae, while Miss Whiffen includes it and other operculate forms of the same general struc- ture in the Rhizidiaceae. The original encysted zoospore becomes the sporangium. At its base is the endobiotic haustorium or rhizoidal system which may produce an apophysis in some species. This haustorial system may be a simple unbranched peg or a typical branched system of rhizoids may arise from the tip of the peg, from the base of the sporangium, or from the apophysis. The operculum is apical. Resting spores are endo- biotic, apparently asexually produced. They act as prosporangia, giving rise to extramatrical operculate sporangia. Sparrow recognizes twenty- seven species besides a number of doubtful ones. They are mostly para- sitic in fresh-water algae but a few occur in marine algae. They are re- ported from Europe, Asia, and North America. Family Entophlyctaceae. In this family the zoospore cyst becomes emptied and usually soon disappears or remains as an empty cap. The fungus body enlarges within the host and sends out rhizoids which in some species are very extensive, over 0.5 mm. long and up to 10 m thick. Some forms are strictly parasitic, mostly upon algae, but many are saprophytes on various types of material. In Entophlyctis the germ tube enlarges to become the sporangium within the cell of the algal host. The usually single exit papilla is inoperculate. Resting spores are known in 60 PHYCOMYCETEAE some species. In E. vaucheriae (Fisch) Fischer the latter acts as a prospo- rangium, giving rise to a thin-walled spherical sporangium. Sexual repro- duction is not known. In Endochytrium the exit tubes are operculate, otherwise the fungus is like Entophlyctis. In Diplophlydis the germ tube enlarges as in the two foregoing genera but this enlargement is a prospo- rangium from which grows out an external inoperculate sporangium. The resting spores in D. intestina (Schenk) Schroet. are formed, according to Sparrow (1936), by the anastomosis of the rhizoidal systems of two plants, the contents of the smaller passing into the larger which becomes thick- walled and covered externally by minute short sharp spines. They may function directly as zoosporangia or as prosporangia. In Phlyctorhiza (Hanson, 1946) the rhizoids radiate from the germ tube, branching freely and anastomosing to form a reticulum. The proximal portions of these rhizoid branches form, at first, a thin, angular sporangium which even- tually becomes a round, shallow^, somewhat lenticular, thin-walled zoospo- rangium lying underneath the radiating branches. Through a low, inoperculate papilla the zoospores escape into a vesicle where they soon become active and swim away. Thick-walled somewhat tuberculate resting spores may be formed, apparently asexually, in place of the zoosporangia. In germination they act as prosporangia. Rarely some of the rhizoid branches produce secondary zoosporangia so that such indi- viduals are polycentric. The only known species, P. endogena Hanson, grows in the basement membrane of insect integuments. Nephrochytrium, saprophytic mostly on algae or grass leaves in water, corresponds to Diplophlydis except that the exit tubes are operculate. Whether its resting spores are produced by a sexual process or not is unknown. Macrochytrium may possibly belong in the Entophlyctaceae but needs further study. The zoospore gives rise to a stout germ tube which produces a cluster of coarse rhizoids. Laterally from the germ tube, near its point of origin, arises the subspherical sporangium which may attain a diameter of 0.5 mm. It opens at the apex by a large operculum allowing the escape of up to a thousand zoospores. This has been found in Europe and in the United States, saprophytic on submerged fruits or twigs. Whether this is a typical member of the Chytridiales or not is uncertain. The coarse rhizoidal system suggests the possibility of a coenocytic mycelial structure with many nuclei instead of an enucleate system. The polycentric, eucarpic Chytridiales are placed by some students in one, two, or three families. Until their life histories and cytology are known more completely any classification of these genera will have to be tentative. The author recognizes two families as well distinguished, with the probability that more may have to be recognized when the life histories of the members of the group are better known. ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 61 The dozen or so genera of Chytridiales that are polycentric differ from the eucarpic, monocentric genera in the production of many nucleate expansions on the rhizoidal system, each of which may become a center for the production of zoosporangia, resting spores or other rhizoidal branches. As a result the fully developed individual consists of many centers of varying size and shape, connected by (usually) slender, non- nucleate rhizoidal strands or tubes. This system of tubes and rhizoids was given the name "rhizomycelium" by Karling (1932). One of the crucial points in the recognition of the affinity of these organisms is to determine whether they possess a true mycelium, with nuclei along its course, or a rhizomycelium. Furthermore, does this distinction necessarily separate these fungi into different orders or do we have here a gradual gradation within the same order from organisms scarcely distinguishable from the Rhizidiaceae or Entophlyctaceae to those in which the rhizo- mycelium has become truly mycelial? The two families tentatively accepted by the author are as follows: Cladochytriaceae : intra- or extramatrical, eucarpic, with many centers connected by slender, branching, rhizoidal or tubular threads, with swellings here and there. Sporangia thin-walled, terminal or intercalary, operculate or in- operculate. Resting spores thick-walled, apparently not sexually produced. Physodermataceae : epibiotic, monocentric, and eucarpic at first, then by inde- pendent infection endobiotic and strongly polycentric, producing resting spores only. The latter eventually produce internally one to several thin- walled, inoperculate zoosporangia. Probably the epibiotic stage produces gametes while the resting spore sporangia produce zoospores but this has not been proved. Family Cladochytriaceae. In the Cladochytriaceae the chief genus with inoperculate sporangia is Cladochytrium, which is saprophytic and forms a system of fine branching rhizoids within the tissues of the sub- stratum. Here and there arise swellings which may become the round or pyriform sporangia or which may become spindle-shaped, once septate "turbinate organs," one of these cells becoming a sporangium and per- haps later the other. Septa are formed to separate the sporangia and resting cells from the remainder of the rhizomycelium. The zoosporangia empty through an inoperculate exit tube which may be quite long. Some of the swellings become colorless resting spores with a thickened wall. These, according to Karling (1934), germinate by becoming sporangia in which numerous zoospores are produced by cleavage and escape through a short sporangial neck, in C. replicatum Karl. The cytology of this fungus has been studied by Karling (1937). (Fig. 17A-C.) Physocladia (Sparrow, 1932) differs in habit from the foregoing in that it is external to the matrix (pine pollen in the case of P. ohscura Sparrow) which is penetrated only by the fine tips of the rhizomycelium. It consists of a slender, branched thread with rhizoidal branches and Fig. 17. (See legend on lacing page.) 62 ORBEK CHYTRIDIALES 63 intercalary swellings here and there and, rarely, with septate turbinate cells, and with large terminal spherical zoosporangia, each with an apophysis. These produce large numbers of zoospores which escape through a nonoperculate opening and swim actively for some time in a large vesicle before its membrane is ruptured. Large spherical, thick- walled resting spores are formed terminally. Their further fate has not been determined. Polychytrium (Ajello, 1942) differs from both the foregoing genera in its coarse branched rhizomycelium which has occasional rhizoids but no turbinate cells or swellings. At the ends of the branches and sometimes in intercalary positions the zoosporangia arise, usually in pairs, sometimes several close together. They are pyriform. In them the zoospores are developed and push out through the apical exit papilla or tube surrounded by a slimy matrix in which at first they lie motionless. Soon they become active and break away and swim off. They have a long posterior flagellum and a conspicuous lunate nuclear cap. After the discharge of the zoospores new zoosporangia are formed by proliferation. In addition to these typical zoosporangia, yellowish-brown very tuberculate zoosporangia may occur, in pairs or in clusters. From these the zoospores escape in the same manner. No resting spores have been observed. The principal operculate genera of this family are Nowakowskiella, Septochytrium, Megachytrium, and Catenomyces. In Nowakowskiella the slender rhizomycelium is nonseptate, except where the enlargements be- come zoosporangia, with usually a large apophysis. Zoospores escape in a mass before separating or those few remaining behind creep out one by one. The zoosporangia sometimes proliferate. Resting spores are formed in some species of the genus. Roberts (1948) shows that in some species of Nowakowskiella there is a marked morphological differentiation be- tween the vegetative (or trophic) and the reproductive portions of the rhizomycelium. The former is mostly confined to the interior of the substratum and produces no reproductive organs from the enlargements. The nuclei are found only in the swellings but not in the isthmuses or rhizoids. In the reproductive portion, which is mostly external to the substratum, the nuclei occur not only in the enlargements, which may eventually become the zoosporangia, but also in the intervening fila- mentous structures. In Septochytrium the primary swelling becomes a Fig. 17. Chytridiales, Family Cladochytriaceae. (A-C) Cladochytrium tenue Now. (A) General view of part of the thalhis, showing spindle organs, zoosporangia in vari- ous stages of development, and rhizomycelium. (B) Resting spore which developed in a spindle organ. (C) Resting spore germinating to produce external zoosporangium. (D-F) Nowakowskiella macrospora Karl. (D) General view of part of the thallus, show- ing rhizomycelium and swellings and operculate zoosporangia. (E) Resting spore. (F) Resting spore germinating to produce external zoosporangium. (Courtesy, Karling: Am. J. Botany, 32(l):29-35.) G4 PHYCOMYCETEAE Fig. 18. Chytridiales, Family Cladochytriaceae. Catenomyces persicinus Hanson. Portion of plant showing coarse rhizomycelium and zoosporangia with endo-operculate exit tubes. (Courtesy, Hanson: A7n. J. Botany, 32(7):431-438.) large sporangium from whose sides arise many moderately stout rhizoidal tubes with occasional constrictions and septa, and fusiform swellings, some of which may become large or small zoosporangia or resting spores. The latter act as prosporangia when they germinate. In S. variabile Berdan, Miss Berdan (1939) demonstrated that the sporangial walls and intercalary swellings give a pronounced violet color on treatment with chloriodide of zinc, indicating the presence of cellulose. This reaction is absent in most of the members of the family. M egachytrium differs from the two foregoing genera in the possession of a very coarse, tubular, branched rhizomycelium instead of fine tapering threads. The swellings of this rhizomycelium become operculate sporangia or resting spores. The latter act as prosporangia when they germinate. The genus Catenomyces (Hanson, 1945) is quite similar to the three foregoing genera but has an endo-operculum deep down in the exit tube, not at its apex. Resting spores have been doubtfully observed. The zoosporangia may be terminal or intercalary, with one to several exit tubes. The rhizomycelium is stout but tapers to slender rhizoid-like tufts. (Fig. 17D-F, Fig. 18.) The inoperculate genus Catenaria, assigned by Sparrow (1943) to the subfamily Catenarioideae, has been shown by Couch (1945) to be proba- bly more closely related to Order Blastocladiales and will accordingly be discussed in the next chapter. Family Physodermataceae. Two genera, Physoderma and Uro- phlyctis are usually included in this family, but since the only constant difference is the effect upon the host the validity of this distinction is doubtful. Both are parasitic on and in higher plants. Physoderma may discolor and eventually kill the infected tissues without causing marked hypertrophy, while Urophlyctis induces strong gall formation. Tentatively ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 65 Fig. 19. Chytridiales, Family Physodermataceae. Physoderma zeae-maydis Shaw. (A) Resting sporangium, side view. (B) Resting sporangium germinating to form zoosporangium. (C) Young ephemeral zoosporangia. (D) Emptied ephemeral zoo- sporangia, one with beginning of proliferation. (E) Swarm spore from ephemeral zoosporangium. (F) Swarm spore from resting spore sporangium. (Courtesy, Sparrow: Am. J. Botany, 34(2):94-97.) the genera are kept distinct, especially since phytopathological literature maintains this separation. They differ from the foregoing polycentric forms in that the primary infection produces an external sporangium with rhizoids penetrating the epidermal cells of the host. This rather flattened, or even slipper-shaped, zoosporangium opens without an operculum and sets free numerous swarm cells. Successive sporangia may arise by proliferation within the empty walls. The polycentric stage is originated in a manner characteristic of the Cladochytriaceae, probably by infection from these swarm cells In Physoderma macular e Wallr., Clinton (1902) has shown that the germinating zoospore sends rhizoids into the host cell (submerged leaf of Alisma) and enlarges externally to become a zoosporangium much in the manner of Rhizophydium. After the zoospores escape through an exit papilla a second zoosporangium may be formed within the empty wall of the first, and so on two to four times. Other zoospores settling on older leaves, or perhaps upon leaves not permanently emersed, send in a fine filament which enlarges to become a storage cell (or "Sammelzelle") and produces haustorial processes or fine filaments which may penetrate to other cells and there in their turn produce similar cells, and so on. From each such cell there may arise a bud which eventually becomes larger than the original cell. This is a resting sporangium and is thick-walled and somewhat flattened on one side. After a period of rest it enlarges and 66 PHTCOMYCETEAE bursts off the upper side of the thick wall with a circular split, forming a very large lid. On the thin inner wall an inoperculate exit papilla is formed, setting free the posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores. The suggestion may be made that possibly the externally formed zoospores are capable of functioning as gametes, the external zoosporangia arising from zoospore infection, the internal infection by zygotes. Physoderma zeae-maydis Shaw is sometimes destructive to corn (maize, Zea mays L.) in the southern parts of the United States and in Asia. Usually only the internal rhizo- mycelium and the "Sammelzellen" and resting sporangia are observed (Tisdale 1919) but Sparrow (1934, 1947) has shown that it is possible to obtain the production of the external slipper-shaped sporangia by placing pieces of young maize leaves in a hanging-drop culture with zoospores from the resting sporangia. As in P. maculare new zoosporangia are formed within the emptied older ones. These planospores are markedly smaller than those arising from the resting sporangia and Sparrow sug- gests that they may possibly be gametes. (Fig. 19.) Jones and Drechsler (1920) and also Bartlett (1926) have shown that Urophlyctis has much the same life history as Physoderma but causes extensive gall production by the host, this being practically the only distinction between the two genera. The external zoosporangia have been reported in several species of Urophlyctis. Within the infected epidermal cell there develops a " Sammelzelle " or "turbinate cell," at first uni- nucleate but soon multinucleate. At its distal end is formed a terminal tuft of haustoria. At several places on the cell, buds are formed into each of which a nucleus passes, following which the bud grows out as a some- what enlarged end of a very slender non-nucleate filament. This enlarge- ment in turn becomes a turbinate cell and may give rise to other similar cells, usually three to five cells from each. In the center of the distal tuft of haustoria there soon buds out a thin-walled cell which grows rapidly and becomes much larger than the cell from which it originates. This becomes thick-walled and bears a crown of haustoria. During its growth the cytoplasm and nuclei from the turbinate cell pass into it. This is not an act of fertilization, as was believed by earlier mycologists. The con- necting rhizomycelium soon disappears and finally only the resting sporangia are to be found in the gall tissue. After some time these spo- rangia are capable of germination. Scott (1920) has studied this process in U. alfalfae Magn. It produces one to fifteen or more zoosporangia varying in diameter from 10 to 40 microns, which push out through irregular fissures in the brown wall. Zoospores escape through short exit papillae, there being several such papillae on the larger sporangia. The zoospores are 4 to 8 microns long with a posterior flagellum 30 to 50 microns in length. Scott observed no conjugation of these zoospores. On the other hand, 0. T. Wilson (1920) reports that the zoospores are ORDER CHYTRIDIALES 67 k Fig. 20. Chytridiales, Family Physodermataceae. Urophlyctis alfalfae Magn. (A) Rhizomycelium, "Sammelzellen," and resting sporangia. (B) Top view of resting sporangium, (After Jones and Drechsler: J. Agr. Research, 20(4):295-324.) bifiagellate, one flagellum being very short, and that they are of two sizes. These conjugate before infection takes place. This needs confirma- tion as there is a possibiHty that these supposed zoospores or gametes may have been organisms parasitic within the resting sporangia of the Urophlyctis. Several species of Urophlyctis are known. (F'ig. 20.) As a tentative addition to the operculate Chytridiaceae, Tetrachytrium and Zygochytrium, reported by Sorokin (1874) from Russia may be con- sidered here for want of further information. They are soil or water fungi, 68 PHYCOMYCETEAE FiG.[21. (See legend on facing page.) ORDER HYPHOCHYTRIALES G9 less than 0.1 mm. tall, and consist of an upright, stout and few-branched, nonseptate hypha with a basal holdfast. Whether this is a true hypha or a rhizomycelium is not known, since neither species has been found again since their original description. In Zygochytrium the main stalk is forked, each branch terminating in a spherical, operculate sporangium. The contents escape as a naked mass which soon forms a thin membrane. In the interior the protoplasm divides into many posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores which escape by the irregu- lar rupture of the enclosing membrane, and soon germinate. Between the main forks of the fungus short branches grow which meet and unite, forming a zygospore in a manner very suggestive of zygospore formation by the Mucorales. This thick-walled spore germinates soon by a slender hypha and produces a new plant resembling the parent plant. This fungus is yellow and grows on dead, submerged insects. (Fig. 21A-F.) In Tetrachytrium, which is blue-green in color, the nonseptate main stalk bears three or four somewhat recurved branches on some of which develop terminally spherical, operculate gametangia. Their contents escape in the same manner as from the zoosporangia of Zygochytrium and in a similar manner become invested in a thin membrane. Within this are formed four posteriorly uniflagellate gametes which unite by twos to form thin-walled, nonflagellate zygospores. After a little while these germinate to form new plants. The gametes which do not unite do not germinate. Occurring on dead plant material and even on dead beetles in water. (Fig. 21G-M.) Until these fungi can be found again it will be impossible to decide whether they really belong to the Chytridiales or to a group of fungi that have a true mycelium. Their relationship may be with the operculate Cladochytriaceae. Order Hyphochytriales. The organisms making up this order show a close parallelism in body structure to the Chytridiales with which they have been usually associated. They differ, however, in the type of zoospore which is anteriorly uniflagellate. In Rhizidiomyces apophysatus Zopf, Couch (1941) demonstrated that this single anterior flagellum is of the tinsel type in contrast to the posterior flagellum of the Chytridiales which is of the whiplash type. The cell walls may show positive cellulose reaction in a few cases but in some species chloriodide of zinc calls forth no charac- teristic cellulose coloring. Karling (1943) has grouped these forms with a Fig. 21. Chytridiales. (A-F) Zygochytrium aurantiacum Sor. (A) Mature plant. (B) Emptied zoosporangium, showing operculum. (C) Extruded protoplasm has formed zoospores. (D) Zoospores escaping. (E) Plant with beginning of conjugation. (F) Mature zygospore. (G-M) Tetrachytrium triceps Sor. (G) Mature plant. (H) Proto- plasm escaping from gametangium. (I) Four planogametes formed in the extruded protoplasm. (J) Gametes escaping. (K) Gametes uniting. (L) Zygote beginning to germinate. (M) Young plant. (After Sorokin: Botan. Ztg., 32(20) :305-315.) 70 PHYCOMYCETEAE Fig. 22. Hyphochytriales. (A-C) Family Anisolpidiaceae. Anisolpidium edocarpii Karliiig. (A) Zoosporangium with unopened exit tube. (B) Zoosporangium discharg- ing the anteriorly uniflagellate zoospores. (C) Portion of filament of Ectocarpus containing one empty zoosporangium and one resting spore. (D) Family Rhizi- diomycetaceae. Rhizidiomyces apophysatus Zopf. (E) Family Hyj^hochytriaceae. Hyphochytriuni catenoides Karling. (A-C, courtesy, Karling: Am. J. Botany, 30(8) :637- 648. D-E, courtesy, Sparrow : Aquatic Phycomycetes, Exclusive of the Saprolegniaceae and Pythium, Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press.) single anterior flagellum into three families, emplo3ang the ordinal name Anisochytridiales. They may be distinguished as follows: Anisolpidiaceae: holocarpic, intramatrical, monocentric, the thallus becoming a sporangium or a resting spore. Three genera: Anisolpidium., Reesia, and Cystochytrium. Rhizidiomycetaceae : eucarpic, monocentric, sporangia and resting spores extramatrical, rhizoidal system intramatrical. Two genera : Rhizidiomyces and Latrostium. KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT FAMILIES AND GENERA 71 Hyphochytriaceae' : polycentric, intramatrical, forming a more or less branched mycelium-like structure which here and there, terminally as well as in intercalary positions, enlarges to form the sporangia or resting spores. Two genera: Hyphochytriwn and Catenariopsis. Family Anisolpidiaceae. Anisolpidiwn resembles Olpidium very closely in its life history except that sexuality has not been observed. The pyriform zoospore possesses a long, anteriorly attached flagellum. Two or three species parasitic in marine Phaeophyceae. In A. ectocarpii Karling, the chromosome number is five or six in the dividing nuclei in the sporangium. Reesia differs from the foregoing genus in the persistence of the naked, amoeboid stage until the organism has attained almost full size when a cell wall is produced. In R. amoeboides Fisch, the resting spores arise from infection by bifiagellate zygotes formed by the union of two swarm spores. Two species, parasitic in Lemna. (Fig. 22A-C.) Family Rhizidiomycetaceae. Rhizidiomyces resembles Rhizophydium (or Phlyctochytrium, in one species, because of the presence of an apophy- sis), but the zoospore is anteriorly uniflagellate, with the tinsel type of flagellum. Four species are known, two saprophytic in soil, one parasitic in algae, and one parasitic in the oogonia of Saprolegniaceae. Latrostium, parasitic in the oogonia of Vaucheria, possesses only one recognized species. The zoospores escape not through an exit tube as in Rhizidiomyces but by the deliquescence of a large exit papilla. (Fig. 22D.) Family Hyphochytriaceae. Hyphochytrium infestans Zopf was first described by its author in 1884 and has not been recognized since. It was parasitic in the apothecium of a species of Helotium. It consists of an extensive, coarse, tubular, branched, occasionally septate rhizomycelium (or true mycelium?). The zoosporangia arise as terminal and intercalary swellings on the mycelium. They open by a subapical orifice releasing the anteriorly uniflagellate zoospores. No resting spores have been observed. Two other species are known: H. hydrodidii Valkanov on Hydrodictyon and H. catenoides Karling, mostly saprophytic. The former produces resting spores. Catenariopsis possibly belongs in the foregoing genus. Its difference appears to be a greater contrast between the enlarged zoospo- rangia and the short connecting isthmuses. (Fig. 22E.) Key to the More Important Families and Genera of Order Chytridiales Holocarpic, i.e., endobiotic, without rhizoids, discharge tubes inoperculate. Vegetative cell enlarging to form a single zoosporangium. Family Olpidiaceae Zoosporangium not completely filling the host cell. Flagellum anteriorly attached but traihng posteriorly. (Doubtfully be- longing in this family.) Sphaerita 1 This family as here delimited differs greatly from the treatment accorded in the first edition of this textbook, both as to its suggested relationship and contents. 72 PHYCOMYCETEAE Flagellum posterior, discharge tubes rarely more than one. Olpidium Flagellum posterior, discharge tubes usually numerous. Pleotrachelus Zoosporangium completely filling the host cell, the cell walls of the fungus and host in close contact. RozeUa Vegetative cell elongating and by septation forming a series of zoosporangia. Family Achlyogetonaceae More than two zoosporangia formed in a series. Zoospores encysting at mouth of exit tube. Achlyogeton Zoospores swimming away from exit tube without encysting. Septolpidium Only two zoosporangia formed, separated by an isthmus. Bicricmm Vegetative cell dividing internally into numerous zoosporangia or serving as a prosorus, the zoosporangia arising in a cell developing from the prosorus. Family Synchytriaceae Parasitic in higher plants; vegetative cell rather large, becoming a sorus or prosorus or resting spore. Synchytrium Parasitic in algae; vegetative cell small, becoming a prosorus or a resting spore. Sorus of zoosporangia formed within the host cell. Sorus dividing into a few sporangia which show no signs of flagella, each producing a number of zoospores. Micromyces Sorus dividing into many zoosporangia which are set free, part within the host cell, part through a papilla into the surrounding water. Occasionally a zoosporangium bears a feebly active pos- terior flagellum. Zoospores minute, 2-5. Endodesmidium Sorus of zoosporangia formed outside the host cell at apex of a discharge tube which pierces the host cell wall and produces only a few nonmotile zoosporangia. Micromycopsis Eucarpic, i.e., endobiotic, epibiotic, or interbiotic, with rhizoids or haustoria. Monocentric. Including both operculate and inoperculate genera. Zoospore cyst enlarging into a zoosporangium or prosporangium. Family Rhizidiaceae Zoospore cyst enlarging into a zoosporangium. Exit papilla or tube inoperculate. Subsporangial swelling (apophysis) lacking. Interbiotic (i.e., not closely attached to host cell, which is entered only by the tips of the rhizoidal branches). Rhizoidal system arising from the main axis. Rhizidium Rhizoidal system with several branches from the body of the sporangium. Rhizophhjdis Epibiotic (i.e., closely associated with the host cell which is pene- trated by the rhizoidal system). Rhizophydium Subsporangial swelling present (scarcely differentiated in Ohelidium). Ej^ibiotic. i Phlyctochytrium Interbiotic. Apex of zoosporangium with mucro; a cup- or funnel-like base. Obelidium No pronounced mucro; no cup- or funnel-like base. Zoosporangium somewhat stellate. Asterophlyctis KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT FAMILIES AND GENERA 73 Zoosporangium spherical or ellipsoidal. Rhizoids delicate. Rhizodosmatium Rhizoids coarse." Siphonaria Exit tube operculate near base, interbiotic. Karlingia Exit tube operculate at apex, epibiotic. Chytridium Zoospore cyst enlarging into a prosporangium. Epibiotic, operculate, small, rhizoids not massive. Chytridium Epibiotic, operculate, rhizoidal system massive. Macrochytrium Interbiotic, inoperculate. Polyphagus Zoospore cyst not enlarging into zoosporangium or prosporangium, but upper part of germ tube so enlarging. Family Entophlyctaceae Exit tube or papilla inoperculate. Endobiotic. Upper part of germ tube becoming a zoosporangium. Entophlydis Zoosporangia arising by enlargement of the proximal portions of the rhizoidal branches. Phlyctorhiza Upper part of germ tube becoming a prosporangium. Diplophlyctis Exit tube operculate, germ tube enlarging into a zoosporangium. Epibiotic. Rhizoids constricted into catenulate segments. Catenochytrium Endobiotic. Rhizoids not constricted. Endochytrium Exit tube operculate. Endobiotic. Germ tube enlarging into a prosporangium. Eucarpic and polycentric. Nephrochytrium Mostly saprophytic, intra- and extramatrical, with many centers connected by slender (rarely stout) tubes. Sporangia thin-walled, terminal and often intercalary. Resting spores thick-walled, apparently not sexually produced. Family Cladochytriaceae Sporangial openings inoperculate. Rhizomycelium slender, branching, intramatrical, with turbinate cells. Zoosporangia intercalary and terminal. Resting spores thick- walled, acting as prosporangia when germinating. Cladodiytrium Rhizomycelium slender, branching, mostly extramatrical, rarely with turbinate cells. Zoosporangia and resting spores single at the apex of hyphae or branches. On pine pollen in water. Physodadia Rhizomycelium coarse, branched, without turbinate cells or intercalary swellings. Zoosporangia usually in clusters of two or more at tips of hyphae or intercalary. No resting spores although thicker-walled, tuberculate zoosporangia are formed which set free their zoospores promptly. Polychytrium Sporangia operculate at the mouth of the opening. Intra- and extramatrical rhizomycelium slender and branched, with various more or less fusoid swellings. Zoosporangia formed mostly on the extramatrical rhizomycelium, terminal or intercalary, apophysate. Thicker-walled resting spores some- times formed from a mass of parenchyma-like cells. Zoospo- rangia sometimes proliferating. Nowakowskiella Mainly intramatrical, rhizomycelium moderately stout, constricted occa- sionally and septate or partially so at the constrictions. 74 PHYCOMYCETEAE branching and tapering to fine points. Numerous fusiform swellings which may become large or small zoosporangia or resting spores, the latter acting as prosporangia when they germinate. Zoosporangia not proliferating. Septochytrium Extra- and intramatrical, rhizomycelium rather thick and undulate, branched, not tapering into fine points. Zoosporangia ter- minal and intercalary, rarely proliferating. Resting spores intercalary, on germination acting as prosporangia. Megachytrium Exit tubes of zoosporangia operculate near base (endo-operculate). Rhizo- mycelium moderately stout. Catenomyces Parasitic epibiotically and endobiotically on higher plants, the epibiotic stage monocentric, consisting of a proliferating, slipper-like zoosporangium with a tuft of rhizoids in the epidermal cell, the endobiotic stage being a slender branching rhizomy- celium with numerous centers which give rise to further rhizomycelium and to thick-walled resting sporangia, mostly flattened on one side. Family Physodermataceae Endobiotic stage not causing warts or galls on the host. Physoderma Endobiotic stage causing warts or galls. Urophlydis Appendix to the Operculate Cladochytriaceae, but with relationship doubtful. Stalk forked and bearing terminally the operculate zoosporangia. Sexual re- production by formation of thick-walled zygospore by a mucoroid process of conjugation. Zygochytrium Stalk branched and bearing at its tips operculate gametangia producing 4 gametes in each. No thick-walled resting spores known. Tetrachytrium Key to the Families and Genera of Order Hyphochjrtriales {Based upon Karling, 1943) Holocarpic, monocentric, endobiotic. Family Anisolpidiaceae Vegetative stage provided early with a cell wall and becoming a round or ellipsoidal zoosporangium with 1-3 exit tubes. Sexual reproduction unknown. Parasitic in Phaeophyceae. Anisolpidiuni Vegetative stage naked and amoeboid almost until maturity of the rounded zoosporangium. Exit tube single. Sexual reproduction by the union of uni- flagellate isogametes. Parasitic in Lemnaceae. Reesia Vegetative structure becoming elongated, sometimes septate, to form one elongated or several rounded zoosporangia with thick walls. Zoospores escaping through a median aperture. Sexual reproduction unknown. Para- sitic in roots. Cystochytrium Eucarpic, monocentric, epibiotic. Family Rhizidiomycetaceae Zoosporangia with or without apophysis, zoospores undergoing cleavage within a vesicle at the apex of the exit tube. Parasites or saprophytes. Rhizidiomyces Zoosporangia without apophysis, zoospores fully developed within the zoosporangium. Parasites in oospores of Vaucheria. Latrostium Eucarpic, polycentric, hypha-likc, without rhizoids, with terminal and inter- calary zoosporangia. Family Hyphochytriaceae LITERATURE CITED 75 Only one well established genus. Parasitic in various hosts. Hyphochytrium The genus Catenariopsis may be distinct from Hyphochytrium. In it the zoo- sporangia are separated from one another by short isthmuses. Literature Cited Ajello, Libero: Polychytrium : a new cladochytriaceous genus, Mycologia, 34.(4:) -.^2-451. Figs. 1-16. 1942. Bartlett, a. W.: On a new species of Urophlyctis producing galls on Lotus corniculatus Linn., Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 11:266-281. P^s. 11-14. 1926. Berdan, Helen: Two new genera of operculate chytrids, Am. J. Botany, 26(7): 459-463. Figs. 1-2. 1939. Canter, Hilda M.: Studies on British chytrids: VI. Aquatic Synchytriaceae, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 32(l):69-94. Pis. 7-11. Figs. 1-13. 1949. Clinton, G. P.: Cladochytrium alismatis, Botan. Gaz., 33(1):49-61. Pis. 2-4. 1902. This is really Physoderma maculare Wallr. Cook, Melville T.: Species of Synchytrium in Louisiana: III. The development and structure of the galls, Mycologia, 37(6):715-740. Figs. 1-12. 1945. Couch, John N. : Rhizophidium, Phlyctochytrium and Phlyctidium in the United States, J. Elisha Mitchell Set. Soc, 47(2) :245-260. Pis. 14-17. 1932. : New or little known Chytridiales, Mycologia, 27(2):160-175. Figs. 1-64. 1935. : Notes on the genus Micromyces, Mycologia, 29(5):592-596. Figs. 1-4. 1937. : The structure and the action of the cilia in some aquatic Phycomycetes, Am. J. Botany, 28(8) :704-713. Figs. 1-58. 1941. -: Observations on the genus Catenaria, Mijcologia, 37(2): 163-198. Figs. 1-78. 1945. Curtis, K. M.: The life-history and cytology of Synchytrium endobioticum (Schilb.) Perc, the cause of the wart disease in potato. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 210 :409-478. P^s. 12-16. 1921. Fitzpatrick, Harry Morton: The Lower Fungi — Phycomycetes, xi -t- 331 pp. 112^^s. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1930. voN GuTENBURG, H. L. : Cytologische Studien an Synchytrium Gallen, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 46:453-477. 1909. Hanson, Anne Marie: A morphological, developmental, and cytological study of four saprophytic chytrids: I. Catenomyces persicinus Hanson, Am. J. Botany, 32(7):431-438. Pis. 1-3. 1945; IV. Phlyctorhiza endogena gen. nov. sp. nov., ibid., 33(9) :732-739. Figs. 1-49. 1946. Harder, Richard: Uber das Vorkommen von Chitin und Zellulose und seine Bedeutung fiir die phylogenetische und systematische Beurteilung der Pilze, Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen. Math, physik. Klasse, Fachgruppe VI, N.F., 3(l):l-7. 1937. Jane, Frank W.: A revision of the genus Harpochytrium, /. Linnean Soc. London, 53(348) :28-40. Figs. 1-28. 1946. JoHANSON, Alfhild E.: An endo-operculate chytridiaceous fungus: Karlingia rosea gen. nov., Am. J. Botany, 31(7):397-404. Figs. 1-37. 1944. Jones, Fred Reuel, and Charles Drechsler: Crown wart of alfalfa caused by Urophlyctis alfalfae, /. Agr. Research, 20(4) :295-324. Pis. 47-56. 1920. Karling, John S.: Studies in the Chytridiales: VII. The organization of the chytrid thallus. Am. J. Botany, 19(l):41-74. Figs. 1-138. 1932. 76 PHYCOMYCETEAE Karling: Resting sporangia in Cladochytrium, Science, 79(2052) :390. 1934. • : The cytology of the Chytridiales with special reference to Cladochytrium replicatum, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 19:1-22. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-2. 1937. : The life history of Anisolpidium ectocarpii gen. no v. et sp. no v., and a synopsis and classification of other fungi with anteriorly uniflagellate zoo- spores, Am. J. Botany, 30(8):637-648. Figs. 1-21. 1943. : Brazilian chytrids: V. Nowakovvskiella macrospora n. sp. and other polycentric species, ibid., 32(l):29-35. Figs. 1-51. 1945a. Brazilian chytrids: VII. Observations relative to sexuality in two new species of Siphonaria, ibid., 32(9):580-587. Figs. 1-53. 1945b. KusANO, Shunsuke: On the life-history and cytology of a new species of Olpid- ium, with special reference to the copulation of motile isogametes, /. Coll. Agr., Tokyo Imp. Univ., 4:144-199. Pis. 15-17. Fig. 1. 1912. : Observations on Olpidium trifolii Schroet., ibid., 10(2):83-99. 7 figs. 1929. -: The life-history and physiology of Synchytrium fulgens Schroet., with special reference to its sexuality, Japanese J. Botany, 5(1):35-132. Figs. 1-19. 1930. Martin, G. W. : Systematic position of the slime molds and its bearing upon the classification of the fungi, Botan. Gaz., 93(4) :421-435. 1932. VON MiNDEN, M.: Chytridiineae, Ancylistineae, Monoblepharidineae, Sapro- legniineae, in Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 5, pts. 2-3, pp. 209-630. Leipzig, Gebruder Borntraeger, 1911-1915. Nabel, Kurt: tjber die Membran niederer Pilze, besonders von Rhizidiomyces bivellatus nov. spez.. Arch. Mikrobiol., 10:515-541. Figs. 1-7. 1939. Petersen, Henning Eiler: Note sur les Phycomycetes observ^es dans les teguments vides des nymphes de Phrygan^es avec description de trois especes nouvelles de Chytridin^es, /. Botan., 17(6-7) :2 14-222. Figs. 1-11. 1903. Roberts, John Maurice: Developmental studies of two species of Nowakowski- ella Schroeter: N. ramosa Butler and N. profusa Karling, Mycologia, 40(2): 127-157. Figs. 1-2. 1948. ScHERFFEL, A.: Endophytische Phycomyceten. Parasiten der Bacillariaceen und einige neue Monadinen. Ein Beitrag zur Phylogenie der Oomyceten (Schroe- ter), Arch. Protistenk., 52(1):1-141. Pis. 1-5. 1925. Schwartz, E. J., and W. R. Ivimey Cook: The life-history and cytology of a new species of Olpidium: Olpidium radicale sp. nov., Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 13:205-221. P/s. 13-15. 1928. Scott, C. Emlen: A preliminary note on the germination of Urophlyctis alfalfae, Science, N.S., 52(1340) :225-226. 1920. SoROKiN, N.: Einige neue Wasserpilze, Botan. Ztg., 32:305-315. PI. 6. 1874. Sparrow, Jr., Frederick K. : Observations on the aquatic fungi of Cold Spring Harbor, Mycologia, 24(3) :268-303. Pis. 7-8. Figs. 1-4. 1932. : The occurrence of true sporangia in the Physoderma disease of corn. Science, N.S., 79(2060) :o63-564. 1934. : Evidences for the possible occurrence of sexuality in Diplophlyctis, Mycologia, 28(4) :321-323. Figs. 1-2. 1936. : Some chytiidiaceous inhabitants of submerged insect exuviae, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 78(l):23-53. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-5. 1937. : The morphology and development of Obelidium mucronatum, Mycologia, 30(1) A-U. Figs. 1-44. 1938. : A classification of aquatic Phycomycetes, ibid., 34(1):113-116. 1942. LITERATURE CITED 77 Sparrow: Aquatic Phycomycetes, exclusive of the Saprolegniaceae and Pythium, xix + 785 pp. Q34: figs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press, 1943. : Observations on chytridiaceous parasites of Phanerogams: II. A pre- liminary study of the occurrence of ephemeral sporangia in the Physoderma disease of maize, Am. J. Botany, 34(2):94-97. Figs. 1-17. 1947. TiscHLER, G.: Pflanzliche Chromosomen-Zahlen, Tabulae Biologicae, 4:1-83. 1937. TiSDALE, W. H.: Physoderma disease of corn, /. Agr. Research, 16(5):137-154. Pis. A and B (colored) and 10-17. Fig. 1. 1919. Wager, H. : The Ufe-history and cytology of Polyphagus Eugienae, Ann. Botany, 27(106) :173-202. PZs. 16-19. 1913. VON Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, natunv. Klasse, Abt. I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. Whiffen, Alma J. : A discussion of taxonomic criteria in the Chytridiales, Far- lowia, l(4):583-597. 1944. Wilson, 0. T.: Crown-gall of alfalfa, Botan. Gaz., 70(l):51-68. Pis. 7-10. 1920. ZoPF, Wilhelm: Zur Kenntnis der Phycomyceten : I. Zur Morphologie und Biologic der Ancylisten und Chytridium, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pliyto- pathologie. Nova Acta Leopoldina, 47:141-236. Pis. 12-21. 1884. fe 4 PHYCOMYCETEAE: BLASTOCLADIALES AND MONOBLEPHARIDALES THE organisms treated in this chapter show in very many points a close relationship to the Rhizidiaceae in the Chytridiales, but exhibit a greater development of the vegetative structure and a greater com- plexity of sexual reproduction in most of the cases where this is known. Instead of being a single uninucleate cell with a non-nucleate haustorial system which immediately becomes a sporangium by enlargement and internal division into zoospores, the vegetative body is a multinucleate clavate, cylindrical or spherical, or hypha-like structure which may be simple or branched. True septa are wanting except to delimit injured regions or sporangia or gametangia, but coarsely perforated pseudosepta occur in Allomyces and "cellulin" plugs may occur at the constrictions in Gonapodya. From this vegetative body arise one to many sporangia or gametangia. These organisms are aquatic or perhaps more often inhabit the soil. Most are saprophytic on vegetable material but the genus Catenaria contains species which may grow parasitically, in nematodes, in fluke eggs, and in the case of one species (Couch, 1945a) in the hyphae of the aquatic fungi Allomyces and Blastocladiella. Coelomomyces is para- sitic in the larvae of mosquitoes. The zoospores and gametes, where motile, are as in the Chytridiales posteriorly uniflagellate, with the whiplash type of flagellum. In a few species in the genera Blastocladia and Monoblepharis biflagellate zoo- spores have been observed occasionally. Cotner (1930a,b) demonstrated that these are abnormal structures, being binucleate as well as biflagellate, and that their occurrence is due to unfavorable conditions of develop- ment, usually unfavorable temperature, so that the typical zoospore of this whole group should be looked upon as being uniflagellate. The cell walls do not give the cellulose reaction with chloriodide of zinc except after treatment for some time with warm KOH or NaOH solutions which apparently saponify fatty deposits in the cell walls. After such treatment 78 ORDER BLASTOCLADIALES 79 and thorough washing the wall in Monohlepharis, according to von Wett- stein (1921) and to Harder (1937), shows a violet coloration with chlor- iodide of zinc. The author obtained the same reaction with an unidentified species of Blastocladia. Harder claims that in AUomyces and certain other members of the family the cell wall consists fundamentally of chitin. Nabel (1939) makes the same claim for AUomyces, Blastocladia, and Blastocladiella. In Coelomomyces a cell wall has not been demonstrated on the vegetative mycelium. Order Blastocladiales. In the first edition of this textbook Blasto- cladiales and the following order, Monoblepharidales, were included under the latter name. Because of the slight differences in the structure of the zoospores and of the type of sexual reproduction, where it is known, and the production of resting sporangia the author now follows Sparrow (1943) in recognizing two orders. In the Blastocladiales the posteriorly uni- flagellate swarm cells (zoospores or gametes) usually possess a well- marked "nuclear cap" attached mostly to the anterior surface of the nucleus. In the Monoblepharidales the nuclear cap is not noticeable but in the swimming cells numerous small granules are gathered at the apex sometimes forming a sort of papilla. In the Blastocladiales sexual reproduction, where known, is by the union of two equal or unequal motile gametes to form a biflagellate zygote which germinates without becoming a resting spore. In the Mono- blepharidales the egg is nonflagellate and after fertilization forms a thick wall to become a resting spore. In the Blastocladiales, in addition to the thin-walled zoosporangia, there are found also thick-walled resting spo- rangia which, in Blastocladiella and AUomyces, have a close connection with the alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic generations — an alternation that is unknown in the Monoblepharidales. These resting sporangia are spherical, ovoid, or pyriform, with a thick outer wall often perforated by numerous pits, and a thin inner wall. On germination the outer wall cracks open and the expanding inner wall produces one or more exit papillae from which the swarm spores emerge. These latter are called "planonts" by Sparrow (1943). Three families are tentatively recognized, Catenariaceae (Couch 1945a), Coelomomycetaceae (Couch, 1945b) and Blastocladiaceae. They are distinguished as follows: Family Catenariaceae. This family is parasitic in worms or fungi, or saprophytic in various other plant or animal substrata. The plant body at first is tubular, mostly unbranched, coenocytic, swelling at more or less regular intervals to form reproductive organs which are connected by short, narrow isthmuses, septate at each end and sometimes in the middle. These reproductive bodies are either thin-walled zoosporangia discharging by exit tubes or, on more exhausted media, thick-walled s ^ i ^'-1 "'•■■■■• IV^ s '-5 ■?a'/ .*-_; 4> ■ n -'■- i' V^i*:»-^ 1" ff^^n S ■*' .'•'«■ L, , ' «■ n'iH n>g.6? '^ / „ i^-'- j('* ■ ^'•.•'^■■■f . \%f ir/i^*- Fig. 23. (See legend on facing page.) 80 ORDER BLASTOCLADIALES 81 resting spores usually free from the hyphal membrane. These resting sporangia are smooth or minutely granular. In germination the outer wall cracks open and a tube emerges through which the zoospores are discharged. Rhizoids are produced at almost any point on the thallus, from the isthmuses as well as the reproductive swellings. Sexual repro- duction occurs by the union of equal, motile gametes. One genus only is known, Catenaria, which was formerly placed in the family Clado- chytriaceae of the order Chytridiales until Couch (1945a) demon- strated that the mode of reproduction is typical of some forms of the Blastocladiales. Of the two well-studied species of the genus, sexual reproduction is unknown in C. anguillulae Sorokin. It produces both thin-walled and resting zoosporangia which appear to produce exactly similar zoospores. In C. allomycis Couch, the zoospores from the thin-walled zoosporangia produce plants with either or both types of sporangia. Those from the resting sporangia produce less active zoospores which encyst at or near the mouth of the exit tube. After about two hours these cysts produce four gametes, each, which escape through a short papilla and sooner or later unite by pairs to form posteriorly biflagellate zygotes. These swim for a time, the two flagella lying close together and being synchronous in their motions. The zygotes eventually encyst and penetrate the host tissue by means of a slender germ tube. Apparently, pairing of the gametes is rare between those from any one cyst. This type of reproduction is practically identical with that of Blastocladiella cystogena Couch and Whiff en (1942) and comparable to that of Allomyces cystogenus Emerson as interpreted by McCranie (1942). (Fig. 23A-G.) Family Coelomomycetaceae. Coelomomycetaceae are parasitic in the larvae of insects, chiefly mosquitoes. Mycelium coenocytic, non- septate, lacking rhizoids and without demonstrable cell walls, branched and somewhat anastomosing. Terminal portions of the short branches enlarge and break free and develop resting spores surrounded by the plasma membrane of the mycelium. These spores possess a thick outer, colored wall, usually pitted or striate, and a thinner inner wall. Dehiscence by a longitudinal slit. Zoospores posteriorly uniflagellate with an, at most, imperfectly formed nuclear cap. No thin-walled sporangia nor sexual stage Fig. 23. Blastocladiales. (A-G) Family Catenariaceae. (A-F) Catenaria allomycis Couch. (A) Chain of zoosporangia within filament of Allomyces. (B) Zoosporangium with zoospores about to escape. (C) Resting sporangia within host filament. (D) Zoospores emerging from germinating resting sporangium and encysting. (E) Cysts at mouth of exit tube of resting sporangium. (F) Biflagellate zygotes formed by union of gametes emerging from the cysts. (G) Catenaria anguillulae Sorokin, fluke egg with four resting sporangia and several emptied thin-walled zoosporangia. (H, I) Family Coelo- momycetaceae. Coelomomyces lativittatus Couch and Dodge. (H) Germinating resting sporangium. (I) Zoospores. (A-G, courtesy, Couch: Mycologia, 37(2):163-193. H-I, courtesy, Couch and Dodge: J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 63(l):69-79.) 82 PHTCOMTCETEAE observed. Twelve or more species. Only genus known Coelomomyces (Keilin, 1921; Couch, 1945b; Couch and Dodge, 1947). (Fig. 23H, I.) Family Blastocladiaceae. The vegetative portion of the plants of this family consists of a more or less extensive system of tapering and branching rhizoids and of a globular or clavate external portion from which may arise directly the sporangia and gametangia or a system of branches on which these organs are borne. In Allomyces the hyphae are more nearly uniform, without a broad basal portion, and are frequently constricted here and there. At these points usually occur coarsely perfo- rate "pseudosepta." Three or more genera are recognized in this family, which may be distinguished as follows: Blastocladia: plant body with a simple, lobed or branched basal portion, often with secondary axes. Zoosporangia with a single apical exit papilla. Alter- nation of sporophytes and gametophytes unknown. Blastocladiella (including according to Couch and Whiffen (1942) Clavochytrium and Sphaerocladia) : plant body a spherical vegetative structure bearing rhizoids at the base or on all sides, or more or less clavate, becoming directly a reproductive organ or bearing at its apex the single reproductive organ. Alternation of generations demonstrated in some species. Discharge papillae one or several. Allomyces: plant body a cylindrical basal segment giving rise, usually di- chotomously, to cylindrical, often constricted, branches with pseudosepta. Discharge papillae usually more than one. Alternation of sporophytes and gametophytes known in some species. Blastocladiella. In Blastocladiella stuhenii Couch and Whiffen (1942) the plant body of the sporophyte is spherical, with tapering, much- branched rhizoids emerging at all sides. It bears a thin-walled zoospo- rangium with one to several discharge tubes or a dark, thick-walled, resting sporangium which produces swarm cells that give rise to indis- tinguishable male or female gametophytes similar to, but smaller than, the sporophytes. The emerging gametes are equal in size and cannot be distinguished by color. They fuse in pairs and at once produce the sporophytes. In B. variabilis Harder and Sorgel (1938) the sporophyte is cyhndrical, bearing at its base much-branched rhizoids and at its apex either a thin-walled zoosporangium or a thick-walled resting sporangium. The zoospores from the former give rise to sporophytes again but those from the latter (planonts) give rise to similar gametophytes, each with a single clavate gametangium, orange-colored in the male and colorless in the female gametophyte. The biflagellate zygote gives rise at once to a sporophyte. Five other species are distinguished. In B. stomophila (Couch and Cox) Couch and Whiffen only thin-walled zoosporangia have been obser\'ed. In B. simplex Matthews and two other species both zoospo- rangia and resting sporangia are produced, but the zoospores from the latter reproduce sporophytes, no gametophytes having been recognized. ORDER BLASTOCLADIALES 83 Fig. 24. Blastocladiales, Family Blastocladiaceae. (A-D) Blastocladiella cystogena Couch and Whiffen. (A) Plant with mature resting sporangium. (B) Uniflagellate zoospores, two greatly magnified, just after discharge from resting sporangium. (C) Cysts, some still containing and some discharging gametes. (D) Biflagellate zygote. (E) Blastocladiella asperosperma Couch and Whiffen, cluster of plants, some with rest- ing sporangia and some with thin-walled sporangia. (F, G) Blastocladia pringsheimn Reinsch. (F) Plant with thin-walled sporangia. (G) Resting sporangia. (A-E, cour- tesy. Couch and Whiffen: Am. J. Botany, 29(7):163-193. F-G, courtesy, Thaxter: Botan. Gaz., 21(2):45-52, Univ. Chicago Press.) 84 PHYCOMYCETEAE In B. cystogena Couch and Whiffen the thin-walled zoosporangia are wanting. The zoospores from the resting sporangia encyst almost immedi- ately and soon produce four smaller gametes each, also posteriorly uniflagellate, which fuse in pairs and germinate at once to produce the original stage. When cultured on an agar medium, several other species besides B. siuhenii are spherical, with rhizoids on all sides, but on other media clavate or cylindrical with a septum setting off the sporangium or gametangium. (Fig. 24A-E.) Blastodadia. This genus is more complicated in its structure. The basal segment, bearing at its base tapering branched rhizoids, may be spherical (in B. glohosa Kanouse) and bear on its surface the cylindrical zoosporangia and subspherical or ovoid resting sporangia, sometimes interspersed with slender threads. On the other hand, it may be cylindrical and branched into more or less dichotomously dividing cylindrical hyphae which bear the sporangia of both types. Often the hyphae bear a spo- rangium apically and then branch sympodially so that the successive sporangia appear racemose in arrangement. Slender setae may also be present. The commonest species is apparently B. pringsheimii Reinsch, which varies from a large clavate structure bearing the zoosporangia and resting spores and setae at its apex or which may branch as described above. In what was apparently this species the author (1939) observed the union of equal swarm cells whose subsequent fate could not be fol- lowed and whose origin, whether from thin-walled zoosporangia or thick- walled resting sporangia was not ascertained. Miss Blackwell (1940) studying apparently the same species very intensively was unable to confirm this observation. (Fig. 24F, G.) Allomyces. About six species are recognized in this genus. They are distinguished mainly by their reproductive structures and life cycles. Vegetatively they consist of a basal cylindrical segment attached by tapering branched rhizoids to the substratum, and branching dichoto- mously or sympodially into gradually more slender hyphae, sometimes forming a tangled mycelial mass. The branches are blunt at the tip and show here and there the pseudosepta characteristic of the genus, there often being a constriction at each pseudoseptum. These are sometimes wheel-Uke in appearance with radiating rods separating a circle of more or less triangular openings. At the ends of the branches, singly or some- times in chains, are produced the cylindrical or somewhat oval, thin- walled zoosporangia. By sympodial branching these may come to have the appearance of a racemose arrangement. The zoospores escape by one or several inoperculate openings. The same plants may also bear the thick-walled resting sporangia which vary in shape from spherical to ovoid or even lemon-shaped and with the brown outer wall deeply punctate. The zoospores from the thin-walled zoosporangia produce the ORDER BLASTOCLADIALES 85 Fig. 25. Blastocladiales, Family Blastocladiaceae. Allomyces arbusculus Butler. Life cycle. (After Emerson. Courtesy, Sparrow: Aquatic Phycomycetes, Exclusive of the Saprolegniaceae and Pythium, Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press.) same stage of development. Those from the thick-walled resting sporangia behave differently according to the species. In the main the reproduction is of two distinct types. In the section Euallomyces, represented typically by A . javanicus Kniep and A . arbusculus Butler, the zoospores from the thick-walled resting spores produce gametophytes of approximately the same structure as the sporophytes described above. In place of the sporangia, chains of gametangia are produced terminally on the branches. There are usually two, rarely more, in each chain. These consist of a smaller and a larger gametangium, the former being terminal in A. java- nicus, the latter terminal in A. arbusculus. The smaller, male gametangium is salmon-pink to orange in color, the larger, female gametangium is colorless. The gametes emerge from one to three exit papillae. The male gametes are smaller and faintly colored and about twice as numerous as the colorless female gametes. They fuse promptly and the biflagellate zygote germinates almost at once to produce the sporophyte. This type of sexual reproduction and alternation of generations in this genus was first reported by Kniep (1929, 1930) in A. javanicus. Hatch (1933) demon- strated it in A. arbusculus. Since then Hatch (1935, 1938), Emerson (1941), McCranie (1942), and Wolf (1941) have given the genus intensive 86 PHYCOMYCETEAE study. Emerson (1938) demonstrated another type of reproduction in several species which he placed in the section Cystogenes. This has been studied by McCranie upon whose observations the following life cycle is based. In A. cystogenus Emerson the sporophyte is as in section Euallo- myces, except that the resting sporangia remain attached to the sporo- phyte in the latter and are deciduous in the former. Emerson reported that on germination of these resting sporangia, there emerged large posteriorly biflagellate swarm cells which quickly encysted and then gave rise to four posteriorly uniflagellate swarmers from each cyst. These pro- duced the sporophytic generation. McCranie's description differs from that of Emerson in that he reports the emergence of nonflagellate, some- what amoeboid, spores from the resting sporangium. These encyst and within them are formed four uniflagellate gametes equal in size, which unite to form posteriorly biflagellate zygotes from which develop the sporophytes. The fact that in Blastocladiella cyslogena Couch and Whiffen the swarmers emerging from the cysts act as isogamous gametes would seem to make McCranie's conclusions as to the sexual processes in A. cystogenus nearer the truth than Emerson's. The resting sporangia of Allomyces are able to survive in the dry state many months or even years. The species of the genus are more often found in the warmer parts of the world, such as the southern United States, Mexico, Central and South America, West Indies, Southern Asia, East Indies, Africa, and southern Europe. (Fig. 25.) Order Monoblepharidales. The chief differences between this order and the Blastocladiales are the fertilization of large, nonmotile eggs by posteriorly uniflagellate sperms; the hypha-like mycelium, like that of Allomyces but lacking the perforated pseudosepta of that genus; the absence of thick-walled resting sporangia and of alternation of genera- tions, with minor differences in the structure of the swarm cells. Of the three genera here included in this order sexual reproduction is unknown in Gonapodya and the correctness of the inclusion of that genus in the order is doubtful. Possibly it should be placed in the foregoing order. The two other genera, Monoblepharis and Monohlepharella, are closely related. With the doubtful inclusion of Gonapodya but one family is recognized. The genus Myrioblepharis has been placed in this order by some investigators, but it is probable that this is not an independent organism but some other aquatic fungus parasitized by a ciliate Pro- tozoan. The only species, M. paradoxa, was described by Thaxter in 1895, and found once by von Minden in 1915. The papers of these authors should be referred to. Family Monoblepharidaceae. Gonapodya is a genus of two species, growing saprophytically on vegetable matter in fresh water. When rose fruits are placed in water for several weeks, this fungus frequently de- OKDER MONOBLEPHARIDALES 87 velops in little tufts, usually covered by bacterial slime, on the surface of the fruits. The mycelium is variously branched, arising from a tuft of branching, tapering rhizoids. The external mycelium is constricted at Fig. 26. Monoblepharidales, Family Monoblepharidaceae. Gonapodya siliquae- formis (Reinsch) Thaxt. (A) Portion of fungus showing typical habit. (B) Unopened zoosporangium with zoospores outlined. (C) Zoosporangium with escaping zoospores. (D) Zoospore. (After Thaxter: Botan. Gaz., 20(ll):477-485, Univ. Chicago Press.) frequent intervals producing cylindrical or moniliform coenocytic seg- ments. At the constrictions there are usually plugs of a carbohydrate substance that has been called cellulin. At the ends of the branches the terminal segment becomes the zoosporangium, ovate or lanceolate in 88 PHYCOMYCETEAE outline, and producing numerous zoospores of the same type as those of Monoblepharis. After these have escaped through the apical pore suc- cessive zoosporangia may be formed in the empty sporangial wall by proliferation. Sexual reproduction similar to that of Monoblepharis was reported by Cornu (1871) but has never been found again in either of the two species now recognized. (Fig. 26.) Monoblepharis, with two species, was first described by the French mycologist Cornu in 1871; since then four or five other species have been recognized. Lagerheim (1900) gave the name Di- blepharis to two species of this genus in which biflagellate swarm cells were ob- served, but in view of the investigations of Cotner referred to earlier, and since the sperm cells in those species were described as uniflagellate, it seems desir- able to consider these as belonging to Monoblepharis. The species of this genus are saprophytic, usually on twigs or other vegetable matter in fresh water. They are attached to the substratum by rhizoids and form unbranched or branched hyphae which are nonseptate except where reproductive organs are formed. The zoosporangia are terminal to the main hypha or its branches, and are mostly more or less cylindrical. After the sporangium is emptied another may be formed within the empty wall by proliferation, or terminally on a sympo- dial branch arising at the base of the old sporangium. The zoospores escape, fully formed, from an opening dissolved in the apex of the sporangium and are typically posteriorly uniflagellate. As mentioned above the frequent biflagellate condition of the zoospores is probably abnormal. The oogone in Monoblepharis may be formed terminally or by the enlargement of a subterminal segment. In the former case a second seg- ment immediately below the oogone becomes the antherid; in the latter case the terminal segment becomes the antherid. In M. macrandra (Lagerheim) Woronin the antherids may be terminal on slender branches distant from the oogones. The number of sperms produced in an ■'-H B Fig. 27. Monoblepharidales, Family Monoblepharidaceae. Mon- oblepharis insignis Thaxter. (A) Hyphae showing antherids, young oogones and oogones with endo- genous oospore. (B) Oogone ready for fertilization and antherids with sperms. (After Thaxter: Botan. (?a2., 20(10):433-440,Univ.Chicago Press.) OKDER MONOBLEPHARIDALES 89 I Fig. 28. Monoblepharidales, Family Monoblepharidaceae, M onoblepharis poly- morpha Cornu. (A) Zoospore. (B-E) Zoosporangia. (F) Fertilization of oogone. (G) Exogenous oospore. (After Sparrow: Ann. Botany, 47(187) :517-542.) antherid is usually 4-7, but in M. insignis Thaxter there may be up to 24-32. They are posteriorly uniflagellate and swim to the oogone or creep along its surface in a jerky manner as the flagellum waves. The oogones become uninucleate according to Laibach (1927) before the basal septum is formed. They are pyriform or ovoid and when ready for fertilization become open at or near the apex, sometimes at the top of a short broad neck. The protoplasmic contents round up into a more or less spherical egg near the base of the oogone or close to its opening. Upon entry of the sperm into the egg the flagellum of the former disappears and the fertil- ized egg remains in the oogone and forms a thick wall (endogenous oospore) or creeps out through the oogonial opening and encysts exter- nally (exogenous oospore), in some cases then falling ofT. Rarely both modes of oospore formation may occur in the same species, e.g., M. macrandra. The two sex nuclei do not unite in the oospore until shortly before its germination by a slender germ tube. (Figs. 27, 28.) Monohlepharella was distinguished as a separate genus by Sparrow 90 PHYCOMTCETEAE (1940) with one species M. taylori Sparrow, but since that date a few other species have been described. It is distinguished from Monohlepharis by the behavior of the exogenous oospore which swims free by means of the persistent fiagellum of the fertilizing sperm, becoming encysted after B i Fig. 29. Monoblepharidales, Family Monoble- pharidaceae. Monoblepharella mexicana Shanor. (A) Hypha with zoosporangia. (B) Hypha with oogones and antherids. (C) Oogone just after entry of sperm cell. (D) Zygote swimming away by means of the flagelkmi of the sperm cell. (E) Encysted zygote. (Courtesy, Shanor: Mycologia, 34(3) -.241-247.) having progressed some distance. Occasionally in M. taylori the oogone may contain up to four eggs, though one is the more usual number. In M. elongata Springer, in about half of the oogones more than one egg is formed, sometimes as many as eight. (Fig. 29.) Looking back from Monohlepharis we can see a fairly unbroken series KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF ORDER BLASTOCLADIALES 91 from the eucarpic, monocentric, inoperculate Rhizidiaceae, through Blastocladiella, Allomyces, and Monoblepharella to Monohlepharis, with the uninucleate vegetative body in the more primitive forms becoming transformed directly into a zoosporangium or gametangium, as in Rhizophydium, while in Blastocladiella the vegetative structure is ovoid or elongated with many nuclei, bearing the reproductive organs terminally. Here the motile gametes are isogamous. In Allomyces the plant body is more hypha-like and branched, and the reproductive organs are numer- ous. In section Euallomyces the motile gametes are heterogamous. In Monoblepharella the female gametes are one to eight in the oogone and are motile, not by their own flagella, but by means of the flagellum of the sperm. In Monoblepharis the egg is single in the oogone and is not at all motile except in the species with exogenous oospores, where it creeps out of the oogone after fertilization but has no power of further locomotion. Key to the Families and Genera of Order Blastocladiales Plant body at first tubular, coenocytic, then forming alternately zoosporangia and narrow isthmuses. Rhizoids arising at isthmuses or at all points. Resting spores formed sometimes in place of zoosporangia. Family Catenariaceae Only genus. ^ Catenaria Plant body coenocytic, branching and anastomosing, apparently without a cell wall in its vegetative stage, multinucleate. Tips of the branches enlarging to form thick-walled resting spores with the outer wall marked punctately and with longitudinal lines. These produce posteriorly uniflagellate zoospores soon, or after a resting period in the dry state. Parasitic in the larvae of mosquitoes. Family Coelomomycetaceae Only genus. Coelomomyces Plant body with basally attached tuft of branching rhizoids and a globular or clavate external basal segment upon which directly, or upon branches of which, arise the reproductive organs (zoosporangia, resting spores, game- tangia) . Sometimes the distinction between the basal piece and the branches arising from it is only slight. Family Blastocladiaceae Plant body with a simple or lobed or branched basal portion, often with sec- ondary axes. Zoosporangia with single apical exit papilla. Alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic generations unknown. Sexual reproduction mostly unknown. Blastocladia Plant body a more or less spherical structure which is directly transformed into a reproductive organ, or more or less clavate, bearing at its top a single reproductive organ. Discharge papilla one or several. Alternation of gen- erations demonstrated in some species. Blastocladiella Plant body consisting of a cylindrical basal segment giving rise — usually dichotomously — to cylindrical, often constricted, branches with pseudo- septa at the constrictions. Usually more than one discharge papilla. Sexual reproduction by anisoplanogametes or isoplanogametes. Alternation of sporophytic and gametophytic generations known in some species. Allomyces 92 PHYCOMYCETEAE Key to the Family and Genera of Order Monoblepharidales Single family. Family Monoblepharidaceae Branching mycelium constricted into cylindrical or rounded coenocytic seg- ments, terminal ones becoming zoosporangia. Sexual reproduction not certainly demonstrated. Gonapodya Mycelium often not extensively branched, not constricted. Zoosporangia ter- minal. Antherids and oogones terminal or subterminal. Egg cells not flagellate. Egg cells not motile by means of the flagellum of the sperm. Monoblepharis Egg cells motile by means of the flagellum of the fertilizing sperm. Monoblepharella Literature Cited Bessey, Ernst A.: Isoplanogametes in Blastocladia, Mycologia, 3(3) :308-309. 1939. Blackwell, Elizabeth: A life cycle of Blastocladia Pringsheimii Reinsch, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 24(l):68-86. Figs. 1-9. 1940. CoRNU, Maxime: Note sur deux genres nouveaux de la famille des Saprolegniees, Bull. soc. botan. France, 18:58-59. 1871. CoTNER, Frank B.: The development of the zoospores in the Oomycetes at optimum temperatures and the cytology of their active stages. Am. J. Botany, 17(6) :51 1-546. Ph. 30-32. Fig. 1. 1930a. : Cytological study of the zoospores of Blastocladia, Botan. Gaz., 89(3): 295-309. Figs. 1-10. 1930b. Couch, John N.: Observations on the genus Catenaria, Mycologia, 37(2) :163-193. Figs. 1-78. 1945a. : Revision of the genus Coelomomyces, parasitic in insect larvae, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 61(1-2) :124-136. Pis. 1-2. 1945b. , and H. R. Dodge: Further observations on Coelomomyces, parasitic on mosquito larvae, ibid., 63(l):69-79. Pis. 15-20. 1947. -, AND Alma J. Whiffen: Observations on the genus Blastocladiella, Am. J. Botany, 29(7) :582-591. Figs. 1-66. 1942. Emerson, Ralph: A new life cycle involving cyst-formation in AUomyces, Mycologia, 30(2) :120-132. Fi>s. 1-11. 1938. : An experimental study of the life cycles and taxonomy of AUomyces, Lloydia, 4(2) :77-_144. Figs. 1-16. 1941. Harder, Richard: tjber das Vorkommen vom Chitin und Zellulose und seine Bedeutung flir die phylogenetische und systematische Beurteilung der Pilze, Nach. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen. Math, physik. Klasse, Fachgruppe VI, N.F., 3(l):l-7. 1937. , und Georg Sorgel: Uber einen neuen planoisogamen Phycomyceten mit Generationswechsel und seine phylogenetische Bedeutung, ibid., 3(5): 119-127. Figs. 1-4. 1938. Hatch, Winslow R.: Sexualitv in AUomyces arbuscuhi Butler, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 49(1):163-170. PI. 12. 1933. : Gametogenesis in AUomyces, Ann. Botany, 49(196) :623-650. Figs. 1-33. 1935. : Conjugation and zygote germination in AUomyces arbuscula, ibid., N.S., 2(7):583-G14. P/s. lS-22. Figs. 1-13. 1938. I LITERATURE CITED 93 Keilin, D. : On a new type of fungus: Coelomomyces stegomyiae n.g., n.sp., para- sitic in the body cavity of the larva of Stegomyia Scutellaria Walker (Diptera, Nematocera, Culicidae), Parasitology, 13(3) :225-23i. Figs. 1-7. 1921. Kniep, Hans: AUomyces javanicus n. sp. ein anisogamer Phycomycet niit Plano- gameten, Ber. deut. hotan. Ges., 47:199-212. Figs. 1-7. 1929. : tJber den Generationswechsel von AUomyces, Z. Botan., 22(9):433-441. Figs. 1-2. 1930. Lagerheim, G.: Mykologische Studien: II. Untersuchungen liber die Mono- blepharideen, Kgl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., 25, Afd. 3, No. 8: 1-42. Pis. 1-2. 1900. Laibach, Friedrich: Zytologische Untersuchungen iiber die Monoblepharideen, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 66: 596-630. Pis. 12-13. Figs. 1-12. 1927. McCranie, James: Sexuality in AUomyces cystogenus, Mycologia, 34(2) :209-213. Fig. 1. 1942. VON MiNDEN, M.: Chytridiineae, Ancylistineae, Monoblepharidineae, Sapro- legniineae, in Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 5, pt. 3, pp. 353-496. Leipzig, Gebriider Borntraeger, 1911. Nabel, Kurt: Uber die Membran niederer Pilze, besonders von Rhizidiomyces bivellatus nov. spez., Arch. Mikrobiol., 10:515-541. Figs. 1-7. 1939. Sparrow Jr., Frederick K. : Phy corny cetes recovered from soil samples col- lected by W. R. Taylor on the Allan Hancock 1939 expedition, Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, 3(6):101-112. Pis. 16-17. 1940. : The Monoblepharidales, Ann. Botany, 47(187) :517-542. PL 20. Figs. 1-2. 1933. Aquatic Phy comy cetes, exclusive of the Saprolegniaceae and Pythium, xix + 785 pp. QMfigs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press, 1943. Thaxter, Roland: New or peculiar aquatic fungi: 1. Monoblepharis, Botan. Gaz., 20 :433-440.P/. 29. 1895a; 2. Gonapodya Fischer and Myrioblepharis nov. gen., ibid., 20:477-485. PL 31. 1895b; 3. Blastocladia, ibid., 21:4:5-52. PL 3. 1896. von Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, naturw. Klasse, AbL I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. Wolf, Fred T. : A contribution to the life history and geographic distribution of the genus AUomyces, Mycologia, 33(2):158-173. Figs. 1-2. 1941. 5 PHYCOMYCETEAE: LAGENIDIALES AND SAPROLEGNIALES IN THE two foregoing chapters have been discussed organisms, chiefly aquatic or soil inhabiting, with posteriorly uniflagellate swarm cells and whose cell walls are deficient in cellulose or do not show the cellulose reaction without preliminary treatment to remove some masking sub- stances. Also organisms with a single anterior flagellum of the tinsel type were discussed. In this and the next following chapter are treated forms, many of them aquatic or soil inhabiting, in which the swarm cells are anteriorly or laterally biflagellate and in which the cellulose reaction is normally shown immediately upon application of chloriodide of zinc without other preliminary treatment. The anterior flagellum is of the tinsel type, the posterior one of the whiplash type. Here, too, a rather well connected series can be followed from holocarpic, enddbiotic, mono- centric forms up to fungi with extensive mycelium and complicated modes of reproduction, both asexual and sexual. This series, of course, may be read in the reverse direction, leading from the complex to simpli- fied forms. The author does not follow Sparrow (1943) in considering that the Plasmodiophoraceae are related to the other groups included in the chapter since Plasmodiophora is apparently more closely related to the Mycetozoa (see Chapter 2). Order Lagenidiales. The Hmits of this order are far from definite and it may be that, as in the first edition of this textbook, the genera and famihes here included should be placed in the order Saprolegniales. Sparrow recognized the close affinity of some of these to that order by placing the Ectrogellaceae and Thraustochytriaceae there. At present the author is not convinced that enough is known of the structures and fife histories of all of these rather simple or reduced forms to warrant their distribution in separate orders. It therefore seems preferable to use the order Lagenidiales as a temporary catchall for a number of genera which perhaps are not too closely related, but which have in common the characters given below. The members of this order are (except Thrausto- 94 I OEDEE LAGENIDIALES 95 chytriaceae) endobiptic and holocarpic in that they Hve within their host cells, mostly as parasites, and lack rhizoids, the whole fungus body becoming one or several reproductive units. Asexual reproduction is accomphshed by the transformation of the plant body into a zoospo- rangium which empties its anteriorly or laterally bifiagellate zoospores into the water surrounding the host cell through an inoperculate exit tube or tubes in the manner of Olpidium or Achlyogeton in the Chytridiales. The zoospores may escape singly and swim away independently or may encyst at the mouth of the exit tube and later escape and swim away. In some cases the zoospores are not distinguishable in the sporangium within the host cell but emerge as a mass of protoplasm to form an external vesicle (as in Pythium) and there become organized and break through the plasma membrane of the vesicle and swim away. In almost all cases the zoospores are of the secondary type, i.e., more or less kidney- shaped with one of the two lateral flagella directed anteriorly and the other posteriorly. Sexual reproduction where known is by the contact of whole plants or of special segments and passage of the contents of one into the other, which immediately becomes a zoosporangium or which may become a thick- walled resting spore (oospore). In the latter case there is usually no periplasm. The uniting organs (gametangia) may be approximately equal and similar in appearance or the antherid may be much smaller than the oogone and fertilization may be accomplished by a conjugation tube. The thick-walled oospore has been observed in some cases to germinate as a zoosporangium. In the order as here defined it is exceedingly uncertain whether we have a series progressing from a simple monocarpic fungus to a short hypha of several reproductive units on the way toward the evolution of a well-developed hypha such as we find in the Saprolegniales or Peronospo- rales or, what may be equally likely, the fungi of this order represent different degrees of reduction from various genera of those orders. In conformity with the procedure in the Chytridiales-Monoblepharidales series and in the Hyphochytriales the organisms in the series with bifiagellate zoospores (the Biflagellatae of Sparrow) are arranged with those of simple structure first. Karhng (1942) recognizes five famihes in the group that he calls "Simple Holocarpic Bifiagellate Phycomycetes." He does not wish to convey the idea that these are necessarily a single phylogenetic series, especially in view of the insufficient knowledge of the life histories of the majority of the described species and of the uncertainty of their rela- tionship, either as primitive or as reduced forms. If the latter, some of them may represent reductions from Saprolegniaceae, Pythiaceae, or Leptomitaceae that have a greater or less similarity because in reduction 96 PHYCOMYCETEAE to simpler vegetative structure they perforce become very similar. Sparrow (1943) includes these simple or simplified forms in five famihes in two orders (not coinciding entirely with the famihes recognized by Karling). The author follows Sparrow in part in his distinction of three famihes to which he adds doubtfuhy the Woroninaceae and Thraustochytriaceae. Woroninaceae : fungus remaining naked and amoeboid for a considerable time, forming a " Plasmodium "(?)■ Eventually separating into several segments which produce cell walls and become zoosporangia or the whole "Plas- modium" enlarging to form a single zoosporangium with its wall in close contact with the host wall. Zoospores preformed in the zoosporangia. Clusters of angular or single round resting spores may be formed. Parasitic in algae and fungi. Olpidiopsidaceae: one-celled, free in the host cell and early producing a cellu- lose wall. Zoospores preformed in the zoosporangium. Resting spores formed sexually or by parthenogenesis. Parasitic in algae or fungi. Sirolpidiaceae: forming a linear series of zoosporangia, occasionally a single, elongated zoosporangium. Zoospores preformed in the zoosporangium. Sexual stage unknown. Parasites in marine algae. Lagenidiaceae: one-celled or more often a short, constricted or unconstricted, unbranched or branched row of cells, each of which becomes a zoosporangium or gametangium. Zoospores completing their development in a vesicle at the opening of the exit tube. Oospores formed within the female gametan- gium. Parasitic in algae (mainly fresh-water forms) or microscopic animals or roots of grasses. Thraustochytriaceae: resembling Rhizophydium. Parasitic upon marine algae. Zoosporangium epibiotic, obpyriform, attached to a branched endobiotic rhizoidal system. Zoospores formed in the zoosporangium but not motile, and set free by the dissolution of the apical portion of the wall, as angular cells, from which after some time the biflagellate motile stage emerges. Zoosporangia proliferating after the discharge of the zoospores. A family of very doubtful relationship. Family Woroninaceae. In this family of possibly three genera the zoospores encyst on the external surface of the host and empty their contents into the host cell through a slender tube, the empty spore walls remaining attached for some time. Within the host cell the uninucleate fungus remains naked and amoeboid and grows, accompanied by multi- phcation of the nuclei, until it largely fills the cell. Eventually this plasmodium-like structure separates into a group of several segments around each of which a cellulose wall is produced. The zoospores produced in these sporangia escape through exit tubes, those further inside the sorus emptying through those nearer the surface. The zoospores are biflagellate anteriorly. Instead of producing zoosporangia the naked fungus mass may divide into very numerous small angular resting spores, also with cellulose walls, which are clustered together in more or less definite compact cystosori of a few to many spores. Each resting spore ORDEB LAGENIDIALKS 97 upon germination gives rise to one zoospore or to several zoospores. The foregoing description applies to Woronina, the type genus of the family, which is parasitic in the hyphae of Saprolegniaceae and in Vaucheria. Two other genera, Rozellopsis, parasitic in Pythiaceae, and Pyrrhosorus, parasitic in Red Seaweeds, are tentatively also placed in this family but differ in not forming clusters of zoosporangia and in their failure to pro- FiG. 30. Lagenidiales, Family Woroninaceae. Woronina polycystis Cornu. (A) "Plasmodium" nearly filling host cell. (B) Early stage in the formation of zoosporangia. (C) Empty zoosporangia. (D) Zoospore. (E) Infection of host by zoospore. (F) Cystosori within host. (After Cook and Nicholson: Ann. Botany, 47(188) :851-859.) duce cystosori. The vegetative stage within the host is, as in Woronina, more or less plasmodial in nature. (Fig. 30.) Family Olpidiopsidaceae. With the removal of Woronina to a dis- tinct family the remainder corresponds in the main to the Woroninaceae of the previous edition. Vegetatively and in their asexual reproduction the members of this family show great similarity to those of the Olpidiaceae in the Chytridiales. They differ strongly, however, in producing zoospores with two anteriorly or laterally attached flagella, one of the tinsel type, the other of the whiplash type, and in possessing walls which give the 98 PHYCOMYCETEAE Fig. 31. Lagenidiales, Family Olpidiopsidaceae. (A, B) Olpidiopsis vexans Barrett. (A) Zoospores. (B) Zoosporangia of smooth and rough types and one mature oogone with attached empty antherid. (C, D) Olpidiopsis varians Shanor. (C) Swollen tip of hypha of Saprolegnia ferax (Gruith.) Thuret with three zoosporangia and one mature oogone with attached, empty antherid. (D) Germination of oospore. (E) Olpidiopsis luxurians Barrett, oogone and partially emptied antherid. (A and E, after Barrett: Ann. Botany, 26(101) :209-238. B-D, after Shanor: /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 55(1):167-195.) cellulose reaction upon the application of chloriodide of zinc without any preliminary treatment. It is not at all certain that all the genera assigned to this family really belong here. The principal genus, of about 20 species, is Olpidiopsis. The zoospores are anteriorly biflagellate or the flagella may be somewhat laterally attached in a groove, one directed forward (tinsel type) and one posteriorly (whiplash type), as demonstrated by Couch (1941). The species of this genus are strictly parasitic in the hyphae of Saprolegniaceae, Pythiaceae, and various algae. One species is reported in Riccia and a doubtful species in an insect. The zoospore settles on the outside of the host cell and encysts with a cellulose wall. It produces a slender infection tube through which the uninucleate naked protoplasm enters the host. It remains naked for a while but eventually forms a cellulose wall and when fully grown becomes a spherical or ellipsoidal zoosporangium. An exit tube pierces the host cell wall and the zoospores escape through the softened inoperculate tip. Before the exit tube opens ORDEK LAGENIDIALES 99 the zoospores become visible in the zoosporangium and after a few moments the contents again appear homogeneous, the zoospores again becoming visible and actively motile just before the tube opens. Depend- ing upon the number of zoospores infecting the host cell there may be from one to many sporangia formed. The host cell may not show much enlargement or may be quite strongly hypertrophied. In the species para- sitic in fungi the zoosporangium may be ornamented by few or many, short or elongated, slender or stout spine-like processes which are pro- duced by the host protoplasm, not by the parasite. Sexual reproduction where known is by the union of two adjacent equal or unequal cells of the parasite which at the point of contact produce a perforation of the walls through which the multinucleate contents of one cell pass into the other, also multinucleate, cell. Barrett (1912) reported the apparent union of these numerous nuclei in pairs. The zygote cell enlarges somewhat and then forms a thick, angular, smooth, or coarsely spiny or knobby, wall. After a little while this resting spore becomes a zoosporangium and the biflagellate zoospores emerge through an inoperculate exit tube. The empty male cell, sometimes more than one, remains attached to the oospore and is sometimes partly covered by the thickened wall of the latter. Over 20 species have been described but careful culture work with pure cultures is necessary before the validity of all these species can be established. The genus was first set up by Cornu in 1872 for several species occurring in the hyphae of Saprolegniaceae. He described the zoospores as posteriorly uniflagellate but Fischer (1882) studying what he believed to be the same species found that the zoospores were anteriorly biflagellate. In 1884 the great German mycologist Wilhelm Zopf described 0. schenkiana in the filaments of Spirogyra, but described and figured the zoospores as posteriorly uniflagellate. On this account von Minden (1915) transferred the species to a new genus which he named Pseudolpidiopsis. Scherffel and others studying what they believed to be the same species » found that the zoospores were biflagellate. If the usually accurate ob- : server Zopf was incorrect the genus Pseudolpidiopsis (tentatively included in this book in the Olpidiaceae) must be rejected but if he was correct the genus must be maintained. It must be noted that several cases are known where apparently almost identical species have been found on careful study to differ in their flagellation (e.g., Sphaerita dangeardii Chat, and Brod., in the Olpidiaceae and Pseudo sphaerita euglenae Dangeard, in the Olpidiopsidaceae, both parasitic in Euglena). (Fig. 36.) In some species of Olpidiopsis the resting spores may arise partheno- genetically under certain conditions and sexually under other conditions, while in other species the sexual stage is unknown as yet. These were set apart by Fischer (1892) as a separate genus Pseudolpidium. Probably this does not deserve this generic distinction but Karling (1942) uses this as a 100 PHYCOMYCETEAE temporary resting place for the species in which resting spores, either sexually or parthogenetically produced, are unknown while Sparrow (1943) uses this name for the forms with parthogenetically produced resting spores. They occur in algae or fungi. Peter senia was described by Sparrow (1934) for two species parasitic in marine Florideae and one species in Saprolegnia, which differ from Olpidiopsis in the production of lobed or tubular zoosporangia, mostly with more than one discharge tube, and for which, so far, no resting spores are known. In Pythiella (Couch, 1935) the primary zoospores are without flagella and creep out through the mouth of the exit tube where they encyst and after about an hour emerge as zoospores of the secondary type, with the two flagella laterally attached. The female cell produces a distinct egg with periplasm and the male cell fertilizes it through a short conjugation tube. It is possible that this genus represents a very much reduced form of Pyihium. The only known species is parasitic in the hyphae of species of Pythium. Pseudosphaerita resembles Sphaerita of the Olpidiaceae. It is imperfectly known and needs further study. Family Sirolpidiaceae. In this as in the foregoing family the fungus lies free within the host cell and produces a cellulose wall. Usually, how- ever, this cell elongates and becomes divided by cross walls into several zoosporangia which disarticulate, in Sirolpidium, or remain tubular, sometimes shortly branched, with cross walls at maturity but not dis- articulating, in Pontisma. Resting spores are not known in either genus. Both are parasitic in marine algae, the former in Bryopsis and Cladophora, the latter in the red alga Ceramium. In both genera the laterally biflagel- late zoospores are produced in the zoosporangia and escape fully formed through an inoperculate exit tube. Karling (1942) places Petersenia in this family because of its elongated, tubular, or lobed cell body. Its type species was originally described as a species of Pleotrachelus, of the Olpidiaceae, but differs from that in the biflagellate zoospores. Family Lagenidiaceae. This family was originally named Ancylisti- daceae, but with the discovery by Miss Berdan (1938) that the genus Ancylistes really belongs in the Entomophthorales, the present designa- tion was given by Karling (1939). In this family the zoospores are mostly of the secondary type, the primary type being rare. The contents of the zoosporangium are set free through an exit tube into a vesicle in which the zoospores attain their final form and then escape by bursting the vesicle membrane. They encyst and germinate on the outside of the host cell and form a slender infection tube at whose apex a short or long, simple or branched, coenocytic plant body is formed. This may remain non- septate in Lagcna or septate with cylindrical segments in Lagenidium or constricted at the septa into bead-like segments as in Myzocytium. Each segment may become a zoosporangium or a gametangium. Adjacent seg- ORDER LAGENIDIALES 101 Fig. 32. Lagenidiales, Family Lagenidiaceae. (A-D) Lagenidium rabenhorstii Zopf. (A) The coenocyte has divided into several zoosporangia. (B) Forty-five minutes later, the cytoplasm is escaping from one of these zoosporangia into a vesicle. (C) Four successive stages in the development of the same vesicle. (D) Plant with four empty zoosporangia and an empty antherid and an oogone containing a mature oospore. (E, F) Myzocytium proUferum Schenk. (E) Plant with empty zoosporangia, one with a vesicle containing zoospores. (F) Plant with three antherids and three oogones con- taining mature oospores. (After Zopf: Nova Acta Leopoldina, 47(4):141-236.) ments in the same hypha or in separate hyphae that are in contact may function as antherid and oogone, respectively. They may be ahke in size and other appearances or shghtly different. By means of a conjugation tube the contents of the antherid pass into the oogone and then a thick- walled, rounded oospore is formed. There is no distinct periplasm. Germination of the oospore was described by Dangeard (1903) in Myzo- cytium vermicola (Zopf) Fischer, which is parasitic in a free-living nema- 102 PHYCOMYCETEAE tode. The nucleus divides into several nuclei and then an exit tube is formed, but the actual production of the zoospores was not observed. The members of this family are parasitic, rarely saprophytic, in cells of algae (mostly fresh-water species), microscopic animals, or their eggs, and in the case of Lagena, parasitic in the roots of grasses. Sometimes a small individual is nonseptate and is scarcely to be distinguished from one of the Olpidiopsidaceae while in Lagenidimn giganteum Couch the fungus body is elongated, multiseptate, and quite mycelium-like and up to 40 fj. thick in extreme cases. It is in cases like this that the supposition is strengthened that this family represents a reduction in size and com- plexity from higher, better developed fungi, perhaps close to Pythium. The three genera recognized by Karling and by Sparrow are Lagenidium, with 15-20 species, Myzocytium, with 4 or 5 species, and Lagena with one species. In the genus Lagenidium the coenocytic segments may be few in number and all included within one cell of the algal host or they may pierce the cell walls of the latter to continue through several cells. In L. giganteum the hosts are small aquatic Crustacea and larvae of mos- quitoes. Not only does the extensive coarse mycelium fill the host but it extends out into the surrounding water up to a distance of 0.1 mm. This species has been brought into pure culture by Couch. Its sexual stage is unknown. In those species where sexual reproduction has been observed the female gametangium usually enlarges considerably as the oospore develops. The antherid is an unmodified or only slightly modified vegeta- tive cell, either adjacent to the oogone in the same filament or in an adjacent filament. In the latter case this may indicate heterothallism. Lagena (Vanterpool and Ledingham, 1930) is a parasite in the roots of wheat {Triticum aestivum L.) and other grasses, which are weakened by the presence of this fungus. The organism may be much elongated or even more or less coiled in the host cell but not septate. It produces a single exit tube through which the contents of the zoosporangium emerge into a vesicle in which they undergo their final transformation and swim away after rupturing its membrane. Ne,ar-by thalli may unite by a conjugation tube through which the contents of one cell pass into the other, rounding up there to form a thick-walled oospore. The mode of germination of the latter is unknown. (Figs. 32, 33.) Possibly belonging to this family is Aphanomycopsis (Scherffel, 1925) forming a more or less elongated and coiled, often somewhat branched, coenocytic thallus in the cell of a Diatom. This thallus is transformed into a zoosporangium with one or more exit tubes at whose mouths the primary (nonflagellatc) zoospores encyst, later emerging and swimming away as zoospores of the secondary type. Sexual reproduction has not been demonstrated although thick-walled resting spores are formed in enlarged OKDER LAGENIDIALES 103 Fig. 33. Lagenidiales, Family Lagenidiaceae. Lagena radicicola Vanterpool & Ledingham. (A) Zoospore and semidiagrammatic representation of infection of root hair of wheat. (B) Zoosporangia in top and side view and an empty zoosporangium. (C) Formation of vesicle at apex of discharge tube of zoosporangium. (D) Semidia- grammatic representation of the conjugation of two thalli. (Courtesy, Vanterpool and Ledingham: Can. J. Research, 2(3):171-194.) 104 PHYCOMYCETEAE portions of the tubular thallus. Because of its diplanetism Sparrow (1943) places this genus in the family Ectrogellaceae in the Saprolegniales. Ectrogella, also parasitic in Diatoms, consists of short or somewhat elongated, unbranched coenocytic tubes which become zoosporangia whose zoospores are diplanetic, usually with the primary zoospores biflagellate and encysting at the mouth of the exit tube or near by. Sexual reproduction by the union of two adjacent thalli in the same host cell has been reported. This results in the formation of a rounded, thick- walled oospore lying more or less loosely in the oogone to which the empty male cell remains attached by the persistent conjugation tube. Eurychasma and Eurychasmidium, occurring in marine algae, have been assigned by Sparrow to the same family. Family Thraustochytriaceae. Sparrow (1943) places the genus Thraustochytrium in a family of its own. This fungus is Rhizophydium-\\ke, growing saprophytically upon marine algae. There is a system of branched rhizoids within the host cell and an external obpyriform zoosporangium which renews itself by proliferation upon the discharge of the zoospores. The latter are angular and not motile at first and later become trans- formed into pyriform, biflagellate zoospores. Because of this similarity to diplanetism Sparrow places this family in the Saprolegniales. Order Saprolegniales. This order consists of fungi with well-marked hyphal development. In fact the largest fungus hyphae known are to be found here. Thus Monsma (1937) found, growing on hemp seed in water, hyphae of Achlya oblongata de Bary var. globosa Humphrey that attained a diameter of 270 m near the base and were so stiff that, on removing the seed from the water, the hyphae stood out straight to a length of 15 mm. The fungus body in this order consists mostly of a well-developed system of branching, usually tapering, filaments within the substratum and an external portion mostly of coarse or slender, unbranched or less strongly branched hyphae which bear the reproductive organs. These hyphae may be nearly uniform in diameter or tapering gradually from base toward the apex or they may be more or less regularly constricted here and there, sometimes the orifices being closed by plugs of cellulin. In one family the basal portion of the external mycelium consists of more or less rounded or clavate bodies from whose upper portion arise slender, usually con- stricted, hyphae. The mycelium of this order is coenocytic with a multinucleate layer of cytoplasm surrounding a large central vacuole in the larger hyphae. The cell walls show the cellulose reaction immediately upon treatment with chloriodide of zinc. Usually septa are lacking in the mycelium except: (1) to delimit zoosporangia, (2) to set apart the gametangia from the remainder of the hyphae, and (3) to delimit injured portions. In Achlya polyandra de Bary, Horn (1904) observed and showed to the I ORDER SAPROLEGNIALES 105 author the extensive and rapid formation of transverse and obHque walls until the hypha was- cut up into innumerable angular segments, under the influence of exceedingly minute amounts of copper in the water. Growth of the external hyphae is terminal and by the limited formation of branches. Unlike the Lagenidiales the mycelium does not become all converted into reproductive organs but these are mostly terminal or subterminal on the external hyphae and their branches. The Saprolegniales are saprophytic on dead plant or animal matter in the soil or in water (fresh water, rarely brackish) or parasitic in algae or small animals or even fish, and in some cases in the roots of plants in the soil. Although spoken of usually as water molds perhaps the majority are inhabitants of moist soil. The zoosporangia are of the same diameter as the hyphae or somewhat enlarged, cylindrical or ovoid. At their inception the protoplasm from the lower portions of the hyphae crowds into the terminal portions destined to become the zoosporangia until these are filled with dense, multinucleate protoplasm with a much reduced central vacuole. At the base of each a septum is formed setting it apart from the supporting hypha. Within this zoosporangium cleavage of the protoplasm begins next to the wall and progresses inwardly to the central vacuole, cutting out uninucleate naked portions of protoplasm which round up somewhat and eventually become the zoospores. These are usually pyriform, with two anterior flagella, one of the tinsel type and the other of the whiplash type. Such zoospores are called primary zoospores. Escape of the zoospores occurs through the softened tip and sometimes through a lateral papilla. In all cases the opening is inoperculate. After the zoosporangium is emptied the basal septum may arch up into the empty space, filling it and becoming a second zoosporangium. This formation of zoosporangia by proliferation may occur repeatedly. Instead of proliferating, the hypha just below the emptied zoosporangium may branch out laterally, the branch quickly turning upward to form a new zoosporangium parallel to the empty one. This sympodial formation of zoosporangia is characteristic of some genera. The primary zoospores may escape and swim away some distance before encysting. In some species of Pythiopsis this encysted primary zoospore eventually germinates by a slender tube and forms a new plant, or the encysted zoospore may escape from its cell wall as a primary zoospore again. More often in other genera the encysted primary zoospore escapes from its cyst after a few minutes or hours in a different form, the secondary zoospore. It is kidney-shaped or resembles a grape seed with the two flagella arising in the groove, usually nearer the more pointed end than the base. One flagellum, of the tinsel type, is directed forward while the whiplash type flagellum is directed posteriorly. This zoospore 106 PHYCOMYCETEAE encysts after a while and may germinate by a slender hypha or re-escape and re-encyst several times. In some cases the primary zoospore appar- ently produces no flagella but creeps to the opening of the zoosporangium and there encysts, escaping as a secondary zoospore some time later. In still other genera the primary, nonflagellate, zoospores encyst within the zoosporangium as separate round cells or become compacted into poly- hedral cells by mutual pressure. In the latter case they form short exit tubes that pierce the zoosporangial wall so that their contents escape as secondary zoospores. In a few species the zoospores that encyst within the zoosporangium do not escape at all as swimming cells but germinate directly by germ tubes. It is customary to refer to the characteristic of forming primary zoospores only, as monoplanetic and of the formation of two successive types of zoospores as diplanetic. More correctly these two terms should be monomorphic and dimorphic. Properly speaking monoplanetic means wandering once, or with only one swimming stage, while diplanetic means with two swimming stages. Since in Pythiopsis the primary type of zoospore may swim and encyst several times and in Achlya, Dictyuchus, and other genera, the secondary type of zoospore may also do the same thing the customary terms are not used in their correct etymological sense. Sexual reproduction occurs by the formation of male and female gametangia, antherids and oogones, respectively. They may be terminal on the main hyphae or on short lateral branches, rarely intercalary. The oogones round up and become filled with multinuclear protoplasm and then a cross wall is formed. Most of the nuclei degenerate leaving a much reduced number. A single egg or several eggs may be formed, containing a few nuclei each, of which only one remains sexually functional, the others moving toward the outer wall and usually disintegrating. The whole of the original protoplasm may be used up in the formation of the egg or eggs or a portion of it may be left surrounding a single egg. This is called the periplasm and may contain numerous nuclei which eventually disintegrate. In the genus Araiospora the periplasm becomes divided by radial sheets of protoplasm in which these nuclei lie and then radial cell walls are formed so that the egg is surrounded by a layer of cells. Probably in most cases the periplasm produces much of the exterior ornamentation of the oospore wall. The antherids, depending upon the species of the fungus, may be formed on separate plants from those forming the oogone (heterothallic species), or both kinds of sexual organs may be produced on the same mycelium (homothullic species). This distinction is not in all cases sharp as there may be varying degrees of maleness or femaleness, as shown by Bishop (1940). The antherids are terminal on long slender branches or on OEDEE SAPEOLEGNIALES 107 short branches or may arise as enlargements of the oogonial stalk, just below the oogone. When arising at a distance these antheridial hyphae are attracted to the oogones apparently by a secretion from the latter. J. R. Raper (1939, 1940) shows evidence that these are in the nature of hormones. In heterothallic species of Achlya he demonstrated that a secretion from the male plant stimulates the formation of oogones on the female plant and that in turn the substances given off by the developing oogones lead to the production of antheridial branches in the male plants and, probably, guide chemotropically the direction of their growth. Upon reaching the oogone the usually somewhat enlarged tip of the antheridial branch flattens against it and, if it has not already occurred, a septum is produced, separating the antherid from the supporting hypha. The antherid is usually plurinucleate and the nuclei may divide again. Eventually most of them degenerate. At or near the center of the contact surface a tube grows from the antherid through the oogone wall to the egg, or if there are several eggs this conjugation tube may become branched so that one antherid may fertilize several of them. Couch (1924) showed that in Leptolegnia caudata de Bary an opening is dissolved between the antherid and oogone permitting fertilization without the formation of a conjugation tube. According to Kevorkian (1925) this is true also of Apodachlya hrachynema (Hild.) Pringsh. while Cooper (1929) also demonstrated this for Brevilegnia diclina Harvey. After the entry of a single sperm nucleus into the egg the latter secretes a definite wall which may become thick, with a smooth or rough exterior. The union of nuclei does not occur until much time has elapsed. Although it has not been demonstrated it is assumed that meiosis occurs at the germination of the oospore. This usually occurs by the formation of a hypha which may develop to form a new plant or which may produce a zoosporangium. In many species of this order the oospores develop parthenogenetically. The formation or nonformation of antherids depends upon the conditions of nutrition, temperature, etc. It has been asserted that in some cases antherids, though present, may not function. It is difficult to make a decision as to whether the pluriovulate con- dition should be considered the more primitive or a derived condition in this order. If the ancestral forms were fungi whose female gametangia contained several large motile eggs (as in Allomyces), we would expect the more primitive Saprolegniales to be pluriovulate, but if we look to the Lagenidiales for the stock whose evolution led to the Saprolegniales, we find that they have but a single egg. If we look to the Siphonales, we find that in these green algae in the genus Vaucheria the oogone contains but a single egg while there are other members of that group in which the oogone contains several eggs. The author is inclined to favor the hypothe- sis that the pluriovulate condition is derived from the uniovulate con- 108 PHYCOMYCETEAE dition. Of the more than 20 genera included in this order the egg is single in all but 6 or 8 genera and also in some of the species of each of these genera that are normally pluriovulate. The species of this order have been monographed by Coker (1923) and the North American species by Coker and Matthews (1937). The author recognizes three families in this order: Saprolegniaceae, Leptomitaceae and Rhipidiaceae. The two latter are considered by Miss Kanouse (1927) and by Sparrow (1943) to deserve segregation into a separate order, the Leptomitales, with which the author does not agree. Until the various forms included in this book in the Lagenidiales are better known, it is uncertain whether some of them should be more closely associated with the Saprolegniales. There is undeniably a close relationship between these two orders and also with the next order, the Peronosporales. The three families of Saprolegniales may be distinguished as follows: Saprolegniaceae: mycelium not definitely constricted at intervals nor with cellulin plugs, mostly cylindrical or gradually narrowing toward the extrem- ities but not consisting of an enlarged basal portion and slender branches. Zoospores mostly dimorphic or with modifications of dimorphism, only pri- mary zoospores produced in one genus. Oogone with one or more eggs and lacking periplasm. Leptomitaceae: mycelium definitely constricted at more or less regular inter- vals, frequently with cellulin plugs. Zoospores dimorphic. Oogones usually with one egg, in one species with more, with no periplasm. Rhipidiaceae: mycelium more or less well differentiated into an enlarged basal portion with slender, mostly constricted, branches which bear the zoospo- rangia and sexual organs. (In Mindeniella these arise directly on short stalks from the basal segment.) Oogones with single eggs and with periplasm. Family Saprolegniaceae. The members of this family are in some cases strictly aquatic, but a considerable number of species are soil in- habitants. Contrary to the belief prevailing earlier they are mostly saprophytic on vegetable matter, less often on animal matter. Only a few species of Achlya and Saprolegnia are sometimes destructive to young fish and fish eggs in fish hatcheries. Several species of Aphanomyces and one or two other genera are parasitic in algae, in the roots of higher plants, or in aquatic animals. In about half of the genera the oogone contains but one egg, but the pluriovulate species are far in the majority. The number of eggs per oogone in these may vary from 2 or 3 up to 50. Fertilization of the eggs is accomplished by the passage of sperm nuclei, one to each egg, usually through conjugation tubes that penetrate the oogone wall from the adhering antherids. In some cases although antherids are present there seems to be no opening for the passage of the sperm nucleus so that the egg develops parthenogenetically. The oospore may germinate by a germ ORDER SAPROLEGNIALES 109 Fig. 34. Saprolegniales, Family Saprolegniaceae. Thraustotheca prirnoachlya Coker & Couch. (A) r/ira«sto. 1. 1917. LiNDER, David H. : The genera Kickxella, Martensella and Coemansia, Farlowia, l(l):49-77^PZs. 1-4. 1943. Ling- Young: Etude biologique des phenomenes de la sexualite chez les Mu- corin^es, Rev. gen. hotan., 42:144-158, 205-218, 283-296, 348-365, 409-428, 491-504, 535-552, 618-639, 681-704, 722-752. Figs. 1-36. 1930; 43:30-43. 1931. Mangin, L.: Observations sur la membrane des Mucorinees, /. botan., 18:209- 216, 339-348, 371-378. Pis. 7-8. Figs. 1-7. 1899. MoREAU, Fernand: Recherches sur la reproduction des Mucorinees et de quel- ques autres Thallophytes, Le Botaniste, 13:1-127. Pis. 1-14. 1913. Nabel, Kurt: tJber die Membran niederer Pilze, besonders von Rhizidiomyces bivellatus nov. spez., Arch. Mikrobiol., 10:515-541. Figs. 1-7. 1939. Naumov, N. a.: Opredelitel Mukorovych (Identification of Mucorales), 2d rev. ed., 140 pp. 49 figs. 1 diagram. Moscow and Leningrad, Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences U.S.S.R., 1935. (In Russian.) : C14s de Mucorinees (Mucorales). Translated by S. Buchet and I. Moura- viev, EncyclopMie Mycologique, vol. 9, pp. 1-137, i-xxxiv. 83 figs. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1939. VON Overeem, C: Ueber ein merkwuerdiges Vorkommen von Basidiobolus ranarum Eidam. Beitrage zur Pilzflora von Niederlandisch Indien No. 10, Bull. Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, s^r. Ill, 7:423-431. PI. 1. Figs. 1-4. 1925. Parr, Rosalie: The response of Pilobolus to light, Ann. Botany, 32(126) :177- 205. Figs. 1-4. 1918. PoissoN, Raymond: Recherches sur quelques Eccrinides parasites de Crustac^s Amphipodes et Isopodes, Arch. zool. exptl. et gen., 69(3) :179-216. Figs. 1-23. 1929. : Recherches sur les Eccrinides. Deuxieme contribution, ibid., 74(4):53-68. Figs. 1-7. 1931. Satina, Sophia, and A. F. Blakeslee: Studies on biochemical differences be- tween (+) and (— ) sexes in Mucor: 2. A preUminary report on the Manilov reactions and other tests, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S., 12:191-196. 1926. Sawyer Jr., W. H.: Observations on some entomogenous members of the Ento- mophthoraceae in artificial culture. Am. J. Botany, 16:87-121. Pis. 9-12. 1929. ScHOSTAKOWiTSCH, W.: Mucor ])roliferus n.s. Eine neue sibirische Mucorart, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 14:260--263. Pi. 18. 1896. Sjowall, Malte: Studien iiber Sexualitiit, Vererbung und Zytologie bei einigen Mucoraceen, 97 pp. 27 figs. Lund, 1945. Speare, a. T.: Fungi parasitic upon insects injurious to sugar cane, Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Assoc, Kept. Expt. Sta., Pathol. Physiol. Ser. Bull. 12:1-62, Pis. 1-6. 1912. Swingle, D. B.: Formation of spores in the sporangia of Rhizopus nigricans and LITERATURE CITED 191 of Phycomyces nitens, U.S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Plant Industry Bull. 37 :l-40. Pis. 1-6. 1903. Thaxter, Roland: The Entomophthoreae of the United States, Mem. Boston Sac. Natural History, 4(6) :133-201. Pis. 14-21. 1888. : On certain new or peculiar North American Hyphomycetes : II. Helico- cephalum, Gonatorrhodiella, Desmidiospora nova genera and Everhartia lignatilis n.sp., Botan. Gaz., 16(6):201-205. Pis. 19-20. 1891. : New or peculiar American Zygomycetes: I. Dispira, ibid., 20(12) :513-518. PI. 34. 1895. New or peculiar Zygomycetes: 3. Dissophora, and Haplosporangium, nova genera, ibid., 58(4) :353 -366. Pis. 26-29. 1914. VAN TiEGHEM, P.: Nouvelles recherches sur les Mucorinees, Ann. set. nat. Botan., 6me ser., 1:.5-175. Pis. 1-4. 1875. Vandendries, Rene, et H. J. Brodie: Nouvelle investigations dans la domaine de la sexualite des Basidiomycetes et etude experimentale des barrages sexuels, La Cellule, 42(2) :165-209. 1 pi. 27 figs. 1933. VuiLLEMiN, Paul: Le Spinalia radians g. et sp. nov. et la serie des Dispir^es, Bidl. soc. mycol. France, 20:26-33. PI. 2. 1904. : Une nouvelle espece de Syncephalastrum; affinites de ce genre, Compt. rend., 174(15) :986-988. 1922. Walker, Leva B.: Some observations on the development of Endogone malleola Hark., Mycologia, 15(6):245-257. Pis. 26-27. Figs. 1-3. 1923. Weber, George F., and Frederick A. Wolf: Heterothallism in Blakeslea trispora, Mycologia, 19(6) :302-327. Pis. 28-30. 1927. von Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, naturw. Klasse, Abt. I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. ZoPF, Wilhelm: Zur Kenntniss der Infections-Krankheiten niederer Thiere und Pflanzen: IV. Einfluss von Parasitismus auf Zygosporenbildung bei Pilobolus crystallinus, Nova Acta Leopoldina, 52(7):352-358. PI. 22(6). 1888. Zycha, H. : Mucorineae, in Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 6a, pp. 1-264. 114 figs. Leipzig, Gebriider Borntraeger, 1935. 8 THE HIGHER FUNGI: CARPOMYCETEAE THE fungi that have been the subjects of discussion in the foregoing chapters are frequently designated as the Lower Fungi or Phyco- myceteae (excluding the Mycetozoa) in contrast to the often much more highly developed forms usually designated as the Higher Fungi or Carpo- myceteae. It may be well here to contrast the two groups as to their main points of difference, recognizing that though these distinctions are in general valid yet there are many forms of Higher Fungi in which these differences are not recognizable. Structure 1. The Phycomyceteae are prevailingly tubular coenocytes, non- septate except at regions of injury or where reproductive organs are cut off from the rest of the mycelium. (Exceptions may be noted in old aerial mycelium of some Mucorales and in most Entomophtlorales.) The simpler members of this class may consist of single cells. The Higher Fungi are cellular, i.e., their hyphae are divided by septa into true cells, usually uninucleate or binucleate. (Exceptions are numerous. Thus old cells sometimes become multinucleate; on the other hand, many young hyphae from germinating spores or young ascogenous hyphae may delay the formation of cross walls for some time. Aside from these, numerous species are scattered throughout the whole group in which almost all the cells are plurinucleate.) 2. In the Lower Fungi sexual reproduction leads to the formation of a single, usually thick-walled, oospore or zygospore. In the Higher Fungi, wherever true sexual organs or processes can be distinguished, the union of sperm and egg, or of cells substituted for these, leads to the production of a many-celled structure, called by Sachs (1874) a "spore-fruit," all the cells of which may become the reproductive cells (as the ascospores in the asci of the order Saccharomycetales) or of which only a part are reproductive cells, the remainder being necessary components of a more or less complicated fruit body (e.g., the sum of the ascogenous hyphae 192 PARASITISM 193 and asci arising from the oogone of Pyronema, along with the various hyphae of vegetative origin, all of which form the apothecium, while only the ascospores are the reproductive cells). 3. In the Phycomyceteae, except the Mucorales and the Entomoph- thorales and allied forms, uniflagellate or biflagellate zoospores are gen- erally produced as a means of asexual reproduction, while in these orders the asexual reproductive structures are clearly only modifications of zoo- sporangia. In the Higher Fungi the asexual reproductive cells are conidia, which are separable single cells (sometimes several-celled structures) of the mycelium with no indication of ever having had any homology with zoosporangia. 4. The aquatic Phycomyceteae and the terrestrial order Perono- sporales have walls composed of cellulose (or carbohydrates closely related to cellulose). Cellulose is lacking in the Higher Fungi, or when present has been shown by Thomas (1928, 1930) to play only a subordinate part. In these the basis of the wall is chitin surrounded or mixed with carbo- hydrates and more or less fatty substances. Hopkins (1929) reports that neither chitin nor cellulose is present in several species of the class Asco- myceteae and of the class Basidiomyceteae, although other species of both classes tested by him showed chitin but not cellulose to be present, as is claimed by von Wettstein (1921) to be probably universal in these two classes. Senft (1916) reports that the ascogenous hyphae of Chryso- thrix nolitangere Mont., a lichen, respond to the standard cellulose tests. The same is true, according to Honey (1936), of the disjunctors in the chains of conidia of Monilinia. Malengon (1931) has shown that the epispore of the spores of some Agaricaceae, e.g., species of Russula and Lactarius, is blued by iodine reagents. He believes the epispore to contain a mixture of cellulose and callose. This was first observed by Rolland in 1887. Klihner (1936) finds a similar reaction in the outer layer of the internal hyphae of the pileus and stipe of some species of Mycena. The Mucorales and Entomophthorales seem to occupy an intermediate posi- tion in that they have chitin in their cell-walls and rarely have true cellulose, although other carbohydrates are present in the wall. Parasitism The Higher Fungi are with few exceptions terrestial or epiphytic, a very few species are truly aquatic, some being parasitic upon marine algae, but they possess none of the characteristics of a primary aquatic habit such as zoospores, etc. One order, the Laboulbeniales, consists exclusively of insect-infesting parasites. The remainder are mostly either saprophytes, or parasites upon plants (exceptionally upon animals). All degrees of parasitism are found, varying from destructive parasitism in which the tissues of the host are killed even before the invading hyphae 194 THE HIGHER FUNGI : CARPOMYCETEAE reach them (e.g., Sclerotinia sclerotiorum (Lib.) de By.) to extreme cases of balanced parasitism (e.g., some of the Ustilaginales in which the fungus and host, together grow for a long time with little apparent harm to the latter). One large group has developed a special type of parasitism upon terrestrial or epiphytic fresh-water algae, forming peculiar struc- tures which enclose the algal hosts. These are the Lichens. Some of the most harmful fungi from the economic standpoint, the Rusts and Smuts, are found among the Higher Fungi. Reproduction Asexual reproduction by means of conidia is widely distributed throughout the various classes and orders, but seems to be entirely lack- ing in some of the groups. The conidial production may consist of the abstriction of a single cell from the tip of a short, unbranched conidiophore or the conidiophore may be longer and branched. The conidia may be produced successively at the tip, separating from the conidiophore as soon as formed or clinging together in a mucilaginous drop or remaining attached in a chain. A chain of conidia may produce new conidia acro- genously, i.e., each new conidium arises from the apical conidium of the chain, so that the basal conidium is oldest and the apical one the last formed. This is the type of conidial formation in Cladospoi'ium, Alteniaria, etc. On the other hand the conidial formation may be basigenous, i.e., each new conidium is produced at the apex of the conidiophore just below the last formed conidium (e.g., Erysiphaceae, Aspergillaceae). A third method of formation of chains of conidia is the almost simultaneous rounding up of the cells of a simple or branched hypha into catenulate conidia. These conidia then fall apart almost simultaneously (e.g., Moni- litiia, Oospora, etc.). Where the conidia formed in this manner are small they are often called "oidia." The conidiophores may be scattered or crowded or enclosed in a hollow structure provided with an apical opening (i.e., produced in a pycnidium). If the conidiophores become laterally crowded and adherent into a column we have a coremium, such as is formed in species of Peni- cillium under certain environmental conditions. The conidia themselves may vary greatly in size and shape as well as color and number and arrangement of cells. In general we may dis- tinguish conidia destined for distribution by air currents and those that are distributed by other means. The latter are usually surrounded by a sticky substance when wet and cling to anything with which they come in contact, drying down and becoming firmly attached when dry. When wet by rain such conidia may be scattered by the currents of water running on the surface of the substratum or may be splashed about by the falling rain drops and distributed by the wind which carries these STORAGE ORGANS 195 droplets about. Insects may become contaminated by the sticky spores and thus carry the fungus from place to place. Chlamydospores are very frequent in many of the orders of the Carpo- myceteae. They arise by the rounding up of mycelial cells, filled with food substances, and the production of a thick wall. They may be inter- calary or terminal, single or two to many in a series. In some fungi they germinate promptly, in others they are able to remain dormant a long time. The mycelium usually consists of long, slender branching hyphae with terminal growth. Usually the cell is several to many times as long as wide. The septa are centrally perforated by a pore which may be small or may approach in size the perforations found in the septa of the Florideae. In the order Laboulbeniales the cells are short and broad and the whole structure does not resemble typical mycelium. In the Phycomyceteae where septa do occur they are formed, as in the Higher Fungi, by an annular growth on the inner surface of the longitudinal wall which pro- gresses inward, but instead of leaving a central pore it continues its development until the opening is obliterated. Buller (1933) and Brodie (1942) give the diameter of these openings in the Carpomyceteae as of the order of 1.0 to 1.5 n. The flow of cytoplasm through the septa has been observed by Ternetz (1900) and by Buller, sometimes to carry small vacuoles with the flowing stream. The rate of flow through the hyphae varies but Ternetz observed the speed of 10.5 cm. per hour in Ascophanus carneus (Pers.) Boud., and Buller the speed of 6 cm. per hour in Firnetaria fimicola (Roberge) Griffiths and Seaver. Storage Organs In many species in the class Basidiomyceteae peculiar structures called "clamp connections" occur at each septum. These will be described in connection with that class. The mycelium may be packed together laterally into compact strands with a firm hard outer layer, forming long "rhizomorphs" which may extend many meters. In many species storage organs, sclerotia, are formed in which the hyphae are packed tightly together and the short cells are pressed mutually to become polyhedral in shape. The adjacent cells adhere to form a parenchyma-like tissue, more properly called pseudoparenchyma. True parenchyma which is rare in the fungi consists of moderately thin-walled ceUs, isodiametric or at least not greatly elongated, which have arisen through the division in various planes of larger cells or of small meristematic cells. The walls separating these cells are the septa between two daughter cells. Pseudo- parenchyma arises from closely crowded or interwoven hyphae divided by cross septa into rather short cells which by their enlargement and mutual pressure become similar in appearance to the cells of true paren- 196 THE HIGHER FUNGI : CARPOMYCETEAE chyma. Except for the septa separating the cells in the same hypha the cell walls are double, i.e., walls of separate cells pressed together and usually adhering, but not the result of division of one preexisting cell. The interior cells of a sclerotium are filled with stored food and the outer cells are thick-walled, almost sclerenchymatous, and usually dark in color. Pseudoparenchyma may be found also in the fruiting bodies of some of the Higher Fungi, such as the perithecia and apothecia of some of the Ascomyceteae. True parenchyma is apparently present in some fungi of this group. The body of the spore fruit is more often built up of elongated, more or less interwoven hyphae of elongated cells. This is often, though erroneously, as Starback (1895) points out, called prosen- chyma. In parasitic species the mycelium often sends haustoria of various shapes into the host cells. Fruiting Structures Unlike the Lower Fungi whose fruiting structures are microscopic or at most only a few millimeters or centimeters in length (some Mucorales) , the fruiting bodies of the Higher Fungi often attain considerable size. Thus Calvatia gigantea (Batsch ex Pers.) Lloyd, the giant puffball, was recorded by C. E. Bessey (1884) as producing a spore fruit 1.6 meters long, 1.35 meters wide, and about 24 cm. high. That of Fomes officinalis (Vill.) Fr. sometimes (rarely it is true) reaches the height of 60 cm. and a diameter of 15 to 20 cm. Clements (1910) reported that Polyporus squamosus (Huds.) Fr. is "said to attain a width of 7 feet and a weight of 40 pounds." Roger Heim (1936) has described three species of Boletaceae from South Africa and Madagascar 40 to 60 cm. in pileus diameter. Ljungh (1804) described a species of cup-fungus from Java, Peziza cacabus (now called Geopyxis cacabus (Fr.) Sacc), with a spore fruit 3 ft. tall, the cup being 20 in. tall and 25 in. broad, and the hollow stipe 16 in. tall and 3 in. thick. Specimens of a form of Agaricus arvensis Fr. collected by the author had a pileus diameter of 30 cm. Such enormous spore fruits produce almost incredible numbers of spores. Thus Buller (1909) esti- mated that a puffball 40 X 28 X 20 cm. would produce about 7 trillion (7,000,000,000,000) spores. At the same rate the enormous puffball men- tioned above would produce about 160 trillion (160,000,000,000,000) spores. A specimen of Agaricus campestris Fr. only 8 cm. in diameter produced over 1,800,000,000 spores at the rate of about 40,000,000 spores per hour. At this rate the Agaricus arvensis found by the author would have produced about 27,000,000,000 spores. A spore fruit of Ganoderma applanatum (Pers. ex Fr.) Pat. with an area of one square foot lower surface produced, according to White (1920), 30,000,000,000 spores a day for about six months, or a total of over 5,000,000,000,000 spores. On the other hand many of the Higher Fungi have microscopic spore fruits. KEY TO THE CLASSES OF HIGHER FUNGI 197 Coloring In the majority the vegetative mycelium is colorless and that is true of the reproductive structures in many cases. In rhizomorphs and the outer layer of cells of sclerotia and sometimes in individual hyphae the color may be dark. This color seems to reside in the cell wall and is prob- ably related chemically to melanin. Some fungi produce pigments in the interior of the hyphae. These may be soluble in various solvents and are sometimes variable in color depending upon the chemical reaction. Thus a Fusarium studied by the author (1904) and parasitic on Sesamum orientale L. produces a red- or violet-colored pigment that turns blue when the surrounding medium becomes alkaline. It is soluble in acids and the red form is soluble in solutions of their salts. Litmus is the product of the cells of one of the lichen-producing fungi, as is orcein. Some hyphae cause the coloration of the substratum in which they are growing. Thus wood in which Chlorociboria aeruginosa (Fr.) Seaver is growing takes on a green color, due to a pigment secreted by the mycelium. The repro- ductive structures are in the majority of cases colored, the pigments in some being within the cell (e.g., the bright red color of the hymenium of some Pezizales), in others in the cell wall. The latter is mostly the case with the light to dark brown or almost black coloration found in the majority of apothecia and perithecia and in the teliospores of Rusts and Smuts, the spore fruits of Tremellales, Auriculariales, etc. The fungus pigments, especially those occurring in the lichen-producing fungi, have been studied by various authors but no really comprehensive modern study has been made of the subject taking advantage of the more recent investigations in organic chemistry. Nomenclature The Higher Fungi were called by Charles E. Bessey (1907) the Phylum Carpomyceteae, i.e., fruit-producing fungi, in reference to the production of spore fruits in this phylum. The name Eumyceteae is often applied to this group but is here discarded in view of the fact that it has also been applied to include all the filamentous fungi in contrast to the nonfila- mentous Mycetozoa, Chytridiales, etc. The Higher Fungi are divided into several classes whose distinctions are based on the type of the ultimate reproductive cells of the spore fruits. Key to the Classes of Higher Fungi The ultimate reproductive cells of the spore fruit are ascospores, produced mostly eight in number within the cell called an ascus, which starts out as a di- caryon cell in which the nuclei fuse, the resultant diploid nucleus then dividing meiotically until usually eight nuclei are produced, around which the ascospores are developed. Over 42,000 species have been described. Class Ascomyceteae 198 THE HIGHER FUNGI : CARPOMYCETEAE The ultimate reproductive cells of the spore fruit are the basidiospores or sporidia, borne externally on a cell called the basidium which was originally a dicaryon cell in which the two nuclei united, or on the outside of a group of four cells produced by the division of, or as an outgrowth from, the cell with the diploid nucleus. About 32,000 species have been described. With considerable reluctance the author follows the practice of most mycologists and includes the Class Teliosporeae of the first edition of this textbook as a distinct subclass within the Class Basidiomyceteae. The teliospore characteristic of this subclass originates as a dicaryon cell whose nuclei unite. From this cell grows out a thin-walled, usually four- celled, filament, the promycelium, upon whose cells are borne the sporidia. The limits of this subclass coincide rather closely with the Hypodermii which form Order IV of Class IV, Coniomycetes, of Elias Fries (1832). Ascus, teliospore, and basidium appear to be liomologous structures, originating as binucleate cells in which karyogamy occurs, followed by reduction division of the fusion nucleus, the nuclei thus formed becoming the nuclei of the ascospores, sporidia, or basidiospores, respectivel3^ Class Basidiomyceteae In addition to these classes there is another class, the Fungi Imperfecti, often called Deuteromyceteae, consisting of fungi whose vegetative structures or mode of asexual reproduction show their relationship to the Higher Fungi, but which lack any sexual type of reproduction or structures sub- stituted for such sexual reproduction. Perhaps the majority are asexual stages of Ascomyceteae though some are undoubtedly corresponding stages of Basidiomyceteae. Until the perfect (sexual) stages can be found, their true relationship cannot be ascertained. About 32,000 species have been recognized. Class Fungi Imperfecti Literature Cited Bessey, Charles E.: An enormous puff-ball. Am. Naturalist, 18(5) :530. 1884. : A synopsis of plant phyla, Univ. (Nebraska) Studies, 7(4):l-99. PL 1. 1907. Bessey, Ernst A.: Die Bedingungen der Farbbildung bei Fusarium, Flora, 93(4) :301-334. 1904. Brodie, Harold J.: Protoplasmic continuity in the powdery mildew, Erysiphe graminis DC, Can. J. Research, C, 20:595-601. PL 1. and Figs. 1-9. 1942, Buller, a. H. Reginald: Researches on Fungi: vol. 1, xi + 287 pp., 5 pis. 83 figs., 1909; vol. 2, xii + 492 pp., 157 ^^s., 1922; vol. 3, xii + 611 pp., 227 figs., 1924; vol. 4, xiii + 329 pp., 4 pis., UQfigs., 1931; vol. 5, xiii -f 416 pp., 174 figs., 1933; vol. 6, xii -|- 513 pp., 231 figs., 1934. London, Longmans, Green and Company. Clements, Frederick E. : Minnesota Mushrooms, Minnesota Plant Studies IV, 169 pp. 124: figs. Univ. Minnesota, 1910. Fries, Elias: Systema mycologicum, sistens-fungorum ordines, genera et species hue usque cognitas, vol. 3, ^•iii -{- 524 pp., index 200 pp. Greifswald, Ernest Mauritius, 1829-32. Heim, Roger: Observations sur la flora mycologique malgache: HI. Trois bolets gigantesques d'Afrique et de Madagascar, Rev. MycoL, N.S., 1(1):3-18. Pis. 1-4. 1936. Honey, Edwin E.: North American species of Monilinia: I. Occurrence, grouping and life histories. Am. J. Botany, 23(2):100-106. Figs. 1-4. 1936. LITERATURE CITED 199 Hopkins, E. W.: Microchemical tests on the cell walls of certain fungi. Cellulose and chitin, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 24:187-196. 1929. KiJHNER, Robert: Sur la reaction a I'iode des parois des hyphes des carpophores des Mycena, Compt. rend., 203(23) :1287-1 289. 1936. Ljungh, Sven Ingemar: Peziza Cacabus, en ny och hesynnerlig svamp fran Java, Kgl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., 25:39-41. PI. 1. 1804. Malen^on, Georges: Consid^-ations sur les spores des Russules et des Lactaires, Bull, trimestr. Soc. mijcol. France, 47:72-86. PI. 3. Figs. 1-3. 1931. Rolland, Leon: De la coloration en bleu developee par I'iode sur divers cham- pignons et notamment sur un agaric, Bull. Soc. mycol. France, 3:134-137. 1887. Sachs, Julius: Lehrbuch der Botanik, vierte umgearbeitete Aufiage, xvi + 928 pp. Figs. 1-492. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engehnann, 1874. Senft, E. : Beitrag zur Anatomie und zum Chemismus der Flechte Chrysothrix Nolitangere Mont., Ber. deut. hotan. Ges., 34(8) :592-600. PI. 17. 1916. Starback, K. : Disconiyceten-Studien, Bihang til Handl. Kgl. Svenska Vetenskaps- akad., Band 21, Afd. Ill, No. 5, 1895. Ternetz, Charlotte: Protoplasmabewegung und Fruchtkorperbildung bei Ascophanus carneus Pers., Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 35:273-312. PI. 7. 1900. Thomas, R. C: Composition of fungus hyphae: I. The Fusaria, Am. J. Botany, 15(9) :537-547. 1928; II. Sclerotinia, ibid., 17(8):779-788. 1930. VON Wettstein, Fritz: Das Vorkommen von Chitin und seine Verwertung als systematisch-phylogenetisches Merkmal im Pflanzenreich, Sitz. her. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math, naturw. Klasse, Abt. I, 130(1) :3-20. 1921. White, J. H.: On the biology of Fomes applanatus (Pers.) Wallr., Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 12(2):133-174. Pis. 2-7. 1920. 9 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE: LABOULBENIALES AND DISCOMYCETES Introduction THE members of the two extremes of this class have Httle in common beyond the production of the ascus. The type of sexual union (which is often absent), the plan of the spore fruit, even the nature and size of the vegetative mycelium vary tremendously. At the one extreme we find the Yeasts (Order Saccharomycetales) in some of which the unicellular plant becomes transformed directly into an ascus, while near the other extreme are the "Discomycetes" (Lecanorales, Pezizales, etc.) in which there is a well-developed mycelium and in some species a sexual union of a nonmotile sperm with a trichogyne, leading to the production of a well-organized apothecium with many asci. It is therefore essential to study the ascus, as being the one structure common to all Ascomyceteae. Omitting the apogamous forms for the present, we find the young ascus to be a binucleate cell well supplied with food. The two nuclei are usually considerably larger than those of the vegetative mycelium. They fuse, forming a diploid nucleus with double the number of chromosomes found in each of the original pair. This nucleus usually enlarges quite considerably. It divides meiotically to form four nuclei which in the great majority of cases divide again. In a few species the nuclear division may be repeated until 16, 32, 64, or more nuclei are present in the young ascus. In one species of Schizothecium (Pleurage) the number, according to L. M. Ames,^ is 512, while in Thele- bolus stercoreus Tode ex Fr. the number is over 1000. A part of the ascus cytoplasm gathers around each nucleus and is soon set off from the re- maining cytoplasm (epiplasm) by a cell wall thus forming the ascospore. The epiplasm may assist in the formation of the outside layer of the ascospore wall (epispore) which is often beautifully sculptured. The 1 In a letter to the author. 200 INTRODUCTION 201 cytoplasm of the ascospore builds the endospore, the inner layer of the spore wall. The spore nucleus may subsequently divide, usually followed by septum formation, so that the ascospore may eventually be two-celled Fig. 66. Ascomyceteae. Variations in ascospore number in asci of various species. (A-C) Tuber candidum Hark. 1-spored, 2-spored, and 4-spored asci, re- spectively. (D) Septotinia podophyllina (E. & E.) Whetzel. 8-spored ascus. (E) Dipodascus uninudeatus Biggs. Multi- sporous ascus. (F) Thelebolus stercoreus Tode ex Fr. Section through apothe- cium showing the single ascus with 1000 or more ascospores. (A-C, after Gilkey: Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, 1:1-63. D, after Whetzel: Myco- logia, 29(1):128-146. E, after Biggs: My- cologia, 29(l):34-44. F, after Ramlow: Botan. Ztg., 64.(1) -.85-99.) or even multicellular, though perhaps the one-celled condition is the more frequent, as it is probably the more primitive. (Fig. 66.) The ascus varies in shape from cylindrical or clavate in those forms with a well-developed hymenium, to ovoid or subglobose in those in which the asci are scattered or only loosely clustered. The ascospores escape in various manners. In many cases, particularly in the forms with 202 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE Qa B Fig. 67. Ascomyceteae. Types of dehiscence of ascus. (A) Typical operculum. (B) Bilabiate opening, modification of operculum. (C) Inoperculate opening by softening and bursting of apex. (D-G) Contraction of external wall and expansion and lateral rupture of inner wall and discharge of spores in Pyrenophora. (H, I) Ascus of Myriangium duriaei Mont. & Berk. (H) Unexpanded. (I) Inner wall expanded, outer wall contracted. (A-C, after Seaver: The North American Cup-fungi (Inoperculates). D-G, after Atanasoff: Mycologia, 11(3):]25-128. H-I, after Fetch: Brii. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 10:45-80.) a typical hymenium, the asci absorb water as they reach maturity and become considerably distended. At the apex there is an area which under- goes softening and stretching until the wall suddenly gives way under the pressure from within the ascus, permitting the escape of the epiplasm, ascospores, and vacuolar liquid while the ascus wall contracts. The asco- spores may be shot off for a distance of several centimeters, many times the length of the ascus. In the family Pezizaceae the apex of the ascus develops a little lid (operculum) which is forced out, often remaining attached by one edge like a trap door. In many Ascomyceteae the whole ascus undergoes digestion at maturity, thus setting free the ascospores in a mucilaginous liquid. Other methods of ascus dehiscence or rupture have been reported by Atanasoff (1919), Falck (1916, 1923), Ziegenspeck (1926), and other investigators. (Fig. 67.) The spore fruits of the Ascomyceteae may be classified in general as either apothecia or perithccia or as stromatic structures not referable to either of these forms. In addition there are structures which fit none of these categories such as the naked asci of the order Saccharomycetales and the spore fruits of the order Laboun)eniales. In the typical apothecium we find a disk or saucer-shaped or even INTRODUCTION 203 cup-like structure usually from a few millimeters up to several centimeters in diameter. The texture is usually fleshy, fragile to tough, sometimes leathery, and the color from pale brown to black, sometimes red, yellow, or other colors, or even colorless. The upper surface constitutes the hymenium, a layer of elongated cells standing at right angles to the sur- face like a palisade. It consists of asci intermingled with supporting and protective cells or hyphae, the paraphyses. Immediately below the hymenium is a layer, thin or fairly thick, the hypothecium, consisting mainly of light colored hyphae running parallel to the surface of the hymenium and from which the asci and paraphyses arise. Often sharply contrasted with the hypothecium but sometimes grading into it is the excipulum which makes up the larger part of the basal portion of the apothecium. Its tissue may be pseudoparenchymatous or may be formed by interwoven hyphae. The outer (lower) surface may be filamentous or may resemble an epidermis. Varying from this type we may find apothecia borne on stipes (as in Sclerotinia) or the hymenium may be convex (as in Pyronema) . In some cases the body of the apothecium is bent back along the stipe so as to form a clavate structure with the upper portion covered by an external hymenium {Geoglossum and Morchella) . In other cases the apothecium is subterranean and variously folded internally to form passages and chambers lined by the hymenium (various Tuberales) . The apothecium proper is the product of the growth of the hyphae adjacent to the ascogone, when this organ is present. It may develop upon, underneath or within a more or less fleshy stroma or the stroma may be entirely absent (most Pezizaceae). Corner (1929-1931) has made a detailed study of the mode of growth and development of various types of apothecia and concludes that their structure indicates relationship to algal ancestors, possibly a group ancestral to the present Florideae. (Fig. 68.) The typical perithecium is small, usually less than a millimeter in diameter, and more or less spherical in shape. It is more often dark- colored and somewhat hard and brittle, though not always so. Thus in the forms customarily included in the order Hypocreales, the perithecium may be bright-colored and fleshy or leathery. Usually, but not always, there is an apical opening, the ostiole, through which the ascospores eventually escape. It may be a simple opening or may have a low lip or be drawn out to a long slender neck. As limited by Nannfeldt (1932) the true perithecium is lined over the whole inner surface or only in its basal portion by a hymenium composed of thin-walled asci (sometimes thick- ened at the apex) intermingled with true paraphyses and with periphyses in the ostiolar region. Julian Miller (1928) has shown that the true wall of the perithecium lies within a stromatic structure which may form simply a thin, darker-colored external layer or may form a massive struc- 204 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE B C imi ^U ^"^ V ^i' W// WM i iH. .^.^■^\^;i^,v:;^v^ Fig 68. Pezizales, Family Pezizaceae. (A-D) Diagram of development of angio- carpic apothecium. (E-H) Development of gymnocarpic apothecium. (I) Apothecium of Ascobolus stercorarins (Bull.) Schroet. (J) Apothecium of Ascophanus granuliformis (Cr.) Boud. (Courtesy, Corner: Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 14:275-291.) INTRODUCTION 205 ture within which numerous perithecia are imbedded or on which the perithecia are seated, each with a thin outer stromatic layer. The true perithecial wall is colorless or light-colored and is formed from one or more layers of hyphae arising from the supporting cell of the oogone or antherid, producing a hollow structure surrounding the ascogonium and the ascogenous hyphae and the asci which arise from it. In the works of the older mycologists other structures were also called perithecia, which they often resemble very greatly. The studies of von Hohnel (1902-1923), Theissen (1913), Nannfeldt (1932), and others have shown that these structures are entirely stromatic, without any true perithecial wall, and with single asci or tufts of asci without paraphyses, arising in cavities of the stroma. Fungi with this type of spore fruit form the group Ascoloculares of Nannfeldt (1932) in contrast to the Asco- hymeniales which produce apothecia or perithecia in the sense indicated above. A third type of ascocarp with perithecium-like structures, usually without any ostiole, and with the asci scattered throughout the interior, neither in tufts nor forming a hymenium, is considered by some my- cologists to be a true perithecium, by others to be of a different nature. Fungi with this type of spore fruit form the Plectascales of Nannfeldt and others. What seems to be, in the author's opinion, a rather primitive but characteristic type of sexual reproduction is that described by Higgins (1936) in MycosphaereUa tulipiferae (Schw.) Higgins. In this species, as in other species of the genus studied by the same investigator (1914, 1920, 1929), the male gametes are nonmotile, thin-walled sperm cells produced usually by fours within sperm mother-cells in the interior of more or less spherical, hollow spermogonia. The sperms are imbedded in a mucilagi- nous mass and escape through an apical opening in the spermogonium as the mass expands with the absorption of moisture. Within a loose mass of hyphae an archicarp is formed consisting of a spherical or ovoid cell, the oogone, with a single large nucleus, and a trichogyne, extending as a slender hypha several times the length of the oogone. The loose hyphae surrounding the archicarp grow and those at the exterior eventually cohere into a dark-colored, firm outer wall, the interior hyphae forming a pseudoparenchymatous mass of thin-walled colorless cells. In the mean- time one or more sperm cells have adhered to the trichogyne which forms a papilla at whose tip an opening is formed through which the sperm nucleus enters and passes down into the oogone. The male nucleus gradu- ally enlarges as it progresses and eventually the two nuclei are approxi- mately equal in size and side by side in the oogone. The trichogyne dis- integrates, a wall cutting it off from the oogone. The latter enlarges and becomes more or less lobed, the two nuclei in the meantime dividing conjugately many times. From the lobed oogone arise ascogenous hyphae Fig 69 'Ascomyceteae. Supposedly rather primitive type of sexual reproduction in Mycosphaerc4la tuUpiferae (Schw.) Higgins. (A) Spermogonium showing some sperm mother-cells with several contained sperms as well as such cells with sperms emerging {Continued on facing page.) 206 INTRODUCTION 207 containing pairs of nuclei and forming asci at their tips by means of hooks or croziers in the manner described below in Pyronema. As the asci en- large, the thin-walled hyaline pseudoparenchymatous cells of the peri- thecium are destroyed except for a number of slender hyphae at the top (periphyses) which seem to play a part in the formation of an apical opening (ostiole) in the spore fruit, through which the mature asci pro- trude as they discharge their ascospores. (Fig. 69.) An appreciation of the characteristic sexual reproductive processes in the more complex Ascomyceteae can perhaps best be obtained by a study of the phenomena in Pyronema omphalodes (Bull, ex Fr.) Fckl. This is by no means a very primitive form nor is it a simple structure. It illustrates, however, most of the features that occur in this class. This fungus is found in nature most frequently on patches of soil where there has recently been a fire, such as the site of a camp fire. It also appears frequently in greenhouses on flower pots that have been steamed to sterilize the soil. At first there appears a thin whitish, moldy growth on which arise groups of orange-colored apothecia which give the whole sur- face of the soil an orange color lasting only a few days, after which the fungus disappears, to be followed by other fungi. The mycelium is color- less and septate, with its cells mostly multinucleate. Tufted branches are produced, each bearing terminally a more or less spherical, multinucleate oogone, from whose apex there grows out a curved hypha, also multi- nucleate, the trichogyne. From one of the basal cells supporting the oogone arises an obovoid or clavate multinucleate antherid. The tricho- gyne grows to the antherid and coils upon or around its apex. An opening is then formed from one to the other. The majority of the hundred or more antheridial nuclei pass into the trichogyne, whose nuclei have al- ready begun to degenerate, and then through an opening in the septum at the base of the trichogyne into the oogone which itself contains 100 to 200 nuclei. Here they pair with the oogone nuclei. According to Harper (1900) and to Gwynne-Vaughan and Williamson (1931) the paired nuclei fuse, forming about half as many diploid zygote nuclei. According to Claussen (1912) they do not fuse but merely pair closely. According to Dangeard (1907) and his followers no opening is formed between the Fig. 69 — {Continued) (B) Spermogonium with sperm cells mostly discharged. (C) Very young perithecium showing oogone with one large nucleus and short trichogyne. (D) Apical portion of fully developed trichogyne with attached sperm (a) and the small trichogyne nucleus (b). (E) Oogone and lower half of trichogyne showing sperm nucleus (a) and tri- chogyne nucleus (b). (F) Oogone containing two nuclei (male and female). (G) Oogone with eight pairs of nuclei, each in a mass of denser cytoplasm. (H) Ascogenous hyphae, branching out from oogone. (I) Early stages of ascus formation on branching asco- genous hypha. (J, K) Nearly mature and mature perithecia. (Courtesy, Higgins: Am. J. Botany, 23(9):598-602.) 208 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE trichogyne and the antherid (which he considers to be a degenerate struc- ture and calls the trophogone), and the nuclei in the antherid and tricho- gyne disintegrate in situ, the oogone nuclei then arranging themselves in pairs. Following this stage all agree that soon 10 to 20 buds appear on the surface of the oogone and elongate to become ascogenous hyphae into which the diploid zygote nuclei or the pairs of haploid nuclei pass until many nuclei are present in each hypha. The nuclei probably divide in the oogone as some of them do in the ascogenous hyphae. The latter elongate, forking somewhat. Eventually septa are formed, producing cells that are plurinucleate toward the base of the hypha and fewer nucleate toward the apex where the last few cells are binucleate. In the meantime from the cells supporting the tufts of oogones and antherids there have been growing outward and upward numerous hyphae which intermingle with the ascogenous hyphae derived from the oogone and also form a mass of external hyphae. From the terminal binucleate cell of each ascogenous hypha a lateral branch forms just beneath the apex and the two nuclei divide simul- taneously (conjugate division) so that the lateral cell also becomes a dicaryon (binucleate) cell. This may be repeated. Eventually the nu- merous terminal dicaryon cells thus produced proceed to the production of the asci. The cell curves back upon itself like a hook, with a pair of nuclei in the curve. The nuclei divide conjugately and cross walls are formed, leaving two of the nuclei (a daughter nucleus of each of the two original nuclei) at the curve and one daughter nucleus in the cell at the tip of the hook and another daughter nucleus in the cell cut off at the base of the hook. The two nuclei in the curve of the hook fuse while the cell elon- gates. This is the young ascus. The basal and apical cells of the hook may fuse and then elongate and form a new hook and a new ascus, etc. The fusion nucleus of the young ascus is diploid or tetraploid according to the interpretation as to the presence or absence of nuclear fusions in the oogone. This nucleus undergoes three successive divisions to produce eight nuclei. The first two divisions are reduction divisions (meiosis) according to either theory, the third division being considered the final division of a second meiosis by the advocates of the tetraploid nature of the young ascus nucleus. By both theories the eight resulting nuclei are haploid. From the centrosome remaining in close proximity to each of the eight nuclei fibrillae appear to radiate and certain of these rays curve downward around the nucleus, at some little distance from it, apparently delimiting a mass of cytoplasm surrounding the nucleus from the remainder of the cytoplasm of the ascus, the epiplasm. Along this delimiting surface the ascospore wall is laid down. In the meantime the asci have been elongating as have the vegetative hyphae surrounding and between them. The latter become the paraphyses while the former INTRODUCTION 209 Fig. 70. Pezizales, Family Pezizaceae. Pyronema omphalodes (Bull, ex Fr.) Fckl. Sexual reproduction. (A) Group of antherids and oogones. (B) Section through oogone, trichogyne, and apex of antherid, showing opening of latter into the tricho- gyne. (C) Similar section, later stage, showing a young, forked, ascogenous hypha. (D) Ascogenous hypha from oogone to ascus. (E) Ascogenous hypha showing two hooks. (F) Young ascus with its single diploid nucleus. (A, B, E, F, after Harper: Ann. Botany, 14(55) :32 1-400. C-D, after Claussen: Z. Botan., 4(l):l-63.) 210 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE produce the marginal tissues of the apothecium. The body of the apothe- cium consists then of the several oogones and the branched ascogenous hyphae which grew out of these, of the antherids, and of the vegetative hyphae which arose from the supporting cells of the oogones and an- therids. These latter form the main body of the apothecium as well as its paraphyses. In the excipulum these hyphal cells by lateral enlargement and mutual pressure form a pseudoparenchymatous tissue. (Fig. 70.) It may seem strange that so common a species, the object of numerous investigations by different investigators, should still be the subject of so much disagreement. Perhaps the difficulty of staining well the rather small nuclei and the rapidity of the progress of the sexual phenomena are responsible for the greater part of the difficulty encountered. To this must be added the fact that many of the stages of development, if the exact sequence is not certain, could be interpreted differently if considered as belonging to an earlier or later stage. Furthermore, an investigator, with the best will possible, is apt to interpret what he sees in the light of what appears to him to be the most logical series of events. Using the phenomena just described for Mycosphaerella and Pyronema as a basis for comparisons we find that sexual reproduction has been modified in several different ways in the Ascomyceteae. Thus the antherid when present may not be a functional organ. This is clearly the case in the variety inigneum of Pyronema omphalodes in which W. H. Browm (1915) has shown that there is no opening between antherid and tricho- gyne and frequently no contact. Dangeard denies the functioning of the antherid in the whole class except in the order Saccharomycetales. He accounts for the pairs of nuclei in the oogone and ascogenous hyphae as a pairing of the female nuclei, which seems to be beyond doubt the case in the variety of Pyronema just mentioned. For Dangeard the only nuclear fusion is that occurring in the ascus. For those following Claussen this is the true nuclear fusion (karyogamy), but the union of antherids and oogone is looked upon as a true sexual fusion also (cytogamy). Harper and Gwynne-Vaughan and Williamson believed cytogamy and karyogamy to occur one just after the other, with a second nuclear fusion occurring in the ascus. There is a marked tendency toward the production of a more or less coiled series of cells, usually considerably greater in diameter than the cells of the vegetative mycelium and often tapering to a long slender, multicellular trichogyne. Such a structure is called an ascogonium and the cell out of which the ascogenous hyphae bud may properly be considered the true oogone. This may be multinucleate or uninucleate. In the Laboul- beniales, a few genera of the Lecanorales, and apparently also in a few of the Pezizales and Sphaeriales, minute nonmotile sperms are produced internally or externally on short antheridial branches and upon reaching INTRODUCTION 211 the trichogyne fuse with it, the sperm nucleus entering and passing from cell to cell until it enters the oogone. In other cases the trichogyne fuses with an antherid without the formation of separate sperm cells and the nucleus or nuclei from the antherid enters the trichogyne and eventually reaches the oogone. All degrees of reduction may be found from a multi- cellular ascogonium with a long trichogyne to a one-celled oogone and one-celled trichogyne as it occurs in Pyronema. In many cases the tricho- gyne is lacking, so that the antherid comes into direct connection with the oogone. Sometimes no antherid at all is formed. In such a case pairing of the nuclei often does not occur in the oogone but the female nucleus divides and the nuclei pass out in pairs into the ascogenous hyphae. In Asco'phanus granulatus (Bull.) Speg. {Humaria granulata Quel.), which does not possess an antherid, Gwynne-Vaughan and Williamson (1930) report that the oogone nuclei unite by pairs and the resultant zygote nuclei enter the ascogenous hyphae. Apparently a cell of the series of ascogonial cells may in some cases be substituted in function for an antherid, its nucleus taking the place of the antherid nucleus. Sometimes no recognizable oogone or ascogonial cells can be found. Some of the vegetative hyphae of the spore fruit become converted in a manner not known into ascogenous hyphae with dicaryon cells. In many families of the Ascomyceteae the terminal cell or cells of the ascogenous hypha become asci without the formation of a hook as described above in Pyro- nema. The two nuclei of the cell fuse and the cell enlarges terminally or laterally, with successive nuclear divisions and ascospore development. In the sexual species of the order Saccharomycetales two cells fuse to form a single ascus and no ascogenous hyphae are produced. Kharbush (1927) reports^ a similar origin of the asci in the highly developed apothecium of Botryotinia fuckeliana (de Bary) Whetzel. In this apothecium, according to him, there are no distinguishable ascogenous hyphae. At the base of the hymenium the apices of adjacent hyphae unite and the nuclei fuse, thus giving rise to the young asci, one fusion of paired hyphae for each ascus. Greis (1940) has found a quite similar origin of asci in two species of Morchella studied by him. In the subhymenial layer, or shortly below it, terminal multinucleate cells of adjacent vegetative hyphae unite and grow out to form a stouter binucleate cell, with one nucleus contributed by each hypha. This cell may enlarge and become the ascus or the nuclei ma> divide conjugately with the production of a short ascogenous hypha, whose terminal cell becomes the ascus, without the formation of the usual hook. The opposite extreme is found in some species of Taphriiia {Exoascus) in which Miss Wieben (1927) has shown that the ascospores 2 In view of the entirely different mode of sexual reproduction reported by Drayton (1934) for Stromatinia gladioli (Drayton) Whetzel it is evident that the process in Botryotinia fuckeliana needs re-examination. 212 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE are of two opposite sexual tendencies, four of each in each ascus. These ascospores, or the spores that bud off from them, give rise to slender germ tubes which fuse with those from spores of opposite sexual tendency, producing a dicaryon mycelium which becomes the vegetative mycelium within the host. Eventually some of the cells of this mycelium enlarge, the nuclei fuse and the asci are formed. Thus in Botryotinia fuckeliana, if Kharbush's report is correct, the mycelium and the apothecium lack entirely the dicaryon phase except as the cells fuse to initiate the asci, while in Taphrina the whole vegetative mycelium is of dicaryon nature. Some botanists suggest that the production of nonmotile sperms which fuse with trichogynes and the budding out of ascogenous hyphae from the oogone are indications that the Ascomyceteae may have descended from some algae related to the Red Seaweeds (Florideae). Other botanists (e.g., Gaumann, 1926; Atkinson, 1915; Nannfeldt, 1932) considered the nonmotile cells that fuse with the trichogyne to be merely modified co- nidia which have been substituted for antherids, just as certain fusions of vegetative cells have taken the place of the union of sexual organs in the Class Basidiomyceteae. Dangeard (1907) and the Moreaus (1926, 1928) deny any fusion of sperms and trichogyne, at least so far as any transference of nuclei occurs. Since the author follows those that consider the production of a trichogyne and nonmotile sperms and of an oogone producing numerous ascogenous hyphae to be primitive characters for the Ascomyceteae the orders will be arranged in a sequence according to that viewpoint. This matter will be discussed in detail in Chapter 17. Those botanists who take the opposite viewpoint and consider the occurrence of sperms and trichogynes as representing no more than accidental con- vergence of evolutionary development in both Ascomyceteae and Flo- rideae would probably prefer to start with the Order Saccharomycetales. Order Laboulbeniales. These are minute, almost microscopic para- sites upon insects. They develop externally upon the host except for a haustorium or "foot" that is rooted in the chitinous body wall of the host or less often may penetrate it and form a branching hyphal growth in the body cavity. In the more usual form the foot usually enters the body wall at a pore and thus obtains an ample supply of food without penetrating clear into the body cavity. The fungi vary from plants with only a few cells in number and considerably less than 0.1 mm. in height to forms with hundreds of cells and 2 or 3 mm. tall. The cell walls are usually thick and firm, often dark in color. Between adjacent cells which have arisen by the division of a common parent cell a perforation in the septum is distinctly visible as is usual in the Class Florideae. The plant may consist essentially of a row of cells which give off laterally some branched filamentous appendages and a female reproductive branch. On or near the appendages are borne the antherids. This simple type of struc- ORDER LABOULBENIALES 213 ture may become more complex by the longitudinal division of the cells to form a body several cells in thickness from whose sides the appendages and the male and female organs may arise. In Zodiomyces vorticellarius Thaxter the main plant body is multicellular and widened at the top, bearing on the flattened upper surface many filamentous appendages and the sexual organs. Some of the larger forms lie prostrate on the body of the host, rooting at various points by means of rhizoids. (Fig. 71.) In most of the genera of the order the antherids are flask-shaped organs. The apex opens and a uninucleate sperm is pushed up into the neck by the division of the nucleus and cytoplasm of the body of the antherid. By successive formation of sperms in this way those previously formed are pushed out of the neck. They are apparently naked cells, en- tirely devoid of cilia or flagella. Sometimes several flask-shaped antherids open into a common cavity with a single opening to the outside. In a few genera the sperms are exogenous, being produced by the abstriction of a terminal cell of a short, slender branch from an appendage. Such sperms appear to possess a very thin cell wall. (Fig. 7 IE, H.) The female reproductive branch ("archicarp" of some authors) usu- ally consists of a row of three cells, from the base to the apex respectively the oogone ("carpogenic cell"), trichophore, and trichogyne. The first two are nearly or completely surrounded by, usually, a single layer of closely adhering protective cells. The trichogyne is usually one-celled but may divide into several cells and is simple or extensively branched. Perhaps in most cases the sperms are brought into contact with the trichogyne by the active movements of the insect host as it brushes against surrounding objects or other insects. Possibly in the case of aquatic insects, or those frequenting wet places, water currents may bring about the transfer of sperms to the trichogyne. In the genus Zodiomyces the elongated trichogyne seeks out and unites with the sperm. In some species antherids are unknown and the development of the oogone is probably apogamous, (Fig. 71A-C.) After fertilization the oogone divides into about three cells, the bi- nucleate middle cell of which now buds out laterally on all sides to form numerous binucleate asci in which the two nuclei fuse and then divide in the usual way to form eight nuclei. All eight or only four of these nuclei serve as the centers of origin of the ascospores, in the latter case the other four nuclei undergoing degeneration. The ascospores usually are elongated and become two-celled. The ascus walls digest and leave the numerous ascospores in a probably somewhat sticky gum in the cavity of the considerably enlarged spore fruit whose walls have increased in thickness. Eventually the ascospores are discharged between the apical cells and because of their sticky walls adhere to objects with which they come in contact, such as the body of another insect. In the latter case 214 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE Fig. 71. Laboulbeniales, Family Laboulbeniaceae. Stigmatomyces haeri (Knoch) Peyritsch. (A) Mature plant showing at the left the appendage with sevei-al antherids and at the right the enclosed oogone with its papillate trichogyne. (B) The fertilized oogone has divided into two basal cells and several upper cells. (C) Asci are budding out of some of the upper cells. (D) An ascus. (E) Two antherids with escaping sperms. (F) Amorphomyces falagriae Thaxt., adjacent male and female plants. (G-J) Zodio- myces vorticellarius Thaxt. (G) Mature plant. (H) Antheridial branch with exogenous sperms. (I) Oogonial branch with trichogyne and attached sperm. (J) Mature asco- carp. (After Thaxter: Mevi. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 12:195-429.) ORDEE LECANORALES (thE DISK LICHENS) 215 they germinate, one cell becoming the foot and the other developing the remainder of the plant. The full nuclear phenomena of fertilization have not been worked out because of the difficulty of finding the fungi in the proper stages of development and the extremely difficult technique of sectioning and staining. Only a very few genera and but few species of this order were known until the monumental work of Dr. Roland Thaxter, published in succes- sive parts in 1895, 1908, 1924, 1926, and 1931, revealed the fact that this order contains hundreds of species, dozens of genera, and several families. Since the appearance of the first volume of this marvelous work other mycologists also have added numerous species to those described by Dr. Thaxter. Not only are these fungi found on beetles (Coleoptera) but also on Hymenoptera, Diptera, and various other orders of insects. In view of the fact that of the 600,000 to 1,000,000 described species (and possibly as many or more as yet undescribed species) of insects only a few thousand have been examined for the presence of these parasites it seems reasonable to suppose that the number of species, genera, and even families of this order may be greatly increased in the future. The relationship of Laboulbeniales to the other orders of Ascomy- ceteae is not very close. The spore fruit is unlike that of any other mem- bers of this class and the vegetative structure finds few analogies. In the sexual reproduction the formation of functional, separable sperm cells is known in Collema and other lichens and in Pezizales, Sphaeriales, and other groups. In most of these however the sperms are not produced endogenously as naked cells as is true of most of the Laboulbeniales but seem to have thin walls even in those cases where endogenous formation does occur. The "archicarp" of the Laboulbeniales reminds one remark- ably of the condition in some of the Florideae where the archicarp is surrounded by protective cell layers with merely the trichogyne exposed. The following orders: Lecanorales, Pezizales, Tuberales, Hysteriales, and Taphrinales all produce spore fruits that may be considered as typical or modified apothecia. They are often or in part included under the group name Discomycetes. Order Lecanorales (The Disk Lichens). These constitute a large group of organisms which have in common the production of apothecia and which show a specialized form of parasitism on land species of Chloro- phyceae and Myxophyceae. The validity of the maintenance of this group apart from the Pezizales is, to say the least, very doubtful, but until the reproductive processes, especially the behavior of the sexual nuclei, are better known in both groups it is perhaps better to follow custom and consider the two orders separately. Possibly when such studies have been carried out in all the more important genera that produce apothecia the system of classification of both orders will have to be entirely revised. 21 G CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE As long ago as 1887 Alfred Moller reported that he had been able to grow various, lichens in culture media in the absence of algae, and that these produced small thalli, up to 1.5 cm. in diameter in some cases, with typical cortex and medulla. In some tests the development of typical spermogonia was observed. His experiments had to be cut short after four months so that the further development of the still growing fungi could not be followed. Vegetatively the Lecanorales vary from a loose branching mycelium penetrating in all directions the gummy colony of a species of Nostoc, the form of that colony setting the limits to the size and shape of the lichen body {Collema), to a very complexly branched, firm thallus with a cortical outer layer of hyphae enclosing the algal hosts and thus making possible unlimited growth, without reference to the natural shape of the unparasitized algal colony. The mycelium is in general slender, light-colored, septate, and branch- ing. The septa are centrally pierced by a rather minute perforation. In the forms with a cortex (the majority of lichens) the mycelial cells com- posing it are short, broad, rather thick-walled and compacted together into a pseudoparenchyma one to several cells in thickness. In the in- terior of the lichen the mycelium is filamentous and loose. Usually the algal hosts are found in definite layers. In some cases definite penetration of the algal cell by the mycelium can be observed. Such cells are even- tually killed. Geitler (1933) reported that more often no such penetration can be seen but that the mycelium is applied to the host cell in the manner of an appressorium. Just how the fungus draws its nourishment from the alga in the absence of direct penetration is a matter of conjecture. Possibly some substance secreted by the fungus increases the permeability of the plasma membrane of the algal cells, thus permitting sugars and other soluble food stuffs to diffuse out from the cell to be picked up by the fungus. The fungus furnishes a certain amount of protection to the alga and probably gives it a more equable habitat, protecting it from the rapid extremes of drying and moisture, sun and shade, heat and cold. In so far as this is true it is to the advantage of the alga. On the other hand, however, the constant tribute levied in the form of food substances diffus- ing out from the cells must reduce their vigor somewhat. It is worthy of note that algae whose free-living development includes zoospore forma- tion as a normal mode of reproduction usually have this entirely sup- pressed, reproduction being limited mainly to fission. The earlier students of lichens consider the enclosed algal hosts to be a part of the lichen organism, possibly reproductive in nature, hence the term "gonidia" applied to them. By some they were considered to be the photosynthetic organs of the lichen. Their similarity to algae was early noted and Schwendener (18G7, 18G8) supplied the evidence that ORDER LECANORALES (tHE DISK LICHENS) 217 they were truly algae. He and others following him were able to synthe- size lichens from cultures of algae and lichen ascospores (Bonnier, 1889). In spite of this evidence some lichenologists were loath to give up the old idea and as late as 1913 Elfving, observing green bodies within the hyphae of some lichens, maintained that they were integral parts of the lichen. Liro (1914) confirmed the occasional presence of these green bodies within the hyphae but beheved them to be portions of cells or whole small cells of the host algae that had entered the hyphae through openings. Tobler (1925) summarized the results of his own work and that of others on the biology of the lichens, confirming the belief that they consist of fungi parasitizing upon algae with a mutual interaction of the two organisms to produce the characteristic structures. The algal hosts are usually Blue-green Algae (Myxophyceae) or Green Algae (Chlorophyceae) whose habitat consists of moist situations on land, such as on the ground, rocks, trees, etc. More often the one-celled algae are preferred (Chroococcus, Chlorococcum, Protococcus, etc.), but some of the filamentous forms are also captured and made prisoners {Nostoc, Trentepohlia, etc.). Most genera of lichens are confined to a single species or to closely related species of algae but a few lichens are able to use as algal hosts forms from widely diverse groups. It is noteworthy that the thalli formed by the same species of fungus with these widely separated algal hosts are very different, according to the host present. Lichens may be grouped morphologically in accordance with the type of thallus into crustose, foliose, fruticose, and pendent lichens. The first form closely adhering crusts on the substratum to which they are held fast by hyphal strands; the foliose lichens are flat and thin ("leaf-like") but adhere to the substratum only at definite points; the fruticose lichens are upright in habit and more or less branched, resembling little shrubs {frutex means shrub). The pendent forms are attached only at localized spots and are long and slender and branching, hanging from the twigs or branches of the trees to which they are attached. They are often con- sidered only a special type of fruticose lichen. It must be noted that these distinctions are not absolute for there are gradations between these types. Most species of Cladonia are at first crustose or foliose (but with small "leaves"), later forming upright podetia upon which the apothecia are developed, at which time the prostrate foliar growth may disappear. The distinction between crustose and foliose lichens is not always clear. (Fig. 72.) _ In tropical and subtropical regions many lichens grow on the algae attached to the surface of leaves. The fungus hyphae may then enter through the stomatal openings into the interior of the leaf where it seems probable that they are somewhat parasitic upon the leaf tissues. McWhorter (1921) showed that some lichens of the genera Cladonia and 218 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE Fig. 72. Morphologic types of lichens. (A) Crustose type, Lecidea platycarpa Ach. (B) Foliose type, Gyrophora muhlenbergii Ach. (C) Fruticose type, Stereocaulon coralloides E. Fr., fruticose podetium ("secondary thallus"). (D) Pendent type, Usnea harbata (L.) Wigg., portion of thallus with apothecia. (A, after Reinke: Jahrb. ^c^ss. Botan., 28:70-150. B-D, after Schneider: A Text-book of General Lichenology, Binghamton, N.Y., Willard N. Clute & Co.) Amphiloma growing in colonies of mosses (Musci) are capable of destroy- ing the latter by direct parasitic attack. Rock-inhabiting lichens often penetrate the rock itself for some distance by means of their holdfast hyphae. Miss Mellor (1922) called attention to serious damage done to glass windows in some old churches in France where lichens attached themselves to the glass and gradually corroded it. Probably the requisite mineral nutrients of the lichen and enclosed algae are obtained by the hyphae that attach the lichen to its substratum. A very few species of lichens develop in aquatic habitats. A great many organic acids, the so-called lichen acids, have been found in the lichens. They were given intensive study by Zopf (1907). Following a suggestion of his, one of his students, F. Tobler (1909) con- ducted experiments which demonstrated that this production of lichen ORDER LECANORALES (tHE DISKJLICHENS) 219 acids is the result of mutual physiological interaction of alga and fungus, as they do not occur in either organism Avhen groAvn alone. From some of these acids may be obtained brilliant pigments such as orcein, litmus, etc. (Miss Smith, 1926). M any lichens have no known asexual mode of reproducing themselves. The pendent forms are frequently torn to pieces by the wind and carried considerable distances, thus achieving distribution. A good many Hchens produce pycnidia containing conidia. For some species these conidia have been germinated to produce a mycelium. On a great many lichens special asexual reproductive structures, the soredia, are produced. In barest details a soredium arises as an outgrowth of the interior mycelium of the thallus, carrying with it some of the algal cells. Having grown out through the surface of the thallus this mycelial mass rounds up into a ball with a sort of cortex, containing in its interior loose hyphae and a few host cells. This structure breaks loose and is distributed by wind or rain to other locations where the hyphae grow fast, thus starting a new lichen thallus. In their sexual reproduction the Lecanorales are rather uniform in their end product, the apothecium, which differs in detail but not in fundamental plan in the various families and genera. These variations ha\e to do with shape (concave, fiat, convex); color; structure of the paraphyses; number, color, structure, and shape of the ascospores (color- less or brown, one-celled or divided into two or more cells, ellipsoidal, fusoid, needle-like, etc.); structure of the hypothecium and excipulum; size; location on the thallus, etc. Two different structures called excipula or exciples are of importance in systematic arrangement of the families and genera of lichens. The "thalloid exciple" is a marginal wall around the apothecium consisting of an upgrowth of the thalloid hyphae, often with enclosed algal cells. It does not arise from the developing apothe- cium. The "proper exciple" is the cup-like margin at the edge of the apothecium which is formed by the outgrowth and upgrowth of the apothecial tissues. Sometimes both types are present but more usually only one type, and in many lichens neither type of exciple is observable. In contrast with most of the Pezizales the apothecia of the Lecanorales are usually slow in development and persist for a long time, maturing a few asci at intervals. The asci are inoperculate and usually thickened at the apex. The details of the sexual process, particularly the behavior of the sexual nuclei, are sadly in need of further study in almost all genera of the order. It may be safely said that no lichen has been satisfactorily studied from all these standpoints. The conditions in Collema and Colle- modes will illustrate the main features of the sexual process in this order. In its interior Collema consists of a slender, branched mycelium, loosely penetrating and limited in outline to the shape of the Nostoc 220 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE colony it inhabits. There is no cortical layer. On the interior mycelium there arise here and there somewhat thicker hyphae which are noticeable because of their dense contents and more or less loosely coiled structure. These are the ascogonia. The cells like those of the vegetative mycelium are uninucleate. Each ascogonium consists of from one to three coils of cells terminated by a filament (the trichogyne) which turns toward and projects just through the surface of the colony. Its exposed tip is sHghtly enlarged and covered with a somewhat thickened wall which is sticky when Avet. In its multicellular structure it differs greatly from the tricho- gyne of the Florideae. The male organs are branched hyphae projecting into a conceptacle-hke spermogonium which opens at the surface of the colony. From these branches there bud off minute, uninucleate, non- motile sperms possessing a delicate cell wall. When wet by rain the gummy mass filling the spermogonium swells and oozes from the opening, where the gum dissolves and the sperm cells are floated off by the film of rain water. Such a sperm coming in contact with the sticky tip of the tricho- gyne adheres to it. Stahl (1877) and Baur (1899) have demonstrated that an opening is dissolved quickly through which the sperm nucleus enters into the apical trichogyne cell. Successive swellings and disappearance of the septa of the trichogyne seem to indicate the passage of the sperm nucleus down to the coils of the ascogonium. The nuclear behavior has not been followed in detail however. From one of the ascogonial cells, which therefore corresponds in function to the oogone of Pyronema, asco- genous hyphae begin to grow outward and upward. The surrounding vegetative hyphae also become actively involved in growth and produce the vegetative part, including the paraphyses, of the apothecium. The ascogenous hyphae produce their asci by the hook method as described for Pyronema. It should be noted that in some genera of lichens the sperm cells, or cells resembling them and produced in similar conceptacles, are capable of growing in pure culture in nutrient media until normal thalli are produced bearing similar conceptacles. This was reported by Moller in 1887. He obtained thalli by culturing such cells from Buellia puncti- formis Hoffm., Opegrapha suhsiderella Nyl., 0. atra Pers., Arthronia sp., Calicium parietinum Ach., and other species of Calicium. He also cul- tured the conidia from the pycnidia which in some cases are present in the same thallus. He therefore drew the conclusion that the spermogonia as well as pycnidia were both asexual reproductive structures and that the supposed sexual function of the spermatia was erroneous. (Fig. 73A, B, D-G.) Miss Bachmann (1912) erroneously identified the very similar lichen Collemodes hachmannianum Fink with Collema pulposum (Bernh.) Ach. She found that in Collemodes the branches which produce the sperm cells are not produced together in spermogonia but are scattered here and ORDER LECANORALES (tHE DISK LICHENS) 221 Fig. 73. Lecanorales, Family Collemaceae. (A, B) Collema crispum Ach. (A) Asco- gonium and trichogyne. (B) Apical cell of trichogyne, showing sticky surface. (C) CoUemodes hachmannianum Fink. Ascogonium and trichogyne growing to clusters of sperm cells produced within the thallus. (D-G) Collema pulposum (Bernh.) Ach. (D) Habit sketch. (E) Cluster of apothecia. (F) Section through apothecium. (G) Ascus. (A-B, after Baur: Ber. dent, botan. Ges., 16(10): 363-367. C, after Bachmann: Ann. Botany, 26(103) :747-760. D-G, after Schneider: A Text-book of General Lichenology, Binghamton, N.Y., Willard N. Clute & Co.) 222 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE there in the interior of the colony. The ascogonia are similar to those in Collema but the trichogynes are longer and do not extend to the surface. They are attracted, apparently chemotropically, to the clusters of sperm cells and grow toward them, coiling around and uniting with them. The subsequent development is identical with that in Collema. (Fig. 73C.) In a number of other genera (e.g., Physcia) spermogonia and tricho- gynes are produced. The former are various in shape, spherical or de- pressed globose or lobed and immersed (except for the ostiole) or partly or almost completely emergent. The sperm cells (spermatia) are minute, one-celled, and usually slender, rarely rounded. They are produced apparently successively at the apices of unbranched antheridial hyphae or on the upper portion of the cells of the multicellular simple or branched hyphae. They were studied in great detail by Lindsay (1861, 1872) in many genera of lichens from all parts of the world. Adherence of sperms to trichogynes has been observed but rarely. In a few cases an opening has been observed between sperm and trichogyne but nuclear passage has not been seen. Probably the sperm is functional in most cases of this sort. In those species in which ascogonia have been reported but no spermogonia are known the structure reported above for Collemodes should be sought for before denying any type of sexual union. In many lichens the ascogonium produces no trichogyne and may even be but a straight row of a few cells. In one or two such cases adjacent cells of the ascogonium lose their intervening septa whereupon ascogenous hyphae begin to appear. Just what the nuclei do in that case can only be sur- mised. Sexuality seems to be on the decline in this order as throughout the Higher Fungi. The Moreaus (1926, 1928) have studied the reproduction of many lichens and deny any sexual function to the spermatia, consider- ing them when present to be modified conidia. (Fig. 74.) Because of the possession of a functional trichogyne and the produc- tion of separate sperm cells and of asci a certain degree of relationship between the Lecanorales and Laboulbeniales can be postulated, but they are certainly widely divergent from any common ancestor. This may have been an alga somewhat like some of the filamentous, freshwater Florideae. It would require the assumption that subsequent to the acqui- sition of the ascus-producing habit the one series developed as parasites on insects with little modification of the protected procarp while the other series developed as parasites on algae, presumably at first submerged forms, later land algae. At the same time the spore fruit deviated far from the simpler procarp typo shown in the Laboulbeniales. Here again it must be noted that many mycologists hold that the sperm cells are nothing but modified conidia which have taken up secondarily the sexual function in place of an antherid. The external similarity between these groups and the Flcjrideae would be looked upon from this viewpoint as a case of convergence, not as an indication of true phylogenetic relationship. ORDER LECANORALES (tHE DISK LICHENS) 223 Mi Fig. 74. Lecanorales, Family Physciaceae. Physcia sp. (A) Spermogonium. (B) Anther- idial filament with sperm cells. (After Kny: Botanische Wandtafeln.) Zahlbruckner (1926) believed that the group treated here as a single order, the Lecanorales, is really polyphyletic, i.e., derived from nonHchen forming fungi at many different points. Nannfeldt (1932) discussed this problem and showed that some of the perithecial lichens (Order Py- renulales) are in reality more closely related to the Order Pseudosphae- riales and that of the lichens with true apothecia many have their closest relationship not with other lichens but with Pezizales that are not lichen producing. Perhaps the ultimate logical disposition of the disk hchens will be to distribute them among the other apothecium-forming fungi at the points where their apothecial structure and manner of sexual repro- duction seem to fit best. Until the enormous mass of study needed to acquire this information has been carried out it may be best to treat them as a single order. The forms here included in the Lecanorales are divided by Zahlbruck- ner into about 37 families, about 275 genera, and over 7400 species. They occur from the tropics to the Antarctic and Arctic zones and from sea level to the tops of the highest mountains where rock is exposed. They furnish the chief food of the caribou, the reindeer, and the musk ox. Some species are used for human food in famine times. Iceland moss, Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach., is sometimes used for medicine. Litmus and orcein are derived from Hchens. Miss Annie L. Smith's (1921, 1926) publications on these fungi should be studied for a more complete understanding of this extremely variable group of organisms. 224 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE Order Pezizales. The fungi comprising this order are mostly sapro- phytes although a number of the more or less serious diseases of culti- vated plants are caused by parasitic species (e.g., various species of Sclerotinia, Pseudopeziza, etc.). Those forms that are parasitic do not attack algae in such a manner as to produce lichen thalli. Asexual repro- duction by means of conidia is found in a good many species but is by no means as widely distributed as in some of the orders to be discussed later. Conidia are formed singly on simple or branched conidiophores or the individual cells of whole segments of mycelium may round up to form chains of conidia. In a number of species sclerotia are produced in abundance. In this order we find almost all gradations in sexual reproduction. In Stromatinia gladioli (Drayton) Whetzel, it was shown by Drayton (1932, 1934) that minute sperm cells must be brought to certain receptive organs of the ascogonia before apothecia can be produced. In Ascobolus car- bonarius Karst., B. O. Dodge (1912) showed that a much coiled asco- gonium bears a long trichogyne which grows toward a structure resem- bling a conidium and attaches itself and fuses with it. This resembles greatly what Miss Bachmann described for Collemodes. In the genus Ascobolus other species have an ascogonium which coils directly around and fuses with an upright antherid (Dodge, 1920). In still other species both Schweizer (1923) and Ramlow (1914) have indicated that antherid and trichogyne are both absent. In Scutellinia stercorea (Fr.) Kunze, according to Miss Fraser (1907), the oogone is rounded and multinu- cleate, as in Pyronema, but the trichogyne is several-celled. S. G. Jones (1930) found in Pseudopeziza trifolii (Biv.-Bernh.) Fckl. the production within the leaf of the host (Trifolium pratense L.) of numerous ascogonial coils made of heavily staining uninucleate cells. Around these but without any visible cell fusion the vegetative mycelium develops into actively growing hyphae, some of which emerge from the stomata. Jones called these "trichogynes" but denied any reproductive function, considering them to be "respiratory hyphae." Other hyphae become true ascogenous hyphae with binucleate cells and still others produce the paraphyses and other portions of the apothecium while the original ascogonium degen- erates without having served any other function than as a center of attraction for the surrounding hyphae. There is a nuclear fusion in each young ascus and only the first of the following three nuclear divisions is reduf'tional. In some Pezizales even the oogone or ascogonium is not to be found. The eventual product is an apothecium which in its general plan is like that of the Lecanorales but usually larger and more fleshy. (Fig. 75.) In this order two series of forms may be distinguished, depending upon the mode of dehiscence of the ascus at maturity, viz., the Operculatae ORDER PEZIZALES 225 Fig. 75. Pezizales, Family Pezizaceae. (A, B) Ascobolus carbonarius Karst. (A) Ascogonium with trichogyne reaching out to a distant antherid. (B) Ascogenous hyphae beginning to bud out from ascogonial cells. (C) Ascobolus magnijicus Dodge, ascogonium coiling around antherid. (A-B, after Dodge: Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 39(4):139-197. C, after Dodge, Mycologia, 12(3):115-134.) and the Inoperculatae. In the former a little lid (operculum) is formed at the apex of each ascus. This gives way when the turgor pressure reaches a certain degree, thus allowing the escape of the ascospores and the sur- rounding liquid. The operculum may be shot off entirely but more often remains attached at one edge like a trap door. A modification of the typical operculate type is apparently the bilabiate type. In the Inoper- culatae the thickened apex of the ascus gradually softens and suddenly yields to the internal pressure forming a pore through Avhich the ascus contents escape. In the Pezizales the ascospores are one-celled and ellipsoidal to sub- spherical to a much greater extent than in the Lecanorales where many- celled ascospores are common. The apothecia in this order vary greatly in size. In a few species of Ascobolus and some other genera the apo- thecium is less than a millimeter in diameter; in the larger number of genera and species it is from 5 to 20 mm. in diameter. As mentioned in the preceding chapter a specimen of Geopyxis cacahus (Fr.) Sacc. was collected in Java that was nearly a meter high and about 50 cm. across. Seaver (1942) reported that Dr. Helen M. Gilkey and Dr. S. M. Zeller found a specimen of Daleomyces phillipsii (Massee) Seaver in Oregon that had a diameter of 40 in. (about 1 meter). The shape is also subject to great variation. In Pyronema and some other genera it is convex and naked from the beginning. In more forms it is flat or cup-shaped and in most of them the hymenial surface is at first covered with a more or less evanescent layer. Some species have a subspherical apothecium, at first closed and then opening at the apex by an enlarging pore or ostiole. The apothecium is more often sessile but yet is stalked in many genera. A few genera produce their apothecia just under the surface of the soil, opening by a small pore at the surface when the apothecium is mature. In Cyttaria, 226 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE parasitic on twigs of the Southern Beech (Nothofagus), there is formed a fleshy stroma several centimeters in diameter in whose outer half or more the small apothecia arise. These are at first closed but at maturity open at the surface of the stroma. A noticeable feature of the larger apothecia of the whole order is the simultaneous discharge of ascospores over a large portion of the hy- menium. This is visible as a cloud, like smoke or steam. This discharge is often accompanied by a hissing sound, as has been verified by the author. The distance to which the spores may be discharged is remarkable, some- times several centimeters. Falck (1916, 1923) has shown that the dis- charge of ascospores is dependent to a considerable degree upon changes in temperature or illumination or upon contact of some other object with the apothecia. Even the stimulus of a gentle current of air is sufficient to cause spore discharge in some species. Buller (1934) gave an extended discussion of the conditions that induce this simultaneous discharge of spores and that affect its direction. In species of Ascobolus and some other genera the ascus at maturity becomes greatly elongated and distended laterally by the absorption of a large amount of water. When the oper- culum gives way the greatly enlarged ascus contracts with much violence and the contained liquid and ascospores are ejected to an amazing dis- tance. In Saccobolus the ascospores are massed together in a ball which is expelled further than would be possible for separate spores. It has been shown that differentiation into two distinct sexual strains occurs among some species of this order. Thus Miss Green (1931) showed for Ascobolus furfuraceus Fr. and Betts (1926) for A. carbonarius Karst. that they will not produce apothecia when grown in culture from a single ascospore but require the meeting of mj^'celia developed from different ascospores and then not from any two but from two of opposite sexual strains. On the other hand some species of Ascobolus are fertile when grown from but a single ascospore. This is a phase of investigation that has attracted the attention of students but much still remains to be learned. Drayton demonstrated that in Stromatinia gladioli there are formed on the mycelium arising from one ascospore minute cells (micro- conidia or sperms) and certain receptive structures within which are developed ascogonia with long trichogynes. Such a mycelium remains without producing apothecia. The mycefia produced by the eight asco- spores of the ascus represent two phases, four of each. The sperms of any mycelium of one phase can fertilize the receptive bodies of any mycelium of the other phase and vice versa. Apparently this is not true hetero- thallism or condition of malencss and femaleness of the different strains such as occurs among the Mucorales. It is comparable to the self-sterility of many flowering plants to their own pollen. For example the Bartlett pear pistil rarely develops to a fruit when pollenized by pollen from the ORDER PEZIZALES: SUBORDER OPERCULATAE 227 same variety and the same is true for the Kieffer pear, but these two varieties are usually fertile to each other's pollen. It is perhaps more comparable still to the dimorphic species of Primula studied by Darwin (1889), in which the seeds of a capsule will produce about equal numbers of the two types of primrose plants, those with flowers possessing a long style and low-placed stamens and those whose flowers have short styles and stamens high in the corolla tube. Each strain is relatively sterile with pollen from plants of its own type but fertile with pollen from plants of the other type. Whether the condition in Ascoholus magnificus Dodge is like the foregoing, i.e., a case of self-sterility, or is true heterothallism (a real difference in sex) remains to be discovered by further study. The " Discomycetes " were classified by the earlier investigators Persoon (1801) and Fries (1822), largely on the basis of external charac- ters. Later the ascus and ascospore characters were also taken into con- sideration. The internal structure of the apothecium proved to be of great importance. Durand (1900) used this as a basis for a tentative classifi- cation. Nannfeldt (1932) has used these features in his extensive writings on this group. Boudier (1907) pointed out that the mode of dehiscence of the ascus, whether by a lid or by a pore, i.e., operculate or inoperculate, is of great diagnostic value. Seaver (1928) in his volume on the Operculate Cup-fungi recognized only two families in this suborder in place of a larger number recognized by Schroeter and Lindau (1896) in Engler and Prantl. Order Pezizales : Suborder Operculatae. Family Pezizaceae. Apo- thecia flat, convex, or concave or cup-like, sessile, or short stalked, rarely long stalked, and then the hymenium concave or at most flat. Apothecium pseudoparenchymatous throughout, with few exceptions. Typical repre- sentative genera in this family are: Ascoholus, growing on animal excre- ment or on soil, with mature asci much protruding and with mature spores violet in color. The apothecia vary, according to species and environment, from less than 1 mm. up to nearly 3 cm. in diameter. In A. immersus Fr. the ascospores may attain a size of 50 to 75 ju in length by 20 to 35 /i in thickness, almost the largest ascospores known. Pyronema, grows on soil, especially after a fire or after steaming. The apothecia are 1 to 2 mm. in diameter and the convex hymenium is practically naked from the first. The ascospores are hyaline. Humarina {Humaria Sacc.) is less than 1 mm. to 1 cm. in diameter, growing on the ground, forming white or bright-colored, mostly disk-shaped apothecia, with hyaline ascospores, differing from Ascophanus only in that the latter grows on dung. Patella forms disk-shaped apothecia up to 1 cm. wide, and with the outside clothed with hairs, at least at the edge. P. scutellata (L.) Morgan {Lachnea scutellata (L.) Gill.) forms its brilliant red disks with a fringe of dark hairs, on rotten wood and is strikingly beautiful. Plectania 228 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE Fig. 76. Pezizales, Family Pezizaceae. Peziza repanda (Pers.) Fr. (Courtesy, F. C. Strong.) has stipitate apothecia growing on sticks lying on or buried in the ground. Its hymenial surface is brilliantly colored. P. coccinea (Scop.) Fckl. is very abundant in some regions in early spring forming scarlet apothecia sometimes 3 or more cm. in diameter. The stipe is buried in the soil. Peziza has saucer- to cup-like apothecia, usually of considerable size, 2 cm. up to 30 or 40 cm. P. hadia Fr. and P. repanda (Pers.) Fr. are quite frequent in woods and P. vesiculosa Fr. in greenhouse soil that has been heavily manured. Geopyxis is quite similar to Peziza except that the hemi- spherical or acorn-cup-like apothecium is supported by a relatively slender stalk. (Fig. 76.) Family Helvellaceae. Apothecia stalked, convex, attached at the apex of the stalk or grown fast to its upper portion. To be mentioned are Helvella, with the apothecium more or less saddle-shaped, attached by the center of the under side of the saddle. The hymenial surface may be smooth or gyrosely folded. In the latter case a separate genus Gyromitra is often recognized. Morchella, with the apothecium grown fast down the side of the upper part of the stalk and with its surface thrown into strong longitudinal and transverse folds so as to be coarsely pitted, thus greatly increases the hymenial surface. The species of this genus are known as Morels or Sponge Mushrooms and are among the most de- licious edible fungi known. They grow mostly in deciduous woods, fruiting in the spring. Verpa, the Bell Morel, has the cap shaped like a bell and free from the stalk except where attached at the top. It may be smooth or longitudinally ribbed. It is edible, coming a little earlier than the true morels. (Figs. 77, 78.) ^^ ^Ip^ r: ^^ ^ 1 JH^ A. " ■ f^^m ^«^ B ■ ' f ^ V^ ■ w i^iigi s. 1-59. 1934; 60:97-118. Figs. 1-65. 1935; 159-178. Figs. 1-91. 280-290. Figs. 1-39. 1935. : Notes on the occurrence of the Trichopeltaceae and Atichiaceae in New South Wales, and on their mode of nutrition, with a description of a new species of Atichia, ibid., 61:277-284. Pis. 13-14. Figs. 1-10. 1936. The distribution of sooty-mould fungi and its relation to certain aspects of their physiology, ibid., 62:25-56. PL 3. Figs. 1-12. 1937. Gaumann, Ernst: Vergleichende Morphologic der Pilze, 626 pp. Many figs. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1926. GiLKEY, Helen M.: Tuberales of North America, Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, 1:1-63. Pis. 1-5. 1939. Graff, Paul Weidemeyer: The morphological and cytological development of Meliola circinans. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 59(5):241-266. Pis. 16-17. 1932. Guilliermond, Alexandre: Sur le noyau de la levure, Ann. Mycolog., 2(2):184- 189. 1 fig. 1904. LITEKATUEE CITED 363 — : fitude cytologique et taxinomique sur les levures du genre Sporobolo- myces, Bull. soc. mycologique de France, 43:245-258. PL 10. Figs. 1-6. 1927. — : Recherches sur quelques Ascomycetes inf^rieurs isolfe de la stigmato- mycose des graines de cotonnier. Essai sur la phylog^nie des Ascomycetes, Rev. gen. botan., 40:328-342, 397-414, 474-485, 555-574, 606-624, 690-704. Pis. 22-23. Figs. 1-46. 1928. — : La sexuality, le cycle de d^veloppement et la phylog^nie des levures d'apres les travaux r^cents, Ann. fermentations, 2:129-151, 257-277. Figs. 1-28. 1936a. -: La classification des levures, ibid., 2:474-491, 540-551. Figs. 1-23. 1936b. » I Hadley, Philip: Microbic dissociation. The instability of bacterial species with special reference to active dissoqiation and transmissible autolysis, /. In- fectious Diseases, 40(1):1-312. 1927. Harper, Robert A. : Die Entwicklung des Peritheciums bei Sphaerotheca Cas- tagnei, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 13(10) :475-481. PI. 39. 1895. : Ueber das Verhalten der Kerne bei der Fruchtentwickelung einiger Ascomyceten, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 29(4) :655-685. Pis. 11-12. 1896. : Sexual reproduction and the organization of the nucleus in certain mildews, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Piib. no. 37, pp. 1-104. Pis. 1-7. 1905. Hashioka, YosHio: Specialization in Sphaerotheca fuliginea (Schlecht.) Poll., Ann. Phytopathological Soc. Japan, 8:113-123. 1 fig. 1938. Hein, Illo: Studies on morphogenesis and development of the ascocarp of Sphaerotheca castagnei. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 54(5) :383-417. Pis. 28-29. Figs. 1-5. 1927. VON Hohnel, Franz: Atichia treubii v. Hohnel (Saccharomycetes), Ann. Jardin Botan. de Buitenzorg, Supplement, 3(l):19-28. 1910. : Ueber die Trichothyriaceen, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 35(5) :41 1-416. 2 figs. 1917. HoMMA, Yasu: Homothallism in Sphaerotheca fuliginea (Schlecht.) PoUacci, Proc. Imp. Acad. {Tokyo), 9:186-187. 1 fig. 1933. HoTSON, J. W. : A new species of Arachniotus, Mycologia, 28(6) :497-502. Figs. 1-13. 1936. Jackson, H. S.: Trichomonascus, a new genus among simple Ascomycetes, Mycologia, 39(6):709-715. Figs. 1-20. 1947. Jenkins, Anna E.: Spot anthracnoses, Yearbook of Agriculture for 1943-1947, pp. 451-454. 1947. Kluyver, a. J., und C. B. van Niel: tJber Spiegelbilder erzeugende Hefearten und die neue Hefengattung Sporobolomyces, Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite AM., 63(1-8) :l-20. Pis. 1-2. 1924. LiNDAU, G.: Perisporiales, in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Erster Teil, Abt. 1:325-343. Figs. 228-234. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1897. LiNDEGREN, Carl C: An analysis of the method of budding in yeasts and some observations on the structure of the yeast cell, Mycologia, 37(6):767-780. Figs. 1-21. 1945. : The yeast cell, its genetics and cytology, xviii + 366 pp. Illustrated. St. Louis, Educational Publishers, 1949. AND Gertrude Lindegren: Segregation, mutation and copulation in Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 30(4):453-468. Pis. \5-l7. 2 figs. 1943. LiNDER, David H.: A new species of Phyllactinia, Mijcologia, 35(4):465-468. Figs. 1-5. 1943. 364 CLASS ASCOMYCETEAE LoDDER, Jacomina: Die Hefesammlung des " Centraal-Bureau voor Schimmel- cultures." Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Hefearten. Teil II. Die anasko- sporogenen Hefen, Erste Halfte, Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Natuurkunde. (Tweede Sectie)Deel 32, ix + 256 pp. 114 ^^s. 1934. LoHWAG, Heinrich: Sporobolomyces — Kein Basidiomyzet, Ann. Mijcolog., 24(3-4) :194-202. 1926. Maassen, Albert: Pericystis apis, Mitt. Kaiserlichen Biologischen Anstalt Land- undForstw., 16:51-58. 1916. Mangin, L., et N. Patouillard: Les Atichiales, groupe aberrant d'Ascomycetes inferieurs, Compt. rend., 154(23) :1475-1481. i^igs. 1-2. 1912. Manuel, Jane: Sur la formation de I'asque de Nematospora Coryli apres un ph^nomene sexuel, ibid., 207(24) :1241-1243. 11 figs. 1938. Miller, Julian H.: Studies in the development of two Myriangium species and the systematic position of the order Myriangiales, Mycologia, 30(2) :1 58-181. Figs. 1-4. 1938. Nannfeldt, J. A.: Studien iiber die Morphologie und Systematik der nicht- lichenisierten inoperculaten Discomyceten, Nova Ada Regiae Soc. Sci. Upsaliensis, ser. IV., 8(2):l-368. Ph. 1-20. Figs. 1-47. 1932. Nyland, George: Studies on some unusual Heterobasidiomycetes from Wash- ington State, Mycologia, 41(6):686-701. Figs. 1-6. 1949. Petch, T.: Studies in entomogenous fungi: V. Myriangium, Brit. Mycolog. Soc. Trans., 9:45-80. Pis. 2-3. Fig. 1. 1924. Petrak, F.: tJber Englerula und die Englerulaceen, Ann. Mycolog., 26(5-6): 385-413. 1928. Raciborski, Maryan: Parasitische und epiphytische Pilze Javas, Bull. Acad. Sci. de Cracovie. Classe Sci. Math, et Nat., 1909:346-394. Illus. 1909. Reed, George M. : The powdery mildews of Avena and Triticum, Univ. Missouri Agr. Expt. Sta. Research Bull, 23:1-19. 1916. Salmon, Ernest S.: A monograph of the Erysiphaceae, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 9 :l-292. Pis. 1-9. 1900. : On speciaUzation of parasitism in the Erysiphaceae, I, Botan. Centr. Beihefte, 14(3) :261-316. PL 18. 1903. : Critical experiments with "biologic forms" of the Erysiphaceae, Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 197:107-122. 1904a. : Recent researches on the specialization of parasitism in the Erysiphaceae, New Phytologist, 3(2) :55-60. Figs. 63-65. 1904b. : On specialization of parasitism in the Erysiphaceae, II, ibid., 3(5):109- 121. 1904c. : On specialization of parasitism in the Erysiphaceae, III, Ann. Mijcolog., 3(2) :172-184. 1905. On the stages of development reached })y certain biologic forms of Erysiphe in cases of non-infection. New Phytologist, 4(9):217-222. PL 5. 1905. Sartory, a., et H. Sydow: fitude biologique et morphologique d'un Aspergillus nouveau, Aspergillus Sartoryi Syd. n.sp., Ann. Mycolog., 11(2):156-160. PL 8. 1913. ScHiKORRA, W.: tJber die Entwicklungsgeschichte von Monascus, Z. Botan., 1(6):379-410. PL 2. Figs. 1-3. 1909. Schneider, Albert: A parasitic Saccharomycete of the tomato. Phytopathology, 6(5) :395-399. Figs. 1-4. 1916. Schroter, J.: Hemiascineae, in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Erster Teil, Abt. 1:143-149. Figs. 128-132. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1894. LITERATURE CITED 365 Shear, C. L.: Arachniotus trachyspermus, a new species of the Gymnoascaceae, Science, N.S., 16:138. 1902. Stelling-Dekker, N. M.: Die Hefesammlung des " Centraal-Bureau voor Schimmelcultures." Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Hefearten. Teil I. Die sporogenen Hefen, Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Natuurkunde. (Tweede Sectie) Deel 28(11), vii + 547 pp. Illus. 1931. Stevens, F. L. : Some meliolicolous parasites and commensals from Porto Rico, Botan. Gaz., 65(3):227-249. Pis. 5-6. Figs. 1-5. 1918. : Tlie Meliolineae, Ann. Mycolog., 25(5-6) :405-46 9. Pis. 1-2. 1927; 26(3-4) :165-383. Ph. 2-6. 1928. Sydow, H. und p. : Mykologische Mitteilungen, Ann. Mycolog., 16(3-6) :240-248. 1918. Theissen, F., und H. Sydow: Synoptische Tafeln, Ann. Mycolog., 15(6) :389-491. Figs. 1-38. 1917. Thirumalachar, M. J.: Astomella, a new genus of the Perisporiales, New Phy- tologist, 46(2) :268-273. PI. 6. Figs. 1-7. 1947. Thom, Charles: Conidium production in Penicilhum, Mycologia, 6(4):211-215. Fig. 1. 1914. Tulasne, Louis Rene et Charles: Selecta fungorum carpologia, vol. 1, pp. i-xxviii, 1-242. Pis. 1-5. Paris, Typographie Imp4riale, 1861. Van Tieghem, Philippe: Elements de Botanique, IVme ^d., Paris, 1906. Varitchak, Bogdan: Contribution a I'dtude du d^veloppement des Ascomycetes, Le Botaniste, 23:1-183. Pis. 1-20. Figs. 1-20. 1931. : Deuxieme contribution k I'^tude du d^veloppement des Ascomycetes: Evolution nucl^aire dans le sac sporifere de Pericystis apis Maassen et sa signification pour la phylog^nie des Ascomycetes, ibid., 25(5-6) :343-390. Pis. 17-23. Figs. 1-4. 1933. Viegas, J. H.: Alguns fungos do Brazil: II. Ascomicetos, Bragantia, 4(1-6) :5-392. Illus. 1944. (Pp. 17-20 and PI. XVIII and text-figure 2 treat oiBrasiliomyces.) Walker, Leva B.: Studies on Ascoidea rubescens: I. History and development, Mycologia, 23(l):51-76. Figs. 1-5. 1931; II. Cytological observations, ibid., 27(2):102-127. Figs. 1-78. 1935. Wickerham, Lynferd J., AND Enrique Duprat: a remarkable fission yeast, Schizosaccharomyces versatilis n.sp., J. Bacteriol, 50(5) :597-607. 2 figs. 1945. WiNGARD, S. A.: Studies on the pathogenicity, morphology, and cytology of Nematospora Phaseoli, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 52(6):249-290. Pis. 7-9. 1925. WiNGE, O.: On haplophase and diplophase in some Saccharomycetes, Cotnpt. rend. trav. lab. Carlsberg, sir. -physiol., 21(4) :77-lll. Pis. 1-3. Figs. 1-16. 1935. Yarwood, C. E.: Heterothallism of sunflower powdery mildew, Science, N.S., 82(2131) :417-418. 1935. Young, Elaine M.: The morphology and cytology of Monascus ruber, Am. J. Botany, 18(7):499-517. Pis. 39-41. 1931. Zender, Justin: Sur la classification des Endomycetacees, Bull. soc. botan. Geneve, 2me s6r., 17:272-302. 1925 (1926). 12 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE: SUBCLASS TELIOSPOREAE Introduction IN CONTRAST to the Condition in the CUass Ascomyceteae the ultimate reproductive spores in the Basidiomyceteae are produced externally upon usually terminal cells within which caryogamy and subsequent meiosis produce successively a diploid and then four haploid nuclei. In the Ascomyceteae the haploid nuclei formed as a result of the meiotic divi- sions of the diploid nucleus become the centers of ascospores formed within the ascus. The difference is apparently that in the one class the spores are produced internally but in the other externally. In reahty even in the latter case distinct spore walls are sometimes produced around the spores within the pocket-like outgrowths from the main cell so that the basidiospore is an internally produced spore surrounded by and usually adhering to the wall of the projecting pocket from the basidium. (Fig. 119.) The basidiospores or sporidia throughout the class are universally unicellular when first formed and usually uninucleate (except in the more unusual cases where two nuclei enter the spore from the basidium). In many species the nucleus divides within the spore before the latter is set free. In Dacrymyces and some other genera the basidiospore becomes transversely septate into several cells at or shortly after maturity. In color the spores in this class vary from hyaline (the majority of species) to pink or to yellow-brown, brown, purple-brown, and black. Typically in the Ascomyceteae there are various means by which the ascospores are expelled from the ascus, thus providing for their distribu- tion. Similarly in most of the Basidiomyceteae where the spores are produced in the open air there is a special provision for the discharge of these spores from their points of attachment. The spores are usually dis- charged with considerable violence, usually all four spores being dis- charged successively at intervals of several seconds to several minutes, 366 INTRODUCTION 367 B ^ \o No 4 r>, ^ o 4 A ZJ °tz) d 9 r o 4 Fig. 119. Class Basidiomyceteae. Diagrammatic sketches comparing the nuclear behavior in the formation of the ascus and the basidium and the further steps leading to the production of the ascospores and basidiospores, respectively. (A) Development of the ascus and ascospores. (B) Development of the basidium and basidiospores. (a) Dicaryon terminal cell of a hypha. (b) union of the two nuclei to form a diploid nucleus; (c, d) as the cell enlarges the first and second meiotic divisions occur, the daughter nuclei in each division being indicated by a connecting line; (e) ascospores are formed around each nucleus in the ascus; (f) external pockets are formed near the apex of the basidium; (g) a wall is formed surrounding the cytoplasm and nucleus and separating them from the sterigma. Spores are now mature. according to the observations of Buller (1909). The distance to which the spores are discharged may be ten to twenty times the length of the spore. By affixing a clean glass coverslip a short distance above the surface of the mature hymenium, e.g., a gill of a mushroom, the basidiospores will sometimes be found sticking to the glass in groups of four. In this manner it is possible to obtain and make cultures from the four spores arising from a single basidium. Buller has made very extensive studies of this 368 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE discharge of basidiospores and its relation to the distribution of the spores by air currents. (Figs. 120, 121.) In all cases where the basidiospores are expelled violently Buller has pointed out that they seem to be attached somewhat obliquely to the sterigmata. Just before the spore discharge a drop of liquid begins to appear at one side of the point of attachment, attaining full size in 5 to 20 seconds. It is worthy of note that in Sporoholomyces the spores are discharged in the same way. This mode of attachment and release is entirely different from that of true conidia (except conidia of Tilletiaceae) . In the Ascomyceteae the vegetative mycelium is mainly of the mono- caryon type, with the haploid nuclei one to a cell or at least not closely associated by twos. The ascogenous hyphae on the contrary have two nuclei to each cell, i.e., they are dicaryotic. These alternating types of mycelium may be called primary and secondary respectively. Mainly the latter is short-lived and limited in growth. However, in the Taphrinales the main vegetative mycelium is of the secondary type, the primary mycelial stage being very much abbreviated. In the Basidiomyceteae the secondary "dicaryon" type of mycelium is more often the preponderating stage, the primary mycelium usually being of much shorter life than the secondary mycelium. In very many of the Ascomyceteae there are definite male and female reproductive structures (antherids and oogones, respectively). Yet in some groups sexuality is on the decline and then these special reproductive organs may be substituted for by the union of vegetative cells. This.latter condition is the more frequent in the Basidiomyceteae where only in the Rusts (Uredinales) are special female receptive hyphae produced. Even in this group contact of vegetative hyphae of compatible types is suffi- cient for sexual reproduction. In the Rusts special male gametes (sperm cells or spermatia) are formed in definite organs called spermogonia, but only on monocaryon mycelium. In many other members of the Basidiomyceteae there are produced small hyaline, one-celled and uni- nucleate spores called oidia. They arise on oidiophores and as they are set free they cling together in a drop of sticky liquid, forming little shining balls. The oidiophores may be simple or branched. The branches or the apical portions of the unbranched oidiophores break up into oidia succes- sively from the tip toward the base, leaving eventually only a short stub. Brodie (1931), Vandendries (1924), and others have shown that mostly the oidia arise only from primary mycelium. Long ago Dangeard (1894- 1895) described the formation of uninucleate oidium-like cells from the dicaryon mycelium of Dacrymyces and more recently Vandendries and Martens (1932) have demonstrated their occurrence on the dicaryon mycelium of Pholiota aurivella (Batsch ex Fr.) Quel. In this species from the same secondary mycelium may be produced thick-walled binucleate INTRODUCTION 369 I A Fig. 120. CUass Basidiomyceteae. Steps in the discharge of a basidiospore or of a sporidium from its sterigma. (A-I) Subclass Heterobasidiae, Order Dacrymycetales, Family Dacrymycetaceae, Calocera cornea Fr. (J-M) Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales, Family Pucciniaceae, Endophyllum euphorbiae-sylvaticae (DC.) Wint. (Courtesy, Buller: Researches on Fiuigi, London, Longmans, Green and Co. A-I, vol. 2, p. 7; J-M, vol. 3, p. 54.) 5 _4 A B I Fig. 12L Class Basidiomyceteae. The successive discharge of four basidiospores from one basidium of Agaricus campestris Fr. (Courtesy, Buller: Researches on Fungi, London, Longmans, Green and Co., vol. 1, p. 52.) 370 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 122. Class Basidiomyceteae, Coprinus lagopus Fr. (A) Monocaryon mycelium bearing heads of oidia in mucilaginous drops. (B) Detail of oidiophore. (C) Oidia (a, c) of one sexual phase fusing with monocaryon hyphae (6, d) of the opposite (compatible) sexual phase. (Courtesy, Brodie: Ann. Botany, 45(178) :3 15-344.) "gemmae" and thin-walled binucleate "oidia," both of which give rise to dicaryon mycelium, and also uninucleate oidia. The latter begin as binucleate, spindle-shaped cells which become divided by a septum into two uninucleate cells which fall apart to form the oidia. These latter upon germination give rise to monocaryon mycelium. The sticky droplets con- taining the oidia attract insects. Brodie (1931) has demonstrated that small flies carry these oidia from monocaryon mycelium to monocaryon mycelium in Coprinus while Craigie (1927) demonstrated the same thing for Rusts. (Fig. 122.) In many of the Basidiomycetae the fungus occurs in two sexual phases. It was shown by Vandendries (1924) and by Brodie (1931) that the oidia from one phase are able to fertilize the mycelium of the opposite phase as Craigie (1931) proved for the Rusts. The germinating oidium unites with a cell of the monocaryon mycelium and thus initiates the dicaryon stage of growth. This dicaryon cell may grow out by elonga- tion and division into a dicaryon hypha or the nucleus introduced into this cell by the oidium divides and one of the daughter nuclei passes through the wall into the next cell and so on until the whole hypha is " diploidized " as demonstrated by Lehfeldt (1923) and by Buller (1930). The latter made INTRODUCTION 371 -P h? E Ce»iQ»i»e"T Fig. 123. Basidiomyceteae. Diploidization of monocaryon mycelium. (A) Two monocaryon mycelia, mutually compatible, have united and diploidization has been initiated in one cell. (B) Diagrammatic representation of the steps (1-6) in the diploidization of a monocaryon mycelium by a dicaryon one. (Courtesy, Buller: Nature, 126(3183) :686-689.) experiments which showed that the rate of progression of the diploidizing nuclei through the mycehum was 1.2 to 1.5 mm. per hour in Coprinus lagopus Fr. When the introduced nucleus or one of its descendants arrives in the terminal cell of the hyphal branch the two nuclei divide by con- jugate division and thenceforth a typical dicaryon mycelium is produced from this hypha. The initiation of the dicaryon phase does not depend alone upon the oidia. Two monocaryon hyphae of opposite sexual phase may unite and the result is the same as when an oidium unites with a hyphal cell. Brodie demonstrated that the oidia of Coprinus lagopus are capable of germinating and forming a mycelium made of very slender monocaryon hyphae. From these arise very numerous oidiophores and heads of oidia. When two such oidial mycelia of opposite sexual phase meet diploidization occurs. Also the oidia from one mycelium may fertilize the oidial mycelium of the opposite sexual phase. Possibly the oidia and the oidial mycelium may represent a residual male sexual structure while any cell of the normal monocaryon vegetative mycelium possesses a female tendency, this not being restricted merely to an oogone as in many of the Ascomyceteae. Vandendries and Brodie (1933) find however that in some Basidiomyceteae the oidia are also capable of func- tioning as conidia, producing a typical monocaryon mycelium which is capable of diploidizing and being diploidized by a monocaryon mycelium of appropriate sexual phase. (Fig. 123.) The disappearance of definite sexual organs has not done away with the three fundamental phenomena of sexual reproduction, cytogamy, caryogamy, and meiosis, nor with the modification into various types of compatibility and incompatibility of sexual strains such as occur in many Ascomyceteae. Indeed, it seems possible that this development of sexually compatible and incompatible strains has become greatly in- creased in the Basidiomyceteae. 372 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Very frequently, but by no means universally, associated with the secondary type of mycelium is the production of clamp connections. These are produced more often at every septum in the more slender hyphae but may be absent on a portion of the same hypha where the cells are broader. This has been frequently noted by the author in the tissues of the pilei of various Agaricaceae, where slender hyphae bearing clamp connections may as they elongate produce a series of broader cells without these structures and perhaps still further on becoming slender again bearing clamp connections. On the other hand even these broader hyphae may show clamp connections, as illustrated in some of the figures by Ktihner (1926) though other figures show the broader hyphae without n I r\ + y* o r\ r\ .^ Fig. 124. Class Basidiomyceteae. Diagram- matic representation of the steps in the for- mation of clamp connections. (Courtesy, Ben- saude: Recherches sur le cycle evolutif et la sexualite chez les Basidiomycetes, Nemours, published by author.) such structures. Whenever clamp connections are present the mycelium is thereby indicated as being dicaryotic, i.e., of the secondary type, but from the foregoing it is evident that the absence of these structures does not in all cases indicate the primary monocaryon nature of the hyphae. The mode of development of clamp connections was reported inde- pendently by Kniep (1915) and Mile. Bensaude (1918). The details of the formation are as follows : The two nuclei of the terminal cell of a dicaryon hypha lie a short distance apart in the longitudinal axis of the cell. Be- tween them a lateral pocket is formed in the wall. The two nuclei now divide simultaneously (conjugate division) and the lower daughter nu- cleus of the upper pair passes into the pocket. This is now cut off from the main cell by the formation of a septum. At the same time the upper daughter nucleus of the lower pair, lying at about the level of the upper end of the pocket becomes separated from its sister nucleus by a trans- INTRODUCTION 373 verse wall. At this stage the terminal cell now has two nuclei, the cell below it has one nucleus, while the fourth nucleus lies in the lateral pocket. The latter curves around until it is in contact with the lateral wall of the upper end of the penultimate cell and the intervening walls are dissolved and the nucleus passes into the latter cell. The lateral pocket has acted as a by-pass through which a nucleus has been transferred from the terminal to the penultimate cell in such a manner as to provide each cell with a daughter nucleus of each of the two nuclei originally in the terminal cell. This by-pass is known as a clamp connection. Buller (1933) has followed the formation of these clamp connections in living mycelium and found that the process requires only a short time. In Coprinus lagopus Fr. the time elapsed from the first appearance of the projecting lateral pocket until the passage of the nucleus out of the pocket into the penultimate cell was 23 minutes, while in C. sterquilinus Fr. it was 40 to 45 minutes. The conjugate division of the nuclei was completed in the first species in from 12 to 14 minutes. (Fig. 124.) The phenomena involved in the formation of the clamp connections are generally considered (e.g., by Kniep, Bensaude, and most students since then) as being homologous to those occurring in an ascogenous hypha when an ascus is forming by the hook or crozier method. The Moreaus (1928) have shown that the formation of the hook does not necessarily lead immediately to the formation of an ascus, for the terminal binucleate cell may elongate and again form a hook while the tip of the original hook unites with the cell below. This may continue several times until a series of dicaryon cells is produced, each connected to the cell below by a clamp connection. De Ferry de la Bellone (1886) and Mat- tirolo (1887) described and figured typical clamp connections on the mycelium of Tuber layideum Matt., and other species. Unless they mis- took some intermingled strands of Basidiomycetous mycelium for that of the fungi they were studying the occurrence of this structure in the Ascomyceteae as well as in the Basidiomyceteae must be considered substantiated. Buller (1933) did not beheve that the formation of clamp connections is at all homologous to the processes occurring in the ascogenous hyphae. The clamp connections play, he beheved, an important part in the trans- fer of food through the mycelium. An actual flow of protoplasm was observed by him through the clamp connection and its centrally perfor- ated upper septum. Possibly the occurrence of whorls of clamp connec- tions in some fungi would support Buller's view as to their function in nutrition. Kemper (1937) studied the development and cytology of the clamp connections which may occur in whorls instead of singly at the septa of Coniophora cerebella Pers. (now called C. puteana (Schum. ex Fr.) Karst.). In this species the uninucleate young basidiospore becomes bi- 374 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE nucleate by the division of the nucleus before discharge. It gives rise to a coenocytic mycelium with cross walls at rather long, intervals. The nuclei divide apparently independently of one another and no conjugate divi- sions can be noted. In the younger mycelium clamp connections arise singly but as the mycelium becomes older they may arise by twos and in still older mycelium in whorls. Their formation has no apparent con- nection with nuclear divisions. From one to several nuclei may pass into each pocket which fuses with the cell below the septum and discharges all the contained nuclei into that cell, or a lateral branch may be formed into which the nuclei pass. Sometimes the terminal cell of the hj^pha is left without any nuclei. The author believes that these whorls of clamp con- nections serve to distribute various types of nuclei to the new branches. (Fig. 125.) The greater prevalence of clamp con- nections in the Basidiomyceteae is probably due in the first place to the fact that in most members of this class the dicaryon mycelium represents a much greater por- tion of the life history of the plant than do the rather transitory or entirely wanting ascogenous hyphae of the Ascomyceteae. Furthermore, in the latter group these hyphae are broader in general, so that at conjugate division the two dividing nuclei may lie side by side instead of some dis- tance apart in the longitudinal axis of a nar- row hypha. Only in the latter case is a by-pass really necessary. Some whole genera of the Basidiomyceteae lack clamp connections entirely. The prevalence of clamp connections varies greatly in different parts of the same mycelium and is, furthermore, modified greatly by the en- vironment. Thus mycelium submerged in liquid media may have but few or even no clamp connections while the aerial portions may produce them in abundance. They may be present on the slenderer hyphae m the pileus of the mushroom and absent in the broader extensions or branches of these same hyphae. In some species they are found only at great intervals while in others they occur at every septum. In some species they are only found in the subhymenial tissues of the spore fruit but not elsewhere, even when all the tissues consist of dicaryon mycelium. Hirmer (1920) ob- served conjugate divisions in the mycelium of Agaricus campestris Fr., although clamp connections were completely absent. Within the genus Coprinus Brunswik (1924) has found some species which lack the clamp connections entirely and other closely related species in whose mycelium they are abundant. He interprets this as the gradual loss of a structure Fig. 125. Class Basidio- myceteae. Whorls of clamp con- nections in Coniophora puteana (Schum. ex Fr.) Karst. (After Kemper: Zentr. Bakt., Para- sitenk. und Infektionskr. , Zweite Abt., 97(4-8) :100-124.) INTRODUCTION 375 inherited from the Ascomycetous ancestors but whose function is no longer indispensable. Mile. Bensaude and Kniep were among the first to show the existence of different sexual phases (or as they called it "heterothallism") in the Basidiomyceteae. Miss Mounce (1922) and Miss Newton (1926) and various other investigators have shown that many of this class are " homo- thallic," i.e., will produce the dicaryon mycelium in culture from a single basidiospore while other species are always "heterothallic." Rarely a monocaryon mycelium of a heterothallic species after a considerable time begins to produce dicaryon hyphae in a manner not yet satisfactorily explained. In the homothallic species in which the basidiospore is uni- nucleate it must be assumed that the genetic factors for incompatibility are absent or are both present and mutually cancelling in the same chromosome. Sass (1929) studied the behavior of the nuclei in certain homothallic forms in which the nuclei are two in number in the basidio- spore. Thus in Coprinus ephemerus Fr. there exist forms in which four uninucleate basidiospores are produced on each basidium ; these forms are heterothallic. In C. ephemerus forma hisporus only two basidiospores are produced each with two nuclei. Mostly these give rise to homothallic mycelia but sometimes they show heterothallism. Sass found that from ninety per cent of such binucleate spores there is produced a coenocytic mycelium which as it grows begins to become septate until the apical portions of the hyphae consist of uninucleate cells. Some of these hyphal branches on coming into contact with other uninucleate hyphae from the same mycelium fuse with them to form typical dicaryon mycelium (with clamp connections) and from this mycelium arise the normal fruiting bodies. Evidently the two nuclei of the basidiospore in this case repre- sented opposite sexual phases. In about ten per cent of the basidia the two nuclei of the spore are clearly of the same sexual phase. Such spores produce a mycelium consisting from the first of uninucleate cells. Only when two such mycelia of opposite sexual phases come into contact is the secondary, fruiting mycehum produced. The situations described by Sass are very similar to those described by Ames (1932) in Schizothecium (see Chapter 10). The four basidiospores may represent two or sometimes four sexual phases which are mutually fertile by twos. Because of the presence of male sexual cells (oidia) on the mycelium of both uniting mycelia and of the fact that each mycelium or its oidia can diploidize the other mycelium it is manifest that we can not look upon these as representing opposite sexes. As in homologous cases in the Ascomyceteae it is a question of self- incompatibility, comparable in a way to that occuring within a given horticultural variety of pear which may be sterile to its own pollen but fertile to pollen of another (but not of every other) variety. Since the term 376 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE heterothallism as originally applied refers to mycelia representing differ- ent sexes it seems inadvisable to use the terms heterothallic and homo- thallic in these higher fungi, at least without qualification. Apparently the factors governing the compatibility are two allelo- morphic factors borne on different chromosome pairs. Kniep (1928) and others have pointed out that only those unions of cells lead to diploidiza- tion that bring about a combination that is heterozygous for both these sets of factors. This need not involve a union of the nuclei into a diploid nucleus, a process that occurs only in the basidium, but concerns merely the bringing together, without union, of two haploid nuclei in the same cell, so that so far as the cell is concerned diploidization has taken place even though the two haploid nuclei remain separate for the present. Thus a monocaryon mycelium with the compatibility factors A and B (these being on separate chromosomes) could unite with another monocaryon mycelium of the formula ab; similarly a mycelium with the formula aB could unite with one of the formula Ab. In either case the formula for the resultant cells would be AaBb, a condition heterozygous for both sets of characters and fulfilling the requirements for the mating of the mycelia. In the basidium the diploid nucleus undergoes two meiotic divisions to consummate the reduction process. If both pairs of chromosomes bearing the factors for incompatibility or compatibility undergo disjunction in the first division it will be a matter of chance whether the resultant daughter nuclei will be Ab and aB or AB and ab. Since each nucleus di- vides again, this time by splitting the chromosome, there will be four nuclei (one for each spore), two each of the formula Ab and aB or AB and ab respectively. If the disjunction does not occur in either chromosome pair until the second meiotic division the first division may represent merely the splitting of the chromosome so that the two daughter nuclei will be like the parent nucleus with the formula AaBb. When these divide by the disjunction division it will give this time Ab and aB or AB and ab, for each of the two nuclei. If the separation of the chromosomes or the chromosome pairs occurs in the same direction in both nuclei there will result four nuclei, alike two by two, but this separation may be in opposite directions in the two dividing nuclei for one of the chromosome pairs so that the four nuclei may all be different. If disjunction of one chromosome pair occurs at the first division and of the other pair at the second division the four resultant nuclei will also be all different, viz., Ab, aB, AB, ab. Miss Newton (1926) showed that in Coprinus lagopus all of the foregoing arrangements may be found in the various basidia of the same hymenium. Apparently disjunction occurs more often at the first division for both sets of chromosomes, for in the majority of cases two of the basidiospores of a given basidium will be of one sexual phase and the other two of the opposite phase. In some species only two sexual phases appear to occur. INTRODUCTION 377 These are spoken of as possessing bipolar sexuality in contrast to those species with quadripolar sexuality such as described above. In a bipolar species only one allelomorphic pair of incompatibility factors need be assumed. Not infrequently a monocaryon mycelium may produce spore fruits but in this case the basidia are less numerous and are either sterile or give rise to but two, uninucleate basidiospores, both of the same sexual phase as the parent mycelium. In Coprimis fimetarms Fr., Oort (1930) has shown that two monocaryon mycelia may intermingle and together build spore fruits when they represent phases alike genetically for one factor and heterozygous for the other, e.g., Ab and AB. Such fruits are not normal but may produce two kinds of two-spored basidia which are about equally divided between the component phases, in this case Ab and AB. It is apparent that no true sexual union has occured in such a case. That this is more than a simple intermingling of separate monocaryon mycelia is demonstrated by the fact that clamp connections may be formed, vary- ing from incomplete or abnormal structures to those of perfectly normal appearance. They vary from only occasional to frequent. The external conditions appear to have considerable effect upon the number of clamp connections produced. These unions do not arise in all incompatible com- binations. Vandendries and Brodie (1933) showed that in Hypholoma candolleanum (Fr.) Quelet, a quadripolar species, the mycelia to which they ascribe the formula ab' when mated with a'b', or ab when mated with a'b cause mutual partial inhibition of growth so that when growing close together they are much smaller than when grown apart or in the combination a'b X a'b'. It should be noted that the formulae ab, a'b, ab', and a'b' correspond to AB, aB, Ab, and ab in the preceding portion of the paragraph. The combination studied by Oort which produced a spore fruit corresponds to the formula a'b X a'b'. Oort also found that such spore fruits were not produced in certain other combinations. Quintanilha (1935) made genetic and cytological studies of normal and "illegitimate" crosses in Coprinus fimetarius and found that nuclear fusions may occur in the basidia even in the latter type of cross. Vandendries and Brodie (1933) and Vandendries (1934) and Brodie (1934, 1936) described what they termed "barrage sexuel." This had been noted before by Oort (1930) and by Brunswik (1924) but not studied intensively. This amounts to a mutual repulsion of the hyphae of some of the incompatible matings. When two such cultures are established in the surface of an agar medium the mycelia as they grow leave a gap between the two colonies. This is especially marked in the aerial mycelium whose hyphae show abrupt curvatures away when they approach the other mycelium at a distance of 3 to 5 mm. These authors showed further that the interposition of thin low plates of glass did not prevent this repulsion I 378 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE nor did sheets of mica, very thin sheets of silver, lead, and other sub- stances. Apparently the repulsion is due to some sort of emanation from the mycelium, perhaps gaseous. Experiments showed that certain nuclear combinations give these mycelial repulsions but not others. Thus the combinations ab X ab' and a'b X a'b' show "barrage" but not ab X a'b or ab' X a'b'. Clearly the repulsion is between the b and b' mycelia. The repulsion was also demonstrated between dicaryon mycelium and monocaryon mycelium and between dicaryon mycelia where the two sets of nuclei were different, e.g., (ab + a'b') X (a'b + ab'). This phe- nomenon of barrage as well as the inhibition of growth does not occur in all species. Brodie (1935) showed that barrage or "aversion" occurs also in some strains of fungi growing naturally in wood. A peculiar phenomenon in connection with the occurrence of bipolar and quadripolar sexual phases is that of "geographic races." This has been studied in Coprinus by Hanna (1925) and by Vandendries (1924) and extensively by Brunswik (1924) and in Ustilago by Bauch (1930, 1931). In some species of Coprinus the two sets of incompatibility factors may be alike in fungi growing in the same locality but one or both sets may be different in fungi (of the same species) growing in different local- ities. In the latter case all sexual phases of one fungus would be compatible with all sexual phases of the other fungus, while if only one pair is different in the two fungi certain combinations will be incompatible. It is evident that these are explained best on the hypothesis of multiple allelomorphs, familiar to geneticists in both animals and plants. When either of the factors produces an allelomorph by mutation a legitimate cross becomes possible. Since these mutated factors are frequently discovered in fungi from different geographic locations the term "geographic races" is often used (see Kniep, 1928). In Ustilago longissima (Sow.) TuL, Bauch rec- ognized over 15 allelomorphic strains of the A-a factors and about 8 of the B-b factors. The resulting interfertility of all sexual phases of one collec- tion of species with all sexual phases of another collection has been found to be rather general. Thus Mounce and Macrae (1936) found complete compatibility between collections made in different localities or on differ- ent hosts in Gloeophyllum saepiarium (Wulf.) Karst. {Lenzites saepiaria (Wulf.) Fr.) and in Trametes americana Overh., and Vandendries (1936) showed its occurrence in Leptoporus adustus (Willd. ex Fr.) Quelet. Barnett (1937) made similar observations for some of the Heterobasidiae. The Class Basidiomyceteae may be divided into three subclasses: Teliosporeae (as a class in the earlier work of the author), Hetero- basidiae, and Eubasidiae. They may be distinguished as follows: Teliosporeae : parasitic in the leaves, stems, f luits, and sometimes in the roots, of Pteridophyta, Strobilophyta (Coniferae), and Anthophyta (Angio- spermae). The septate parasitic mycelium is mostly intercellular in the host SUBCLASS TELIOSPOREAE 379 and consists of primary (monocaryon) and secondary (dicaryon) phases. In the latter certain cells enlarge and their two nuclei unite to form a diploid nucleus. This cell is a teliospore. It usually has a thick, colored wall and serves as a resting spore. With the proper environmental conditions this teliospore germinates by sending out a thin-walled straight or curved, four- celled or one-celled hypha, the promycelium, within which the zygote nucleus divides meiotically to form four (or, by further mitotic division, more) nuclei. Usually four sporidia are formed on the promycelium and into each of these a single nucleus enters. These sporidia are shot off with violence or (in the Family Ustilaginaceae) fall off, and give rise to the primary type of mycelium or by union of two sporidia of suitable sexual compatibility the secondary type of mycelium arises. The teliospores are formed within or upon the host tissues in so-called sori. Various secondary types of (asexual) reproduction are produced. Heterobasidiae: mostly saprophytic, but in many cases parasitic upon various types of Bryophyta or Vascular Plants. Mycelium septate, mostly falling into two phases, the monocaryotic and dicaryotic. From the latter are pro- duced the spore fruits characteristic of the subclass. The basidia are usually produced in a hymenium, i.e., they stand side by side like a palisade, but may be more scattered. They arise as enlarged binucleate cells whose nuclei fuse. Only rarely does the basidium become dark-colored and thick-walled. Usually the formation of the basidiospores takes place without much delay. The basidia may be one-celled and forking (Dacrymycetales), transversely four-celled (Auriculariales), longitudinally four-celled (Tremellales), or one- celled with four enlarged epibasidia bearing the basidiospores (Tulasnellales) . Spore fruits are more often gelatinous when wet, or waxy. The basidiospores often germinate by budding at many points in water. Possibly Sporoboloniyces was derived from this subclass. Eubasidiae: Mostly saprophytic but some species parasitic. Very often living in the wood of living or dead trees. Basidia one-celled, without epibasidia but bearing usually four long or short sterigmata, each bearing a single basidiospore which usually germinates by a germ tube, even when fallen into water. Basidia produced with some exceptions in definite hymenial layers which may be exposed to the air before the spores become mature (the "Hymenomycetes"), or enclosed in the spore fruit until after the spores are completely mature (the "Gasteromycetes"). In this subclass are found the largest spore fruits of the whole Phylum Carpomyceteae (Higher Fungi). Subclass Teliosporeae The subclass Teliosporeae corresponds to Dietel's limits of subclass Hemibasidii in the second edition of Engler and Prantl's Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (1928). These fungi have been sometimes called the Brand Fungi. Usually the two orders Uredinales and Ustilaginales have been considered to be more or less closely related. They were placed close together by Fries (1832) as Ordo IV* Hypodermii,i and by Plowright (1889) and by most of the later botanists. Bennett and Murray (1899) 1 It should be noted that Fries did not believe that these were true fungi but that the spores arose by the transformation of the tissues of the host plant and were not used for the propagation of the rust or smut. 380 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE separated the orders, placing the Ustilaginales in their Class Zygomycetes while the Class Uredineae was placed between the two Classes Asco- mycetes and Basidiomycetes, the affinities being considered to lie with the former. Because of the fancied resemblance of the teliospores of some Rusts to asci, Charles E. Bessey (1894) was inclined to include the Uredinales and Ustilaginales in the Class Ascomyceteae, a position from which he receded when the cytological phenomena of these groups became better known. That they are rather closely related to the other Basidio- myceteae the studies of Brefeld (1881 and later) and the cytological in- vestigations of Sappin-Trouffy (1896), Harper (1898, 1902), and others leave little doubt. That they stand apart from the majority of families of that class is equally certain. The author beheves that the differences are sufficiently great to warrant placing them in a separate subclass, a posi- tion that does not deny their relationship within the Basidiomyceteae but leaves each subclass much more homogeneous. The fungi of this subclass are parasitic. In the Order Ustilaginales some of the species are capable of saprophytic growth in media rich in food; in the Uredinales growth is strictly parasitic and the fungi have never been cultured except on the living tissues of the host. The mycelium is long, slender, and branching, growing intercellularly within the host. In the majority of cases studied occasional or frequent haustoria are pro- duced. The cells of the mycelium are mostly uninucleate in one stage of development (monocaryon stage) and binucleate in the remainder of the life cycle (dicaryon stage). As the cells of the latter type of mycelium divide the two nuclei divide simultaneously so that one daughter nucleus of each of the original nuclei is found in each of the two daughter cells. This is the type of nuclear division to which the term "conjugate divi- sion" was given. Clamp connections occur in many of the Ustilaginales but have been rarely reported in the Uredinales. Finally, on the dicaryon mycelium are produced certain larger cells, usually terminal to a hypha or its branches, which become thicker walled. Within these cells the two nuclei unite to form the only diploid nuclei in the life cycle of the fungus. These cells are the teliospores. In the Ustilaginales (Smuts) these are often spoken of as "chlamydospores," a misuse of this name which is rightly applied only to vegetative cells which become filled with food and develop thick walls to permit survival over winter or through other unfavorable environments. In true chlamydospores there is no nuclear fusion and their germination is in the manner usual for asexual spores. Plowright (1889) recognized tlfe essential homology of the teliospores in the two orders. They have a typical manner of development. The diploid nucleus divides by meiotic divisions into four nuclei, in the teliospore, or more often the exospore ruptures and a thin-walled hypha (promycelium) grows out into which the diploid nucleus passes. The SUBCLASS TELIOSPOREAE 381 meiotic divisions then take place in the promycehum instead of the body of the teliospore. In some cases the nuclei divide once or twice more resulting in the production of 8 or 16 or even more nuclei. The promyce- lium may remain nonseptate but more often becomes transversely septate into four cells. From each of these cells is produced a sessile or stalked sporidium or several such sporidia. From the nonseptate promycelium 4 to 16 or more sporidia bud out at the apex. If the teliospore is deeply buried in the tissues of the host or among other teliospores the pro- mycelium at first is a slender hypha, its emergent portion developing the typical structure. The sporidia are borne in the Uredinales and in Family Tilletiaceae in the Ustilaginales at the tips of pointed sterigmata from which they are flung violently at maturity. Their position is slightly asymmetrical at the tip as is the case in the Heterobasidiae and in the Hymenomyceteae. Many writers (e.g., Gaumann, 1926, Arthur, 1929, etc.) apply the names basidium and basidiospore, respectively, to the struc- tures here called by their older names promycelium and sporidium. The latter is doubtless homologous to the basidiospore but the term basidium must include both the teliospore, in which the nuclear fusion occurs, and the outgrowth from it, the promycelium, in which the meiotic nuclear division usually occurs and upon which the sporidia are borne. More correctly, as will be seen further on in the next chapter, the teliospore is probably homologous to the hypobasidium and the promycelium to the epibasidium of some of the Auriculariales. Asexual reproduction is known in both the Uredinales and the Ustilaginales. In the latter it occurs by means of colorless, often spindle- shaped or sickle-shaped conidia which are uninucleate or binucleate. The latter arise only from dicaryon mycelium but the uninucleate conidia may arise from either monocaryon or dicaryon mycelium. They arise on very short conidiophores, or rather sterigmata, from the sides of the mycelial cells. They are usually in the true sense of the words "repeating spores" for they produce the same type of mycelium as that from which they arose, except in the case of uninucleate conidia from dicaryon mycelium. These give rise to monocaryon mycelium. These conidia are mostly produced on the saprophytic mycelium, but in some species are developed on sterigmata which emerge through the epidermis of the living host. In the Uredinales the urediospores (uredospores) are dicaryon repeating spores and are, therefore, true conidia. There are no mono- caryon repeating spores in the Rusts. The aeciospores (aecidiospores) are the result of a sexual fusion involving cells but not the nuclei. They bridge over the step from the monocaryon phase to the dicaryon phase. They are not strictly homologous to ordinary conidia but yet show great resemblance to the urediospores. 382 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Sexual reproduction occurs in two usually separated steps : the union of two monocaryon cells to initiate the dicaryon mycelial phase and eventually the union of the nuclei in the teliospores to form diploid nuclei. The points at which the dicaryon phase may be initiated are quite variable in the Smuts but much more definite in the Rusts. The details will be taken up in the discussion of the respective orders. Order Uredinales (The Rusts). These form a group which manifests a very high degree of evolutionary development in many directions. The 7,000 or more species are all strict parasites of Ferns (Pteridophyta), Conifers (Strobilophyta), and Flowering Plants (Anthophy ta) . Not only are the Rusts strict parasites but in many cases they are highly specialized into biologic races which are confined to certain species of a host genus or even to special agricultural varieties of a host species much as in the case of Erysiphe graminis. In Europe Eriksson (1894, 1902) was the first to make extensive studies into physiologic races confined to related species. He was followed by numerous other investigators on that continent. In the United States Carleton (1899, 1904) was the first to follow up Eriks- son's work, followed by Freeman and Johnson (1911), and by Stakman (1914), and others. The study of the physiologic forms on special agri- cultural varieties of these species has been carried out in this country very extensively by Stakman and various collaborators (1922). For example in Puccinia graminis tritici Erikss. & Henn., the physiologic race that attacks common wheat (Triticum aestivum L.) and durum wheat {T. durum Desf.), over 150 physiologic forms have been distinguished in North America and many additional forms, mostly distinct from these, in Europe. These distinctions were made by means of a study of their power of infecting 10 or more differential varieties of wheat. Similar physiologic forms have been found in leaf rust of wheat (P. ruhigo-vera iritici (Erikss. & Henn.) Carl.) by Mains and Jackson (1926) in the United States, Scheibe (1929) in Germany, and Sibelia (1936) in Italy. Stakman and others (1928) have also found them in maize rust (P. sorghi Schw.). Physiologic forms have also been distinguished in flax rust (Melampsora lini (Pers.) Lev.) by Flor (1935), in Puccinia helianthi Schw. b}^ Brown (1936), in P. iridis (DC.) Wallr., by Mains (1938), in Uromyces phaseoli typica Arthur, by Harter and Zaumeyer (1941), etc. With one or two exceptions the teliospores are produced within the tissues of the host and remain internal or break out through the epidermis separate and free or united together in a waxy mass or attached by stalks. The sporidia are capable of wind distribution but are short-lived and delicate so that they can be carried only short distances in a living condi- tion. Two other spore forms are usually produced, the aeciospores and the urediospores, both of which are relati\ ely thick-walled and capable of remaining alive while being carried many miles by the wind (hundreds ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 383 Fig. 126. Monocaryon and dicaryon mycelium and haustoria in Subclass Telio- sporeae, Order Uredinales. (A) Cronartium ribicola Fischer, monocaryon phase in tissues of Pinus strobus L. ; intercellular hyphal cells and haustoria uninucleate. (B) Phragmidium rubi (Pers.) Wint., dicaryon phase in leaf of Rubus sp.; intercellular hyphal cells and haustoria binucleate. (A, courtesy, Colley: /. Agr. Research, 15(12): 619-660. B, after Sappin-Trouffy : Le Botaniste, 5:59-244.) of miles in some cases). In general in this order the teliospores remain attached in the sorus until after the formation and discharge of the sporidia. However, Pady (1948) has shown that in Puccinia tumidipes Peck the very much swollen pedicel will absorb water and rupture, throw- ing the teliospore some distance (2 to 4 mm.). It is probable that the same phenomenon occurs in other species with enlarged pedicels, such as some species of Phragmidium and Gyinnospor-angium. The mycelium occurs in two well-marked alternating phases, the monocaryon and the dicaryon phase. Clamp connections have been reported by Voss (1903) on the mycelium of the aecial phase but are apparently rare, or at least not readily demonstrated in thin sections. Their presence was confirmed by Wang and Martens (1939) in close proximity to the aecium of Puccinia coronata Cda. on Rhamnus frangula L. They were demonstrated by maceration of the tissues, not by sections. Haustoria are frequent, sometimes small and spherical, sometimes large and branched, and often partially surrounding the nucleus of the host cell. They are uninucleate or binucleate according to the type of mycelium producing them. Colley (1918) showed for the White Pine Blister Rust {Cronartium ribicola Fischer) that the haustorium does not truly pene- trate the protoplast of the host cell but causes invagination. Miss Rice (1934) demonstrated this also for Uromyces caladii (Schw.) Farl. Appar- ently the host and parasite stand in a very perfect balance for a very considerable time, especially in the case of rusts that are well adapted to the host. The host cells are not killed outright in such cases. In some of the rusts that are not well adapted to their host Stakman (1914) demonstrated that the host cells are killed immediately around the site of 384 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE infection, thus isolating the parasite from the host tissues and causing the early death of the fungus before it does much damage to the host. The death of the affected parts of the host plant is gradual in most cases. In some cases, e.g., the rusts of small grains, the splitting of the epidermis by the numerous elongated sori of the rust seems to increase the water loss of the host plant to a very detrimental degree. (Fig. 126.) The promycelium of the Rusts is normally four-celled, each cell having but one nucleus. It emerges through a thin spot in the tehospore wall, the germ pore. In shape the promycelium is variable depending upon the species. It may be long and slender and nearly straight, each cell with a long sterigma, or short and thick and curved, constricted more or less at the septa. On such a curved promycelium the sporidia always arise on the convex side, often on rather short sterigmata. In a number of genera the promycelium does not entirely emerge from the teliospore. Thus in Zaghouania the swelling of the teliospore bursts its thick wall allowing the emergence of a thin-walled, four-celled promycelium whose basal portion still remains enclosed within the old cell wall. In Coleo- sporium and Gallowaya the teliospore divides by cross walls into four cells without emerging from the cell wall, thus producing a promycelium that is entirely internal. From each cell a long slender sterigma grows up through the gelatinous stratum that covers the tops of the layer of later- ally adhering teliospores. Weir (1912) reported that occasionally in this genus the four cells produced by the division of the teliospore are cru- ciately arranged, resembling the condition in Tremella. In Chrysopsora each teliospore of the two forming the stalked compound teliospore divides transversely as in Coleosporium. In Gopla7ia dioscoreae (B. & Br.) Cummins (1935b) the teliospores arise from the base of a gelatinous matrix and push up into it but not through to the exterior. Each telio- spore, as in Coleosporium, divides by transverse septa into four cells from each of which a slender sterigma pushes out to the surface where the sporidia are formed. This is very similar to the case in the gelatinous species of Auriculariales. The uninucleate sporidia may be long, ellipsoid, pointed or rounded at one or both ends, or may approach a spherical shape. The cell contents are usually somewhat yellow. The sporidium is shot off with more or less violence from the tip of the sterigma. Usually the whole contents of the promycelial cell pass into the single sporidium arising from that cell but occasionally a case is met with where the cell nucleus divides and one nucleus and part of the cytoplasm pass into the sporidium, so that a second sporidium may be produced by the same cell, as occurs more frequently in the Ustilaginales. A sporidium that fails to fall upon a suitable host is capable, under proper conditions of moisture, of pro- ducing a secondary sporidium at the tip of the sterigma and this in turn ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 385 a tertiary or even quaternary sporidiiim, each being shot off from its sterigma. The successive sporidia are smaller and smaller. Under condi- tions of extreme humidity the author has observed the primary sporidia and the succeeding ones of Kunkelia nitens (Schw.) Arthur remaining attached in a short chain of four or five successively smaller cells. When a sporidium falls upon the epidermis of a suitable host it germi- nates in a drop of rain or dew or film of water, forming a slender germ tube which, Dr. Ruth F. Allen (1930) showed, penetrates the cuticle and cell wall into the epidermal cell. The actual pore of entry is very small, the hypha on either side being several times as thick. Within the epidermal cell the hypha elongates and becomes divided into several uninucleate cells. From each of these a branch grows through the interior wall of the host cell either into an underlying cell, where it acts just as did the infection hypha in the epidermal cell, or into an intercellular space where growth becomes much more rapid and the hypha becomes larger and more vigor- ous, sending haustoria into the cells between which it passes. A few cases have been reported where entry took place through a stoma but these seem to be not usual. Pady (1935) reports that in the uninucleate race of Kun- kelia nitens the sporidia upon germi- nation infect intracellularly the epi- dermal cells and from these continue to progress as intracellular mycelium for ten days or so, producing then in the phloem tissues of the host the intercellular mycelium which forms haustoria that are coiled more or less. More often after the first two or three cells are formed the production of septa leads to the formation of uninucleate (monocaryon) cells. In Melanipsora lint (Pers). Lev. the cells remain one to three or four nucleate up to the regions where the definite reproductive cells are formed when monocaryon cells predominate (Allen, 1934a). The infected area of the leaf often becomes thickened, in part at least through rapid formation of large amounts of mycelium which forces the host cells apart and in some cases crushes them. The presence of the rust may cause marked changes in the manner of growth of the host. In normally prostrate species of Chamaesyce {Euphorbia) the infected shoots become upright, a phenomenon also observed in other families of host plants. Abnormal growth of axillary buds in infected shoots gives rise to Fig. 127. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Infection of leaf of Berberis vulgaris L. by sporidium of Puccinia graminis Pers. Infection hyphae are within epidermal cell and the attached sporidium is empty. (Courtesy, Allen: J. Agr. Research, 40(7):585-614.) 386 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the witches' brooms so characteristic of some rust infections on Conifers. Dodge (1923) showed that in leaves of Rubus infected by the orange rusts {Kunkelia nitens and Gyntnoconia peckiana (Howe) Trotter) the production of stomata which is usually confined to the lower epidermis is also brought about in the upper epidermis. (Fig. 127.) The monocaryon mycelium is of rather short duration in the leaves and stems of herbaceous plants. In woody plants it may persist for years, e.g., Cronartium rihicola Fischer, in the tissues of the white pine {Pinus strohus L.) or Gymnoconia peckiana and Kunkelia nitens in Ruhus where the mycelium penetrates to the roots and infects the new shoots next year. From this mycelium arise the spermogonia (pycnia). These may be sub- cuticular or subepidermal on leaves, green stems or fruits, or even sub- cortical on woody stems. They consist of a basal pseudoparenchymatous mass of uninucleate cells from which arise numerous parallel slender uninucleate sporophores. In these the nucleus divides and the upper daughter nucleus passes out into a terminal sperm cell (pycniospore) con- taining very little cytoplasm and surrounded by a thin cell wall. This spore is pushed loose by the formation of a second sperm cell below it, etc. At the same time a sugary slime is secreted which partially or completelj^ fills the cavity of the spermogonium. The subepidermal spermogonia may be more or less spherical structures with a marginal series of paraphyses around the sporiferous portion. These push up through the epidermis, rupturing it and producing an ostiole through which the sugary slime containing the sperm cells exudes as a shining drop which is sweet in taste. Sometimes the mass of spermogonia is fragrant. The more diffuse subcuticular and subcortical spermogonia also rupture the overlying cuticle or cortex respectively, exposing the sugary exudate. Various in- sects, particularly flies, attracted by the sweet liquid and accompanying fragrance visit the spermogonia and feed on the exudate and go from leaf to leaf and plant to plant. In this way the sperm cells adhering to their feet or mouth parts become scattered widely over various plants or other parts of the same plant. Rain also doubtless helps in the dissemination of the sperms. (Fig. 128.) From the same mycelium that has given rise to the spermogonia and often near to these or on the opposite side of the leaf the hyphae begin to mass themselves, frequently at first in a substomatal chamber or other large intercellular space. Eventually this becomes a pseudoparenchy- matous mass of cells, those nearer the surface being larger and less filled with food, the underlying cells being smaller and better supplied with food, the whole mass being more or less surrounded by several layers of hyphae. All the cells are normally uninucleate. This structure is called an aecial primordium. Buller (1938) suggested for this structure the term proto-aecidium. Massee (1888) reported the presence of an oogone with Fig. 128. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Various types of spermogonia. (A) Subcuticular spermogonium in Phragmidiuin violaceum (Schulz.) Wint. (B) Subepidermal spermogonium in Gynuwsporangium clavariaefonne (Jacq. ex Pers.) DC. (C, D) Subcortical spermogonia. (C) In Cronartium comptoniae Arthur, section of twig of Pinus sp. (D) Portion of spermogonium of Cronartium ribicola Fischer, showing development of sperm cells. (A-B, courtesy, Blackman: Ann. Botany, 18(71) :323-373. C, after Adams: Penn. State Coll. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 160:31-77. D, courtesy, Colley: J. Agr. Research, 15(12) :619-660.) 387 388 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE attached antherid in this primordium. The more recent investigations seem to show that this report is incorrect. In the dense portion of the pseudoparenchymatous tissue there begin to appear cells with two or more nuclei, whose origin will be discussed in the succeeding paragraphs. These cells elongate and may branch. At the apex binucleate aeciospores are budded off. After each spore is formed there is produced a smaller "disjunctor" cell, likewise binucleate, then another aeciospore, etc., until a chain of alternate spores and disjunctor cells results. Between the original binucleate or plurinucleate cells others push their way in from the basal side of the aecial primordium and these also give rise to spore chains. In the meantime the large almost empty cells begin to collapse and digest, forming a space into which the chains of spores are pushed. Finally all of this tissue is crushed or destroyed. Around the sporogenous area a peridium may be produced or it may be wanting. The mass of spores eventually ruptures the overlying host tissues and the mass of spore chains and loose spores is exposed to the air. The spores are usually light to dark yellow or orange and somewhat roughened. Craigie demonstrated in 1927 that for Puccinia graminis Pers., grow- ing on barberry (^Berheris vulgaris L.) and P. helianthi Schw., growing on sunflower (Helianthus) an infection with a single sporidium produces a sorus within which are produced numerous spermogonia and aecial primordia. If this is protected from the visits of insects the primordia never develop to spore production. However, if insects are allowed free access to this sorus and other sori as well, the aecia will develop within a few days. Furthermore, by transferring the sperm cells from one sorus to another in about half of the cases aecia will develop. Craigie finally demonstrated that the four sporidia of a promycelium were of two sexual phases, two sporidia of each phase, and that sperm cells from the sorus of one sexual phase, would fertilize the sorus of the other sexual phase, and vice versa. In later papers (1928, 1931, 1933) he has added P. coronata Corda, P. pringsheimiana Klebh. (P. caricis grossulariata Arth.) and Gymnosporangium sp. to the list. Miss Allen (1932a) showed this to be true for P. triticina Erikss. (P. ruhigo-vera triiici (Erikss. & Henn.) Carl.) and several other species of rusts. Indeed it seems probable that almost all rusts producing spermogonia have these two sexual phases. If two sori from sporidia of opposite sexual phases lie close together aecia will develop where their myeelia come into contact, without the help of the sperm cells. Brown (1932) showed that a dicaryon mycelium (e.g., uredial sorus) can also induce aecial formation in a sorus from a sporidial infection. Hanna (1929a) found that 48 hours after a mixture of sperm cells of opposite sexual phases was applied to a sorus of Puccinia graminis Pers., on the leaf of barberry, the cells at the base of the aecial primordium became binucleate. Using mixtures of sperm cells from different physiologic races ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 389 oiPuccinia graminis on wheat, Waterhouse (1929), in Australia, obtained two hitherto unknown forms which are probably to be interpreted as crosses. Similar experiments by Miss Newton (1930) and others in Canada and by Stakman (1930) and collaborators in Minnesota resulted not only in interracial crosses but in crosses between P. graminis tritici and P. graminis secalis and between the former and P. graminis agrostidis. In the course of the various crosses several new physiological races have been produced. The study of the results reveals that many of these races must be heterozygous. This was further demonstrated by the production of selfed strains. Thus physiologic race #17 when selfed (i.e., fertilized by sperm cells of the same race but of opposite sexual phase) produced aeciospores which gave rise to #17 and seven others besides, while race #53 gave besides itself seventeen other races. On the other hand race #9 proved to be homozygous. Fig. 129. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Receptive hypha with attached sperm, just below mouth of stoma. (Courtesy, Andrus: /. Wash. Acad. Sci., 23(12) :544-557.) Andrus (1931, 1933) demonstrated for the rusts Uromyces phaseoli typica Arth. and U. phaseoli vignae (Barcl.) Arth, that there are certain elongated filaments, which he called "trichogynes," whose tips emerge from the stomata or from between epidermal cells and to which the sperm cells adhere. The nucleus of the sperm enters the trichogyne and passes down through it. Only then do the multinucleate cells appear in the aecial primordium. Miss Allen (1932a) demonstrated the occurrence of similar receptive hyphae in Puccinia triticina and other species of rusts and J. L. Forsberg (in an unpublished thesis, 1932) has shown their presence in Kunkelia nitens (Schw.) Arth. and Gymnoconia peckiana (Howe) Trotter, but not in the monocaryon race of the former in which functional spermo- gonia are not produced. Miss Rice (1933) showed that in a number of other rusts similar structures are formed. According to Miss Allen (1932a) the receptive cells, into which the one or more (up to ten or so) sperm nuclei pass, elongate and branch and form a mycelium which penetrates 390 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE into the basal portion of the aecial primordium where dicaryon or pluri- nucleate cells give rise to the chains of spores. In a later paper Miss Allen (1933c) showed that in Puccinia sorghi Schw., whose aecial stage is pro- duced in species of Oxalis, the paraphyses extending from the ostiole of the spermogonium are receptive hyphae as was demonstrated for P. helianthi Schw. by Craigie. The union of sperms to these paraphyses and the actual passage of the sperm nuclei into them w^as illustrated. In her work on P. iriticma and more particularly on P. graminis she reported that receptive hyphae may emerge from stomatal openings or from be- tween epidermal cells in addition to the spermogonial receptive hyphae. Pierson (1933) and Buller (1938) demonstrated the presence of slender flexuous nonseptate receptive hyphae growing up from the base of the spermogonium and out into the drop of spermogonial nectar in Cronartium ribicola Fischer and Puccinia graminis Pers., respectively. When a drop of mixed nectar is added sperm cells were found attached to these hyphae within a few hours. In the latter of the foregoing species there are in the spermogonium paraphyses in addition to the flexuous hyphae but in no case did Buller find that they served as receptive hyphae. (Fig. 129.) Just how the sperm nuclei reach the primordium of the aecium is still a matter of controversy. Miss Allen (1933a) suggested that they passed into the receptive cells which elongated inward and formed a mycelium which grew down to the basal portion of the aecial primordium. In Me- lampsora lini (Pers.) Lev., where no receptive hyphae are present either piercing the epidermis or passing through the stomata or emerging from the spermogonia she reported (1934a) that the sperm cell dissolves a hole through the outer epidermal wall of the host {Linum usitatissimum L.) through which it gains access to the lumen of the cell where it germinates or through which a slender germ tube passes. In either case a slender branched mycelium arises which grows toward the aecial primordium where abundant pairing of hyphae occurs, resulting in the formation of the basal cells from which the chains of aeciospores are produced. The suggestion has been made that the sperm nuclei possibly initiate a general diploidization of the mycelium of the sorus so that all of the mycelium between the point of union of sperm and receptive hypha to the aecial primordium is diploidized, as Lehfeldt (1923) and Buller (1930) showed to be the case in some of the Eubasidiae. Savile (1939) showed that in several rusts investigated by him the cells of this intervening mycelium are not diploidized, suggesting that the sperm nuclei travel from cell to cell, without accomplishing diploidization, until the aecial primordium is reached. He also demonstrated that sori close together in the leaf tissue can fertihze one another without intervention of the sperm cells, probably by contact of the mycehal cells and mutual diploidization. Andrus (1933) obtained differential staining of the sperm nuclei and of those of the ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 391 vegetative hyphae in the sorus and was able to confirm Savile's suggestion that the former pass through the hyphae without bringing about their diploidization. Apparently there is lacking a standard method of diploid- izing the fertile cells of the aecial primordium. Miss Allen (1932b) has demonstrated that in Puccinia coronata Corda the sperm cells unite abundantly with the receptive hyphae and that mycelium (carrying the sperm nuclei) grows from these down to the primordium. In the latter the union of basal cells, to be described in the next paragraph, rarely occurs. In the case of Puccinia sorghi Schw., whose spermogonia and aecia occur on species of Oxalis, Miss Allen (1934b) reported that functional receptive hyphae occur in the spermogonium, and also project out of stomata. Sometimes sperm cells germinate on the outside of the leaf and the slender hyphae enter the stomata. Within 24 hours after the " spermatization " of a sorus with compatible sperms 60 per cent of the mycelial cells of the mycelium are found to possess more than one nucleus, through rapid division and migration of the sperm nuclei. Six days after spermatization the first aecia set free their aeciospores. Prior to the discovery of the active participation of the sperm cell Blackman (1904), Christman (1905, 1907), Mme. Moreau (1913), Colley (1918), and many others described the manner by which the aeciosporic chains are originated. A layer of uninucleate cells in the basal portion of the aecial primordium either shows fusion by twos, the walls between the upper portions of these cells dissolving out, resulting in a binucleate two- legged cell, or nuclei pass from adjacent cells through small pores to form a dicaryon cell. From this by conjugate division of the nuclei and the formation of successive cells comes a chain of aeciospores and disjunctor or intercalary cells. Just how the two sets of uniting cells originated was not made clear by these authors. It is now apparent that the two uniting cells contain respectively a nucleus originating from the sperm and one from the mycelium developed from the sporidium. Wang and Martens (1939) do not believe that "Christman" conjugations at the base of the aecium are the normal mode of diploidization but that it occurs earlier, perhaps as far back as spermatial fusions with one another or with recep- tive cells of the rust. (Fig. 130.) From the foregoing accounts it is 'clear that in some and probably all rusts which produce sperm cells they are functional. Furthermore, the same haploid mycelium produces both sperm cells and receptive hyphae so that both male and female structures are present, yet self-fertilization does not occur. Like the condition in Schizothecium (Pleurage) reported by Ames (1932), in A'eiirospora as demonstrated by Shear and Dodge (1927), and in Stromatinia (Sclerotinia) gladioli (Drayton) Whetzel studied by Drayton (1934), two sexual phases are present, each hermaphroditic but incapable of self-fertilization. 392 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE B Fig. 130. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Origin of chains of aeciospores from union of basal cells in the aecium; Cronartium rihicola Fischer. (A) Basal cell of future aeciospore chain. (B) Chain of aeciospores and intercalary cells. (C-G) Steps in the formation of a chain of aeciospores and intercalary cells in Phragmidium specio- sum (Fr.) Cke. (A-B, courtesy, Colley: /. Agr. Research, 15(12) :619-660. C-G, courtesy, Christman: Botan. Gaz., 39(4):267-275, Univ. Chicago Press.) ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 393 The binucleate aeciospores are capable of remaining viable for a long time and can be carried great distances by the wind and still cause infec- tion. Falling upon a suitable host plant the spore germinates in a drop of water (dew, rain, etc.) forming a stout germ tube which usually seeks out and enters a stoma. Pady (1935) showed that in Gymnoconia peckiana the germ tube penetrates the epidermis directly as do the germ tubes from the sporidia, but this seems to be an exception. Just within the stomatal opening the hypha enlarges to form a "substomatal vesicle" containing many nuclei from which arise hyphae of dicaryon cells which penetrate the host tissue in various directions, growing intercellularly and sending haustoria into some of the cells between which they pass. Since the normal aeciospore is binucleate this mycelium arising from it is dicaryotic and has two nuclei in each cell, one descended from that of the sperm and one from that of the parental monocaryon mycelium. Usually the size of the infected area from one aeciosporic infection is limited, i.e., the fungus in this phase is not capable of indefinite growth. When its full extent of development is nearly attained a subepidermal mass of hyphae is formed making a pseudoparenchymatous layer of dicaryon cells from which grow short upright two-celled branches. These raise and eventually rupture the epidermis, thus producing a uredial sorus or uredium. The outermost of the two cells enlarges to form a binucleate urediospore while the other elongates to form its long stalk. The urediospores are colorless or more usually yellow to orange red in color, mostly finely verrucose or echinu- late. There are several germ pores for each urediospore and their number and position on the spore are of great assistance in the identification of the various species. They break loose from the stalk and like the aecio- spores may be carried long distances by the wind. They germinate and infect the host through the stomata in exactly the same manner as do the aeciospores. As long as the host plant has not passed a certain stage of development these new infections produce other crops of urediospores. As the host plant becomes more mature tehospores begin to appear, often at first intermingled with the urediospores in the same sorus, but eventu- ally in sori containing only teliospores. They arise from the same type of pseudoparenchymatous subepidermal mycelium as do the urediospores. From this basal layer there grow upward series of dicaryon cells. Some of these may differentiate into stalk cells and teliospores or all may become teliospores. Malengon (1936) observed the production rarely of teliospores in the aecial sori of Puccinia atropae Mont. In some of the most primitive rusts no basal layer is formed and the tehospores are produced singly or by twos or threes as enlarged cells of the mycelium in the interior of the leaf as occurs in Uredinopsis. The young teliospores, whatever their shape or location, are at first binucleate. The two nuclei unite to form a diploid nucleus. Usually the teliospore becomes thick-walled (mostly with one or 394 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE more germ pores) and more or less colored, from light yellow-brown to almost black. In some of the rusts on ferns they are colorless and thin- walled. From the mature uninucleate teliospore the promycelium emerges at once (various species of Cronartium, Puccinia malvacearum, etc.) or only after over-wintering {P. graminis Pers.) or after certain unfavorable en- vironmental conditions have passed. It emerges through one of the germ pores and into it may pass the undivided nucleus of the teliospore or the first of the two divisions of the nucleus may occur before the nuclei enter the promycelium. The final division usually takes place in the promyce- lium whereupon septa are formed dividing it into four cells. Sometimes a further septum cuts off the teliospore from the basal cell of the pro- mycelium. From the promycelial cells sterigmata grow bearing at their tips the sporidia which are shot off violently at maturity. In the case of a compound teliospore, such as is characteristic of Puccinia, Phragmidium, Ravenelia, etc., each of the component cells produces its own mycelium, thus demonstrating that each cell is to be considered a teliospore, not the whole compound structure. Rusts may be either autoecious or heteroecious. In the former the sporidial and aeciosporic infections take place on the same or closely related species of host while in a heteroecious species the host infected by the sporidia belongs to a family not at all closely related to that con- taining the host for the aeciosporic infection. Heteroecism was first proved by actual inoculation experiments by de Bary in 1865 for Puccinia graminis and by Oersted for Gymnosporangium sabinae (Dicks.) Wint. in the same year. The former showed that the aeciospores produced on the common barberry {Berheris vulgaris L.) would not infect that species but would infect the small grains such as wheat, barley, etc. The urediospores would infect the same and often also closely related species of grains. The sporidia from the teliospores on the overwintered straw or stubble would, on the contrary, infect only the barberry. Thus was brought the scientific explanation of a phenomenon known for a hundred years or more that the presence of barberry plants was detrimental to small grains. This much had been definitely proved by careful observation and experiment long before, but the actual connection of the rust on barberry with that on the grain was left for de Bary to prove. Plowright (1889) gives an excellent account of these early observations and beliefs as to the harmful effect of barberry on grain. Since that time the heteroecism of hundreds of species has been demonstrated. It is worthy of note that Waterhouse (1929) discovered one physiologic race of wheat rust that is incapable of infecting barberry. In an autoecious species the aeciospores infect the same or closely related host species as do the sporidia. Thus Pi/cama helianthi Schw., the I ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 395 rust of the sunflower {Helianthus annuus L. and other species) has its sporidial infection on the sunflower with the production of a monocaryon mycehum which produces the spermogonia and the aecial primordia. In- fection by aeciospores produces in the same host species or even in the same plant the dicaryon mycelium from which arise the urediospores and teliospores. It may happen that both types of infection may occur on the same leaf. Of the rusts of more or less economic importance the hosts are indi- cated below for the different stages of a few species, showing that both heteroecious and autoecious rusts may be enemies of cultivated plants. The list contains only a very few of the many rusts that attack important crop plants. The customary symbols are used, viz., 0, spermo- gonial development, I, aecial stage, II, uredial stage and III, telial stage. Heteroecious Species Puccinia graminis Pers., Black stem rust of small grains: 0 and I on Berberis vul- garis L., barberry; II and III on small grains (wheat, rye, barley, oats) and various other grasses. P. rubigo-vera tritici (Erikss. & Henn.) Carl., leaf rust of wheat: 0 and I on species of Thalictrum; II and III on wheat (Triticuni). P. coronata Corda, crown rust of oats: 0 and I on various species of Rhamnus; II and III on oats (Avena sativa L.). P. sorghi Schw.: 0 and I on Oxalis strida L.; II and III on maize (Zea mays L.). Gymnosporangium juniperi-virginianae Schw. : 0 and I on apple {Malus sylvestris Mill.); Ill on red cedar (Juniperus virginiana L.). Uromyces dianthi Niessl. {U. caryophyllinus Wint.): 0 and I on Tithymalus sp.; II and III on carnation (Dianthus caryophyllus L.). Cronartium ribicola Fischer, white pine blister rust ; 0 and I on white pine (Pinus strobus L.) ; II and III on various species of currant (Ribes) and gooseberry (Grossularia) . Uredinopsis spp.: 0 and I on species of fir (Abies); II and III on various ferns. Autoecious Species Gymnoconia peckiana (Howe) Trotter: 0, I, and III on blackberry, dewberry, and black raspberry (Rubus spp.). Uromyces phaseoli typica Arth. : 0, I, II, and III on American beans (Phaseolus vulgaris L.). Puccinia asparagi DC: 0, I, II, and III on asparagus (Asparagus officinalis L.). P. helianthi Schw. : 0, I, II, and III on sunflower (Helianthus annuus L. and some other species). Phragmidium spp.: 0, I, II, and III on various species of rose (Rosa sp.). In the case of heteroecious rusts efficient control can be obtained by the elimination of the alternate host in case the rust is unable to over- winter on the host that is of economic importance. Thus in the northern portions of the United States and of Europe the extermination of the barberry has greatly reduced the ravages of the black stem rust because this rust cannot survive the winter except as teliospores on the over- 396 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE wintering wheat or rye or other grains. In the southern portions of the United States and Europe the rust is not killed out by the cold of winter and so perpetuates itself by its urediospores. Under such conditions the eradication of the barberry has little effect. The apple rust has been found to be susceptible to control by removal of its alternate host, the red cedar, over an area to a distance of a mile or more from the orchard that is to be protected. White pine blister rust requires the destruction of all currants and gooseberries to a distance of half a mile (one mile for Ribes nigrum L.) from the trees it is desired to protect. Puccinia ruhigo-vera tritici, although heteroecious, cannot be controlled in this manner for the rust that infects the wheat in the fall survives the winter on this host and produces uredio- spores in the spring from which the disease is spread. In fact this rust is exceedingly abundant in many parts of the United States where the host for the aecial stage does not occur. The rust life cycle described above is the typical one. Rusts possessing such a cycle are called macrocyclic or long-cycle rusts. Arthur and his col- laborators (1929), Jackson (1931), and others believe that these represent forms with the more primitive life cycle so far as present rusts are known. Many species of rusts have shortened their life cycle by the omission of one or more stages. Dietel (1928), Olive (1908), and Grove (1913), on the contrary, consider the forms with the short life cycle to be more primitive. As examples of the omission of certain stages the following may be men- tioned. Most species oi Gymnosporangium produce no binucleate repeating spores (urediospores) from the dicaryon stage of growth but they do occur in G. nootkatense (Trel.) Arth. Some rusts produce only spermogonia and telia while still others omit the spermogonia also (e.g., Puccinia malva- cearum Bert.). These last two are properly speaking microcyclic rusts. There are also rusts in which no true telia are produced but whose aecio- spores germinate in the manner of teliospores by the formation of a promycelium. These rusts also are microcyclic. Kunkelia nitens (Schw^) Arth., on Ruhus spp. is of this type as are the various species of Endo- phyllum. The microcyclic species are of especial interest as regards the origin of the binucleate condition of the young teliospore. In Puccinia arenariae (Schum.) Wint., liindfors (1924) described the formation of a two-celled promycelium, each cell giving rise to a binucleate sporidium. This produces a dicaryon mycelium and no monocaryon mycelium occurs. Another anomaly in the life cycle of a short-cycle rust is described by Thirumalachar (1946) for Uromyces aloes (Cke.) Magn. In this species the spermogonia appear to be normal and exude drops of sweet liquid filled with sperm cells. However, there are no flexuous hyphae. The appearance of the spermogonia is followed immediately by the development of teha. The monocaryon mycelium within the sorus shows here and there con- tacts between two adjacent hyphae where the intervening walls are dis- ] ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 397 solved and a nucleus passes from one cell into the other. From this cell arise dicaryon hyphae which occupy that portion of the sorus while the monocaryon hyphae degenerate. These dicaryon hyphae give rise to bi- nucleate teliospores on slender binucleate stalks. The nuclei unite in the teliospore and the pedicel breaks, so that the teliospores are distributed by air currents. The zygote nucleus passes into the apical promycelium where the two normal divisions of meiosis occur. Usually but one septum is formed dividing the promycelium into a basal uninucleate cell which soon degenerates, and a large terminal cell with three nuclei. This sends out a slender germ tube into which the nuclei enter and infect the host. After the epidermis is penetrated the nuclei divide further and septa are formed, dividing the resultant mycelium into uninucleate cells. In this species the terminal cell of the promycelium takes the place of a sporidium in infect- ing the host while the distribution of the teliospore by air currents makes distribution by means of sporidia unnecessary. Apparently the spermo- gonia and sperm cells do not function. In other microcyclic forms there are other ways in which the life cycle is completed. Miss Allen (1933b) found that in Puccinia malvacearum the teliospores arise from dicaryon mycelium. The two nuclei unite and then divide in the promycelium in the usual way. The nucleus then undergoes division in the sporidium but Miss Ashworth (1931) finds that it gives rise to a monocaryon mycelium. According to her investigations certain cells in the telial sorus show nuclear migrations producing the dicaryon phase. Miss Allen (1935) reported that occasional conidia are formed at the tips of hyphae emerging from the stomata and suggested that possibly these may have a part in the diploidization of the mycelium that forms the telial sorus. However, in the main this appears to result from the intermingling and fusion of hyphae from mycelia produced from two separate but adjacent sporidial infections. In Puccinia prostii Duby, ac- cording to I. M. Lamb (1934), no receptive hyphae occur in the spermo- gonia which are produced. The mycelium within the host (Tulipa sp.) remains monocaryotic. The teliospores arise from the lateral fusion of two adjacent hyphal tips or from the passage of a nucleus through a small opening in the septum from a basally placed cell to the cell above. Al- though normal teliospores are produced, apparently infection rarely if ever occurs by means of sporidia, the mycelium being carried over from year to year through the bulbs. In most of the short-cycled rusts studied in which normal spermogonia are produced (spermogonia and telia, or spermogonia and aecia whose spores function as teliospores) it has been shown that the mycelium is of monocaryon type until the telium or aecium is formed, when dicaryon cells appear. It is probable that this dicaryon phase arises in the same way as is described above for macrocvclic rusts. 398 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE The transfer of the production of the mycehum back from the teho- spore to the aeciospore has apparently taken place independently several times so that the microcyclic rusts of the formula 0, I are not necessarily closely related but have probably developed in separate lines from 0, I, II, III forms. It is clear that Kunkelia nitens, the microcyclic orange rust of Ruhus, is derived from Gymnoconia peckiana, a long-cycle form (0, I, III) on the same hosts. The genus Endophyllum represents a similar series of cases. Some of the species of this genus correspond in aecial host and Fig. 131. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales, Family Pucciniaceae. A-D, Endophyllum sempervivi (A. & S.) de By. (A) Binucleate aeciospore. (B) Aeciospore with the nuclei united. (C) Aeciospore germinating. (D) Pro- mycelium formed. (E, F) Endophyllum euphorbiae- sylvaticae (DC.) Wint. (E) Aeciospore germinating with- out union of nuclei. (F) Promycelium and sporidia. (After Moreau and Moreau: Bull. Sac. Botan. France, 66:14-44.) structure to the aecial stage of known macrocyclic species. These abbrevi- ated forms may even lack the fusions of the two nuclei within the spores before the formation of the promycelium. Dodge and Gaiser (1926) showed that in Kunkelia nitens the two nuclei pass out into the promy- celium where each divides again to form the four nuclei which enter the sporidia. The Moreaus (1919) have found the same to be true for Endo- phyllum euphorbiae-silvaticae Lev., but in other species of the genus they demonstrated nuclear fusion in the aeciospore before the promycelium began to be formed. Dodge (1924) reported that in one form of Kunkelia nitens no dicaryon mycelium was produced at all and the aeciospores re- ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTs) 399 main uninucleate and produce a two-celled promycelium. The spermo- gonia in this race are never more than rudimentary and no receptive hyphae are formed. (Fig. 131.) A third type of life cycle is the one usually designated as 0, II, III, i.e., a cycle in which the typical aecial structure is lacking. The spermo- gonia are succeeded by sori containing spores exactly resembling typical urediospores. In the same way as are produced the dicaryon basal cells of the chains of aeciospores Christman (1907) showed that there are pro- duced dicaryon cells giving rise to urediospore-like structures. The latter give rise to dicaryon mycelium from which may arise later another series of urediospores. The usual interpretation of this phenomenon is that this is really a macrocyclic rust of the formula 0, I, II, III in which the aecio- spores are not produced in chains but singly on stalks, like urediospores. The primary (first produced) urediospores are therefore modified aecio- spores while the secondary ones are true urediospores. The aecium may be cup-shaped (cupulate) with a well-developed pe- ridium or it may be very tall so as to make a horn-like (cornute) structure. The peridium may be lacking so that the aecium is diffuse. Other forms are known, the most curious of which is the "hyphoid" aecium of Dasy- spora foveolata B. & C. (D. gregaria (Kze.) Henn.) in which a branching dicaryon mycelium emerges through various stomatal openings, forming a colorless mass of hyphae. These are terminated by single, not catenulate, aeciospores which drop off while the hypha elongates sympodially and produces another spore and so on. The cytology of this type of aecium needs careful investigation to determine where the diploidization occurs. Sydow (1925) interprets these as urediospores but Arthur and co-authors (1929) consider them to be aeciospores. (Fig. 132.) The uredium may be merely a cluster of stalked urediospores bursting through the epidermis of the host or it may be surrounded by paraphyses. In Cronartium and Puccmiastrum and closely related genera the uredium possesses a true peridium. In some genera, e.g., Coleosporium the uredio- spores, like the aeciospores, are produced in chains but they arise from a dicaryon mycelium and so differ from the latter. In a few rusts the ured- ium is cupulate and resembles the aecium but spermogonia are lacking. They are sometimes called secondary aecia. Cummins (1937) reported that the uredium of Prospodium is a salver-shaped structure whose slender stalk about three cells thick emerges through a stoma and spreads out as a flat plate with upright fringe-like marginal paraphyses. On the flat surface of the salver arise the stalked urediospores. In some species of the genus the telial sorus is quite similar. (Fig. 133.) The telium is the most variable structure in the order. Properly speak- ing a teliospore is a single cell, binucleate at first but becoming uninucleate by the fusion of the two nuclei and giving rise immediately or after a delay 400 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 132. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Various types of aecia. (A) Cupulate aecium of Uromyces erythronii (DC.) Pass. (B) Margin of caeomoid aecium of Phragmidium rubi (Pers.) Wint., showing absence of peridium but presence of paraphysate hyphae. (C) Hyphoid aecium of Dasyspora foveolata B & C. and a com- pound teliospore. (A-B, after Sappin-Trouffy : Le Botaniste, 5:59-244. C, after Sydow: Mycologia, 17(6):255-262.) ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 401 Fig. 133. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales. Types of uredia. (A) Uredium with peridium in Melampsoridium beiulinum (Pers.) Kleb. ; on either side a portion of a tehal sorus. (B) Uredium without peridium but with numerous capitate paraphyses among the urediospores, in Melampsora hehoscopiae (Pers.) Cast. (C) Urediospores of Coleosporium soUdaginis (Schw.) Thlxm., in a chain. (D) Extrastomatal uredium of Prospodiurn plagiopus (Mont.) Arth. (A-B, after Sappin-Trouffy : Le Botaniste, 5:59-244. C, after Christman: Botan Gaz., 44(2):81-101. D, after Cummins: Ann. ilfycoL, 35(1) :15-21.) 402 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE- to a promycelium. The teliospores are produced under the epidermis or in the epidermal cells or in the mesophyll, or very rarely (Cystospora, Go- plana) the basal cells from which they arise may push out through a stoma so that the teliospores are then produced externally. The stalked types of teliospores are formed subepidermally and become external by the rupture of the epidermis. In some genera they are formed in separable chains and the telium is surrounded by a peridium which bursts the epidermis and opens to allow the teliospores to escape. In the fern rusts of the genus Uredinopsis the teliospores are produced in the mesophyll of the leaf singly or united, two, three, or four together, into a compound teliospore, each of whose component cells gives rise to a separate promycelium which emerges from the leaf surface. In some species of Pucciniastrum the telio- spores are produced in groups of two to four cells in the epidermal cells of the host, but in other species these clusters of teliospores may be aggre- gated laterally into a subepidermal crust. In Cronartium the teliospores are joined laterally and longitudinally into a tall waxy column which pushes out through the epidermis to a length of up to 6 or 8 mm. In Melampsora and Coleosporium the teliospores are crowded laterally into a subepidermal or subcuticular crust. Among the stalked forms Uromyces has but a single teliospore at the apex of its stalk, Puccinia has two united teliospores on the single stalk, in Phragmidium one stalk bears a row of three to eight or more teliospores. In Pucciniosira the telium has a perid- ium and the teliospores are formed on a stalk in chains which break apart into units of two teliospores each. In Ravenelia the stalk bears a head of laterally united teliospores, below which hang colorless cells, the so-called "cysts." Usually in systematic literature these various types of compound teliospores are spoken of as single teliospores although properly each cell from which a promycelium arises is a teliospore. The order has been divided into many families or into two families. The author follows Dietel (1928) and the later works of Arthur (1929, 1934), both of whom recognize but two families, each divided into several tribes. Family Melampsoraceae. Teliospores without stalks, produced singly or united in groups of two to four in the mesophyll or just below or within the epidermal cells, or united laterally into subepidermal or sub- cuticular crusts, or united into separate vertical chains or into chains which are united laterally into a waxy column which bursts through the epidermis. Aecia mostly on species of Family Pinaceae. There are 15 to 20 genera and about 300 species. This family clearly includes the most primi- tive living representatives of the order. The genus Uredinopsis with its colorless thin-walled teliospores, single or united by twos, threes, or fours, in the mesophyll of the leaves of ferns, its two kinds of colorless uredio- spores, thick-walled and thin-walled, the sori surrounded by peridia, and ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 403 Fig. 134. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales, Family Melampsoraceae. (A, B) Uredinopsis struthiopteridis Stormer. (A) Urediospore. (B) Section through leaf of host showing uredial sorus with peridium, and teliospores scattered through the mesophyll. (C) P ucciniastrum goeppertianum (Klihn) Klebahn; telial stage in epi- dermis of Vaccinium sp. (A-B, after Dietel: Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 13(7):326-332. C, after Hartig: "Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten," Berlin, J. Springer, 1889.) with its aecia and spermogonia on the needles of species of Abies probably combines the greatest number of primitive characters of any rust, viz., telial hosts in the ancient group Pteridophyta, colorless urediospores and teliospores, the latter scattered in the mesophyll, uredia surrounded by peridium etc. Two other genera {Hyalopsora and Milcsia) with colorless teliospores formed in the epidermal cells are also found in the ferns. P uc- ciniastrum goeppertianum (Klihn) Klebahn is of interest because it is one of the few rusts in which the sporophytic mycelium is perennial. The aecia occur on the leaves of the fir (Abies) as is true of the other genera men- tioned above. The telial stage (no uredia are known) occurs in Vaccinium, its presence causing the development of a sort of witches' broom with an upright thickened stem and small distant leaves. The mycelium grows out Fig. 135. (See legend on facing page.) 404 ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 405 into the epidermal cells of the stem, there forming clusters of two to four closely united teliospores which send forth their promycelium almost im- mediately, through the epidermal cell walls. In Cronartium the gameto- phytic (monocaryon) mycelium is perennial in the twigs and cortex of older limbs of pine (Pinus), often causing the formation of galls which may attain great size and age, up to the size of a human head in C. quercuum (Berk.) Miyabe. The uredia are small, with a peridium. The teha are rows of teliospores united laterally into a waxy column 6 to 8 rows in thickness and bursting through the epidermis and projecting several milli- meters. These columns continue to grow at the base for some time. Each of the hundreds of teliospores of the column germinates immediately by a curved promycelium producing almost spherical sporidia. The dicaryon stage is found in various Flowering Plants (Anthophyta), apparently only in Dicotyledoneae. In Chrysomyxa the tehospores are in separate chains of three or more spores each which arise at the base of the sorus. The urediospores are also in chains. The sporophytic phase occurs in the Family Ericaceae in the wider sense and in a few other families. Coleo- sporium and Melampsora both produce subcuticular or subepidermal crusts one cell thick of laterally united teliospores. In the former the urediospores are produced in short chains and the promycelium is "in- ternal." In the latter the urediospores are single and the promycelium is of typical structure. Coleosporium solidaginis (Schw.) Thiim., on Aster spp. and Solidago spp. is abundant even in those parts of the United States where the aecial hosts (species of Pinus) are not found. It is apparently able to maintain itself by overwintering mycelium or urediospores. Me- lampsora medusae Thiim. causes the spotting of leaves of various species of poplars iPopulus) with the dark-colored telial sori, these being pre- ceded by the small powdery yellow uredial sori. The aecial host is the larch {Larix sp.) on whose young needles the almost white aecia appear. Most of the species of this genus have their aecia on Pinaceae, but M. lini (Pers.) Lev., on flax (Linum usitatissimum L.) is autoecious as is M. euphorUae (Schub.) Cast. In M. rihesii-purpureae Kleb., the tehal stage is on Salix but the aecial stage occurs on species of Ribes and Grossularia, while three other species with Salix as their telial host have as their aecial hosts respectively Saxifragaceae, and Larix and Ahies in the Pinaceae. One microcychc species M. farlowii (Arth.) J. J. Davis, occurs in the United States on Tsnga canadensis (L.) Carr. of the Pinaceae. (Figs. 134, 135.) Family Pucctniaceae. Teliospores usually stalked, simple or com- pound, sometimes without stalks and produced successively as simple or Fig. 135. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales, Family Melampsoraceae, (A) Cronartium flaccidum (A. & S.) Wint. ; teliospore column growing up through uredium. (B) Coleosporium sonchi-arvensis (Pers.) L6v.; vertical section through telium. (After Sappin-Trouffy: Le Botaniste, 5:59-244.) Fig. 136. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Uredinales, Family Pucciniaceae. Various types of teliospores, all compound except Uromyces and Goplann. (A) Uromyces fabae (Pers.) de By. (B) Puccinia graminis Pers. (C) Phragmidium ruhi-idaei (DC.) Karst. (Continued on facing page.) 406 ORDER UREDINALES (tHE RUSTS) 407 compound teliospores which escape from the sorus dry or embedded in sHme. Aecia only very exceptionally on Pinaceae. The stalked forms of this family are easily distinguished from the Melampsoraceae but the forms with tehospores produced in loose, quickly fragmenting chains are a sort of connecting group difficult to segregate definitely from one or the other family. Dietel (1928) recognized 83 genera and about 3000 species, while some authors add at least 20 genera by the segregation of such larger genera as Uromyces and Puccinia. These two are among the more important genera of the family with, respectively, about 600 and over 1800 species. The location of the spermogonia is of importance taxonomi- cally. They are subcuticular and rather flattened or subepidermal and then more spherical. The uredia may have paraphyses or these may be lacking. The aecia may be cupulate, or cornute, or hyphoid, or caeomoid, or uredioid. The teliospores may be single on the pedicel {Pileolaria, Trachyspora, Mainsia, Uromyces) or several on one pedicel (compound teliospores). In Puccinia there are two; in Phragmidium, Xenodochus, etc., three to many in a single row on the simple pedicel. In Ravenelia the telio- spores are numerous in a head on a usually compound pedicel, being sub- tended by hyaline "cysts." As in the Melampsoraceae many species are autoecious and long-cycled, others are heteroecious, and many lack one or more spore forms. In the case of Puccinia and Uromyces the relationship is very close. The spermogonia are subepidermal, the aecia are cupulate and the uredia are without peridium with urediospores single on long stalks, in both genera. The teliospores are brown and stalked, emerging from a ruptured epidermis. In Uromyces they are simple, in Puccinia compound, formed of two teliospores closely united in a row with a one- celled stalk. A number of cases are known where the aecia of heteroecious species of the two genera are borne on the same host and the urediospores and teliospores on the same alternate host, the aeciospores and uredio- spores of the respective species of Uromyces and Puccinia being practically indistinguishable. The only essential difference is that in the one genus the pedicel is topped by a single teliospore and in the other by two. Arthur (1934) believes that the frequency of such cases indicates a very close relationship of the two genera. In some species of Puccinia, inter- mingled in the same sorus may be found a varying number of Uromyccs- FiG. 136 — {Continued) (D) Dicheirinia binata (B. & C.) Arth. (E) Prospodium plagiopus (Mont.) Arth. (F) Ravenelia acaciae-micranthae Diet. (G) Section through portion of tehum of Goplana dioscoreae (B. & Br.) Cummins. (A, after Engler and Prantl: Die Xatiirlichen Pfianzen- familien, Leipzig, W. Engelmann. B, after Sappin-TroufTy: Le Botaniste, 5:59-244. C, courtesy, Cummins: Mycologia, 23(6):433-445. D, courtesy, Cummins: Mycologia, 27(2):151-159. E, courtesy, Cummins: Lloydia, 3(l):l-78. F, after Dietel: Botan. Centr. Beihefte, Zweite Abt.^, 20 :SA3-4\3. G, courtesy, Cummins: Mycologia, 27(6) :605- 614.) 408 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE like teliospores ("mesospores") among the typical compound teliospores. In Phragmidium the row of teliospores is longer, three to eight or more in a row, and the stalk is long and enlarged toward the base. In Gymnospo- rangium (with 40 or more species) the stalks are very long and their walls as well as the outer walls of the usually two-celled compound teliospores swell when wet so that the masses of teliospores are extruded from the telial galls as gelatinous tongues sometimes 2 to 3 cm. in length. The aecial hosts of this genus with a few exceptions belong to the Malaceae and the telial hosts are species of Juniperus or closely allied genera. This genus forms rather an exception in that it is the dicaryon stage that is perennial, the galls on the host persisting sometimes for several years. In Dicheirinia two, rarely three, verrucous teliospores are borne side by side at the apex of a common pedicel whose upper cell is divided into two or three short cells from which the teliospores arise. Prospodium, like Puccinia, has two teliospores in a single row but they differ in minor points. Goplana is some- times placed in this family because of its stalked spores. These grow up into a gelatinous matrix and, in the manner of Coleosporiinn produce an internal promycelium. Ravenelia is a genus whose tehospores form a head of one layer of fertile spores subtended by colorless cysts which possibly represent sterile tehospores. The head is supported by a centrally attached stalk usually several cells in thickness. The species of this genus are mostly tropical and subtropical and are autoecious so far as known. Gymnoconia resembles Puccinia in its two-celled compound teliospores but the aecia are diffuse (i.e., caeomoid) without peridium, and the spermogonia are subcuticular. Urediospores are lacking. (Fig. 136.) In addition to the genera and species assigned to these two families there are over 1000 species of which the telial stage is unknown or its connection with the other stages not determined. Peridermium, Aecidium (600 species) and Caeoma represent different types of aecia. Uredo (450 species) consists of species of which the uredial stage only is known. In most of these cases there are probably other stages as yet unknown or whose connection with these has not yet been demonstrated, but it is possible that in some of these species the other stages have been omitted during the course of evolution. The Uredinales are of great economic interest on account of their harmful effects on many important crops. The following may be men- tioned since they frequently cause great damage on small grains: Puccinia graminis Pers., several varieties on wheat, rye, oats, barley; P. ruhigo-vera (DC.) Wint., several varieties on wheat, barley, rye; P. coronata Corda, on oats; P. glumarum (Schm.) Erikss. & Henn., on wheat, rye, barley; P. sorghi Schw., on corn (maize); Gymnosporangium juhiperi-virginianae Schw., on apple; Tranzschelia pruni-spinosae (Pers.) Diet., on peach; Gymnoconia peckiana (Howe) Trotter and Kunkelia nitens (Schw.) Arth., on Ruhus spp.; P. asparagi DC, on asparagus; Uromyces phaseoli typica ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTS) 409 Arth., on Phaseolus vulgaris L.; Melampsora lini (Pers.) Lev., on flax; Cronartium ribicola Fischer, on white pine {Pinus strohus L.). Several species of rusts are harmful to ornamental plants. Order Ustilaginales (The Smuts). The Smuts are parasitic, but ca- pable of growth as saprophytes on substrata rich in organic material, e.g., well-manured fields. Flerov (1923) and Sartoris (1924) grew several species of Ustilago through to teliospore production on artificial culture media apart from their hosts. Recently Leach and Ryan (1946) grew Ustilago striiformis (West.) Niessl. from teliospore to teliospore. Kniep (1911) ac- complished this with Urocystis anemones (Pers.) Schroet. and Wernham (1938) with U. gladioli (Req.) Sm. In the host plant the mycelium is at first intracellular (Kolk, 1930) and later intercellular, with or without haustoria, and actually growing in and keeping pace in its growth with that of the meristematic regions of the host, usually dying in the portions that have passed that stage. A few species parasitic on perennial hosts live over winter in the crown of the plant so that the new growth becomes diseased. Seyfert (1927), investigating several smuts in Europe and Stak- man and Christensen (1927) studymg Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Unger, and Hanna (1929b), investigating the same species seem to have demon- strated clearly that clamp connections are often present in the dicaryon stage of growth. Sleumer (1932) however, claims that these are not true clamp connections but abortive branches. The nuclear behavior as re- ported by Seyfert would support the idea that they are typical clamp Fig. 137. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales. (Left and center) Family Ustilaginaceae, Ustilago levis (Kellerm. & Swingle) Magn. (Left) Mycelium in meri- stem of growing tip of seedling of Avena sativa L. (Center) Piece of intercellular mycelium. {Right) Family Tilletiaceae, Urocystis anetnones (Pers.) Wint.; haustorium. (Courtesy, Lutman: Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 16(2):1191-1244.) 410 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE connections, especially since Stempell (1934-1935) grew various species of Entyloma in culture and obtained typical clamp connections there. The teliospores are produced largely in the flowers, fruits, and inflorescences, but in many cases are produced in the leaves or stems. More often the masses of teliospores are dusty at maturity, and with the rupture of the host tissues are set free for distribution by the wind or other means. The sporidia are shot from the promycelium with considerable force in the Family Tifletiaceae accompanied by the formation of a droplet of water at the apex of the sterigma a moment before the discharge of the spore. Conidia are mostly produced on the saprophytic mycelium but in Tubur- cinia and Entyloma they are produced abundantly on the surface of the Hving leaves of the host plant on long conidiophores which emerge from the epidermis and give a whitish appearance to the affected leaf. When a conidium arises from a cell of monocaryon mycelium the nucleus of the cell divides and one of the daughter nuclei passes out into the conidium which grows out from one side of the hyphal cell. If the cells are binucleate both nuclei divide simultaneously and one daughter nucleus of each pair passes out into the developing conidium, or but one nucleus enters the conidium (Paravicini, 1917). Thus it is possible for a conidium from a monocaryon mycelium to produce a new mycelium only of the same sexual phase, but that from a dicaryon mycelium may produce a dicaryon mycelium or monocaryon mycelia of one or the other sexual phase depend- ing upon which nucleus entered the conidium. (Fig. 137.) Liro (1935-1938) described conidia in the anthers of plants of Carda- mine hellidifolia L., in whose pods the seeds were destroyed by Ustilago cardamines Liro. The conidia cover and fill the discolored anthers. He proposed for this conidial stage the name Rhombiella cardamines Liro. He also described, under the name Crotalia cifitractiae-fischeri, the conidial stage of Cintradia fischeri (Karst.) Liro, parasitic on Car ex canescens L. Infection of the host plant takes place only in meristematic tissues, by means of sporidia or conidia or by a germ tube produced in place of a sporidium. The Smuts fall roughly into four groups Avith reference to the manner of infection: 1. Infection takes place as the seed germinates, either from sporidia or germ tubes produced on promycelia from teliospores adhering to the seed or from sporidia or conidia present in the soil. This type of infection can be controlled by treating the seed with suitable disinfectants before planting them in soil free from smut. Examples are Ustilago avenae (Pers.) Jens., oat smut; Tilletia foetida (Wall.) Liro {T. levis Kuhn) and T. caries (DC.) Tul. {T. tritici (Bjerk.) Wint.), both of which cause stinking smut or bunt of wheat; Urocystis occulta (Wall.) Ilab., causing stem smut of rye. 2. Any actively growing meristem may be infected by sporidia or by conidia. In the case of maize smut, Ustilago zeae, the infection may occur on young roots, at any joint of the stem (i.e., the meristem at the base of ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTs) 411 each internode), on young, not yet unrolled leaves, on the male inflores- cence (tassel) before it emerges, on the young ear or certain grains of the ear and even on the elongated styles ("silks") on which N. F. Petersen has shown that it may cause small galls. ^ Treatment of the grain with disinfectants is of little value in controlling this type of infection. Planting must be done in soil free from the fungus. 3. Infection of the flower takes place at times of blooming. This was worked out by Brefeld and Falck (1905). It occurs in the loose smuts of wheat and barley, Ustilago tritici (Pers.) Rostr. and U. nuda (Jens.) Kellerm. & Swingle, respectively. When the host plant has headed out the flowers are normally self-pollinated before opening. When they open the teliospores from nearby diseased plants germinate and produce their sporidia or germ tubes on the stigmas and infect them, the germ tubes growing down into the ovary and entering the developing embryo, in the growing point of whose stem the mycelium becomes dormant until the grain is planted. Then it grows rapidly in the apical meristem, apparently causing Httle injury to the host plant until the head is being produced. Within this developing head the mycelium grows very vigorously and reduces it to a skeleton surrounded by the powdery masses of spores which are set free at just the time the healthy plants are coming into flower. Control is possible by soaking the infected grain and then dipping it into hot water at a temperature and for a length of time that will kill the con- tained mycelium without killing the grain. 4. Another type of infection has been shown by Mundkur (1943) to occur in the case of Neovossia indica (Mitra) Mundkur. In this smut the spores or the smutted grains fall to the ground and under favorable condi- tions the long promycelia produce up to 150 sporidia which are wind borne and infect the kernels in the dough stage or a little earlier. These kernels then become smutted that season. Smuts may cause large gafls consisting in part of host tissues and in part of fungus tissues. The galls of maize smut ( Ustilago zeae) may attain a large size and are edible when young. Various leaf smuts cause the pro- duction of galls, e.g., Doassansia on the leaves of Sagittaria. Many smuts on the other hand do not show their presence until their teliospores are formed. Ustilago violacea (Pers.) Fuckel, attacks several species of Dian- thaceae and Alsinaceae. Its teliospores are formed only in the anthers. When the female plant of a dioecious species of Lychnis is infected the presence of the fungus causes the flower to produce stamens, within which the fungus produces its spores although the normal female flower lacks stamens. The order is divided into two famihes which are almost certainly closely related and to which a third family, Graphiolaceae, is probably related. ^ In a letter to the author. 412 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE \ ^:^ ri;.Ti-sa>^-i'i<.^^'ii.J"-'..---»^'/'.-.'>-/^-.*p.-".vA.i'-^-«''^ "»"'**'"'"'- ,f „ ,i..S*>-= Fig. 138. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales, Family Ustilaginaceae, Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Unger. (A) Germination of teliospore to form promycelium and sporidia. (B) Two sporidia of opposite sexual phase, infecting epidermal cell of host {Zea mays L.), the slender germ tubes uniting to form a stout multinucleate hypha. (Courtesy, Hanna: Phytopathology, 19(5):415-442.) Family Ustilaginaceae. Promycelium transversely septate into several, mostly four, cells. The teliospores arise from transformed di- caryon cells of the mycelium. Sometimes the cell walls of the usually tangled hyphae swell and undergo gelatinization, thus separating the protoplasts to some distance. Around these then, within the gelatinized walls, new walls are laid down and the cells enlarge while the gelatinized walls disappear. At about the same time the two nuclei unite and the teliospores come to maturity. The teliospores are produced singly or united into spore balls. They are usually dark-colored, with the wall more or less thickened and smooth or rough. From each cell of the promycelium usually several sporidia are produced, for, unlike the majority of Uredi- nales, the nucleus of the cell divides several times and one of the daughter nuclei enters each sporidium. In some cases each promycelial cell grows out into a slender germ tube instead of producing sporidia. This difference in behavior is connected for some species with differences in temperature, moisture, etc. In Ustilago nuda (Jens.) Kellerm. & Swingle and U. tritici (Pers.) Rostr. sporidia are apparently never found. (Fig. 138A.) Sexual reproduction in this family is accomplished in various ways. In several species it has been determined that two of the promycelial cells represent one sexual phase and the remaining two the other phase. The distribution of the two sexual phases in the four cells of the promycelium may occur apparently in every possible order. In Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Ung., Hanna (1929b) showed that there occur four sexual phases. Prob- ably there are two allelomorphic pairs of genes on separate chromosome pairs that control this sexual behavior. If both chromosome pairs undergo their reduction (disjunction) division in the first or in the second of the two divisions occurring in the production of the promycelium two of the promycelial cells will be of one sexual phase and two of the opposite ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTs) 413 phase. This is the common case. But if one chromosome pair undergoes disjunction in the first nuclear division and the other chromosome pair waits until the second division before undergoing disjunction the result will be four nuclei with four different combinations of the sexual factors, i.e., four sexual phases in the same promycelium. This doubtless occurs in the other smut species also. The sexuality of smuts has been studied also by Paravicini (1917), Bauch (1922 and later publications), Dickinson (1927, 1928), Kniep (1926), Sleumer (1932), and others. Liro (1924) de- scribed a peculiar method of sexual reproduction in Ustilago vuijckii Oud. & Beijer., on Luzula multiflora (Hoffm.) Lej. This should be reinvestigated Fig. 139. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales, Family Ustilaginaceae. Germination of teliospores by two or more promycelia. (A) Sphacelotheca columellifera (Tul.) Yen. (B) Sphacelotheca schweinfurthiana (Thiim.) Sacc. (C) Sorosporium consanguineum E. & E. (After Yen: Rev. mycol, 2(2):76-84.) and similar studies undertaken on other species for it is very different from the method usually accepted for this family. The sporogenous hy- phae in the ovaries of the host are slender and more or less dichotomously branched. The cells are binucleate. From the base toward the apex of these hyphae the cells swell successively, usually leaving a slender portion containing the septum between each cell and the one next above it. At the upper part of a cell a branch is produced, containing one nucleus. This branch is separated from the cell below by a septum. It pierces the cell above by a very fine tube and the cytoplasm and nucleus pass into it, making it 3-nucleate. In the meantime a similar process from this cell takes one of the two original nuclei and transfers it to the next overlying cell, and so on. Then the two nuclei unite and a thick wall is formed, within and free from the original wall. Sometimes an "antherid," as Liro calls these small branches, from another hypha fertilizes a cell and in that 414 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE case the antherid from the cell below does not fertilize it but degenerates, unless it finds an adjacent hypha one of whose cells it can fertilize. Liro calls the receptive cells "oogones," and suggests the similarity to the sexual process in the Peronosporaceae. Oudemans (1895) saw these bridg- ing branches and called them clamp connections, but that can hardly be correct since they grow upward from the base toward the apex, and con- nect two dicaryon cells. Occasionally more than one promycelium may grow from a single teliospore. This has been observed by Brefeld (1895) and by Yen (1937), both in Sphacelotheca schweinfurthiana (Thiim.) Sacc. Yen observed a similar development of two promycelia from a teliospore of Sorosporiuni consanguineum E. & E. On dilute beer malt the sporidia are produced in clusters terminally (as in Tilletia) and in lateral groups, not one at a time from each cell of the promycelium. The sporidia in liquid media often bud in the manner of yeasts, forming a monilioid chain or a cluster of yeast-like cells. (Fig. 139.) Hiittig (1933) has shown that in Ustilago avenae (Pers.) Jens, the temperature has considerable effect upon the proportions of disjunction in the first and second meiotic divisions. Disjunction in the first division (called by him pre-reduction) occurred in 14 per cent of the cases at 9° C, 17.4 per cent at 19°, 31.5 per cent at 25.5°, and 18.7 per cent at 29.5°. Various chemicals also modify these proportions. Union of opposite sexual strains may take place by the conjugation of two sporidia, the nucleus of one passing into the other sporidium. When this germinates it gives rise to a dicaryon mycelium. Both Dickinson (1927, 1928) and Boss (1927) showed that the dicaryon phase initiated by the union of two sporidia is often only transitory in cultures of the fungus, the further growth of the mycelium consisting of monocaryon hyphae, some of one, some of the other sexual phase. For such species it seems probable that only when the union occurs in the tissues of the host is the dicaryon phase permanent. The binucleate sporidium may produce a binucleate conidium. Rawitscher (1912) and others have shown that instead of producing sporidia the promycelial cells of the opposite sexual phase may conjugate by short conjugation tubes, through which the nucleus of one of the cells passes into the other. This latter then produces binucleate sporidia. It may happen that uninucleate sporidia germinate and produce monocaryon mycelium. When two hyphae of such mono- caryon mycelia of opposite sexual phases meet they unite and a dicaryon mycelium results. A uninucleate conidium from one mycelium may unite with a hypha of a mycelium of opposite sexual phase, etc. Bauch (1922) showed that in Ustilago violacea (Pers.) Fuckel, the two sexual phases of mycelium differ in their reaction to various nutrients present, as evinced by the degrees of growth and distribution of the mycelia in various culture ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTS) 415 Fig. 140. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales, Family Ustilaginaceae, Ustilago hordei (Pers.) Kellerm. & Swingle. Normal and abnormal germination of teliospores. (A-G) Stages in the normal development. (H, I) Conjugation between promycelial cells of opposite sexual phase. (After Htittig: Z. Botan., 24(6):529-577.) media. Both of these differ from the mode of growth of the dicaryon mycehum produced when the two cultures are allowed to grow together. Dickinson (1927, 1928) showed for Ustilago levis (Kellerm. & Swingle) Magn., causing smut on oats, that infection does not take place unless mycelia of two opposite sexual phases are present. Monocaryotic struc- tures do not infect the host plants. It must be noted that Flerov (1923) studied a strain of U. avenae (Pers.) Jens., also causing a smut on oats, in which a monocaryon sporidium brought about infection by a monocaryon mycelium which eventually produced uninucleate teliospores in which no nuclear fusion occurred. From such teliospores arose a two-celled pro- mycelium. Boss (1927) found the same to be true in Sphacelotheca ischaemi (Fuckel) Clinton {Ustilago ischaemi). These are similar to the monocaryon strain of Kunkelia nitens studied by Dodge (1924). (Fig. 140.) Hanna (1929b) demonstrated for U. zeae on maize that single sporidia or conidia from cultures from single sporidia are able to infect the tender meristem wdth a very slender germ tube composed of monocaryon cells. This infection is usually of very limited extent and except in rare strains no smut galls or teliospores are produced. When two sporidia of opposite sexual phase infect the tissue in rather close proximity the slender mono- caryon hyphae approach one another and unite and thenceforth develop as a stout mycelium of dicaryon cells which penetrates the meristem in all directions. These hyphae show numerous clamp connections. Eventu- ally a smut gall is produced, filled with numerous teliospores. Similar conditions exist according to this author in Sorosporium reilianum (Kiihn) McAlpine, another species producing smut galls on maize. Christensen and Stakman (1926) studied various mutations of corn smut. Christensen (1929) reported three strains in which infection and production of large galls occurred with monosporidial cultures. He did not follow the cyto- 416 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE logical phenomena of these strains within the host. Similar results were obtained by Eddins (1929) in his studies of the same species. (Fig. 138B.) Aside from the distribution of the two sexual phases in the promycelial cells of Ustilago levis Dickinson studied the distribution of the factors for color of the mycelium and for form of the colony when grown in culture. These studies were made by isolating and culturing the sporidia, noting their position on the promycelium. The smut used was a cross of strains producing yellow and white mycelium and corrugated or depressed colo- nies. Out of 22 such isolations the sexual strains A and B occurred in the following order from the apex toward the base of the promycelium: A ABB (3 times), BBAA (5 times), ABAB (6 times), BAB A (twice), ABBA (3 times), and BAAB (3 times). The distribution of the other two sets of allelomorphic factors was apparently entirely independent of the distribution of the sexual strains and of each other. Hybridization has been brought about in cultures and also appears to occur in nature. E. and J. Hirschhorn (1935) have shown that in Argentina there may be present in the same smut gall on maize the three species Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Unger, U. fischeri Pass., and Sorosporium reilianum (Kiihn) McAlpine, and that there occur crosses between all three, so that all types of intermediate forms may occur together. Only very rarely are U. zeae and S. reilianum found alone in the pure state in Argentina. Fischer and Holton (1941) report the result of crosses between U. avenae (Pers.) Jens, on oats (Avena saliva L.) and U. perennans Rostr. on Ar- rhenatherum elatius (L.) Mert. & Koch. The race of the former that was used had naked sori with indurated spore masses while the latter had covered sori (i.e., the glumes were not entirely destroyed by the fungus) and powdery spores. The Fi grew on A. fatua L. but not on Arrhenath- erum. The F2 generations grew on A. saliva but still not on the tall oat- grass. It was demonstrated that the covered character is recessive to naked and the indurate recessive to powdery. Other hj^brids between species of Ustilaginaceae have been reported by Dickinson (1927-1928), Hanna and Popp (1931), Kniep (1926), and others. The occurrence of geographic races has been studied intensively in Ustilago longissima (Sow.) Tul., by Bauch (1930, 1931). He showed that multiple allelomorphy occurs in both the A and B factors. That the Ustilaginaceae are degenerate forms seems to be indicated by the fact that their types of sexual reproduction are not at all standardized. In the majority of cases studied the teUospore upon germination produces a four-celled promycelium, from each cell of which one or more sporidia are produced, but this is not universal. In some species germ tubes take the place of the sporidia. In Ustilago striiformis (West.) Niessl. several races are recognized on different hosts (Davis, 1935, Fischer, 1940). Fischer has shown that the teliospores of forma Hordei Fisch. germinate ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTS) 417 by the production of promycelia and sporidia, and that the latter pair by twos and then give rise to actively growing hyphae. On the contrary in forma Poae-pratensis Davis it was shown by Leach and Ryan (1946) that the teliospores germinate by the production of branched germ tubes of indeterminate length. The earlier divisions of the teliospore nucleus are regarded as meiotic so that this branching mycelium is considered to be haploid. Here and there in this mycelium the nuclei begin to assort in pairs and to undergo fusion. These hyphae wdth diploid nuclei grow and the cells divide but soon the cells separate and form teliospores by thicken- ing and becoming fusiform or limoniform with thickening and darkening of the spore wall. These phenomena can be followed in artificial cultures on agar. Another indication of the degeneration of this family is the fact that in some species of Ustilago no promycelium is formed but from the telio- spore there grow out cells that form short branching hyphae of yeast-like cells. Bauch (1923) found that in Ustilago longissima and its variety macrospora Davis the meiotic divisions of the diploid nucleus .of the ma- ture teliospore take place in the teliospore itself and that then successively sporidia are budded off from the latter. Into the first such sporidium two nuclei enter while into those subsequently produced one nucleus may enter or two, the latter being made possible by division of the nuclei remaining in the teliospore. More often the two nuclei in the first sporidium are of opposite sexual phase. In that case the sporidia become two-celled by the formation of a septum and then these two cells unite through conjugation tubes and grow out as slender dicaryon hyphae. The other sporidia if uninucleate mostly remain one-celled but conjugate with sporidia of op- posite sexual phase and then they too form the slender dicaryon "Such- faden." Onl}^ under exceptional circumstances is a typical four-celled promycelium formed, from the cells of which are budded off the sporidia. The teliospores of the Ustilaginaceae vary in their longevity. Fischer (1936) reports viable spores in herbarium specimens up to 3-10 years in many cases and as high as 23 years for Ustilago hordei (Pers.) Kellerm. & Swingle. Mutant forms have been observed frequently in smuts. Johnson et al. (1940) report the occurrence of a mutant race of Sorosporium syntherismae (Pk.) Farl., in which the teliospores are almost colorless but still retain their ability to infect the host. When grown in liquid culture media with an abundance of soluble carbohydrates the mycelium of smuts may break up into separate cells resembling and multiplying like the asporogenous yeasts. Teliospores sown in such media will frequently produce hyphae which become yeast- like, instead of typical promycelia. The family includes over 450 species in about 12 genera. About 61 per 418 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE cent of the North American species occur in members of the grass family (Poaceae) and about 14 per cent on sedges (Cyperaceae) with about 19 per cent in Dicotyledons, particularly in the Polygonaceae and the Aster- aceae. In the majority of species the spores are produced in the ovaries or other parts of the flower, or the whole inflorescence may be involved. Some species produce their sori in the leaves or stems of their hosts. The largest genus is Ustilago with over 300 species. Its spores are pro- duced singly in a powdery mass. Many serious enemies of cultivated plants are found in this genus, e.g., U. avenae (Pers.) Jens, and U. levis (Kellerm. & Swingle) Magn., destroying the spikelets and inflorescence of oats {Avena saliva L.), U. zeae (Beckm.) Unger, producing smut galls on maize {Zea mays L.), U. hordei (Pers.) Keflerm. & Swingle and U. nuda (Jens.) Kellerm. & Swingle on barley {Hordeum sativum L.), U. tritici (Pers.) Rostr. on wheat {Triticum spp.), U. striiformis (West.) Niessl on Poa pratensisL., U. violacea (Pers.) Fuckel on Dianthaceae, etc. Sphacelo- theca differs from Ustilago in having the powdery mass of teliospores sur- rounded by a pseudoparenchymatous layer of fungus tissue. S. sorghi (Link) Clinton is injurious to the ovaries of Sorghum vulgare Pers. and related species. In Schizonella the teliospores are in twos, otherwise much as in Ustilago. S. melanogramma (DC.) Schroet. produces long black sori Fig. 141. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales, Family Ustilaginaceae. (A) Spore ball of Sorosporium saponariae Rud. (B) Spore Imll of Tohjposporium junci (Schroet.) Woron., some of the spores germinating to form promycelia. (C) Ustilago kuehneana Wolff, teliosporo germinating with whorls of sporidia at the septa of the promycelium. (D) Schizonella melanogramma (DC.) Schroet. Tc^liospores joined in twos. (A, after Dietel, in Engler und Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 1-98, Leipzig, W. Engelmann. B-C, after Brefeld: Unter- suchimgen aus dem Gesammtgcbiete; der Mykologie, vol. 12, pp. 99-236. D, after Clinton: Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bull, 6:1-44.) ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTs) 419 in the leaves of various species of Carex. In Sorosporium, Tolyposporium and other genera the teliospores are united into more or less firm balls. They are largely parasitic on grasses. (Fig. 141.) Family Tilletiaceae. Promycelium nonseptate, the sporidia being formed at its apex in a dense cluster or in a whorl. The number of sporidia varies usually from 4 to 30-50, but in Neovossia indica (Mitra) Mundkur may reach 150 (Mundkur, 1943). The teliospores arise as terminal cells of hyphae or of short lateral branches or as intercalary cells. The two nuclei unite and the cells round up and secrete a heavier wall which may be dark or light in color and is smooth or more often reticulately marked or spiny. The teliospores occur as single spores in a dusty mass or united into small or large balls of spores with or without a covering or a core of sterile cells. These spores or spore balls may escape as a powdery mass or remain within the host tissue. The sporidia are fusiform or sickle-shaped and are inclined to unite by twos while still attached to the promycelium or after they have been shot off. A binucleate conidium may be produced directly from a pair of united sporidia. As in the preceding family the sporidia appear to be of at least two sexual phases. From one of the sporidia of the united pair a germ tube of dicaryon cells may grow out and infect the host plant. Infection may take place from a dicaryon conidium set free from the united sporidia or arising on a dicaryon mycelium. The sexual cycle which is initiated by the fusion of the sporidia is completed by the union of the nuclei in the teliospore. (Fig. 142A, B.) About 13 genera and over 250 species are recognized in the family. Tilletia (about 40 species) corresponds to Ustilago in producing its telio- spores as single cells in a powdery mass. T. caries (DC.) Tul. (T. tritici (Bjerk.) Wint.), with rough teliospores and T. foetida (Wallr.) Liro {T. levis Ktihn), with nearly smooth teliospores, cause stinking smut or bunt of wheat. Flor (1932) has crossed these two species by picking off single sporidia and allowing the two monocaryon myceha produced from them to unite. These hybrid mycelia were used successfully to inoculate wheat plants. The teliospores produced on these plants resembled most closely those of T. foetida. Certain species of Tilletia have been described from the capsules of Sphagnum and Anthoceros, both in the Bryophyta, but Bauch (1938) studying T. sphagni Nawaschin has demonstrated that it does not belong to this order, the supposed teliospores actually represent- ing the conidial stage of Helotium schimperi Naw., one of the Pezizales. Entyloma produces its teliospores singly and in the tissues of the host from which they do not escape as a powdery mass, but germinate within the host sending their elongated promycelia out through the epidermis and forming the sporidia externally. Conidia are also formed on conidio- phores which emerge through the stomata. Kaiser (1936) observed clamp connections on the mycelium of E. calendulae (Oud.) de Bary. Frequently Fig. 142. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Ustilaginales, Family Tilletiaceae. (A, B) Tilletia caries (DC.) Tul. (A) Teliospore with sporidia united in H form. (B) The conjugated sporidia have produced a dicaryon conidium. (C) Doassansia sagittariae (West.) Fisch., with some of the teliospores germinating. (D) Section through a portion of a spore ball of Doassnnsiopsis martianoffiana (Thiim.) Diet. (E, F) Tuburcinia trientalis (B. & Br.) Wor. (E) Section of portion of infected leaf with external conidia. (F) Germinating spore ball. (G) Germinating spore ball of Urocystis violae (Sow.) Fisch. de Waldh. (A-B, after Plowright: A Monograph of British Uredineae and Ustilagineae, London, Kegan, Paul, Trench, & Co. C, G, after Brefeld: Untersuchungen Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft 12, pp. 99-236; D, after Diotel, in Engler und Prantl: Die Natlirlichen Pflanzenfamihen, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 1-98, Leipzig, W. Engelmann. E-F, after Woronin: Abhandl. Senckenberg. Natur. GeselL, 12:559- 591.) 420 ORDER USTILAGINALES (tHE SMUTs) 421 the teliospores arise as outgrowths of these structures. Stempell (1935) ob- tained cultures of Entyloma on agar media from conidia on infected leaves. The mycelia were of two types, monocaryon and dicaryon, but clamp connections were produced only on the latter. He reported that sickle- shaped, uninucleate conidia were formed on the first type of mycelium and lunate, binucleate conidia on the dicaryon type. Both types of conidia are discharged violently with the formation of a droplet of liquid at the apex of the sterigma, just as occurs in the discharge of the sporidia from the promycelium. Hanna (1938) found that in several species of Entyloma two types of conidia were produced, sickle-shaped, uninucleate conidia which are discharged violently and slender filiform or needle-shaped conidia which are not shot off. In the species studied by Hanna the sickle- shaped spores were always uninucleate and lunate binucleate spores were not observed. The 100 or more species are found on Grasses (Poaceae), Ranunculaceae and other families, but particularly on the Asteraceae. Urocystis (about 60 species) produces its teliospores in balls of from two (rarely one) to four or five, the ball being partly or completely surrounded by a layer of small sterile cells. The mass of spore-balls is powdery and they escape upon rupture of the host tissue. U. occulta (Wallr.) Rab. causes longitudinal, lead-colored, slightly raised sori on the stems and leaf sheaths of rye {Secale cereale L.), the head being killed by the presence of the fungus in the stalk below, it being rarely entered by the fungus. The very similar U. tritici Korn, parasitic on wheat {Triticum aestivum L.) has been shown by Yu and his associates (1936) to occur in several physiologic races in China. U. violae (Sow.) Fisch. de Waldh. and U . anemones (Pers.) Wint. form their sori in the leaves, respectively, of Viola and of various species of the Ranunculaceae. In Tuhurcinia all the cells of the spore ball are fertile spores. It must be noted that Liro (1922) and others combine the genera Tuburcinia and Urocystis under the former name which is the earlier. About 20 species of Doassansia produce their sori in the leaves of various Alismataceae and related aquatic plants. The large spore balls have very numerous teliospores and an external layer of hyaline sterile cells. Doassansiopsis, also on Alismataceae, produces large spore balls made up of a central core of hyaline pseudoparenchymatous cells surrounded by a single layer of larger dark teliospores, these in their turn being surrounded by a filamentous sheath. (Fig. 142C-G.) As in the preceding family, the teliospores in the Tilletiaceae may live a long while. Fischer (1936) obtained germination from specimens pre- served in the herbarium for 10 years in the case of Entyloma dahliae Syd. and for 25 years for Tilletia foetida (Wallr.) Liro. Family Graphiolaceae. Parasitic in the leaves of palms. Sori formed under the epidermis and immediately underlying tissues and tearing these so as to permit the emergence of the spores. They consist of a thick, cup- 422 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE like, dark outer peridium surrounding the sporogenous central portion which may project some distance above the rim of the opened peridium. A thin hyaline inner peridium may surround this projecting mass of sporogenous hyphae. The spores are formed in parallel chains and bud laterally to form two to four (or more) sporidia which become more or less colored, with somewhat thickened walls. Bundles of sterile hyphae scat- tered throughout the chains of spores probably serve the same function as the capillitium in Mycetozoa, Lycoperdaceae, etc. They are lacking in one genus. (Fig. 143.) Graphiola has been carefully studied as to its morphology by Eduard Fischer (1883, 1920, 1922) and by Kilhan (1924) who showed the cyto- FiG. 143. Subclass Teliosporeae, Order Us- tilaginales (?), Family Graphiolaceae. (A, B) Graphiola phoenicis (Moug.) Poit. (A) Sorus on leaf of palm. (B) Sporogenous hyphae, the cells near the top produc- ing sporidia. (C, D) Graphiola thaxteri Fisch. (C) Group of four sporidia from one spore, three of them once septate. (D) Bundle of sterile hyphae in sorus. (A-B, after Fischer: Botan. Ztg., 41 (45) -.745-756. C-D, after Fischer: Ann. Mycolog., 20(3-4) :228-237.) logical features. The sporidia are uninucleate and produce a monocaryon mycelium in the host leaf. Eventually a mass of monocaryon hyphae is formed beneath the epidermis and immediately underlying layers of cells and from the marginal portiiju of the cushion arise vertically closely packed, branched, thick- walled monocaryon hyphae that form the outer peridium. This arches over the whole structure at first. From the central portion of the hyphal cushion arise the sporogenous hyphae and, if pres- ent, the sterile hyphal bundles. The cells are all at first monocaryon, and this remains true of the cells of the hyphal bundles. The cells of the closely packed sporogenous hyphae elongate rapidly and become multinucleate, but very soon cross walls divide these hyphae into chains of dicaryon cells. These soon show nuclear fusion. At this stage the sporogenous hyphae RELATIONSHIPS WITHIN THE SUBCLASS TELIOSPOREAE 423 show at their base monocaryon cells, a little further up cells with several nuclei, followed by a series of dicaryon cells, while the upper portion con- sists of cells each with a single diploid nucleus. These, according to Kil- lian, are the cells which correspond to the teliospores of the Ustilagin- aceae. In them the nucleus undergoes two divisions and the four nuclei pass out into the sporidia which bud out of the teliospores. The latter may remain attached, so that the upper portion of the sporogenous hypha shows teliospores with sporidia in various stages of development, or the teliospores may break apart before the sporidial development is com- pleted. The sporidia may remain one-celled or may become two-celled by the formation of a septum. In their germination they may bud like yeasts or form germ tubes. The true relationship of this family is not a matter of agreement among mycologists. Fischer and Killian incline to the idea of kinship with the Ustilaginaceae in some of which (e.g., Sphacelotheca) a peridium of hyphal tissue surrounds the sporogenous part of the sorus. The budding of the sporidia from the teliospores instead of the formation of typical promycelia caused Killian to refer to the somewhat similar case in Ustilago longissima referred to previously in this chapter. Fischer (1922) recognized two genera: Graphiola, with bundles of sterile hyphae among the sporogenous hyphae, the latter separating into their individual cells at maturity, and Stylina which lacks the sterile hyphae and whose sporogenous hyphae do not separate into individual cells. He described the four species of Graphiola studied by him and the one species of Stylina. Relationships Within the Subclass Teliosporeae It is very apparent that there is not a very close relationship between the more highly developed Uredinales and Ustilaginales. In vegetative structures the similarities are greater, the mycelium in both orders being intercellular with nucleated haustoria. Both types of mycelium are present, monocaryon and dicaryon, although the former may have a very brief life, especially in the parasitic life of the Ustilaginales. Eventu- ally in both orders the dicaryon mycelium produces special cells, the teliospores, within which the nuclei unite to form a diploid nucleus. This nucleus undergoes two meiotic divisions to form four haploid nuclei which apparently in both Rusts and Smuts are two of one sexual phase and two of the other. The meiotic divisions may occur in the teliospore but most often occur in the promycelium. In Ustilaginales the dicaryon phase of the mycelium frequently bears clamp connections but these have been demonstrated rarely in the Uredinales. In the sexual reproduction the Ustilaginales produce no definite male gametes. Any two cells of opposite sexual phase may unite to initiate the dicaryon phase, be it near- by promycelial cells, sporidia, conidia, or mycelia. In the Uredinales two mycelia of opposite sexual phase may diploidize one another when they 424 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE come in contact within the host but the usual mode of reproduction is by the union of sperm cells with special receptive hyphae of the opposite sexual phase. The Rusts have reached a much higher stage of specializa- tion of spore forms and of adaptation to alternate hosts, while the Smuts are parasitic but able to grow saprophytically, thus eliminating the neces- sity for two growth phases in the same or different species of hosts. Be- cause of the formation of sperm cells in typical spermogonia and the pro- duction of receptive hyphae the Rusts in this regard hark back to more primitive ancestral forms among the Ascomyceteae where such struc- tures are present. Clearly the Ustilaginales must have branched off from the earlier Rusts, with loss of these special organs, but at an early stage when the inherited tendency to produce clamp connections had not been lost. Jackson (1931) points out the similarity in life cycles of many Rusts and Florideae. This is worthy of further careful consideration. The rela- tionships of the Teliosporeae to the Subclass Heterobasidiae are discussed in the next chapter. Key to the Orders and Families of Subclass Teliosporeae Obligate parasites in Pteridophyta, Strobilophyta (Coniferae) and Anthophyta (Angiospermae) . Teliospores single or united into crusts or columns or several together in compound spores, remaining within the host tissue or bursting through the epidermis or cuticle. Spermogonia normally produced, the sperm cells diploidizing special receptive hyphae. Typically three types of spores are produced, aeciospores, the product of the diploidization of mono- caryon mycelium which arises from the sporidia; urediospores (repeating spores) and teliospores from which arise the promycelia and sporidia. Sporidia always expelled violently. Order Uredinales Teliospores without stalks, produced singly or in groups of two to four in the mesophyll or just below or within the epidermal cells or united laterally into subepidermal or subcuticular crusts or united into separate vertical chains or into chains that are joined laterally into a waxy column which emerges through the epidermis. Aecia mostly on species of Pinaceae. Family Melampsoraceae Teliospores usually stalked, simple or compound, sometimes without stalks and produced successively as simple or compound teliospores which escape from the sorus dry or embedded in slime. Aecia only very exceptionally produced on Pinaceae. Family Pucciniaceae Obligate parasites in Anthophyta or in many cases facultative saprophytes. Telio- spores single or united in columns or balls, remaining within or bursting out of the host tissue, mostly distributed by air currents. No spermogonia or special receptive hyphae. Diploidization by means of union of compatible spores, hyphae, etc. Typically only teliospores and oftien hyaline thin-walled conidia are produced. Sporidia expelled violently in one family, not so in the two others. Order Ustilaginales Promycelium transversely septate into several, mostly four, cells. Teliospores arising in the tissues of the host from transformed hyphal cells, and mostly distributed by air currents. Sporidia not expelled from the promycelium. Family Ustilaginaceae KEY TO THE COMMONER NORTH AMERICAN GENERA OF FAMILY PUCCINIACEAE 425 Promycelium not septate, the four to many sporidia at its blunt apex. Telio- spores mostly arising as lateral outgrowths from hyphal cells or intercalarly. Sporidia expelled from the promycelium. Family Tilletiaceae Promycelium lacking, but the teliospores bud directly to form four sporidia which form thick, dark walls. Teliospores in vertical rows in compact sori. Parasites in leaves of palms. Sporidia not expelled violently. Family Graphiolaceae Key to the Commoner North American Genera of Family Melampsoraceae (Based upon Arthur, 1934) Teliospores single or united laterally into groups of two or more. Telia in ferns (Polypodiaceae and Osmundaceae), aecia in Abies. Teliospores subepidermal. Uredinopsis Teliospores in the epidermal cells. Aeciospores and urediospores colorless. Milesia Aeciospores and urediospores with yellow contents. Hyalopsora Telia in Anthophyta (Angiospermae) . Teliospores with brown walls. Pucciniastrum Teliospores with colorless walls. Peridium of uredium delicate, with a central pore. Melampsorella Peridium of uredium firm, with long-pointed ostiolar cells. Melampsoridium Teliospores united laterally into subcuticular or subepidermal crusts. Promycelium external. Teliospore walls colored. Melampsora Tehospore walls colorless. Aplospora Promycelium within the teliospore. Coleosporium Teliospores in chains which are united laterally into long columns emerging through the epidermis. Urediospores borne singly on stalks. Cronartium TeUospores in chains which are not united laterally and not emerging as a column. Urediospores in chains. Chrysomyxa Teliospores united laterally into crusts of two or more layers, mainly tropical. Life histories not well known. Bubakia, PhysopeUa, Cerotelium, etc. Key to the Commoner North American Genera of Family Pucciniaceae Teliospores borne singly. Teliospores colorless; aecia peridermioid; autoecious. Mainsia Teliospores colored. TeUospores flattened vertically; aecia uredioid; autoecious. Pileolaria Teliospores spherical or short ellipsoidal, aecia uredioid, autoecious; spermo- gonia subcuticular.' Trachyspora TeUospores spherical or short ellipsoidal, with thickened apex; aecia cupulate (rarely uredioid); autoecious or heteroecious; spermogonia sub- epidermal. Uromyces 426 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Teliospores compound, two to a pedicel (see also Earlea). Teliospores easily separable, not surrounded by a conspicuous common mem- brane, pedicels fascicled at base; spermogonia subcuticular. Tranzschelia Teliospores not separable, surrounded by a distinct common membrane. Outer membrane gelatinizing when wet; spermogonia subcuticular. Uropyxis Outer membrane not gelatinizing when wet (except in the case of Gymnosporangium) . Spermogonia subcuticular; aecia caeomoid; no uredia. Gymnoconia Spermogonia subepidermal. Pedicel and teliospore Avail gelatinizing when wet; aecia cupulate or cornute; uredia wanting except in one species. Gijmnosporangium Pedicels not gelatinous when wet; aecia cupulate or (more rarely) ured- ioid.; apex of terminal teliospore thickened or papillate. Puccinia Teliospores compound, several in a row (one species of Earlea has simple telio- spores and several only two teliospores to a pedicel); spermogonia subcuticular. Teliospores with two to three lateral pores, smooth or more often verrucose; basal portion of pedicel inflated in water; uredia present; aecia caeomoid. Phragmidium Like the preceding but basal portion of pedicels not inflated in water; uredia absent except in one species; aecia caeomoid (often included in Phragmidium) . Earlea Terminal teliospores with one pore, the others with two, near the top; mostly smooth, pedicel short, not swelling in water; uredia wanting; aecia caeomoid. Xenodochus Teliospores with one pore in each cell, firmly united, smooth; pedicel elongated, not swelling in water, aecia uredioid. Frommea Teliospores with one pore in each cell, smooth, easily separable, pedicel very short; aecia uredioid. Kuhneola Teliospores compound, consisting of a basal teliospore attached to a long pedicel and two horizontally lying teliospores at its top; aecia uredioid, spermogonia subcuticular. Teliospores verrucose; uredia with paraphyses. Triphragmium Teliospores spiny; uredia wanting. Nyssopsora Teliospores numerous in a head, subtended by hyaline cysts. Ravetidia Key to the Commoner Mostly North American Genera of Family Ustilaginaceae {Based on Clinton, 1906) Teliospores separate. Sori dusty at maturity. Without definite false membrane. Ustilago With false membrane of fungus cells. Sphacelotheca Spores more or less agglutinated at maturity. Spores firmly agglutinated into tubercular nodules. Melanopsichum Spores developed around a central columella (rarely dusty). Cintradia LITERATURE CITED 427 Teliospores mostly adhering in pairs. Agglntinated, in leaves. Schizonella Dusty, in inflorescences. Mycosyrinx Teliospores in balls. Sori dusty or granular. Spore balls often evanescent; olive-brown or black-brown. Sorosporium Spore balls rather permanent; yellowish or reddish. Thecaphora Spore balls rather permanent; spores adhering by folds or thickenings of the outer coat. Tolyposporium Sori agglutinated. Spore balls of thick-walled spores. Tolyposporella Spore balls of central sterile cells surrounded by the ])eripheral functional teliospores. Testicularia (It must be noted that Ustilago and Sphacelotheca are in some cases distin- guished with difficulty. Furthermore, in some species of Sorosporium the telio- spores do not remain adherent in the spore balls, so that they are not easily distinguishable from the other genera. In some genera the germination of the teliospores has not been studied, or perhaps in only a few species of the genus.) Key to the Commoner Genera of Family Tilletiaceae Teliospores single. Spores dusty and escaping at maturity. Tilletia Spores remaining embedded in the host tissue. Entyloma Teliospores in balls. Sori dusty ; spore balls more or less surrounded by an adhering layer of sterile cells; escaping from the ruptured sorus. Uroajstis Spore balls more or less permanently remaining in the host tissue. Spore balls lacking a cortex of sterile hyphae. Spore balls dark, no sterile core. Tuhurcinia Spore balls light-colored, with or without a core of sterile pseudoparen- chymatous cells. Burrillia Spore balls light-colored, with a core of septate hyphae. Tracya Spore balls with filamentous cortex. No central core of sterile cells. Doassansia A single layer of spores surrounding a large core of pseudoparenchymatous cells. Doassansiopsis Key to the Genera of Family Graphiolaceae Bundles of sterile hyphae among the sporogenous hyphae; the latter separating at maturity into their individual teliospores. Graphiola No bundles of sterile hyphae present; the sporogenous hyphae do not separate at maturity into their individual teliospores. Stylina Literature Cited Adams, J. F.: Sexual fusions and development of the sexual organs in the Peri- dermiums, Penn. State Coll. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull, 160:31-77. Pis. 1-5. Text Figs. 1-8. 1919. Allen, Ruth F.: A cytological study of Puccinia glumarum on Bromus margin- atus and Triticum vulgare, J. Agr. Research, 36(6) :487-513. Pis. 1-12. 1928. — — — ■: A cytological study of heterothallism in Puccinia graminis, ihid.. 40(7): 585-614. Pis. 1-17. 1930. 428 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Allen, Ruth F.: A cytological study of heterothallism in Puccinia triticina, iUd., 44(10) :734-754. Ph. 1-11. 1932a. ■ — — ■ — •: A cytological study of heterothallism in Puccinia coronata, ibid., 45(9): 513-541. Ph. 1-16. 1932b. : Further cytological studies of heterothallism in Puccinia graminis, ibid., 47(1):1-16. PZs. 1-6. 1933a. - — ■ — ■ — ■: A cytological study of the teliospores, promycelia and sporidia in Puc- cinia malvacearum, Phytopathologij, 23(7):572-586. Figs. 1-4. 1933b. : The spermatia of corn rust, Puccinia Sorghi, ibid., 23(11) :923-925. Fig. 1. 1933c. : A cytological study of heterothallism in flax rust, /. Agr. Research, 49(9) : 765-791. Ph. 1-13. 1934a. : A cytological study of heterothallism in Puccinia sorghi, ibid., 49(12): 1047-1068. Ph. 1-7. 1934b. -: A cytological study of Puccinia malvacearum from the sporidium to the teliospore, ibid., 51(9):801-818. Ph. 1-9. 1935. Ames, Lawrence M. : An hermaphroditic self-sterile but cross-fertile condition in Pleurage anserina. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 59(6):341-345. Fig. 1. 1932. Andrus, C. F. : The mechanism of sex in Uromyces appendiculatus and U. vignae, /. Agr. Research, 42(9):559-587. Figs. 1-11. 1931. : Sex and accessory fusions in the Uredineae, /. Wash. Acad. Sci., 23(12): 544-557. 3 ^^s. 1933. Arthur, Joseph C. : Manual of the rusts in the United States and Canada, xv -j- 438 pp. 487 figs. Lafayette, Ind., Purdue Research Foundation, 1934. , in collaboration with F. D. Kern, C. R. Orton, and Others: The Plant Rusts (Uredinales), v + 446 pp. 186 figs. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1929. AsHwoRTH, Dorothy: Puccinia malvacearum in monosporidial culture, Brit-. Myco. Soc. Trans., 16:177-202. Ph. 8-9. Figs. 1-7. 1931. Barnett, Horace L. : Studies in the sexuality of the Heterobasidiae, Mycologia, 29(5) :626-649. Figs. 1-3. 1937. DE Bary, Anton: Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Uredineen, insbesondere die Entwicklung der Puccinia graminis und den Zusammenhang derselben mit Aecidium Berberidis, Monahber. kgl. preuss. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1865:15-49. 1 pi. 1865. Bauch, Robert: Kopulationsbedingungen und sekundare Geschlechtsmerkmale bei Ustilago violacea, Biol. Centr., 42(l):9-38. 1922. : Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklungsgeschichte und Sexualphysiologie der Ustilago grandis, Z. Botan., 17(3):129-177. Figs. 1-4. 1925. : Uber multipolare Sexualitat bei Ustilago longissima, Arch. Protistenk., 70(2) :4 17-466. PI. 15. Figs. 1-2. 1930. : Geographische Verteilung und funktionelle Differenzierung der Faktoren bei der multipolaren SexuaUtat von Ustilago longissima, ibid., 75(1) :101-132. 2 figs. 1931. : Die Sexualitat von Ustilago Scorzonerae und Ustilago Zeae, Phytopath. Z., 5(3):315-32L A>s. 1-4. 1933. -: tJber die systematische Stellung von Tilletia Sphagni Nawaschin, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 56(2):73-85. Figs. 1-7. 1938. Bennett, Alfred W., and George Murray: A Handbook of Cryptogamic Botany, viii -f- 473 pp. Figs. 1-382. London, Longmans, Green and Co., 1899. Bensaude, Mathilde: Recherches sur le cycle ^volutif ct la sexuality chez les Basidiomyc^tes, 156 pp. Ph. 1-13. Figs. 1-30. Nemours, H. Bouloy, 1918. LITERATURE CITED 429 Bessey, Charles E.: The homologies of the Uredineae (The Rusts), Am. Natu- ralist, 28(336) :989-996. PL 32. 1894. Blackman, Vernon H.: On the fertilization, alternation of generations and general cytology of the Uredineae, Ann. Botany, 18(71) :323-373. Pis. 2-2^. 1904. Boss, Georg: Beitrage zur Zytologie der Ustilagineen, Planta, 3(4) :597-627. Figs. 1-20. 1927. Brefeld, Oscar: Basidiomyceten I. in Botanische Untersuchungen iiber Schira- melpilze, Heft. 3, pp. 1-266. Pis. 1-11. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1877. : Basidiomyceten II. Protobasidiomyceten, in Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft. 7, pp. 1-178. Pis. 1-11. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1888. : Die Brandpilze I. in Botanische Untersuchungen iiber Hefenpilze. Fortsetzung der Schimmelpilze, Heft. 4, pp. 1-191. Pis. 1-10. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1881. : Die Brandpilze II. in Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft. 11, pp. 1-98. Pis. 1-5. Miinster i. W., Heinrich Schoningh, 1895a. : Die Brandpilze III. Hemibasidii, ibid.. Heft. 12, pp. 99-236. Pis. 6-12. Miinster i. W., Heinrich Schoningh, 1895b. ■ ■: Die Brandpilze IV. Hemibasidii, ibid., Heft. 13, pp. l-75.P/s. 1-2. Miinster i. W., Heinrich Schoningh, 1905. (R. Falck, co-author.) Die Brandpilze V. ibid., Heft. 15, pp. 1-151. Pis. 1-7. Miinster i. W., Heinrich Schoningh, 1912. Brodie, Harold J. : The oidia of Coprinus lagopus and their relation with insects, Ann. Botany, 45(178) :3 15-344. PI. 10. Figs. 1-24. 1931. ■ — : The occurrence in Nature of mutual aversion between mycelia of Hy- menomycetous fungi, Can. J. Research, C, 13:187-189. PL 1. 1935. The barrage phenomenon in Lenzites betulina, Genetica, 18:61-73. 1936. Brown, A. M. : Diploidisation of haploid by diploid mycelium of Puccinia heli- anthi, iVa^wre, 130(3290) :777. FzV. 1. 1932. : Studies on the interfertility of four strains of Puccinia helianthi Schw., Can. J. Research, C, 14:361-367. PL 1. 1936. Brunswik, H. Untersuchungen iiber die Geschlechts- und Kernverhaltnisse der Hymenomycetengattung Coprinus, Botan. Abhand. herausgegeben von Dr. K. Goebel, 1(5):1-152. Figs. 1-3. 1924. Buller, a. H. Reginald: Researches on Fungi, 6 vols. London, Longmans, Green and Co., 1909-1934. Vol. 1, xi + 287 pp., 5 pis., 83 figs., 1909; vol. 2, xii + 492 pp., 157 figs., 1922; vol. 3, xii + 611 pp., 227 figs., 1924; vol. 4, xiii + 329 pp., 4 pis., U9figs., 1931; vol. 5, xiii + 416 pp., 174: figs., 1933; vol. 6, xii + 513 pp., 231 figs., 1934. • — : The biological significance of conjugate nuclei in Coprinus lagopus and other Hymenomycetes, Nature, 126(3183) :686-689. A>s. 1-7. 1930. Fusions between flexuous hyphae and pycnidiospores in Puccinia gra- minis, ibid., 141(3557) :33-34. Figs. 1-3. 1938. Carleton, Mark A. : Cereal Rusts of the United States, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Vegetable PhysioL Pathol. Bull. 16:1-73. Pis. 1-4. Fig. 1. 1899. ■ — •: Investigations of rusts, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. 63:1-29. PZs. 1-2. 1904. Christensen, J. J.: Mutation and hybridization in Ustilago zeae: II. Hybridi- zation, Univ. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 65:89-108. Pis. 1-3. 1929. 430 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Chkistensen, J. J., AND E. C. Stakman: Physiologic specialization and mutation in Ustilago zeae, Phijtopathology, 16(12) :979-999. Figs. 1-11. 1926. Christman, a. H.: Sexual reproduction in the rusts, Botan. Gaz., 39(4) :267-275. PL 8. 1905. — : Alternation of generations and the morphology of the spore in the rusts, ibid., 44(2):81-101. PI. 7. 1907. Clinton, George Perkins: The Ustilagineae, or smuts, of Connecticut, Con- necticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bull., 5 :l-44. Figs. 1-55. 1905. : Ustilaginales, N. Am. Flora, 7(1) :l-82. 1906. CoLLEY, R. H.: Parasitism, morphology, and cytology of Cronartium ribicola, J. Agr. Research, 15(12) :619-660. Pis. 48-59. 1918. Craigie, J. H.: Experiments on sex in rust fungi, Nature, 120(3012) :116-117. Fig. 1. 1927a. : Discovery of the function of the pycnia of the rust fungi, ibid., 120(3030) : 765-767. Figs. 1-2. 1927b. ■: On the occurrence of pycnia and aecia in certain rust fungi. Phytopa- thology, 18(12) -.1005-1015. Figs. IS. 1928. : An experimental investigation of sex in the rust fungi, ibid., 21(11) :1001- 1040. A'^s. 1-14. 1931. -: Union of pycniospores and haploid hyphae in Puccinia helianthi Schw., Nature, 131(3297) :25. Fig. 1. 1933. Cummins, George B.: Phragmidium species of North America: Differential teliospore and aecial characters, Mycologia, 23(6): 433-445. PI. 32. 1931. : The genus Dicheirinia, ibid., 27(2):151-159. PI. 16. 1935a. : Notes on some species of the Uredinales, Mycologia, 27(6) :605-614. Figs. 1-5. 1935b. -: Prospodium; notes on the morphology of the sori, Ann. Mycol., 35(1) :15- 21. PI. l.Fig. 1. 1937. -: The genus Prospodium, Lloydia, 3(l):l-78. Figs. 1-12. 1940. Dangeard, p. a.: M^moire sur la reproduction sexuelle des Basidiomycetes, Le Botaniste, 4:119-181. Figs. 1-24. 1894-1895. Davis, W. H. : Summary of investigations with Ustilago striaeformis parasitizing some common grasses. Phytopathology, 25(8):810-817. 1935. De Ferry de' la Bellone, C: Du mycelium des champignons hypog^s en general et de celui des Tuberacees en particulier, Assoc, frang. avance. sci., Comp. rend. 14e session, Grenoble, 1885, Seconde partie: 437-443. PL 11. 1886. Dickinson, Sydney: Experiments on the physiology and the genetics of the smut fungi, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, B, 101(708) :126-136. PI. 10. Figs. 1-3. 1927; 102(715) :174-176. 1927; 103(726) :547-555. PL 1. 1928. DiETEL, P. : Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Uredinopsis Magnus, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 13(7) :326-332. PL 26. 1895. — : Uber den Generationswechsel der Rostpilze, Natur und Schule, 1:205- 216. 1902. : Monogiaphie der Gattuiig Ravenelia Berk, Botan. Centr. Beihefte, Zweite Abt., 20:343-413. Pis. 5-6. 1906. -: Unterklasse Hemibasidii (Ustilaginales und Uredinales), in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Naturlichen Pfianzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, 6:1-98. Figs. 1-80. 1928. Dodge B. 0.: Effect of the orange rusts of Rubus on the development and distri- bution of stomata, J. Agr. Research, 25(12) :495-500. PL 1. Fig. 1. 1923. LITERATURE CITED 431 — ■: Uninucleated aecidiospores in Caeoma nitens and associated phenomena, ibid., 28(10) :1045-1058.P;s. 1-5. 1924. AND L. O. Gaiser: The question of nuclear fusions in the blackberry rust, Caeoma nitens, ibid., 32(11). -1003-1024. Pis. 1-4. 1926. Drayton, F. I.: The sexual mechanism of Sclerotinia Gladioli, Mycologia, 2Q{1): 46-72. Pis. 5-7. Figs. 1-4. 1934. Eddins, a. H.: Pathogenicity and cultural behavior of Ustilago zeae (Beckm.) Ung. from different localities, Phytopathologij, 19(10) :885-916. Figs. 1-7. 1929. Eriksson, Jakob : Ueber die Specialisierung des Parasitismus bei den Getreide- rostpilzen, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 12(9):292-331. 1894. : Ueber die Specialisierung des Getreideschwarzrostes in Schweden und in anderen Landern, Centr. Bakt., Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 9(16):590-607; (17-18) :654-658. 1902. Fischer, E.: Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Graphiola, Botan. Ztg., 41(45): 745-756; (46):761-773; (47):777-788; (48) :791-801. P/. 6. 1883. : Zur Kenntnis von Graphiola und Farysia, Ann. Mycol., 18(4-6) :188-197. Figs. 1-7. 1920. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Graphiola, ibid., 20(3-4): 228-237. Figs. 1-4. 1922. Fischer, George W.: The longevity of smut spores in herbarium specimens, Phytopathologij, 26(12) :1 118-1 127. 1936. : Fundamental studies of the stripe smut of grasses (Ustilago striaeformis) in the Pacific Northwest, ibid., 30(2):93-118. Figs. 1-4. 1940. -, AND C. S. Holton: Inheritance of sorus characters in hybrids between Ustilago avenae and U. perennans, Mycologia, 33(5) :555-567. Figs. 1-3. 1941. Flerov, B. K. : Sur la cytologie de I'Ustilago Avenae Pers. d'apres des cultures in vitro, in Travaux de la Section de Mycologie et de Phytopathologie de la Soci^te Botanique de Russe: Tome I. Travaux de la Division de Moscou, pp. 23-36. PI. 3. 1923. (Russian, with French summary.) Flor, H. H. : Heterothallism and hybridization in Tilletia tritici and T. levis, /. A^r. Peseorc/i, 44(1) :49-58. 1932. : Physiologic specialization of Melampsora lini on Linum usitatissimum, ibid., 51(9):819-837. PL 1. 1935. Freeman, E. M., and E. C. Johnson: The rusts of grains 'm the United States, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bureau of Plant Industry Bull. 216:1-87. PI. 1. 1911. Fries, Elias: Ordo IV. Hypodermii, Systema Mycologicum, sistens fungorum ordines, genera et species hucusque cognitas, vol. 3, pp. 504-519. Greifswald, Ernest Mauritius, 1832. Gaumann, Ernst Albert: Comparative Morphology of Fungi. Translated and revised by Carroll William Dodge, xiv + 701 pp. 406 figs. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1928. Grove, W. B.: The evolution of the higher Uredineae, New Phytologist, 12(3) :89- 106. Figs. 1-2. 1913. Hanna, W. F.: The problem of sex in Coprinus lagopus, Ann. Botany, 39(154): 431-457. 1925. : Nuclear association in the aecium of Puccinia graminis. Nature, 124 (3120) :267. 1929a. : Studies in the physiology and cytology of Ustilago zeae and Sorosporium reilianum, Phytopathology, 19(5):415-442. PI. 7. Figs. 1-3. 1929b. : The discharge of conidia in species of Entyloma, Mycologia, 30(8) :526- 536. Fi^. 1. 1938. 432 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Hanna, W. F., and W. Popp: Relationship of the oat smuts, Phytopathology, 21 (1):109. 1931. (Abstract.) Hakper, R. a. : Nuclear phenomena in certain stages in the development of the smuts, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 12:475-498. Pis. 8-9. 1898. — : Binucleate cells in certain Hymenomycetes, Botan. Gaz., 33(1) :l-25. PL 1. 1902. Harter, L. L., and W. J. Zaumeyer: Differentiation of physiologic races of Uromyces phaseoli typica, J. Agr. Research, 62(12) :717-731. Pis. 1-3. 1941. Hartig, Robert: Lehrbuch der Baumkrankheiten, Zweite verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage, ix + 291 pp. 1 colored plate. Figs. 1-137. Berlin, Julius Springer, 1889. HiRMER, Max: Zur Kenntnis der Vielkernigkeit der Autobasidiomyzeten, I, Z. Botan., 12:657-674. PI. 5. Figs. 1-10. 1920. HiRSCHHORN, Elisa y Julio I Los carbonas del maiz en Argentina, Rev. facultad agron. Univ. nacL (La Plata), 20(2) :108-139. PZs. 1-5. 1935. HtJTTiG, Werner: Uber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die Keimung und Geschlechterverteilung bei Brandpilzen, Z. Botan., 24:529-577. Figs. 1-26. 1931. : tJber physikalische und chemische Beeinflussungen des Zeitpunkts der Chromosomenreduktion bei Brandpilzen, ibid., 26(l):l-26. Figs. 1-9. 1933. Jackson, Herbert S.: Present evolutionary tendencies and the origin of life cycles in the Uredinales, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 18(1):1-108. 1 fig. 1931. Johnson, H. W.; H. A. Rodenhiser; and C. L. Lefebvre: Two types of fall Panicum smut, J. Agr. Research, 61(12) :865-875. Figs. 1-7. 1940. Kaiser, Walter: Zur Biologie und Entwicklungsgeschichte einiger Entyloma- Arten, Angew. Botan., 18(2) :81-131. Figs. 1-4. 1936. Kemper, Wilhelm: Zur Morphologie und Zytologie der Gattung Coniophora, insbesondere des sogenannten Kellerschwamms, Zentr. Bakt., Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 97(4-8) :100-124. Figs. 1-20. 1937. Killian, Charles: Le d^veloppement du Graphiola phoenicis Poit., et ses affinit^s, Rev. gen. botan., 36:385-394, 451-460. Pis. 7-10. 1924. Kniep, Hans: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymenomyceten III, Z. Botan., 7(6): 369-398. PL 2. Figs. 1-20. 1915. : Urocystis anemones (Pers.) Winter, ibid., 13:282-311. 1921. : tJber Artkreuzungen bei Brandpilzen, Z. Pilzk., 5(14-15) :217-247. Figs. 1-35. 1926. Die Sexualitat der niederen Pflanzen, 544 pp. 221 figs. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1928. KoLK, Laura Alma: Relation of host and pathogen in the oat smut, Ustilago Avenae, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 57(7) :443-507. Pis. 27-30. Figs. 1-21. 1930. KiJHNER, R. E. : Contribution h I'^tude des Hymenomycetes et sp^cialement des Agaricac^es, Le Botaniste, 17:5-218. 4 pis. 37 figs. 1926. Lamb, Ivan M.: On the morphology and cytology of Puccinia Prostii Moug., a micro-form with pycnidia, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 58(1);143-162. Pis. 1-2. 1934. Leach, J. G., and Mary Alice Ryan: The cytology of Ustilago striiformis forma Poae-pratensis in artificial culture. Phytopathology, 36(10) :876-886. Figs. 1-6. 1946. Lehfeldt, W.: tiber die Entstehung des Paarkernmycels bei heterothallischen Basidiomyceten, Hedwigia, 64:30-51. PL 1. Figs. 1-3. 1923. Lindfors, T. : Studien iiber den Entwicklungsverlauf bei einigen Rostpilzen aus zytologischen und anatomischen Gesichtspuukten, Svensk Botans. Tid., 18:1-84. Illustrated. 1924. LITERATUKE CITED 433 LiRO, J. Ivar: Die Ustilagineen Finnlands, I, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennicae, A, 17(1): 1-636. Figs. 1-9. 1924. : Die Ustilagineen Finnlands, II, ibid., 42:i-xiii, 1-720. Figs. 1-8, 1 map. 1935-1938. LuTMAN, B. F.: Some contributions to the life history and cytology of the smuts, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 16(2) :1 191-1244, Pis. 87-95. 1910. Mains, E. B.: Additional studies concerning the rust of Iris, Phytopathology, 28(1):67-71. 1938. , AND H. S. Jackson: Physiologic speciaUzation in the leaf rust of wheat, Puccinia triticina Erikss., Phytopathology, 16(2):89-119. Pis. 6-9. 1926. Malenqon, G.: Notulae mycologicae Maroccanae, Rev. mycol., N.S., l(2):43-74. Pis. 2-7. 1936. Massee, George: On the presence of sexual organs in Aecidium, Ann. Botany, 2(5):47-51.PZ. 4A. 1888. Mattirolo, 0.: Sul parassitismo dei tartufi e sulla questione delle mycorhizae, Malpighia, 1:359-369. PL 10. 1887. MoREAU, Mme. Fernand: Les phenomenes de la sexuality chez les Ur^din^es, Le Botaniste, 13:145-284. PZs. 15-28. 2 figs. 1913. MoREAU, M. ET Mme. Fernand: L'^volution nucleaire chez I'Endophyllum Sempervivi L6v., Bull. soc. mycol. France, 33:70-72. Figs. 1-6. 1917. ET — : L'ecidiospore de TEndophyllum Euphorbiae-silvaticae (D.C.) Winter est-elle le siege d'une karyogamie?, ibid., 33:97-99. Figs. 1-5. 1917. ET : Les Ur^din^es du groupe Endophyllum, Bidl. Soc. Botan. France, 66:14-44. Figs. 1-15. 1919. ET : Les phenomenes cytologiques de la reproduction chez les champignons des lichens, Le Botaniste, 20(1-2) :l-67. Figs. 1-35. 1928. MouNCE, Irene : Homothallism and heterothallism in the genus Coprinus, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 8:256-269. 1922. , AND Ruth Macrae: The behavior of paired monosporous mycelia of Lenzites saepiaria (Wulf.) Fr., L. trabea (Pers.) Fr., L. thermophila Falck, and Trametes americana Overh., Can. J. Research, C, 14 :215-221. P/. 1. 1936. Mundkur, B, B.: Karnal bunt, an air-borne disease, Current Science (India), 12(8):230-231.PiV. 1. 1943. Newton, Dorothy E. : Bisexuality of individual strains of Coprinus rostrupianus, Ann. Botany, 40(157) :105-128. PL 6. Figs. 1-17. 1926. : The distribution of spores of diverse sex on the hymenium of Coprinus lagopus, ibid., 40(160) :891-917. 1926. Newton, Margaret; T. Johnson; and A. M. Brown: A preliminary study in the hybridization of physiologic forms of Puccinia graminis tritici, Sci. Agr., 10(11) :721-731. Figs. 1-4. 1930, ; — — — ■; : A study of the inheritance of spore color and patho- genicity in crosses between physiologic forms of Puccinia graminis tritici, ibid., 10(12) :775-79S. Figs. 1-8. 1930. Oersted, A. S.: Forelobig beretning om iagttagelser, hvored det godtgjores at Podisoma Sabinae (Dicks.) og Roestelia. cancellata (Jacq.) ere vexlende generationer of samme svampeart, Botan. Notiser, 1865:105-107. 1865. Olive, Edgar W. : Sexual cell fusions and vegetative nuclear divisions in the rusts, Ann. Botany, 22(87) :331-360. PI. 22. 1908. Oort, a. J. P.: Die Sexualitat von Coprinus fimetarius, Rec. trav. botan. neerland., 27:85-148. Pis. 4-6. Figs. 1-5. 1930. Orton, C. R.: a working hypothesis on the origin of rusts, with special reference to the phenomenon of heteroecism, Botan. Gaz., 84(2) :1 13-138. 1927. 434 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE OuDEMANS, C. A. J. A.: Over twee nog onbekende fungi: Septoria Dictyotae en Ustilago Vuijckii, Verslagen. Zittingen Wis- Natuurk. Afdeel. Koninkl. Akad. Wetenschap. Amsterdam, 3:54-57. 1895. Pady, S. M.: The role of intracellular mycelium in systemic infections of Rubus with the orange-rust, Mycologia, 27(6):618-637. Figs. 1-42. 1935. ■: Teliospore discharge in Puccinia tumidipes Peck, ibid., 40(l):21-33. Figs. 1-9. 1948. Paravicini, Eugen: Untersuchungen tiber das Verhalten der Zellkerne bei der Fortpflanzung der Brandpilze, Ann. MycoL, 15(1-2) :57-96. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-5. 1917. PiERSON, RoYALE K. : Fusion of pycniospores with filamentous hyphae in the pycnium of the white pine blister rust, Nature, 131(3316) :728-729. 1933. Plowright, Charles B.: A monograph of British Uredineae and Ustilagineae, vii + 347 pp. Pis. 1-8. Figs. 1-13. London, Kegan, Paul, Trench, & Co., 1889. QuiNTANiLHA, A. : Cytologie et g^netique de le sexualite chez les Hymenomycetes, Bol. soc. Broteriana, lime ser., 10:289-336. 4 ph. 1935. Rawitscher, Felix: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ustilagineen, Z. Botan., 4:673- 706. PI. 8, Figs. 1-20. 1912. Rice, Mabel A.: Reproduction in the rusts, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 60(1): 23-54. Pis. 4-6. 1933. : The relation of Uromyces Caladii and other rusts to their hosts, ibid., 61(3):155-162. Pis. 6-8. 1934. Sappin-Trouffy, p. : Sur la signification de la fecondation chez les Uredinees, Le Botaniste, 5 :S2-37. Figs. 1-2. 1896a. — ■ — ■ — •: Recherches mycologiques, ibid., 5:44-58. Figs. 1-6. 1896b. : Recherches histologiques sur le famille des Uredinees, ibid., 5:59-244. Figs. 1-70. 1896c. Sartoris, George B.: Studies in the life history and physiology of certain smuts. Am. J. Botany, 11(10) :617-647. Pis. 39-41. 1924. Sass, John E.: The cytological basis for homothallism and heterothallism in Agaricaceae, Am. J. Botany, 16(9) :663-701. Pis. 64-67. Figs. 1-6. 1929. Savile, D. B. O.: Nuclear structure and behavior in species of the Uredinales, Am. J. Botany, 26(8) :585-609. Figs. 1-106. 1939. ScHEiBE, A.: Studien zum Weizenbraunrost, Puccinia triticina Eriksson: I. Methoden und Ergebnisse bei der Bestimmung seiner physiologischen Formen (Biotypen), Arb. biol. Reichsanstalt Land- u. Forstw., 16(4):575-608. 2 colored plates. 6 figs. 1929. Seyfert, Richard: tJber Schnallenbildung im Paarkernmyzel der Brandpilze, Z. Botan., 19:577-601. Figs. 1-22. 1927. Shear, C. L., and B. 0. Dodge: Life histories and heterothallism of the red bread- mold fungi of the Monilia sitophila group, /. Agr. Research, 34(11) :1019- 1042. Pis. 1-4. 1927. SiBELiA, C: Ricerche sulle ruggiiii dei cereali: V. LHteriori ricerche sulla specializ- zazione delle "Puccinia triticina" Erikss. in Italia, Boll. staz. patol. vegetale, Roma, N.S., 16(2) :69-75. 1 map. 1936. Sleumer, Hermann Otto: tJber Sexualitiit und Zytologie von Ustilago Zeae (Beckm.) Unger, Z. Botan., 25(3):209-263. PL 1. Figs. 1-33. 1932. Stakman, E. C: A study in cereal rusts, physiological races, Lhiiv. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 138:1-56. Pis. 1-9. 1914. ; R. C. Cassell; and M. B. Moore: The cytology of Urocystis occulta, Phytopathology, 24(8) :874-889. P/s. 1-3. 1934. -, AND J. J. Christensen: Heterothallism in Ustilago zeae, Phytopathology, 17(12) :827-834. 1927. LITEKATURE CITED 435 — ; ; AND H. E. Brewbaker: Physiologic specialization in Puccinia sorghi, Phytopathology, 18(4) :345-354. Figs. 1-2. 1928. — ; ; C. J. Eide; and Bjorn Peturson: Mutation and hybridization in Ustilago zeae: I. Mutation, Univ. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 65 : 1-87. Pis. 1-10. 1929. — , AND M. N. Levine: The determination of biologic forms of Puccinia graminis in Ti'iticum spp., Univ. Minnesota Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 8: 1-10. A^. 1. 1922. — ; ■ — ; AND R. V. Cotter: Origin of physiologic forms of Puccinia gra- minis through hybridization and mutation, Sci. Agr., 10(11) :707-720. 1930. -, AND F. J. Piemeisel: Biologic forms of Puccinia graminis on cereals and grasses, /. Agr. Research, 10(9) :429-496. Pis. 53-59. 1917. Stempell, K. L. : Studien liber die Entwicklungsgeschichte einiger Entyloma- Arten und iiber die systematische Stellung der Familie der Sporobolomycetes, Z. Botan., 28(4) :225-259. PI. 1. Figs. 1-9. 1935. Sydow, H.: Rusts of British Guiana and Trinidad, Mycologia, 17(6) :255-262. Fig. 1. 1925. Thirumalachar, M. J. : a cytological study of Uromyces aloes, Botan. Gaz., 108(2) :245-254. Figs. 1-25. 1946. Vandendries, Rene : Contribution nouvelle a I'^tude de^la sexuality desjBasidi- omycetes. La Cellule, 35:129-157. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-4. 1924. ■ — ■ — — ■: Les barrages sexuels chez Lenzites betulina (L.) Fr., Compt. rend., 198(2) : 193-195. 1934. : Les tendences sexuelles chez les Polypores, Rev. mycol., N.S., l(2):85-92. (4):181-190, (6):294-302. IQ figs. 1936. , et H. J. Brodie: Nouvelles investigations dans la domaine de la sexuality des Basidiomycetes et ^tude exp^rimentale des barrages sexuels. La Cellule, 42(2):165-209. 1 pi. 21 figs. 1933. -, ET P. Martens: Oidies haploides et diploides sur mycelium diploide chez "Pholiota aurivella" Batsch, Acad. roy. Belg., Bull, classe sci., 5e. s^r., 18: 468-472. 1 fig. 1932. Voss, W. : tJber Schnallen und Fusionen bei den Uredineen, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 21(7):366-371.PL 19. 1903. Wang, Yun-Chang, et P. Martens: Sur I'origine de la dicaryophase chez quelques UrMinees, La Cellule, 48:213-245. Figs. 1-81. 1939. Waterhouse, W. L.: a preliminary account of the origin of two new Australian physiologic forms of Puccinia graminis tritici, Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 54(2) :96-106. PL 4. 1929. Weir, James R.: A short review of the general characteristics and cytological phenomena of the Uredineae, with notes on a variation in the promycelium of Coleosporium pulsatillae (Str.), New Phytologist, ll(4):129-239. 1912. Wernham, C. C: Chlamydospore production on artificial media by Urocystis gladioli. Phytopathology, 28(8) :598-600_. Fig. 1. 1938. WoRONiN, Michael: Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Ustilagineen, in A. de Bary und M. Woronin: Beitrage zur Morphologie und Physiologie der Pilze, V. Reihe, Ahhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, 12:559-591. Illustrated. 1882. Yen, Wen-Yu: Note sur quelques Ustilagin^es marocaines. Rev. mycol., N.S., 2(2):76-84. 2 pis. Figs. 1-5. 1937. Yu, T. F. ; L. Hwang; and C. T. Tsiang: Varietal resistance and susceptibility of wheats to flag smut (Urocystis tritici Koern.) : III. Physiologic specializa- tion in Urocystis tritici Koern., Bull. Chinese Botan. Soc, 2(2) :1 11-1 13. 1936. 13 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE: SUBCLASS HETEROBASIDIAE IN THE basidial structure of one of its orders, the Auriculariales, this subclass shows many points of similarity with the more typical forms of Subclass Teliosporeae. By some authors (e.g., Patouillard, 1900) the latter are included in this order. Taking all their characteristics into con- sideration it seems to the author to be a more satisfactory arrangement to keep them apart in separate, but more or less closely related, subclasses. Thus limited the Heterobasidiae consist of fungi most often living as saprophytes upon wood or other plant materials but in some cases para- sitic upon living plant tissues or even upon insects (e.g., Septobasidium) . They form their spore fruits as thin or thick layers or projecting cushions or clubs or shelves of basidium-forming tissue. The basidia are formed mostly in a more or less recognizable layer, the hymenium, often crowded side by side in a palisade-like arrangement, and shoot their basidiospores off into the air with the exception of one or two genera. The basidiospores frequently become septate as they mature or after they are discharged and as a general rule (to which there are exceptions), germinate by the formation of numerous small buds when they fall into water, though capable of producing germ tubes under favorable conditions. In many cases a basidiospore will form a small sterigma and a secondary spore will be shot off, just as occurs frequently in the formation of secondary spo- ridia in the Uredinales. The spore fruits are more often waxy, or gelatinous when wet, and frequently dry down to rather inconspicuous horny masses when dry. This is made possible by the fact that the outer portion of the wall of each hypha swells greatly upon absorbing water. The basidial characters that further distinguish this subclass from Subclass Eubasidiae are the following: In the Eubasidiae the basidium remains as one cell usually bearing the Ijasidiospores at its upper end on short or long sterigmata. Tulostoma and one or two related genera form an exception in that the sterigmata may be formed laterally on the 436 SUBCLASS HETEROBASIDIAE 437 basidium. In the Heterobasidiae the basidium may be (1) elongated and transversely divided by three septa into four cells from each of which a sterigma arises and produces a single basidiospore, or (2) it may be rounded and divided into four cells by vertical septa, each cell producing a sterigma and a basidiospore, or (3) elongated and forked into two prongs, at the apex of each of which a sterigma bears one basidiospore, or (4) the rounded basidium produces (usually) four rounded cells at its upper end, these usually being separated by a septum from the collapsed basidium and frequently falling free from it. Each of these cells produces a sterigma and a basidiospore. In all of these four types, and in the Eubasidiae, the basidia arise as enlarged binucleate cells on mycelium of the secondary (dicaryon) type. Mostly these cells are terminal to the hyphae bearing them but sometimes (Sirohasidium) several cells at the terminal portion of the hypha become transformed into a chain of basidia. In a few cases a single intercalary cell may become a basidium. In this subclass the author recognizes four orders, based upon the four types of basidia. It must be noted that Martin (1944) considers these to be more closely related and unites them into one order, Tremellales. The orders recognized by the author are: Auriculariales : with elongated basidium divided into a row of four cells by cross septa. Nuclear divisions stichobasidial. Dacrymycetales : with nonseptate forked basidium ("tuning fork" type) bear- ing two basidiospores. Nuclear divisions stichobasidial. Tremellales: with rounded basidium divided cruciately into four cells by ver- tical septa. Nuclear divisions chiastobasidial. Tulasnellales : with rounded basidium bearing large rounded epibasidia, usually separated from the hypobasidium by septa and often falUng free. Nuclear divisions chiastobasidial. In these four orders there is a marked parallelism of evolution of spore fruit structure from effused, sometimes almost film-like, structures to cushions, shelves, stipitate pilei, etc. The arrangement followed below is not to be considered as represent- ing a single progressing line of evolution. On the contrary the groups have been produced by a more or less parallel evolution from primitive forms that have been lost. The orders Auriculariales and Tremellales are some- times set apart from the other orders as the Phragmobasidiae, since the basidium is divided into four cells. The Dacrymycetales and Tulasnel- lales with undivided basidia are then united with the remaining orders of the class under the name Holobasidiae. Gilbert (1921) has studied the nuclear behavior in the Heterobasidiae and finds that in their essentials they are identical with those occurring in the Eubasidiae. Within this subclass the basidium in many genera has been con- sidered as being made up of two parts, hypobasidium and epibasidium 438 CLASS BASIDIOMTCETEAE or epibasidia (Juel, 1898; Neuhoff, 1924; Rogers, 1934). These are then homologized with the tehospore and promycehum (as hypobasidium and epibasidium respectively) of the Uredinales and Ustilaginales. Onto- genetically, where this distinction can be made, the hypobasidium is a more or less spherical dicaryon cell within which the fusion of the nuclei occurs. It may remain thin-walled and proceed immediately with the formation of the epibasidium or may develop a thicker wall and become a resting cell with diploid nucleus, from which, under proper conditions the epibasidium then grows. The difficulty with the foregoing interpretation is that in some of these fungi there is no such distinction in some species of a genus while it is pronounced in other species. Furthermore, different structures have been designated as hypobasidium and epibasidium. In the Auriculariales, in the genus Auricularia, the somewhat elongated dicaryon basidium primor- dium elongates after the nuclei have united and then meiosis occurs and the four nuclei become separated by septa. There is no hypobasidium nor epibasidium that can be distinguished. In some species of Septohasidium the basidium primordium becomes a somewhat thick-walled resting cell, and when favorable conditions come on this sends out a short stout hypha like the whole basidium of Auricularia, within which meiosis occurs and septa are formed. In other species no hypobasidium is formed at all and within the basidial primordium occur the union of the two nuclei, and their meiotic division, followed by septation to form the four celled basidium. In still other species of this genus Avhether the resting stage, usually interpreted as a hypobasidium, develops or not depends upon the environment. Thus it is apparent that this is perhaps not such a funda- mental character as has been supposed. In other words in the development of the basidium in this group the presence or absence of a hypobasidium and consequently of an epibasidium depends upon whether the ontogeny of the basidium is interrupted or not. In the type of basidium found in the Dacrymycetales the basal portion is interpreted as the hypobasidium and the two arms as epibasidia. But here the meiotic divisions occur in the "hypobasidium," not in the "epi- basidium" as in Septohasidium. In Tremella the "hypobasidium" is the rounded basal portion within which meiosis occurs before the vertical walls divide it cruciately into four cells. The four arms at whose tips the sterigmata produce the basidiospores are interpreted as "epibasidia." In TulasncUa the same structures are found, except that the "hypobasid- ium" is not septate but is separated from the four epibasidia by septa. Order Auriculariales. The fungi included in this order are some of them cosmopolitan but many are confined to the Tropics. They are largely saprophytes on wood. A few are true parasites, such as some species of Eocronartium and Jola, occurring on mosses; Septohasidium and Ured- ORDER AURICULARIALES 439 inella, parasitizing upon scale insects; Hei-pohasidium filicinum (Rostr.) Lind and Platycarpa upon ferns; etc. According to Boedijn and Steinmann (1931) the East Indian species of Helicohasidium are parasitic upon roots, while H. purpureum (Tul.) Pat. is parasitic on various plant roots and crowns in Europe. Clamp connections have been recognized in Auricularia, Phleogena, Helicohasidium, Jola, Helicogloea, etc. H. L. Barnett (1937) reported that the mycelium of Auricularia derived from single spores, and therefore monocaryotic, lacks clamp connections but that when two such mycelia of opposite sexual phase come into contact the resulting dicaryotic myce- lium may be recognized immediately by the presence of these structures. The spore fruits are external and vary from a more or less felt-like film to a thin crust or to firm shelf-like structures standing out from the substrata. In Phleogena they are upright and stipitate with an enlarged head. In size they vary from a few millimeters to several centimeters. Septobasidium forms a more or less felted layer over the twigs and larger branches of the host with various tunnels and chambers in which the scale insects are protected or through which the larvae may travel. The basidia are formed on the outer surface of the felted mycelium. In some genera the spore fruits are gelatinous when wet, drying down to a horny crust or cushion. Other genera on the contrary, such as Phleogena and Septo- basidium, do not become gelatinized with moisture. In the gelatinous types of spore fruits, e.g., Auricularia, the basidia may be situated below the surface or at least with only the upper end reaching the air. This necessitates the formation of tube-like extensions from the four cells of the basidium to the surface where each develops a sterigma and bears a spore. This is very similar to the structure of the germinating teliospore of Coleosporium. Where the structure is not highly gelatinized the basidia are superficial and the sterigmata are very short, without any elongated supporting tubes, e.g., Phleogena. The basidia are usually the terminal cells of the hyphae but in some species of Helicogloea {Saccoblastia) the basidial primordia may be inter- calary according to Miss Baker (1936). No distinction of hypobasidium and epibasidium is apparent in Au- ricidaria, Phleogena, and Herpobasidium. Within the basidial primordium the two nuclei unite and then undergo "the two meiotic divisions, the spindles of the dividing nuclei being parallel to the long axis of the enlarg- ing cell, thus producing a stichobasidial structure. In Helicogloea {Sacco- blastia) the primordial cell of the basidium produces a lateral sack-like "hypobasidium" in which the union of the nuclei occurs. Then sometimes at one end of this sack, but more often from the apex of the primordium the "epibasidium" grows, and in it the meiotic divisions occur. Since this genus includes species with greater or less gelatinization of the vegetative 440 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE hyphae there arise from the four cells of the epibasidium shorter or longer arms reaching to the surface and there bearing the sterigmata and spores. The basidial primordium may be an intercalary cell of the hypha although more often it is terminal. In the genus Septohasidium it was pointed out by Couch (1938) that the basidia among the more than 160 species represent a number of different types. In the majority there is a distinct rather thin- walled and hyaline hypobasidium which may send out the epibasidium immediately or the hypobasidium may have a thick, colored wall and serve as a resting spore until favorable conditions are present. The epi- basidium is more often four-celled but in some species it is three-celled, in others two-celled, and in two species it is one-celled. The basidiospores become segmented into two to several cells and usually germinate by sprout cells, when placed in water. Perhaps three families should be recognized in this order, although Gaumann and Dodge (1928) recognized four. Auriculariaceae: parasitic on plants or saprophytic on dead plant material, usually wood. Spore fruits often gelatinous but not so in some genera. Basidia with no distinction into hypobasidium and epibasidium or these well dis- tinguished. Clamp connections present in some genera, absent in others. Phleogenaceae: saprophytic on wood, bark, etc. No distinction into hypo- basidium and epibasidium. Spore fruit stalked with a head of radiating, more or less coiled hyphae, among which the curved basidia are formed, bearing the four spores without visible sterigmata. Clamp connections observed. Septobasidiaceae (Order Septobasidiales, according to Couch, 1938): parasitic upon scale insects with some of which they live in symbiotic relation. Basidia usually with well-developed thin-walled or thick-walled hypobasidia and one- to four-celled (mostly the latter) epibasidia, but hypobasidia sometimes lacking. Basidiospores produced on distinct sterigmata. Conidia often pro- duced. Clamp connections apparently lacking. Family Auriculariaceae. In the Auriculariaceae the following gen- era should be mentioned as illustrating the various types of structure. Eocronartium, with a single species E. muscicola (Fr.) Fitzp. is a perennial fungus parasitic in the gametophytes of many mosses (see Fitzpatrick, 1918a, b). The cells of the mycelium are always binucleate and there are no clamp connections. The mycelium is intracellular, passing from cell to cell of the host but apparently doing little harm except that the produc- tion of the sporophyte appears to be suppressed in the infected plants. At the apex of the stem the hyphae pass out into the spaces between the leaves and grow upward and parallel and form a gelatinous, club-shaped sporophore on the outer surface of which the basidia are produced in great abundance. The longitudinal hyphae of the sporophore turn outward to the surface and there give rise to the basidia which as they elongate bend almost at right angles so as to lie nearly parallel to the surface. The basid- ial primordium is at first cylindrical or clavate, the major portion (epi- ORDER AURICULARIALES 441 basidium) becoming separated by a septum from the short cylindrical thin-walled hypobasidium which is not enlarged as in some genera. The epibasidia are transversely three septate and from each cell is produced a long tube at whose apex a sterigmatic structure is formed on which arises the one-celled uninucleate basidiospore. This fungus is found on many species of mosses in Europe and America. (Fig. 144 A.) Jola is also parasitic upon mosses but mostly in the sporophytes. It seems to be almost exclusively tropical. It forms its small spherical or elongated spore fruit at the apex of the sporophyte. It appears to be more or less gelatinous. The binucleate hyphal cells at the surface enlarge at the ends and in these terminal cells (hypobasidia) the nuclei unite. From the apex of each emerges the epibasidium within which the meiotic division of the nucleus takes place. After the three transverse septa have been formed short or long tube-like hyphal growths reach the surface of the hymenium and bear the uninucleate spores at their tips. Below the ter- minal basidium the next cell grows out sympodially and produces another basidium and this process is repeated until a dozen or more basidia are produced (see Gaumann, 1922). Closely related, but growing on fungi instead of mosses is the likewise tropical genus Cystobasidium. (Fig. 144 B.) Herpobasidium filicimim (Rostr.) Lind was studied by Jackson (1935). It is parasitic upon the leaves of ferns in which the mycelium is inter- cellular, producing massive coiled haustoria in the cells of the host. The internal mycelium emerges through the stomata, forming small white patches. On the surface the basidia arise as terminal cells of upright hy- phae. They are usually slightly bent. No distinction of hypobasidium and epibasidium is observable. The fusion nucleus divides once, by the first step of meiosis, so that the two nuclei now have the haploid number of chromo- somes. A single septum is formed and one basidiospore develops on the tip of a sterigma on each cell. The spore is uninucleate and no nuclear division has been observed. It may germinate by repetition. The origin of the dicaryon phase is unknown as is also the case in the two foregoing genera. No clamp connections have been observed. This species occurs in Europe and North America. Another genus, Platycarpa (Couch, 1949), is parasitic upon tropical ferns. The fruit body is resupinate, very small, dry to subcartilaginous, separable from the host at maturity. The vegetative mycelium forms coiled haustoria within the epidermal and mesophyll cells or in the sporog- enous cells of the host. No clamp connections have been observed. Exter- nally a more or less felty mass of hyphae occurs. These are more or less wavy or loosely coiled near the surface and produce terminally on short branches the ovoid probasidia. These are hyaline-walled and germinate by the production of a straight or, more often, curved and mostly four- Fig. 144. Order Auriciilariales, Family Auriculariaceae. (A) Eocronaiiuim. muscicola (Ft.) Fitzp. Basidium with tubular extensions terminated by sterigmata bearing spores. (B) Jola javensis Pat., basidiophoric hypha showing sympodial mode of growth, with almost mature basidium at the tip. (C) Helicohasidiuin cotnpadtnn Boedijn, section through the hymenium. (D, E) Helicogloea lagerheimi Pat. {Saccohlastia) . (D) Fructi- fication on wood showhig basidia in various stages of development. (E) Mature basid- ium shedding spores, the hypobasidium collapsed. (A, courtesy, Fitzpatrick: Phyto- pathology, 8(5):197-218. B, after Gaumann: Ann. Mycolog., 20(5-6) :272-289. C, after Boedijn and Steinmann: Bull. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, Serie III, 11(2) : 165-219. D-E, courtesy, Baker: Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 23(1):69-128.) 442 i ORDER AURICULARIALES 443 celled epibasidium. The somewhat allantoid basidiospores are produced on distinct sterigmata. In structure of the sporiferous portion of the fruit body the fungi of this genus show considerable similarity to Septohasid- ium, to which Couch suggests that they may be transitional forms. Helicobasidium is parasitic on the roots or crowns of trees and shrubs or perennial herbaceous plants, and also may grow as a saprophyte. H. purpureum (Tul.) Pat. has been studied by Buddin and Wakefield (1927). On the surface of the substratum it forms a nongelatinized, effused, felted layer. The basidial primordia are often more or less coiled. They become hypobasidia from whose apex grows out the terminal hooked epibasidium which produces sometimes rather long sterigmata. In H. candidum Martin (1940) the hypobasidium is small, forming practically only a short slender stalk for the stout curved basidium. Clamp connections are pres- ent. Syzygospora, with a single species S. alba was described by Martin (1937a). It forms a white gelatinous spore fruit up to 10 cm. long and 2.5 cm. thick, the surface covered by the hymenium. The basidia occur in sympodial fascicles. They have but a single septum with a basal cell more or less elongated and clavate and the terminal cell spherical. A single spherical basidiospore is produced from each cell, near the base of the apical cell of the basidium and near the top of the basal cell. Thus the spores come into contact and unite to form an ellipsoid spore. Martin compares this with the union of two sporidia while still attached to the promycelium of some smuts. The hyphae are abundantly provided with clamp connections. (Fig. 144 C.) Platygloea is waxy or gelatinous, resupinate, and effused, mostly grow- ing on wood. Usually there is no distinction into hypobasidium and epi- basidium. Helicogloea (Saccohlastia) has many of the same characteristics but is more gelatinous. It also grows on dead wood. A distinct, usually lateral and hanging pyriform hypobasidium is conspicuous. The basidial primordia are usually terminal but may be intercalary. (Fig. 144 D, E.) Auricularia forms the largest and most conspicuous spore fruits of this family. They are borne on branches or trunks of trees and are especially abundant in the Tropics. The common species of the Temperate Zones is A. auricularis (S. F. Gray) Martin {A. auricula- judae or Hirneola auricula- judae of most authors). The spore fruits are gelatinous and more or less ear-shaped when moist, and of a translucent brown color, but dry down to small dark horny masses. The basidia form a hymenium on the lower surface, standing parallel in a sort of palisade immersed in the gelatinous matrix. The elongated basidial primordia become divided by three trans- verse septa and from each of the cells grows a tube-like extension to the surface of the matrix where a sterigma is formed bearing a single basidio- spore. The tropical genus Tjibodasia is waxy, and more or less pezizoid in 444 CLASS BASIDIOMTCETEAE Fig. 145. Order Auriculariales, Family Auriculariaceae. Auricularia auricularis (S. F. Gray) Martin. (A) Expanded, moist spore fruit. (B) Stages in the development of the basidium. (C) Tubular extensions from basidium, each with its sterigma and basid- iospore. (D) Stages in germination of basidiospore. (A, after Buller: Researches on Fungi, vol. 2, p. 162, London, Longmans, Green and Co. B-D, after Brefeld: Unter- suchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft 7, pp. 1-178.) appearance. No sharp distinctions into hypobasidium and epibasidium are apparent. (Fig. 145.) Family Phleogenaceae. In this family the fleshy or gelatinous spore fruit is a stalked structure of ascending hyphae. At the top the hyphae flare outward to form a head. The outer hyphae form a sort of loose peridium. Within this the straight or curved basidia arise. They are transversely one to three septate and the basidiospores are practically sessile. There is no distinction between the hypobasidium and epibasid- ium. Clamp connections are abundant. The only common genus in the temperate regions is Phleogena (Pilacre of some authors), with a single species P. decorticata (Schw.) Mart. (P.faginea (Fr.) Link). This grows on dead stumps, logs, etc., and forms colonies of stalked structures 5 to 7 mm. tall, including the head which is 1 to 3 mm. in diameter. When young they are fleshy but at maturity dry. The spores are yellow-brown. Superficially they resemble the Ascomycetous genus Onygena. Shear and Dodge (1925) described the life history and cytology of this species very fully. Other genera more or less probably belonging in this family are Pilacrella, fleshy, with a disk-shaped head and hyaline spores; Hoehnelomyces, tropical, slimy cartilaginous, or even waxy, with hyaline spores and with a round head with loose wavy hairs; and perhaps Stilhum, in which the stalk and head are fleshy but the surrounding peridial hyphae are lacking. The ba- ORDER AURICULARIALES 445 H Fig. 146. Order Auriculariales, Family Phleogenaceae. Phleogena decorticata (Schw.) Mart. (A) Habit study of the fungus. (B) Basidiophoric hypha with apex extended to form part of the so-called peridium. (C-H) Stages in the development of the basidium and basidiospores. (A-B, after Brefeld: Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft 7, pp. 1-178. C-H, courtesy, Shear and Dodge: J. Agr. Research, 30(5):407-417.) sidia are two-celled and the spores hyaline. There is one species in Europe and North America and three others in the tropics. There is uncertainty as to whether the genus really belongs here. (Fig. 146.) Family Septobasidiaceae. This is considered by Couch (1937 and 1938) to be worthy of ordinal rank. The two genera included in the family are parasitic upon scale insects, with which they live in a sort of symbiotic relationship much as the lichen fungus does with the imprisoned algae. For the majority of these insects the fungus provides a home and shelter where they feed upon the woody host plant and produce their young. Some of the insects, however, are parasitized and continue to feed upon the host plant but give up their food to the fungus which penetrates their bodies with numerous coiled or knotted haustoria. These insects may out- 446 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 147. Order Auriculariales, Family Septobasidiaceae. Septobasidium hurtii Lloyd. (A) Vertical section through a portion of the fungus showing a parasitized living scale insect {Aspidiotus) and the hymenium on the upper surface. {In upper portion of figure) (h, ha) Epibasidium; {ph) hypobasidium ; {Sp) spore; {ys) young scale insect; {Fs) fruiting surface of fungus; {tl) top layer of fungus; {hi) bottom layer of fimgus; {arrow) tunnel in fungus. {Referring to host plant) (6) Bark; (c) cambium; {nc) medul- lary ray. {Referring to parasitized insect and sxirrounding fungus) {Fm) Enveloping fungus mat; {ct) fungus thread connectmg fungus mat with insect; (C) coiled hausto- rium within insect; {ss) spindle-shaped threads within insect; {St) stylet; {sh) sheath secreted around stylet. {01, Stg, Ph, rp, gl, ov) Various organs of the insect. ORDER AURICULARIALES 447 B Fig. 14:7— (Continued). (B) Section of the hymenium showing hypobasidia and fully developed basidium with basidiospores. (Courtesy, Couch: The Genus Septo- basidium, Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press.) 448 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE live the nonparasitized ones, but never reproduce. The newly hatched young from the unparasitized insects, in creeping around to find a place to settle down come in contact with the germinating basidiospores and the yeast-like buds from the latter adhere to the body or appendages of the insects. Many of the young escape infection so that there are always enough left to reproduce the species while the others feed the fungus which provides the sheltering homes for them. The chief genus is Septobasidium, with over 160 species and subspecies. They are reported from both the Old World and the New World, especially in tropical and subtropical regions, but extend up into the warmer temperate regions. One species grows in Canada. None are known in the colder parts of Europe and Asia. Vast areas of the world are still only slightly studied with this genus in view. The typical basidium consists of a well-developed, rather firm- walled hypobasidium from which grows out the straight or curved epi- basidium which becomes four-celled. In some species new basidial primordia proliferate in the empty hypobasidia. The basidiospores are borne on well-developed sterigmata. They usually become septate after discharge and then apparently germinate only by yeast-like buds and not by hyphae. In many species the hypobasidium is dark-colored and serves as a resting spore until favorable conditions arise, in others the wall is hyaline and the epibasidium develops immediately. Boedijn and Stein- mann (1931) were the first to report that in some species of the genus no distinction of hypobasidium and epibasidium can be observed. In many species the basidium is one-celled, two-celled, or three-celled, with or without a distinct hypobasidium. The mycelium lacks clamp connections, both on the hyphae external to or within the bodies of the insect hosts. In the latter the hyphae are a series of slender spindle-shaped cells with or without thick, coiled or clumped haustoria. The fungus forms a two-, or more, storied structure with chambers in which the insects live, and tun- nels. In some species definite pillars support the successive layers of the fungus. Growth may cease in unfavorable times and become renewed when favorable weather recurs. The presence of a scale insect often in- duces the fungus to form a house or tent above it, but often only a low vaulted cavity is developed over the insect. The tunnels and openings to the surface provide means of egress for the young insects. The upper layer consists of more or less vertically growing loose hyphae, usually branched at intervals, and bearing the basidia at the surface. In a number of species conidia have been observed, usually produced on the floor of the tunnels or chambers or on short branches from the ascending hyphae of the upper layer. (Fig. 147.) The Septobasidium colony may be but a few millimeters in diameter or up to 20 or 30 cm. or more. It may be a fraction of a millimeter in thick- ness or up to 1 cm., depending upon the species. It often resembles a lichen ORDER DACRYMYCETALES 449 and the color varies from very light gray to dark brown, purple or even almost black. The infected trees or branches are injured, perhaps not by direct action of the fungus itself but by the protection it offers to the many scale insects it harbors. The genus Uredinella is perhaps best placed in this family. Like Septo- hasidium it is parasitic upon scale insects and forms small circular dark- colored spots on the bark. The fungus is annual, not perennial as is Septohasidmm. The top layer is a hymenium of ovoid to club-shaped, brown basidial primordia (called " teleutospores " by Couch, 1937). These are binucleate when young and nuclear fusion occurs within them. The mature cells have two or three thick layers of wall especially at the apex, and a distinct germ pore. When the fungus is wet with rain an epibasidium emerges through the germ pore and forms a straight four-celled structure on which four basidiospores are produced on distinct sterigmata. The epibasidium may break off from the hypobasidium and apparently can float around in a film of rain water. The insects are infected through the mouth region and the dicaryon mycelium within the host produces coiled haustoria much like those of Septohasidium. Besides the basidia somewhat similar "uredo-mother cells" are produced and from their apices grow out binucleate, elongated ellipsoid, slightly bent spores, called by Couch "uredospores." It is suggested by Couch that this genus may well repre- sent a stage intermediate between the Uredinales and Septohasidium. Order Dacrymycetales. As in the preceding order the spore fruits are mostly gelatinous or waxy, drying down to a thin sheet or horny mass. They vary from thin, broadly effused sheets to cushion-like, cupulate or pileate structures, or cornute, coralloid or spatulate upright forms. No species are known to be parasitic. They are almost exclusively confined to dead wood, with or without bark. With very few exceptions the spore fruits are colored some shade of yellow or orange to deep brown and the basidiospores are mostly yellowish in mass. Conidia are frequently pro- duced. Whether these correspond to the "oidia" of some of the other orders is uncertain, for cultural studies and attempts to match and dip- loidize different strains are as yet much to be desired. The basidiospores are one-celled when ready to be discharged but in most species septa are formed immediately after discharge, di■\^^ding the spore into 2, 4, or even up to 12 cells. In a specimen of Dacrymyces studied by the author the basidiospores became once septate before they were discharged from the sterigmata. They germinate by the formation of hyphae or of yeast-like buds from the various cells of the spore. The basidia are formed in a close hymenium or intermingled with sterile hyphae, on the outer surface of resupinate forms or on definite surfaces in various other forms. They start as binucleate terminal cells soon thicker than the rest of the hypha. They are at first long cylindrical 450 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE or somewhat clavate. The two nuclei unite and then divide once sticho- basidially, and then a second time in the same direction. The broadened apex of the basidium becomes lobed to produce two "epibasidia" of the same diameter and often of almost the same length as the "hypobasid- ium." The upper two nuclei migrate into the two epibasidia and then through the sterigma at the tip of each into the basidiospores. The two nuclei remaining in the hypobasidium degenerate. The mature basidium often resembles a tuning fork. Clamp connections are frequent in the spore fruits but in the primary mycelium produced by the germination of the spores they are lacking. Just how and when diploidization occurs has not been demonstrated. Eight to ten genera are recognized, in temperate as well as in tropical regions. Fig. 148. Order Dacrymycetales, Family Dacrymycetaceae. (A) Daciymyces lulescens Bref., habit sketch. (B) Dacrymyces deliquescens Duby, various stages in the development of basidia and basidiospores. (C) Guepiniopsis sp., habit sketch. (D) Basidiospores of Guepiniopsis. (A, after Brcfeld: Untersuchungen aus dcm Gesammt- gcbiete der Mykologie, Heft 7, pp. 1-178. B, after Dangeard: Le Botaniste, 4:119- 181. C-D, courtesy, Martin: Mycologia, 24(2):215-220.) ORDER TREMELLALES 451 Among the effused forms is Cerinomyces Martin, 1949 {Ceracea of authors), forming a thin waxy to fleshy layer, without definite mycelial roots. The basidiospores may remain nonseptate or in some species may become transversely septate. The genus Arrhytidia forms tough waxy, at first discoid, then broadly effused spore fruits with a centrally rooting base. The spore fruits of Dacrymyces are sessile, attached by a point or rhizoids, or substipitate. They are gelatinous to waxy, pulvinate, discoid, or cerebriform, or even cupulate. The entire exposed area is covered by the hymenium which may become wrinkled or folded when older. Martin (1944) recognizes seven species in the United States and Canada. Guepi- niopsis {Heterotextus of earher works) produces substipitate, cupulate spore fruits, with the cup often turned downward so that the hymenium is in- ferior. The cortex consists of swollen, thick-walled cells. The interior hyphae are strongly gelatinized. Femsjonia is also discoid or cupulate, sometimes substipitate, but is white-villous or tomentose externally. Dacryopinax (Martin, 1948, a name substituted for the more familiar but preoccupied name Guepinia), also may be cupulate and erect when young, becoming spatulate, fan-shaped or petaloid, with hymenium on the lower side. The spore fruits are definitely stipitate and tough or cartilaginous. Dacryomitra also is stipitate, with a distinct pileus more or less morchel- loid in appearance and gelatinous. The hymenium covers all sides of the head. Calocera is cornute to coralloid, with hymenium on all sides. It resembles Clavaria but differs in the basidial structure — gelatinous to tough. (Fig. 148.) Order Tremellales. Spore fruits varying from adhering, waxy or gelatinous sheets to fohose or cushion-like or pileate structures, sometimes upright and branched, forming more or less leaf-like lobes, or funnel- shaped. In the genus Hyaloria the spore fruit is soft with a rounded head. The consistency of the fruit body in this order may be very soft-gelatinous to almost leathery or waxy and may become horny when dry. The colors range from white to yellow, brown or almost black. The basidial primordium is terminal and rounded but in Sirobasidium the basidia are produced basipetally from the apex in the same hypha. The young basidium is binucleate. After the fusion of the nuclei in the typical cases the diploid nucleus undergoes its two meiotic divisions at right angles to the axis of the cell (chiastobasidially) and then a vertical septum is formed, followed almost immediately by another vertical sep- tum at right angles to the first in each of the two cells. At the top of each of the four cells so formed a sterigma may be produced bearing one ba- sidiospore. More often, since the majority of the species are gelatinous with the basidia embedded a short distance below the surface, a tube-like extension of the basidial cell grows upward to the surface, there producing the sterigma and basidiospore. These tubular outgrowths are homologous 452 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE 1 Fig. 149. Order Tremellales, Family Tremellaceae; (A) Tremella reticulata (Berk.) Farl. (B) Tremella mesenterica (S. F. Gray) Pers. Stages in the development of basidia and basidiospores. (A, courtesy, Atkinson: Studies of American Fungi, Ithaca, N. Y., Andrus and Church. B, after Dangeard: Le Botaniste, 4:119-181.) ORDER TREMELLALES 453 to the similar structures growing out of the cells of the basidia of Auricu- laria and cannot rightly be called epibasidia, for the epibasidia of Auricu- lariales and the promycelium of Uredinales are probably homologous, but are entirely different from these tubular extensions to bring the spore pro- duction to the surface. The basidiospores are hyaline or only slightly colored. They are without septa when set free. They may then become once septate, but more often not. Frequently they produce a sterigma and a secondary spore, a process several times repeated. In abundance of moisture the spores bud out innumerable "oidia" on their surface. They may, if on a proper substratum, germinate by hyphae. The primary mycelium produces an abundance of oidia and lacks clamp connections. Eventually clamp connections appear (secondary mycelium) and oidial production usually ceases. Barnett (1937) showed for several species of Exidia that the spores from a given spore fruit exist in two sexual phases. Multiple allelomorphy of the compatibility factors was demonstrated also, as occurs in Auricularia and in various Ustilaginales. Over 100 species in 17 or more genera are recognized in this order, of which about half are found in the North Central United States and Canada (Martin, 1944). Three families are usually distinguished: Family Tremellaceae. Basidia are single and terminal on the sup- porting hyphae, with a more or less elongated extension from each cell, terminated by a sterigma. They are gelatinous, waxy or somewhat dry. Basidia normally are cruciately four-celled but sometimes three-celled or even two-celled. The primary septum is vertical or oblique. Hymenial surface is exposed. Spore fruits may be flat, cushion-shaped, lobed, or pileate. Clamp connections present in secondary mycelium of many species. (Fig. 149.) Family Sirobasidiaceae. Gelatinous, cushion-shaped, hymenium ex- ternal. Basidia are formed in chains by successive transformation of the cells of the basidiogenous hyphae into basidia, beginning at the apex. Basidia are four- or two-celled, the septum in the latter case oblique. Ba- sidiospores are sessile and therefore probably not discharged violently. Mostly tropical but known in the United States from North Carolina. Contains a single genus, Sirobasidium. (Fig. 150.) Family Hyaloriaceae. Spore fruits are stalked, with a head; stalk and head somewhat gelatinous externally or sessile, forming a filmy layer on the substratum. Basidia are two- to four-celled with tubular extensions which may taper to a long fine thread, the basidiospore being borne sym- metrically at the apex and breaking off with part of the supporting thread attached, not discharged from a sterigma. Clamp connections are present. There are two genera : Hyaloria, with one tropical species, H. pilacre A. Moll, (see Martin, 1937b), and one European one, H. europaea Killer- 454 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 150 {Left). Order Tremellales, Family Sirobasidiaceae. Sirobasidium albidum Lagerh. & Pat. (A) Chain of two basidia, the terminal one almost mature. (B) Chain of several basidia, the upper three collapsed, the fourth approaching maturity. (After Lagerheim and Patouillard: /. Botan., 6(24):465-469.) Fig. 151 (Right). Order Tremellales, Family Tremellaceae. Pro/o/iz/d/ium geZaiznosw?« (Fr.) Karst. {Tremelodon of most authors). Habit sketch. (After A. MoUer, from Killermann, in Engler und Prantl: Die NatiirUchen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 99-290, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) mann (1936) and Xenolachne, growing as a parasite on a minute Dis- comycete in Oregon (Rogers, 1947). Hyaloria is stalked and externally gelatinous with the basidia on the head, much overtopped by long hairs (or cystidia). Xenolachne forms a thin film on the apothecium of the host and lacks a gelatinous coat or cystidia but the extremely long extensions of the two-celled basidia, with the basidiospores at the apex give a felty appearance to the fungus. The type of basidium in these two genera resembles that characteristic of most of the Gasteromycetes and for this structure Rogers adopts the name apobasidium proposed by Gilbert (1928). In the Tremellaceae the genus Stypella produces a small felty mass of tangled, more or less gelatinous hyphae in whose upper layer the basidia arise. These spore fruits are clustered, separate or anastomosing on a dry fioccose subiculum, the whole patch sometimes reaching a diameter of several centimeters. In Sehacina there is a more or less waxy or gelatinous crust with the hyphae of the upper portion directed perpendicularly to the surface, the terminal cells of these rather closely packed hyphae being the basidia. Cushion-like or lobed, gelatinous spore fruits are char- acteristic of Exidia and TremeUa. Gland-like dots occur in the spore fruit of the former and are absent in the latter. The basidiospores of the former are mostly allantoid, those of the latter straight and ellipsoidal to nearly spherical. When these spores germinate the sprout-conidia of Exidia are mostly curved, those of TremeUa yeast-like. ORDER TULASNELLALES 455 Phlogiotis (Gyrocephalus) has funnel-shaped spore fruits with the hymenium on the outer surface only. Tremella is found in all parts of the world. T. reticulata (Berk.) Farl. forms large white masses of gelatinous leaf-like lobes, the whole mass sometimes being 10 to 12 cm. in diameter. It is considered edible. Other species are usually smaller and some are bright-colored. Other genera less common in the temperate zones or con- fined to the tropical or subtropical regions are among those described below. Patouillardina has the basidia spindle-shaped. The first septum is oblique and in each cell thus formed another septum is produced at right angles to the first one. Because of the shape of the basidium these two septa do not intersect the first septum opposite one another. In Protomerulius the soft fleshy or waxy spore fruit is resupinate and rather thin. Its hymenium is poroid. Protodontia and Protohydnum are waxy or gelatinous and resupinate or stalked, but the hymenium instead of being poroid is borne on downward directed teeth. The earlier name Proto- hydnum must, according to Martin (1948), be used instead of the more familiar but later Tremellodon. In Protohydnum the stalk of the basidium is separated from it by a septum but not so in Protodontia. Heterochaete is somewhat similar, but the blunt teeth are peg-like and pierce the hymenium, not being covered with basidia themselves. Tremellodendron is erect, more often branched, resembling Clavaria or some species of Tremella. Eichleriella {Hirneolina) is cupulate or broadly attached. (Fig. 151.) The Tremellales must be considered as a group which has developed with more or less parallelism to the Auriculariales. The low, felty or gelatinous waxy crust, bearing basidia on the upper surface, seems to be the most primitive in each order, and from this simple structure have de- veloped the more complex forms of spore fruit. It must be emphasized again that until the life histories have been more fully worked out the true relationships are only a matter of conjecture. The rather frequent occur- rence of conidial production in these orders would hint at relationship to the Ascomyceteae in which conidia are produced abundantly. Order Tulasnellales. The fungi making up this order are mostly found on dead wood or on old fungi on which they are saprophytic. The spore fruits are resupinate, gelatinous or dry, usually thin, sometimes being only a slight film-like coating on the substratum. Clamp connections are found on the hyphae of most species but are lacking in some. The char- acteristic feature of the single family, Tulasnellaceae, is the structure and developinent of the basidia. These are typical in the genera Tulasnella and Gloeotulasnella. The genus Ceratohasidium (Rogers, 1935) was tenta- tively placed by Martin (1944) in this family but later (1948) segregated by him in a distinct family Ceratobasidiaceae, assigned to a position close to the Tulasnellaceae. The basidium in all three genera is a holo- 456 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE basidium, i.e., is not divided by vertical septa as in the Tremellales nor by transverse septa as in the Auriculariales. The basidial primordium is sub- globose, pyriform or broadly clavate. From the upper portion of this cell arise usually four stout cells which are narrowed at the tip to form a sterigma upon which a single basidiospore is formed. These four cells are considered by Rogers, Martin, and others to be homologous to the stout arms growing out of the four cells of the basidium of the Tremellaceae, and which they call "epibasidia." In TulasneUa and Gloeotulasnella the "epibasidia" are separated from the "hypobasidium" by a septum at the base of each. They may remain attached or may fall off. At the apical end they elongate and bear a sterigma on which is borne the nonseptate basidiospore. This spore when set free germinates "by repetition," i.e., it produces a lateral or terminal sterigma and a secondary spore into which the whole cytoplasm and nucleus pass, this spore then being discharged as in the case of the parent spore. These two genera are distinguished as follows: TulasneUa, "arid- pruinose to waxy, basidia not imbedded in a gelatinous matrix; pro- basidia globose to obovate, sessile or with a short scarcely differentiated stalk; epibasidia with subulate tips merging into the sterigmata; gloeocys- tidia never present" (Martin, 1944). A dozen or more species. Gloeotulas- nella, "waxy gelatinous to mucous gelatinous, basidia imbedded in a gelatinous matrix; probasidia clavate capitate, with a more or less cylindrical stalk and a swollen head; epibasidia extended into cylindrical tubular filaments sharply constricted at the base of the sterigmata; gloeocystidia present or absent" (Martin). Ten or more species. The B Fig. 152. Order Tulasnellales, Family Tulasnellaceae. (A, B) TulasneUa violea (Quel.) Bourd. & Galz. {PachysterigmafugaxSoh^in-Ol&en). (A) Mycelium with several clusters of basidia. (B) Mature basidium. (C) Ceratobasidium cornigerum (Bourd.) Rogers. Basidia and basidiospores in various stages of development. (A-B, after Brefeld: Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft 8, pp. 1-305. C, courtesy, Martin: Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 18(3): 1-88.) SUMMARY OF SUBCLASSES TELIOSPOREAE AND HETEROBASIDIAE 457 cytology and taxonomy of these genera were studied by Rogers (1932, 1933). (Fig. 152 A, B.) From the two foregoing genera Ceratobasidium is distinguished by the stout "epibasidia," elongate cornute or flexuous, continuous with the "hypobasidium" (rarely a cross septum). The spore fruit is arid or waxy. Six or more species. By the usual absence of septa cutting off the "epi- basidia" and their cornute shape they approach on the one hand Dac- rymyces [in C. sterigmaticum (Bourd.) Rogers, in which only two such horns are produced, while the remaining species with their four "epi- basidia" approach Pellicularia in the Thelephoraceae (Eubasidiae). From the latter they differ by the germination by repetition, of the basidiospores. (Fig. 152 C.) Summary of Subclasses Teliosporeae and Heterobasidiae A comparison of these subclasses demonstrates more or less basic similarities throughout, in basidium production. Between the Auri- culariales, Uredinales, and Ustilaginales there are such basidial similari- ties that they are often placed together in one group. On the other hand the tendency for the septation of the basidium in the Tremellales to be oblique instead of vertical is taken by some mycologists who have studied these groups intensively to indicate gradation from one to the other. Rogers (1934) suggested that the septa at the base of the "epibasidia" of Tidasnella may be accounted for by displacement upward of the vertical septa of the basidium of Tremella. The peculiar tuning-fork type of basidium of Dacrymyces could be considered a derivation from the Tidasnella type by the loss of their cross septa entirely and the reduction of the "epibasidia" to two (as actually does occur in Ceratobasidium sterigmaticum) . The question of the phylogeny of these groups is treated more fully in Chapter 17, but the following suggestions may well be made here: Studies by Juel (1898), Neuhoff (1924), Martin (1931), and Rogers (1934) have led the latter to an interpretation of the relationships in the class somewhat different from that of the author. He holds in common with some of the others mentioned, that the primitive basidium con- sisted of two parts, the basal hypobasidium, binucleate at first, within which the nuclear union occurs, and one or more outgrowths, the epi- basidia. Into the latter the nuclei pass from the hypobasidium. Meiotic division may occur either in the latter or in the epibasidium, if there be but one. Each epibasidium produces a true sterigma which bears a basidiospore. The genus Tulasnella is considered by Rogers to represent a primitive form. In the ovoid or pyriform hypobasidium of this genus the fusion nucleus divides into usually four nuclei. One of these passes out into each of the four (sometimes fewer) stout epibasidia which usually become separated from the now almost empty hypobasidium by a basal 458 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE septum. Each epibasidium produces a terminal sterigma and basidio- spore. The nucleus may divide within the epibasidium and both nuclei pass into the basidiospore. By producing but two epibasidia,not sepa- rated by septa from the hypobasidium the typical tuning-fork basidium of the Dacrymycetales can be evolved. By crowding the basal septa down into the hypobasidium so as to divide that longitudinally into four cells the basidium of the Tremellales may be derived. By reduction of the size of the epibasidia until only the sterigmata are left, is developed the basidium characteristic of the Hymenomycetes. Rogers attempts to ex- plain the derivation of the hypobasidium and single, transversely septate epibasidium of Septobasidivm and of the corresponding teliospore and promycelium of the Uredinales and Ustilaginales as being due to the delay in the meiotic division of the fusion nucleus until it passes out into an epibasidium which naturally would be single for a single nucleus. He believes that the hypobasidium of Tulasnella represents an ascus, perhaps of some form resembling Ascocorticium (Order Taphrinales), in which the ascospores have pushed out into pockets, germinating there to form secondary spores. These pockets have become the epibasidia and the secondary spores have become the basidiospores. Martin (1938) discusses the morphology of the basidium in connection with Heterobasidiae and Eubasidiae. Linder (1940) would, on the other hand, derive the Uredinales from the Ascomyceteae, in the vicinity of the Sphaeriales or Dothideales. From the Uredinales he would derive the Auriculariales, Tremellales and Dacrymycetales. The Corticiae (Family Thelephoraceae), and thence the other Eubasidial families he would derive from the Tremellales. On the other hand some students of these fungi consider the primitive basidium to have been of the holobasidium type from which the forked and septate types have been derived. The distinction of hypobasidium and epibasidium are, in this viewpoint, specializations to meet the need of holding the basidium over until a more favorable period. The thick- walled hypobasidium (or "probasidium") such as is found in the Telio- sporeae or in Septohasidium cannot, because of the thickened wall, develop in the manner normal to basidia, and so a thin-walled new struc- ture, the epibasidium or promycelium, was developed. The thickened apical branches of the basidia of the Tremellales and Dacrymycetales and of Tulasnella are not considered to be epibasidia but merely modified sterigmata. Key to the Families and More Important Genera of Order Auriculariales (Modified from Martin, 1944) Parasitic on plants or saprophytic on dead plant material, usually wood. Basidia with distinct sterigmata. Division into hypobasidium and epibasidium 1 KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA OF ORDER AURICULARIALES 459 present or absent. Basidia forming a more or less distinct exposed, loose or compact hymenium. Family Auriculariaceae Parasitic on the gametophytes of mosses at whose apex a gelatinous, club- shaped spore fruit is produced. Hypobasidium short, not enlarged, very soon collapsing, and not conspicuous. No clamp connections. Eocronartium Parasitic on the sporophytes of mosses forming a felty or gelatinous, more or less spherical spore fruit. Hypobasidium and epibasidium distinct. No clamp connections. Tropical. lola Parasitic on the leaves of ferns; effused; haustoria coiled; no distinct difference of hypobasidium and epibasidium. Conidial stage sometimes present. No clamp connections observed. Herpobasidium Parasitic on the leaves of ferns. Definite coiled haustoria formed. No clamp connections present. Definite ovoid hypobasidia give rise to distinct, usu- ally four-celled epibasidia. Platrjcarpa Parasitic on the roots or crowns of vascular plants or saprophytic on dead plant tissues. Dry, floccose, effused. Hypobasidia cylindrical or not obvious, epibasidia curved at the top. Helicobasidium Saprophytic on plant tissues. Resupinate; gelatinous, forming a large cushion; basidia two-celled, the basal cell clavate; the terminal one spherical; the two spores uniting to form an ellipsoid spore. Numerous clamp connections. Tropical. Syzygospora Resupinate; soft gelatinous, hypobasidia in the form of lateral, reflexed sacks. Clamp connections sometimes present. Helicogloea (Saccoblastia) Resupinate; firmly gelatinous or waxy, basidia fusiform, no apparent hypo- basidia; clamp connections sometimes present. Platygloea Pileate or ear-shaped, tough gelatinous; clamp connections obvious; no dis- tinction into hypobasidium and epibasidium. Auricularia Saprophytic on wood, bark, etc. No distinction into hypobasidium and epi- basidium. Spore fruit stalked with a head of radiating, more or less coiled hyphae among which the curved basidia are found, bearing their two to four spores without visible sterigmata. Clamp connections present in some species. Family Phleogenaceae^ Stalked with the hyphae flaring at the top to form a head, the outer ends form- ing a loose peridium-like structure. Basidia not borne on sterigmata. Forming colonies of stalked spore fruits on dead wood, fleshy when young, then becoming dry. Phleogena (Pilacre) Parasitic upon scale insects, with some of which they live in symbiotic relation. Basidia usually with well-developed thin-walled or thick-walled hypo- basidia and one- to four-celled (mostly the latter) epibasidia; but hypo- basidium sometimes lacking. Basidiospores produced on distinct sterig- mata. Conidia often produced. Clamp connections not observed. Family Septobasidiaceae 1 Other genera sometimes assigned to this family are Pilacrella, fleshy, with disk- shaped head; Hoehnelomyces, slimy-cartilaginous or waxy, with round head with loose wavy hairs; and perhaps Stilbum with fleshy stalk and head but no surrounding peridial hyphae. 460 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fungus perennial, forming a two- or three-storied structure with chambers and tunnels within which the scale insects live. Basidia formed on the outside, more or less felty, layer. Often lichen-like. Septobasidium Fungus annual, not forming distinct "houses" for the parasitized scale insects. Hypobasidia thick-walled with an apical germ-pore through which a hypha grows to form a straight, four-celled epibasidium with definite sterigmata. In addition conidia are produced. Uredinella Key to the More Important Genera of Family Dacrymycetaceae (Based on Martin, 1944) Fructifications broadly effused. Broadly effused from the first, without root-like bases; arid to waxy-gelatinous. Cerinomyces (Ceracea of authors) At first discoid or pustulate, soon becoming effused, attached to radicating bases, tough waxy or waxy-gelatinous. Arrhxjtidia Fructifications remaining distinct even when anastomosis occurs. Sessile and attached by a point or on a constricted root-like base. Pulvinate or discoid or rarely pezizoid, often cerebriforra; hymenium opposite substratum, usually inferior. Dacrymyces Definitely pezizoid; hymenium concave, at least until very late. Cortex concolorous; spores finally three to seven septate. Giiepinionsis Cortex conspicuously white-tomentose; spores tardily multiseptate. Femsionia Distinctly stipitate and pileate. Cornute to coralloid, Clavaria-like; hymenium amphigenous. Calo cera Pileate, pileus much broader than stalk. Tough or cartilaginous, spatulate or cupulate; hymenium unilateral, inferior. Dacryopinax (Guepinia of authors) Gelatinous, pileus conical, subglobose, flattened or morchelloid; hymenium amphigenous. Dacrijomitra Key to the Commoner Genera of Family Tremellaceae (Based on Martin, 1944) Fructification of thickly clustered, more or less anastomosing papillae, borne on a thin floccose subiculum. Stypella Fructification continuous, at least from an early stage, frequently enlarged by anastomosis. Resupinate, broadly effused, with indeterminate margins, probasidia globose to ovate to pyriform, the first septum mainly longitudinal. Hymenium smooth or nearly so; arid or tough to waxy or gelatinous. Sebacina Hymenium with spines or spine-like structures. Spines sterile, piercing the hymenium; texture coriaceous to waxy or tough gelatinous. Heterochaete LITEKATURE CITED 461 Spines fertile, texture soft to tough gelatinous. Soft gelatinous; subiculum delicate; probasidia without stalk becoming separated as a stalk cell. Protodontia Tough gelatinous; subiculum thick; probasidia with stalk becoming separated as a stalk cell. Protohydnum Erumpent or pileate, or, if appearing effused, with determinate margins. Tough or coriaceous to somewhat waxy when moist. Cupulate to broadly attached with a free margin; aspect of Stereum. Eichleriella Erect, branched or rarely simple; aspect of Clavaria or Thelephora. Tremellodendron Gelatinous; horny when dry. Erect-cerebriform to lobate. Spores subglobose or ovate. Tremella Spores allantoid; gloeocystidia lacking. Exidia Spores allantoid; gloeocystidia present. Seismosarca Pileate and stipitate or substipitate. Stipitate or dimidiate; hymenium on teeth. Protohydnum (Tremellodon of authors) Infundibuliform; hymenium inferior, smooth or somewhat wrinkled. Phlogiotis (Gyrocephalus) Key to the Genera of Family Tulasnellaceae (Based on Martin, 1944) "Epibasidia" at fu-st bluntly cyhndrical, at length fusiform, not separated by septa from the "hypobasidium." Ceratobasidium "Epibasidia" at first globose, becoming ovate, pyriform or ventricose-cylindrical, separated by septa from the "hypobasidium." Arid-pruinose to waxy; basidia short-stalked, not embedded in mucus; gloeo- cystidia never present. Tulasnella More or less gelatinous; basidia long-stalked, embedded in mucus; gloeo- cystidia present or absent. Gloeotulasnella Literature Cited Atkinson, George F.: Studies of American Fungi. Mushrooms edible, poisonous, etc., vi + 275 pp. 6 colored plates. 223 figs. Ithaca, N. Y., Andrus and Church, 1900. Baker, Gladys E.: A study of the genus Helicogloea, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 23(1):69-128. Pis. 7-14. 1936. Barnett, Horace L.: Studies in the sexuality of the Heterobasidiae, Mycologia, 29(5) :626-649. Fi^s. 1-3. 1937. BoEDiJN, K. B., ET A. Steinmann: Les especes des genres Helicobasidium et Septobasidium des Indes N^erlandaises, Bull. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, s6r. Ill, 11(2):165-219. Pis. 14-18. Figs. 1-31. 1931. Brefeld, Oscar: Basidiomyceten II. Protobasidiomyceten, in Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft. 7, pp.i-ix, 1-17S. Pis. 1-11. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1888. : Basidiomyceten III. Autobasidiomyceten und die Begrlindung des naturlichen Systems der Pilze, ibid., Heft. 8, pp. i-iv, 1-305. Pis. 1-12. Leipzig, Arthur FeUx, 1889. 462 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE BuDDiN, W., AND E. M. Wakefield: Studies in Rhizoctonia crocorum (Pers.) DC. and Helicobasidium purpureum (Tul.) Pat., Brit. Mycolog. Soc. Trans., 12:116-140. P^s. 11-14. 1927. Couch, John N.: A new fungus intermediate between the Rusts and Septobasid- ium, Mycologia, 29(6):665-673. Figs. 1-30. 1937. : The genus Septobasidium, ix + 480 pp. Frontispiece and 114 plates. 60 text figs. Chapel Hill, N. C, Univ. North Carolina Press. 1938. The taxonomy of Septobasidium polypodii and S. album, Mycologia, 41(4):427-441. Figs. 1-25. 1949. Dangeard, p. a.: M^moire sur la reproduction sexuelle des Basidiomycetes, Le Botaniste, 4:119-181. Figs. 1-24. 1895. FiTZPATRicK, Harry M. : The life history and parasitism of Eocronartium musci- cola. Phytopathology, 8(5):197-218. PL 1. 4 text figs. 1918a. : The cytology of Eocronartium muscicola. Am. J. Botany, 5(8):397-419. Pis. 30-32. 1918b. Gaumann, Ernst: tjber die Entwicklungsgeschichte von lola javensis, Ann. Mycolog., 20(5-6) :272-289. PL 3. Figs. 1-36. 1922. : Comparative Morphology of Fungi. Translated by Carroll William Dodge, xiv + 701 pp. 406 figs. 43 diagrams. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1928. Gilbert, E.: Bribes mycologiques : VI. Conjectures sur la classification et la filiation des especes, Bull. soc. mycologique de France, 44(3) :225-227. 1928. Gilbert, E. N.: Cytological studies of the lower Basidiomycetes, Trans. Wis- consin Acad. Sci., 20:387-397. PL 29. Fig. 1. 1921. Jackson, H. S.: The nuclear cycle in Herpobasidium filicinum with a discussion of the significance of homothallism in Basidiomycetes, Mycologia, 27(6) :553- 572. Portrait of author. Figs. 1-4. 1935. JuEL, H. 0.: Die Kerntheilungen in den Basidien und die Phylogenie der Basidio- myceten, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 32:361-388. PL 4. 1898. KiLLERMANN, S. : Unterklasse Eubasidii: Reihe Hymenomyceteae (Unterreihen Tremellineae und Hymenomycetineae), in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 99-290. 5 pis. Figs. 81-157. 1928. : Eine europaische Hyaloria Art, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 54(2):165-167. PL 25. 1936. DE Lagerheim, G., et N. Patouillard: Sirobasidium, nouveau genre d'Hym^no- mycetes h^t^robasidies, J. Botan., 6(24) :465-469. Figs. 1-2. 1892. Leach, J. G.: Insect transmission of plant diseases, xviii + 615 pp. Frontispiece. Figs. 1-238, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1940. Linder, David H.: Evolution of the Basidiomycetes and its relation to the terminology of the basidium, Mycologia, 32(4):419-447. Figs. 1-6. 1940. Martin, G. W.: Notes on Iowa Fungi, 1929-30. The genus Tulasnella in Iowa, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 13(5):4-10. 1931. : On certain species of Heterotextus, Mycologia, 24(2) :21 5-220. P/. 5. 1932. : The application of the generic name Guepinia, Am. J. Botany, 23(9) :627- 629. 1936. : A new type of heterobasidiomycete, ./. Wash. Acad. Sci., 27(3) :1 12-114. Fig. 1. 1937a. -: New or noteworthy fungi from Panama and Colombia, I, Mycologia, 29(5):618-625. Figs. 1-29. 1937b. — : The morphology of the basidium. Am. J. Botany, 25(9) :682-685. 1938. LITERATURE CITED 463 — : Some Heterobasidiomycetes from Eastern Canada, Mycologia, 32(6) :6S3- 695. Figs. 1-9. 1940. — : The Tremellales of the North Central United States and adjacent Canada, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 18(3):l-88. Pis. 1-5. 1944. — : New or noteworthy tropical fungi IV, Lloydia, 11(2):111-122. Figs. 1-5. 1948. The genus Ceracea Cragin, Mycologia, 41(1) :77-86. Figs. 1-13. 1949. MoLLER, Albert: Protobasidiomyceten, Botan. Mitt. Tropen, 8:1-179. Pis. 1-6. 1895. Neuhoff, W.: Zytologie und systematische Stellung der Auriculariaceen und Tremellaceen, Botan. Arch., 8(3-4) :250-297. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-7. 1 diagram. 1924. Patouillard, N.: Essai taxonomique sur les families et les genres des Hym^no- mycetes. These pour I'obtention du diplome de Docteur de I'llniversit^ de Paris, Ecole Sup^rieure de Pharmacie, ann^e 1900-1901, No. 2. 184 pp. 74 figs. Lons-Ie-Saunier, 1900. Rogers, Donald P.: A cytological study of Tulasnella, Botan. Gaz., 94(1) :86- 105. Figs. 1-79. 1932. : A taxonomic review of the Tulasnellaceae, Ann. Mycolog., 31(3) :181-203. Pis. 6-7. 1933. : The basidium, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 16:160-183. PI. 7. 1934. : Notes on the lower Basidiomycetes, ibid., 17(l):l-43. Pis. 1-3. 1935. A new gymnocarpous Heterobasidiomycete with gasteromycetous basidia, Mycologia, 39(5) :556-564. I fig. 1947. Shear, C. L., and B. O. Dodge: The life history of Pilacre faginea (Fr.) B. & Br., J. Agr. Research, 30(5):407-417. Pis. 1-2. 1925. 14 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE: SUBCLASS EUBASIDIAE, "HYMENOMYCETEAE" Subclass Eubasidiae IN CONTRAST with the Heterobasidiae the Eubasidiae possess basidia which are one-celled and which mostly do not show a sharp distinction into hypobasidium and epibasidium. The nuclear divisions occur in the body of the basidium and after the spores have arisen at the ends of true sterigmata the nuclei pass through the latter into the spores. The nuclear spindles may be parallel to the longitudinal axis of the basidium (sticho- basidial) or at right angles to this axis (chiastobasidial). In a few species both types of basidia may be present (Exobasidium and some Boletaceae). In the genera included in the "Hymenomyceteae" the basidia occur in a hymenium (in a few species they are scattered so that no continuous hymenium is present), which becomes exposed to the air before the spores are shot off from the sterigmata to whose tips they are obliquely attached. These characters are in contrast to the situation in the group of orders to which collectively the name " Gasteromyceteae " has been applied (see next chapter). In these the spores are mostly attached symmetrically to the tips of the sterigmata and are not thrown off. They are set free by the opening of the basidiocarps to the air in various manners after the spores are mature. The fungi included as Hymenomycetes have been considered to form one order, Agaricales; or two orders, Polyporales (or Aphyllophorales) and Agaricales, or several orders (Heim, 1934). In the main two series can be distinguished; those in which the basidia so far as studied are stichobasidial (most of the Polyporales) and those in which the nuclear division where investigated has been shown to be chiastic (Agaricales). It must be noted that of the thousands of species in this subclass only a few in each group have been studied cytologically. It is not by any means settled whether the families considered to be- long to this subclass really form a monophyletic series or whether some of 464 SUBCLASS EUBASIDIAE 465 them have arisen from one or more of the gasteromycetal orders. In the arrangement here set forth the majority are beheved to form one series with a few forms of more doubtful origin. Apparently the most primitive forms produced resupinate spore fruits with the basidia scattered or packed close together, and without a very definite hmit of growth to the hymenium. By the formation of folds, ridges, teeth, etc., the hymenial surface became increased in the various families. At the same time a tendency appeared toward confining the hymenium to the under side of laterally attached or centrally stalked spore fruits. These spore fruits vary from felty to fleshy or leathery or corky or woody in consistence and may function for only a few hours or days, in some of the fleshy sorts, to many years in some of the corky or woody species. The size may vary from a few millimeters to over a meter in diameter and from a few layers of cells in thickness to 30 or 40 cm. A few species are obligate parasites in the stems, leaves, fruits, and flowers of Anthophyta (Angiosperms), e.g., Exobasidium. Some are para- sitic or saprophytic depending upon the environment or opportunity, e.g., Pellicularia filamentosa (Pat.) Rogers {Corticium vagum var. solani Burt ex Rolfs). Many are parasitic upon the roots of plants, killing them and some extend up into the stem, kiUing the bark. Some are saprophytic on humus, decaying leaves, stems, etc. The nonliving woodcells of living trees may be attacked and the wood rotted without actually any parasitic action upon the living cells of the trunk. The weakening of the stem by the decaying of its woody elements may cause it to break, thus leading to its death. Schizophyllum commune Fr. may attack some trees as parasites but may be saprophytic on others. Many of the more woody or corky or leathery species are capable of culture in the laboratory but many of the fleshy forms have resisted all such attempts as yet. The hymenium may consist entirely of basidia all of the same age or with younger basidia pushing up between the older ones. The newer basidia may push out beyond those first formed so as to increase the thickness of the hymenium which may then show definite or indefinite layers. In a great number of forms where the development of the spore fruit is not limited by the formation of a definite border of different struc- ture the centrally produced basidia are the oldest and around them additional basidia arise successively further and further from the center. As a result in such species all ages of basidia may be found on making a radial section, from the oldest ones near the center to those near the margin which are just beginning to develop. The basidia vary greatly in shape in the Hymenomycetes. They are usuaUy round in cross section but when crowded laterally may become somewhat angular. They may be cylindrical, tapering at the very base and rounded at the apex, or urn-shaped or clavate or almost globose. 466 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE The sterigmata may be long in proportion to the length of the basidium or short, stout or. slender, straight or curved. In some species they are hardly different from those of Ceratobasidium, tentatively placed in the Tulasnellales (see Chapter 13) . Indeed these may represent transition forms. In a great many forms some of the potential basidia do not develop far enough to produce sterigmata and spores. When they otherwise re- semble not much modified basidia they are often spoken of as paraphyses. It must be noted however that they arise from the same type of hyphae that give rise to the basidia, so that in normal cases the paraphyses as well as the young basidia are binucleate. In the Ascomyceteae, on the contrary, the asci normally arise from dicaryotic hyphae and the para- physes from monocaryotic hyphae. Thus the term paraphysis in the Hymenomycetes is based on morphology and location of the structure, not upon its phylogenetic implications (Ktihner, 1925a). Besides the paraphyses some of the hyphae underlying the basidial layer may insert themselves between the basidia in the form of much modified terminal cells. Except for the fact that in some cases they come from hyphae more deeply located than those from which the basidia arise they differ from the paraphyses mainly by their greater differentiation. They are called cystidia. These are given special names depending upon location, shape, contents, or function. They may be simple or branched, colorless or colored, thin-walled or with thick walls, obtuse or pointed, barely projecting from the hymenium or far exserted. In some species of Coprinus they serve to hold the gills apart (trabecular cystidia) while in Hymenochaete the stiff, sharp-pointed, bristle-like cystidia probably pro- tect the hymenium from snails, slugs, or other soft bodied animals that otherwise might destroy the basidia. The term gloeocystidium is given to cystidia containing mucilaginous or oleaginous contents, usually at the ends of conducting hyphae underneath the hymenium. In a few Hymeno- mycetes there are produced in the trama or in the hymenium stellately branched, thick-walled cells which may be considered as being specially modified cystidia. By their location cystidia may be called cheilocystidia, when they develop at the edges of the pores or lamellae, or pleurocystidia when they occur in the hymenium that lines the pores or the surfaces of the lamellae. Sometimes cystidium-like structures that develop on the upper side of the pileus are called pileocystidia and similar structures on the stipe caulocystidia. It must be recognized that these last two cate- gories although resembling cystidia are perhaps better considered special types of pubescence, confining the use of the term cystidium to structures in the hymenium. The spore fruits show a very great variability of size and complexity of structure. It seems probable that the simple forms in many cases repre- SUBCLASS EUBASIDIAE 467 sent more primitive organisms phylogenetically, although as elsewhere among the fungi there is ample evidence that retrogression from more complex to simpler structures has occurred frequently. Assuming, as appears to the author to be most likely, that in some cases at least the simpler forms of the Hymenomycetes represent more primitive forms, the original type of spore fruit may have been a thin structure, not many layers of hyphae in thickness, adhering at all points to the outer surface of the substratum within which the vegetative mycelium was actively growing and accumulating food reserves. This young spore fruit spreads from a central spot more or less radially and its size is limited by external obstacles or by the exhaustion of the supply of food. Thus the sporocarp is theoretically to be considered as of unlimited ability to extend itself. From the external layer of hyphae there turn outward short branches which produce the basidia as their terminal cells. These upright hyphae may branch sympodially as the basidia approach maturity so that not only are new basidia appearing on the new radial growth of the spore fruit but also are arising among the older basidia. At the same time that the basidia are developing, the paraphyses, cystidia, etc., make their appearance but probably not to any great extent in the most primitive forms. In the species in which the mycelial growth outside of the sub- stratum is more rapid and widespread than the production of the basidia the hymenium may consist of interrupted groups of sympodially produced basidia, as occurs in some species of the genera PeUicularia {Botryo- basidium) and Tomentella. The spore fruit may then be more or less cot- tony with scattered clusters of basidia. Such fungi are indiscriminately lumped in the older works, in the genus Hypochnus. From the simple type of fruit body illustrated by the foregoing, evolutionary development progressed in various directions. The sub- hymenial structure became more complicated, often with two or three distinct layers, each several or many cells in thickness {Stereum, etc.). The sporocarps more and more developed on the substratum in such a position that the hymenium faces downward, especially in those forms in which the edges pull away from the substratum to form a kind of shelf, the effuse-refiexed forms. This tendency persists until we find that in many genera the spore fruits are shelf-like, with little or no resupinate portion. These shelf-like structures may be narrowed toward the point of attachment and often a distinct stipe occurs. This stipe may be attached at the edge of the pileus or show a tendency to be attached excentrically or even centrally to the under side of the pileus (many Polyporaceae, Boletaceae, most Agaricaceae, and other related families). In consistency the sporocarp may be cottony, papery, leathery, corky, woody, or fleshy. It may be short lived or may persist for many years. 468 CLASS BASIDIOMTCETEAE The colors may be white or shades of gray or bright-colored or almost black. The mycelium in perhaps the majority of the Hymenomycetes shows clamp connections. These may be found generally in the vegetative mycelium as well as in the spore fruit or may be lacking in the latter or in both. In abnormal forms whose mycelium is of the monocaryon type only, clamp connections are lacking, but their absence in any given species does not necessarily indicate such an abnormal type. Cytological study is required to determine whether hyphae without clamp connections are monocaryotic or dicaryotic. Tischler (1927) and others who have made cytological studies in the Higher Fungi report that for the Hymenomycetes as well as most other Basidiomycetes the haploid number of chromosomes is mostly two, although in a number of species it may be four, six or eight. The basidiospores are various in shape; globose to ellipsoidal to ovoid and in some genera angular or knobbed (Rhodophyllus) . They are rarely symmetrical in more than one plane, that which passes through the spore, the sterigma and the center of the apex of the basidium. Apparently almost without exception they are perched in a slightly oblique manner on the tips of the sterigmata from which they are expelled with violence. They are nonseptate but in Exobasidium may become transversely septate before germinating or even before being discharged. Normally they germinate by a germ tube which may arise from any point on the spore wall or only from a specially located germ pore. They vary in color from hyaline, pink, red, yellow, ochre, ferruginous, to purple and black. Conidia are produced in this group but in a rather limited number of species scattered throughout the two orders. They occur on various types of conidiophores. When produced internally in the spore fruit in a cushion- shaped or spherical structure they are usually placed in the "form genus" Ceriomyces but when formed externally may be called Paramyces. Chlamydospores are produced abundantly in Nyctalis asierophora Fr. and elsewhere. Oehm (1937) concludes that there are no true conidia in the Hymenomycetes but that they are all to be considered as various forms of chlamydospores. Besides the foregoing the monocaryon stage of the mycelium of very many species produces oidia which appear to be capable of functioning as sexual cells (see Chapter 12), but which in some cases serve as conidia. More rarely they are produced as two-celled oidia on dicaryon mycelium but usually the two cells then fall apart and function like the uninucleate oidia from the monocaryon mycelium. This was reported for Plioliota aurivella (Fr.) Quelet by Vandendries and Martens (1932). In the author's earlier book all of the Hymenomycetes were in- cluded in one order, the Agaricales, but the modern tendency is toward SUBCLASS EUBASIDIAE 469 further division, even to the recognition of four or five orders. The author conservatively recognizes two orders, Polyporales (Aphyllophorales) and Agaricales. It must be confessed that the distinction between these two groups is not sharp at some points, either from convergence in structure of two otherwise very distinct orders or because one grades into the other, representing a phylogenetic relationship. The great Swedish mycologist Elias Fries made extensive studies upon the Hymenomycetes as well as upon other fungi for about sixty years. His original classification was based upon the studies of Persoon with whose later work his earlier publications were contemporaneous. Per- soon's chief works were his Synopsis Methodica Fungorum, 1801, and Mycologia Europaea, 1822-1828. The work of Fries, which is used as the standard upon which the nomenclature of many groups of fungi (includ- ing the Hymenomycetes) is based, is his Systema Mycologicum, in four volumes, 1821-1832. His latest important work was Hymenomycetes Europaei, 1874. The majority of the students of this group of fungi have followed the Friesian system with minor modifications. He recognized five families within the limits of the Hymenomycetes as follows : >i\ Agaricaceae: hymenium on radiating gills or lamellae. Polyporaceae : hymenium lining the surfaces of small pores or tubes. Hydnaceae: hymenium spread over spines or protuberances. Thelephoraceae : hymenium unilateral, spread over a firm, smooth or corru- gated, under or upper surface. Mostly membranous, leathery, etc. Clavariaceae: hymenium spread over the surface of smooth, simple or branched clubs. Mostly fleshy. Several families have been segregated from those above. In the au- thor's first book in addition to the foregoing there were recognized the Exobasidiaceae, segregated from the Thelephoraceae, and the Boletaceae and Fistulinaceae, separated from the Polyporaceae. As mentioned in the preceding chapter the studies by Juel (1896, 1916) and of Maire (1900, 1902) showed that in the Basidiomyceteae a distinc- tion could be made as to the position of the spindle in the meiotic division of the diploid nucleus of the basidium. This appeared to be correlated more or less with the relationship of the groups. In some the basidium is more slender and the diploid nucleus occupies an approximately central position. The spindle of the first meiotic division is parallel to the longi- tudinal axis of the basidium as are the two spindles of the subsequent divisions of the two daughter nuclei. The nuclei then mostly migrate to the upper part of the basidium where the sterigmata are formed. Such basidia are stichobasidial. In other Basidiomyceteae the basidium is broader above and the diploid nucleus is located in the somewhat widened upper portion. The first nuclear spindle is more or less transverse and the next two spindles also transverse, usually at right angles to the axis of 470 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the first spindle. Such basidia are called chiastobasidial. It was shown that many of the Thelephoraceae and Clavariaceae and some of the genera hitherto placed in the Agaricaceae were stichobasidial while most of the Polyporaceae and Agaricaceae and Boletaceae were chiastobasidial. As more and more species and genera of the Hymenomycetes became known it was necessary to find other characters for their classification than the external morphological ones which largely formed the bases for the studies by Fries. The form and color and surface characters of the spores showed their importance, but soon the anatomy of the spore fruit and especially of the trama, the tissue upon which the hymenium is pro- duced, proved to be of great value, as well as the mode of development of the spore fruit. The old families had to be broken up and recombined in order that a more logical systematic treatment could be expressed. Patouillard (1900) recognized two main groups: "Aphyllophoracees," with the hymenium naked from the first and capable of continued ex- pansion, and "Agaricacees" with the hymenium more or less lamellar and hemiangiocarpic, i.e., at first enclosed by a more or less fugacious veil which is variously ruptured at maturity. Later authors have called these Polyporales and Agaricales respectively. The old families Boletaceae and Agaricaceae made up the latter order, the Polyporales containing the other Friesian families and one or two stichobasidial genera from the old family Agaricaceae (e.g., Cantharellus) . In the main the Agaricales as so delimited were chiastobasidial, but the Polyporales had both types of basidia. This led Gaumann (1926) and others to divide the included families into two series, stichobasidial and chiastobasidial. The fact that in the same hymenium of Exohasidium both types may occur throws doubt upon the validity of this as a fundamental character, although it is apparently correlated sufficiently with other characters to make it important. Another character has been emphasized recently as of perhaps great importance: the blue or violet coloration of the basidiospore exospore or of the warts or network of lines on the spores upon treatment with a solu- tion containing free iodine. In some cases even certain of the hyphae of the spore fruit give the same reaction. Such spores and hyphae are said to be amyloid (i.e., starch-like in their reaction). Just how far this can be used in revising the arrangement of genera and families is uncertain for within certain genera (e.g., Mycena) occur some species with amyloid and some with non-amyloid spores. Although the presence of clamp connections on the mycelium is well known in a great many of the Hymenomycetes yet it has been found that they may be absent in some genera on the hyphae in the interior of the spore fruit. This has been used as a supplementary generic character but cannot be considered as of fundamental importance. In the genus Coprinus ORDER POLYPORALES (aPHYLLOPHORALES) 471 there occur species that are quite similar, some of which possess clamp connections and some lacking them. In the sequence of famihes followed below it must be considered that a logical arrangement should be based upon the supposed phylogenetic relationships of the group. In the absence of decisive fossil remains we have to fall back upon a comparison of species and genera now existent. The surmised origins of the different families are quite various. Thus Singer (1936) and others have been led to believe that the Agaricales have descended from the Gasteromyceteae while others (e.g., Heim, 1937) believe the reverse to be the case. In the following discussion the writer follows somewhat the latter's interpretation although admitting that the evidence for Singer's view is quite strong. Order Polyporales (Aphyllophorales) . Hymenium always gymno- carpic, i.e., from its inception exposed to the air and not enclosed by a veil, with the possible exception of Cryptoporus volvatus (Pk.) Hulb. Growth of the hymenium is more often without definite morphological limits. In the supposedly more primitive forms (at least forms of simpler structure) no highly developed morphological or anatomical differentia- tion occurs beyond the resupinate layers of hyphae upon which arise the more or less separate clusters of basidia or a continuous hymenial layer which may continue to enlarge in all directions at the margin. In the higher forms the subhymenial portion of the spore fruit becomes dis- tinguished into several layers differing more or less morphologically and anatomically and the tendency to develop upright or reflexed (shelf-like) portions becomes more strongly marked. With evolution progressing in various directions there appear clavate or dendroid structures or pileate forms which are sessile or laterally, excentrically or even centrally stipitate. Along with this external differentiation the incipient hymenium may be increased in surface area by being thrown into folds or by the production of emergent tubercles or teeth or by reticulate outward growth leaving shallow or deep pits (pores) which are lined by hymenium. With some of the simpler types of structure is correlated the stichobasidial type of basidia, but the more complex structures mostly have the chiasto- basidial type. The chief distinction in the following order, the Agaricales, is the fact that in the latter the poroid or more often lamelloid hymenial portion, though in its younger stages sometimes gymnocarpic, often becomes secondarily enclosed (pseudoangiocarpic) or may arise from the beginning as an internal development (angiocarpic). In both the latter cases prior to the maturation of the basidia the spore fruits become opened in a regular manner to permit the distribution of the spores. In both of these orders the basidiospores are perched obliquely at the tips of the sterigmata and are shot off violently so that spore distribution is effected by air currents. This distinguishes the Hymenomycetes from 472 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the Gasteromycetes in which the basidiospores are perched symmetrically on the tips of the sterigmata and are not shot off, the spores reaching their maturity before the spore fruit opens. Key to Families of Pols^porales Parasitic in the living tissues of leaves, growing stems, or fruits of Anthophyta (Angiosperms), producing the clavate basidia externally in a continuous or interrupted layer. Basidiospores becoming septate upon germination, each cell giving rise to a few spindle-formed conidia. Family Exobasidiaceae Saprophytic in plant tissues or on plant debris, less often parasitic. Basidia oval to clavate, basidiospores germinating directly. Hymenium interrupted or continuous, smooth (rarely slightly roughened by small wart-like emergences) , entirely resupinate or reflexed or partially stipi- tate, the hymenial surface being on the under side. Spore fruit a thin weft of hyphae or a more definite structure, more often papery, leathery, or even corky or slightly woody. Both stichobasidial and chiastobasidial types of basidia present. Family Thelephoraceae Spore fruits with short stipes, funnel-shaped to trumpet-shaped or almost clavate, but somewhat broader and truncate at the top; fleshy; the hyme- nium on the outer surface, smooth or reticulate or with low, broad, rounded longitudinal ridges. Basidia stichobasidial. Basidiospores white or Hght- colored. Family Cantharellaceae Hymenium continuous on all sides of upright filiform or clavate or much ramose spore fruits which are fleshy or leathery. Both stichobasidial and chiasto- basidial types present. Family Clavariaceae Spore fruit resupinate or reflexed or stipitate, both laterally or centrally. Hymenium smooth with a number of projecting pegs or teeth or the latter very numerous, being directed downward in all but a few of the resupinate forms with few emergences. Spore fruits leathery, corky, woody, or fleshy. The teeth are round in cross section or flattened. Basidia usually chiastic but some stichic. Family Hydnaceae Spore fruit resupinate or reflexed, or laterally or centrally stipitate. The hymenial surface is increased by the development of shallow or deep pores which may be round or elongated radially with greater emphasis on the radial ridges so as to form lamellae with secondary cross connections. Papery, leathery, corky, woody, or fleshy. Basidia always chiastic. Family Polyporaceae Spore fruits resupinate or reflexed or laterally stipitate, fleshy, the lower fruit- ing surface growing out to form numerous, elongated, separate tubes which are lined internally by the hymenium. Basidia chiastic. Family Fistulinaceae Spore fruits resupinate or partially reflexed, the hymenial surface at first smooth and then thrown into thick shallow ridges which often anastomose to form low-walled, broad, shallow pits. Hymenium continuous over the sides and edges of the ridges as well as the floor of the pits. Fruit body often more or less gelatinous, with the surface in almost any direction. Many species are very destructive to wood both in trees and in structural timbers. Family Meruliaceae The division of families in this order is not always as above. Patouil- laid (1900) makes an entirely different arrangement. In the older works THELEPHORACEAE 473 the Boletaceae and Fistulinaceae were united with the Polyporaceae. Maire (1937) and Singer (1936) removed the Cantharellaceae from the Agaricales to the Polyporales, but Heim (1934) retains this family in the Agaricales. He recognizes two more orders intermediate between the Poly- porales and Agaricales: the Boletales and the Aster osporales (including the Russulaceae). Family Thelephoraceae. Hymenial surface smooth or at most only slightly warty or folded. Spore fruits membranous, leathery, or in two or more genera fleshy; closely appressed to the substratum or forming a shelf or funnel or simple or divided pileus with hymenium on one surface only. Twenty or more genera are recognized and probably about 1000 species. The most complete study of the North American species of this family is that by E. A. Burt (1914-1926). Rogers and Jackson (1943) have made a thorough nomenclatorial study of many of the resupinate species of this family. The genus Corticium forms a thin spore fruit growing closely appressed to the substratum and not distinguishable into several layers. The hymen- ium arises directly from the mycelium and consists of a layer of closely packed basidia. The margin of the spore fruits may be definite or indefi- nite. When dry the hymenium is often cracked. There are no true cystidia among the basidia but gloeocystidia may be present in some species. Most of the species of the genus are saprophytic on wood or bark, a few are destructive to wood. Miss Nobles (1937) demonstrated, by mating monocaryon cultures of Corticium incrustansvon Hohn. &Litsch., that this species falls into two sexual phases, i.e., is of the bipolar type of sexuality. Aerial hyphae of monocaryon mycelium give rise to allantoid hyahne uninucleate conidia, often many to a hyphal cell, which upon germination produce again the monocaryon phase. The dicaryon aerial hyphae, which have a clamp connection at every septum, produce a single binucleate conidium on each hyphal cell, leaving two nuclei behind in that cell. These conidia upon germination give rise immediately to dicaryon hyphae. The old genus Corticium has been divided into several genera, the dis- tinctions being based chiefly upon the structure of the basidia and the nature of the hymenium whether loose or compact. One of these genera, Ceratohasidium, with two to six sterigmata so long and so much thickened as to be called "epibasidia" shows close relationship to the Tulasneflaceae and has been considered in the discussion of that family in the preceding chapter. It represents about a halfway step between the Thelephoraceae in the Eubasidiae and the Tulasneflaceae and Dacrymycetaceae in the Heterobasidiae. Another genus, Pellicularia {Botryohasidium) has been segregated by Rogers (1943) for those fungi formerly included in Corticium which have a thin film of short, broad-celled mycelium on the substratum 474 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE 4 Fig. 153. Polyporales, Family Thelephoraceae. (A, B) Pellicularia isabeUina (Fr. ) Rogers {Tomentelln flava Bref.) (A) Loose weft of mycelium bearing below scattered basidia and above conidiophores. (B) Basidium and spores. (C-E) Aleurodiscus amorphus (Pers.) Rabenh. (C) Habit sketch. (D) Section of hymenium with basidia and "paraphyses." (E) Basidiospore. (A, after Brefeld: Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Mykologie, Heft 8, pp. 1-305. B, courtesy, Rogers: Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 17(l):l-43. C-E, after Killermann, in Engler and Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflago, vol. 6, pp. 124-288, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) THELEPHORACEAE 475 and cymose tufts of short, broad basidia with four, less often six to eight, sterigmata. The commonest parasitic species of this genus, P. filamentosa (Pat.) Rogers {Corticium vagum var. solani Burt, Hypochnus solani Prill. & Del., etc.) occurs as a parasite upon the stems and roots of potato (Solarium tuberosum L.), bean (Phaseolus vulgaris L.), and very many other plants of economic value. It produces cankers at or below the sur- face of the soil which kill or seriously injure the parts affected. Small sclerotia are formed which enable the fungus to overwinter. On the stem of the host plant the mycelium creeps up as a thin gray or white hyphal layer on which the oval basidia are produced in groups. The sclerotial stage is known under the name of Rhizoctonia. (Fig. 153A, B.) The genus Tomentella {Hypochnus, as interpreted by Burt, 1916) produces its basidia more or less scattered or in tufts on a loose cottony mycelium. The basidiospores are nearly spherical and spiny. They are mostly saprophytic. The species of Corticium in which gloeocystidia occur, are placed by many authors in a separate genus, Gloeocystidium, but Burt (1926) and Rogers and Jackson (1943) do not approve of this segregation. Peniophora is practically a Corticium with true, fusiform, pointed cystidia (not gloeocystidia). Asterostroma is similar but has stellately branched, thick- walled bristles or cystidia in the hymenium. Epithele has the hymenium interrupted here and there by sterile projections or pegs consisting of bundles of hyphae. These differ from the teeth of the Hydnaceae which are covered with basidia. Coniophora is practically a Corticium with ferruginous spores. Some species have cystidia {Coniophorella Karst.) and others not. Donk (1933) and Singer (1944) place the Family Merulia- ceae close to these genera (see p. 484). In Aleurodiscus the spore fruit instead of remaining fiat against the bark on which it develops curls up a little at the edge to form a fiat saucer or shallow cup. The basidia and spores are rather large and there are present various types of structures called by some cystidia, by others paraphyses. Much similar is Vararia (Aslerostromella) but the modified cells in the hymenium are many times dichotomously branched. (Fig. 153, C-E.) All of the foregoing genera have a rather thin and not much differ- entiated spore fruit below the hymenium. The following genera have a subhymenial structure much thicker and often in several distinct layers. At the edges the spore fruit bends away from the substratum to form a sort of shelf, with the hymenium on the smooth lower surface. Even a sort of central stipe may be developed in some species, the spore fruit being more or less funnel-shaped in that case. In Stereum conspicuous cystidia are lacking, but in Hymenochaete the hymenial layer has numer- ous long stiff, usually brown, pointed setae, whose probable function is 476 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 154. Polyporales, Family Thelephoraceae. (A, B) Thelephora terrestris (Ehrh.) Fr. (A) Lower jview of lobe. (B) Section through hymenium. (C) Hymenochaete cacao Berk. Portion of hymenium showing basidia and setae. (D) Solenia Candida (Hoffm.) Fr., habit sketch. (A-D, after Killermann, in Engler und Prantl: Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 124-288, Leipzig, W. Engel- mann.) the protection of the hymenium from snails and other harmful animals. In Thelephora (called by the name Phylacteria Pat. by Patouillard, 1887, 1900; Rea, 1922, and others) the more or less leathery fruit body is upright, stalked, pileate or fan-shaped or much lobed or in an overlapping series, the hymenium being on the under side and smooth or slightly warty. In Cyphella and Solenia (united into one genus by some authors) the spore fruit is cup-like or tubular, with the opening usually directed downward, and lined internally by the hymenium. In some species of Solenia many spore fruits arise close together, but separate from one another, from a common mycelial mass, the subiculum. Some mycologists place these two genera in Family Fistulinaceae (see p. 484). (Fig. 154, A, D.) Sparassis (often included in the Clavariaceae, but see Cotton, 1912) is fleshy, much branched, with the terminal portions flattened and bearing the hymenium on the under side only. The edible S. ramosa (Schaef.) Schroet. occurs in Europe and North America, often attaining the size and shape of a small, loose-leafed cabbage. Family Cantharellaceae. Perhaps intermediate between the Thelephoraceae and Clavariaceae is the genus Craterellus. This is fleshy, club- or funnel- or trumpet-shaped with the hymenium on the outer side which is smooth or more or loss longitudinally ribbed or reticulate. Several species are edible. The genus is stichobasidial as is the genus Cantharellus which is undoubtedly closely related but differs in having the longitudinal ribs further developed so as to be low, thick lamellae. Perhaps, as Singer suggests, the correct name is Gomphus. Cantharellus was formerly included in the Agaricaceae but probably belongs here. Perhaps these two genera should be united into a distinct family, the Cantharellaceae (as was done CLAVARIACEAE 477 Fig. 155. Polyporales, Family Cantharellaceae. Cantharellus floccosus Schw. (Gomphus floccosus (Schw.) Singer). (Courtesy, M. B. Walters.) by Maire 1900; Rea, 1922). This family shows close affinities with the following and may be really more closely related to it than to the Thelephoraceae. (Fig. 155.) Family Clavariaceae. Spore fruits fleshy or waxy or even gelatinous, rarely leathery; upright, clavate or branched in a coralloid manner; round or flattened; usually covered by the hymenium on all sides over the whole spore fruit or over special more terminal and often enlarged portions. A dozen or more genera and probably over 500 species. Almost all are saprophytic and possibly some form mycorrhizae on tree roots. A few species are parasitic upon plants. Many of the larger fleshy forms are edible. Some of the genera seem to have their origins in the Thele- phoraceae and some are perhaps nearer to the Cantharellaceae, and per- haps some are related to Irpex in the Polyporaceae or to Hericium in the Hydnaceae. In other words, the Clavariaceae probably do not represent a phylogenetic unit. Some are stichobasidial and some chiastobasidial. How great weight this should have upon the division into genera must 478 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE await further studies in an attempt to determine whether the structural differences within the group show definite correlations with the stichic or chiastic position of the nuclear spindle in the meiotic divisions of the diploid nucleus of the basidium. Pistillaria is a small fungus usually not over 2 to 5 mm. tall, with no sharp distinction between stalk and hymenium-bearing portion, which is clavate. No sclerotium is present. Some of the species have two-spored basidia, others have four spores to each basidium. Growing on soil or dead stems, leaves, etc. Also small, but much taller than the foregoing, is the genus Typhula whose spore fruits grow from sclerotia and form very slender filiform stalks, sometimes branched, with the terminal por- tions thickened to form spindle-formed hymenophores. A number of species are parasitic upon grasses, sugar beets, potatoes, etc. Miss Remsberg (1940) studied the two genera and determined the presence and absence of sclerotia to be the best distinguishing character. Physalacria is also small, up to 2 cm. tall, consisting of a slender stalk and a downturned, hollow, fleshy head on whose lower surface the hymenium is most abundantly developed. For this reason McGuire (1939) suggested that the genus should be placed in the Thelephoraceae as was Fig. 156. Polyporales, Family Clavariaceae. Clavarindelphus pistillaris (Fr.) Donk. (Courtesy, Coker: The Clavarias of the United States and Canada, Chapel Hill, Univ. is'^orth Carolina Press.) CLAVARIACEAE 479 Fig. 157. Polyporales, Family Clavariaceae. Clavariella subbotrytis. (Courtesy, Coker: The Clavarias of the United States and Canada, Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press.) done for Sparassis by Cotton (1912) because the ultimate flattened branches of the much ramose spore fruit of the latter bear their hymenium on the lower surface only. Killermann (1928) retains both these genera in the Clavariaceae. The larger forms of this family are clavate and unbranched or only slightly branched or very much branched in a more or less coralloid manner. Among the clavate forms is the very large Clavariadelphus pistillaris (Fr.) Donk {Clavaria pistillaris), often up to 10 to 15 cm. tall with a thickness of 2 to 3 cm. It is edible. In many ways it resembles some of the members of Family Cantharellaceae but differs in possessing chiastic instead of stiehic basidia. Somewhat smaller and usually brighter- colored are the unbranched species of Clavaria which are not enlarged much upwards and have smaller spores. Some species are much branched and fleshy. Where the branching consists of very slender dry cartilaginous, cylindrical and tapering branches, forming a bush-like structure we have 480 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the genus Pterula. Eriocladus (Lachnodadium) is larger, with flattened or rounded branches which are hairy. Some of the much branched fleshy species of Clavaria have been set off as separate genera: Clavulina and Clavariella (Ramaria). The majority (but not ah) of the species of these two genera are respectively stichobasidial and chiastobasidial. Gaumann (1926) and Donk (1933) accordingly place Clavulina in a distinct order, the Cantharellales, along with some segregates from the Thelephoraceae and Hydnaceae and Agaricaceae. The genus Clavicorona, with apices of the branches truncate or cup-shaped, and with gloeocystidia in the hymenium layer has been set apart from Clavaria by Doty (1947). (Figs. 156, 157.) Family Exobasidiaceae. The fungi composing this family are para- sitic in the leaves, green stems or even fruits of higher plants, often distorting the affected parts or causing the formation of galls. The inter- cellular mycelium apparently bears no clamp connections. It sends rod- shaped or branched haustoria into the host cells. The basidia arise singly or in tufts between the epidermal cells, eventually piercing the cuticle and forming their usually four to eight spores externally. There are no paraphyses or cystidia. Eftimiu and Kharbush (1927) have made an extensive study of a species of Exobasidium. The mycelial cells within the host are elongated but become shorter nearer the epidermis and there are binucleate. The fusion nucleus in the basidium divides meiotically into four nuclei, one passing into each basidiospore. The nuclei may divide before the spores are formed and then the eight nuclei enter eight basidio- spores. Sometimes one nucleus of the four degenerates and the remaining three divide so that six spores are formed. Sometimes only two nuclei are found in the basidium and then only two basidiospores. These spores germinate by budding like yeasts often becoming once septate first. In E. rhododendri Cramer, the spores divide by a septum and send out germ tubes from each of the two cells thus formed. In this species the nuclear divisions within the basidium may be either stichobasidial or chiasto- basidial. Gadd and Loos (1948) report that in E. vexans the basidiospores become once septate before they are discharged. These two-celled spores may develop thick walls after becoming free. E. vaccinii (Fuckel) Wor. is frequent upon the cranberry (Oxycoccos macrocarpus (Ait.) Pursh) and related plants. The affected shoots become upright and take on a pink color and the leaves are increased in size and the stem thickened. Some- times only a small portion of a leaf may be infected or a spot on one side of a fruit. Such spots are thickened and reddened. The basidia are club- shaped with four basidiospores which become septate before germination and send out short branching sterigmata bearing spindle-shaped spores. About 30 species are known in this genus. The genus Kordyana probably also belongs in this family. It is tropical. The basidia are two-spored, HYDNACEAE 481 rarely four-spored and stichobasidial and emerge from the stomata of the host, sometimes intermingled with long, slender, hyaline hyphae or "paraphyses." This was described rather fully by Gaumann (1922). (Fig. 158.) The following genera have been assigned to this family but later study has shown that they belong elsewhere : Micro- stroma, Protocoronospora, and Urohasidium. Wolf (1927, 1929) showed that the first is not a Basidiomycete at all because its supposed basidia are multinuclear, the mycelium lacks conjugate nuclei, and the spores are not borne upon the sterigmata in the manner typical of the class. Wolf (1920) and Karakuhn (1923) showed that the second, like the former, belongs to the Fungi Imperfecti, with the name properly Kahatiella. Urohasidium described by Giesenhagen (1892) was shown by Mason (1941) to be still another Imperfect Fungus. Its proper name is Zygosporium. (Fig. 201B, C.) The relationship of this family is not certain. Perhaps it represents a line derived from the simplest Thelephoraceae but highly modified by its extreme parasitism. Family Hydnaceae. These fungi are mostly saprophytic. Some cause serious decay of timber. The spore fruit may be small or large and resupinate or shelf-like or with a pileus borne on a lateral or central stipe. In some forms the pileus is divided into many small pilei. The consistency varies from fleshy to woody and there is a great range of color. The under side of the fruit body is at first smooth but as the hymenium develops it grows out into hymenium-covered spines or teeth. Under the classification of Fries all such fungi were classed in one family. However, Bourdot and Galzin (1927) placed the genera with hyaline or light-colored spores in the group Hydnes (except Irpex which they place in the Pores) and those with brown spores in the Phylacteries (i.e., close to Thelephora or Phylacieria). Donk (1933) places the stichobasidial forms in Tribe Hydneae of the Cantharelloideae and the remaining, chiastobasidial forms in the Phylacteroideae close to Thelephora, except some species of Irpex placed by him in the Polyporoideae, Tribe Daedaleae. Irpex is placed by Singer (1944) in the Polyporaceae, and by Murrill (1907) in Fig. 158. Polyporales, Family Exobasidiaceae. Ex~ obasidium vaccinii (Fuckel) Wor. Basidia in various stages of maturity emerging through the epidermis of the host leaf. (After Killermann, in Engler und Prantl: Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfami- lien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 6, pp. 124-288, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) 482 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the same family under the name Irpiciporus. Miller (1933) regards Hydnochaete, Sistotrema, Irpex, and Echinodontium, whose teeth are formed by the breaking up or unequal growth of the pore walls, as properly placed in that family. Hydnum, as recognized by Fries in 1821, included all of the genera now included in the family as well as some of the above mentioned ones that may eventually have to be placed else- where. In the following the generic distinctions of Miller (1933) are followed in the main. Grammothele Berk. & Curt, is resupinate with its porose-reticulate surface covered with numerous small warts over which the hymenium extends. Caldesiella Sacc. is in habit much like TomenteUa of the Thele- phoraceae, but is covered with soft conical spines or teeth. The spores are colored and rough. Asterodon Pat. is similar but has dark, simple or stellately branched, setae, and the smooth spores are subhyaline. Gran- dinia Fr. is also resupinate and resembles Corticium from which it differs in the development toward maturity of hemispherical, cylindrical or subulate warts or spines, covered with hymenium. Cystidia are lacking and the spores are hyaline and smooth or roughened. Odontia Pers. differs from the preceding by the presence of cystidia. It therefore resembles Peniophora except for the conical to subulate or cylindrical spines. Oxydontia Miller lacks cystidia and has long subulate and conspicuous teeth. It is resupinate or effused-reflexed. This is the genus called Ada, Karst., an untenable name because of its prior use for one of the Rosaceae. Radulum Fr. (including Phaeoradulum Pat.) is resupinate or reflex, with coarse, blunt, irregularly scattered or confluent teeth. Spores hyaline or light-colored. Phlehia with hymenium covered with more or less notched wrinkles is sometimes placed in this family. These last four genera suggest how the Hydnaceae may have arisen from the resupinate Thelephoraceae in which the smooth hymenium often shows little warts or even pro- jecting bundles of hyphae. However, these latter are not covered by the hymenium. Mucronella Fr. is essentiall}'' a cluster of subulate teeth arising from a fugacious mycelium. The following genera are attached laterally or have stalks. Steccherinum S. F. Gray is sessile or substipitate and laterally attached. It has terete or flattened spines and develops cystidia. The spores are white and small. It is wood inhabiting. Auriscalpium S. F. Gray is laterally stipitate and has short subulate spines with scarcely differentiated cystidia. Growing on cones of conifers. The following three genera are centrally stipitate with subulate spines, and grow on the ground: Dentinum S. F. Gray, fleshy, pale, spores white and smooth, subspherical; Hydnum L. emend. S. F. Gray, fleshy, dark-colored, spores subspherical, angular or echinulate, brown; Calodon Qu(51. (Hydnellum and Phellodon of Karsten), fibrous, HYDNACEAE 483 Fig. 159. Polyporales, Family Hydnaceae. Hydnum imbricatum L. ex S. F. Gray. (Courtesy, M, B. Walters.) tough and sometimes woody, dark-colored, spores shaped as in Hydnum, brown or subhyahne. (Fig. 159.) Usually placed in this family is the genus Hericium Pers. ex S. F. Gray (Dryodon Quel, Manina Scop, ex Banker). This is fleshy and unbranched or more often branched, with subulate spines mostly long and pendent. Spores spherical or subspherical and amyloid (i.e., walls staining blue with iodine). In H. coralloides Pers. ex S. F. Gray the pileus is but little developed, the fruit body consisting essentially of branching stalks bearing at their tips pendent tufts of pointed teeth. The writer questioned in 1935 whether such a fungus belongs in this family at all and suggested that it might be more closely related to the Clavariaceae. Singer (1936) suggests its origin from much branched species of that family with which 484 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE they have in common the amyloid type of spore. For Irpex and Echino- dontium see Polyporaceae (p. 494). Family Fistulinaceae. This small family of only a few species and two, possibly more, genera is distinguished by its fleshy spore fruits and by the separate though closely crowded hollow tubes which hang down underneath the pileus. The latter may be centrally or laterally stipitate in Fistulina, or resupinate in other genera. Each separate tube is formed as an open cup which elongates and becomes lined internally by the hymenium. If one would imagine hundreds of spore fruits of Solenia of the Thelephoraceae arising from a common pileus the characteristic struc- ture of this family would be realized. Fistulina hepatica Fr., the beef- steak fungus, is found in nearly all temperate regions of the world on oaks and other deciduous trees. The spore fruit is more or less fan-shaped with a short, thick, lateral stipe. It is brown-red, blood-red internally, and the closely crowded but separate tubes are reddish brown. When young it is edible. Porothelium perhaps belongs here. It forms a resupinate membranous or crust-like spreading hymenophore on which develop numerous scattered wart-like projections which elongate, leaving a central pore in each. This perhaps represents a connecting link between Solenia and Fistulina. The relationship of this family to the Polyporaceae is doubtful. Lohwag and Follmer (1936) and Elrod and Blanchard (1939) studied the development of Fistulina and showed that its tubes are of essentially the same structure as the cup-like spore fruits of Solenia and Cyphella. There is no similarity in the development to the Boletaceae to which the easily separable pores of the latter had suggested relationship. Family Meruliaceae. Like so many others of the Hymenomycetes the members of this family are wood destroyers. The spore fruits at first develop a smooth hymenium on which basidia develop to spore bearing maturity. As this enlarges the surface produces low, rather thick folds or ridges on the sides and rounded edges of which new basidia continue to develop so that eventually basidia of all ages are to be found on the ridges as well as on the intervening hymenium at the original level. The ridges may anastomose so as to form a net-work, the pores that form the meshes being shallow. Sometimes the ridges are more or less radiate or may be interrupted. The spore fruits and the ridges are fleshy or waxy or gelatinous. The low walls separating the pores do not necessitate their pointing downward since air currents can carry off the spores when discharged from the basidia regardless of the direction in which the pores point. There is no agreement as to what genera should l)e included in this family. Bourdot and Galzin (J 927) include seven genera, three of which have a smooth hymenium (Coniophora, Coniophorella, and Jaapia), the other four having projecting ridges or tubercles. Of these Phlehia is often placed in the Hydnaceae and Plicatura (Trogia) in the Agaricaceae, MEKULIACEAE 485 leaving Merulius (with colorless spores) and Gyrophana Pat. (with brown spores). According to Singer (1944) this should be called Serpula Pers. ex S. F. Gray. Rea (1922) has the same arrangement except that he does not separate Gyrophana from Merulius. These last two genera may be looked upon as of Thelephoraceous origin, with the added feature of the folds, ridges or tubercles that increase the hymenial surface. The best known species are M. lacrymans (Wulf.) Schum. {Gyrophana lacrymans Fig. 160. Polyporales, Family Meruliaceae. Merulius lacrymans (Wulf.) Schum. (Courtesy, Falck, in Moller: Hausschwammforschungen in amtlichem Auftrage, vol. 6, pp. 1-405.) (Wulf.) Pat.) and its close relatives which have been given intensive study by Falck (1912). This author believes that it is distinct enough as a house fungus ("Hausschwamm"), both in habits and details of struc- ture to deserve specific distinction under the name M. domesticus Falck. It is a very destructive enemy of floor boards, beams and other wood construction in buildings, causing a red-colored dry rot. It spreads be- tween timbers in sheets and strands and in openings between the wood- work forms great cottony masses of mycelium. It forms resupinate sheets on the floors and walls and even ceilings of rooms. These enlarge, with 486 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE white margins and brown central portion on which the hymenium de- velops. This rapidly becomes wrinkled and porose and sometimes in older stages with flattened teeth much like those of Irpex. It occurs very extensively over Europe and Asia but is comparatively rare in America. Some species of MeruUus are laterally attached and form shelf -like spore fruits. (Fig. 160.) Family Polyporaceae. The fungi here included in one family are placed in two or more families by some of the more modern authors (Rea, 1922; Donk, 1933; Singer, 1944). Until further studies show the definite hmits of these different families it may be well to take the more conservative stand and retain the one family. In the sense that the cells invaded by the hyphae of the fungi of this family are mostly no longer Hving, i.e., wood fibers and tracheary tissue, these fungi are saprophytes. Many of them, however, attack only the sap wood of living trees in which living cells are intermingled with the dead fiber and tracheary cells, bringing about a ''sap rot" and death of the tree. Others, though confined to the heart wood, which contains few if any living cells, attack this wood only in living standing trees. Still others attack only the wood of dead trees or of structural timbers. So there are all grades of practical parasitism even though the particular cells invaded are not living. A very few species of this family are directly parasitic upon other fungi. Although most species are wood inhabiting some grow on the ground, obtaining their nourishment from buried pieces of wood or from the vegetable matter in the soil. Such species are true saprophytes. The spore fruits may be fleshy or fleshy-leathery when young but at maturity are, with few exceptions, papery, leathery, corky, or even woody. They range in size from a few millimeters in width and 1 or 2 mm. in thickness to a width of 75 cm. (specimens of Ganoderma applanatum (Pers. ex Fr.) Pat. collected by the author) and 30 to 50 cm. thick (speci- mens of Fomitopsis (Fomes) officinalis (Vill.) B. & S. seen by the author), and a width of over two meters in Polyporus squamosus (Huds.) Fr., according to Clements (1910). They may be evanescent or may live many years; according to Atkinson over 80 years in the case of specimens of Phellinus {Fomes) igniarius (Fr.) Pat. The spore fruits may be closely appressed to the sides of tree branches, logs, boards, etc., without a free margin, or may grow out laterally like a shelf or bracket, or may be stalked laterally or centrally. The underside is usually smooth when young, as in the Thelephoraceae, but develops unevenly so as to leave numerous pits (pores) of various shapes on whose inner face the hymenium develops. With but few exceptions the pores are directed downward so that as the spores are shot off from the sterig- mata of the basidia that line the pore they drop down and out of the POLYPORACEAE 487 pore into the open air, where they are carried off by currents of air. Cystidia of various types may be present in the hymenium and in some species stiff, pointed, brown setae similar to those in Hymenochaete of the Thelephoraceae. This has led to the suggestion that the various species with setae now distributed among several genera, but especially in Phellinus, in the Polyporaceae, should be placed in the same group as the above mentioned genus. With very few exceptions the hymenium is confined to the sides of the pores, not usually being formed on the edges as in Meruliaceae. Conidiophores are produced on the upper surface of the sporophore in some species. Under certain environmental conditions a large portion of the tissue of the spore fruit may be converted into chlamydospores, a condition upon which were based the genera Cerio- myces and Ptychogaster. The vegetative mycelium is slender and branching, the individual cells often being rather long. Some species of Polyporaceae produce large tuber-like subterranean sclerotia the size of a man's head (e.g., Pachyma cocos Fr.). From these the spore fruits arise when conditions are favorable. The processes of sexual reproduction are known in only a few cases in the family. The mycelium of the spore fruits of many species appears mostly to have clamp connections as does to a large degree the vegetative mycelium growing in the wood. The basidia eventually have four or eight nuclei, four of which pass into the four basidiospores whose nuclei in some cases divide so that the spores become binucleate. In such species the germ tubes show by the presence of clamp connections that secondary or dicaryon mycelium is produced immediately upon germination of the spores. Cultures of uninucleate basidiospores produce monocaryon mycelia which lack clamp connections. When compatible mycelia come into contact diploidization occurs and the dicaryon mycelium may de- velop clamp connections, or in rarer cases they may fail to develop although the mycelium is dicaryotic. Mounce and Macrae (1936) showed that in Gloeophyllum saepiarium (Wulf.) Karst. {Lenzites saepiaria), Coriolopsis trabea (Pers.) B. & S. (L. trahea) and Trametes americana Overh. the monocaryon mycelia arising from germination of the basidiospores fall into only two mutually compatible classes, therefore these species are of ''bipolar" sexual be- havior. However, there is complete compatibility between all monocaryon mycelia derived from sporophores collected in different geographic regions. This indicates that geographical races exist in these fungi as has been demonstrated in the Ustilaginales (see p. 378) and some of the Heterobasideae (see p. 453). Robak (1936) reported that Hirschioporus abietinus (Dicks, ex Fr.) Donk (Polystictus abietinus) is, on the contrary, quadripolar in its sexual behavior. He also showed that the monocaryon mycelium of Coriolellus serialis (Fr.) Murr. {Trametes serialis), a bipolar 488 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE species, is just as capable of causing rot when inoculated into wood blocks as is the dicaryon mycelium. The production of oidia by the monocaryon mycelia of Polyporaceae has been demonstrated by Vandendries (1936) in Leptoporus adustus (Fr.) Quel. (Bjerkandera adusta (Fr.) Karst.). Such oidia do not occur on the dicaryon mycelium of this species. This species is quadripolar as are Leucoporus hrumalis (Fr.) Quel, and L. arcularius (Batsch) Quel., neither of which produces any oidia. The number of species in this family is very uncertain. Several thousand have been described but it is probable that very many of these are synonymous. The opinions as to the validity of described species vary greatly. Thus in Gaumann-Dodge, Comparative INIorphology of Fungi (1928) the genus Polysticius is credited with nearly 1000 species while Killermann (1928) in the second edition of Engler and Prantl, Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, admits only "some hundreds." The agree- ment is still less as to generic limits. Killermann recognizes 16 genera in the family limits adopted in this work, but Murrill, in North American Flora (1907-1908) recognizes 78 genera for North America alone. Bon- darzew and Singer (1941) have made a very complete and radical revision of the genera of this family. They exclude 11 genera from the old family limits but still retain 53 genera. Their basis for segregation and classifi- cation of the genera is largely anatomical, so that the 11 old Friesian genera are broken up into many sharply defined and not so unwieldy ones. Singer (1944) adds one genus and gives further information as to the systematic arrangement within the family. William Bridge Cooke (1940) recognizes 46 genera from North America (most of them also occurring in Europe) and 19 more from the Tropics and the Southern Hemisphere. The anatomical studies by Miss Ames (1913) contributed considerably to the work leading to the further subdivision of the older genera. In the following discussion of the more important genera of the family the attempt has been made to give the modern names of the genera and species mentioned as well as the names that are to be found in the older standard works. The genus Poria was in its customary limits used for the completely resupinate members of this family, regardless of the color and consistency of the trama, color of the spores, etc. Studies by Baxter (1929-1949) and others have shown that many species closely related to other genera may develop in a resupinate manner and thus be assigned to the genus Poria, which as a consequence became a catchall for unrelated forms which agreed only in their resupinate habits. Nevertheless, it seems that there remains a body of species that are more or less closely related and which properly may be given this name. Poria produces resupinate spore fruits which adhere to the substratum and consist mainly of a thin layer of POLYPORACEAE 489 underlying mycelium and the pore layer. Some species produce their fruiting bodies only on the under side of branches or logs so that the pores point directly downward, but this is not the case in all species. The pores are mostly rather small, angular or round, and not very deep. The spore fruits vary in size and color as well as in color of the spores. Some species ascribed to Poria have the structure of trama and hymenium characteristic of some of the species of Corticium and other closely related Thelephoraceae, differing only in their poroid habit. They probably belong in that family. It may be that they are intermediate forms between the two groups. Aside from these forms and those that are closely related to nonresupinate genera the remaining resupinate species have been divided further on the basis of texture, and color of trama and spores (Murrill, 1907; Donk, 1933; Cooke, 1940; Bondarzew and Singer, 1941). The annual-fruited forms with effused-reflexed, or shelf-like or stipitate structures and with membranous or leathery texture and with pileus and pore trama similar and continuous were formerly included in the old genus Polystictus with many hundred species. By the more recent stu- dents of this group this genus has been broken up into six or eight or more genera. Perhaps the commonest species of this group is Coriolus versicolor (L. ex Fr.) Quel. It is very common on dead stumps, logs, etc., and forms great numbers of overlapping semicircular or kidney-shaped, velvety-haired pilei, which are strongly marked by zones of various colors. The individual pilei are 2 to 5 cm. in diameter and may grow together at the margin to form broad sheets if they are emerging from the cut top of a stump. On the under side of a log they may be resupinate or effused- reflexed. Hirschioporus abietinus is grayish white and hairy above and concentrically furrowed, the edge of the pileus and the pore surface being violet colored in fresh specimens. They are formed on branches, logs, etc., being resupinate on the under side of the substratum but forming shelves at the sides. Mostly on coniferous wood. The pores in age break up into flattened teeth. Coltricia perennis (L. ex Fr.) Karst. grows on the ground usually in coniferous forests and forms a funnel-shaped, centrally stipitate spore fruit, brown and velvety above when young, glabrate with age, more or less strongly concentrically marked. The genus Polyporus in its older limits differed mainly from Polystictus in being as a rule larger and thicker and more fleshy when young, and . with the trama of the pileus usually different from that of the pore layer so that the latter sometimes separates from the former in age. At maturity the spore fruits become cheesy or leathery or corky, rarely woody or membranous. Fifteen or more genera have been segregated by some of the modern students of this genus. Donk (1933) and Singer (1944) sepa- rated off some of the species forming the genera Boleiopsis Fayod and Scutiger Murrill, and Grifola (S. F. Gray) and placed them near the 490 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Thelephoraceae and Clavariaceae because of the similarity of the struc- ture of the spore fruit and spores to those famihes, in spite of the occur- rence of the hymenium in pores. The genus Polyporus in the Hmited sense consists of tough, fleshy, centrally or laterally stipitate forms. P. iuherasier (Jacq.) Fr., considered by Donk and Singer to be the type species of the genus, develops, underground, large, hard, sclerotium-like structures of intermingled hyphae and particles of soil, called pietra fungaia in Italy. When placed in a warm, moist situation several sporophores develop from each sclerotium. These are centrally stipitate, with pileus somewhat funnel-shaped at maturity, scaly, yellowish, with rather large pores. This is fleshy when young and is prized for food by the Italians who collect the sclerotia and preserve them for some time and grow from them the edible spore fruits. Closely related is P. squamosus (Huds.) Fr. (P. caudi- cinus (Scop.) Murr.), which is very common and destructive to many kinds of deciduous trees. Its stipe is usually lateral or eccentric and the pileus may exceed a diameter of 50 cm. and a thickness of 3.5 cm. It occurs in imbricated masses growing from the trunks of the infected trees. It also is edible when young. Other fungi included in the old genus Polyporus are the following: Laetiporus sulphureus (Bull, ex Fr.) Murr., %' 4- «^' ^Si*^" ^ Fig. 161. Polyporales, Family Polyporaceae. Grifola berkeleyi (Fr.) Murr. (Courtesy, M. B. Walters.) POLYPORACEAE 491 Fig. 162. Polyporales, Family Polyporaceae. Laetiporus sulphureus (Bull, ex Fr.) Murr. (Courtesy, F. C. Strong.) which forms a series of shelves up to 60 cm. broad, bright yellow to orange in color, and rather fleshy and edible at first and dry and cheesy at maturity. The dried sporophores when ground up and soaked in water are edible upon cooking. It occurs at the bases of trunks of deciduous trees, often oak, whose wood it destroys. Occurring very commonly on standing trunks of birch {Betula) are the spore fruits of Piptoporus hetulinus (Bull, ex Fr.) Karst. The more or less hoof-shaped, reniform or globose sporophores are attached by a narrowed, almost stipe-like portion to the side of the trunk. The gray or whitish surface consists of a thin layer which flakes off with age from the white pilear trama. The layer of 3 to 8 mm. long pores separates easily from the thick layer of the pileus. (Figs. 161, 162.) The old genus Trametes was supposed to be characterized by the uninterrupted continuation of the pilear trama into that of the pore layers, with the further character that the pores were of different depths in the same spore fruit. These are true of some species but also occur in some of the genera formerly included in Polyporus, Polystictus, and Fomes. As a result the genus Trametes has been much reduced and segregated into six or eight genera. Among these is Pogonomyces hydnoides (Schw.) Murr., a very common species of Florida and the Tropics. Its dimidiate, sessile, sometimes imbricate spore fruits may be 5 to 10 cm. broad and up to 1 cm. thick. The upper surface is covered by long, black, stiff, branched fibers which resemble considerably the teeth of some species of Hydnaceae. The pileus trama is dark brown, punky to corky and that of the tubes light brown. Pycnoporus cinnabarinus (Jacq. ex Fr.) Karst. 492 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 163. Polyporales, Family Polyporaceae. Ganodernia applanatum (Pers. ex Fr.) Pat. Habit view on dead trunk of maple (Acer). (Courtesy, F. C. Strong.) is also dimidiate, 4 to 10 cm. in diameter and up to 1 cm. thick. It is bright orange to cinnabar-red and the trama also is red, as are the pores. It occurs on dead wood of various deciduous trees in America, Europe, and Asia. At maturity it is corky to punky. The old genus Fomes is now mostly broken up into several genera. Its chief characters were the corky to woody texture of the pileus and the perennial nature of the spore fruit, so that in successive growing seasons new layers of pores are formed below the ones last formed. The genus Fomes in the restricted sense has a corky to punky pilear trama which is more or less rusty brown in color. The spore fruits are somewhat hoof- shaped. F. fomentarius (L.) Gill, forms its sporophores on standing trees. They are provided with a hard crust, black and shining with age, and are 8 to 10 cm. in width laterally, 7 to 9 cm. from front to back, and 3 to 10 cm. tall, depending upon age. These were formerly used as a source of tinder for kindling fires and are often still called "punks." Fomitopsis differs in having its pilear trama whitish or light-colored (not rust brown). F. officinalis (Vill.) B. & S. grows on larch (Larix) in the Northern Hemisphere. Its chalky white, intensely bitter, friable trama has been used for medicine for many centuries. The large spore fruits may become almost cylindrical, about 15 cm. in diameter and up to POLTPORACEAE 493 Fig. 164. Polyporales, Family Polyporaceae. Ganoderma applanatum (Pers. ex Fr.) Pat. Vertical section through three-year-old sporophore. (Courtesy, Buller: Researches on Fungi, London, Longmans, Green and Co.) 30 or more cm. in height. Phellinus igniarius (L. ex Fr.) Quel, resembles somewhat Fomes fomentarius but lacks the horny crust and is pubescent when young. The hymenium of the pores has numerous sharp brown spines. Ganoderma differs from the preceding genera in possessing spores truncated at one end and two-layered, the brown endospore being spiny, the spines projecting up into the hyaline exospore. The surface of the spore fruit has a hard crust formed by a palisade of thick-walled elongated cells. A stipe may be present in some species. A varnish-like coating may be present over the whole surface or only on the stipe or may be entirely lacking. In the narrow use of this name only those with the varnished layer would properly belong to the genus. G. lucidum (Leyss. ex Fr.) Karst. occurs on coniferous and deciduous trees and is annual. It is varnished over the whole top surface as well as the stipe. G. curtisii (Berk.) Murr. is perennial and may produce several layers of pores. It loses its laccate covering early. G. applanatum (Pers. ex Fr.) Pat. lacks the laccate surface entirely but has a whitish to gray crust. It is one of the commonest species in North America, being found on fallen trees and old stumps of deciduous species almost everywhere. Its spore fruits may attain a diameter of 75 cm. White (1920) estimated that a large spore fruit of this species may liberate 30 billion spores a day for several months attaining a total of 5500 billion spores for the season. Yet of all this vast number of spores carried far and wide by the wind all but a very few must perish. With so many spores in the air it is not to be wondered at that the fungus is very common wherever a deciduous tree has died or its trunk has fallen. This fungus does not attack healthy uninjured trees. (Figs. 163, 164.) Probably closely related to the genera grouped about the genus 494 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Trametes are those forming the Tribe Daedaleae (of Bondarzew and Singer, 1941). In these the pores are elongated radially or are labyrinthi- form. Daedalea is distinguished by having the pores elongated or laby- rinthiform. Its spore fruits are shelf-like and corky. D. confragosa (Bolt.) Fr. is very common in North America and Europe. In Lenzites the pores are elongated radially from the point of attachment so as to resemble gills, with occasional cross connections which may disappear with age. The spore fruit is more or less corky. L. hetulinus (L.) Fr. is common on birch and other trees in North America and northern Eurasia. Its fruiting bodies are 3 to 7 cm. broad, 3 to 10 mm. thick, velvety and zonate above. But for the cross connections in the young specimens this might well be placed in the Family Agaricaceae. Donk (1933) and some others follow Schroeter in dividing the genus Daedalea by separating off D. confragosa to form the genus Daedaleopsis. Karsten (1882) separated off from Lenzites the species with rust-brown trama as the genus Gloeophyllum. This would include the common Lenzites saepiaria (Wulf.) Fr., which causes the decay mainly of coniferous wood. The species of this tribe are very variable as to pore form. In the same species some specimens may have poroid, labyrinthiform, lamelloid, or even irpiciform hymenophores. The distinctions between some species of Trametes, Daedalea, and Lenzites are therefore rather arbitrary. Undoubtedly belonging to the Polyporaceae are the species of Irpex (Irpiciporus of Murrill) and probably the genus Echinodontium. Irpex may be resupinate, effused-refiexed, or shelf-like. The younger parts of the hymenophore are poroid but with increasing age the walls of the pores grow unevenly so as to produce flattened teeth. Thus the specimen comes to resemble closely some of the species of the old genus Polystictus. Echinodontium has woody, shelf-like, or unguliform fruiting bodies re- sembling some of the forms of the genus Fomes but with the hymenophore composed of irpiciform plates which have small lateral teeth along their edges. The spore fruits are brightly colored and were formerly used by the Indians of Northwestern United States as a source of a red dye. It causes decay of the hemlock {Tsuga) and of Fir {Abies) in Alaska and northwestern United States. Both Irpex and Echinodontium were formerly placed in the Hydnaceae. The course of evolution in this family is very uncertain. Some of the Pon'a-like forms may be primitive but as very many of the normally pileato or shelf-like genera may become resupinate this latter habit cannot always be considered to be a proof of primitiveness. Some of the Poria group may have arisen from Thck^phoraceae that were more or less Corticium-like. It may be possible that from the Hydnaceae, by union of the teeth into pores some Polyporaceae may have developed. Probably the stratose species like Fomes have developed from annual ORDER AGARICALES 495 species. The labyrinthiform or lamelloid species like Daedalea and Lenzites may show relationship to the Agaricaceae but they may represent merely a parallel course of development. Some of the genera close to Polyporus have gills radially elongated. Order Agaricales. Largely fleshy, but some leathery or even corky or woody at maturity. Basidia usually chiastic (after removal of Cantharellus to the forgoing order). Hymenium on lamellae (gills) or pores (Boleta- ceae), gymnocarpic or pseudoangiocarpic or angiocarpic. Spore fruits mostly stipitate, more often centrally, but sometimes attached laterally or even resupinately, without stipe. Hymenium usually not formed on the edges of the pores or lamellae. The distinction between Polyporales and Agaricales is not always sharp and it is possible that these intergrade so completely that the two groups cannot justifiably remain as distinct orders. Family Boletaceae. This family consists of fungi growing on the ground almost exclusively. The spore fruits are fleshy and stipitate, cen- trally so in most species. The pileus is thick and convex and the layer of pores is mostly easily separable from it. The pores are usually easily broken apart from each other. In the genus Ixechinus, described by Heim (1939) from Madagascar, the trama separating the young pores splits so that at maturity they are separate and become divergent with the up- rolling of the pileus. Thus they have a superficial resemblance to Fistulina, but the origin of the separate pores is entirely different. In some genera a veil covers the layer of pores in the young spore fruits, extending from the edge of the pileus to the stipe. The pores in some genera are elongated somewhat in a radial direction, suggesting a transition to or from the Agaricaceae. Some species form large spore fruits. Heim (1936) described Boletus (Phlehopus) colossus from Madagascar with a pileus up to 60 cm. broad and 4 to 6 cm. thick, and with a stipe up to 25 cm. tall and 22 cm. thick in the lower swollen basal portion. The whole fungus weighed 6 kg. The flesh of the various species in the family may be mainly white or pink or yellow. In many species it becomes blue or blue-green when bruised, in others re- maining unchanged. Treatment with KOH, NH4OH, and other chemicals brings about various color changes which are of value in the distinction of species and genera. The spores vary from pale to yellowish to purplish or yellow-brown and may be small or above 20/x in length. They may be thin- walled and smooth or may have external ridges, warts or reticulations. In some cases the endospore is covered with prickles which reach into or through the exospore. Germ pores are produced in a few species. Some species are edible and some are known to be poisonous. Boletus edulis Bull, ex Fr., according to Mez (in a verbal communication to the author), con- tains a toxalbumin that when injected into the blood stream is extremely 496 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE poisonous but whose toxic character is destroyed in the process of diges- tion when the fungus is eaten. The spore fruits of various members of the family have been studied as to their ontogeny by Kiihner (1927), Elrod and Snell (1940), and others. In some cases they are entirely gymnocarpic, i.e., as they develop they are more or less cylindrical and then at the top the hyphae spread outward to form the pileus. The basidia begin to appear and to bear spores along the stipe, especially the upper portion, and the under side of the pileus, before the pores begin to develop. They may even be formed on the upper surface of the pileus. The enlarging pileus curves downward at the margin as the pores develop but in the truly gymnocarpic forms never curves inward so far as to come into contact with the stipe. In the pseudoangiocarpic species the development is like the foregoing except that the edge of the pileus eventually comes into contact with the stipe, forming a circular en- closed chamber lined above by the developing pores and centrally by the stipe. The marginal tissues of the pileus and the portion of the stipe with which they join may enlarge as the pileus grows in diameter and flattens out, so as to produce an annulus which in Paragyrodon sphaerosporus (Pk.) Sing. {Boletus sphaerosporus Pk.) spreads from near the base of the stipe to the margin of the mature pileus as a grayish-white sheet up to 6 or more cm. broad, leaving a chamber between it and the pore layer. Whether an annulus is formed or not the enlargement and flattening out of the pileus eventually exposes the pores to the air so that the spores may be carried away by air currents. It is doubtful whether true angiocarpy occurs in this family, i.e., development of the pores in a cavity formed internally in the spore fruit and not by the curving downward and inward of the pileus margin. In the genus Gastroboletus the surface layer of the pileus and stipe remain connected and include the young hymenophore like a perid- ium. Here, as in Paragyrodon sphaerosporus, the development is probably pseudoangiocarpic. The several hundred species here included in one family were divided by Singer (1936) into two famihes, Boletaceae and Strobilomycetaceae with a total of 21 genera, to which (1945-1947) he added three other families, Gomphidiaceae, Paxillaceae and Jugasporaceae, usually placed in the old family Agaricaceae. These five families then form his Suborder Boletineae. Coker and Beers (1943), on the other hand, recognize only three genera of Boletaceae in the usual sense, in North Carolina. Murrill (1910) recognizes 11 genera in North America. It has long been recognized that the genus Paxillus of the old family Agaricaceae has many points of similarity to the Boletaceae: frequent oc- currence of ti-ansverse ridges between the lamellae, ease of separation of the lamellae from the pilear trama, gymnocarpic development of the spore fruit and certain cytological and chemical similarities. Whether these ORDER AGARICALES 497 justify transferring Paxillus to the Boletineae, as Singer does, or indicate the close relationship of the latter group to the Agaricaceae is more a matter of opinion. In this hookPaxillus will be retained in the Agaricaceae. The Boletaceae are found in the temperate, subtropical and tropical regions of both hemispheres, but especially where the rainfall is fairly abundant or in the season of the year when considerable rain falls. They do not occur in arid regions. Many, perhaps most, of them occur in con- nection with mycorrhizal development on roots of mostly woody plants. Some are confined to the roots of conifers and some of this group are limited to certain genera (e.g., Larix, Pinus, etc.). Gyrodon merulioides (Schw.) Sing. {Boletinus porosus (Berk.) Pk.) is known only in proximity to trees of ash {Fraxinus) and Paragyrodon sphaerosporus (Pk.) Sing. {Boletus sphaerosporus Pk.) only near species of oak (Quercus), etc. Among the larger and commoner species several may be mentioned. Boletus edulis Bull, ex Fr. has a reddish brown pileus, white or yellowish within, the flesh not becoming blue upon wounding. The pores are yellow- ish and become greenish with age. The stipe is reticulately marked. The pileus is 6 to 20 cm. broad and 2 to 4 cm. thick and the stipe cylindrical or enlarged below and 5 to 10 cm. tall and 3 to 4 cm. thick. The spores are yellowish to ochraceous brown. The flesh has a pleasant nutty taste. This highly prized edible species occurs in frondose woods. The species related to Boletus luridus Schaeff. ex Fr. (Suillellus luridus (Schaeff.) Murr.) are often about the same size as the foregoing and the pileus has much the same appearance above. The flesh is whitish or yellowish but becomes blue very rapidly when exposed to the air. The pores are yellowish with red mouths. The stipes are 5 to 10 cm. tall and 1 to 2 cm. thick, reddish below, yellow above, reticulated near the top. This species is reputed to be poisonous. Tylopilus felleus (Bull, ex Fr.) Karst. (Boletus felleus), also may be con- fused by a beginner with both the foregoing. It differs in its pink spores, its white flesh, which may turn pink on wounding, and its intensely bitter taste. The pores, which are white, become flesh colored as the spores are produced in large numbers. The stipe may be reticulate above or com- pletely reticulate. All three species may be found in the same woods. Suillus luteus (L. ex Fr.) S. F. Gray grows in the vicinity of species of pine. The yellowish to reddish brown pileus is very viscid. The flesh is pale yellow- ish, not changing color when wounded. The stipe is pale yellow to reddish brown and glandular dotted, and has a large persistent annulus. It is edible. Strobilomyces floccopus (Vahl ex Fr.) Karst. (S. strobilaceus (Scop, ex Fr.) Berk.) has dark spores, completely covered by a network and with a dis- tinct germ pore. The pileus and stipe are gray when young but the numer- ous shaggy scales quickly become dark. The gray to white pores become reddish or black on wounding or bruising, and are more or less lamellar near the stipe, which has an annulus. This edible species grows in frondose 498 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE ,f*- or mixed frondose and coniferous woods. Gyrodon merulioides has an ec- centric or lateral stem and the pores are formed by radiating lamellae connected by numerous cross veins not quite so high as the main lamellae. The pileus is reddish brown, with yellow flesh slowly turning bluish green when wounded. The hymenial surfaces are yellow becoming slightly blue on wounding. The spores are yellowish brown. The pores are decurrent somewhat on the hollow stipe. This approaches closely some of the species of Paxillus. (Fig. 165.) Family Agaricaceae. This family in its broader and more cus- tomary usage included those fungi whose fruit bodies increased the hymenial surface by the production of radiating lamellae which are entirely covered, or all but the edge, by the hymenium. The latter may or may not extend from gill to gill on the interlamellar surface of the pileus. The interior tissue of the lamella (the trama) may continue unchanged up into the pileus or the pilear trama may be distinct in structure, €olor, etc., from the lamellar trama, paralleling the con- ditions in the Polyporaceae. In contrast with the Polyporaceae where the spore fruits are prevail- ingly rather dry at maturity those of the Agaricaceae are mostly fleshy, although some dry forms occur. In the vast majority of cases they are centrally stipitate, rarely laterally so, occasionally attached laterally with- out a stipe, or even partially resupinate. In size the pileus may vary from a very few millimeters in diameter in some species of Marasmius to 40 cm. in specimens of an exannulate form of Agaricus arvensis Schaeff. ex Fr., collected by the author. A specimen of this size must be capable of pro- ducing an enormous number of spores since Buller (1909) has shown that a not unusually large specimen of A. campeslris L. ex Fr. can produce 1800 million spores. In general the basidia are club-shaped, varying to ovoid or cylindrical. Usually four l)asidiospores are produced although species or races fre- quently occur in which the number is two. In the latter case this may result from the development of spore fruits on monocaryon mycelium and the consequent lack of nuclear fusion and meiotic divisions in the basid- ium, there being only one division and that mitotic. The spore fruit may Fig. 165. Agaricales, Family Bole- taceae. Tylopilus felleus (Bull, ex Fr.) Karst. (Courtesy, Atkinson: Studies of American Fungi, Ithaca, N. Y., Andrus and Church.) ORDER AGARICALES 499 arise from a dicaryon mycelium with normal nuclear phenomena in the basidium and yet produce only two spores on the basidium with two nuclei passing into each. In some members of the family, as occurs fre- quently on other Eubasidiae a mitotic division subsequent to the second meiotic division results in the production of eight nuclei in the basidium of which four may enter into the basidiospores and four remain behind, or two proceed into each spore. In a stained specimen of Coprinus sp. studied by the author each basidium possessed eight nuclei but after spore dis- charge four still remained in the basidium. With the exclusion of Cantha- rellus all Agaricaceae are chiastobasidial. The hymenium may consist entirely of basidia or there may be cystidia of various types. In Coprinus the basidia are separated by large sterile cells called paraphyses, not so tall as the basidia but much broader so that the latter are arranged in squares, one at each corner where four para- physes meet. Such paraphyses are not produced in most of the genera of the family. The cystidia may differ in appearance from the basidia only in the absence of sterigmata or they may be elongated, pointed, or forked, or knobbed so as to resemble a tenpin. The upper portion of the cystidium is often covered with crystals. Some cystidia are the terminal cells of laticif- erous hyphae or of hyphae containing mucilaginous substances. The cystidia occurring at the edge of the lamellae are called cheilocystidia and may resemble or differ from those borne on the faces of the gills, the pleurocystidia. Where, as in some species of Coprinus, the large, stout pleurocystidia extend across the space between two gills and assist in holding them apart they are sometimes called trabecular cystidia. (Fig. 166.) Fayod (1889) distinguished several types of gills by their tramal struc- tures. Other mycologists since then have recognized the value of these distinctions in the classification of the Agaricaceae. The outer surface always consists of the vertically standing basidia (and cystidia if present) arising from a subhymenium, a thin or thick layer immediately below the basidia. This may be indistinguishable. In the mixed or irregular trama the hyphae are arranged without apparent order, being sinuous or inter- laced. The regular trama consists of elements clearly parallel. In the bilateral trama the trama proper is reduced to a thin median plane from which the hyphae diverge obliquely in a curved line toward the strongly developed subhymenium. In the inverse trama the young lamella has the "regular" structure with a distinct subhymenium. As maturity ap- proaches hyphae grow from the subhymenium obliquely inward, filling the space formerly occupied by the vanished median portion of the trama. It must be recognized that these four types grade into one another and that at times it is difficult to decide which type is present, especially if the gill that is being studied is a little too young or too old. 500 CLASS BASIDIOMTCETEAE B Fig. 166. Agaricales, Family Agaricaceae. Mechanism in Coprinus for holding gills apart to permit falling of the spores. (A) Coprinus atramentarius Fr. with gills held apart by trabecular cystidia; autolysis beginning at edge. (B) C. slerquilinus Fr. with thickened edges that hold the gills apart. Note the long and short basidia. (Courtesy, Buller: Researches on Fungi, London, Longmans, Green and Co.) ORDER AGARICALKS 501 Many Agaricaceae show clamp connections at the septa of almost all the hyphae of the lamellar and pilear trama, the cortex of the pileus, and the tissues of the stipe as well as the mycelium from which the spore fruit arose. In many cases the clamp connections occur only at occasional septa and only in special portions of the pileus or stipe, often only in the cortical regions. In Russula and Lactarius groups of spherical cells (sphaerocysts) are found in the pileus and even in the lamellae in addition to the usual slender hyphae. The pilear trama of other genera may show enlargements of the hyphae but not so characteristic as those of the genera mentioned. Slender hyphae bearing clamp connections frequently do not develop these structures where cells much larger in diameter are developed as they grow. In the genus Lactarius the tissues of the pileus, stipe and gills possess branching hyphal tubes filled with latex which flows out of breaks in the tissue and coagulates. The fresh latex may be white, pink, yellow, green, blue, or even colorless. It may change color on exposure to the air or remain unchanged. Aside from the protection to wounds afforded by the coagulated latex it may be that the laticiferous tubes serve for food transportation. Besides this genus laticiferous vessels are reported by Heim (1936b) in three other genera of Agaricaceae from Madagascar, Bertrandia, Mycena, and Rhodophyllus, as well as in some species of Gasteromycetes. The species of Agaricaceae may be " homothallic " or " heterothallic " and bipolar or quadripolar. Most genera of the Agaricaceae have not been grown in culture so that it is not known how extensively the appearance of two or more sexual phases is to be found. The phenomena of sexuality have been discussed rather fully in the preceding chapters. Oidia are pro- duced in abundance in monocaryon cultures but are usually absent from dicaryon mycelium. Where they do occur, as Vandendries and Martens (1932) described for Pholiota aurivella, they may be binucleate and give rise to dicaryon mycelium or divide into two uninucleate cells which give rise to monocaryon mycelium. The Agaricaceae are mainly saprophytic, living on the ground, decay- ing leaves, bark, wood, manure, etc. Some species of Nyctalis and Volvaria are parasitic on other Agaricaceae. Armillariella mellea (Vahl) Karst. {Armillaria mellea) attacks the roots of trees and kills their cortical tissue, growing up in the living portions of the bark of the tree trunk and causing the death of the tree. It is especially destructive to apple and cherry trees planted where previously there were oaks or other trees on whose roots this fungus once grew parasitically, continuing to live as a saprophyte until the apple or cherry roots became available. Agaricus campestris L. ex Fr. and one or two other species are cultivated for food and many wild species are collected for this purpose. Buller (1922) pointed out that Marasmius 502 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 167. Agaricales, Family Agaricaceae. Armillariella mellea (Vahl) Karst. (Courtesy, Dow V. Baxter.) oreades (Bolt, ex Fr.) Fr. when grown in manure produces large amounts of edible fungi much larger than the wild form. (Fig. 167.) Among the edible wild species are various kinds of Lepiota, e.g., L. naucina (Fr.) Quel., L. procera (Scop, ex Fr.) Quel. {Leucocoprinus pro- cerus (Scop, ex Fr.) Pat.). It must be noted that some species of this genus are poisonous. Most of the larger species of Agaricus (PsaUiota of some authors) are edible, e.g., A. campestris L. ex Fr., A. rodmani Pk., A. arvensis Schaeff. ex Fr., etc. Pluteus cervinus (Schaeff. ex Fr.) Qu61., Coprinus comatus Fr., C. micaceus Fr., C. atramentarius Fr. (but see under poisonous species below), Marasmius oreades, Ladarius volemus Fr., L. deliciosus (L.) Fr., Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq. ex Fr.) Quel., P. ulmarius (Bull, ex Fr.) Qu61., CollyUa radicata (Rehl.) Berk., and various other species of CoUyhia, Tricholoma personatum (Fr.) Qu^L, Armillariella mellea, and many others are edible. Of the genus Amanita, A. rubcscens (Pers. ex Fr.) Fr. and A. caesarea Schaeff. ex Fr. are highly prized, but see note concerning this genus among the poisonous species below. Aside from the hundreds of edible species of mushrooms there are many that are poisonous, some mildly so, some dangerously. Besides these edible and poisonous sorts the larger number of species are too small or tough or shmy in consistency, or of disagreeable odor or taste even though ORDER AGARICALES 503 not poisonous, or occurring only occasionally here and there so as to be too scattered for collection in sufficient numbers for a meal, so that the majority are not usually subjects of concern as possible edible products. Among the poisonous mushrooms several species of Amanita are ex- ceedingly dangerous. A. phalloides (Bull.) Fr. and some of its close rela- FiG. 168. Agaricales, Family Agaricaceae. Amanita verna (Fr.) Quel. (Courtesy, M. B. Walters.) tives (e.g. A. verna (Fr.) Quel.) are so poisonous that a piece one cubic centimeter in size will cause severe illness or even death, there being no known antidote for the poisonous principle. A. muscaria (L.) Fr. was formerly used for the purpose of destroying flies as the sticky cuticle is very poisonous. In some parts of Europe and Siberia after careful removal of the cuticle the remainder of the fungus is eaten with apparent safety. Some tribes in Siberia make an intoxicating beverage out of the fungus. 504 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE 5?i>. .^:£W A -'Mi ^ / ;' «W ^•* Fig. 169. Agaricales, Family Agaricaceae. Lepiota rachodes (Vitt.) Quel. (Courtesy, M. B. Walters.) It is wiser to avoid this species as numerous cases of poisoning and some of death have been recorded after its ingestion. Atropin is a partial anti- dote. Lepiota morgani Pk. {Chlorophyllumesculentum Mass., Leucocoprinus molyhdites (Meyer) Heim) is abundant in parts of North America as well as in the Tropics. It has considerable similarity to the edible L. procera but is stouter and has green spores, the gills taking on a greenish tinge as the spores develop. This species is quite poisonous for some persons but may be eaten with apparent impunity by others. L. helveola Bres. is also poisonous, sometimes very dangerously so (Josserand, 1931). ^lany of the pink-spored fungi {Entoloma or Rhodophyllus of some authors) are poison- ous although the edible Pluteus cervinus has pink spores and is safe. Several species of Tricholoma are unsafe. Recently a case of slight poison- ing occurred with fresh specimens of a species of Agaricus where other persons eating specimens of the same lot were not affected. (Figs. 168, 169.) The general conclusion to be drawn from the foregoing is that because some species of a genus are safe this does not necessarily give a clean bill of health to other species of the same genus. Besides that there are per- sonal susceptibilities to the poisonous characteristics of some fungi. It has been shown (by Suss, 193(), and Hugon, 1938) that Coprinus comatus and ORDER AGARICALES 505 C. atramentarius may cause quite severe poisoning if alcoholic beverages (beer or wine, as well as distilled liquors) have been drunk shortly before or within several hours after eating the fungi. The method of preparation may have considerable effect upon the poisonous nature of some species. Parboiling and pouring off the water will often remove the poison but not in all cases. Of course almost all fungi which have reached the state of incipient decay are dangerous. This is the basis of the "silver spoon" test, for the blackening of the silver surface is not due to the poison naturally resident in the fungus but to the products of incipient decay. It is unsafe to eat a fungus unless its identity is certain and then only perfectly fresh specimens or dried unspoiled specimens. Botanically it is insisted that the words mushroom and toadstool are practically synonymous and may be used indiscriminately for both edible and poisonous species. It must be recognized, however, that orig- inally the word toadstool was derived from a word meaning death's chair (Todesstuhl). The poisonous principles in the Agaricaceae appear to belong to the chemical groups of "toxalbumins" in some cases and alkaloids in others. Studies of the development of the spore fruits of centrally stipitate members of this family show that with reference to the hymenial origin they may be gymnocarpic, pseudoangiocarpic or truly angiocarpic. In the first the hymenium is external from the beginning and never enclosed in a cavity. At the upper part of the young columnar spore fruit the tissues spread out laterally, to form the young pileus. On the under side of this and often on the upper part of the stipe the hymenium begins to develop, gradually producing radial folds, the gills. At maturity these bear the mature basidia and basidiospores and are at no time cut off from the out- side air by tissue of any kind. (Fig. 170 A-C.) In the pseudoangiocarpic species development is as above at first, but the broadening pileus curves downward at the edge and finally curves back to the stipe with which it comes into loose contact or to which it becomes united by the intermin- ghng of hyphae from the stipe and edge of the pileus. Thus a closed circular cavity develops on whose roof the lamellae are produced and become covered with the hymenium. At the approach of maturity the pileus flattens out and its edge breaks free from the stipe, so that now the hymenium with its ripening spores is exposed to the air. There may be left on the stipe a collar (annulus) or the sheet of connecting tissues may break away from the stipe and remain hanging at the edge of the pileus as a cortina. This may be in broken sheets or like a spider web. (Fig. 170 D-G.) In the angiocarpic forms there develops within the tissues of the pileus a circular layer of palisade cells, the hymenium primordium, on the lower or inner side of which a circular cavity is formed into which the radiating 506 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE p5»!55«?-«.-j!.a%-v:«s;»!^«(^agp M^^ Fig. 170. Family Agaricaceae. Methods of development of tlie hymenophore. (A-C) Gymnocarpic type, in Omphalia chrysophylla Fr. (D-G) Pseudoangiocarpic type, in Lentinus tigrinus (Bull.) Fr. (H, I) Angiocarpic type, in Agaricus campestris L. ex Fr. (A-C, courtesy. Blizzard: Am. J. Botany, 4(4): 221-240. D-G, courtesy, Kiihner: Compt. rend., 181(3): 137-139; H-I, courtesy, Atkinson: Botan. Gaz., 42(4): 241-264, Univ. Chicago Press.) ORDER AGARICALES 507 gills protrude as they develop. According to Levine (1922) the early ap- pearance of the annular cavity is an artefact and the openings arise first between the developing gills and only later below their edges if at all. In Coprinus the gills remain in contact with the upper part of the stipe until the spore fruit is nearly mature and the pileus begins to expand. Eventu- ally this circular cavity is bounded on the inner side by the portion of the spore fruit that becomes the stipe, and by the flattening of the pileus a circular break next to the stipe permits the pilear expansion so that the gills now become exposed to the air and shed their spores. (Fig. 170 H-I.) In these forms the surfaces destined to bear the hymenium arise within the pileus while in the other two types it was at first exposed to the air and became ultimately enclosed only in the pseudoangiocarpic type of development. For details as to gymnocarpic and pseudoangiocarpic de- velopment consult Kiihner (1925b, 1926), Blizzard (1917), Douglas (1918), Walker (1919), Reijnders (1933), Heim (1936b, 1937), and others, and for the angiocarpic type Atkinson (1906, 1914, 1915, 1916), Levine (1922), Douglas (1916, 1920), and some of the foregoing hst. The 5000 to 8000 species of the Agaricaceae are divided into 50 to 112 genera, according to the ideas of the various students of the group. Fries (1821) recognized only two genera in the limits of the family as here treated, Agaricus and Schizophyllum. Killermann (1928) recognized 66 in the second edition of Engler and Prantl. Singer (1936) included about 112 genera. More often these are all included in only one family but more recently Heim, Singer, and others have divided them into 10 or 11 fam- ilies. It will probably be desirable to make a segregation, but until there is greater agreement as to just what the generic distinctions must be and how the families should be delimited the author will be conservative and include all in one family. Fries divided his genus Agaricus into 38 tribes, most of which were later recognized as genera by him and by other mycologists. The primary basis of the division into two genera was a sphtting of the lamellae in Schizophyllum and the entire lamellae in Agaricus. The latter was divided into series on the basis of spore color : white, rose, ochraceous, rusty, purple- brown, and black. In the "Sylloge Fungorum" (Saccardo, 1887) these primary subdivisions were called respectively Leucosporae, Rhodosporae, Ochrosporae (including both ochraceous and rust-colored spores), Melan- osporae (including both purple-brown and black spores). The location of the stipe (central, eccentric, or lateral), the presence or absence of annulus and volva, the shape of the pileus, the character of the stipe, the relation of lamellae to stipe (i.e., free, attached, decurrent, etc.), the color of the gills and of the pileus were all characters used in dividing these spore-color groups into the lesser groups (tribes or genera) . All these characters were largely external and did not take into consideration the internal structures 508 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE such as have been found of so great importance in the Polyporaceae. Fayod (1889) and others (Karsten, Heim, Singer, etc.) have emphasized more and more the necessity of basing the generic distinctions upon these anatomical and chemical characters. The type of gill structure as empha- sized by Fayod, the amyloid or nonamyloid character of the spore wall, the structure of the cuticle of the pileus, the presence or absence of clamp connections, all these have proved to be of great importance. Just how far these characters should be used in distinguishing genera or whether they should only be used for lesser units of classification is not yet agreed upon, hence the above-noted great differences in the number of recognized genera or even families. The characters of size — of spores, cystidia, pilear hyphae, etc., as well as of the whole spore fruit — are not always reliable. Thus Togashi and Oda (1934) showed that the age of the pileus has considerable effect upon the spore size. In Armillariella mellea and in Pholiota adiposa (Fr.) Quel, the length and width of the spores shed on the fourth day were 12 to 15 per cent less than of the spores shed on the first day from the same sporo- phores. On the other hand Collyhia velutipes (Curt.) Fr. {Myxocollyhia) does not exhibit any such change in spore size with the age of the pileus. The size and even the shape and color of the pileus, and sometimes of the gills, depends considerably upon the temperature, humidity, and illumina- tion, and to a large degree upon the amount of food available in the sub- stratum. The position of the stipe, whether central, eccentric, or lateral, may vary in the different spore fruits growing from the same tree or log, depending upon the position of the point of exit from the host. If this is from the top it may be centrally stipitate and from the side the stipe may be eccentric or lateral. In general the spores may represent four rather distinct types: (a) With an endospore and epispore, often with a distinct germ pore. Such spores are mostly ellipsoidal or short cyhndrical, or oval, and are often somewhat truncate at one end. (b) With only one spore wall layer visible, usually subspherical, oval, elhpsoidal or cyhndrical. (c) Very strongly angular or with large knobs. Spores of this type are mostly rose-colored to pink, (d) More or less ellipsoidal or oval or cylindrical with mostly six or eight longitudinal grooves so that in cross section they are not round but angular or lobed. These spores also are more often rose or pink. The outer surface of the spores of all types may be smooth (more often the case) or somewhat roughened or tuberculate or reticulately marked by ridges. These tubercles or ridges are stained blue by iodine reagents in amyloid spores such as occur in species of Russula and Ladarius. The angiocarpic spore fruits such as those of Amanita show an external universal veil or cortex before they open. Upon completion of the expan- sion the portion of this veil on the upper surface of the pileus may be ORDER AGARICALES 509 visible as patches of tissue, as in A. muscaria, where the veil does not keep pace with the remainder of the expanding pileiis and so is torn to pieces. On the other hand if it does keep pace in its growth it is detectable as a thin fibrous layer or cuticle of some other type. Around the foot of the stipe the universal veil is left as a loosely or closely adhering cup, the volva. In angiocarpic forms like Agaricus there is no volva, as the rupture is so low doAvn that no free basal portion of the veil is distinguishable. In angiocarpic forms with an annulus or secondary veil this arises as a sheet of tissue below the circular hymenial cavity, either separating this cavity from the outside air below or, if attached high on the stipe, sheathing the upper part of it. The annulus may be simple (as in Agaricus campestris) or of two distinct layers (as in A. arvensis). It may break free from the edge of the pileus and also from the stipe to form a movable ring (as in Lepiota procera) or at one or the other place, leaving a ring attached to the stipe or broken sheets or threads attached to the edge of the pileus (a cortina). In pseudoangiocarpic forms the annulus, as in the Boletaceae, may be composed of tissues from the stipe, that gi-ew out and attached themselves to the incurving pileus margin or of tissues from the edge of the pileus that became attached to the surface of the stipe. The truly gymnocarpic forms show neither annulus nor volva nor patches or cuticular structure on the pileus that represent in any manner the remnants of a universal veil. Reijnders (1933) assembled from literature and from his own investi- gations a list of 79 species of Agaricaceae of which the mode of develop- ment of one is doubtful, 21 gymnocarpic, 2 pseudoangiocarpic and 55 angiocarpic. Heim (1937) added two pseudoangiocarpic species to this list. It must be noted that some writers list the latter type of development as gymnocarpic so that probably there should be in Reijnders' hst a higher proportion of species with pseudoangiocarpic type of development. All of the Ochrosporae and Melanosporae among the 81 species concerned are angiocarpic ; of the four Rhodosporae listed one is pseudoangiocarpic and three gymnocarpic. Of the 41 Leucosporae 19 are angiocarpic, 19 gymnocarpic, 2 pseudoangiocarpic and 1 doubtful. If the angiocarpic species, following Singer (1936) and others, are the more primitive, arising from the Gasteromycetes, it is apparent that the Agaricaceae with colored spores are the more primitive and those with white or pink spores further from the ancestral forms. If the light-spored forms are considered the more primitive then the angiocarpic genera in general are further ad- vanced in evolution. The peculiar type of hymenium of Coprinus and of some species of Pscudocoprinus, with broad paraphyses and the more slender basidia arranged in squares at the corners is not found except in these and perhaps a few other black-spored species. Aside from this ar- rangement of the basidia and paraphyses these two genera have certain other specialized structures that appear far from primitive. In the stout. 510 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE more fleshy Coprini the broad gills are close together but not in contact and the original downward curve of the pileus keeps them in contact with the stipe. Thus the outer portion of the gills furthest from the center of the pileus is situated at the bottom of the gill mass. The maturing of the basidia and discharge of the basidiospores occur first in a narrow band at this outer edge of the gill. The spores have only a short distance to fall to escape into the air. Then this band from which the spores have been dis- lodged undergoes autodigestion into a dark-colored fluid which either dries up or drops off and the next strip of the hymenium produces its spores. Thus the spores never have to fall far between the crowded gills. The black inky drops are not colored by the spores and are not the means by which the latter are distributed. In the Coprini with narrow gills, quite widely spaced, also in Pseudocoprinus, the tissue of the pileus is very thin. It spHts radially over the median plane of each gill which spreads out in a V-shaped cross section, thus making the fall of the spores more efficient. Buller (1909) gave a thorough discussion of these different types of pilei. In most of the remainder of the Agaricaceae the basidia reach maturity not in a band but here and there all over the surface of the gills. In Pan- aeolus, another dark spored genus, the spores mature in patches on the gifls, giving them a more or less variegated appearance. Possibly this in- dicates a tendency toward the habit in the fleshy Coprini. It is worthy of note that Pietro Antonio Micheli published in 1729 what is probably the first key to the species of this family, which he recognized merely as a single genus Fungus. Among the characters used by him in his key were the clustered or separate growth of the spore fruits, their branching or nonbranching, presence or absence of volva, presence or absence of annulus, nature of annulus, i.e., whether free or attached to the stipe, presence or absence of striations on the pileus, loca- tions of striations if present, whether pileus and gills were of the same or different colors, presence or absence of latex, etc. Although his system, too, was largely artificial it served to distinguish the species known to Micheli and in some particulars was no more artificial than the one more recently employed. In spite of the various systems of classification proposed in the last few decades the relationships within the Hymenomycetes are still very un- certain. The simplest forms appear to be those related to Corticium in the Thelephoraceae. In many respects this genus is morphologically very much like Ascocorticium of the Taphrinales. It may be that by the extru- sion of the spores into external pockets the basidium has arisen from the ascus and thus the gap between the Ascomyceteae and Basidiomyceteae was bridged. On the other hand the basidium of a form like Auricularia may represent a four-spored ascus in which the ascospores instead of escaping germinate in situ and produce secondary spores. From this struc- KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FAMILY THELEPHORACEAE ' 511 ture may have arisen finally the holobasidium of Corticium. From the latter as a starting point the greater complication of the hymenium lead- ing to increased spore-bearing surface brings us to such famihes as Clava- riaceae, Hydnaceae, and Polyporaceae. Within the latter there is a tend- ency toward radially elongated pores or even lamellae. From some of the fleshy Polypori with central stems may have arisen forms like the Bole- taceae. Some of the latter have pores that are semilamellate. So there is a possibility of the origin of the Agaricaceae from either of these families. On the other hand there is an undeniable close relationship between a number of the Agaricaceae and several genera of the Gasteromycetes. Singer (1936) held that this indicates a descent of the former from the latter. In this case the universal veil would represent a reduced peridium and evolution within the Agaricaceae would have to be considered as progressing from the angiocarpic through the pseudoangiocarpic to the gymnocarpic forms. The chief objection to this theory is that it would involve the transformation of the spore attachment from a symmetrical one to the obliquely perched spore of the Agaricaceae. Inasmuch as the theory further presupposes that the Gasteromycetes were evolved from simple forms with obliquely attached spores this would involve the muta- tion back again to the latter condition with an ancestral interphase of symmetrical spore attachment. The further phylogenetic considerations of these groups will be given more in detail in Chapter 17. Key to the Genera of Family Exobasidiaceae Mycelium intracellular; clusters of basidia, often among elongated paraphyses, emerging from the stomata; basidia with two sterigmata. Kordyana Mycelium intercellular; basidia emerging from between the epidermal cells, usu- ally four- to six-spored ; no paraphyses. Exohasidium Key to the More Important Genera of Family Thelephoraceae Hymenophore resupinate, floccose or continuous, of only one layer. Hymenophore floccose or felty or pellicular; basidia in scattered clusters, mostly not forming a continuous hymenial layer. Fructification tenuous with scanty subiculum, the hyphae distinct, loose; basidia subglobose or short-claviform, with two to four stout, elongate, more or less cornute or flexuous "epibasidia"; spores smooth, germi- nating by repetition. See Ceratobasidium in Chapter 13. Fructification mucedinoid, reticulate-pellicular, finely granulose; hyphae short-celled, branching at right angles, often with formation of cruciform cells; basidia in cymose, often candelabrum-like clusters, short cylindric with four or six to eight sterigmata; spores mostly smooth but in a few species spinulose; in some species spores germinating by repetition. Pellicularia (Botryobasidium) Fructification felt-like or "hypochnoid," composed of loosely interwoven hyphae; basidia in scattered clusters or sometimes in a compact, smooth 512 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE or papillar hymenium; basidiospores usually colored, rough- walled to echinulate. Tomentella (Hypochnus of some authors) Hymenophore membranous or coriaceous, not reflexed or saucer-shaped: basidia mostly forming a continuous smooth or papillose hymenium. Basidiospores white or rarely bright-colored. Cystidia lacking. Corticium Cystidia present in hymenium or in subhy menial tissues or both. Peniophora Brown stellate organs pi-esent in subhymenial tissue. Asterostroma Hymenium interrupted by sterile pegs or projections. EpitJiele Basidiospores ochraceous, ferruginous, or fuscous, smooth. Cystidia lacking. Coniophora With cystidia. Coniophorella Hymenophore leathery or corky, saucer-shaped, or at least upturned at the edges; basidiospores pale-colored, usually large; cystidia of various types. Aleurodiscits Resembling the foregoing but with groups of dendrophyses (feather-like cystidia) forming projections above the hymenium. Dendrothele Saucer or cup-shaped, more or less gelatinous-fleshy. Cytidia Hymenophore adhering closely to the substratum; antler-like cystidia forming a felty layer above the basidia. Vararia (Asterostromella) Hymenophore of three layers, resupinate or more often reflexed-effuse or attached laterally. Leathery, without cystidia. Stereum Leathery, sometimes almost woody or corky, variable in shape; with stiff, brown, pointed setae extending from the hymenium. Hymenochaete Hymenophore upright, often stalked, simple or branched or funnel-shaped, or pendent cup-shaped or separate tubes. Hymenium Hning the inner surface of pendent cups or tubes. Sessile or stalked cups; separate. CypheUa Tube-like arising together, but not united, from a common subiculum. Solenia Hymenium lining the outer or lower surface of funnels or flattened lobes. Leathery; spores mostly l^i'own and roughened. Hymenium almost smooth or warty. Thelephora Hymenium with woody ribs; tropical, Cladoderris Other uncommon genera. Skepperia, Hypolyssus Fleshy, much branched, forming a round, cabbage-like structure; spores hyaline, smooth. Spnrassis Key to the Genera of Family Cantharellaceae (After Smith and Morse, 1947) Fruit body typically fleshy and (centrally stipitate or stipe eccentric, but well- developed (or whole fruit body funnel-shaped and stipe not distinct). Hymenium smooth or nearly so. Craterellus KEY TO THE GENERA OF FAMILY CLAVARIACEAE 513 Hymenium in the form of radiating, sometimes reticulate, ridges or folds or as obtuse, forked lamellae. Cantharellus (Gomphus) Fruit body very thin and delicate, stipe small or rudimentary. Spores hyaUne. Leptotus (Dichjolus) Spores tawny to incarnate. Arrhenia Key to the Genera of Family Clavariaceae (Based on Doty, 1948) Spores hyaline (rarely tinted), mostly smooth and thin- walled; basidia two- or four-spored. Fructification with broad, flattened terminal portions of the branches (probably better in Family Thelephoraceae). Sparassis Fructification not as above. Spores large (7 fx or over), globose; basidia two-spored; hymenium white or gray; not staining green with Fe2S04 solution. Clavulina Spores distinctly smaller or ellipsoid; basidia typically four-spored if spores spherical; hymenium often colored otherwise or staining green with Fe?S04 solution. With stout hyphae in the trama producing setae or gloeocystidia in the hymenium or subhymenium, or the apices of the branches truncate or cup-shaped; spores under 8 ju long; not staining green with Fe2S04 solution. Apices of some branches truncate to cup-shaped, with gloeocystidia in the hymenium layer. Clavicorona Apices of branches acute; with strong setae in the hymenium or sub- hymenium. Setae loosely dichotomously branched (dichophyses). Eriodadus (Lachnocladiu m ) Setae closely dichotomously branched (asterophyses). Stelligera Without such hyphae or apices; spores various; or staining green with Fe2S04 solution. Fructifications branched. Very finely branched (under 1 mm.) ; toughish. Pterula Branches larger; flesh fragile or putrescent. Hymenium staining green with Fe2'^04 solution. Clavariella Hymenium not staining green with Fe2S04 solution. Clavaria Fructifications simple or rarely branched above. Fructifications enlarged above or over 1 cm. in diameter above; spores ellipsoid. Minute (not over 5 mm. tall) ; or with an abruptly inflated head ; not staining green with Fe2S04 solution. With an inflated, down-turned head. Physalacria With the apex merely enlarged. Hymenium on the expanded blunt apex. Pistillina Hymenium on the sides of the club. Pistillaria Large (over 2 cm. tall); or turning green with Fe2S04 solution. Clavariadelphus 514 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fructifications not enlarged above (i.e., slenderly clavate to filiform clubs) ; spores various. Fructifications over 2 cm. tall; not obviously restricted to specific hosts or substrata; or the fructifications fascicled fleshy forms; often globose spores. Tramal hyphae with many secondary cross walls; clamp connec- tions rare. Clavaria Tramal hyphae with secondary cross walls only rarely; clamp connections on most cross walls. Clavulinopsis Fructifications smaller, restricted to specific hosts or substrata which may be sclerotia or living plants; spores eUipsoid or flattened on one side. With a sclerotial base; stipe slender and distinct; mostly over 5 mm. tall. Typhula Without a sclerotial base; stipe not distinct; mostly less than 2 mm. tall. PistiUaria Spores typically ochraceous, mostly roughened or obdurate walls; basidia four- spored. Toughish to woody; spores echinate or sharply warty; hymenium sometimes unilateral; not becoming green with Fe?S04 solution.' Coarse, leathery to woody fungi; hymenium often unilateral or branches flattened. Thelephora (some species) Delicate toughish to woody fungi; hymenium covering all surfaces of the rounded branches. Scytinopogon Fleshy; spores smooth, verrucose to echinulate; hymenium on all lateral sur- faces of the branches; becoming green with Fe2S04 solution. Simple, unbranched fungi with broadened sterile apices; sometimes "mush- room-like" in form. Gomphus {Cantharellus in part) Branched fungi; coralloid in form. Clavariella Key to the More Important Genera of Family Hydnaceae (Based on Miller, 1983) Fructification with a porose-reticulate hymenial surface covered over with minute warts over which the hymenium continues. Grammothele Fructification with distinct warts or teeth, never poroid. Trama dark; spores roughened, subhyaline to dark, usually brown. Resupinate, soft, floccose, growing on wood. Caldesiella Stipitate, fleshy or coriaceous; growing on the ground. Fleshy. Hydnum Fibrous tough. Calodon Trama pale; spores smooth or sometimes echinulate, hyaline or slightly colored. Teeth arising directly from the woody substratum. Mucronella Teeth developed on a distinct hymenophore.- ' Some of the following genera may belong in other families but are clavarioid in form. 2 The genera Hydnochaele, Irpex, and Echinodontium, in which the flattened teeth develop by the breaking up of pores should be sought in Family Polyporaceae. KEY TO THE GENERA OF FAMILY FISTULINACEAE 515 Resupinate or reflexed, spines borne on tough branching processes which are partially submerged in a brownish tomentum. Gloiodon Resupinate, reflexed or stipitate; teeth or spines not borne on such proc- esses. Resupinate, thin, floccose, crustaceous, ceraceous, or subcoriaceous. Ceraceous; teeth thick, occasionally slender, obtuse, deformed or ir- regularly scattered. Radulum Texture otherwise; teeth varying from short fragile warts to long conspicuous teeth or spines. Stellate setae present. Asterodon Cystidia present. Odontia Cystidia or setae absent. Warts short, hemispheric, cylindrical, or subulate and fragile. Grandinia Teeth or spines conspicuous, long, slender, usually terete. Oxyodontia Reflexed to stipitate, rarely resupinate; fleshy to coriaceous. Fleshy, growing on the ground. With central stipes; spores smooth. Dentinum Pileus irregular, with deformed stipe, spores minutely echinulate. Hydnodon Fleshy or coriaceous; growing on a woody substratum. Richly branched or pulvinate; soft; fleshy. Heridum Cap coriaceous with long, laterally attached stipe, spores slightly roughened. Auriscalpium Reflexed to obscurely laterally stipitate, occasionally resupinate; subfleshy to coriaceous; spores smooth. Steccherinum Key to the Genera of Family Meruliaceae^ (Based in Part on Bourdot and Galzin, 1927) Spores hyaline. Hymenium with irregular tubercules or radiating (not anastomosing) folds; waxy, then indurated ; mostly resupinate (sometimes placed in the Hydnaceae) . Phlehia Hymenium with lamelliform folds, crisped; membranous; sessile centrally or laterally. Plicatura (Trogia) Hymenium with folds anastomosed into alveoli or pores; sessile or resupinate; more or less gelatinous. Merulius Spores rust-colored or ochraceous; resupinate, rarely reflexed. Gyrophana (Serpula) Key to the Genera of Family Fistixlinaceae* Fleshy, mostly forming a laterally attached pileus, sometimes resupinate. Pores remaining separate although in close contact. Fistulina Membranous or crusty; resupinate; with scattered warts which elongate to become pores. Porothelium 3 Some authors (Bourdot and Galzin, 1927; Rea, 1922, etc.) include in this family the following genera with smooth hymenium: Coniophora, Coniophorella, Jaapia. ^ Cyphella and Solenia possibly belong here also, instead of in the Thelephoraceae. 516 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Key to the More Important Genera of Family Polyporaceae Always resupinate; annual (except Fomitoporia); with thin- walled, not truncate spores; without setae, but sometimes with cystidia (see also some resupinate species or specimens of Gloeoporus, Hap- alopilus, Tyromyces, Coriolus, Coriolellus, etc. which are mainly more or less pileate).^ Context white or light-colored, not becoming brown. Not becoming brighter on being bruised or with age. Poria Becoming some bright color on being bruised or with age. Podoporia Context brown or black. Strongly irpiciform or hydnoid; at the margin with remains of tubes. Hydnochaete Definitely porose. Fructification black. Melanoporia Fructification brown, spores hyaline; perennial. Fomitoporia Fructifications brown, spores brown. Physiporus Usually pileate; stalked or sessile; reflexed-effuse; under some conditions some- times resupinate. Spores truncate at the apical end, two-layered, the epispore smooth and the endospore with spines or other types of projections into the epispore; sessile or stipitate; upper surface with a hard, often laccate, crust. Ganoderma Spores not as above. Volva-like structure present. Cryptoporus Volva-like structure wanting. Hymenophore definitely porose, in a few species the pores breaking up into flattened tooth-like plates; annual. Context white or light-colored, not pronounced brown. Fleshy or tough; stipitate; context homogeneous. Stipe much branched, at the bases or near trees. Grifola {Polypilvs) Stipe simple; pileus fleshy; terrestrial. Spores strongly warted, light brown. Boletopsis Spores smooth, hyaline. Scutiger (Albatrellus) Stipe simple; pileus fleshy to tough; large to medium size; growing on wood or from a sclerotium; stipe central, eccentric or lateral; pores round or radially somewhat elongated. Polyporus (including Melanopus and Leucoporus) Stipe curved, attached at the top of the minute turbinate hymeno- phore; emerging from the lenticels of dead twigs; pores round, small. Porodisculus Stipe lateral, very short, attached at the top of a large hoof-shaped to bell-shaped hymenophore which has a thin, separable pelHcle; on dead trunks of Betula, pores round, small. Piptoporus ^ Based on Cooke, 1940. In addition, Bondarzew and Singer (1941) recognize | several other genera of resupinate Polyporaceae, distinguished by entirely different ' characters than shown here. Murrill's (1907) genera differ also in some ways. KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FAMILY POLYPORACEAE 517 Stipe central or lateral; tubes large, alveolar, often radially elon- gated; growing on wood. Favolus Context duplex; spongy above, woody below; centrally stipitate; tomentose. Abortiporus (Heteroporus) Without stipe; sessile to effused-reflexed (rarely resupinate). Pileus more or less firm, flexible or rigid. Context duplex, spongy above, firm below. Spongipellis Context uniform; hymenium at maturity more or less smoke- colored. Bjerkandera Context uniform, hymenium white or pallid. Fleshy to fleshy-tough; friable when dry. Tyromyces Punky to corky; not friable when dry. Trametes Pileus thin, leathery and more or less flexible; surface usually zonate. Hymenophore preceded by a cup-shaped sterile body. Poronidulus Hymenophore normally pileate; tubes small and mostly regular; pore layer not violet-colored; true cystidia lacking. Coriolus Hymenophore semi-resupinate; tubes large and irregular; dentate but not irpiciform. Coriolellus Hymenophore pileate; tubes early breaking up into flat, tooth- like plates; margin and pore surface when young violet- colored; true cystidia present. Hirschioporus Effused-reflexed or resupinate; poroid remains visible only at margin. Irpex (Irpiciporus) Context bright-colored; yellow to red; not stipitate. Tubes broad and long; trama orange-red. Aurantioporellus Tubes small; trama orange to red; of moderate size. Pycnoporus Tubes small; trama and tubes yellow; large; imbricate. Laetiporus Context brown; spores hyaline. Duplex; upper layer forming upright tufts of stiff bristles; tubes small. Pogonomyces Duplex; upper layer spongy; tubes large. Funalia Duplex; upper layer spongy; tubes small, sometimes lamellate. Coriolopsis Context simple; light brown. At first fleshy, becoming slightly corky. Ischnoderma Tough from the first; surface encrusted. Antrodia Tough from the first; surface not encrusted, glabrous. Hapalopilus Context simple; dark brown; context friable; often stipitate. Phaeolus Context brown; spores brown. Sessile. Inonotus With central stipe; hymenium with setae. Polystidus With central stipe; hymenium lacking setae. Coltricia Hymenophore large, woody, perennial; mostly sessile but sometimes stipitate. 518 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Pores breaking down to form flat teeth with denticulate margin. Echinodontium Not forming denticulate teeth. Context wood-colored or pale brown. Fomes Context white or light-colored. Fomitopsis Context brown; surface not encrusted. Phellimis (Pyropolyporus) Context brown; surface encrusted; several pilei massed together. Globifomes Walls of pores breaking down to form concentric lamellae. Cyclomyces Pore walls breaking down to form radiating lamellae or labyrinthiform passages. Context brown. Gloeophyllum Context light-colored. Hymenophore lamellate; woolly and zonate above. Lenzites Hymenophore typically labyrinthiform, but sometimes broadly lamel- late; glabrous but rough above. Daedalea Like Daedalea but the labyrinthiform tubes small, with thin walls, becoming lamellate with age.^ Daedaleopsis In the more conservative classifications the genera included in this Key to the Polyporaceae are left united into a much smaller number of large, polymorphous genera, as follows: Poria includes also Podoporia, Hydnochaete, Melanoporia, Fomitoporia, Physi- porus. Polyporus includes also Abortiporus, Bjerkandera, Boletopsis, Cryptoporus, Grifola, Hapalopilus, Inonotus, Ischnoderma, Laetiporus, Phaeolus, Pipto- porus, Porodisculus, Pycnoporus, Scutiger, Spongipellis. Polystictus is sometimes included in Polyporus; if maintained as a distinct genus it may include also Coriolus, Coriolellus, Coriolopsis, Coltricia, Funalia, Hirschioporus, Poronidulus. Trametes includes also Antrodia, Pogonomyces, and species out of some of the foregoing genera grouped in Polyporus and Polystictus. Daedalea includes also Daedaleopsis. Lenzites includes also Gloeophyllum. Irpex and Echinodontium are included in Family Hydnaceae. Key to the Subfamilies and More Important Genera of Family Boletaceae^ (Based partly on Snell, 194-1 and 1942, and Singer, 1945-194?) Tubes adhering to one another even to maturity although usually easily separable mechanically. Spores mostly dark and ornamented with warts, spines, reticulations, or longi- tudinal ridges, sometimes smooth spores present on the same hyme- ^ See also Coriolopsis trabea (Pers.) B. & S., whose pores are often lamellate. 7 Gilbert (1931) and Singer (1945-47) divide these genera among two families: Strobilomycetaceae, including Strobilomyces, Boletellus, and Porphyrellus; and Bole- taceae, including all the other genera. Coker and Beers (1943) recognize only one family and three genera: Boletus, Boletinus, and Strobilomyces. KEY TO THE SUBFAMILIES AND GENERA OF FAMILY BOLETACEAE 519 nium, spores with a germ pore and often truncate at one end, often over 20 n in length; no clamp connections observed. Subfamily Strobilomyceteae Spores globose to short ellipsoid; spore print black; tubes white or gray at first, becoming darker; pileus and stipe warty, woolly or spinose- squarrose. Strobilomyces Spores more elongated; spore print reddish-brown; tubes white to cream color, becoming pink vinaceous to sordid gray to porphyry brown; spores smooth or with short warts or spines perforating the exospore. Porphyrellus. Spores elongated (or short elliptical in species with reticulate markings); spore print olivaceous brown to blackish but not reddish; spores smooth or with longitudinal wing-like ridges or ribs, or with warts, or reticulately marked. Boletellus Spores pale pink to yellowish or ferruginous or olive brown; germ pores not visible; spores mostly less than 20 n in length. Subfamily Boleteae Tubes short (see also Phlebopus), radially elongated, often with the radial walls higher than the cross connections; clamp connections regularly present; stipe sometimes eccentric or lateral. Hymeiiophore depressed or subfree around the apex of the stipe. Spore print yellow. Gyroporus Spore print olive brown. Phaeogyroporus Hymenophore more or less arcuate-decurrent. Veil present. Paragyrodon Veil absent. Gyrodon Tubes long (see also Phlebopus, below) ; clamp connections entirely lacking or not numerous. Pores radially elongated or lamellate (see also Suillus under Pores round) . Pores distinctly lamellate, but always with low anastomoses; veil lack- ing; spore print olive brown. Phylloporus Pores radially elongated but not lamellate; veil present; pileus rarely viscid; stipe without glandulae; spore print olive brown. Boletinus Pores radially elongated but not lamellate; pileus always viscid; without veil, or if with veil then pores round; stipe frequently with glandulae; spore print olive brown. Suillus Pores round; spores olive brown (see also Suillus under Pores radially elongated). Pileus always viscid; veil present; stipe frequently with glandulae. Suillus Pileus tomentose; rarely viscid; stipe without glandulae. Xerocomus Surface of pileus and stipe more or less pulverulent; spores small, ellip- soidal to ovoid; tubes long, adnate or depressed around stipe; veil sometimes present; stipes mostly cylindrical or only slightly thickened downward, often viscid. Pulveroboletus Surface of pileus not noticeably pulverulent, sometimes slightly viscid; tubes short or of medium length; hymenophore arcuate, at least when young, and somewhat decurrent; veil absent; spores small to medium size; stipes frequently swollen- ventricose; not viscid. Phlebopus 520 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Veil none; stipe not viscid; pileus sometimes sub-tomentose, not pulver- ulent; cuticle often consisting of a trichodermium (i.e., a palisade of parallel, vertical hyphae) ; stipe usually swollen below but sometimes cylindrical, often reticulately marked but not provided with glan- dulae; stipe not with furfuraceous or squamulose scabrosities; pores small; tubes usually long. Boletus Veil none; stipe not viscid, slender and tapering upward, scabrous; spores naviculate; pores very small; tubes long, depressed around stipe. Leccinum Pores round; spore print rusty yellow; spores under microscope golden yellow; veil absent; stipe entirely smooth, equal or ventricose; stipe never reticulate. Xanthoconium Pores round; spore print flesh color or vinaceous; veil absent; tubes more or less flesh-colored; stipe often reticulate. Tylopilus Tubes divergent from one another at maturity as the pileus spreads; only known from Madagascar. Ixechinus Keys to the More Important Genera of Family Agaricaceae^ (Modified from Key by A. H. Smith, 1938) Trama of pileus and usually of the gills composed of nests of sphaerocysts sur- rounded by connective tissue and with lactifers irregularly dis- persed throughout. (By many recent students considered as Family Russulaceae.) Cut or broken parts of the fruiting body exuding a watery to milk-like or colored latex. Lactarius No latex present; fruiting body often very fragile. Ritssula Trama of pileus not with sphaerocysts. Parasitic upon other agarics; flesh of cap breaking down into a mass of chlamy- dospores. Asterophora (Nyctalis) If parasitic on agarics, flesh not breaking down into chlamydospores. Hymenium typically waxy; spores smooth. Spore print white. Hygrophorus (including Hygrocybe, Camarophtjllus, Lim.acium) Spore print smoky gray to blackish. Goynphidius Hymenium not waxy, or if appearing so, the spores echinulate. Fruiting body typically rather tough, if fleshy, or membranous and very pliant; reviving when remoistened. Gills with distinctly dentate to serrate edges. Lentinus (including Panus) Gills with edges even, or merely slightly fimbriate. Stipe eccentric, lateral, or wanting (usually not reviving when re- moistened) . Pleurotus * Used in the wider sense of the term. It should be noted that these keys of the Agaricaceae are merely artificial keys by which to determine the genera and do not represent a system of classification based upon phylogenetic considerations. Singer (1936, 1949) has divided the gill fungi (Agaricaceae in the older sense) into many families and split up many more of the genera; the bases of segregation being largely the structure of the gills and type; of surface structure (cuticle, etc.) and the structure of the spores, as well as the chemical character of the spore and hyphal walls. His system is, so far as possible, based upon supposed true phylogenetic relationships. KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FAMILY AGARICACEAE 521 Stipe central, typically 0.5-7.0 mm. in diameter; spores never amyloid. Marasmius Fruiting body typically woody or semiwoody. Lamellae splitting along the fedges. Schizophyllutn Lamellae arranged concentrically around the stipe. Cydomyces Lamellae more or less poroid. Daedalea and Lenzites^ Fruiting body typically soft, or if membranous, rather fragile ; not usually reviving when remoistened. Stipe eccentric; lateral, or wanting. Spore print white to tinged lilac or creamy-vinaceous. Pleurotus Spore print pinkish. Spores longitudinally striate; stipe lacking or rudimentary. Octojuga {Clitopilus in part) Spores as above; stipe well developed. Clitopilus Spores angular. Rhodophyllus^^ Spore print yellow to rusty brown; lamellae separating easily from the pileus; the decurrent lamellae sometimes anastomosing to become poroid near the stipe. Paxillus Spore print as above; lamellae not separating easily from pileus. Crepidotus Stipe typically central. Spore print white to creamy or pale creamy vinaceous. See below Key to Leucosporae Spore print pink to flesh color. See below Key to Rhodosporae Si^ore print yellow to rusty brown or earth brown. See below Key to Ochrosporae Spore print cocoa color, chocolate color or purplish to black. See below Key to Melanosporae Key to the Centrally Stipitate, Soft, Putrescent Genera of Leucosporae Stipe slender, if more than 5 mm. thick then with a distinct cartilaginous cortex. Stipe somewhat horny in consistency; gills decurrent to adnate; fruiting bodies marasmoid in appearance but spores amyloid. Xeromphalina Not as above. Cap margin typically straight, or if incurved then gills not truly decurrent; if margin of pileus incurved and pileus brown to gray to blackish, then pileus with a differentiated hypoderm. Mycena Cap margin strongly incurved or inroUed and gills typically decurrent. Omphalina (Omphalia of many authors) Cap margin strongly incurved and gills typically adnate to adnexed; pileus lacking a differentiated hypoderm. ^ These three genera, Cydomyces, Daedalea, and Lenzites, are usually included in Family Polyporaceae. " Includes several other genera with similar spores. 522 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Basidia with darkly staining granules with aceto-carmine. Lyophyllum Basidia not as above. Collybia (including Myxocollybia) Stipe usually over 3-5 mm. in thickness, typically fleshy. Stipe readily separable, with a clean break, from the pileus. Volva present and annulus absent, Vaginata (Amanitopsis) Volva and annulus present. Amanita {Venenarius) Volva absent; annulus present. Gill trama divergent; pileus viscid; annulus large to small or obsolete, not movable. Limacella {Lepiota in part) Gill trama interwoven to parallel. Spores thick- walled, with germ pore; annulus movable. Leucocoprinus Spores thin-walled, without germ pore; annulus fixed or movable. Lepiota Stipe and pileus confluent (not readily separable) ; annulus present or absent. Universal veil (or cuticle of cap and the outer layers of sheath on stipe) powdery to granulose. Cystoderma Veil if present not granulose on outer surface (hyphal cells not readily sep- arable from each other). Partial veil present. Veil typically leaving a membranous annulus. Lamellae clearly decurrent. Armillariella Lamellae emarginate or sinuate, with a tooth. Armillaria Veil fibrillose, merely leaving a fibrillose zone on the stipe. Tricholoma Partial veil absent or rudimentary. Spores amyloid; fruiting body typically large and fleshy; pileus ap- pressed fibrillose to dull and unpolished, rarely hygrophanous and glabrous ; conspicuous mycelium surrounding base of stipe and ex- tending through the surrounding debris (if hygrophanous with rough spores, see Melanoleuca); pigment, if present, intracellular. Leucopaxillus Spores not amyloid or if so fruiting body not as above. Gills broadly emarginate, with a waxy luster and some shade of flesh color; spores typically echinulate and not amyloid. Laccaria Gills not waxy-appearing as above; adnexed to emarginate; spores typically roughened but amyloid; harpoon-like cheilocystidia pres- ent; pigment, if present, epicellular. Melanoleuca Gills decurrent to adnate; fruiting bodies often blackening when bruised; typically hygrophanous with somber colors; growing in tufts; basidia with dark granules when stained with aceto-carmine. Lyophyllum Gills adnate to sinuate; not hygrophanous; never turning black; spores typically not amyloid. Tricholoma Gills decurrent; spores not amyloid, Clitocybe KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FAMILY AGARICACEAE 523 Key to the Mostly Centrally Stipitate, Soft, Putrescent Genera of Rhodosporae Spores angular. Rhodophyllus'^ Spores not angular. Spores longitudinally striate. Stipe eccentric to central; terrestrial. Clitopilus Stipe lateral or lacking; not terrestrial. Octojuga Spores smooth, globose to ellipsoid. Volva well developed; annulus lacking. Volvaria Volva typically wanting. Annulus present. Annularia Annulus absent. Gills free; cap and stipe readily separable. Pluteus Gills attached to stipe; pileus and stipe not separable. Psathyrella Key to the Centrally Stipitate, Soft, Putrescent Genera of Ochrosporae Partial veil cobweb-like; spores typically with a slightly wrinkled to warty exo- spore and never truncate; typically terrestrial. Cortinarius Not as above. Cuticle of pileus in the form of a viscid pellicle, or radially arranged as inter- woven filamentous hyphae typically 1.5-5 n in diameter. Stipe typically fleshy, about 4-20 (up to 40) mm. thick. Typically terrestrial. Annulus membranous; rudimentary universal veil often evident. Rozites Annulus not membranous, but a fibrillose zone may be present. Pileus viscid. Hebeloma Pileus typically dry and fibrillose. Inocyhe Typically lignicolous. Annulus present or stipe conspicuously scaly or both. Pholiota Annulus lacking; scales if present on the stipe easily obliterated. Flammula Stipe typically cartilaginous or slender and fragile. Spores very pale and thin- walled ; gills typically subdecurrent to decurrent and pale to bright cinnamon. Tubaria Spores typically thick- walled and yellowish brown; gills typically adnate or notched. Margin of pileus straight at first. Galerina (Galera in part) Margin of pileus at first incurved or inroUed. Naucoria Cuticle of pileus formed by a palisade of pyriform cells, or if the cells are irregu- larly arranged, vesiculose and nearly isodiametric (best determined in young pilei) ; spores typically truncate. Pileus plicate-striate; paraphyses coprinoid; more or less deliquescent. Bolhitius 11 Thi.s includes the genera known as Enlnloma. Nolanea, Leptonia, and Eccilia. 524 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Not as above. Stipe typically fleshy; spore print typically dull earthy brown to deep rusty brown. Agrocybe {Pholiota in part) Stipe typically cartilaginous; spore print yellowish brown to rusty brown. Conocyhe {Galera in part) Key to the More Important Centrally Stipitate, Soft, Putrescent Genera of Melanosporae Gills deliquescing at maturity; basidia separated by broad paraphyses. Coprinus Gills not deliquescing. Pileus with cuticle formed of pyriform or vesiculose cells arranged in a palisade, or in a compact layer one or more cells thick; fruiting body typically fragile. Gills spotted by the maturing spores; spores not discoloring rapidly in con- centrated sulfuric acid. Panaeolus Gills not conspicuously spotted by the maturing spores. Pileus plicate-striate; paraphyses coprinoid. Pseudocoprinus Pileus not plicate-striate, or, if so, paraphyses not coprinoid. Psathyrella (including Hypholoma in part) Pileus with cuticle formed of slender filamentous hyphae (cells vesiculose in a few, but then formed by the breaking up of chains, and surface of the cap appears powdery). Annulus typically present. Gills free; stipe readily separating from pileus. Agaricus (Psaliota) Gills attached; stipe not readily separable. Stropharia Annulus not present; veil if present adhering to cap or along its margin. Gloeocystidia present in hymenium; typically lignicolous, or on peat or muck (if on dung or humus, see Stropharia). Naematoloma {Hypholoma in part) Gloeocystidia not present though other types of pleurocystidia may be present and abundant. Psilocybe Literature Cited Ames, Adeline: A consideration of structure in relation to genera of the Poly- poraceae, Ann. Mycol, 11(3) :21 1-253. Pis. 10-13. 1913. Atkinson, George F.: The development of Agaricus campestris, Botan. Gaz., 42(4):241-264. Pis. 7-12. 1906. : The development of Lepiota clypeolaria, Ann. Mycol., 12(3):346-356. Pis. 13-16. 1914a. : The development of Amanitopsis vaginata, ibid., 12(4):369-392. Pis. 17-19. 1914b. : The development of Armillaria mellea, Mycolog. Centr., 4(3) :1 13-121. Pis. 1-2. 1914c. : Homology of the "universal veil" in Agaricus, ibid., 5(1) :13-19. Pis. 1-3. 1915. Origin and development of the lamellae in Coprinus, Botan. Gaz., 61(2):89-130. Pis. 5-12 and 6 diagrams. 1916. Baxter, Dow V. : Some resupinate Polypores from the region of the Great Lakes, LITEKATUEE CITED 525 (some of these under the title, Some Porias from the region of the Lake- States), Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 6:67-76. Pis. 1-6. 1927; 9:39-46. Pis. 26-29. 1929; 15:191-228. Pis. 17-26. 1932; 17:421-439. Pis. 41-50. 1933; 19:305-332. Pis. 58-65. 1934; 20:273-281. P/s. 55-60. 1935; 21:243-267. P/s. 30-39. 1936; 22:275-295. Pis. 31-37. 1937; 23:285-305. Pis. 1-9. 1938; 24:167-188. Pis. 1-7. 1939; 25:145-170. Pis. 1-12. 1940; 26:107-121. P/s. 1-7. 1941; 27:139- 161. Pis. 1-11. 1942; 28:215-233. Pis. 1-6. 1943; 29:85-109. Pis. 1-6. 1943 (1944); 30:175-191. PZs. 1-14. 1944(1945); 31:117-130. P/s. 1-5. 1945(1947); 32:189-211. Pis. 1-10. 1946(1948); 33:9-30. Pis. 1-9. 1947(1949). Blizzard, A. W. : The development of some species of Agarics, Am. J. Botany, 4(4) :221-240. P/s. 6-11. 1917. BoNDARZEW, A., UND R. Singer: Zur Systematik der Polyporaceen, Ann. My col., 39(l):43-65. 1941. BouRDOT, H., ET A. Galzin: Hym^nomycetes de France. Heterobasidi^s-Homo- basidife Gymnocarpes. Contribution a la Flore Mycologique de la France, volume 1, iv + 761 pp. 185 ^^s. Sceaux, Marcel Bry, 1927. Brefeld, Oscar: Basidiomyceten: III. Autobasidiomyceten und die Begriindung des natiirlichen Systems der Pilze, in Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammt- gebiete der Mykologie, Heft. 8, pp. 1-305. Pis. 1-12. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1889. BuLLER, A. H. Reginald: Researches on Fungi, vol. 1, xi + 287 pp., 5 -pis., 83 jigs., 1909; vol. 2, xii + 492 pp., 157 figs., 1922; London and New York, Longmans, Green and Company. Burt, Edward A.: The Thelephoraceae of North America: I. Thelephora, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 1(2) :185-228. Pis. 4-5. 1914; IL Craterellus, ibid., l(3):327-350. P/s. 15-17. 1914; III. Craterellus borealis and Cyphella, ibid., l(4):357-382. PI. 19. 1914; VI. Hypochnus, ibid., 3(2):203-241. Figs. 1-30. 1916; VIII. Coniophora, ibid., 4(3) . -237-269. Figs. 1-19. 1917; IX. Aleuro- discus, ibid., 5(3):177-203. Figs. 1-14. 1918; X. Hymenochaete, ibid., 5(4) :301-372. Pis. 16-17. Figs. 1-32. 1918; XI. Tulasnella, Veluticeps, Myco- bonia, Epithele and Lachnocladium, ibid., 6(4) :253-280. PI. 5. Figs. 1-15. 1919; XII. Stereum, ibid., 7(2-3) :81-248. P/s. 2-6. Figs. 1-48. 1920; XIII. Cladoderris, Hypolyssus, Cymatella, Skepperia, Cytidia, Solenia, Matru- chotia, Microstroma, Protocoronospora and Asterostroma, ibid., ll(l):l-36. PI. 1. 1924; XIV. Peniophora, ibid., 12(3) :213-357. 1925; XV. Corticium and supplement to the whole series, ibid., 13(3):173-354. 3 ^^s. 1926. Clements, Frederick E.: Minnesota Mushrooms, Minnesota Plant Studies, No. 4, 169 pp. 124 ^grs. University of Minnesota, 1910. CoKER, William Chambers: The Clavarias of the United States and Canada, 209 pp. 92 p/s. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1923. , AND Alma Holland Beers: The Boletaceae of North Carolina, viii + 96 pp. Frontispiece, colored, and65pls. (5 colored), 7 figs. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1943. Cooke, William Bridge : A nomenclatorial survey of the genera of pore fungi, Lloydia, 3(2) :81-104. 1940. Cotton, A. D.: On the structure and systematic position of Sparassis, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 3:333-339. 1912. DoNK, M. A.: Revision der Niederlandischen Homobasidiomyceteae-Aphyl- lophoraceae, II, Mededeelingen van het Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijks Universiteil te Utrecht, 9:1-278. 1933. Doty, Maxwell S.: Clavaria, the species known from Oregon and the Pacific Northwest, Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, 7:1-91. Pis. 1-11. Figs. 1-9. 1944. 526 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Doty, Maxwell S.: Clavicorona, a new genus among the clavarioid fungi, Lloydia, 10(l):38-44. Figs. 1-6. 1947. : A preliminary key to the genera of Clavarioid fungi, Chicago Acad. Sci. 5w«. 8(5) :173-178. 1948. Douglas, Gertrude E.: A study of development in the genus Cortinarius, Am. J. Botany, 3(G):319-335. Ph. 8-13. 1916. : The development of some exogenous species of Agarics, ihid., 5(1) :36-54. Ph. 1-7. 1918. Early development of Inocybe, Botan. Gaz., 70(3) :21 1-220. Ph. 18-22. 1920. Eftimiu, Panca, et Said Kharbush: Recherches histologiques sur les Exo- basidi^es, Rev. path, vegetah entomol. agr. France, 14:62-88. 1 pi. Figs. 1-9. 1927. Elrod, R. p., and Dorothy L. Blanchard : Histological studies of the Boletaceae and related genera, Mycologia, 31(6) :693-708. Figs. 1-2. 1939. , AND Walter H. Snell: Development of the carpophores of certain Boletaceae, Mycologia, 32(4):493-504. Ft^s. 1-2. 1940. Falck, Richard: Die Merulius-Faule des Bauholzes, in A. Moller: Haus- schwammforschungen in amtlichem Auftrage, vol. 6, pp. i-xvi, 1-405. 17 ph. 75 text figs. 1912. Fayod, v.: Prodrome d'une histoire naturelle des Agaricines, Ann. sci. nat. Botan., 7me sen, 9:181-411. Ph. 6-7. 1889. Fries, Elias Magnus: Systema mycologicum, sistens fungorum ordines, genera et species hue usque cognitas, vol. 1, Ivii + 520 pp., 1821; vol. 2, pt. 1, pp. 1-274, 1822; vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 275-621, 1823; vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. i-viii, 1-259, 1829; vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 261-524, index, pp. 1-202, 1832. Greifswald, Ernestus Mauritius. : Hymenomycetes Europaei sive epicriseos systematis mycologici, editio altera, pp. 1-756, Uppsala, E. Berling, 1874. Gadd, C. H., and C. A. Loos: The basidiospores of Exobasidium vexans, Brit. Mycol. Sac. Trans., 31(3-4) :_229-233. Fig. 1. 1948. Gaumann, Ernst Albert: Uber die Gattung Kordyana, Ann. Mycol., 20{5~Q) -.257-271. Figs. 1-7. 1922. — : Vergleichende Morphologie der Pilze, 626 pp. 398 figs. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1926. -: Comparative Morphology of Fungi. Translated and revised by Carroll William Dodge, xiv + 701 pp. 406 figs. 43 diagrams. New York, McGraw- Hill Book Company, Inc., 1928. Giesenhagen, Karl: Hexenbesen an tropischen Farnen, Flora oder Allgemeine Botan. Ztg., 76:130-156. Ph. 12-13. 1892. Gilbert, E. J. : Les Bolets, Les Livres du Mycologue, vol. 3, 254 pp. 16 ph. Paris, Librairie E. le Frangois, 1931. Heim, Roger: Observations sur la flore mycologique malgache: III. Trois bolets gigantesques d'Afrique et de Madagascar, Rev. mycol., N.S., 1(1):3-18. Ph. 1-4. 1936a. ■ : Observations sur la flore mycologique malgache: V. Les Lactario-Russul^s a anneau: ontog^nie et phvlogenie, Rev. mycol., N.S., 2(1):4-17; (2):61-75; (3):109-117. AVs. 1-20. 1937. • : Observations sur la flore mycologique malgache: VII. Les Bolets a tubes libres, ihid., 4(l):5-20. PI. 1. Figs. 1-6. 1939. : Sur trois Agarics a latex de la flore malgache, Compt. rend., 202:1450- 1452. 1936b. : Les Lactario-Russul^s du Domaine Oiientale de Madagascar. Essai sur LITERATURE CITED 527 la classification et la phylog^nie des Asterosporales, pp. 1-196. 8 pis. (4 colored). 59 figs. 2 phylogenetic diagrams. Paris, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1937 (1938). -, avec la collaboration du Dr. P. Font Quer et du Dr. J. Codina: Fungi k Iberici. Observations sur la flore mycologique catalane, Publications de la Junta de Ciencias Naturals de Barcelona, 1934. Treballs del Museu de Ciencias de Barcelona 15, Serie Botdnica, 3:1-146. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-22. 1934. Hennings, p.: Hymenomycetineae, in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Natiir- lichen Pflanzenfamilien, Teil 1, Abt.,1**, pp. 105-276. Figs. 66-125. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1897. HuGON, L. : Une intoxication par Coprinus atramentarius. Rev. mycol. Supplement, 3(3):48-49. 1938. JossERAND, M.: Note sur un empoisonment grave caus6 par une Lepiote du groupe helveola, Bull, trimestriel de la soc. mycologique de France, 47:52-71. PI. 3. 1931. JuEL, H. 0.: Die Kerntheilungen in den Basidien und die Phylogenie der Basidio- myceten, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 32:361-388. PI. 4. 1898. — ^r Cytologische Pilzstudien: I. Die Basidien der Gattungen Cantharellus, Craterellus und Clavaria, Nova Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Upsaliensis, Ser. IV, 4(6):l-36. P/s. 1-3. 1916. Karakulin, B. p.: On the question of the systematic position of fungi belonging to the type of Exobasidiopsis mihi, Notulae Systematicae Inst. Crypt. Horti Botanici Petropolitani, 2:101-108. 1923. (In Russian.) Karsten, p. a. : Rysslands, Finlands, och den Skandinavska Halfons Hattsvam- par, Bidrag till kdnnedom aj Finlands Natur och Folk, 32 :i-xxviii, 1-550. 1879; 37:v-xix, 1-245. 1882. Helsingfors. KiLLERMANN, S. : Unterklassc Eubasidii. Reihe Hymenomyceteae (Unterreihen Tremellineae und Hymenomycetineae), in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, 6:99-290. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 81-157. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1928. KiJHNER, Robert: Sur la nature des cystides chez les Basidiomycetes, Compt. rend., 180(6) :454-457. 5 figs. 1925a. : Le d^veloppement du Lentinus tigrinus Bull., ibid., 181(3) :137-139. 1 fig. 1925b. : Contribution a I'^tude des Hym^nomycetes et sp^cialement des Agari- cacfe, Le Botaniste, 17:3-224. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-37. 1926. -: Le d^veloppement du Boletinus cavipes (Opat.) Kalch., ibid., 18 :177-181. Pis. 6-7. 1927. Levine, Michael: The origin and development of lamellae in Agaricus campestris and in certain species of Coprinus, Am. J. Botany, 9(9):509-533. Pis. 28-35. Diagrams 1-12. 1922. LoHWAG, Heinrich, UND Leopoldine Follmer: Die Hymenophore von Fistu- lina hepatica, Ann. Mycol, 34(6) :456-469. Figs. 1-5. 1936. Maire, Rene: Sur la cytologic des Hym^nomycetes, Compt. rend., 131(2) :121- 124. 1900. : Sur la cytologic des Gastromycetes, ibid., 131(26) :1246-1248. 1900. -: Recherches cytologiques et taxonomiques sur les Basidiomycetes, Bull. soc. mycologique de France, 18:1-209. Pis. 1-8. 2 diagrams. 1902. (Special fascicle with special page and plate numbers.) -: Fungi Catalaunici. Series altera. Contribution h I'^tude de la Flore Mycologique de la Catalogue, Pubs, institut botan. Barcelona, 3(4):1-128. 8 figs. 1937. Mason, E. W.: Zygosporium. Annotated Account of Fungi Received at the 528 CLASS JASIDIOMYCETEAE Imperial Mycological Institute, List II, Fascicle 3, Special part, pp. 134-144. Figs. 40-44. London, 1941. McGuiEE, J. M. : The morphology of Physalacria inflata, Mycologia, 31(4) :433- 438. Figs. 1-14. 1939. MiCHELi, PiETRO Antonio : Nova plantarum genera juxta Tournefortii meth- odum disposita, xxii + 234 pp. 108 pis. Florence, 1729. Miller, L. W.: The genera of Hydnaceae, Mycologia, 25(4) :286-302. 1933. MouNCE, Irene, and Ruth Macrae: The behavior of paired monosporous mycelia of Lenzites saepiaria (Wulf.) Fr., L. trabea (Pers.) Fr., L. thermo- phila Falck, and Trametes americana Overh., Can. J. Research, C, 14(6) :215- 221. PZ. 1. 1936. MuRRiLL, Wm. a.: Polyporaceae, A". Am. Flora, 9:1-131. 1907. : Boletaceae, ibid., 9:133-161. 1910. Nobles, Mildred K. : Production of conidia by Corticium incrustans, Mycologia, 29(5) :557-566. Figs. 1-28. 1937. Oehm, GusTAv: Kritische Bemerkungen zur Nebensporenfrage bei hoheren Pilzen mit besonderer Berlicksichtigung der Gattung Ceriomyces, Botan. Centr. Beihefte, 57(Abt. A):252-263. 1937. Patouillard, N.: Les Hymenomycetes d'Europe. Anatomie generale et classi- fication des champignons sup^rieurs, 166 pp. 4 pis. Paris, Paul Klincksieck, 1887. : Essai taxonomique sur les families et les genres des Hymenomycetes. These pour I'obtention du diplome de Docteur de I'Universit^ de Paris, Ecole Sup^rieure de Pharmacie, annee 1900-1901, No. 2, 184 pp. 74 figs. Lons le-Saunier, 1900. Persoon, Christiaan Hendrik: Synopsis methodica fungorum. Pars prima et secunda, xxx + 706 pp. and Index. Pis. 1-5. Gottingen, Heinrich Dietrich, 1801. : Mycologia Europaea seu completa omnium fungorum in variis Europeae regionibus detectorum enumeratio, methodo naturali disposita, descriptione succincta, synonymia selecta et observationibus criticis additis, 3 sections (volumes), 852 pp. 30 colored plates. Erlangen, Johann Jacob Palm, 1822- 1828. Rea, Carleton: British Basidiomyceteae. A Handbook to the Larger British Fungi, xii + 799 pp. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1922. Reijnders, a. F. M.: De studie van de ontwikkeling van de basidiocarpen der Agaricales, Mededeelingen van de Nederlandsche Mykologische Vereeniging, 21:135-208. Pis. 4-7. 2 text figs. 1933. Remsberg, Ruth E.: Studies in the genus Typhula, Mycologia, 32(l):52-98. Figs. 1-58. 1940. RoBAK, Haakon: Studies in the biology of wood-destroying Hymenomycetes: I. Contribution to the knowledge of homothally and heterothally in some species of Thelephoraceae and Polyporaceae. II. The ability of haploid mycelia to produce rot, Nytt Magasinfor Naturvidenskabcrne, 76:5-20. 1936. Rogers, Donald P. : Notes on the Lower Basidiomycetes, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 17(l):l-43. Pis. 1-3. 1935. : The genus Pellicularia (Thelephoraceae), Farlowia, 1(1):95-118. Figs. 1- 11. 1943. -, and H. S. Jackson: Notes on the synonymy of some North American Thelephoraceae and other resupinates, ibid., l(2):263-328. 1943. Saccardo, p. a.: Sylloge fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum, vol. 5, pp. 1- 1146. Pa via, published by author, 1887. LITERATURE CITED 529 Singer, Rolf: Das System der Agaricales, Ann. MycoL, 34(4-5) :286-378. 1936. — — ■ — •: Notes on taxonomy and nomenclature of the Polypores, Mycologia, 36(l):65-69. 1944. : The Boletineae of Florida with notes on extralimital species: I. The Strobilomyceteae, Farlowia, 2(1):97-141. PL 1. 1945; II. The Boletaceae (Gyroporoideae), ibid., 2(2) :223-303. 1945; III. The Boletoideae of Florida, Am. Midland Naturalist, 37(1):1-135. Pis. 1-2. 1947; IV. The lamellate families (Gomphidiaceae, Paxillaceae and Jugasporaceae), Farlowia, 2(4):527-567. PL 1. 1946. The Agaricales. Waltham, Mass., Chronica Botanica Co., 1950. (In press.) Smith, Alexander H.: Common edible and poisonous mushrooms of south- eastern Michigan, Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. 14:1-71. Illustrated. 1938. , AND Elizabeth E. Morse: The genus Cantharellus in the Western United States, Mycologia, 39(5):497-534. Figs. 1-13. 1947. Snell, Walter H.: The genera of the Boletaceae, Mycologia, 33(4):415-423. Fig. 1. 1941. : New proposals relating to the genera of the Boletaceae, ibid., 34(4) :403- ^U.Fig. 1. 1942. SiJss, W. : Zur Geniessbarkeit des Faltentintlings (Coprinus atramentarius), Z. Pilzkunde, 15:54-56. 1936. TiscHLER, G.: Pflanzliche Chromosomen-Zahlen, Tabulae Biologicae, 4:1-83. 1927. ToGASHi, KoGO, AND KojiRO Oda : Spore-size variability in subsequent spore prints of some Hymenomycetous fungi, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(3):121-125. 1934. Vandendries, Rene: Les tendances sexuelles chez les Polypores, Rev. mycol., N.S., l(2):85-92; (4):181-190; (6):294-302. lOy^Sfs. 1936. , ET P. Martens: Oidies haploides et diploides sur mycelium diploide chez " Pholiota aurivella" Batsch, Bull, classe sci., Acad. roy. Belg., be ser., 18:468- 472. 1 fig. 1932. Walker, Leva B.: Development of Pluteus admirabilis and Tubaria furfuracea, Botan. Gaz., 68(1):1-21. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-8. 1919. White, J. H.: On the biology of Fomes applanatus. Trans. Roy. Can. Inst., 12(2) :133-174. PZs. 2-7. 1920. Wolf, Frederick A.: A little known vetch disease, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 36(1-2) :72-85. Pis. 2-6. 1920. — — ■ — ■: The morphology and systematic position of the fungus Microstroma juglandis (Bereng.) Sacc, ibid., 43(1-2) :97-99. PI. 4. 1927. The relationship of Microstroma juglandis (Bereng.) Sacc, ibid., 45(1):130-135. P/. 6. 1929. Woronin, Michael: Exobasidium Vaccinii, Verhandlungen der Naturforsch. Gesellschaft zu Freiburg i. B., 4(4) :397-416. 3 pis. 1867. 15 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE: SUBCLASS EUBASIDIAE, "GASTEROMYCETEAE" Gasteromyceteae THE name Gasteromyceteae (often spelled Gastromyceteae) is given to a group including those orders of Basidiomyceteae which have one- celled, two- to four-spored basidia (rarely with more spores) produced within closed spore fruits. These may have definite means of dehiscence by which the spores reach the exterior or they may depend upon animals which feed upon the spore fruits and thus carry the spores to various places, or the spores escape only upon the decay of the spore fruits. Mostly the basidia are produced in hymenia which line closed cavities, but the latter instead of being exposed to the air at the time of spore maturation, as in the Hymenomyceteae, remain closed until after the spores have been produced. Frequently the spore fruits are produced underground, emerging as they approach maturity or remaining sub- terranean. Other forms grow on stumps, logs, etc. The mycelium usually shows the presence of clamp connections. Conidia are known in a few forms. Sexual reproduction is practically unknown, except for the union of the two nuclei in the young basidium. Few species of this group have been grown successfully in culture. Even the germination of the spores has been found impossible of accomplishment in many species. The basidia may be clavate or cylindrical, as in the majority of the Hymeno- myceteae, but in the main are more inclined to be ovoid or globose with sterigmata varying from short to long or even lacking. The spores are perched symmetrically at the tips of the sterigmata and are not dis- charged with violence as in the preceding orders. Sometimes the long sterigma or a portion of it remains attached to the spore, like the handle of a drumstick. The young basidia are binucleate and the two nuclei unite, this union being followed by meiotic divisions leading to the production of four haploid nuclei. The first meiotic spindle is transverse in the majority of 530 GASTEROMTCETEAE 531 cases (chiastobasidial) but is sometimes longitudinal (stichobasidial), e.g., in Tulostoma. In some cases subsequent divisions produce eight nuclei or even more. Usually the number of basidiospores is four, but not rarely six to eight and in rare cases up to 12 spores are produced. These are almost always at first uninucleate but in most of the few cases studied they early become binucleate by the division of the original nucleus. Whether such binucleate spores give rise to the dicaryon phase of mycelium is not proved, but seems probable. Lorenz (1933) has shown that in Sphaeroholus grandis Lorenz the uninucleate basidiospores give rise to monocaryon mycelia. These mycelia show two sexual phases, i.e., this species is sexu- ally bipolar, and only when the appropriate mycelia are mated does a dicaryon mycelium with clamp connections arise. In this species the basidiospores are uninucleate, although some species of this genus have been described as producing binucleate spores. Crucihulum vulgare Tul, and Cyathus striatus (Willd.) Pers. are both, according to Nils Fries (1936), quadripolar. In general the structure of the spore fruit in the Gasteromyceteae is as follows: Externally there is a peridium consisting of one or more layers. It may be firm and hard {Scleroderma) or soft and papery or may even dis- appear during the development of the spore fruit, in Gautieria graveolens Vittad., being present, according to Fitzpatrick (1913), only in the very young stages. Within the peridium the tissue may consist simply of the gleba or of the gleba traversed by "veins" or by a "columella" or by both. The gleba consists of a more or less fleshy mycelial growth containing usually numerous hymenium-lined cavities (hymemal cavities) but only one in a few cases. The columella and veins are slender or stout strands of hyphae having several functions, food conduction, support, and in some cases the dehiscence of the spore fruit at maturity. The gleba in many genera undergoes autodigestion after the basidiospores have been formed. The tissues involved are the basidia and the fungous tissue lying between the hymenial cavities, the trama. As a result nothing may be left of the gleba except the basidiospores, and in a few cases the basidia also, or also a few stiff threads, the capillitium. These are simple or branching thick- walled hyphae, which develop in the interhymenial tissues of the gleba before maturity of the spore fruit. They are rarely septate. The tangled mass of capillitial hyphae prevents the escape of all the spores at once, permitting them to sift out a few at a time. In some cases hymenial cavities with a definite layer of hymenium are wanting but clusters of basidia appear here and there in the gleba. The ontogeny of the spore fruit exhibits an early gymnocarpic stage in some species while in others the earliest stages are angiocarpic. The gym- nocarpic stage usually becomes closed early so that the development cor- responds to the pseudoangiocarpic mode of growth found in various 532 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Boletaceae and Agaricaceae. The gymnocarpic origin or pseudoangio- carpic origin of the hymenial surfaces is found in Hemigaster (Juel, 1895), Chamonixia, Hydnangium, Arcangeliella, Elasmomyces, and probably other forms. In the majority of genera however, the development is angiocarpic. The structure of the spore fruits is not at all on a common plan but they are very heterogeneous. It is not certain that the 1200 to 1500 species included in about 120 genera form a group of monophyletic ancestry. Certain genera are beyond doubt closely related to the Agaricaceae and may have arisen from that family or may be, as Lohwag (1925), Singer (1936 and 1950) and others have suggested, in the ancestral line leading to those fungi. If these are excluded from the Gasteromyceteae the re- mainder form a more coherent group. The structure of the basidiospores is of several types and probably should be given further study with reference to its importance in the determination of the relationship of the genera. The more or less lemon- shaped spore with dark color and warty surface is very striking. This type is found in Gasterella and Gasterellopsis, Hymenogaster, Chondrogaster, Dendrogaster, and perhaps others. The spores in the Phallales are smooth, ellipsoidal to cylindrical, and nearly colorless. In many genera the spores are spherical and spiny, in others smooth. In Podaxis the spore is plainly two layered, with a terminal germ pore. In Gautieria and Chamonixia the spores are longitudinally ridged and furrowed, as in Clitopilus and Octo- juga in the Agaricaceae. In Nigropogon they are angled, somewhat as in Rhodophyllus {Entolmna) in that family. Until the ontogeny of the spore fruits from their earliest stages has been studied it is uncertain to what degree these different spore types represent relationships within or with- out the Gasteromyceteae. In Secotium, Elasmomyces and Gasterella, and some other forms cys- tidia are present in the hymenium. This has been considered by some investigators to indicate relationship with the Hymenomyceteae. In Arcangeliella latex vessels are present and also in Lactariopsis (which may perhaps better be placed in the Agaricaceae close to Lactarius). They are also described in Battarrea and Phellorinia. Since the youngest stages of development of the spore fruit have not been studied, except in a relatively small number of the subterranean genera, and also are unknown in many of the tropical species whose earlier stages are not subterranean, the relationships of these fungi to other groups and the interrelationships of the genera and families making up the Gasteromyceteae are still far from settled. In general there appear to be four types of structure, as pointed out by Lohwag (1924b, 1925, 1926) and Eduard Fischer (many publications, especially in Engler and Prantl, 1933). These may be called the lacunar, GASTEROMYCETEAE 533 coralloid, multipileate, and unipileate types. The first stands rather by itself but the other three represent a gradation from coralloid to unipileate types. Briefly they are as follows: (1) Lacunar type. Within the fleshy mass of hyphae destined to form the gleba the tissues pull apart at various places to form cavities which become lined by a palisade of basidia. A modification of this type is found in scattered species, genera, and whole families in which the hyphae producing the tufts of basidia instead of forming an even layer around a cavity grow irregularly into it, thus form- ing nests of basidia which obliterate the hymenial cavities. Such a struc- ture is called "plectobasidial." (2) Coralloid type. From the basal portion of the spore fruit there grow upward and outward branching masses of hyphae, all within the enlarging peridium so that a coralloid structure develops. The ends of these tramal branches may unite with the inner surface of the peridium and spread along it to form the inner peridial layer, which is therefore of tramal origin. The spaces between the branches are at first continuous so that there is in fact only a single cavity very much interrupted by the coral-like tramal branches which are covered by a continuous hymenium. Probably the lacunar and coralloid types grade into one another. Lohwag believes that the former is derived from the latter. In Lycopcrdon the basal part of the spore fruit is built on the lacunar plan and the upper, fertile part develops, according to Reh- steiner (1892) in the coralloid manner. (3) Multipileate type. In this type, clearly derived from the coralloid type, a number of the tramal branches are enlarged and reaching the inner surface of the peridium spread out along it, producing abundant tramal development on the under side of each "pileus." (4) Unipileate type. The apical pileus of a spore fruit of the multipileate plan becomes large, clothing the inner surface of practically the whole peridium, the other pilei remaining rudimentary and not pro- ducing fertile glebal branches. The main central stalk of the unipileate type may exist as a "columella" or may elongate downward so that a stipe is formed. (Fig. 171.) Fig. 171. Schematic representation of the basic structures of the spore fruits of various Gasteromyceteae. (A) Lacunar type. (B) Coralloid type. (C) Multipileate type. (D) Unipileate type. (After Fischer, in Engler und Prantl: Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamihen, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) 534 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE The logical classification into orders, families, and genera of the Gasteromycetes depends upon the probable course of evolution in the group. The undeniable points of similarity between some of the Agari- caceae and various unipileate Gasteromyceteae, e.g., Elasmomyces, Seco- lium, Montagnea, etc., have already been mentioned. Heim (1934) in fact includes Family Hydnangiaceae in the Agaricales, and others have placed Secotium and Montagnea in the same order. The fact that the basidiospore in all Gasteromyceteae is symmetrically perched at the tip of the sterigma and is not shot off from it makes a derivation of the Agaricales from them difficult, while the loss of these characters would not be so difficult to imagine if some Agaricaceae became gasteromycetous in structure and habit. It must be remembered that the genus Hyaloria in the Hetero- basidiae has the basidia enclosed in a sort of loose peridium and the basidiospores there are symmetrically placed and not shot away. Prac- tically all of the other Heterobasidiae have the usual type of basidium. The occurrence of transitional forms from Secotium and the apparent close relationship to some other genera of Gasteromyceteae is an argument in favor of the theory that there is a close connection between both groups. Yet it is difficult to imagine simple forms like Protogaster and Gasterella as being derived from the very complicated Secotiaceae. In view of the fact that so much investigation still remains to be done on the development of the spore fruit of many species and genera before a com- pletely satisfactory conclusion can be arrived at as to the classification and arrangement within the group the author has decided to follow Eduard Fischer (1933) in the main, with modifications that seem to him to be necessary because of more recent studies, especially on Protogaster, Gasterella and Gasterellopsis, and some of the more secotioid genera, Gyrophragmium, Battarrea, etc. The Gasteromyceteae may be arranged in several parallel series, each ranging from simple to complex structures (or possibly the reverse). As outlined below the groups with simple structures are placed first. In one series the spore fruit is mainly fleshy, with well-developed hymenial chambers. It does not undergo partial autodigestion and depends upon decay or mechanical destruction for the distribution of its spores. This series contains forms of increasing complexity from Protogastraceae to Hymenogastraceae and on to Sclerodermataceae on the one hand and on the other through the Hydnangiaceae and finally to the Secotiaceae, which last family has close connection with the Agaricaceae. Another series leads from the partially gelatinous or cartilaginous Ilysterangiaceae to the Clathraceae and Phallaceae, with increasing tendency to the auto- digestion of the gleba to form a slimy, evil-odored mass attractive to insects which distribute its spores. A third series, arising again in the Hymenogastraceae leads to the Lycoperdaceae and Geastraceae, and ORDER PROTOGASTRALES 535 Tulostomataceae and possibly the Podaxaceae. Some genera usually assigned to the Sclerodermatales probably belong in this series. The gleba breaks down by autodigestion and leaves the spores and sometimes also the basidia and the hyphae making up the capillitium, as a dry powdery mass, spore distribution taking place by air currents. A fourth tendency shown by the Sphaerobolaceae, Nidulariaceae and the genus Pisoliihus, in the Sclerodermataceae, is the formation of firmer walls around definite regions of the gleba so that these are distributed as units, either by mechanical means or currents of water or by violent expulsion from the fruit body. These probably do not form a connected series but represent separate evolutionary changes from both the Hymenogastrales and the Sclerodermatales. The orders tentatively recognized here are Protogastrales, Hymeno- gastrales, Sclerodermatales, (possibly better distributed among other orders), Lycoperdales, Nidulariales, Sphaerobolales, Phallales. The late Sanford M. Zeller (1948, 1949) recognized 9 orders and 32 families instead of the 7 orders and considerably fewer families recognized in this work. Until much more intensive study has been given to the ontogeny of the sporocarps of the G aster omyceteae any arrangement must be considered to be more or less tentative. Order Protogastrales. In this order the minute spore fruits have but a single hymenial cavity. The hymenium consists of basidia without cys- tidia, and the basidiospores are light-colored and smooth. Protogaster was described by Zeller (1934). It is a minute fungus growing on the roots of plants in Maine and has been found but once and then only in the mature stages. It consists of a nearly spherical spore fruit, less than a millimeter in diameter. It contains a single large cavity lined by basidia bearing B ^ ^^IX I '% ^^ ^^:^ J^l^""^ •''>;?:■• • Fig. 172. Protogastrales. (A) Family Protogastraceae. Protogaster rhizophilus Thaxt.; diagrammatic median section of spore fruit. (B-D) Family Hemigastraceae. Hemigaster candidus Juel; three stages in the pseudoangiocarpic development of the spore fruit. (A, courtesy, Zeller: Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 21(2):231-240. B-D, from Comparative Morphology of Fungi by Gaumann and Dodge, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.) 536 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE colorless ellipsoid spores. There are no noticeable projections or folds on the surface of the hymenial cavity and no cystidia have been observed. In the absence of younger stages it is impossible to locate this with certainty. Perhaps it is wiser to place this in a distinct family Protogastraceae in the Order Protogastrales. (Fig. 172 A.) Possibly Juel's genus and family, Hemigaster and Hemigastraceae, respectively, should be placed in this same order. The minute spore fruit grows on rabbit excrement. It is 2 to 3 mm. tall and at maturity about as broad. It arises as an upright tuft of parallel hyphae which spread at the top like a sheaf of grain. The spreading hyphae curve downward and in- ward and eventually join with hyphae growing out from the stipe to form a circular chamber centrally pierced by the percurrent columella which is in reality the upper portion of the stipe. Two layers are visible in the peridium, an outer loosely woven portion and an inner denser subhy- menial layer from which arise the basidia which cover the upper and outer side of the circular hymenial cavity, but not the inside formed by the columella. The basidia bear four nearly spherical, pale, flesh-colored basidiospores with smooth surfaces. There are no cystidia or paraphyses in the hymenium. From the columella there grow out into the cavity slender hyphae which bear colorless chlamydospores wound about by slender hyphae. Eventually the basidiospores and chlamydospores fill the cavity. The mode of development of the spore fruit is of the type called pseudo- angiocarpic. Since the younger stages of Protogaster are not known it is not possible to determine definitely whether these two fungi are related or not. Juel (1895) concluded that Hemigaster is related to the Thelepho- raceae but it seems to the author that it belongs rather in the Gastero- myceteae. (Fig. 172 B-D.) Order Hymenogastrales. These are mostly subterranean, rarely super- ficial, when young, growing so as to become external at maturity in many cases. The spore fruits are fleshy to cartilaginous or somewhat gelatinous. The spore dispersal is not by means of digestion of the gleba into an insect-visited slimy liquid or by the production of a dry mass of wind- conveyed spores. The gleba retains its structure essentially till maturity of the spores. The thin (or evanescent) or firm peridium surrounds a gleba of uniform structure or traversed by spreading "veins" or with a central columella which in one family reaches the apex, i.e., a percurrent colu- mella. The development of the gleba is possibly lacunar or more often coral- loid, multipileate or unipileate. By the usual classification, that of Eduard Fischer (1933), four families are recognized, depending upon the type of development. Many spore types are found, colorless or colored, smooth or verrucose, or ribbed, etc. Possibly it may be feasible, when the youngest stages of development have been studied for most of the genera, to cor- relate development, spore type and mature morphology to produce a more satisfactory system of classification. ORDER HYMENOGASTRALES 537 Family Hymenogastraceae. The type of this family is the genus Hymenogaster. This is subterranean or with the upper surface projecting above the ground at maturity. In very young specimens Rehsteiner (1892) showed that a pahsade layer of cells develops as a boundary setting off the thick sterile base from the upper peridium. This layer arches up- ward with the growth in size of the spore fruit forming a single central cavity into which grow downward from the roof various branches and plates which extend to and apparently in places grow fast to the base. These plates anastomose with one another so that labyrinthiform hy- menial cavities are formed. With the increase in size of the spore fruits the relative size of the sterile base becomes much smaller. Eventually the spore fruit shows very numerous irregular cavities, sometimes radiating a little from the sterile base. The peridium is rather firmly attached to the outer side of the gleba. The hymenial cavities are lined with clavate basidia which bear two, rarely four, spores. These vary with the species but are mostly ellipsoidal, ovoid or limoniform, mostly yellow to brown in color, smooth or more often verrucose or wrinkled. No cystidia are de- scribed for this genus. Apparently closely related to the foregoing is the unilocular genus Gasterella, described by Zeller and Walker (1935) and Miss Walker (1940). It grows on the surface of the soil and reaches the diameter of 300 to 700 ju and even up to over 1200 m- According to Routien (1939) rhizomorphs are attached to the spore fruits and their hyphae show clamp connections although these are not visible in the basidiocarp. In the specimens that reach maturity in the smaller dimensions the cavity may have smooth walls but in the larger spore fruits the hymenium sends folds and projections into the cavity from above and from the sides. These greatly increase the hymenial surface but do not reach the bottom, so that the spore fruit remains unilocular. The basidiospores arise in twos or more often fours and are dark-colored, verrucose and somewhat apiculate. When detached a piece of the sterigma often remains attached to the spore. Cystidia with black verrucose heads are sometimes found, espe- cially in the smaller specimens that have developed under less favorable conditions. They appear to be, perhaps, aborted basidia. In the very young spore fruits an arching palisade layer of densely staining cells ap- pears in the midst of the loose tuft of hyaline hyphae. As it broadens and arches up further a cavity is formed into which eventually push the plates or folds which partially divide up the single cavity. Miss Walker (1940) suggested that Gasterella should be placed in Order Protogastrales but in a separate family Gasterellaceae. In the author's opinion the similarity of Gasterella to the young stages of Hymenogaster rehsteineri Bucholtz is too great to allow their separation into different families and orders. (Fig. 173 A-E.) Gasterellopsis (Routien, 1940) begins its development much as in Gasterella except that there is a central percurrent columella so that when 538 CLASS BASIDIOMYCKTEAE Fir,. 173. Hymenogastrales, Family Hymenogastraceae. (A) Gasterella lutophila Zeller & Walker; vertical section through a spore fruit showing the tendency toward the formation of folds from the hymenial wall. (B, C) Hymenogaster rehsteineri Bucholtz, showing vertical sections of very young and somewhat further developed spore fruits. (D, E) Hymenogaster tener Berk. (D) Section through mature spore fruit. (E) Portion of mature gleba. (A, courtesy, Zeller and Walker: Mycologia, 27(6) :573- 579. B-E, after Tulasne, from Fischer, in Engler und Prantl: Die Natlirhchen Pflanzen- familien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) OKDER HYMENOGASTRALES 539 the hymenial layer begins to appear it forms the roof of a circular cavity instead of a depressed spherical one. From all sides of this cavity, except the columella, centripetally directed folds begin to form and become covered by the mature hymenium. They may stop short of the columella leaving the circular cavity not completely divided but with numerous radial lobes, or some or all of these folds may grow to the columella in which case separate radial cavities are produced. Eventually the peridial tissues in contact with the basal portion of the columella dissolve, thus forming a basal circumscissile opening and then the remainder of the peridium and finally of the tramal tissues dissolve so that a single cavity filled with spores is left. Its outer wall then is the remains of the sub- hymenial layer. The spores are like those of Gasterella and are produced by twos or fours on the basidia. No cystidia were observed. Routien sug- gested that this represents a further step in complication from Gasterella, and perhaps should be placed in the same family with it, since it starts as a unilocular fungus and often remains so. On the other hand it shows great similarities, although it is much simpler in structure, to the Se- cotiaceae. Rhizopogon is a genus of thirty or more species with subter- ranean basidiocarps whose surface is covered with numerous loose or adherent branching fibrils which lead into rhizomorphs. Its spores are more or less ellipsoidal and smooth. The young spore fruit has a central portion of loosely branching coralloid structure with the interconnecting open spaces Hned with hymenium. The basidia are two- to eight-spored. If a much enlarged Protogaster should develop invaginating and branched ridges and lobes it would show many of the characteristics of Rhizopogon. Pilat (1934) discussed the genus Gastrosporium and based upon it the family Gastrosporiaceae. In the latter the peridium is double while in the Hymenogastraceae it is, according to him, simple. Family Melanogastraceae. This is an assemblage of several more or less related genera that differ from the Hymenogastraceae in having their lacunar hymenial cavities more or less filled or obliterated by a gelatinous mass which in Leucogasier appears, according to Zeller and Dodge (1924), to be the product of the gelification of conidia or chlamydo- spores which were produced prior to basidial development. Into these jelly filled cavities long, slender basidia push their way, partially filling them with a crisscross tangle. The basidiospores are often coated with a gelati- nous layer and arise two to eight perbasidium. They are almost colorless in Leucogasier and dark brown in Melanogaster. The spore fruits are sub- terranean or partially emerging at maturity, and without a stalk. The gleba is traversed by veins or sheets of tramal tissue that divide it into polyhedric or rounded units each of which is a "basidial nest" as some authors call it. Fischer (1933) places Alpova tentatively in this family. It has been reported only from the United States so far. It is partially sub- 540 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE terranean at maturity and reaches a diameter of 5 to 20 mm. The glebal chambers are at first filled with large spherical cells which then gelatinize. Long hyphae traverse these cavities and on them sit the long, slender basidia which bear 5 to 11 pale brown, almost sessile, ellipsoid, smooth spores. Dodge (1931) who described the genus considered it to belong to the Rhizopogonaceae, a family segregated from the Hymenogastraceae, and including a number of genera placed by Fischer in the Melanogas- traceae. Zeller (1939) held that its development suggests closer relation- ship to the latter family than to Rhizopogon. Family Hydnangiaceae. In this family of Hymenogastrales the coralloid development of the gleba has become unipileate. Like Hemigaster the spore fruits are pseudoangiocarpic in their development. The upper portion of the stipe becomes the percurrent columella. Unhke Hemigaster the palisade layer of the under side of the recurving pileus is thrown into folds which anastomose with one another and with the columella so that a multilocular gleba is produced. The columella may become reduced with age to a slender, scarcely recognizable strand, in some species. The stipe below the pileus is represented by only a small projection, if visible. Cystidia and spiny basidiospores two to four per basidium on long sterig- mata are found in Hydnangium and Arcangeliella. In the latter genus laticiferous tubes are present. In Chamonixia the spores are longitudinally ribbed, much as in Gautieria. Family Secotiaceae. In this family the general plan is much like that of the preceding one, but the stipe is more pronounced in most forms. Development is pseudoangiocarpic in Elasmomyces and angiocarpic in most of the remaining genera. Elasmomyces represents probably an inter- mediate form between Hydnangium and Secotium. The fruit body is mostly eventually epigeous. Its development is pseudoangiocarpic like that of Hydnangium. In the tissue of the stipe are nests of enlarged, bladder-like cells, resembling those of Russula in the Agaricaceae. The spores are marked with verrucosities, sometimes connected by ridges, as in Russula, and as in that genus they are stained blue with reagents contain- ing free iodine. Bucholtz (1903) considered these two genera, as did Malengon (1931), to be closely related. Heim (1938) also emphasizes the relationship of Lactarius and Russula to Elasmomyces. The genus Secotium, with which Elasmomyces is sometimes united, is angiocarpic in its development in the species studied (*S'. agaricoides (Czern.) Hollos, by Conard, 1915, S. novae-zelandiae Cunningh. and *S'. erythrocephalum Tul., by Cunningham, 1924 and 1925). (Fig. 174.) In the earlier stages of development it shows great resemblance to that of Agaricus (Atkinson, 1906, 1915), but instead of forming radial lamellae separating the annular opening into radial cavities the tramal plates are irregular in the direction of their growth and anastomose to form closed ORDER HYMENOGASTRALES 541 Fig. 174. Hyraenogastrales, Family Secotiaceae. Secotium erythrocephalum Tul. (A) Mature plants. (B) Section of tramal plate. (C, D) Vertical sections through young and nearly mature plants. (Courtesy, Cunningham: Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 10:216- 224.) cavities. Apparently within the main tissues of the pileus other hymenial cavities develop as well as in the thick tramal plates in the gleba so that finally the latter is made up of very many narrow, hymenium-lined cav- ities, separated by thin tramal plates. As the stipe elongates the edge of the pileus pulls loose from it and the gleba becomes partly exposed to the air. Since the glebal cavities are not continuous the spores are distributed by the action of insects infesting the spore fruits and also by the decay of the latter. The presence of cystidia in some species of Secotium is another point of similarity to the Agaricaceae. There are some very small species, e.g., S. coprinoides Routien (1940), about 4 mm. tall with a pileus about 2 mm. broad. Its gleba consists of numerous (about 18) radial hymenial cavities extending from the lateral peridium to the stipe. The hymenium consists of two- or four-spored basidia intermixed with paraphyses. The ellipsoidal spores are smooth, black, and with a short pedicel formed by the apical portion of the sterigma. S. olbium Tul. is 4 to 6 mm. tall but the spores are smaller, spherical, and wrinkled. The structure of the gleba of the former is somewhat similar to that of Gasterellopsis, but is not some- times unilocular and the spores are of different types. There is no deli- quescence so that this is not a Coprinus and the position of the spore on the sterigma is typical of the Gasteromyceteae. At maturity the edge of 542 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the pileiis breaks loose from the base of the stipe as the latter elongates and leaves no volva. Possibly closely related to Secotium are Gyrophragmium, Longula, and Montagnea {Montagniies). In them the mature spore fruit is more highly organized than in Secotium. When the pileus expands, exposing the under side of the gleba, it leaves a volva, and sometimes an annulus, in Gyro- phragmium, and a two-layered annulus, but no volva in Longula. In these genera the expanded pileus is convex. The gleba is lamellar, but consider- ably anastomosed. In Montagnea the pileus at maturity is a small disk at the apex of the stipe with the black radially lamellar gleba hung beneath it and free from the stipe as in the foregoing genera. This extends beyond the disk as separate lamellae. There is a volva but no annulus. The de- velopment oi Longula texensis (B. & C.) Zeller has been studied by Barnett (1943). It is angiocarpic and similar to that of Agaricus. Family Hysterangiaceae. In this family the coralloid structure of the developing gleba is very marked. The enlarged end of a rhizomorph develops into a body with a peridium and a central core. The enlarging core begins to form folds and plates under the expanding peridium. These anastomose so that eventually a multilocular gleba is formed with a Fig. 175. Hymenogastrales, Family Hysterangiaceae. Gautieria plunibea Zell. & Dodge. (A) Vertical section of fruiting body. (B) Portion of hymonium. (C) Basidio- spores. (Courtesy, Zeller and Dodge: Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 5(2):133-142.) J ORDER PHALLALES 543 dendroidally branching system of supporting branches arising at the base. The peridium disappears at an early stage of development in Gautieria so that the gleba is exposed. The spores in this genus are ribbed longitudi- nally and resemble those of Clitopilus and Octojuga in the Agaricaceae and Chamonixia in the Hydnangiaceae. In Hysterangium the peridium persists and the glebal branches may grow fast to and spread along its inner surface. A gelatinous subperidial layer may develop from the trama where it comes into contact with the peridium. The cartilaginous -gelatinous tramal character and the production of the gelatinous subperidial layer are the main distinctions between this family and the Hymenogastraceae. Protubera and Phallogaster are genera that show further transitional steps toward the Clathraceae in the Order Phallales. (Fig. 175.) Order Phallales. These are noteworthy because of the dissolution of their gleba into a usually evil-smelling slimy mass filled with spores. This attracts flies, especially those that feed upon and lay their eggs in carrion. They serve to carry the spores far and wide. It was shown by Cobb (1906) that the spores were not injured in their passage through the alimentary canal of these insects. At first the spore fruits are completely or partially subterranean, more or less spherical, with a firm, somewhat leathery peridium, underneath which is a thick layer of slime resembling the white of a raw egg. This, according to Lohwag (1925), is a modified outer por- tion of the gleba. The functional portion of the gleba is supported upon the surface of a pileate "receptacle" in the Phallaceae or upon or between a framework of radiating or anastomosing branches in the Clathraceae. In Fig. 176. Phallales, Family Clathraceae. (A) Clathrus ruber Mich, ex Pers. (B, C) Pseudocolus javanicus (Penz.) Lloyd. (B) Fully expanded spore fruit. (C) Cross section of "egg" just about to open, showing volva and four receptacular arms surrounding the mass of gleba. (A, courtesy, Lloyd: Mycological Writings, vol. 3. B-C, after Bernard: Ann. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, 31:93-102.) 544 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE the former there is a stout, rapidly expanding stipe whose expansion tears open the peridium at the top leaving it around the base of the stipe as a volva. (Fig. 178.) In the Clathraceae the stipe may be present {Simhlum, Pseudocolus (Fig. 176 B-C), Aseroe, etc.) bearing the receptacle at its top, or absent, the enlarging of the network of the receptacle rupturing the volva (Clathrus). The young gleba is more or less coralloid in its develop- ment and forms a complicated system of branching and anastomosing branches and plates covered by the hymenium. These dissolve completely, except the spores, to form a slimy malodorous mass. The simple Phallales have many points of resemblance to the Hyster- angiaceae, in some of the genera of which the gleba eventually dissolves (e.g., Phallogaster) . The majority of the order are tropical or subtropical, but several genera are common in the temperate regions. Among these are, in the Clathraceae, Clathrus ruber Mich, ex Pers. (Fig. 176 A) which forms a pyriform coarse net with thick receptacular branches, arising from the ruptured volva. The dissolved gleba lines the inner surface of the hollow receptacle. The fungus is 6 to 8 cm. tall and red, rarely yellow, in color. Lysurus australiensis Cke. & Mass. (Anthurus horealis Burt) has a white to pink stipe with several connate, outwardly furrowed receptacular arms at its top, the whole reaching a height of 10 cm. In the Phallaceae the commonest genera of the temperate regions are Mutinus, Phallus, and Didyophora. In the first the receptacle is a closely appressed cap on the upper portion of the stipe which, as in all the stalked members of the order, stands in the ruptured volva. The pileus is usually some shade of red as is often the case for the upper portion of the stipe. The mainly European M. caninus (Huds. ex Pers.) Fr. is usually without offensive odor while M. ravenelii (B. & C.) Fisch., which is the commoner form in the United States, has a foul odor. Phallus and Didyophora have a bell- shaped pileus free from the stipe except at the top. The dissolved gleba covers the pileus which may be smooth but in most species is reticulate with large shallow pits. The commoner species in Europe is P. impudicus L. ex Pers., sometimes attaining a height of 15 cm. or more with a pileus 3 to 3.5 cm. broad. The stipe is white and 2 to 3 cm. thick. The color of the pileus when free from the spores is mostly white. In the eastern United States the commoner species is P. ravenelii B. & C, with a reddish stipe and the surface of the pileus not strongly reticulately marked. Didyophora differs from Phallus by the formation of a beautiful skirt-like "indusium" attached near the top of the stipe beneath and free from the pileus. This is white in color and reticulate with large meshes. The troi)ical D. indu- siata (Pers.) Fisch. has a larger indusium than D. duplicata (Bosc ex Fr.) Fisch. which is frequent in the eastern United States and occasional in Europe. (Figs. 177, 178.) The tropical genus Itajahya, first described from Brazil, has recently been discovered in Arizona and New Mexico by Long OEDER PHALLALES 545 Fig. 177. Phallales, Family Phallaceae. Dictyophora duplicata (Bosc ex Fr.) Fisch. (Courtesy, Walters: Mycologia, 35(1).) and Stouffer (1943). In it the pileus has numerous overlapping trama plates between which the gleba is formed. When the latter is washed away the pileus resembles a wig perched at the apex of the stipe. The genus Claustula, whose ovoid receptacle remains enclosed in the volva until the gleba is completely mature, has been placed by Cunning- ham (1931) in a separate family, the Claustulaceae, considered by him to be more primitive than the remainder of the order. Fischer (1933) includes this genus in the Clathraceae with a total of 15 genera and recognizes 10 genera in the Phallaceae. 546 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 178. Phallales, Family Phallaceae. Didyophora indusiata (Pers.) Fisch. (A) Vertical sections through two unexpanded eggs, the lower one further advanced. (B) Vertical section through an expanded spore fruit whose indusium has not yet expanded. (G) Gelatinous layer of volva. {H) Pileus. (/) Indusium. {Sw) Wall of stalk. {S) Stalk axis becoming the hollow at maturity. (P) Primordial tissue between stalk and indusium. {Pi) Primordial tissue between pileus and indusium. (a) Gleba. (After Fischer: Ann. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, Serie I, 6:1-51.) Order Sclerodermatales (Plectobasidiales). These were set apart from the Hymenogastrales by Schroeter (1897) and recognized by Fischer (1933, 1936). The distinction is based upon the structure of the gleba which mostly does not exhibit sharply defined hymenial cavities lined by an even layer of basidia as is typical of most Gasteromyceteae. Even in this order a tendency toward chamber formation is apparent in the younger basidiocarps but the hyphae whose terminal cells are destined to become basidia grow out into these incipient cavities to different lengths so that they are more or less completely obliterated, being represented by nests ORDER SCLERODERMATALES (PLECTOBASIDIALES) 547 of basidia. According to Fischer these chambers arise in the lacunar manner. There is great need of developmental studies before the relation- ships within this order can be determined as well as to the Hymeno- gastrales, from which they undoubtedly have arisen. At maturity the gleba mostly becomes a powdery mass of spores with more or less capil- litium. The peridium may be thin but is often several-layered and thick and firm, hence the name of the principal genus, Scleroderma. The spores are from four to six or more on the basidium, sessile or nearly so. They are usually dark-colored. Only one family, Sclerodermataceae, appears to the author to belong in this order. It is really doubtful whether the oblitera- tion of the hymenial cavities is of sufficient importance to warrant the removal of this family from the Hymenogastrales, especially in view of the fact that Melanogaster, Leucogaster, Alpova, and others have a tend- ency toward this structure. (Fig.* 179.) Fischer (1933) included 10 genera in the family, of which he indicates five to be in doubt. Of the typical members of the family Scleroderma and Pisolithiis may be noted. The former is subterranean or growing on the surface of the soil. It forms rounded spore fruits, in some species reaching a diameter of 10 cm. If superficial, there is a rooting mass of mycelial strands, the base being sometimes slightly stipe-like. The peridium is thick and at maturity more or less leathery. The surface may be smooth or roughened or in some cases forming large overlapping scales. The mature gleba shows numerous dark basidium-producing areas, separated by sterile veins or sheets. There is no definite hymenial layer in the hymenial cavities. The pyriform basidia bear two to five nearly sessile, rounded or ellipsoid, smooth or sculptured spores. The basidia disappear Fig. 179. Sclerodermatales, Family Sclerodermataceae. Scleroderma aurantiacum Pers. (A) Vertical section through an almost mature spore fruit. (B) Basidia, with sessile spores, with completely obliterated hymenial cavity. (After Tulasne, from Fischer, in Engler und Prantl: Die NatiirUchen PfianzenfamiUen, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) 548 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE early and the spores are in some species enveloped in a sheath of nurse hyphae till maturity when everything disappears except the spores and a few capillitial threads. The spore fruit may crack open stellately or may be opened by attacks of insects or rodents. Pisolithus does not have so thick a peridium and the tramal sheets split in such a manner that the basidium-producing areas form numerous ellipsoid or round "peridioles" retained within the peridium. Finally these fall apart into a powdery spore mass. The capillitial threads are few. The basidia bear two to six almost sessile, rounded spores. There is no special means of dehiscence provided in this genus. Order Nidulariales. In this order the spore fruits are external, not subterranean. They have a thin or thick peridium and the gleba contains several to innumerable hymenial cavities, apparently formed in the lacu- nar manner, each lined internally by a layer of basidia. The tramal tissue in Family Nidulariaceae forms a firm several-layered wall around each cavity with its contained spores and these hard-walled bodies, called "peridioles" lie in the bottom of the cup formed by the dissolution of the top peridium of the spore fruit and of the tissues surrounding the peridi- oles. In Family Arachniaceae placed in this order by Fischer, the perid- ioles are innumerable and the tramal wall of each is thin and fragile. Family Nidulariaceae (Bird's Nest Fungi). Several peridioles, over 20 in Nidularia, are formed in each spore fruit. At first connected in a continuous gleba the peridioles early become separated from each other and lie free in the cavity of the spore fruit or are connected to the peridium by long slender strands, the "funiculi." The principal genera are Cruci- bulum, Cyathus, and Nidularia. The spore fruits are several millimeters Fig. 180. Nidulariales, Family Nidulariaceae. Cyathus striatus Pers. Three opened fruit bodies showing peridioles and one unopened spore fruit. (Courtesy, F. C. Strong.) ORDER SPHAEROBOLALES 549 Fig. 181. Nidulariales, Family Nidulariaceae. (A, B) Cyathus stercoreus (Schw.) DeToni. (A) Section through wall of mature peridiole. (B) Basidia with their sessile basidiospores. (C) Crucihulum vulgare Tul.; vertical section through a portion of immature spore fruit. (A, B, courtesy, Coker and Couch: The Gasteromycetes of the Eastern United States and Canada, Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press. C, after Sachs: Botan. Ztg., 13(48) :833-845; (49):849-861.) up to a centimeter in height and funnel-formed or almost spherical, with a flattened top. The peridium on this flattened upper portion ruptures and exposes the peridioles lying like eggs in a nest, whence the common name of the fungi. B. O. Dodge (1941) reports that they are discharged from the spore fruit at maturity, in some cases to a height of 3 or 4 meters. In forms with a funiculus (e.g., Cyathus) the latter remains attached to the peridiole when it is discharged and, being sticky, attaches it to various objects with which it may come in contact. Germination of the basidio- spores occurs within the peridiole from whose outer surface numerous germ tubes emerge in all directions. According to Martin (1927), in the development of the peridiole the basidia collapse while the spores are not yet mature or fully grown. The spores are then nourished by a weft of hyphae surrounding each spore, much as occurs in some species of Sclero- derma. (Figs. 180 and 181.) Order Sphaerobolales. This order, included in the preceding one by many mycologists, has but one family, the Sphaerobolaceae. In the two genera Sphaeroholus and Nidulariopsis, the peridium has three or more rather thick layers, the middle one of which is lacking in the apical region 550 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE of the second genus. The tension arising from the osmotic swelling of the cells of one of these layers results in the violent eversion of the inner peridial wall so that the whole glebal mass, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, is ejected. In Sphaeroholus Miss Walker (1927) has shown that this glebal ball may be shot upward to a distance of over 4 meters. In Nidulariopsis, according to Greis (1935), the distance is short. The basidia in S. stellalus Tode ex Pers. are arranged irregularly in a number of clusters of hyphae intermingled with the basidia, as in Scleroderma, these groups being separated by thin hyphal sheets. In the genus Nidulariopsis there are numerous definite hymenial cavities lined by basidia, as in the Hymeno- gastraceae and Lycoperdaceae. The basidia bear from four to nine spores. The ejected gleba germinates as in Nidulariales by numerous hyphae from all sides. In the course of the rupture of the spore fruit the outer layers of the peridium are split into five or more lobes, in some regards resembling a partially opened Geastrum. Order Lycoperdales. The remaining order of the Gasteromyceteae is Order Lycoperdales. This carries on the tendencies noticeable in the Sclerodermataceae of destruction of the glebal tissues to form a dry powdery mass of basidiospores intermingled more or less with sterile hyphae which form the capillitium. The function of the capillitial hyphae in the young spore fruits may well be that of water and food conduction as suggested by Fischer (1936) and Zeller (1939). At maturity these hyphae, now empty and more or less thick-walled, serve to keep the spores loosened up so that they do not escape all at once but gradually, over a longer period. The spore distribution therefore has become entirely dependent upon air currents. The fully grown gleba undergoes autodiges- tion which involves the hyphae of the trama (except those that become the capillitium) and mostly the basidia also. At this stage the contents of the spore fruit form a soggy, water-soaked mass. The water is quickly evaporated or perhaps also returned to the mycelium so that soon the gleba is dry, colored brown to purple, depending upon the color of the spores and of the capillitial threads. Fischer (1933) recognized only two families in this order, Lyco- perdaceae and Geastraceae, sometimes united into one family. In spite of the difference in glebal structure in some genera it seems to the author that the Tulostomataceae and Podaxaceae perhaps should find their posi- tion here, as representing in this order the same evolutionary trend toward the stipitate pilear structure as is shown in the series Hydnangiaceae to Secotiaceae in the Hymenogastrales. The knowledge of the early develop- mental stages is lacking in many of the genera but in those that have been studied it seems that the gleba may be lacunar or coralloid in its develop- ment, often the former in the basal, first developed portion of the gleba and the latter in the upper, fertile portion. Whether Podaxis represents a OEDER LYCOPERDALES 551 Fig. 182. Lycoperdales, Family Lycoperdaceae. Lycoperdon pyriforme Pers. (Courtesy, F. C. Strong.) unipileate modification of the coralloid type of development needs careful study of the very early stages. Family Lycoperdaceae. The spore fruits are external from the first or may be shallowly subterranean when young, becoming external at maturity. They consist of a flexible peridium of two or three well-marked layers enclosing the gleba. The basidia are ovoid with short or long sterig- mata and four to eight basidiospores. After the spores are mature the basidia and the tramal tissues dissolve, except for the brown, thick-walled capillitial threads. As the spore fruit enlarges the outer peridium ruptures in various ways, scaling off in granules or larger pieces. The inner peridium may also break up in pieces or more often forms one or more ostioles, usu- ally in the apical region. As wind or firmer objects strike the spore fruit the spores are puffed out through these ostioles. The spore fruits vary from a few milhmeters in diameter up to 1.6 m. in length, 1.35 m. in width and 24 cm. in height, in the case of a specimen of Calvatia gigantea (Batsch ex Pers.) Lloyd, collected in New York State many years ago and reported by C. E. Bessey (1884). Such a puffball would produce approximately 552 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE 160,000,000,000,000 spores. As in some of the Hymenogastrales the basal portion of the spore fruit may remain sterile, not forming basidia in the cavities which are produced in the sterile base. This is particularly charac- teristic of the genus Lycoperdon in which the sterile base may be narrower and resemble somewhat a broad stipe. In Calvatia the basal portion is sterile in some species but not so markedly narrowed. The spore fruits of all the species of this family appear to be edible when young, while still white and rather brittle. The genus Lycoperdon has many species vary- ing in size from 1 cm. to 5 cm. or more. The spore fruits are more or less pear-shaped with a large sterile base. The exoperidium scales off as granules or scales. The endoperidium has a single apical ostiole. They grow scattered or in closely crowded masses on the ground or on decaying wood. (Fig. 182.) Calvatia differs externally from the preceding in the less pronounced narrowing of the sterile base and in the absence of an ostiole in the endo- peridium. The latter breaks off in large pieces. The capiUitium consists of long, tangled, somewhat branched threads which usually break up into short pieces at maturity. C. gigantea, occurring in the Fall in fields and pastures, is collected for food while still firm and white. Bovista has a thin exoperidium which sloughs off and a slightly thicker endoperidium with an apical ostiole. There is no sterile base, the gleba filling the whole spore fruit. The branched capillitial hyphae are slender and smooth and usually not breaking into pieces. The sterigmata break loose from the basidium and remain attached to the basidiospores. B. plumhea Pers. is 3 to 5 cm. in diameter, nearly round and with a lead-gray endoperidium. Mycenastrum has a rather thick endoperidium which cracks open in a more or less stel- late manner. The capiUitium is composed of thick, branched, spiny hyphae, tapering from the middle to the acute tips. The sterigmata are very short so that the spores are almost sessile. Disciseda (Catastoma) has a firm exoperidium which splits equatorially. The endoperidium pulls free from the basal half of the exoperidium while remaining attached to the upper half. The result is that the spore fruit escapes and blows around, leaving the basal portion of the exoperidium still attached to the ground. The ostiole pierces the endoperidium at the center of the exposed portion, which is morphologically its base. Disciseda Candida (Schw.) Lloyd (C. circumscissum) is common in grassy places in the prairie regions of the United States and in similar regions in Eastern Europe. (Fig. 183.) Lan- opiUi has a very thin peridium which separates in irregular pieces from the gleba. This consists at maturity of a capiUitium of much entangled, slender hyphae with the intermingled spores. The generic name was given because of its resemblance to a ball of wool. Swoboda (1937) studied the structure of the not quite mature spore fruits of L. bicolor (Lev.) Pat. and found that the spores are borne on one side of the basidium on short ORDER LYCOPERDALBS 553 Fig. 183. Order Lycoperdales, Family Lycoperdaceae, Disciseda Candida (Schw.) Lloyd {Catastoma circumscissum (B. & C.) Morgan). Spore fruits in various stages of dehiscence. (After Morgan, from Fischer, in Engler und Prantl; Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) sterigmata. The basidia are produced sympodially on branched hyphae of a finely divided coralloid gleba, not on a hymenium clothing definite cavities. He concluded that the genus should form the type of a family to be named Lanopilaceae in the Sclerodermatales. Its abundant capillitium and the position of the spores on the basidium would seem to indicate possible relationship to Tiilostoma. Two genera, Broomeia and Diplocystis, from the warmer parts of the world, are characterized by the production of their spore fruits crowded side by side on a stroma, which is thick and often with a stout stalk in the former and thin and saucer-shaped in the latter. A few other genera are recognized. In the mountains in the western part of the United States occurs Calhovista, described by Miss Morse (1935). It resembles Calvatia sculpta (Hark.) Lloyd, but has a capillitium resembling that of Bovista. Zeller (1044) segregated four genera from the Lycoperdaceae to form the Mesophelliaceae. These are Radiigera, so far only found in the United States, Ahstoma, from New Zealand, Australia, and California, Meso- phellia, from Europe and Australia, and Castoreum, from Australia. The distinction is based on a usually three-layered peridium which is indehis- cent or rupturing irregularly at the apex. In this group the hymenial cavities are not well defined. The basidia are borne in clusters on short branches of radial hyphae. This seems to indicate a tendency toward the basidial arrangement found in Phellorinia and Podaxis. Family Geastraceae. In most mycological works the genera included in this family are placed in the Lycoperdaceae, but the author follows Fischer (1933) in making the segregation. The chief distinction is that in the latter the outer layer of the peridium lacks a fibrous layer and dis- integrates at maturity, while in the Earthstars, as the Geastraceae are called, the outer peridium does possess such a layer and splits stellately from the top toward the base, spreading out in a star-like manner. The 554 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 184. Lycoperdales, Family Geastraceae. Geastrum rufescens Pers. (Courtesy, Coker and Couch: The Gasteromycetes of the Eastern United States and Canada, Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press.) chief genus is Geastrum.^ In this genus the inner peridium remains intact when the outer peridium sphts open. It is sessile or on a short stalk and has a single apical ostiole. (Fig. 184.) In Myriostoma the inner peridium stands upon several slender stalks and there are several to numerous ostioles. In the two foregoing genera the gleba is like that of the Lycoperdaceae, made up of tramal tissue with numerous closed, basidium-lined hymenial cavities. There is usually but not always a columella. Formerly included in this family was Astraeus hygromelricus (Pers.) Morg., in which the chief difference is the partial obliteration of the hymenial • cavities by ingrowing tufts of basidia. The outer peridium is exceedingly hygro- metric, opening out when moist, closing to almost the original position when dry. Because of the difference in glebal structure Fischer (1899, 1933) placed this genus in Family Calostomataceae in the Order Sclero- dermatales. In view of the fact that in the family Sphaerobolaceae both types of gleba are present without even leading to the division of the family it appears best to retain Astraeus in the Geastraceae. (Fig. 185 A.) The two remaining genera of the family were called by Fischer Geas- teropsis and Trichaster, but Long (1945) pointed out that the former name is not available nor is his own earlier name {Geasteroides, 1917) so that he applied a new name Terroslella. This differs from Geastrum in the pos- 1 In most publications and in the author's earlier book this genus is called Geasler. Since, however, the international rules of botanical nomenclature designate Persoon's Synopsis Methodica Fungorum (1801) as the basis for the nomenclature of the Gasteromyceteae his name Geastrum must be used, not the name preferred by later mycologists. ORDER LYCOPERDALES 555 session of a prominent sterile base, and a central ostiole on the endo- peridium, whose whole upper portion soon is more or less caducous. In Trichaster, apart from a subligneous columella there is no sterile base, and the endoperidium has no ostiole and either falls off in pieces or adheres to the exoperidium when the latter dehisces. Fig. 185. Lycoperdales. (A) Family Geas- traceae. Astraeus hygrometricus (Pers.) Morg. ; portion of gleba showing partial obliteration of hymenial cavities. (B) Family Tulosto- mataceae. Tulostoma simulans Uoyd; portion of gleba showing basidia with laterally pro- duced spores. (Courtesy, Coker and Couch: The Gasteromycetes of the Eastern United States and Canada, Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press.) Family Tulostomataceae. This family is based upon the genus Tulostoma} These fungi are popularly called the stalked puffballs. The spore fruits of this family originate hypogeously but by the elongation of a basal stalk become epigeous. The commonest genus is Tulosloma with a spherical spore fruit 1 to 3 or 4 cm. in diameter and a slender stalk sometimes 5 or more cm. in length and 2 to 4 mm. thick, often with a small volva remaining at its base. (Fig. 186.) The endoperidium opens by an apical ostiole which may be irregular or which may have a projecting striate margin. The 40 or more species are mostly found in drier regions. In some species the basidia are described as producing four basidiospores laterally instead of apically. Whether this is true for the whole genus or for all other genera of the family is not known. (Fig. 185 B.) The hy- menial cavities in this genus and possibly other genera become obliterated by the growth into them of hyphae bearing the irregularly arranged basidia as in Scleroderma and Sphaeroholus stellatus (not as in Nidulari- 2 Persoon (1801) used this spelling instead of the more usual Tylostoma and for this reason his spelling must be followed. 556 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Fig. 186. Lycoperdales, Family Tulostomataceae. Tulostoma campestre Morgan. opsis) and in Astraeus. For this reason the family is sometimes removed from the Order Lycoperdales. The stipe may be a rather broad and relatively short one or tall and slender. In Tulostoma the rounded main body of the spore fruit reaches its full size before a small mass of tissue at its base, and within the exoperid- ium, begins its rapid elongation to become the stipe. The exoperidium may remain as a fragmentary cup at its base and shred off from the main portion of the body. The capillitium is abundant and grows fast to the peridium. The basidia bear the spores, four in number, on short sterig- mata laterally. This led von Tavel (1892) to suggest the origin of this genus from Phleogena in the Auriculariales, with the loss of the cross septa in the basidia of the latter. Queletia mirabilis Fr., the only species of this genus, has been found in France, England, and the United States, but appears to be rare. Like Tulostoma its spore fruits develop underground. Only as the gleba ap- proaches the spore-forming stage does the base start to elongate, breaking through the peridium and forming a stout stipe 8 to 15 cm. tall and 3 to 4 cm. thick, bearing a rounded sporocarp 3 to 7 cm. in diameter. There is a sharp line of distinction between the concave base of the latter and the rounded apex of the stipe. The gleba is similar to that of Tulostoma, with no trace of hymenial cavities at maturity. The 1 to 4 (mostly 3) basidio- spores are terminal and lateral as in that genus. Normally the head breaks away from the stipe and is blown about in the wind, scattering its spores, but if the attachment is too firm the stipe shreds away and thus exposes the under side of the powdery gleba which consists only of spores and capillitium. The genus Calostoma was placed by Fischer (1933) in the Family Calostomataceae along with Astraeus, with which it has little in agreement except the plectobasidial type of gleba. In Calostoma the stipe ORDER LYCOPERDALES 557 Fig. 187. Lycoperdales, Family Tulostomataceae. (A, B) Calostoma cinnabarinurn Desv. (A) Spore fruit from which most of the volva has disappeared, through dehques- cence. (B) Several basidia showing the sessile spores on all sides. (C, D) Battarrea phalloides (Dicks.) Pers.; two specimens which grew in different environments. (A-B, courtesy, Burnap: Botan. Gaz., 23(3):180-192, Univ. Chicago Press. C-D, courtesy, Rea: Mycologia, 34(5):563-574.) is mostly subterranean. The basidia have 5 to 12 sessile spores borne on the apex and along the sides, in which they give some suggestion of their relationship to Tulostoma. The capillitium is sometimes marked with an- nular or spiral thickenings, resembling the elaters of some fungi. In the author's opinion Calostoma probably belongs in the Tulostomataceae. In this he follows Burnap (1897). (Fig. 187 A-B.) Battarrea has a stout scaly stalk that may reach over 30 cm. in height and with a large volva at its base. (Fig. 187 C-D.) The endoperidium of B. phalloides (Dicks.) Pers. splits circumscissilely, rolling upwards a httle at a time as the spores and capilUtium escape and in B. digueti Pat. & Har. is perforated by many pores. The gleba in this genus contains typical hy- menial cavities. It is found in the sandy or gravelly soil of the foothill regions of the southwestern United States and in Europe, South America, Austraha, etc. Rea (1942) recognizes two species in the United States with one or the other of which perhaps all the other described species are syn- onymous. There is some capillitium, evidently the remains of the tramal tissues. In addition there are numerous elaters with annular or spiral thickenings, reminding one of those of the Trichiaceae among the Myce- tozoa or in the Hepaticae. In the younger, not fully developed specimens single cells or several in succession in a hypha enlarge and become "lati- ciferous." These do not become transformed into capillitial hyphae as in Phellorinia. Clamp connections are numerous throughout the spore fruit. 558 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Maublanc and Malengon (1930) made an extensive study of the anatomy and development of the fungus. Family Podaxaceae. Long and Stouffer (1946) place together in the tribe Phellorinieae the genera Phellorinia, Didyocephalos, and Chlamy- dopus. These three monotypic genera have their sporocarps elevated at maturity on definite elongated stipes. The basidia are in fasciculate clus- ters and remain undissolved when other tissues of the gleba undergo autodigestion. Capillitial threads are present. The stipe may rarely extend into the base of the sporocarp as a low columella in Phellorinia but more often is absent. Probably to be associated with these is Podaxis in which the stipe extends well up into the gleba, in most cases reaching clear up to and uniting with the peridium at the apex. The persistent clustered basidia are present as in the other genera. All four are hypogeous at first and surrounded by a universal veil, part of which usually remains as a volva at the base of the stipe and as quickly disappearing patches on the sporocarp. In Phellorinia the universal veil is continuous as an exoperid- ium and the outer layer of the stipe, rarely breaking away well up on the stipe to show indications of a tightly adhering volva. The endoperidium is an extension of the stipe surrounding the gleba for two-thirds or more of its height, with a thin inner layer extending over its top. This falls away at maturity. Malengon (1935) showed that in the immature gleba there are numerous sinuously curved and branching hymenial cavities lined by the basidial primordial cells. The latter branch sympodially and form clusters of basidia on hyphae of various lengths which eventually obliter- ate these cavities. This led earlier investigators who studied only the practically mature fungi to classify them with plectobasidial forms such as Sclerodermatales. At maturity the major part of the hyphae making up the trama between the cavities dissolves, leaving spores and basidia and the hyphae upon which these arose undissolved, as well as a few of the thicker tramal hyphae which in the earlier stages of development served as laticiferous tubes. These hyphae and those bearing the clusters of basidia make up the so-called capillitium. This genus occurs in North and South America, Europe, Asia, and Australasia. Didyocephalos (see Long and Plunkett, 1940) occurs in the south- western part of the United States and also northern Africa. There is but one species, D. attenuatus (Pk.) Long and Plunk. {D. curvatus Underw.). It originates 4 to 20 cm. beneath the surface of the soil and may attain a height of 7 to 56 cm. with a head 5 to 13 cm. broad. The universal veil breaks as the stipe elongates, leaving a volva at the base and a fleshy or gelatinous exoperidium over the sporocarp. This at maturity becomes a series of hairy scales which break off and expose the tough endoperidium. The latter breaks away irregularly exposing the gleba. When young the latter is cellular. Chlamydopus, with the single very variable species C. ORDER LYCOPERDALES 559 ft- '"' V . ■ M\ 1 r ■■ i ■ ■' ■ ■?ilJ B Fig. 188. Lycoperdales, Family Podaxaceae. Podaxis pistillaris (L. ex Pers.) Fr. (A) Spore fruit, external view. (B) Somewhat diagrammatic longitudinal section of spore fruit. (C) Basidium with sessile spores and single spore more highly magnified. (D) Cluster of basidia on piece of capillitial thread. (After Fischer, in Engler und Prantl: Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, Leipzig, W. Engelmann.) meyenianus (Klotzsch) Lloyd, has been found in North and South America and Austraha (Long and Stouffer, 1946). In this genus the por- tion of the universal veil which forms the exoperidium is verrucose and fragile and brittle, usually breaking very early and exposing the tough endoperidium which at maturity produces a single apical mouth. The large volva is conspicuous. The stout clavate stipe is 4 to 15 cm. tall, tapering toward the base and becomes woody to corky. The sporocarp is depressed globose up to 30 mm. wide. The gleba shows no signs of having been cellular. Podaxis has a slender woody stipe, arising from a narrow volva and bearing a more or less pyriform or rounded head. The central 560 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE part of the stipe penetrates the gleba to the apical portion of the peridiiim, rarely not quite reaching this far. The peridium pulls free from the stipe below or splits near the latter exposing the powdery gleba. In 1933 Fischer placed Podaxis in a separate family but in 1934 he recognized its close relationship to Phellorinia. Miss Morse (1933) made an extensive study of Podaxis and came to the conclusion that the various species that have been described are all based upon specimens of various ages and grown under extremes of habitat. She recognizes therefore only the one species P. pistillaris (L. ex Pers.) Fr. (Fig. 188.) Key to the Orders and Families of Gasteromyceteae Small, hypogeous or epigeous, with a single hymenial cavity lined by an even hymenium. Order Protogastrales No columella, hymenial cavity more or less spherical. Family Protogastraceae Hymenial cavity annular, surrounding the percurrent columella. Family Hemigastraceae Small to large, hypogeous or epigeous, with one to many hymenial cavities pro- duced in the lacunar or coralloid manner. If only one hymenial cavity is formed that is lined at maturity by a folded or lobed hymenial layer. In some genera the cavities are filled with a gelatinous sub- stance into which the basidia project. Gleba at maturity not undergoing much change. With or without a stipe. Hymenial cavities typical or gelatine-filled. Order Hymenogastrales Columella mostly lacking (present in some of the Hysterangiaceae and in Gasterellopsis in the Hymenogastraceae) . Hymenial cavities typical, lined by hymenium. Gleba fleshy, not clearly coralloid in development. Family Hymenogastraceae Gleba cartilaginous to gelatinous, plainly coralloid. Family Hysterangiaceae Hymenial cavities filled with gelatinous substance or with irregular masses of basidia. Family Melanogastraceae Columella reaching the apex and spreading to form the pileus, no marked stipe at maturity. Development pseudoangiocarpic. Family Hydnangiaceae Columella produced downward below the pileus to form a distinct stipe. Gleba free from the stipe at maturity, at least below. Family Secotiaceae Gleba at maturity deliquescing to a slimy, usually evil-smelling mass, which covers or is supported by a definite framework (the receptacle). Order Phallales Receptacle lattice-like or irregularly branched or lobed, with or without a stipe. Family Clathraceae Receptacle occupying the upper portion of a stout, hollow stipe, either grown fast to it or forming a bell-shaped structure (pileus) attached at the top of the stipe. Family Phallaceae Medium to large, mostly epigeous at maturity and usually with a thick peridium. Hymenial cavities lacunar in origin, obliterated or replaced by nests KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF GASTEROMYCETEAE 561 or clusters of basidia. At maturity the whole gleba or portions of it become a powdery mass of spores with only rudimentary or lacking capillitium. Order Sclerodermatales Only family. Family Sclerodermataceae Medium-sized to small, not hypogeous at maturity or not at all. Hymenial cavities with definite lining of basidia. Toward maturity the tramal tissue surrounding each cavity encloses it in a thin or thick wall, producing separate structures called peridioles. Order Nidulariales Peridioles very numerous, with thin walls, escaping by irregular breaking of the thin peridium. Family Arachniaceae Peridioles few, with thick hard walls. Peridium beaker-like, opening by rupture of the diaphragm-like top, leaving the peridioles like eggs in a nest. Family Nidulariaceae Small (up to 5 mm.), mostly growing on decayed wood or on manure, the whole gleba being expelled as a single ball by the eversion of the inner layer of the thick peridium which splits stellately at the top. Gleba with many distinct hymenial cavities or these obliterated by the ingrowing basidia. Order Sphaerobolales Only family. Family Sphaerobolaceae Medium-sized to large, epigeous, at least at maturity (a very few exceptions). Gleba mostly with definite hymenial cavities, or these sometimes ob- literated. At maturity the gleba becomes a dry powdery mass of spores and capillitium, in one family the basidia also remaining intact. Order Lycoperdales Without stipe. Outer peridium shedding in patches or granules, inner peridium mostly thin (thick in Mycenastrum) , opening by a mouth (ostiole) or by breaking away in pieces. Columella sometimes present. Family Lycoperdaceae Without stipe. Outer layers of the peridium splitting and turning back stel- lately. Inner peridium opening by an ostiole or falling away in pieces. Columella mostly present. Family Geastraceae With stipe. Basidia lining definite cavities or these more or less completely obliterated. At maturity the whole gleba except capillitium and spores dissolving into a powdery mass. Family Tulostomataceae With stipe. Basidia occurring in clusters on glebal hyphae. At maturity the basidia and their supporting hyphae are not destroyed but make up, with the spores and capillitium, the powdery contents of the sporocarp. Family Podaxaceae Key to the More Important Genera of Gasteromyceteae Family Protogastraceae. Single genus, United States. Protogaster Family Hemigastraceae. Single genus, Europe. Hemigaster Family Hynienogastraceae. No percurrent columella. At maturity a single hymenial cavity with folded or lobed hymenial lining. United States. Gasterella At maturity many hymenial cavities. Peridium almost absent at maturity. Spores colorless or pale brown, spiny or verrucose. North America, Australia. Gymnomyces 562 CLASS BASIDIOMTCETEAE Peridium well developed at maturity. Sporocarp without root-like mycelial strands. Spores ellipsoid, ovoid or fusiform. Trama plates irregular or radiating somewhat from a small sterile base. Old and New World. Hymenogaster Trama plates arising from a dendroidally branching axial strand (possibly better assigned to the Hysterangiaceae). Europe. Dendrogaster Spores spherical, spiny. No sterile base, but glebal chambers converging toward the center of the base. Europe. Martellia Glebal chambers converging toward a sterile base. Europe, North America, Australia. Odaviania Sporocarp with root-like mycelial strands. Spores spherical, verrucose, cystidia present. Europe and North America. Sclerogaster Spores ellipsoid, smooth, no cystidia. Europe, North and South America, Asia, Australia. Rhizopogon Spores angular, no cystidia. North America. Nigropogon Percurrent columella. Annular glebal cavity divided by centripetally develop- ing plates into several lobes or separate cavities. North America. Gasterellopsis Genera of doubtful relationship, fusiform to pyriform, sometimes shortly stalked: Gymnoglossum, Protoglossum, LeRatia, Clavogaster. Family Hysterangiaceae. Spores spiny or ribbed. Peridium wanting at maturity, spores oblong, ribbed. Europe, North Africa, and North America. Gautieria Peridium present at maturity, spores spherical. No gelatinous layer beneath exoperidium. Basidia two- to four-spored. Europe. Maccagnia Basidia five- to six-spored. Java. Hoehneliogaster A gelatinous layer present beneath the thin exoperidium. Basidia two- spored. East India. Clathrogaster Spores smooth, ellipsoid or rod-shaped. Columella a basal cushion or a mycelial strand, often branched, not per- current to the apex. Peridium with large gelatinous outgrowths. Australia. Phallobata Peridium more or less uniformly thick. Gleba at maturity collapsing into a thin layer on the inner surface of the peridium. Australia. Gallacea Gleba not collapsing. Branches of the columella not dividing the gleba into sharply bounded portions. Sporocarp sessile. Europe, Africa, North and South America, Australia. Hysterangium Sporocarp stalked. Europe. Jaczewskia Branches of the columella dividing the gleba into sharply bounded portions. Sporocarp tuberoid, sessile. South America, Ceylon. Protuhera Sporocarp pyriform, stalked. North America. Phallogaster KEY TO THE MOEE IMPORTANT GENERA OF GASTEROMYCETEAE 563 Columella unbranched, percurrent to the apex. North America. Rhopalogaster Family Hydnangiaceae. Spores ovoid to fusiform, with longitudinal furrows. Europe. Chamonixia Spores spherical, spiny, laticiferous vessels wanting. Europe. Hydnangium Spores spherical or oblong, spiny or verrucose, laticiferous vessels present. Europe, North America, South America. Arcangeliella Family Melanogastraceae. Gleba not clearly chambered, basidia in nests between sterile veins. Africa. Corditubera Gleba with numerous cavities which become filled with hyphae or gelatinous substance. Without stipe. Chambers loosely filled with hyphae among which the basidia are placed, spores roughened. North Africa. Chondrogaster Chambers formed by enlarged cells which then gelatinize. On hyphae traversing the chambers clusters of basidia arise. Spores smooth. North America. Alpova Basidia forming an irregular hymenium surrounding the hymenial cavities filled with loose hyphae or gelatine. Spores ellipsoidal, brown. Europe and North America. Melanogaster Spores spherical, almost colorless. Europe and North America. Leucogaster With stipe at maturity, the exoperidium remaining as a basal volva and as shreds on the sporocarp which is hemispherical, and concave below. Relationship uncertain. Torrendia Family Secotiaceae. Fleshy. Development pseudoangiocarpic. Spores hyaline or light-colored, spiny or reticulate. Numerous groups of pseudoparenchymatous cells in the tissues. Cystidia present. Europe and North America. Elasmomyces Groups of pseudoparenchymatous cells wanting. South Africa. Macowanites Firm, stipe almost woody. Development angiocarpic. Gleba chambers more or less radially elongated, sometimes lamelloid. Spores colored at maturity. Lower edge of the peridium pulling loose from the stipe, leaving no volva (at least not conspicuous), cystidia often present. World-wide in its distribution. Secotium Lower edge of peridium pulling loose, leaving a distinct annulus but no volva. Western United States. Longula Lower edge of slender conical peridium pulling loose and leaving a cortina, but no annulus or volva. Spores resembling those of Galerula and Bolbitius. Europe, Asia, United States. Galeropsis Peridium opening circumscissilely, leaving a large volva. Europe, Africa, North and South America, Asia. Gyrophragmium (including Polyplocium) Peridium leaving a large volva, persisting on the pileus only as a small central patch beyond which the slender radial glebal lamellae project. No distinct annulus. Europe, Africa, North America, Australasia. Montagnea {Montagnites) 564 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Family Clathraceae. Receptacle lattice-like or of meridionally curved branches united at their tips. Without stipe, not strongly narrowed below. Branches of the lattice-like receptacle heavy and thick. Europe, United States, Ceylon. Clathrus Branches of the lattice-like receptacle slender, meshes large. Tropics of Australia and Asia. lleodictyon Meridionally curved branches heavy. Tropical regions of Old and New World. Colonnaria Meridionally curved branches slender. West Indies. Laternea With stipe or strongly narrowed below. No true stipe, lower meshes like the upper ones or slightly elongated. Tropics of Old and New Worlds. ClathreUa Stipe short. Lower series of meshes much elongated, upper ones isodia- metric. Mediterranean region. Colus Stipe tall, stout. Lattice-like receptacle with isodiametric meshes. Tem- perate and tropical regions of Old and New Worlds. Sirnblum Stipe distinct. Several arms bowed out and united at the tip. Warmer regions of Old and New Worlds. Pseudocolus Receptacle stipitate, of arms not united at their tips at maturity. Arms spreading horizontally from the margin of a disk-like widening of the upper end of the stipe. Tropical regions of Old and New Worlds. Aseroe Arms vertically parallel, spreading at their tips. Arms surrounded by gleba laterally, and wholly or partially dorsally. Australia, Asia, America, Europe. Lysurus Gleba only on inner side of arms. Africa, Australia, Europe. Antkurus Arms projecting in all directions, knobby. Africa. Kalchbrennera Receptacle stipitate and surrounding the gleba, splitting stellately into five lobes. New Zealand. Claustula The tropical genera Blumenavia and Mycopharus closely resemble Colonnaria and Pseudocolus, respectively. Family Phallaceae. Receptacle closely clothing the upper part of the stipe, not on a campanulate pileus. No pseudoparenchymatous ridges or reticulations on the gleba at maturity. Gleba covering the tip as well as the upper portion of the stipe. South America. Xylophagus Gleba forming a belt some distance below apex of stipe. South America. Staheliomyces Gleba closely investing the upper portion of the stipe but not overrunning the tip. Old and New Worlds. Mutinus Like Mutinus, but with pseudoparencliymatous projections or ridges from the gleba. East Indies and Australasia. Jansia Like Mutinus, gleba invested with a loose net. Africa. Floccomutinus Receptacle forming a campanulate pileus, attached centrally at the upper end of the stout stipe. Indusium growing from between pileus and stipe. Pileus perforated like lattice-work. Volva mostly spiny. East Indies. Echinophallus KEY TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OP GASTEROMYCETEAE 565 Pileus not perforated like lattice-work. Volva not spiny. Tropics of Old and New World, one species in temperate North America. Dichjophora No indusium between pileus and upper portion of stipe. Pileus and gleba continuous over the apex of the stipe, leaving no apical perforation. Brazil. Aporophallus Apex of pileus perforate, rarely covered temporarily by a fragment of the volva. Most regions of the world. Phallus Apex of the pileus covered by a sort of cap, the receptacle, with many lobes or branches so that at maturity, after the gleba has disappeared, it resembles a wig. Southwestern United States and tropical and temperate South America. Ilajahya Family Sclerodermataceae. Gleba marked by veins into many distinct regions. Capillitium rudimentary. Gleba breaking up into a powdery mass, the veins remaining or disappearing. Peridium firm, thick. Peridium covered externally by conical spines. The spiny spores borne on long sterigmata. East Indies. Caloderma Peridium not spiny, thick. Spores before maturity surrounded by a coat of hyphae. All over the world. Scleroderma Spores without hyphal sheath. Europe. Pompholyx Gleba breaking up into numerous separate, thin-walled peridioles. Peridium thin, falling to pieces at maturity. Europe, America, Asia, Australasia. Pisolithus Gleba not marked by veins, capilhtium well developed. Peridium simple, thin, opening by an apical pore. Spores borne laterally on the basidia. _ Europe. Glischroderma^ Family Arachniaceae. Single genus. Americas, Africa, Australasia. Arachnion Family Nidulariaceae. Peridioles without funiculus. Spore fruit roundish, without typical epiphragma. All continents. Nidularia Spore fruit beaker-formed, with epiphragma. North and South America, Asia, Australasia. Nidula Peridioles with funiculus. Spore fruit cup-shaped, peridium of one layer, peridioles with a thick white tunica. All continents. Crucihidum Spore fruit bell- or goblet-shaped, peridium of three layers, tunica of perid- ioles thin, hence their color, black or gray. All continents. Cyathus Family Sphaerobolaceae. Peridium of three layers, including the apical region. Widely distributed. Sphaeroholus Middle layer of peridium lacking in apical region. Europe and North America. Nididariopsis Family Lycoperdaceae (including Mesophelliaceae). The little known tropical or African genera, Lycoperdopsis, Lasiosphaera, Hippoperdon, and Bovistoides, are not included in the key. 3 This genus is put in a separate family, Glischrodermataceae, by Rea (1922) and Fischer (1933). 566 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Sporocarps single or gregarious, not on a stroma. Inner peridium thin, opening variously. Capillitium of more or less uniform hyphae, branched or simple. Outer peridium separating in granules or flakes from the inner peridium. Inner peridium breaking up into flakes or fragments. Capillitial hyphae interwoven into a woolly ball. North and South America, Africa. Lanopila Capillitial threads not tightly interwoven, breaking into short pieces at maturity. In most continents. Calvatia Inner peridium opening by an apical pore. The world over. Lycoperdon Outer peridium firm, remaining attached to the upper half of the inner peridium and splitting circumscissilely. Inner peridium break- ing free from the basal portion of the outer peridium, open- ing by a pore in the originally basal portion. Europe, America, Australasia. Disciseda (Catastoma) Outer peridium firm, remaining attached to the inner peridium. At first hypogeous in most cases. The whole peridium rupturing irregu- larly. (This is Family Mesophelliaceae of Zeller.) Spores spherical, echinulate, reticulated or verrucose. Gleba without a sterile base. Australia and Western United States. Absto77ia Gleba with a sterile base. Western United States. Radiigera Spores eUipsoidal, smooth or irregularly roughened. Gleba with a central core. Australasia and Europe. Mesophellia Gleba without core. Australasia. Castoreum Capillitium hyphae much branched, consisting of a thicker main stem and tapering branches. Inner peridium opening by apical pore. At maturity attached to the ground. Eurasia and Australasia. Bovistella At maturity breaking loose and blown by the wind. Europe, North America, and Australasia. Bovista Inner peridium breaking up in flakes. Western United States. Calbovista Inner peridium thick and corky, opening irregularly or somewhat stellately. Capillitium threads thick, short, spiny, with numerous thorn-like processes. The world over. Mycenastrum Sporocarps perched close together on a stroma. Stroma thick, often columnar. South Africa. Broomeia Stroma shallow, thin, shell-like. South Africa and West Indies. Diplocystis Family Geastraceae. Columella wanting. Hymenial chambers lacking (plectobasidial). Europe and North America. Astraeus Columella present. Mostly with typical hymenial chambers. A prominent sterile base in addition to the columella. Endoperidium with an apical pore but soon the whole upper part more or less caducous. America and Africa. Terrostella (Syn., Geasteropsis and Geasteroides) LITERATURE CITED 5G7 No sterile base in addition to columella. Endoperidium sessile or on a single short stalk, opening by a single apical pore. All parts of the world. Geastrum Endoperidium on several slender stalks, opening by several pores. Europe, South Africa, North and South America. Myriostoma Endoperidium with no pore, breaking away in pieces or adhering in pieces to the dehisced exoperidium. Europe and South Africa. Trichaster Family Tulostomataceae. Stipe (largely subterranean) stout, composed of parallel or interwoven carti- laginous strands growing from the base of the endoperidium. Basidia bearing 5 to 12 sessile spores. Ostiole stellately bordered by several, usually colored, lobes. North and South America, Asia, East Indies, Australia. Colostoma Stipe stout or slender, of parallel hyphae, sometimes scaly with age. With elaters marked with rings or spirals. Gleba with hymenial cavities. At maturity stipe with a large volva and covered with overlapping scales. Sporocarp low bell-shaped (convex above and concave below). Widely distributed. Battarrea Sporocarp spherical (by some considered a species of Battarrea). Africa. Sphaericeps Elaters lacking, but with typical capillitium. Hymenial cavities obliterated. Inner peridium with apical mouth. Stipe slender. Widely distributed. Tulostoma Inner peridium opening by stellate lobes. Stipe slender. Africa. Schizostoma Inner peridium opening irregularly. Stipe stout. Europe and United States. Queletia Family Podaxaceae. Columella wanting or very low. With volva. Dehiscing by an apical pore. North America, Africa, Australasia. Chlamydopus Dehiscing by irregular rupture of upper portion of endoperidium. W^estern North America, and Africa. Dictyocephalos Volva wanting; urceolate at maturity. North and South America, Africa, Asia, Australasia. Phellorinia Columella continuing as an extension of the stipe to or nearly to the top of the sporocarp. Peridium pulling loose at its lower edge. Spores sessile. North America, Africa, Asia, Australia. Podaxis Peridium remaining attached below, splitting laterally. Spores on sterigmata. Australia. (Sometimes considered a form of Podaxis.) Chainoderma (For a more detailed key to the genera of the Gasteromyceteae the student is referred to the latest publication by the late Dr. S. M. Zeller (1949). His arrange- ment is not entirely in agreement with the ideas of the author.) Literature Cited Atkinson, George F. : The development of Agaricus campestris, Botan. Gaz., 42(4):241-264. PZs. 7-12. 1906. 568 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Atkinson, George F.: The homology of the "universal veil" in Agaricus, Mycolog. Centr., 4(3). •113-121. Pis. 1-2. 1915. Barnett, Horace L. : The development and structure of Longia texensis, My- cologia, 35(4) :399-408. Figs. 1-3. 1943. Bernard, C: Une tres rare Phalloid^e, Pseudocolus javanicus (Penzig) Lloyd, Ann. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, 31:93-102. Pis. 15-18. 1921. Bessey, Charles E.: An enormous puff-ball. Am. Naturalist, 18(5) :530. 1884. BucHOLTz, F.: Zur Morphologie und Systematik der Fungi hypogaei, Ann. MycoL, 1(2):152-174. Pis. 4-5. 1903. Burnap, Charles Edward: Notes on the genus Calostoma. Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Harvard University XXXVIII, Botan. Gaz., 23(3):180-192. P/. 19. 1897. Cobb, N. A.: Fungus maladies of the sugar cane, Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Assoc. Exp. Sta., Div. Pathol. Physiol. Bull., 5:1-254. Pis. 1-7. Figs. 1-102. 1906. CoNARD, Henry S.: The structure and development of Secotium agaricoides, Mycologia, 7(2) . -94-104. PZ. 157. Fig. 1. 1915. Cunningham, G. H.: A critical revision of the AustraUan and New Zealand species of the genus Secotium, Proc. Linnean Soc. Neiv South Wales, 49(2) :97- 119. 4p?s. 1924. : The structure and development of two New Zealand species of Secotium, Brit. Mycol.Soc. Trans., 10:216-224. P/s. 11-12. 1925. •: The Gasteromycetes of Australasia: X and XI. The Phallales, Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 56(2):1-15. Pis. 1-2; (3):182-200. Pis. 8-10. 1931. Dodge, B. O.: Discharge of the sporangioles of bird's nest fungi, Mycologia, 33(6):650-654. Pi>. 1-2. 1941. Dodge, Carroll W.: Alpova, a new genus of Rhizopogonaceae, with further notes on Leucogaster and Arcangeliella, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 18(3) :457-464. PL 40. 1931. Fischer, Eduard: Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Fruchtkorper einiger Phal- loideen, Ann. Jardin Botan. Buitenzorg, 6:1-51. Pis. 1-5. 1887. : Plectobasidiineae (Sclerodermineae), in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Teil 1, Abt. 1**, pp. 329-346. Figs. 171-182. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1899. : Unterklasse Eubasidii. Reihe Gastromyceteae, ibid., Zweite Auflage, 7a:i-iv, 1-122. Figs. 1-91. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1933. : Zur Kenntnis der Fruchtkorperentwicklung von Podaxis, Ber. schweiz. botan. Ges., 43(1) :1 1-18. 5 figs. 1934. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse der Gastro- myceten. Eine kritische Untersuchung, Ber. schweiz. botan. Ges., 45:231-247. Figs. 1-3. 1936. FiTzPATRiCK, H. M. : A comparative study of the development of the fruit body in Phallogaster, Hysterangium and Gautieria, Ann. Mycol., 11(2) :1 19-149. Pis. 4-7. 1913. Fries, Nils: Crucibulum vulgare Tul. und Cyathus striatus Pers., zwei Gastero- myceteae mit tetrapolar Geschlechtsverteilung, Botan. Notiser, 1936:567- 594. Figs. 1-2. 1936. Gaumann, Ernst Albert: Comparative Morphology of Fungi. Translated and revised by Carroll WiUiam Dodge, xiv + 701 pp. ^OQ figs. 43 diagrams. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 1928. Greis, H. : Nidulariopsis melanocarpa Greis nov. gen. nov. spec, und eine neue LITEEATURE CITED 569 Form von Sphaerobolus iowensis, Hedwigia, 75(4) :255-266. Pis. 3-4. Fig. 1. 1935. Heim, Roger: Les Lactario-Russules clu Domaine Orientale de' Madagascar. Essai sur la classification et la phylogenie des Ast^rosporales, pp. 1-196. 8 ph. (4 colored). 59 figs. 2 phylogenetic diagrams. Paris, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1937 (1938). : avec la collaboration du Dr. P. Font Quer et du Dr. J. Codina: Fungi Iberici. Observations sur la flore mycologique catalane, Publications de la Junta de Ciencias Naturals de Barcelona, 1934. Treballs del Museu de Cidn- cias Naturals de Barcelona 15, Serie Botdnica3:l-UG. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-22. 1934. JuEL, 0.: Hemigaster; ein neuer Typus unter den Basidiomyceten, Bihang till Kgl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., 21. Afd. 3, No. 4: 5-22. Pis. 1-2. 1895. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of the known Phalloids, Mycological Writings 3: (1909- 1912). Separate pagination 1-96. 107 figs. 1909. LoHWAG, Heinrich: Entwicklungsgeschichte und systematische Stellung von Secotium agaricoides (Czern.) HoU., Oesterreichische Botan. Z., 73(7-9) :161- 174. PI. 2. 1924a. : Zur Stellung und Systematik der Gastromyceten, Verhandlungen der Zoolog. Botan. Ges. Wie7i, 74-75:38-55. 1924b. ■: Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte und Morphologie der Gastromyceten. Ein Beitrag zur Systematik der Basidiomyceten, Botan. Centr. Beihefte, Zweite Abt., 42(2-3) :177-334. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-49. 1925. : Die Homologien im Fruchtkorperbau der hoheren Pilze, Biologia Gen- eralis, 2(1-2) :148-182; (6):575-60S. Pis. 18 and 30. 13 ^^s. 1926. Mykologische Studien: IX. tjber die Fruchtkorperentwicklung der Geastraceen, Botan. Centr. Beihefte, Abt. A, 52(2) :269-289. PL 15. Figs. 1-6. 1934. Long, W. H.: Notes on new or rare species of Gasteromycetes, Mycologia, 9(5):271-274. 1917. — : Studies in the Gasteromycetes: XL The genera Trichaster and Ter- rostella, ibid., 37(5) :601-608. Figs. 1-4. 1945. , AND 0. A. Plunkett: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: I. The genus Dictyocephalos, ibid., 32(6) :696-709. Figs. 1-13. 1940. , AND David J. Stouffer: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: IX. The genus Itajahya in North America, ibid., 35(6) :620-628. Figs. 1-10. 1943. , AND David J. Stouffer: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: XIV. The genus Chlamydopus, ibid., 38(6):619-629. Figs. 1-7. 1946. LoRENZ, Franz: Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte von Sphaerobolus, Arch. Protistenk., 81(2):361-398. Figs. 1-16. 1933. Malencon, Georges: La s^rie des Asterospores. Travaux Cryptogamiques d^di^s a Louis Mangin, pp. 377-396. 1 pi. 1 fig. Paris, Laboratoire de Crypto- gamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1931. • ^: Considerations sur les spores des Russules et des Lactaires, Bull, trimes- triel de la soc. mycologique de France, 47(l):72-86. PL 4. Figs. 1-3. 1931. -: Etudes sur les Phellorin^s: I. Le Phellorinia Delestrei (Dur. et Mtgn.) E- Fischer; II. Le Dictyocephalus curvatus Underwood, Ann. cryptogam, ex- otique, 8(1-2) :5-48. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-8. 1935; (3-4):101-133. Pis. 5-6. Figs. 1-6. 1936. Martin, G. W.: Basidia and spores of the Nidulariaceae, Mycologia, 19(5) :239- 247. Pis. 22-23. 1927. Maublanc, a., et G. Malencon: Recherches sur le Battarrea Guicciardiniana 570 CLASS BASIDIOMYCETEAE Ces., Bull, trimestriel de la soc. mycologique de France, 46 :43-73. Pis. 2-5. Figs. 1-6. 1930. Morgan, A. P. : North American Fungi, V, /. Cincinnati Soc. Natural History, 14:141-148. Illustrated. 1892. Morse, Elizabeth Eaton: A study of the genus Podaxis, Mycologia, 25(1) :l-33. Ph. 1-12. 1933. : A new puffball, ibid., 27(2):96-101. Pis. 12-15. 1935. Persoon, Christiaan Hendrik: Synopsis methodica fungorum. Pars prima et secunda, xxx + 706 pp. and Index. Pis. 1-5. Gottingen, Heinrich Dieterich, 1801. PiLAT, Albert: Sur le genre Gastrosporium Mattirolo (Gast^romycetes), Bull. trimestriel de la soc. mycologique de France, 50(l):37-49. Pis. 1-3. 1934. Rea, Carleton: Britisli Basidiomyceteae. A Handbook to the Larger British Fungi, xii + 799 pp. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1922. Rea, Paul Marshall: Fungi of Southern California, I, Mycologia, 34(5) :563- 574. Figs. 1-3. 1942. Rehsteiner, H. : Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Fruchtkorper einiger Gastromyceten. Botan. Ztg., 50(47) :761-771; (48):777-792; (49):801-814; (50):823-839; (51):843-863; (52) :865-878. Pis. 10-11. 3 text figs. 1892. Routien, John B.: Observations on Gasterella lutophila, Mycologia, 31(4) :416- 417. 1939. — — : Two new Gasteromycetes, ihid., 32(2):159-169. Figs. 1-23. 1940. Sachs, Julius: Morphologic des Crucibulum vulgare Tulasne, Botan. Ztg., 13(48) :833-845; (49) :849-861. P/s. 13-14. 1855. ScHROETER, J.: Fungi (Pilze), in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Teil I, Abt. 1**, pp. 42-64. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1897. Singer, Rolf: Das System der Agaricales, Ann. Mycol., 34(4-5) :286-378. 1936. : The Agaricales. Waltham, Mass., Chronica Botanica Company, Pub- lishers, 1950. (In press.) SwoBODA, Franz : tJber den Fruchtkorperbau und die systematische Stellung von Lanopila Fries, Ann. Mycol, 35(1):1-14. Figs. 1-11. 1937. VON Tavel, Franz: Vergleichende Morphologie der Pilze, 208 pp. 90 figs. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1892. Tulasne, Louis Rene: Fungi hypogaei. Histoire et monographic des champig- nons hypog^s, xix + 222 pp. 21 pis. (9 colored). Paris, Fr. Klincksieck, 1851. (Second edition in 1863.) Walker, Leva B.: Development and mechanism of discharge in Sphaerobolus iowensis n. sp. and S. stellatus Tode, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 42(3-4) :151- 178. Pis. 16-25. 1927. : Development of Gasterella lutophila, Mycologia, 32(l):31-42. Figs. 1-45. 1940. White, V. S. : The Tylostomaceae of North America, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 28(8) :421-444. PZs. 31-40. 1901. Zeller, S. M. : Protogaster, rei)rescnting a new order of the Gasteromycetes, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 21(2) :23 1-240. 2 pis. 1934. • : Developmental morpliology of Alpova, Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, 2:1-19. Pis. 1-4. 1939. : Representatives of the Mesophelliaceae in North America, Mycologia, 36(6) :627-637. Figs. 1-6. 1944. — : A new name, Mycologia, 37(5) :636. 1945. LITERATURE CITED 571 — : Notes on certain Gasteromycetes, including two new orders, ibid., 40(6) :639-668. 1948. — : Keys to the orders, families, and genera of the Gasteromycetes, ibid., 41(l):36-58. 1949. — , AND Carroll W. Dodge: Gautieria in North America, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 5(2) :133-142. PL 9. 1918. — , AND : Leucogaster and Leucophlebs in North America, ibid., 11(4):389-410. P/. 11. 1924. - — ■, AND Leva B. Walker: Gasterella, a new uniloculate Gasteromycete, Mycologia, 27(6) :573-579. Figs. 1-13. 1935. 16 FUNGI IMPERFECTI: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI THERE are a great many species of fungi of which the perfect stage is not known and which therefore cannot find a place in the classes already discussed. By the term ''perfect stage," as here used, is meant that stage in which the ultimate sexual structures are formed, e.g., zygospores, oospores, asci, basidia, and teliospores. Most of the Phycomyceteae are so characteristic in their mycelial structure as well as in their modes of asexual reproduction that ordinarily the genus and often even the species can be determined from the asexual stage alone. Thus the Imperfect Fungi are practically confined to those Higher Fungi in which the stage is lacking in which the asci, basidia, or teliospores are produced. Since most of the Uredinales have very characteristic asexual stages the im- perfect forms of this order are readily assigned to that group and are placed in one of the imperfect genera there, e.g., Aecidium, Uredo, Caeoma, etc., if their host requirements and other features make it impossible to assign them to described species in recognized perfect genera of that order. Thus it comes about that the Fungi Imperfecti, as ordinarily considered, include those fungi not otherwise referable to their natural relationship (e.g., Phycomyceteae or Uredinales) whose true relationship cannot be determined in the absence of the perfect stage. Judging by the rather exceptional presence of clamp connections, as well as by the similarity of the conidial stages to those in the Class Ascomyceteae, it is probable that a great majority of species of imperfect fungi really belong to that class, and the perfect stage is not present in the specimens examined. It is possible that some fungi have lost entirely the power to produce a perfect stage and so are truly imperfect fungi. A few assigned to this class are doubtless imperfect stages of Ustilaginales or other groups of Basidio- myceteae. In the first edition of Engler and Prantl, "Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien," Lindau (1899, 1900) recognized about 600 genera and 15,000 to 20,000 species. In a more recent, as yet unpublished, work on this group Dr. Harold B. Bender (1931) recognized as valid 1331 genera. Since for a great many fungi the asexual and sexual stages of repro- 572 FUNGI IMPERFECT! : THE IMPERFECT FUNGI 573 duction may be separated in time and substratum, many fungi have been described under different names according to whether one or the other stage was studied. As time goes on the connection between the two stages is recognized in many cases. Theoretically, therefore, the asexual stage should cease to be known by its name among the Imperfect Fungi and it should no longer be included in that group. Practically, however, it is desirable to retain this name among the Fungi Imperfecti since it would be sought there in attempts to identify it, unless the perfect stage were found along with it. Thus we still seek for such genera as Aspergillus, Penicillium, Sphaceloma, Ramularia, Cercospora, etc. in the manuals describing the Imperfect Fungi although the perfect stages of many species of these genera are known and provided with names. The distribution of the many thousand species of Fungi Imperfecti into genera, families, and orders must necessarily be based upon vegetative and asexual reproductive structures instead of upon the perfect reproduc- tive stages. Inasmuch as it has been demonstrated that fungi whose per- fect stages show them to be of very different families may possess rather similar types of asexual reproduction it follows that genera based upon the asexual reproductive forms are not necessarily assemblages of related species. As an example attention may be drawn to the genus Gloeosporium. In this genus the one-celled, hyaline, ellipsoidal, straight or slightly curved conidia are produced, usually embedded in a gummy substance, from short conidiophores packed in a palisade underneath the host epidermis which is ruptured by the developing mass of conidia. This acervulus type of asexual reproduction is found in some species of Gnomonia and Glom- erella, both being genera in the Gnomoniaceae of the Sphaeriales. The fungus commonly known as Pseudopeziza ribis Kleb., of Family Mol- lisiaceae, Order Pezizales, also has a similar type of asexual reproduction. A number of similar cases are known. Since, then, the genera based upon asexual structures do not necessarily indicate true relationships of the included species the term "form genus" was suggested for such groups by Schroeter. It is in this sense that the term genus is used in this class. On the other hand, as has been pointed out by several authors including Petrak and Sydow (1926-1927) there is frequently a similarity in asexual structures among fungi considered to be closely related as judged by their perfect stage. Careful study has revealed that in many cases some of the form genera of the Imperfect Fungi can be subdivided into groups of species correlated with the perfect stages. Thus has come about on the part of some mycologists the breaking up of the larger genera into smaller more compact ones, on characters that would otherwise be considered of rather minor importance except for their correlation with groups of perfect fungi. The fact that many Imperfect Fungi possess several different spore 574 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Fig. 189. Moniliales, Family Moniliaceae. Various types of adaptation for the production of submerged spores. (A) Varicosporium elodeae Kegel. (B) Tetracladium marchalianum De Wild. (C) Clavariopsis aquaiica De Wild. (D) Tetrachaetum elegans Ingold. (E) Lunulospora curvula Ingold. (Courtesy, Ingold: Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 25(4):339-417.) FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI 575 forms makes their recognition as definite species difficult, even where the perfect stages are not discovered. Furthermore the adaptation of the type of spore or sporophore to special habitats may be responsible for similar- ities among these that perhaps do not reflect real relationships. Thus the fungi that live in wet habitats and frequently produce their spores on hyphae that are completely submerged show many points of likeness; as in the genera Varicosporium, Tetracladium, Heliscus, Lemonniera, Tri- cladium, Tetrachaetum, Lunulospora, etc. The spores are usually slender and with long branches which give them a great abihty to float. In some genera these are aleuriospores, in the sense of Vuillemin (1910, 1911) and in others are phialospores and radulaspores, in the sense of Mason (1933, 1937). To these Ingold (1942) would add the type "aquatic spore." A phialospore is borne at the apex of a phialide, a "fusiform truncate, fusi- form beaked or acuminate terminal portion of a hypha, from the apex of which, or within which, thin-walled conidia are abstricted" (Mason). The septum separating the spore from the phialide is not produced until the spore is fully grown. An aleuriospore is a terminal portion of a hypha that is early separated by a septum from the parent hypha. A radulaspore is according to Mason a type "in which each spore is borne on a little sterigma, without any reference to the growing-point of a hypha," as in Botrytis cinerea. There is no direct evidence that these various aquatic genera are closely related except in habitat. Ingold (1942, 1943, 1944) has studied many of these and described several new genera. (Fig. 189.) As the life histories of various fungi are studied by pure culture methods or by means of carefully controlled inoculations, from time to time an imperfect fungus is connected up with its perfect stage. This may perhaps be a species already known or may have been unknown there- tofore. Klebahn (1918), the German mycologist, has made many such connections. It often happens that the same species has several types of asexual reproduction so that it may appear in several different form genera. The many species and genera are usually divided into four form orders as follows : Sphaeropsidales: conidia produced within pycnidia or niodifications of such structures. A pycnidium is a perithecium-like structure and may be com- plete, like the perithecium of the Sphaeriales and Hypocreales, or only the top half may be present as in the perithecium-like spore fruit of the Hemi- sphaeriales, or it may , open by a longitudinal slit as in the apothecia of the Hysteriales or may be closed at first and finally open into a cup or saucer-shaped structure, much like a miniature apothecium. Melanconiales: conidia produced singly or in chains, often surrounded by a gummy mass, from conidiophores packed closely in a usually subepidermal or subcortical layer, the acervulus. MoniHales: conidia formed on conidiophores which are separate, at least at 576 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI their apical portions, or the vegetative mycelium breaking up into conidia. The conidiophores may] be simple or branched, short or long, similar to the ?,vegetative mycelium or very distinct from it, but are never enclosed within a pycnidium nor packed laterally into a subepidermal or subcortical acervulus. They are almost always external at time of conidium production. Mycelia Sterilia: imperfect fungi which lack all conidial formation, and which produce sclerotia, rhizomorphs, and various other forms of mycelium without spores. The usual extremely artificial classification of the Fungi Imperfecti separates many genera which perhaps more logically should be placed nearer each other. An example is the series of fungi in which the conidia ("endoconidia") are produced in the interior of the conidiophore and pushed out successively from an opening at the apex. These genera are found in several different "form families" and have conidia that are colored or colorless; one- celled to several-celled; pushed out in chains or singly; surrounded by slime or not, etc. In some of these genera other imperfect spore-forms also occur while in some the endoconidia are the only ones known. Some are believed to be imperfect forms of Ascomyceteae while it is suspected that the perfect stage of others may be Basidiomycetous. The following genera include most of the endosporous Fungi Imperfecti: Cado- phora, Thielaviopsis, Hymenella, Chalara, Sporoschisma, Sporendonema, Endoco- nidium, Chalaropsis, and probably Caten- ularia and Phialophora. (Fig. 190.) In the last two the conidiophore approaches the type of phialide (or sterigma) found in Cephalosporium, Gliocladium, and Penicillmm, in which the conidia appear to be almost endogenous in origin. Order Sphaeropsidales. The 568^ genera (with over 2300 species in North America alone) ascribed to this order are divided into four form families. Family Sphaeropsidaceae (Sphaerioidaceae of Some Authors). Pycnidia resembling typical perithecia or forming pycnidial cavities in a Fig. 190. Moniliales. Endoge- nous production of conidia (endo- spores). (A) Cadophora obscura Nannfeldt. (B) Thielaviopsis para- doxa (de Seynes) von Hohnel (co- nidial stage of Ophiosloma {Cera- tostomella) paradoxum). (A, after Melin and Nannfeldt, Svenska Skogsvardsforeningens Tidskrift, Hafte III-IV, pp. 397-616. B, cour- tesy, Dade: Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 13:184-194.) 1 The figures for this order are taken from H. B. Bender's pamphlet (1934) on the Sphaeropsidales. I ORDER SPHAEROPSIDALES 577 stroma; tough leathery to brittle, and dark-colored. The spores often exude from the ostiole in damp weather in a worm-like mass, or cirrhus, consisting of gum and embedded spores. This family contains 359 genera so that it has become necessary to devise some means of subdividing it in a practical and easily applied manner. The scheme most often used was suggested by the great Italian mycologist P. A. Saccardo (1899) and is based on the structure and the color of the spores as follows : Amerosporae: spores one-celled, spherical, ovoid or somewhat elongated. Hyalosporae: spores hyaline. Phaeosporae : spores colored some shade of light brown to black. Didymosporae: spores similar to the foregoing, but two-celled. Hyalodidymae: spores hyaline. Phaeodidymae: spores colored. Phragmosporae: spores three- or more-celled by transverse septa. Hyalophragmiae: spores hyaline. Phaeophragmiae: spores colored. Dictyosporae : spores divided by both transverse and longitudinal septa. Hyalodictyae : spores hyaline. Phaeodictyae: spores colored. Scolecosporae: spores very slender, thread- or worm-like, one-celled to several- celled, hyaline or colored. Helicosporae: spores cylindrical and more or less spirally coiled, one-celled to several-celled, hyaline or colored. Staurosporae: spores radiately lobed or star- or cross-shaped, one-celled to several-celled, hyaline or colored. This same scheme is used for other orders and families of Imperfect Fungi in which conidia are produced, with the omission of such sub- divisions as are not represented. Where only a few forms are present in the major subdivisions the minor ones based on spore color are often omitted. In the discussion of representative genera of this class the group name, based on the foregoing scheme, follows the generic name in parenthesis. The following genera should be mentioned: Phyllostida (Fig. 191A-C), Phoma, Dendro'phoma (Fig. 191D-E) and Macrophoma (all Hyalosporae). Their 2500 or more species are parasitic on leaves and stems of plants. A possible exception is the fungus named by L. R. Fitzgerald (1943) Phoma stenohothri (Holl. & Mor.) Fitzg., which is parasitic upon grasshoppers. The first genus produces leaf spots with definite borders, the others pro- duce less definite spots and occur on other parts of the host as well. Macrophoma, as the genus is usually defined, but incorrectly, according to Petrak and Sydow (1926-1927), has large conidia, over 15 m long, but otherwise is like the others. In these genera the pycnidium is buried in the host tissue but the short ostiole emerges at maturity. The distinctions between these genera are clearly entirely artificial. A leaf spot of the beet (Beta vulgaris L.) is caused by Phyllostida tahifica Prill. The same fungus 578 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI KV'rir^ Fig. 191. Sphaeropsidales, Family Sphaeropsidaceae. (A-C) Phyllostida tabifica Prill. (A) Pycnidium viewed from above, showing cirrhus of spores. (B) Vertical sec- tion through pj^cnidium. (C) Spores. (D, E) Dendrophoma convallariae Cav. (D) Pycnidium from above. (E) Conidiophores. (F) Ascochyta dianthi (A. & S.) Berk.; section through pycnidium. (A-C, after Prillieux: Bull. soc. mycol. France, 7(1):15-19. D-E, after Briosi and Cavara: Fascicle IV, No. 89. F, ibid., Fascicle XIV, No. 342.) on the roots and inflorescence has been called Phoma betae Fr. Various species of these genera have been shown to have as their perfect stage species of Guignardia, Mycosphaerella, etc., in the Sphaeriales or Pseudo- sphaeriales. The specific distinctions have to a considerable extent been based on the host species attacked. Until very extensive inoculation ex- periments can be carried out, this basis for segregation of species will probably continue to be used. Cyiospora and Ceuthospora (Hyalosporae) produce their pycnidial cavities in subepidermal or subcortical stromata. The spores emerge from the separate or united ostioles in an amber- colored cirrhus. Many of the species are the imperfect stages of Valsa and related genera in the Sphaeriales. (Fig. 192A.) Sphaeropsis (Phaeosporae) corresponds to Macrophoma except that the conidia are dark-colored. S. ORDER SPHAEROPSIDALES 579 malorum Pk. causes twig cankers on apple and quince and the black rot of the fruits. Its perfect stage is Physalospora. The imperfect form genus is broken up by the more recent authors into several form genera. The name Sphaeropsis having been first applied to the perfect stage of an Asco- mycete should, according to Petrak and Sydow, be replaced by Haplo- sporella. Some of the species usually included here they transfer to Botryodiplodia, including among those so transferred S. malorum. Conio- thyrium has smaller pycnidia and very much smaller conidia which emerge from the ostiole in a black cirrhus. C. fuckelii Sacc, the cause of the cane blight of various species of Rubus, has as its perfect stage Leptosphaeria coniothyrium (Fckl.) Sacc, in the Sphaeriales. Ascochyta (Hyalodidymae) Fig. 192. Sphaeropsidales, Family Sphaeropsidaceae. (A) Ceuthospora abietina Delacr.; section through stroma with several pycnidial cavities with one common ostiole. (B, C) Septoria aesculi (Lib.) West. (B) Section through pycnidium. (Cj Spores. (E-F) Phomopsis citri Fawcett. (E) Section through pycnidium. (F) Portion of wall of pycnidium showing pycnospores and the long, slender, curved stylospores. (D) Family Leptostromataceae. Leptothyrium acerimim (Kunze) Corda; section through pycnidium. (A, after Delacroix: Bull. soc. mycol. France, 6(4);181-184. B-C, after Briosi and Cavara: Fascicle V, No. 120. E-F, after Fawcett: Phytopathology, 2(3) -.109-113. D, after Briosi and Cavara: Fascicle II, No. 40.) 580 FUNGI imperfect:: the imperfect fungi is essentially a Phoma with two-celled conidia. (Fig. 191F.) A. pisi Lib. is very destructive to cultivated peas. Its perfect stage is Mycosphaerella pinodes (B. & Bl.) Stone. Diplodia (Phaeodidymae) is like Macrophoma with colored two-celled spores. In fact some species of Diplodia have been described as Macrophoma, Sphaeropsis, and Diplodia, depending upon the age of the conidia. Such species are placed by some authors in Botryo- diplodia. All three types of spores may be present in the same pycnidium and all are viable. The 500 or more described species occur on leaves, stems, etc., and are often the cause of serious diseases of their host plant. Septoria (Scolecosporae) is a genus of over 1000 species, practically all parasites. (Fig. 192B-C.) Like Phoma the pycnidium is immersed in the host tissue and the short ostiole projects to the surface. The conidia are long and slender, often considerably longer than the diameter of the pycnidium, hence are curved within the latter. Two serious diseases of celery are caused by S. apii Chester, and S. apii-graveolentis Dorogin, respectively. S. lycopersici Speg. defoliates the older plants of tomato {Ly coper sicom) and causes enormous losses. The perfect stage of some species of Septoria belongs to the genus Mycosphaerella. Phaeoseptoria differs from Septoria in the possession of colored, instead of essentially hyaline, spores. In the genus Phomopsis two forms of conidia are pro- duced in the same pycnidium; long slender curved stylospores and short ellipsoidal pycnospores. (Fig. 192E-F.) The perfect stage of some species of Phomopsis belongs to the genus Diaporthe in the Sphaeriales. Family Zythiaceae (Nectrioidaceae). The pycnidia are bright- colored and waxy, like the perithecia of the Hypocreales. Bender recog- nized 62 genera. Zythia (Hyalosporae) is essentially a Phoma with bright- colored pycnidia. Some species are parasitic. Aschersonia (Hyalosporae) produces its pycnidia buried in a bright-colored stroma with several separate or united ostioles. The stroma is produced externally on leaves or twigs and in some, probably all, cases is parasitic upon insects feeding upon the supporting plant. Family Leptostromataceae. The pycnidia have a well-developed upper half but the basal portion is not well-developed. They resemble in many respects the fruiting bodies of some of the Hemisphaeriales. Bender recognizes 88 genera. They are largely leaf-inhabiting saprophytes and parasites. Leptothyrium pomi (M. & F.) Sacc. (Hyalosporae) produces the so-called "fly-specks" of apple fruits. These are the minute flattened, round pycnidia. (Fig. 192D.) Leptostroma (Hyalosporae) produces elon- gated pycnidia with slit-like ostioles, on leaves, stems, etc. Entomosporium maculatum Lev. (Hyalophragmiac) forms four-celled conidia, the cells forming a sort of sciuare, each with a bristle. It causes leaf and fruit spots of the pear. Its perfect stage is Diplocarpon soraueri (Kleb.) Nannf. {Fahraea maculata (Lev.) Atk.), Family Mollisiaceae, Order Pezizales. ORDER MELANCONIALES 581 Family Excipulaceae. The pycnidia open out early to form a more or less deep, cup or saucer-shaped structure, tough or hard and black, either arising subepidermally or subcortically and breaking through to the outside, or in some cases external from the first. Largely saprophytic on twigs, stems, etc., less often on leaves. It is sometimes difficult to distinguish certain subcortical species of this family from the following order (Melanconiales). Bender recognizes 59 genera. Excipula and Discula (Hyalosporae) and Discella (Hyalodidymae) are among the genera with the greatest number of species. Tehon (1940) separated from among the genera usually included in the Leptostromataceae two families, Pycnothyriaceae and Rhizothyri- aceae, which he combines in a distinct order Pycnothyriales. These differ from the Leptostromataceae in bearing their spores on the under side of the pycnidial cover instead of basally. Order Melanconiales. This order of 92 genera^ and over 600 North American species consists of but one family, Melanconiaceae. To a large extent the species are parasitic, causing the type of plant disease known as anthracnose. The three form genera, Gloeosporium (Fig. 193A), Col- letotrichum (Fig. 194A), and Myxosporium (Hyalosporae), contain some of the most destructive parasites of cultivated plants. They differ by arbitrary characters. Colletotrichum produces stiff colorless or colored bristles (setae) around the acervulus while these are lacking in the other two. Gloeosporium occurs on herbaceous host structures while Myxo- sporium occurs on woody stems. How artificial these distinctions are may be seen in the case of the fungus called Colletotrichum gloeosporioides Penz., a common parasite of the leaves, young twigs, and fruits of species of Citrus and many other genera. When inoculated upon the mango (Man- gifera indica L.) setae are produced on some of the acervuli on the twigs • r^r Fig. 193. Melanconiales, Family Melanconiaceae. (A) Gloesporium populi-albae Desm.; section through acervulus. (B, C) Septogloeum mori (Lev.) Briosi & Cav. (B) Section through acervulus. (C) Spores. (A, after Briosi and Cavara: Fascicle VI, No. 147. B-C, ibid., Fascicle I, No. 21.) 2 The figures for this and the following orders and families are taken from H. B. Bender (thesis, 1931) 582 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI and leaves, but on the fruits the setae are lacking. George L. Fawcett, then (1906-1908) a colleague of the author, grew this fungus on over 50 different hosts in Miami, Florida. These had been described in literature under 25 or more species names in the two genera Gloeosporium and Col- letotrichum. On many of these hosts the perfect stage was produced and was found to be Glomerella cingulata (St.) Sp. & von S., of the Gnomoni- aceae. Since it grows upon twigs as well as upon the leaves and fruits the distinction between Myxosyorium and Gloeosporium breaks down. The acervuli begin at first as tangled subepidermal masses of hyphae from which arise numerous closely packed conidiophores which partially raise the epidermis. From the apex of each conidiophore are developed one or more conidia, embedded in gum. When moisture is abundant this gum swells and the epidermis is burst open and the spores are exuded in a sticky mass. Insects or other objects coming into contact with these spores distribute them, as does the rain, whose drops striking such a spore mass are broken up into smaller wind-borne droplets, each carrying its burden of spores. Gloeosporium ribis (Lib.) Mont. & Desm. is the imperfect form oi Pseudopeziza ribis Kleb., in Family Mollisiaceae, Order Pezizales. Some species of Myxosporium are imperfect stages of Diaporthe in the Sphaeriales. Marssonina panattoniana (Berl.) Magn. (Hyalodidymae) causes injury resulting in the formation of holes in leaves of lettuce {Lactuca saliva L.) and is sometimes very destructive in greenhouses. Septogloeum (Hyalophragmiae) is mostly parasitic on leaves. It resembles Gloeosporium but the somewhat elongated spores are several times trans- versely septate. (Fig. 193B-C.) Coryneum (Phaeophragmiae) has numer- ous species. C. beijerinckii Oud. occurs in Europe and various parts of the United States as the cause of a serious disease of the peach (Amygdalus persica L.). It kills twigs or may attack the buds and merely kill these and the surrounding tissues, or may cause injury to the fruit. The four- or more-celled spores are dark-colored and long stalked. Pestalotia (Pes- talozzia) also has quite similar spores but the apical cell bears one to three, rarely more, bristles. The terminal cells are lighter colored than the intervening ones. (Fig. 194B.) These are saprophytes on many hosts but some species have been supposed to be harmful parasites. The perfect stages of these two genera are unknown. Cylindrosporiimi (Scolecosporae) causes leaf spots and leaf fall on many plants. The acervuli resemble those of Gloeosporium but the spores are long and slender. Perfect stages have been demonstrated for a few species. Those attacking the genus Prunus have as their perfect stage apothecial fungi belonging, according to Higgins (1914), to the genus Coccomyces, of the Family Phacidiaceae; but according to Nannfeldt (1932) they do not belong to that genus and family but to the Mollisiaceae, and a genus to which he gave the name Higginsia. This name, however, is preoccupied and must be replaced if the genus is held distinct from Coccomyces. ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAe) 583 Sphaceloma (Hyalosporae) was long confused with Gloeosporium. Like the latter its conidia are ellipsoid and produced on short conidiophores. The acervulus differs considerably in forming a rather firm fungus cush- ion, in some cases almost intermediate between the sporodochium of Family Tuberculariaceae and a typical acervulus. On leaves it may cause considerable malformation. It also attacks herbaceous stems, fruits, etc. Fig. 194. Melanconiales, Family Melanconi- aceae. (A) Colletotrichum malvarum (A. Br. & Casp.) Southw. (B) Pestalotia versicolor Speg. (A, after Southworth: J. Mycology, 6(2):45-50. B, after Klebahn: Mycol. Cent, 3(3):97-115.) The perfect stage of many species has been demonstrated to belong to the genus Elsinoe of Order Myriangiales. Many species are destructive to economic plants. Order Moniliales (Hyphomyceteae). This order contains 651 genera and toward 10,000 species divided into four families. The first two are distinguished by the color of the mycelium and conidiophores. The older distinction placed in the first family those genera with light-colored or bright-colored mycelium and conidiophores and conidia. Forms with dark- colored mycelium and conidiophores were placed in the second family, whether the conidia were light or dark, as well as forms with light- colored conidiophores but colored conidia. The author follows Bender in making the distinction as follows: Moniliaceae: mycelium and conidiophores hyaline or bright-colored (not brown, smoky, or black), conidia hyaline or colored. These are formed on the ends of short conidiophores not distinguishable from the other branches of the 584 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI mycelium or are terminal or lateral on distinct, unbranclied or branched, separate conidiophores. In a few cases the mycelium breaks up into more or less rounded conidia. Some species of Aspergillus with ochre-colored to black conidia have conidiophores that are distinctly brown in their upper portion. Because in their structure they correspond to the species of this form genus that have colorless conidiophores they are not transferred to the following family. Members of this family are saprophytes or parasites, includ- ing some of the most ubiquitous molds and some very serious enemies of economic plants. Bender recognizes 204 genera, and over 500 North American species. Dematiaceae: like the foregoing except that the mycelium and conidiophores are dark. The conidia may be dark- or light-colored. There are 206 genera, and over 1000 North American species. Stilbellaceae^: in this family of 89 genera, and about 100 North American species the mycelium spreads through the substratum in the usual manner but the rather long conidiophores arise together in a more or less compact column or synnema. At the top or down the sides the tips of the conidio- phores spread apart and bear their spores. The degree of union is various so that the structure varies from a very short column and bushy head to a tall column with a small head. Tuberculariaceae: in this family are 152 genera, and over 400 North American species. The conidiophores arise more or less radially, packed close together or separate, from the surface of a somewhat rounded mass of hyphae forming a sort of cushion, or sporodochium. This may be hyphal in structure or pseudoparenchymatous and may be waxy, gelatinous, or horny. The conidia are produced terminally or laterally from the unbranched or branched conidiophores. The sporodochium and conidia may be light-colored or dark-colored. Family Moniliaceae. In the Moniliaceae the classification is based upon the number of cells in the conidia, whether these are borne upon special conidiophores or are merely modified portions of the vegetative mycelium, the number of conidia at the apex of the conidiophore and their arrangement there, whether in a chain or a head of separate spores caught in a mucilaginous drop, etc. The genus Oospora, as mostly interpreted by mycologists, consists of a slender, branched or unbranched mycelium which breaks up into ellipsoidal or spherical, hyaline or light-colored conidia (often called "oidia")- There is no sharp line of distinction be- tween the vegetative hyphae and those that are breaking up into conidia. 0. lactis (Fres.) Sacc. forms a thick wrinkled skin on the surface of sour milk and of other liquids containing considerable organic matter. It is quite similar to some of the asporogenous yeasts, many of which are the causes of disease in Man and other animals, and which are discussed in ' Since the type species of the genus Slilhum, formerly assigned to this family, has been determined to belong to Order Auriculariales (see p. 444) this name is not avail- able for a genus in the Fungi Imperfecti and accordingly some mycologists have pro- posed the name Stilbella for the imperfect forms, wherefore the family name becomes Stilbellaceae instead of Stilbaceae. ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 585 Chapter 11 under the Saccharomycetales. Many of the asporogenous yeasts are truly Fungi Imperfecti, in that the ascogenous stage is un- known. The plant-inhabiting species of Oospora such as 0. nicotianae Splend. & Sacc. are probably not at all closely related to 0. lactis, but since we are dealing with form genera the matter is not so important unless good characters can be discovered that will permit the rather un- wieldy genus to be broken up into several smaller genera. The genus Actinomyces, in the older, wider sense of the name, repre- sents beyond doubt a series of several closely related genera whose relationships within the fungi are not agreed upon by various investi- gators. The mycelium consists of branching, rarely septate hyphae of great slenderness, approximately 1 m in thickness or more or less. These may be aerobic or almost anaerobic in their mode of growth. The hyphae submerged in the substratum eventually break up, by the formation of numerous septa, into short, cylindrical spores. In the genus Streptomyces there is formed a mat of external, branched, aerial conidiophores which become septate basipetally into conidia which eventually break apart and are oval or cylindrical or eUipsoidal. These germinate by 1 to 4 germ tubes. The conidiophores are more often spirally wound. The presence of true nuclei (Drechsler, 1919 and Newcomer and KenKnight, 1939) and this mode of germination by germ tubes seem to justify Drechsler and some other students in considering these genera as true fungi. Until more is known as to any perfect stage they may well be placed in the Moni- liaceae near Oospora. Perhaps Drechsler (1935a) is right in drawing atten- tion to the close similarity of the vegetative structures and asexual mode of reproduction between Streptomyces and some of the Zoopagaceae in the Phycomycetes. Waksman and Henrici (1943) place the genera related to Actinomyces in two families, which they unite with the Mycobacteriaceae in a separate order the Actinomycetales, locating it in a position intermediate between the Bacteria and the Fungi Imperfecti. These two families are the Actino- mycetaceae, with no aerial conidia, and with two genera Actinomyces, anaerobic, and Nocardia (syn. Proactinomyces) , aerobic, and Strepto- mycetaceae, with aerial conidia, in chains in Streptomyces and singly at the tips of upright conidiophores in Micromonospora. The chief species of Actinomyces is A. bovis Harz, the organism causing the disease of animals (especially cattle) known as "lumpy jaw." The genus Streptomyces con- tains many soil inhabitants feeding upon dead vegetable matter. S. scabies (Thaxt.) Waks. & Henrici is one of the organisms causing the scab of potato tubers and other subterranean organs of living plants. For the use of Streptomyces sp. in the production of antibiotics, see p. 603. In Cephalosporium (Hyalosporae) the conidiophores produce the spherical or ellipsoidal conidia successively at the apex, each new conid- 586 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI ium pushing aside the one last formed and all of these adhering by means of a small amount of slime and forming a head at the apex of the conidiophore. Miss Pinkerton (1936) has shown that these conidia are produced endogenously, each one pushing out the previously formed one into the drop of shme extruded at the tip of the conidiophore. Some species are parasitic on fruiting bodies of Polyporus. The microspores of some species of Fusarium are of this type. Haplotrichum is essentially a Cephalosporium with larger, upright, unbranched conidiophores. Other genera in which conidia are produced on heads but not in chains are Oedocephalum, Rhopalomyces, Sigmoideomyces, in all of which the conidia arise on the swollen tips of the conidiophores. Some of these are probably in reality Mucorales, but until the sexual reproductive stages are dis- covered it is unwise to say that of all. B. 0. Dodge (1937) definitely proved that one species of Oedocephalum is the conidial stage of Peziza pustulata Pers. {Aleuria umbrina Gill.). There is a large series of genera in which the conidia are produced in basigenous chains. In many of these the ultimate, spore-bearing element of the conidiophore is more or less flask- or bottle-shaped, producing the spores successively at the neck of the bottle. These ultimate segments are called phialides, or sterigmata. In Aspergillus the perfect stage is known for a number of species, and it is probable that many more where this stage is not now known will be found to possess it. Since it is only rarely or never found in most of the species the genus is to be sought not only in the Order Aspergillales of the Ascomyceteae but also in the Fungi Im- perfecta The conidiophores are upright with a swollen head from which arise at all sides or only on the upper portion numerous phialides or sterigmata. At the tips of these are produced successively the conidia which often form very long chains, the terminal conidium being the oldest. Although classed in the Family Moniliaceae because of similarity of structure, the conidia of the various species may be hyaline, yellow, green, ochre, or even black, and the upper portion of the conidiophore may be dark. In some species when grown with an abundance of nutrients the primary sterigmata bear at their apices groups of secondary sterigmata which produce the conidial chains. Such species have been segregated as the genus Sterigmatocysiis, but since the distinguishing character is largely dependent upon the nutrition and other environmental conditions it does not seem to be of great validity. Closely related to Aspergillus is the genus Penicillium. Here the conidiophore produces two to several branches which grow more or less parallel to it and at about the same level produce at their tips several sterigmata, each bearing a chain of conidia. The branches may arise in a whorl and these themselves bear whorled branches or some of the branches may arise singly at the level below a whorl, thus producing an asymmetrical penicillus or brush of ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 587 sterigmata and supporting branches. These substerigmatal branches are the metulae. As in Aspergillus the conidia vary in color among the differ- ent species but none are as dark as those of Aspergillus niger van Tiegh. Both of these genera are ubiquitous molds, mostly saprophytes, although one or two species of Aspergillus have been described as parasitic in the human ear. Animals eating moldy hay heavily infested with these molds sometimes inhale so many spores that fatal mycosis of the lungs ensues. Penicillium notatum Westling and P. chrysogenum Thom are of great economic importance because of their production of antibiotic substances (see closing paragraphs of this chapter). Resembling Penicillium in the general plan of its conidiophore is the genus Gliocladium which differs in the secretion of a mucilaginous drop at the top of the penicillus in which the successively formed conidia are held. The perfect stage of G. penicil- lioides Corda is Lilliputia, which belongs to the Order Aspergillales. Matruchot (1895) considered that it belonged to the Perisporiales (Ery- siphales) and Winter (1873) named it Eurotium insigne and placed it in the Aspergillales. (Fig. 195A-D.) Another genus with catenulate conidia borne on phialides is Spicaria. In this the conidiophore bears definite whorls of phialides and does not ■.^ K^ ygi :'-'■: v- te V ll©_-fc .f - Conidia- -SterigmofQ Branches- ="= - - Conidiophore Fig. 195. Moniliales, Family Moniliar-eae. (A) Penicillium frequentans Westling, illustrating simple type of conidiophore. (B) Penicillium expansum Link, illustrating branched type of conidiophore. (C) Aspergillus niveo-gluucus Thom and Raper, illus- trating conidiophore with one series of sterigmata. (D) A. versicolor (Vuill.) Tirab., showing conidiophore with two series of sterigmata. (A-B, courtesy, Raper and Thom: A Manual of the Penicillia, Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins Go. C-D, courtesy, Thom and Raper: A Manual of the Aspergilli, Baltimore, Wilhams & Wilkins Co.) 588 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Fig. 196. Moniliales, Family Moniliaceae. (A) Verticillium albo-atrum Reinke & Berthold. (B) Gonatorrhodiella parasitica Thaxt. (A, after Lindau, in Engler und Prantl: Die Natlir- lichen Pflanzenfamilien, Leipzig, W. Engelmann. B, after Thax- ter: Botan. Gaz., 16(6):201-215, Univ. Chicago Press.) form a brush as in PeniciUium. Closelj^ related to Gliocladium is Clo- nostachys in which the successive whorls of branches of first and second rank are more symmetrical and the conidia are in elongated mucilaginous masses. Among the Moniliales there are several genera in which the conidia arise from intercalary enlarged cells in the upright conidiophores. In some ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 589 cases well-developed phialides are present but in other cases the conidia appear to be more properly "radulaspores." They may be single or in chains, one-celled or septate, hyaline, or brown. Probably the fungi with this type of conidiophore are not closely related. Among such fungi are Gonatorrhodiella, Arikrobotrys, Gonatobotryum, Gonatorrhoduni, Gony- trichum. (Fig. 196B.) The genus Verticillium is named because of the whorled arrangement of the branches of the conidiophore. The conidia arise singly at the tips of phialide-like branchlets. V. alboatrum Reinke & Berth, is the cause of a disease called "hadromycosis," producing death in very many plants, woody and herbaceous, e.g., species of Acer, Solanum tuberosum L., Dahlia, etc. No perfect stage is known. (Fig. 196A.) Botrytis has branched conidiophores, but these are not verticillate, nor swollen at the ends. Various serious diseases of plants are caused by species of this genus. Some species form sclerotia in the host tissues. Some of the Sclerotiniaceae (Ascomyceteae) have a Botrytis stage, but for the majority of the species of Botrytis no perfect stage is known. The genus Phymatotrichum differs from the foregoing in that the terminal spore-bearing portions of the branches of the conidiophore are somewhat swollen. P. oinnivorum (Shear) Duggar is the conidial stage of the fungus causing the root rot of cotton and many other plants in Texas and some adjacent states. Closely related is the genus Oidium, more often known as Rhinotrichum. (Fig. 197A.) All of the foregoing genera are hyalosporous, i.e., have one-celled conidia which are colorless or light-colored (except as noted for Aspergillus). Among the Hyalodidymae, Trichothecium, and Cephalothecium both pro- duce somewhat pear-shaped hyaline or pale pink spores that are two- celled, the basal cell being smaller than the terminal one. They are mostly saprophytic although C. roseum Corda enters the fruit of the apple through the lesions caused by the scab organism {Venturia inaequalis (Cke.) Winter) and causes rot. In Cephalothecium the conidia are produced in heads while in Trichothecium they are single at the tip of the conidio- phore. Arthrobotrys bears similar conidia but they are clustered at various swollen intercalary cells of the unbranched conidiophore. Some species are saprophytic, but Drechsler (1937) described six species parasitic upon terricolous nematodes which are caught in net-like structures of the mycelium. Mycogone perniciosa Magn. is a dangerous pest in the com- mercial culture of the common mushroom {Agaricus campestris L. ex Fr.). Its short conidiophores, lateral to the hyphae of the mycelium, bear terminally single conidia, two-celled and constricted between the upper (larger) and lower cells. These conidia may be slightly roughened. They are sometimes considered to be a form of chlamydospore since on slender upright hyphae there sometimes occur verticillate branches bearing small one-celled spores. Other Hyalodidymae growing upon fungi are Diplo- 590 FUNGI IMPERFECTI-, THE IMPERFECT FUNGI -uTM^r^-^r^^ih^w^^^^ Fig. 197. Moniliales, Family Moniliaceae. (A) Oidiuvi (Bhinotrichum) aureum Corda; conidiophores and conidia. (B) Piricularia oryzae Briosi & Cavara; conidio- phores. (C) Ramularia rosea (Fckl.) Sacc; conidiophores with conidia. (A, courtesy, Linder: Lloydia, 5(3):165-207. B, after Briosi and Cavara: Fascicle VIII, No. 188. C, ibid.. Fascicle IV, No. 77.) cladium and Didymocladium, both with creeping vegetative mycehum and upright branched conidiophores, the former with single or a few not catenulate conidia at each branch tip, and the latter with more strongly verticillate branching and chains of conidia at the tips. Among the Hyalophragmiae there are about a dozen unimportant saprophytic genera and two that are serious parasites of cultivated plants. These are Ramularia and Piricularia. In addition some species of Septo- cylindrium are more or less parasitic. In Ramularia the conidiophores emerge through the stomata of the host in bundles of two or three to half a dozen. At first each conidiophore bears a single terminal conidium which is ellipsoid and one-celled. As it enlarges it becomes elongated, ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAe) 591 ellipsoid and three- or more-celled. (Fig, 197C.) In some species at the distal end of the conidium another conidium develops, and so on until a short, acrogenously produced chain of conidia is formed. The conidiophore produces sympodially a lateral projection on which another conidium arises, and this may be repeated until the upper part of the conidiophore is a little zigzag or shows several small teeth, each representing the posi- tion where a conidium was borne. The perfect stage of a few species has been shown to belong to the genus Mycosphaerella in the Sphaeriales. Ramularia armoraciae Fckl. is the cause of the very abundant leaf spot of horse radish {Radicula armoracia (L.) B. L. Rob.). The perfect stage of the strawberry leaf spot {Mycosphaerella fragariae (Tul.) Lind.) develops only on the dead overwintered leaves, but the conidial stage, Ramularia tu- las7iei Sacc, is sometimes very harmful to the growing leaves of the host. Piricularia causes severe damage to rice {Oryza sativa L.) and produces leaf spots on many other grasses. Its conidiophores are simple, emerging from the host's surface and bearing narrowly pyriform, three- to several- celled hyahne conidia. (Fig. 197B.) In Septocylindrium from short conidio- phores arise long, sometimes branched, chains of elhpsoidal, three- to several-celled conidia. Perfect stage unknown. The genus Dactylella has unbranched conidiophores with the conidia single at the apex while Dactylaria has the conidia in clusters at the apex. Many of the species have been described as saprophytic but Drechsler (1935b, 1937) described some species parasitic on terricolous Amoebae and nematodes. (Fig. 198C-H.) The genus Helicomyces is saprophytic. It must be mentioned as one of the series of probably related genera which have been distributed, because of the spore color or arrangement of the vegetative hyphae and conidio- phores among several groups of the four form families of the Moniliales. In all of these the conidia are two- to many-celled and spirally rolled. In some the spiral is in one plane, in others it is drawn out somewhat like a screw. The color of the conidiophores is hyaline in Helicomyces, Hobsonia, and some others, but in Helicoma and Helicoceras they are dark-colored. For a fuller understanding of this group the reader should consult Linder (1929, 1931a and b). (Fig. 199.) In the Dematiaceae many genera parallel closely those in the pre- ceding family, differing in the dark color of the mycelium and conidio- phores. More often the conidia are dark, also. Haplographium (Phaeo- sporae), except for its dark-colored conidiophores and conidia, closely resembles Penicillium. Its species are probably all saprophytic. The genus Coniosporium corresponds closely to Chromosporium in the Moniliaceae. The round or ellipsoid dark conidia arise on very short stalks from the scanty, dark, mostly saprophytic mycelium. Corresponding to Oospora in the Moniliaceae are Torula and Hormiscium in which portions of or the 592 FUNGI IMPEBFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI ;:^^' Fig. 198. Moniliales, Family Moniliaceae. Forms adapted to capturing and de- stroying microscopic animals. (A, B) Arthrobotrys conoides Drechsler. (A) Creeping hypha and conidiophore. (B) Net in whose meshes nematodes become entangled. (C, D) Dadylella ellipsospora Grove. (C) Conidiophore. (D) Portion of hypha with {Continued on facing page.) OEDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 593 Fig. 199. Moniliales, Families Moniliaceae and Dematiaceae. Various helico- sporous members of these families. (A) Helicomyces scanderis Morgan. (B) Helicoma perelegans Thaxt. (C) Helicoon auratum (Ellis) Morgan. (D) Hobsonia mirabilis (Peck) Linder. (Courtesy, Linder: Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 16(3):227-388.) Fig. 198 — (Continued) sticky knobs on short lateral branches. (E, F) Dactylaria brochophaga Drechsler. (E) Conidiophore. (F) Nematode-capturing rings, the two upper ones not constricted, the lower one constricted by contact with a nematode which has escaped. (G, H) Dactylella tylopaga Drechsler, a fungus parasitic upon Amoeba sp. (G) External mycelium with conidiophores. (H) An infected animal, with an external hypha bearing three sticky knobs. (A-F, courtesy, Drechsler: Mycologia, 29(4):447-552. G-H, ibid., 27(2):216-223.) 594 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI whole mycelium become transformed into chains of individual spherical, dark-colored conidia. Some of the species form the mildews that are destructive to cloth, paper, etc. Periconia with its head of dark rounded or oval spores at the top of a tall conidiophore reminds one of the Moni- liaceous genera centered around Oedocephalum. Other dark, round-spored genera are Hadrotrichum and Nigrospora. (Fig. 200A.) In both of these the conidiophore is of moderate length and dark-colored. In the former the conidium narrows at the point of attachment. In Nigrospora there is a sort of vesicle, rather light in color, at the apex of the conidiophore, and on this lies the very dark-colored spore. Apparently some of the species are parasitic, mainly upon Monocotyledoneae. N. oryzae (B. & Br.) Fetch {Basisporium gallarum Moll.) causes injury to the nodes of the stalks and to the ears and especially to the pointed bases of the grains of Zea mays L. The genus Zygosporium is peculiar in the manner of bearing the hyaline or almost hyaline, spherical conidia. These are produced singly at the tips of two or three hyaline phialides produced near the apex, on the convex surface of a peculiar dark-colored, curved, and often pointed structure called by Mason (1941) a falx. This was interpreted by Giesenhagen (1892) as a basidium and the fungus placed under the name Urohasidium in the Exobasidiaceae, but Mason's studies show that this interpretation was erroneous. (Fig. 200B-C.) Fig. 200. Moniliales. Some peculiar fungi. Family Dematiaceae. (A) Nigrospora panici Zimmermann {Basisporium of some authors). (B) Zygosporium echiiiosporum Bunting & Mason, showing the characteristic falces each bearing three phiahdes with spores. (C) Zygosporium oscheoides Mont, with two phialides on each falx. (D) Lateral view of a falx showing one phialide with spore. (A, after Zimmermann: Cenir. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 8(7):216-221. B-D, courtesy, Mason: Annotated account of fungi received at the Imperial Mycological Institute, List II, Fascicle 3 (Special Part), pp. 134-144.) ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 595 Fig. 201. Moniliales, Family Dematiaceae. (A) Cercospora zeae-maydis Tehon & Daniels. (B) Cladosporiurn fulvum Cke. (A, after Tehon and Daniels: Mycologia, 17(6):240-249. B, after Pril- lieux and Delacroix, Bull, soc. rnycol. France, 7(1) :19- 21.) Polythrincium (Phaeodidymae) produces its dark-colored wavy conid- lophores in tufts emerging through the epidermis of the host leaf. They bear apically the colored two-celled conidia. P. trifolii Schm. & Kze, is parasitic on the leaves of clover {Trifolium). Wolf (1935) has proved that the perfect stage of this fungus is Cymadothea trifolii (Pers.) Wolf, so that really this species should no longer be given consideration under the Fungi Imperfecti but under Order Dothideales in the Ascomyceteae. The genera Hormodendron and Clados'porium although maintained separately in the reference books are scarcely worthy of distinction. In both' of them the conidiophores are colored, septate, and variously branched. Near the tip the branches are more numerous and bear acrogenously produced chains, often branching also, of conidia. In Hormodendron these are one- celled, in Cladosporium the younger spores are one-celled and those further down in the chain may become two-celled and sometimes three- to four-celled. (Fig. 20 IB.) Some species of the former represent the stage in culture on artificial media of certain of the pathogens of Man that cause a serious disease of the skin known as dermatitis verrucosa (see Emmons and Carrion, 1937). The genus Cladosporium with over 160 described species is an assemblage of species representing many different and probably not properly congeneric types. C. herbarum Link ex Fr. is found the world over on dead organic material and apparently occurs sometimes as a plant parasite. It probably does not represent a single species but a host of closely similar and very variable species. The perfect stage of one form has been described as Mycosphaerella tulasnei Jancz., parasitic on various cereals. Another very dissimilar parasitic species is C. cucumerinum Ell. & Arth., with rather short, unbranched conidio- 596 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI phores, causing spots on leaves and decayed spots on the fruits of the cucumber, Cucumis sativus L. Upon the leaves of the tomato one often finds brown- or violet-colored, velvety patches sometimes quite large. These are the conidia and conidiophores of C. fulvum Cke. In this species the conidiophores are but little branched. In both the latter species the conidia rarely if at all appear in chains and are always once septate. Among the phragmosporous Dematiaceae the genus Helmintho- sporium includes several species that are harmful to cereal crops. The upright, unbranched or branched, septate conidiophores arise usually several from a stoma and bear terminally, and less often laterally as well, the more or less cylindrical or obclavate, multiseptate, brown conidia. The infection may be systemic, the mycehum pervading almost the whole plant, or the infected areas may be limited, forming rounded or elongated leaf spots. For most of the species no perfect stage is known. The perfect stage of H. teres Sacc, the cause of the net blotch of barley, is Pyrenophora teres (Died.) Drechs., one of the Pseudosphaeriales. (Fig. 96 A.) The genus Heterosporium has shorter conidiophores and ellipsoid, roughened spores, usually single at the apex of the conidiophore but sometimes in short chains. The perfect stage of H. gracile (Wallr.) Sacc, cause of leaf spots and killing of leaves of Iris, is Didymellma iridis (Desm.) v. Hohn., also of the same order as the foregoing. The perfect stages of the remaining 35 or 40 species of Heterosporium are unknown. There are many other genera of the phragmosporous Dematiaceae, e.g., Dendryphium, with dendroi- dally branched conidiophores and the conidia single or in short chains, Napicladium, with short, weak conidiophores and large terminal conidia, some species parasitic and others not. The dictyosporous genera of this family are largely saprophytes. Their conidia are septate transversely and to a certain degree longitudinally as well, and occur singly or in chains on short or long, unbranched or branched, stiff or weak conidiophores. In Alternaria the conidiophore is rarely branched and the conidia are produced in acrogenously developing chains or singly. The apical portion of each conidium is narrowed and often much elongated, bearing at its tip the next narrowly or broadly ovoid, tapering conidium. In the older literature a distinction was made between Alternaria and M acrosporium with conidia single at the apex of the conidiophore. It was shown, however, by Wiltshire (1933, 1938), Groves and Skolko (1944a and b) and by Neergaard (1945) that the latter name was first used for species with catenulate spores and only later for those with spores i)roduced singly. Therefore they proposed that the name be dropped and Stemphylium be used for some species called in literature by the name Macrosporium. Those forms with spores tapering at the upper end should be called Alternaria, even when they may usually fail to produce chains. Stemphylium has its spores rounded at both ends ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 597 -X f"^^~SZ: Fig. 202. Moniliales, Family Dematiaceae. (A) Stemphylium sarcinaeforme (Cav.) Wilts. (B) Alternaria e tenuis Auct. (sensu Wilt- ^ ^ shire 1933). (A, courtesy, Groves and Skolko: Can. J. Research, 22(4):190-199. B, ibid., 22(5) -.217-234.) ■\ '} B and in some species has a constriction at the median transverse septum. The conidiophore may be shghtly swollen at its apex. The perfect stage of S. botryosum Wallr. is Pleospora herharuni (Pers.) Rabenh., a fungus belonging to the Sphaeriales or Pseudosphaeriales and widespread the world over. It occurs, apparently, in many strains on all sorts of hosts, probably developing mostly only in the saprophytic stage of growth. The perfect stages of the other species of Stemphylium are not known. S. sarcinaeforme (Cav.) Wilts, is a frequent cause of sometimes serious leaf injury of various species of Trifolium. Its spores are smooth whereas those of S. botryosum are roughened. The genus Sporodesmium, with often roughened conidia occurring singly on rather short conidiophores is of interest because it sometimes is the imperfect stage of species of Hy- steriales. (Fig. 202.) Two genera of great economic importance with long, slender spores (Scolecosporae) are Cercospora and Cercosporella. These differ only in the presence of a brown pigment in the conidiophores and sometimes the spores of the former and its absence in the latter. Since, however, this pigmentation varies in degree with the age of the fungus and external conditions there is no real basis for their separation except convenience. Cercospora is placed in the form family Dematiaceae and Cercosporella in the Moniliaceae. The conidiophores emerge through the stomatal open- ings in tufts of varying number, from a pseudoparenchymatous mass of cells that lies beneath the stoma or sometimes projects through it a little. 598 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI They are stiff, and usually septate and bear at the apex a long, obclavate, sometimes slenderly tapering conidium, which is usually multiseptate. As in Ramularia as soon as the conidium is formed another forms closely below it on a short branch which pushes up beyond the first scar of co- nidial attachment, so that the apical portion of an old conidiophore is crooked and marked by numerous scars. The over 500 species are with few exceptions parasitic in the green tissues of the host plants on which they produce characteristic leaf spots. Cercospora heticola Sacc. causes a very destructive leaf spot disease of beets {Beta vulgaris L.), especially the sugar beet. A leaf spot of cherry is caused by C. ceraseUa Sacc. which has been shown to be the conidial stage of Mycosphaerella ceraseUa Aderh. C. apii Fr. is the cause of the early blight of celery {Apium graveolens L.). Of the many hundred described species of Cercospora and Cercosporella the perfect stage is known for only a few. (Fig. 20 lA.) Family Stilbellaceae. In many of the Moniliaceae, especially in the genus Penicillium, under certain conditions of growth the conidiophores will be massed together into columns, coremia, from whose upper portion the conidiophores spread out and produce their conidia. What is here a response to special conditions is the normal condition in the Stilbellaceae. The coremium or synnema may be relatively short, the upper half or more being covered by the spreading tips of the conidiophores, or these may appear only at the top, the closely united hyphae producing no spore- bearing branches except at their upper ends. In Isaria the upright, simple or branched, colorless coremia are covered from near the base to the apex by slender hyphae bearing terminally the single, small, spherical or ellip- soidal, hyaline, one-celled conidia. Many of the species grow saprophyti- cally on plant tissues but a few grow on insects, probably in many cases parasitically. These latter may be the conidial stages of species of Cordy- ceps of the Hypocreales. In Graphium the coremium is dark-colored and the spore-bearing head is only at its top. The conidia are hyaline or almost so, ovoid or ellipsoid, not in chains, the whole head l^eing enclosed in a drop of slime. (Fig. 203C.) Such fungi are mostly insect distributed. Some species are the conidial stages of Ophiostoma (Ceratostomella) of the Asco- myceteae. Most destructive is G. ulmi Buis. whose perfect stage is 0. ulmi (Buis.) Nannf., the cause of the so-called Dutch elm disease, so destruc- tive to American elm (Ulmus americana L.) in America. For the majority of species the perfect stage is unknown. In the genus Stysanus the co- remial stalk is colored and as in Graphium the conidia are light-colored or hyaline. They are borne in chains, covering the upper half or so of the fruiting body. Most of them are saprophytic but some are suspected of being weak plant parasites. Perfect stages are unknown. (Fig. 203B.) Family Tuberculariaceae. The genera customarily assigned to this family are almost certainly not closely related. The conidia are borne on ORDER MONILIALES (hYPHOMYCETEAE) 599 Fig. 203. Moniliales. (A) Family Tuberculariaceae. Epi- coccum nigruyn Link. (B, C) Family Stilbellaceae. (B) Sty- sanus stemonites (Pers.) Corda. (C) Graphium rigidimi (Pers.) Sacc. (A, after Lindau, in Engler and Prantl: Die Natiir- lichen Pflanzenfamilien, Leipzig, W. Engelmann. B, after Hassel- bring: Bota7i. Gaz., 29(5) :312- 322, Univ. Chicago Press. C, after Hedgcock : Missouri Botan. Garden Ann. Rep., 17:59-114.) short or rarely long conidiophores arising from a cushion of fungal tissue (sporodochium). This varies in color and consistency and the conidia and conidiophores also show parallelism to the Moniliaceae and Dematiaceae. The artificiality of the group is seen in the fact that the production or nonproduction of the sporodochium often depends upon the cultural con- ditions. Thus the author has grown Colleiotrichum gloeosporioides Penz. so that it produced its normal acervuli, but in older drier cultures true sporodochia appeared. Later the latter enlarged and became thrown into 600 FUNGI IMPERFECT!: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI folds and eventually became stromatic structures containing pycnidial cavities. Montemartini (1899) reported similar observations in several groups of Imperfect Fungi. Tuhercularia (Hyalosporae) forms rounded, bright-colored cushions, mostly on wood or bark. They are covered by fine, branching conidiophores bearing singly at the tips of the branches the small, ellipsoidal hyaline conidia. T. vulgaris Tode is the imperfect stage of Nectria (Creonedria) cinnabarina (Tode) Fr. Volutella (Hyalo- sporae) produces its small, almost spherical sporodochia on the leaves or stems of herbaceous plants. Each sporodochium is surrounded by a circle of long bristles. The conidiophores are mostly unbranched. Several species cause diseases of plants. V. dianthi (Hals.) Atk. causes cankers near the base of the stem of carnation {Dianthus caryophyllinus L.) which ulti- mately kill the plant. Fusarium (Hyalophragmiae) produces its usually lunate conidia on rather broad, indefinitely bordered sporodochia as well as singly on the mycelium. The conidia are usually produced in a mass of slime and in mass may be white, yellow, orange, or red in color. The many hundred forms are distinguishable with difficulty, requiring to be cultured on a variety of culture media, under standard conditions of environment. In addition to this type of conidia (macrospores) there may be produced microspqres which are rounded or short ellipsoid conidia, in heads (Cephalosporium type), as w^ell as spores intermediate in character. Chlamydospores are often produced in abundance in the mycelium. Sometimes one or two are formed in a macrospore. Many species of Fusarium produce pigments which are of assistance in distinguishing the species. Among the species of this genus are many that cause wilt diseases. The nomenclature of the different wilt-producers in this genus is very much in dispute. The fact that on the one hand forms culturally and morphologically indistinguish- able may be limited to distinct, unrelated hosts, and that on the other hand wilt may be caused in one host by forms culturally and morphologi- cally quite different makes the assignment of names to these fungi difficult. All wilt-producing species of Fusaria are capable of growing saprophyti- cally in the soil for many years, and from the same lot of soil may usually be isolated several forms that are distinguishable in structure, habits in culture, and pathogenicity. In some forms sporodochia appear only very rarely if at all in culture. It is only a very artificial classification to place the genus in the Tuberculariaceae. Wilt diseases are produced by various strains oi Fusarium in tomato {Lycopersicon esculentum Mill.), flax {Linum usitatissimum L.), cotton (various species of Gossypium), watermelon (Citrullus vulgaris Schrad.), cowpea {Vigna sinensis Endl.), potato (Solanum tuberosum L.), celery {Apium graveolens L.), and many other important crops. Fusarium-Yike fungi are known as the imperfect stages of Gibberella zeae (Schw.) Fetch, and of various other Hypocreales. Among the dark-spored members of this form family is the genus ORDER MYCELIA STERILIA 601 Epicoccum, which forms httle black dots on leaves and stems and other plant parts. These consist of short, stout conidiophores radiating from small black sporodochia. The dark conidia are spherical, and slightly spiny or reticulately marked. In the latter case the spore is apparently many-celled (Goidanich, 1938), the reticulate lines marking the edges of the walls of the separate cells. E. oryzae Ito & Iwadara is reported by Iwadara (1934) to be the cause of injury to rice grains, producing pink or red lesions. Some of the other species are also parasitic but some seem to be saprophytes. (Fig. 203A.) Exosporium (Phaeophragmiae) forms similar sporodochia and very short conidiophores from which arise the obclavate or ellipsoidal conidia each with several transverse septa. Some species ap- pear to be parasitic and some merely saprophytic. Spegazzinia (Phaeo- dictyae or perhaps more properly Staurosporae) occurs on leaves, stems, and other plant debris and most species are probably saprophytic. The author (1907) showed that two kinds of conidia are produced on the small black sporodochia. The commoner kind is very long-stalked, the conidium consisting of four somewhat rounded spiny cells united at a common central point to which the conidiophore is attached. The second kind has very short conidiophores and the conidia are square, except for rounded corners, being divided into four cells by diagonal septa. They are smooth. The conidiophore is attached to the edge of one of the triangular cells making up the conidium and arises directly from the sporodochium and not, as described by some authors, from the long-stalked conidia. The spiny conidia of the long-stalked type germinate by bladder-like out- growths from which radiate many germ tubes. The smaller type of conidium gives rise to a single germ tube from each cell of the conidium. Another fungus sometimes ascribed to this family and sometimes to the Melanconiaceae is Hainesia lythri (Desm.) von Hohn. This is para- sitic upon strawberry leaves, fruits, and roots (Fragaria sp.) and many other plants. It has a perfect stage, Pezizella oenotherae (C. & E.) Sacc. This is rarely observed. Much more abundant are the two fruiting stages: Hainesia, usually assigned to this family, and Sderotiopsis concava (Dum.) Shear & Dodge, belonging to Family Sphaeropsidaceae of the Imperfect Fungi. According to Shear and Dodge (1921) the former has been de- scribed under seven generic names in four families while the pycnidial stage has been described under four genera in two families. Part of this multiple naming has been due to incorrect identification but in part this is the result of the different appearances of the fungus in various media and stages of development. Order Mycelia Sterilia. This order is made up of 20 genera and 400 or more species. This exceedingly heterogeneous group does not at all consist of closely related species. Any nonsporiferous mycelial structure, whether sclerotium, rhizomorph, dense or loose mass of mycelium, etc. is placed here. The presence of clamp connections in some species shows 602 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI that those forms belong to Class Basidiomyceteae, their absence in very- many cases may or may not indicate that they belong elsewhere. The form genus Sclerotium includes species producing sclerotia with more or less definite form, usually light-colored internally and Avith a brown or black rind. For many forms only the sclerotia and associated mycelium are known, but many similar sclerotia produce apothecia (Sclerotinia in the Pezizales) or basidiomycetous spore fruits {Typhula in Family Clavari- aceae). Pachyma is an enormous subterranean sclerotium, more or less fibrous-fleshy internally and rough or irregular externally. P. cocos Fr., the tuckahoe, sometimes larger than a man's head, was formerly used for food by the Indians inhabiting the regions now comprised by Virginia and adjacent states. Its perfect stage is a species oiPolyporus which grows out of the sclerotium. Rhizoctonia consists of superficial, irregular, scale-like, black sclerotia growing on the surface of the subterranean portions of the host plant, these being preceded and accompanied by a superficial dark- colored, short-celled, abundantly branching, rather stout mycelium. This mycelium is entirely different in appearance from the slender, hyaline mycelium growing within the host tissues. The perfect stage of Rhizoc- tonia solani Kiihn is Pellicularia filamentosa (Pat.) Rogers, more com- monly referred to as Corticium vagum var. solani Burt ex Rolfs, or C. solani (Prill. & Del.) Bourd. & Galz., Family Thelephoraceae. It is a very destructive enemy of many species of cultivated plants as well as of a large number of wild plants. Rhizomorpha is the name given to strands of mycelium, dark externally and usually white internally. R. suhcorticalis Pers. consists of the rhizomorphs of Armillariella mellea (Dahl) Karst., Family Agaricaceae. Ozonium consists of loose masses of usually bright- colored mycelium, frequently united into strands and again spreading out. Some species are parasitic, others saprophytic. 0. omnivorum Shear, destructive to cotton and many other cultivated as well as wild plants in Texas and adjacent states, spreads through the soil and attacks the roots of the host plants. It sometimes produces a conidial stage, Phymato- trichum omnivorum (Shear) Duggar, mentioned earlier in this chapter. Once a species of Hydnum was found associated with it (Shear, 1925), but its connection with this fungus has not been demonstrated beyond question. Penicillin, Streptomycin, and Other Antibiotics Bacteriologists and students of fungi have observed for years that frequently in cultures of organisms certain contaminating species of Penicillium, Aspergillus, and other molds would destroy the adjacent portions of the colonies of bacteria or fungi. Dr. Alexander Fleming had such an experience in 1928, but instead of discarding his culture of Staph- ylococcus as spoiled and useless, he began a study of the contaminant and of the antibiotic substance that it produced. It proved to be a species of KEY TO THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 603 Penicillium, later determined to be P. riotatum Westl., and in 1929 he gave the name penicilHn to the active substance. His experiments demonstrated that it would destroy many species of bacteria in cultures to which it was added, while many other kinds of bacteria were unharmed. Dr. Florey, of Oxford, about ten years later, his interest having been aroused by Dr. Fleming, tested the effect of the injection of penicillin into the blood stream of laboratory animals which had been inoculated with pathogenic organisms which had been found by Fleming to be destroyed by penicillin in culture. The result was marvelous and the animals recovered. Then it was tried on Man with promising results. The result is the widespread commercial production of penicillin on a wholesale basis, using improved strains of P. notatum as well as of P. chrysogenum Thom, in media and under conditions that produce many times more of the penicillin than in the original experiment. Aspergillus has been observed to produce anti- biotic substances but up to the present the products have shown harmful effects when injected into the blood stream of animals. Probably some strain of this genus may be discovered eventually that will lack the harm- ful factor. Noting that some of the forms related to Actinomyces, e.g., Streptomyces as delimited by Waksman and Henrici (1943), also seemed promising in this regard various soil inhabiting species of this group were studied and from one of them was selected a strain which produced the substance to which the name streptomycin has been given. This also is of great value in medicine since it destroys in the body many organisms which are not affected by penicillin (see Fleming, 1946; Duemling et al., 1946; Herrell, 1945). What the role of these antibiotic substances is in the fungi that pro- duce them is not yet clear. That these are in the nature of waste products has been suggested. They reach their maximum production in relatively young (4 to 7 days), actively growing cultures, well supplied with oxygen. The production is greatly increased by the addition of certain organic substances which possibly stimulate the growth of the fungi. This is a matter that must be left for the researches by mycologic physiologists. Key to the Orders and Families of Fixngi Imperfecti^ Asexual spores regularly produced. Spores produced in pycnidia; other types of spores may sometimes be present. Order Sphaeropsidales Pycnidia complete, with or without an ostiole, sometimes representing merely pycnidial cavities in a stroma. Pycnidia (or stroma) dark-colored, usually rather hard. Family Sphaeropsidaceae Pycnidia (or stroma) bright-colored, usually fleshy or leathery. Family Zythiaceae ■* Note that these groups are with few exceptions artificiarand do|not represent phylogenetic relationships. G04 FUNGI IMPEKFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Pycnidia with well-developed roof but basal portions poorly differentiated. Family Leptostromataceae Pycnidia with well-developed base, soon opening wide to form a cup-like or saucer-like structure. Excipulaceae Spores produced in an acervulus; often other spore types present. Order Melanconiales Single family. Family Melanconiaceae Spores produced neither in pycnidia nor in acervuli; but on or within free sporo- phores free from one another or grouped in various ways. Order Moniliales Conidiophores or spore-bearing hyphae more or less separate, not united into synnemata nor on sporodochia (cushion-Uke structures). Conidia and conidiophores hyaline or bright-colored, not brown or black. Family Moniliaceae Conidiophores, and usually but not always the conidia, brown or black. Family Dematiaceae Conidiophores united into synnemata, the conidia arising on the spreading tips of the conidiophores in a head at the top or all up and down the sides. Family Stilbellaceae Conidiophores usually rather short, arising more or less radially from cushion- like sporodochia. Family Tuberculariaceae No asexual spore forms known. Order Mycelia Sterilia Keys to the More Important Genera of Fungi Imperfecti Key to the More Important Genera of Family Sphaeropsidaceae (Based largely upon Lindau in Engler and Prantl, 1899-1900) Conidia one-celled, spherical, ellipsoid, or oval. Amerosporae Conidia hyaline. Hyalosporae Stroma lacking. Pycnidia smooth, without appendages. Conidia not produced in chains. Conidia without appendages. Pycnidia not surrounded by a subiculum; free or sunk in the sub- stratum. Pycnidia with regular ostiole or papillate. Conidiophores simple or but little branched. Pycnidia at first covered by the epidermis, later becoming free, at least around the ostiole. Conidia less than 15 ju long. Forming definitely margined spots on leaves. Phyllostida On any part of the host, but if on leaves not forming definitely delimited spots. Phoma (see also Fhonwpsis) Conidia over 15 ju long. Macrophoma Pycnidia free from the first, free on wood or bark. Aposphaeria Conidiophores dendroidally or verticillately branched. Dendrophoma KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 605 Pycnidia without ostiole or with irregular opening. Conidia oblong, pointed at each end. Sclerotiopsis Conidia oblong, ends rounded. Plenodomus Pycnidia with long beak. Sphaeronetna^ Pycnidia in a radiating subiculum. Asterovia Conidia with several early disappearing apical appendages. Neottiospora Conidia produced in chains. Sirococcus Pycnidia with appendages or hairs. Appendages unbranched. Bristles all over the pycnidium; spores ellipsoid, curved. Verinicularia Bristles mostly around the ostiole; spores straight. Pyrenochaeta Appendages stellate or stellately branched at the tip. Staurochaeta Pycnidia (rarely) single or several in a stroma or frequently represented only by pycnidial cavities in the stroma. Pycnidium mostly single, often without definite, distinct stroma. Conidia of two types, oval on long conidiophores and long slender stylospores, usually curved like a hook at one end, on short conidiophores. Phomopsis Pycnidial cavities several in a stroma, with separate ostioles. Conidia large, more or less fusiform, straight. Fusicoccum Conidia cylindrical or ovoid, straight. Dothiorella Conidia small, allantoid. Cytospora Pycnidial cavities often with a common ostiole, conidia straight. Ceuthospora Conidia colored. Phaeosporae No stroma, rarely with a subiculum. Pycnidia glabrous, with regular ostiole. Conidia oval or elongated, strikingly large. Sphaeropsis Conidia spherical or ellipsoidal, very small. Coniothyrium Pycnidia glabrous, with pronounced beak. Naemosphaeria Pycnidia glabrous, with lobed, irregular mouth. Harknessia Pycnidia with external hairs or bristles. Chaetomella Stroma present; pycnidia superficial or at first in the stroma. Haplosporella Conidia two-ceUed. Didymosporae Conidia hyaline, pale greenish in some species. Hyalodidymae Pycnidia free, without subiculum or stroma. Pycnidia glabrous. Pycnidia without beak. Pycnidia in definite spots on leaves or stems. Spores without appendages. Ascochyta ^ Species of Ophiostoma with dissolved asci may be confused with this. 606 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Spores with apical bristles. Robillardia Pycnidia not in definite spots. Spores without appendages; parasites or saprophytes on higher plants, Diplodina Spores with slimy or hair-like appendages at each end; parasitic upon Uredinales. Darluca Pycnidia with a beak. Rhynchophoma Pycnidia with hairs or bristles. Vermiculariella Pycnidia embedded in a radiate subiculum. Actinonema Conidia colored. Phaeodidymae Pycnidia free from one another, without stroma. Pycnidia subepidermal or subcortical, then emerging. Pycnidia glabrous. Spores without outer slime layer. Diplodia^ Spores with external slime coat. Macrodiplodia^ Pycnidia with hairs or bristles. Chaetodiplodia^ Pycnidia from the beginning superficial, on wood. Diplodiella^ Pycnidia crowded, with stroma. Botryodiplodia^ Conidia 3- or more-celled by transverse septa only. Phragmosporae Conidia hyaline. Hyalophragmiae Conidia without appendages. Pycnidia more or less globose or depressed globose, mostly remaining covered, except the ostiolar area (practically a Hen- dersonia with hyaline spores). Stagonospora Pycnidia vertically elongated, emerging in groups. Mastomyces Conidia with a bristle-like appendage at the apex. Kellertnania Conidia colored. Phaeophragmiae Without stroma (sometimes a stromatic crust in Dilophospora). Conidia without appendages, the terminal cells of the conidia hyaline in some species. Hendersonia Conidia with appendages. Appendages a single fine thread at each end of the spore; no stroma. Cryptostictis Appendages a tuft of several, fine, branched threads at each end; pycnidia sometimes with a stromatic crust; parasitic on grass leaves. Dilophospora Pycnidia embedded in a stroma; conidia not appendaged. Hendersonula Conidia several-celled by transverse and some longitudinal septa; colored. Phaeodictyae Without stroma; breaking out through the bark. Camarosporium Without stroma; superficial on wood. Cytosporium With pulvinate stroma. Dichomera * These distinctions are very artificial, for under different cultural conditions any of these may develop into almost any other form. Also when younger they may represent Diplodina or Sphaeropsis stages. KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 607 Conidia slender, many times as long as thick, more often hyaline or only slightly colored, with or without cross septa. Scolecosporae Without stroma. Pycnidia tapering upward to a point; carbonaceous. Conidia filiform, one-celled. Sphaerographium Conidia several-celled, constricted at each septum. Cornularia Pycnidia globose to depressed globose, ostiole at most with a small papilla; carbonaceous. * Pycnidia opening by a rather small round ostiole. Pycnidia more or less sunken in the host tissue, emergent somewhat at maturity. Pycnidia glabrous; parasitic in leaves or herbaceous stems. Conidia hyaline or at most light-colored. Septoria Conidia distinctly brown. Phaeoseptoria Pycnidia glabrous; growing on wood or bark. Rhabdospora Pycnidia hairy. Trichoseptoria Pycnidia superficial; conidia straight, cylindrical, or narrowly fusoid. Collonema Pycnidia opening by a wide mouth; not completely developed. Phleospora Pycnidia opening by a narrow slit; not completely developed. Phlyctaena Pycnidia globose-conical; tough or leathery. Pycnidia separate. Micula Pycnidia crowded in heaps. Micropera With stroma. Conidia hyaline, filiform, curved, one-celled. Cytosporina Conidia dark, several-celled. Septosporiella Key to the Important Genera of Family Zythiaceae Stroma lacking; pycnidia globose, with small ostiole, conidia ovoid or oblong, resembling the perithecia of Nectria. Zythia With a cushion-like stroma containing several pycnidial cavities; superficial, parasitic in some cases on leaf-sucking insects. Aschersonia Key to the More Important Genera of Family Leptostromataceae (Including the Pycnothyriaceae and Rhizothyriaceae, Tehon, 1940) Conidia arising from the roof of the external pycnidium. (Order Pycnothyriales, Tehon, 1940) Pycnidia ("pycnothyria") radial in structure, often connected with an external mycelium or subiculum. (Family Pycnothyriaceae, von Hohnel, 1910)^ ' Tehon recognizes 15 genera, with probably not over 40 described species, mostly tropical or subtropical. The following are included in Leptostromataceae by Lindau, n Engler and Prantl: (Hyalosporae) Eriothyrium, Trichopeltulum; (Phaeosporae) 608 FUNGI IMPEKFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Pycnidia ("pycnothyria") radial in structure, mounted on columellae whose bases are connected with the internal mycelium. (Family Rhizothyriaceae, Tehon, 1940)^ Conidia arising from the floor of the dimidiate subcuticular pycnidium. (Family Leptostromataceae) Conidia one-celled, hyaline. Stroma lacking. Pycnidia shield-shaped, opening by a pore or short slit. Leptothyrium Pycnidia irregular in shape. Piggotia Pycnidia mostly oblong; opening by a long slit, Leptostroina Stroma present (probably the conidial stage of Rhytisma). Melasmia Conidia phragmosporous, hyaline, with a hair at each end. Discosia Conidia hyaline, cruciform, with two large cells and usually two lateral cells, all but the basal cell with a slender hair (conidial stage of Diplocarpon) . Entomosporium Conidia muriform, hyaline. Didyosporium Conidia filiform, hyaline or nearly so. Leptosiromella Key to the More Important Genera of Family Excipulaceae^ Conidia globose, ellipsoid, oblong subcylindrical or fusoid, hyaline or only faintly colored. Pycnidia without hairs or bristles. Pycnidia eventually discoid; wall composed, at least in part, of modified host tissue. Discula Pycnidia eventually cup-shaped; walls of typical fungus tissue. Pycnidia long buried, opening by laciniae. Sporonema Pycnidia erumpent, opening by round pore. Excipula Pycnidia erumpent, opening by a wide torn margin. Dothichiza Pycnidia with setae. Conidia without appendages. Amerosporium Conidia with a delicate bristle at each end. Dinemasporium Conidia once septate; pycnidia opening by laciniae. Discella Conidia oblong-fusoid, pluriseptate. Conidia hyaline; not prolonged into a subulate beak, pycnidia without bristles, Excipulina Conidia colored; pycnidia with bristles. Excipularia Conidia hyaline; prolonged into a subulate beak; pycnidia without bristles. Heteropatella Asterostromella; (Hyalodidymae) Lepiothyriella; (Phaeodidymae) Diplopeltis. Tehon recognizes ten other genera. * Tehon recognizes 6 genera of which Lindau, in Engler and Prantl includes in the Leptostromataceae the following: (Hyalosporae) Aciinoihecium; (Phaeosporae) Piro- stoma; (Scolecosporae) Actinothyrium. Besides these Tehon includes Piroslomella , Rhizothyrium, and Cylindrolhyrium. ' In some cases an old acervulus of Family Melanconiaceae may be mistaken for the saucer-shaped pycnidium of the Excipulaceae. KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 609 Key to the More Important Genera of Family Melanconiaceae Conidia nonseptate, hyaline, globose to ellipsoid to cylindrical, sometimes fusoid or allantoid. Acervulus immersed, but early erumpent, bright-colored, somewhat gelatinous; some species, at least, parasitic upon Uredinales. Hainesia Acervulus immersed but remaining covered by the host epidermis for a con- siderable time; pale or eventually dark-colored; spores surrounded by slime; mostly parasitic or saprophytic on herbaceous parts of higher plants, not on Uredinales. Setae wanting. Gloeosporium Much like Gloeosporium but the very short conidiophores arising from a firm base, almost stromatic, or even resembling a small sporodochium. Per- fect stage Elsinoe. Sphaceloma Similar to Gloeosporium but with pale or colored setae around or in the acervulus, their presence often depending upon the substratum. Colletotrichmn^^ Similar to Gloeosporium but growing only on branches of woody plants. Conidia straight or almost so. Myxosporium Conidia allantoid. Naemospora Conidia nonseptate, globose to ovoid, etc., dark-colored. Conidia more or less globose; mostly saprophytic on twigs of woody plants. Melanconium Conidia fusiform, often curved; mostly on herbaceous plants. Cryptomela Conidia hyaline, with one transverse septum. Parasitic on leaves; conidia more or less oblong. Marssonina Usually on twigs (rarely on leaves), conidia oblong to fusoid. Septomyxa (Rhynchosporium, with conidia strongly beaked, and growing mostly on grasses is sometimes placed in this group.) Conidia colored, with one transverse septum. Mostly saprophytic on twigs. Didymosporium Conidia hyaline, with two or more transverse septa; on leaves or twigs. Septogloeum, Conidia colored, with two or more transverse septa. Conidia not beaked, emerging in a black drop or cirrhus. Stilhospora Conidia not beaked, not emerging in a drop or cirrhus. Basal cell of conidium usually colorless; the elongated conidiophore persist- ent on the conidium; walls of the cells thin and collapsing slightly on drying. Coryneopsis Basal cell of conidium colored; walls of the cells of conidium usually much thickened; conidiophores usually shorter than the spore. Coryneum Conidia with colorless upper cell forming a sort of beak. Conidia three to five septate, arcuate, only the two middle cells colored. Toxosporium 1" Some species may be confused with Vermiadaria or with Volutella. 610 FUNGI IMPEKFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidia five to eleven septate, straight or only slightly curved, all the cells colored except the basal cell and the one- to three-celled beak. Scolecosporium Conidia with filiform appendages. Appendages only from the apical cell. Appendage single. Monochaetia Appendages several. Pestalotia^^ Appendages from both apical and basal cells. Appendages single. ' Hxjaloceras Appendages two. Diploceras Conidia colored, with transverse and some longitudinal septa. Steganosporium Conidia colorless, filiform or rod-shaped, many times as long as thick. Parasitic in leaves or fruits. Cylindrosporium Saprophytic (or sometimes parasitic?) on twigs. Conidia filiform, narrow, more or less curved; spore mass yellow or reddish. Libertella Conidia cylindric or fusoid, broader; spore mass whitish. Cryptosporium. Keys to Special Groups of Order Moniliales; Endosporeae^^ Endoconidiophores forming a layer on the surface of a sporodochium ; endo- conidia globose, colored, embedded in a slimy layer (Tuberculariaceae). Hymenella Endoconidiophores not borne on a sporodochium, endoconidia one-celled. Endoconidia one-celled, hyaline, pushed out in a chain from the spreading opened apex of the conidiophore; "macroconidia" in chains, colored. Para- sites in roots. Thielaviopsis Endoconidia as in the foregoing, but the apex of the conidiophore not flaring: "macroconidia" single, sessile or short-stalked. Parasites in roots and upper portions of plants. Chalaropsis Endoconidia hyaline, produced in chains in the more or less flask-shaped dark- walled conidiophores which do not flare at the top. Parasites and saprophytes. Chalara Endoconidia mostly becoming brown-walled with age; pushed out successively into the flaring mouth of the conidiophore and gathering there into a slimy ball. Saprophytic in woody material, or parasitic on leaves, one species pathogenic to Man, causing chromoblastomycosis. The saprophytic species are mostly called Cadophora. Phialophora Endoconidiophores with flaring collars, producing a short chain of colored dry conidia, and then proliferating so that a chain of conidiophores is formed, each with its flaring collar. Catenularia " More often written by the later name Peslalozzia. 1" In this group of probably not all closely related fungi some of the conidia are produced in tubular conidiophores from whose apical end the spores are pushed out successively. These special conidiophores are perliaps to be considered as especially modified phialides. In addition to the endoconidia other usually larger conidia of the more usual types ("macroconidia") may occur. By the system of classification ordi- narily used for Order Moniliales these genera would be distributed among three different families: Moniliaceae, Dematiacoae, Tuberculariaceae, and perhaps, under certain conditions of growth, Stilbellaceae. KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 611 Endoconidiophores not on a sporodochium; endoconidia colored, cylindrical, several-celled, pushed out of the not flaring opening. Sporoschisma The following genera with endosporous conidia have only one or two species each and are not well understood: Sporendonema, Malbranchea, Glycophila. The spores produced on the phialides of Cephalosporium, Gliocladium, and some other genera have been shown by Miss Pinkerton (1936) to have an endog- enous origin. Key to the Helicosporous Genera of Order Moniliales^^ (Based upon Linder, 1929, 1931a, 1931b) Conidiophores forming a loose arachnoid, cottony or velvety colony or else appar- ently obsolete; not forming a compact fruiting body (Moniliaceae and Dematiaceae). Conidia coiled in three planes to form a cylindrical or barrel-shaped spore body. Conidia in chains. Helicodendron Conidia not in chains. Helicoon Conidia coiled in two planes (sometimes but slightly inclined to coiling) or if in three planes not as above. Parasitic on vascular plants; conidiophores obsolete or as swellings of the vegetative hyphae; spores toruloid, often nearly straight. Helicoceras (Gyroceras) Saprophytic or some doubtfully parasitic on other fungi; conidiophores present, in some not conspicuous, but then the spores not toruloid. Conidial filaments thick in proportion to their length, not hygroscopic. Conidia in chains. Helicodendron Conidia not in chains. Conidia longitudinally and transversely septate. Xenosporella Conidia only transversely septate. Helicoma Conidial filaments thin in proportion to their length, hygroscopic. Conidiophores and conidia hyaline, the conidiophores as teeth on, or short erect branches from, the creeping vegetative mycelium. Helicomyces Conidiophores or conidia, or both, fuscous in shade; conidiophores conspicuous. Helicosporium Conidiophores aggregated to form a stele upon which the spores are borne acrog- enously (Stilbellaceae) . Helicostilbe Conidiophores aggregated to form a flattened pulvinate or irregularly globose sporodochium (Tuberculariaceae) . Sporodochia effuse-pulvinate, at first covered by the epidermis of the host, then erumpent; conidia once coiled, with thick hyaline walls. Drepanoconis Sporodochia pulvinate to irregularly globose, dry, horny, or gelatinous; conidia without a conspicuously thickened wall. Conidia coiled in three planes to form a conical or oblong-ellipsoidal spore body. Troposporium '3 The genera here assembled in one key represent members that are usually dis- tributed in the form families Moniliaceae, Dematiaceae, Tuberculariaceae, and Stilbellaceae. 612 FUNGI IMPERFBCTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidia not coiled in three planes, or if so then the filaments irregularly- twisted and contorted. Conidia once coiled, one to three septate; fructifications gelatinous. Delortia Conidia not one to three septate; or if so, then sporodochia not gelatinous. Conidial filaments 7 ju or more in width; conidia coiled in three planes, twisted and contorted. Hohsonia Conidial filaments less than 7 /x in width; conidia not coiled in three planes. Conidiophores slender, even; fructifications horny when dry. Everhartia Conidiophores moniliform; fructifications not as above. Troposporella Key to the More Important Amerosporous Genera of Family Moniliaceae (Based chiefly on Lindau, in Engler and Prantl, 1899-1900) No conspicuous conidiophores, the globose conidia forming a pulverulent layer on the surface of the scanty mycelium; saprophytes. Chromosporiwn Conidia produced in chains by the basipetally progressing segmentation of the vegetative hyphae or conidiophores. Mycelium very slender (< 2 n), mostly nonseptate, producing aerial, more often coiled conidiophores breaking up into chains of cylin- drical or ellipsoidal conidia. Sometimes still included in the genus Actinomyces. Soil organisms, parasitic or saprophytic on plant material. Streptomyces Mycelium larger than the foregoing, septate. Conidia ovoid or globose. Mycelium forming spreading or cushion-like masses on the substratum. On plant or animal debris, occasionally parasitic. Oospora Mycelium extensive in the substratum, producing tufts of external hyphae which break up into chains of moderately large to large conidia. Parasitic or saprophytic on plant material. Some species are the imperfect stage of Sclerotiniaceae. Monilia Mycelium mostly external, with haustoria penetrating the epidermal cells of the host, and forming upright chains of basigenous conidia. Asexual stage of various Erysiphaceae. Oidium^* Conidia fusiform. Fusidium Conidiophores simple or only slightly branched; conidia not catenulate, grouped in heads. Conidiophores mostly stout, swollen at the top into a distinct sphere or disk, with radiating globose or fusiform conidia. Some, perhaps all, of the genera falling into'this category really belong to the Mucorales. ^* Commonly, but erroneously so called (see Linder, 1942). KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI G13 Conidiophores straight, unbranched. Conidiophores ending in a globose head. Surface of the head not, or only slightly, areolate. Oedocephalum Surface of the head plainly hexagonally areolate. Rhopalomyces Conidiophores ending in a lobed disk. Kickxella (sometimes called Coronella) Conidiophores repeatedly curved, in S-form; conidial heads lateral. Sigmoideoniyces Conidiophores slender, not, or only slightly, enlarged at the apex. Conidia issuing one at a time from the apex of the conidiophore and remain- ing embedded in a slime drop. Conidiophores short and straight from the mycelium. Saprophytic on plant remains, and some species found in skin lesions in Man. Cephalosporium Conidiophores branched; mycelium forming cushions on the surface of the substratum; conidia becoming green. Saprophytic on plant material. Trichoderma The genus Coemansiella placed here by Lindau belongs in Kickxella in the Mucorales. Conidia in basigenous chains, grouped in heads. Conidiophores enlarged at the apex, covered by the sterigmata (phialides) which bear at the apex the chains of conidia: sometimes pri- mary and secondary sterigmata present. ^^ Aspergilhis The genus Dispira (including Dimargaris) of the Mucorales might be keyed here. Conidiophore not markedly enlarged at the apex, but branching in regular or irregular whorls of branches which terminate in two or more sterigmata. Conidia and upper portion of the "penicillus" embedded in a drop of slime. Gliocladium Slime drop none or small; conidia thin-walled, without ring or collar at base. Sterigmata irregularly produced, partly variously arranged on fertile branches, partly in verticils; mostly tapering to long slender points which are commonly curved or bent from the main axis of the sterigmata; conidial areas never green. Paecilomyces Sterigmata in characteristic verticils with the conidium-producing points or tubes straight; conidial areas commonly some shade of green, blue-green or gray-green during their growing period; white, yellow, or reddish forms occasional, but few. Penicillium}^ Slime drop lacking, conidia rather thick-walled, with a thickened ring or collar at the truncate base. Scopulariopsis Conidiophores unbranched, bearing a tuft of conidial chains without sterigmata. Briarea 1^ The species with two series of sterigmata have been called Sierigmatocystis. " The genus Citromyces represents only citric acid producing species of this genus and is not morphologically distinguishable from Penicillium. 614 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidiophores more or less richly branched, rarely simple. Conidia arising from especially differentiated intercalary cells of conidiophore. Conidia produced singly. Fertile cells of the conidiophore as well as the intervening sterile cells cylindrical. Gonatobotrys Fertile cells spherical, intervening cells bone-shaped. N eviatogonimn Conidia produced in chains on the globose intercalary or terminal fertile cells. Gonatorrhodiella Conidia not arising from especially differentiated intercalary cells. Branching of the conidiophore very various but never purely verticillate. Conidia typically pleurogenous on the conidiophore, never terminal. Conidiophore forked two to several times. Haplaria Conidiophores unbranched; conidia globose or ellipsoid. Acladium Conidia pleurogenous and acrogenous. Conidiophores typically unbranched. Parasitic within leaf tissues, clusters of conidiophores emerging from the stomata, bearing at their tips several (usually 6) conidia. Microstroma Mycelium creeping, producing numerous upright unbranched conidio- phores each with a single hyaline or brightly colored conidium. Acremonium Conidiophores with short teeth along the enlarged or not enlarged upper end; conidia single or in chains from these teeth, large in proportion to the diameter of the conidiophore, globose to elhpsoid. Mainly saprophytic (including Olpitrichuin and Physospora). Oidium (syn., Rhinotr'ichum) Resembling the foregoing but parasitic on leaves; conidia hyaline, globose or oval, single, rarely in short chains. Ovularia Conidiophores almost always branched. Mycehum creeping, conidiophores not upright. Sporotrichum Conidiophores always upright. Conidia single at the tips of the branches. Conidiophores dendroidally branched; conidia single at the tips of the branches, hyaline or bright-colored, oval or globose. Mo7iosporiuni Conidia clustered near the ends of the usually branched conidio- phores. Branches of the conidiophores slender, almost uniform. Conidia forming loose groups at the tips. Botrytis Mostly thickei' than the foregoing; the conidia on small sterig- mata; sclerotium formation frequent. Polyactis^'' The tips of the rather slender branches somewhat enlarged and bearing the conidia on distinct sterigmata. Phymatotrichum ^ ^ " Frequently included in Botrytis. KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 615 Conidia borne along the upper or the lower side of lateral, somewhat curved, several-celled branches. Martensella and Coemansia (Mucorales) Branching of the conidiophores verticillate. Conidia in chains. Spicaria Conidia not in chains. Conidiophores verticillately branched, more often in threes and twos; conidia hyahne or light-colored, globose or oval, soon falling off. Ultimate branches straight, conidia mostly terminal. Verticillium Ultimate branches subulate, zigzag toward the tip, bearing a conidium at each angle, this portion with the adhering conidia resembling the rachis of a head of wheat with attached spikelets. Tritirachium (Limber, 1940) Like Verticillium, but the conidia cylindric. A crocylindrium Key to the More Important Genera of the Hyalodidymous Moniliaceae Conidia not produced in chains. Conidia smooth. Conidiophores unbranched; conidia oval or pyriform, the upper cell often larger than the basal cell; hyaline or bright-colored; mostly saprophytes. Conidium single, at the apex of the conidiophore. Trichothecium Conidia forming a head at the apex of the conidiophore. Cephalotheci'um Conidia clustered on somewhat enlarged, intercalary swellings on the conidiophore. Arthrobotrys Conidiophores always branched; mostly saprophytes. Conidiophores verticillately branched; growing saprophytically on fungi. Diplocladium Branching of conidiophores irregular, conidia single at the branch tips. Diplosporium Conidiophores mostly unbranched, parasitic on leaves. Conidiophores straight. Didymaria Conidiophores spirally curved. Bostrichonema Conidia warty, parasitic on fleshy fungi. Upper cell of conidium larger than the lower one. Mycogone Conidia in chains. Conidiophore branches verticillate. On decaying fungi. Didtjniocladitim Key to the More Important Genera of the Phragmosporous Moniliaceae Conidiophores not much developed; conidia borne singly, curved, fusoid; para- sites. Fusoma Conidiophores well developed. Conidiophores unbranched; not parasitic on vascular plants. Conidia single on conidiophores. Dactylella Conidia several in a head on the conidiophore. Dactylaria Conidiophores unbranched, parasitic on vascular plants. 616 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidia cylindric-oval, single or in short chains, growing out of the stomata of the host plants. Ramularia Conidia pyriform; single; mostly parasitic on grasses, sometimes saprophytic and aquatic. Piricularia Conidiophores simple or shghtly branched, bearing the conidia in chains. Sapro- phytic or some species parasitic on vascular plants. Septocylindrium Key to the Scolecosporous Moniliaceae Parasitic on vascular plants, mostly producing leaf spots. Only genus. Cercosporella Key to the More Important Staurosporous Moniliales Conidia hyaline, borne successively on definite hyaline phialides. Conidia when mature consisting of four slender, ultimately septate, widely diverging arms, attached to the phialide at their point of divergence ; conidiophore long and slender, with two to eight phialides near the apex; aquatic. Lemonniera Conidia consisting of a main curved axis attached at one end to the phialide and with two, nearly opposite, lateral, nonseptate branches produced at the high point of the curve; conidiophores long, with one to four phialides. Aquatic. Alatospora Conidia consisting of a clavate, main axis which may be one to three septate or nonseptate, bearing at the broader, upper end three slender, non- septate arms or only short divergent processes (the spore then resem- bling a clove) ; conidiophore long, unbranched or branched, bearing at the apex one to four phialides. Mostly aquatic; the divergent arms sometimes lacking on conidia produced in the air; sporodochia some- times produced. Heliscus Conidia (aleuriospores or radulaspores) not borne on phialides. Conidia and conidiophores hyaline. Aquatic saprophytes, conidia produced submersed. ^^ Conidia with a main cylindrical, or more often clavate to pyriform, axis at or near whose upper end usually three divergent branches arise successively. Main axis of conidium narrowly pyriform or broadly clavate, once septate; on a long slender conidiophore; the three branches from the upper cell diverging at angles of about 120° and at about right angles to the main axis of the spore. In cultures pycnidia sometimes formed. Clavariopsis Main axis of conidium narrowly clavate, eventually once or twice septate, giving rise to three unequal, divergent tapering branches with a knob or thick finger-like process on the upper side, near the base, of the first two branches produced. Tetracladium Main axis of the conidium and the three somewhat longer branches about equal in thickness, nearly cylindrical, one to three septate at maturity. Articulosjwra Conidia with a straight or curved, septate, main axis from which arise laterally, near together or from separate cells, the strongly divergent septate branches which may, in their turn, bear lateral branches. i» For details of these aquatic genera, see Ingold (1942, 1943, 1944). KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 617 Main axis of conidium slender, with two lateral branches diverging at the same level from the convex side of the curved axis, the two branches and the lower and upper portion of the axis forming a four- armed spore; a short "separating cell" present at the upper end of the conidiophore. Tetrachaetum Main axis of the conidium stout, septate, curved, the usually two eventu- ally septate branches arising from adjacent cells of the axis or at opposite ends of the same long cell. Tricladium Main axis of the conidium septate, curved, bearing from separate cells on the convex side several branches approximately in the same plane; these may also produce lateral branches, the whole spore resembling a character of Chinese writing; conidiophore slender, bearing one to several conidia on its distal quarter. Varicosporium Main axis of conidium long and slender, much septate, straight, bearing from the cells of the lower half one or more septate, lateral branches, which in similar manner bear shorter lateral branches; main axis of spore a continuation of the long, slender, septate conidiophore. Dendrospora Not all aquatic, producing the conidia in the air; saprophytes or parasites. Conidiophore slender, nonseptate, . bearing a single conidium with three cylindrical, septate arms, one of which is attached by its lower end to the conidiophore. Trinacrvum Conidiophore slender, nonseptate; conidia four- to five-armed, nonseptate, all but one or two tapering into slender bristles; parasitic on fungi. Titaea Conidiophore long and slender, hyahne, septate, sometimes branched; the single hyaline conidium inversely pyramidal, the lower part sep- tate and tapering to the conidiophore, the broad upper portion with four one- to two-ceUed conical arms. Parasitic on terricolous nema- todes. Triposporina Conidia colored. Conidia practically sessile, dictyosporous, at the apex with four long, septate, cylindrical, spreading extensions. Saprophytic on herbaceous stems. Tetraploa Conidia sessile, three to several radiate, the arms obclavate and septate, saprophytic on woody substrata. Ceratosporium Conidia sessile, horseshoe-shaped, therefore two-armed, multiseptate; para- sites. Hirudinaria (The systematic placing of the three foregoing genera is very uncertain.) Conidiophores elongated, upright, septate; the single terminal conidium with a short axial cell from whose top radiate horizontally three septate arms tapering to a blunt apex. Saprophytic on woody or herbaceous stems or parasitic on leaves. Triposporium Conidia of two kinds, usually arising from a small dark-colored sporo- dochium: (1) long-stalked conidiophore bearing at its apex four spiny cells, the attachment at the center where the cells meet; (2) four- celled, smooth spores, attached by the edge of one cell to the short conidiophore. The latter kind of spore and the sporodochium are apparently lacking in some species. Saprophytic on dead herbaceous leaves or stems, one species possibly parasitic on leaf fungi. Spegazzinia 618 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Key to the More Important Anierosporous Genera of Family Dematiaceae Conidia sessile or very short-stalked, vegetative mycelium not extensive. Conidia round, oval, or discoid. Coniosporium Conidia elongated, almost fusiform. Fusella Whole mycelium or the more or less elongated branches developing into chains of dark-colored conidia. ^^ Conidia falling apart easily; spherical or elongate. Torula Conidia remaining attached and separating with difficulty. Horniiscium Clusters of spreading ovoid or limoniform conidia at the tips of the short conidio- phores. Echinohotrtjum Conidiophores well developed; vegetative hyphae abundant. Conidia dark-colored (except some species of Acrotheca and Trichosporium) . Conidia not in chains. Conidia terminal in heads. Conidia curved or unsymmetrical on unbranched conidiophores which are hyaline but with black rings at each septum ; conidia dark. Camptoum Conidia spherical or ovoid, dark. With sterigmata. ' Stachybotrys Practically sessile. Periconia Conidia fusiform, dark to hyaline, practically sessile. Acrotheca Conidia lateral, mostly in whorls. Conidia smooth, not angular. Conidiophores dark, unbranched or dichotomously branched. Gonatobotryum Conidiophores hyahne, with thick dark septa, mostly unbranched. Arthrinium Conidia angular, opposite or in whorls. Goniosporium Conidia terminal on branched or inflated conidiophores. Conidiophores distinct from the mycelium, simple or forked, straight. Virgaria Conidiophores arising on short lateral upright twigs from the creeping mycelium. Conidia sessile. Trichosporium Conidia on sterigmata. Rhinocladium Conidiophores branched, the branches curved or hooked; conidia crowded near the ends of the twigs, colored or almost liyaline. Canipsotrichum Conidia terminal and sometimes also lateral on unbranched conidiophores fin the sense of Saccardo). Monotoxpora Conidiophores short, unbranched, in a crowded clustei' with a single dark conidium at the apex, narrowed at point of attachment. Hadrotrichum Conidio])hores unbranclied or branched, the black conidium sessile on the vesicle-like enlargement at the apex of the conidiophoric branch. Nigrospora 19 Forms with bent or somewliat spirally wound rows of spores should be sought in the Helicosporae under the genus Helicoceras {Gyroceras). KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI 619 Conidia formed in chains, mostly colored. Conidiophore branched at the summit in a manner resembling Penicillium. Haplographmyn Conidiophore bearing a few lateral branches with chains of conidia. Dernatium Conidiophore dendroidally much branched, the ends of the branches bearing acrogenously produced chains of conidia, resembling some species of Cladosporium but conidia not septate. Hormodendron Conidiophore nodulose, with clusters of phialides at the nodes. Gonatorrhodium Conidia hyahne or almost so; conidiophores dark, or hyaline and then dark sterile hyphae present. Conidiophores unbranched, straight, usually hyaline, upright, close together, among tall usually dark sterile hyphae, sometimes growing from the foot of such hyphae. Conidia ellipsoid or allantoid. Sterile hyphae wavy, unbranched. Sarcopodiwn Sterile hyphae circinate, imbranched. Helicotrichum, Sterile hyphae repeatedly forked, with circinately curved branches. Circiiiotrichum Conidia fusiform, curved. EUisiella Conidiophores bearing the conidia on lateral branches or sessile on the sides. Conidiophores unbranched, conidia sessile near the upper end. Chloridium Conidia arising on lateral branches from the middle portion of the conidio- phore, cylindrical. Chaetopsis Fertile branches of the conidiophore not confined to the middle portion. Branches verticillately borne; conidia globose or ovoid. Verticicladium Branches irregular, conidia fusiform. Menispora Conidiophores branched, bearing clusters of numerous sterigmata at the joints. Gonytrichum Conidia arising on (two to three) phialides on the convex side of a dark, curved, pyriform "falx," which may arise directly from a brown "foot cell" in the hyaline mycelium or on a short or elongated, or even branched conidiophore (or "falciphore"); conidia hyaline, spherical. Zygosporium Conidia arising in heads of slime at tips of whorled branches of the upright, dark conidiophore. Stachylidium Key to the More Im,porlant Didymosporous Genera of Family Dematiaceae Conidiophores very short or scarcely different in appearance from the dark- colored conidia. Conidia not in chains; conidiophores very short. Dicoccum, Conidia in chains; conidiophores short. Bispora Conidiophores distinctly different from the mycelium, mostl}^ erect. Conidia not in chains. Conidia exclusively apical on conidiophores. Conidiophores not twisted or swollen. Conidiophores quite long, with several septa. Passalora 620 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidiophores short, with only one or two septa. Fusicladium Conidiophores regularly twisted or swollen. Polythrincium Conidiophores short, mostly clustered; conidia terminal and lateral, conidio- phore not branched. Scolecolrichum Conidiophores longer, branched. Cladosporium (some species) Conidia in mostly acrogenously developed chains. Conidiophores showing no swelling. Conidia in short, branched clusters, at first nonseptate but mostly some of the older conidia once septate (or even twice septate). Cladosporium Conidial chains clustered nearer the apex of the long upright conidiophore; conidia once septate. Diplococcimn Conidiophores branched, .septate, the individual cells swollen above; conidia in acrogenously produced chains, early becoming once septate. Cladotrichum Key to the More Important Phragmosporous Genera of Family Dematiaceae Conidiophores very short or scarcely different in appearance from the dark- colored conidia. Conidia single, not in chains. Conidia not drawn out into a long tail. Conidiophores here and there on the creeping mycelium. Clasterosp orium Conidiophores standing close together. Stigmina Conidia drawn out into a long, pale, often curved tail. Ceratophorum Conidia produced in chains. Septonema Conidiophores well developed. Conidia not in chains, nor in whorls, nor clustered in a head. Conidia smooth. Conidiophores firm. Conidia elongate. Helniinthosporium'^'^ Conidia ovoid. Brachysporium-^ Conidiophores weak. N apidadium'^'^ Conidia rough. Heterosporium Conidia formed in whorls, laterally, on the conidiophores. Spon dylocladium Conidia clustered in a head at the apex of the unbranched conidiophore. Acrothecium Conidia in chains at the tips of the much-branched conidiophore.'^^ Dendryphium Key to the More Important Dictyosporous Genera of Family Dematiaceae Conidiophores very short or lacking; conidia mostly sitting directly on the mycelium. 2° These three genera grade into one another and have no sharp distinguishing characters. 21 In some species the spore chains are short or lacking. KEYS TO THE MORE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI G21 Conidia not in chains. Cells of the conidia not arranged in regular vertical rows. Conidia of irregular shape with irregular divisions; mostly rather short sessile. Coniothecium Conidia elongated, sessile or nearly so, on scanty mycelium, rather uniform in size and in manner of septation. Sporodesmium Conidia more or less ovoid, muriform, in little epiphyllous dense heaps. Stigmella Cells of the conidium arranged in regular vertical rows which may separate and spread at maturity. Speira Conidia in chains. Sirodesmium Conidiophores distinct, mostly erect. Spores obclavate, or attenuate at the distal end, borne singly or under favorable circumstances forming acrogenous chains. Alternaria^^ Spores rounded at both ends, often sarciniform in appearance. Stemphylium'^'^ Key to the Scolecosporous Dematiaceae Conidiophores colored ; conidia lightly colored to almost hyaline ; never occurring in chains; parasitic. Cercospora (closely related to Cercosporella) Single genus. Key to the More Important Genera of Family Stilhellaceae^^ Conidia and conidiophores hyaline. Conidia one-celled, not in chains; synnema with a capitate sporogenous por- tion, conidia embedded in a slime drop. Stilbella (Stilbum of many authors) Conidia one-celled, not in chains; sporogenous portion of synnema cylindrical or clavate; conidia not embedded in a slime drop. Isaria Conidia one-celled; not in chains; synnema covered by numerous lateral conidial heads; parasitic on insects (probably not properly placed in this form family). Gibellula Conidia one-celled, produced in chains on more or less verticillate sterigmata (phialides) ; in many cases merely cultural forms of Penicillium whose conidiophores often are united into synnemata. Coremium Conidia phragmosporous, straight, not in chains. Arthrosporium Conidia phragmosporous, slender falcate, not in chains. Atradiujn Conidia or conidiophores, or both, dark-colored. Conidia one-celled. Conidia not in chains, globose, ellipsoid, or oval. 2^ In mycological and pathological literature the name Alternaria is often reserved for species occurring in chains and the genus Macrosporium for species never pro- ducing chains. Sometimes the name Stemphylium is used in a manner synonymous with Macrosporium. ^' For helicosporous Stilbellaceae, see key on p. 611 for helicosporous Moniliales. Many Moniliaceae and Dematiaceae under special cultural conditions will produce coremia, e.g., Aspergillus, Penicillium, etc. 622 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Conidia hyaline or pale, mostly embedded in slime. Gra'phium Conidia dark-colored. _ Sporocybe Conidia not in chains, more or less falcate, hyaline. Harpographium Conidia hyaline, in chains; spore-bearing portion of synnema globose or elongated, without hairs. Stysanus Conidia in chains; but spore-bearing portion of synnema with long black hairs. Trichurus Conidia phragmosporous. Spore-bearing portion covering the whole synnema; conidia smoke-colored. Podosporium Spore-bearing portion only at the upper end of the synnema. Synnema of loose hyphae; spore-bearing head loose; conidia hyaline or pale. Isariopsis Synnema of stiff, firmly united hyphae; spore-bearing head distinct; conidia pale or smoky. Arthrobotryum Key to the More Important Genera of Family Tuber culariaceae (After Lindau in Engler and Prantl, 1900) Conidia and conidiophores and sporodochium hyaline or the last bright-colored (not dark). Conidia amerosporous. Sporodochia without hairs or bristles. Conidia single, not occurring in chains. Conidia not embedded in slime. Sporodochia of various shapes but never cup-shaped with definite margin. Conidiophores unbranched or more rarely a little branched. Sporodochia almost spherical, superficial. Aegerita Sporodochia cushion-shaped or tuberculate or indefinite in form. Conidia globose; sporodochia very small, later becoming hard. Tuberculina Conidia ovoid; sporodochia disk-like, larger. Hymenula Conidiophores always branched, mostly considerably. Conidia ovoid or elongate. Conidiophores not verticillately branched. Tubercularia Conidiophores verticillately branched. De7idrodochium Conidia fusiform to falcate or cylindrical. Fusicolla Sporodochia cup-shaped, with definite margin. Patellina Conidia embedded in slime; sporodochia disk-shaped, gelatinous- waxy. lUosporium Conidia occurring in chains. Sporodochia more or less globose, sometimes stalked. Sphaeridium KEYS TO THE MOEE IMPORTANT GENERA OF FUNGI IMPEFECTI 623 Sporodochia more or less disk-shaped, not stalked. CylindrocoUa Sporodochia sessile or short-stalked ; at the margin with bristles. Volutella^* Conidia phragmosporous. Conidia straight, at the upper end somewhat thickened and angular. Heliscus Conidia straight, elongate-cylindrical, not thickened at upper end. Bactridium Conidia falcate-fusiform. Sporodochia conical or cushion-like, delicate; often parasitic upon insects. Microcera Sporodochia extended, or large and cushion-formed, more often lacking, the spores then arising from the mycelium. Fusarium Conidia brown, rarely almost hyaline; sporodochia and usually the conidiophores brown. Conidia one-celled. Sporodochia without hairs or bristles. Sporodochia cushion-like or tuberculate or almost spherical, black. Conidiophores short; conidia globose; parasites, or more often, sapro- phytes. Epicoccum Conidiophores longer, mostly branched; conidia ovoid to elongate, some- times curved. Saprophytes. Strumella Conidiophores slender or clavate at the apex; conidia ovoid, elongate, or pyriform, borne singly or in chains. Epidochium Sporodochia flat, not convex; conidiophores cylindrical, conidia ovoid, elongated, or rod-shaped. Hymenopsis Sporodochia with hairs or bristles. Hairs black, marginal. Chaetostromn Hairs hyaline, marginal. Myrothecium Conidia phragmosporous. Conidia single on conidiophores. Exosporium Conidia in chains on conidiophores. Trimmatostroma Conidia spherical, reticulately marked, each areola representing a distinct cell. Epicoccum (some species) Key to a Few Genera of Order Mycelia Sterilia Sclerotium-like bodies produced. Sclerotia flattened, usually on surface of host, connected by brown fibrillose hyphae. Imperfect forms of Basidiomyceteae. Rhizoctonia Sclerotia round, ellipsoid or elongated, often more or less flattened on lower surface, often several growing together into a compound structure; internally firm and usually white, with a definite, black, brown, or light brown cortical layer. Many species are imperfect forms of Aseomyceteae, others of Basidio- myceteae. Sclerotium ^* Parasitic species when young may be confused with CoUetotrichum. 624 FUNGI IMPEEFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Sclerotium subterranean, consisting of a large mass of tangled hypliae enclosing particles of soil, plant debris, etc., the outer surface not forming a hard cortical layer; giving rise to spore fruits of Polyporaceae. Pachyma Root-like, branching, growing through the soil or between wood and bark or in timber; hard, white within, with black cortex. Usually representing a stage of some Basidiomycete, most frequently Armillariella mellea. Rhizomorpha Coarsely interwoven hyphae; mostly parasitic on roots of vascular plants. Ozonium^^ Literature Cited Bender, Harold B.: The genera of Fungi Imperfecti: North American Species and Hosts, with Particular Reference to Connecticut, 2000 pp. (Unpublished thesis: Yale University, New Haven, Conn., 1931.) : The Fungi Imperfecti: Order Sphaeropsidales. With Keys and References for the Genera, 52 pp. North Woodbury, Conn., published by the author, 1934. Bessey, Ernst A.: Spore forms of Spegazzinia ornata Sacc, /. Mycology, 13(2):43-45.P^ 101. 1907. Briosi, Giovanni, e Fridano Cavara: I funghi parassiti delle piante coltivate od utile, essicati, delineati e descritti. Fascicles I-XVII, containing Nos. 1-425. 1888-1909. Dade, H. A.: Ceratostomella paradoxa, the perfect stage of Thielaviopsis para- doxa (de Seynes) von Hohnel, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 13:184-194. Pis. 10-12. 1928. Delacroix, G. : Quelques especes nouvelles de champignons inf^rieurs. Bull. soc. mycol. France, 6(4):181-184. PL 20. 1890. Dodge, B, 0.: The conidial stage of Peziza pustulata, Mycologia, 29(6) :651-655. Fig. 1. 1937. Drechsler, Charles: Morphology of the genus Actinomyces, Botan. Gaz., 67(l):65-83; (2) : 147-1 68. PZs. 2-9. 1919. : Some conidial Phycomycetes destructive to terricolous Amoebae, My- cologia, 27(l):6-40. Ph. 1-7. 1935a. : A new mucedinaceous fungus capturing and consuming Amoeba ver- rucosa, ibid., 27(2):216-223. Fig. 1. 1935b. Some Hyphomycetes that prey on free-living terricolous nematodes, ibid., 29(4):447-552. i^i>. 1-18. 1937. DuEMLiNG, Werner William; Garfield G. Duncan; William H. Feldman; ET AL.: Antibiotics: I. Microbiological; II. Pharmacological, Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 48(2):31-218. 1946. Emmons, C. W., and A. L. Carrion: Sporulation of the Phialophora type in Hormodendron, Mycologia, 29(3) :327-333. Figs. 1-6. 1937. Fawcett, H. S.: The cause of stem-end rot of citrus fruits (Phomopsis citri n. sp.). Phytopathology, 2(3) :109-113. Pis. 8-9. 1912. Fitzgerald, L. R.: Phoma stenobothri, a fungus parasite of the grasshopper. Am. Midland Naturalist, 29(3):761-767. 2 pis. 1943. Fleming, Alexander: Penicillin — Its Practical Application, x -f- 380 pp. Illus- trated. Philadelphia, The Blakiston Company, 1946. 25 Besides Ozonium many names have been given to various hyphal forms. LITERATURE CITED 625 GiESENHAGEN, Karl: Hexeiibcsen an tropischen Farnen, Flora oder Allgemeine Botan. Ztg., 76:130-156. PZs. 12-13. 1892. GoiDANiCH, G.: La microflora della pasta-legno: Funghi, In Goidanich et al.: Ricerche suUe alterazioni e sulla conservazione della pasta di legno destinata alia fabbricazione della carta. Capitolo II, pp. 43-192. Figs. 12-80. Ente Nazionale per la Cellulosa e per la Carta. Reale Stazione di Patologia Vege- tale di Roma, 1938. Groves, J. W., and A. J. Skolko: Notes on seed-borne fungi: I. Stemphylium, Can. J. Research, C, 22(4):190-199. Pis. 1-5. 1944a; II. Alternaria, ibid., 22(5):217-234. P/s. 1-10. 1944b. Hasselbring, H.: Comparative study of the development of Trichurus spiralis and Stysanus stemonites, Bota7i. Gaz., 29(5):312-322. Pis. 23-24. 1900, Hedgcock, G. G.: Studies upon some chromogenic fungi which discolor wood, Missouri Botan. Garden Ann. Rep., 17:59-114. Pis. 3-12. 3 text-figures 1906. Herrell, Wallace Edgar: Penicillin and other antibiotic agents, xv + 348 pp. Illustrated. Philadelphia and London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1945. HiGGiNs, Bascombe Britt: Contribution to the life history and physiology of Cylindrosporium on stone fruits, Am. J. Botany, 1(4):145-173. P/s. 13-16 1914. VON HoHNEL, Franz: Fragmente zur Mykologie: X. Mitteilung Nr. 468 bis 526, Sitz. her. Kaiserlichen Akad. Wiss. (Wien) Math, naturw. Klasse, 119:393- 473. 1910. Ingold, C. T.: Aquatic Hyphomycetes of decaying alder leaves, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 25(4):339-417. Pis. 12-17. Figs. 1-48. 1942. : Further observations on aquatic Hyphomycetes of decaying leaves ibid 26(3-4) :104-1 15. Pis. 5-6. Figs. 1-6. 1943. : Some new aquatic Hyphomycetes, ibid., 27(1-2) :35-47. Pis. 3-4. Figs 1-8. 1944. IwADARA, Satoru: Studies on Epicoccum oryzae Ito et Iwara n. sp., Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(3):210-217. Figs. 1-2. 1934. Klebahn, H.: Haupt- und Nebenfruchtformen der Askomyzeten: Erster Teil. Eigene Untersuchungen, xi + 395 pp. 274 figs. Leipzig, Gebrlider Born- traeger, 1918. Limber, Donald P.: A new form genus of the Moniliaceae, Mycologia, 32(1) :23- 30. Figs. 1-2. 1940. LiNDAU, G.: Fungi Imperfecti, In A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Teil 1, Abt. 1**, pp. 347-523. Figs. 183-263. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1899-1900. LiNDER, David H.: A monograph of the helicosporous Fungi Imperfecti, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 16(3):227-388. Pis. 12-31. Figs. 1-17. 1929. : The genus Helicoceras, ibid., 18(1) :l-8. PL 1. 1931a. — : Brief notes on the Helicosporeae with descriptions of four new species ibid., 18(1):9-16. PI. 2. 1931b. : A contribution towards a monograph of the genus Oidium (Fungi Im- perfecti), Lloydia, 5(3):165-207. Pis. 1-7. 1942. Mason, E. W.: Annotated account of fungi received at the Imperial Mycological Institute, List II, Fascicle 2, 1933; List II, Fascicle 3, General Part, 1937. : Zygosporium, ibid., List II, Fascicle 3 (Special Part), pp. 134-144. Figs. 40-44. 1941. Matruchot, L.: Structure, d^veioppement et forme parfaite du Gliocladium, Rev. gen. botan., 7:321-331. PI. 16. 1895. 626 FUNGI IMPERFECTi: THE IMPERFECT FUNGI Melin, Elias, and J. A. Nannfeldt: Researches into the bhieing of ground woodpulp, Svenska Skogsvdrdsforeningens Tidskrift 1934, Hafte III-IV, pp. 397-616. Figs. 1-60. 1934. MoNTEMARTiNi, LuiGi: Ricerche sopra la struttura delle Melanconiee ed i lori rapporti cogli Ifomiceti e colle Sferossidee, Atti ist. botan. reale univ. Pavia, N.S., vol. 6, 45 pp. Pis. 11-12. 1899. Nannfeldt, J. A.: Studien iiber die Morphologic und Systematik der nicht- lichenisierten inoperculaten Discomyceten, Nova Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Upsaliensis, Ser. IV, 8(2):l-368. Pis. 1-19. Figs. 1-47. 1932. Neergaard, Paul: Danish species of Alternaria and Stemphylium. Taxonomy, parasitism, economical importance, Communication from the Phytopatho- logical Laboratory of J. E. Ohlsens Enke, Copenhagen, pp. 1-560. Figs. 1- 159. Copenhagen, Einar Munksgaard, Publisher, 1945. Newcomer, Earl H., and Glenn KenKnight: Nuclei in Actinomyces, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 25:85-87. 1939 (1940). Petrak, F., und H. Sydow: Die Gattungen der Pyrenomyzeten, Sphaeropsideen und Melanconien: Erster Teil. Die phaeosporen Sphaeropsideen und die Gattung Macrophoma, Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beihefte, 42(1-3) :1-551. 1926-1927. PiNKERTON, M. Elizabeth: A comparative study of conidial formation in Cephalosporium and some related Hyphomycetes, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 23(1) :l-68. P/s. 1-6. 1936. Prillieux, G.: La pourriture du coeur de la betterave, Bull. soc. mycologique de France, 7(1) :15-19.P/. 3. 1891. , et G. Delacroix: Sur une maladie des tomates produite par le Clado- sporium fulvum Cooke, ihid., 7(1):19-21. PI. 3. 1891. Raper, Kenneth B., and Charles Thom: A manual of the Penicilha, ix + 875 pp. 10 colored plates. 112 figs. Baltimore, WiUiams & Wilkins Co. 1949. Reinke, J., und G. Berthold: Die Zersetzung der Kartoffel durch Pilze, Un- tersuchungen aus dem Botanischen Laboratorium der Universitat Got- tingen. Heft 1, pp. 1-100. PZs. 1-8. Berlin, Verlag von Wiegandt, Hempel und Parey, 1879. Saccardo, p. a.: Sylloge fungorum hucusque cognitorum, vol. 14, pp. 1-1316. Pavia, published by author, 1899. (Contains an explanation of an arrange- ment of genera by spore form and color.) Shear, C. L.: The life-history of the Texas root rot fungus, Ozonium omnivorum Shear, /. Agr. Research, 30(5) :475-477. PI. 1 {colored). Fig. 1. 1925. , and B. 0. Dodge: The life history and identity of "Patellina fragariae," "Leptothyrium macrothecium," and "Peziza oenotherae," Mycologia, 13(3):135-170. Pis. 8-10. Figs. 1-5. 1921. Southworth, E. a.: a new hollyhock disease, /. Mycology, 6(2):45-50. PI. 3. 1890. ■ Tehon, L. R.: The pycnothyrium in the taxonomic system of the Fungi Im- perfecti, Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci., 33(2):63-65. Figs. 1-3. 1940. , AND Eve Daniels: Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois, II, Mycologia, 17(6) :240-249. PL 25. 1925. Thaxter, Roland: On certain new or peculiar North American Hyphomycetes: II. Helicocephalum, Gonatorrhodiella, Desmidiospora nov. genera and Everhartia lignatilis n. sp., Botan. Gaz., 16(6):201-205. Pis. 19-20. 1891. Thom, Charles: The Penicillia, xiii + 644 pp. 99 figs. Baltimore, The Williams and Wilkins Company, 1930. LITEKATUBE CITED 627 , AND Kenneth B. Raper: A manual of the Aspergilli, ix + 373 pp. 7 colored -plates. 7Q figs. Baltimore, The Williams and Wilkins Company, 1945. VuiLLEMiN, p.: Materiaux pour une classification rationnelle des Fungi Im- perfecti, Compt. rend., 150(14) :882-884. 1910. • : Les Aleurisporfe, Bull. soc. sci. Nancy, pp. 151-175. 1911. Waksman, S. a., and a. T. Henrici: The nomenclature and classification of the Actinomycetes, /. Bacterial., 46(4):337-341. 1943. Wiltshire, S. P. : The foundation species of Alternaria and Macrosporium, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 18:135-160. Pis. 6-8. Figs. 1-6. 1933. : The original and modern conceptions of Stemphylium, ibid., 21 :21 1-239. Pis. 14-15. Figs. 1-17. 1938. Winter, Georg: Mycologische Notizen, Hedwigia, 12:145-147. 1873. Wolf, Frederick A.: Morphology of Polythrincium, causing sooty blotch of clover, Mycologia, 27(l):58-73. Figs. 1-5. 1935. ZiMMERMANN, A.! Uebcr einige an tropischcu Kulturpflanzen beobachtete Pilze. II. Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 8(7):216-221. Figs. 5-8. 1902. 17 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI IT IS a commonly accepted axiom that evolution in both plants and animals generally proceeds from the simpler to the more complex structures, although it is recognized that in many cases a retrogression from complex to simpler structures may occur. Therefore it is natural that from the time that the ideas of evolution began to be given considera- tion in the attempts to develop taxonomy along supposed phylogenetic lines search was made for simple organisms as the probable primitive types from which the complex phylogenetic trees of plants and animals had developed. Since animals lack the power of synthesizing organic food stuffs out of inorganic materials it has usually been assumed that the predecessors of the animal kingdom must have been organisms that did possess that power. The same assumption is necessary for the establishment of a logical phylogenetic arrangement of the fungi and other more or less plant-like organisms that are not autotrophic. There are a number of groups of microscopic organisms ordinarily classed among the Bacteria in which the energy necessary for the synthesis of organic materials is ob- tained by various types of chemical reaction independent of light. Thus the sulphur bacteria by the oxidation of sulphur or of HoS are able to gain the necessary energy for their life processes. The same is true of those bacteria which oxidize iron. There are several other types of energy- obtaining processes. It is, however, only in those plants which develop chlorophyll-like substances able to react with light to ol:)tain the energy necessary for synthesis that a comparatively large amount of energy became available and that production of large amounts of food occurred. Probably not until then did the evolution of larger, more complex organ- isms begin and not till then was the available food supply great enough to permit the extended evolution of the various orders of animals and of fungi. From the fact that most of the simpler animals, green plants, and fungi for the major portion of their life cycle consist of single, uninucleate 628 THE PHYLOGENY OP THE FUNGI 629 cells with flagella or cilia or produce such cells for the purpose of multi- plication it seems logical to conclude that the ancestors of these groups were unicellular, motile organisms. They must have been already highly developed in their cell structure for we find in the green algae, lower fungi, and animals essentially the same basic nuclear structure, sexual repro- duction whose fundamental phenomena are the union of two haploid nuclei into a diploid nucleus followed sooner or later by meiosis, and similar laws of heredity. Therefore we must believe that the forms an- cestral to these three lines had already reached the height of development attained by the unicellular, motile or zoospore-producing algae. The sulphur or iron bacteria mentioned above lack such definite nuclei and are much too simple in structure to have been the immediate ancestors sought. It appears to the author that probably the lines of evolution after the invention of chlorophyll progressed rapidly in various directions. The known Myxophyceae have not reached the type of cell structure that could have given rise immediately to the unicellular, flagellate green algae or to the lower fungi or animals. It is to the organisms more like the simple chlorophyll-bearing flagellate algae that we must turn in our search. In such algae we have a constant production of organic material, by means of photosynthesis, and thus chlorophyll-lacking organisms could develop, depending upon them either directly or indirectly for their food. We find that the motile organs of such simple alga-like organisms as we now know are usually one to four in number, connected to little organelles, the blepharoplasts, at or just below the plasma membrane, these usually being then connected to the nucleus. Evolution led to the production of two main types of flagella. In one type there is a firmer outer tubular envelope surrounding a softer more flexible portion which extends beyond this outer portion and is capable of very active lashing motion. These are the "whiplash" flagella. Another type consists of a much more flexible axis from whose sides arise at right angles numerous very fine cilioles which are capable of movement. This is the "tinsel type" of flageflum. Some of the single-celled plants possess one or more of the one type or of the other type, but in one group of algae one flagellum of each type occurs. This is the group called Heterocontae or Xanthophyceae. Here the flagella may be equal in size but usually with the tinsel flagellum directed anteriorly and the other turned back. The latter is frequently shorter and in some cases appears to be lacking. Another characteristic of the unicellular algae is the fact that the motile cells do not normally produce a true cell wall, the outer layer being simply a plasma membrane. This becomes encysted with a true cell wall which serves as a protection. In the further evolution of the various groups of algae the encysted stage becomes the normal vegetative condi- 630 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI tion, the naked, swimming cells being produced for multiplication. We find this same trend of evolution in the fungi that we speak of as the Lower Fungi. In the line of evolution of animals the contrary feature is emphasized. The motile stage becomes more and more the prevailing one, the encystment occurring only at the reproductive stage and finally dis- appearing altogether. In some of the simple animals the plasma membrane has become less firm and amoeboid motion is possible, together with the amoeboid engulfment of food particles, yet even here encysted stages may occur. We may perhaps assume that some of the chlorophyll-containing, one- celled, naked, swimming organisms, whether we call them plants or not, and which had possibly not yet reached the level of the present simplest green algae, lost their power of producing chlorophyll and so had to become parasitic in the tissues of animals or plants or saprophytic, feeding upon the organic products of plant-like organisms. Among the group com- monly called the Flagellata we find numerous examples of this type in which the lack of chlorophyll is the chief distinguishing character. Also such examples of lost chlorophyll occur among the true green algae, as for example in Rhodochytrium, in which the carotinoid pigments are still pro- duced although the chlorophyll has disappeared. This plant lives para- sitically in the tissues of higher plants. Intermediate steps are found in certain unicellular algae that still retain their chlorophyll but which are obligate endophytes in aquatic higher plants. Examples of these are Chlorochytrium and Eremosphaera. Phylogeny of Mycetozoa The Mycetozoa are characterized by their naked plasmodial vege- tative stage and by the ultimate rounding up and encystment of the cells as "spores," the only stage (with minor exceptions, such as the stalk cells of Acrasiales) in which cell walls are found. With the exception of the few described Acrasiales and Labyrinthulales, the encysted spores germinate by production of anteriorly biflagellate swarm cells or sometimes one flagellum seems to be lacking although two blepharoplasts are present. These two fiagella are both of the whiplash type. The presence of flagel- late, amoeboid planospores and inclination toward the formation of Plasmodia or pseudoplasmodia is found also in some of the Protozoa included in the Rhizopoda or Sarcodina and therefore it seems to the author only reasonable to conclude that the Mycetozoa (in the broader sense of this term) are derived from those organisms. Where they came from remains to be determined but possibly the amoeboid Protozoa are further developments of chlorophyll-less Flagellata. The Plasmodiopho- rales are classified by Sparrow (1943) and some others in the Biflagellatae, a group which includes also the Saprolegniales, Leptomitales, Lage- PHTLOGENY OF CHYTRIDIALES AND VEGETATIVELT SIMILAR FORMS G31 nidiales, and Peronosporales. Since, however, Ellison (1945) has shown that the two flagella oi Plasmodiophora are both of the whiplash type while those of the other groups assigned to the Biflagellatae have one each of the tinsel and whiplash type, the relationship of Plasmodiophora appears more likely to be with the biflagellate slime molds whose flagella are both of the whiplash type and whose plasmodial structure is more nearly similar. Whether the other genera at present assigned to the Plasmodiophorales really belong there needs further study, especially of their flagellar structure. The nonflagellate order Acrasiales is possibly closely related to the true slime molds. Besides the loss of fiagellum production there is no definite peridium nor is a capillitium produced unless possibly the slime in which the spores are embedded and which helps to make up the growing stalk are modifications of these structures. Furthermore the production of true Plasmodia is lost except possibly just before spore formation, but sexuality appears to be present (Skupienski, 1920). As for the Labyrinth- ulales it can only be surmised that they possibly are related to the Myce- tozoa because of their naked cells, which form a sort of pseudoplas- modium, and the encystment of their spores. Their life history is so incompletely known that their relationship cannot be determined more closely at present. Phylogeny of Chytridiales and Vegetatively Similar Forms The whole group of chiefly aquatic fungi formerly grouped together under the name Chytridiales agrees in the production of flagellate naked swarm cells which eventually encyst and enlarge and become the spo- rangia or give rise to the sporangia within which the swarm cells are pro- duced. The study of the number, location and structure of the flagella has shown that this group must be divided into at least three orders : Chytri- diales (in the more limited sense), with one posterior whiplash fiagellum; Hj^phochytriales, with one anterior tinsel type fiagellum; and certain families of the Lagenidiales, with two anteriorly or laterally attached flagella, one of the tinsel type (directed forward if the flagella are laterally attached) and the other of the whiplash type (directed posteriorly in most cases). Correlated with these flagellar characters are chemical differences in the composition of the cell wall. In the Lagenidiales this gives the cellulose test readily with chloriodide of zinc, in the Hyphochytriales this reaction may or may not appear and may depend upon the age of the organism, while in the Chytridiales only rarely is cellulose revealed by this test and in some cases fungus chitin occurs. In 1942, the author suggested that these three orders which vege- tatively and in their mode of reproduction are so closely parallel, might have had a common origin in some of the green, heterocont, one-celled, G32 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI motile, anteriorly biflagellate algae (Heterocontae or Xanthophyceae). It is necessary to make the assumption that the loss of chlorophyll and the adoption of a saprophytic or parasitic mode of life occurred early in their evolution. The simpler Lagenidiales represent forms in which both flagella are retained, as well as the cellulose composition of the cell walls. For the Hyphochytriales we must assume a gradual modification of the hetero- contal habit until finally (as sometimes occurs in the algae) the shorter, posteriorly inclined flagellum entirely disappeared, leaving only the single anterior tinsel type flagellum. At the same time the cellulose became in part replaced by or concealed by an admixture of fungus chitin. For the Chytridiales (in the narrower use of the term) the anterior (tinsel type) flagellum has disappeared leaving the single, posteriorly directed whiplash flagellum. Concurrently the cellulose reaction of the cell walls has become less and less marked, appearing only in a minority of the species so far studied. (Fig. 204.) These three groups have undergone parallel evolutionary develop- ENTOMOPHTHORALES MUCORALES PERONOSPORACEAE MONOBLEPHARIDACEAE BLASTOCLADIACEAE SAPROLEGNIACEAE LEPTOMITACEAE ALBUGINACEAE PYTHIACEAE CLADOCHYTRIACEAE RHIZIDIACEAE SYNCHYTRIACEAE OLPIDIACEAE ANTERIOR FLAGELLUM LOST LAGENIDIACEAE HYPHOGHYTRIACEAE POSTERIOR FLAGELLUM LOST OLPIDIOPSIDACEAE ,BOTH FLAGELLA RETAINED HETEROCONT UNICELLULAR ALGAE Fio. 204. Suggested lines of evolution of the Pliycomyreteae, based upon the idea of their origin from unicellular algae. (After Bcssey: M ycologia, 34(4):355-379.) PHYLOGENY OP CHYTRIDIALES AND VEGETATIVELY SIMILAR FORMS 633 SAPROLEGNIACEAE ments from holocarpic to eucarpic monocentric forms and finally to eucarpic polycentric forms. So far as known the Hyphochytriales have not given rise to further advanced, hyphal forms of a truly mycelial nature. The Chytridiales, on the contrary, are certainly closely related to the Blastocladiales and Monoblepharidales, culminating in the latter in an oosporic mode of sexual reproduction. This line seems to end blindly. From the Lagenidiales we can draw lines of ascent to the Saprolegniales and Peronosporales. PERONOSPORACEAE ALBUGINACEAE ENTOMOPHTHORALES I PYTHIACEAE MUCORALES i LEPTOMITACEAE LAGENIDIACEAE I OLPIDIOPSIDAGEAE / VAUCHERIACEAE HIGHER /si PHONALES Fig. 205. Suggested lines of evolution of the biflagellate Phycomyceteae, based upon Sachs's and Mez's idea of the origin of the Saprolegniales from the Siphonales. (After Bessey: Mycologia, 34(4):355-379.) On the contrary Mez (1929), de Bary (1884), and many others have suggested that the evolution may have been regressive from the Sapro- legniales or from the Pythiaceae, to the Lagenidiales, by a process of simplification. From the simple, holocarpic Olpidiopsidaceae, by the loss of the posterior or anterior flagellum could have arisen the Hyphochy- triales and Chytridiales respectively. No forms are known from which the Monoblepharidales and Blastocladiales might have arisen and then by regression led to the production of the Chytridiales. The Saprolegniales are assumed by Mez and by Sachs (1874) under this hypothesis to have arisen by loss of chlorophyll from some alga similar to Vaucheria in the Siphonales, at a point in the evolution of this alga prior to the substitution of a single compound zoospore for the many separate biflagellate zoo- 634 THE PHTLOGENY OF THE FUNGI spores characteristic of most Siphonales and of the Saprolegniales. The close similarity of the serum reactions by Saprolegnia and Vaucheria as determined by Mez would seem to add force to this idea. (Fig. 205.) Phylogeny of Higher Phycomyceteae The phylogeny of the Mucorales and Entomophthorales is probably properly tied up with that of the Zoopagales. Of the Eccrinales so much still remains to be learned that their origin and their relationships to other groups are very obscure. The fact that their cell walls respond to the cellulose test positively with chloriodide of zinc is not sufficient to indicate where their closest kinship lies. The Mucorales and Entomophthorales have cell walls at maturity in which cellulose is not readily demonstrated although in some Mucorales it can be detected in younger mycelium by the use of suitable iodine- containing reagents. As the mycelium becomes older fungus chitin makes up more and more of the cell wall. The fact that cellulose is sufficiently abundant in proportion to the chitin to be demonstrable in the younger mycelium would seem to justify the suggestion of the possibility of an- cestors with little or no chitin in their cell walls. Be it remembered that in Pythium no fungus chitin is demonstrable (Thomas, 1942, 1943) while it occurs in measurable amounts in the very closely related Phijtophthora. The more typical Mucorales are usually considered to be those in whose asexual reproduction the aerial hyphae terminate in sporangia within which by cleavage are produced angular, naked cells which quickly round up and become encysted. Upon their escape from the sporangium by the dissolution or fragmentation of the membrane the aplanospores may be distributed by water or by air currents or even by insects. Except for the nonflagellate condition of the spores this type of asexual reproduction is found in the Blastocladiales, Monoblepharidales, Saprolegniales, and some of the terrestrial and aquatic Peronosporales. The fact that the mycehum of the Mucorales is mostly stout and that large numbers of species are soil inhabitants would seem to exclude many of the Pythiaceae and Blastocladiales and Monoblepharidales from consideration. In the Saprolegniaceae we find the genus Aplanes in which the spores produced in the sporangium become aplanospores, without undergoing the swim- ming stage. Thus, so far as the asexual mode of reproduction is concerned, there is no serious barrier to the behef that the Mucorales may have evolved from some Saprolegniaceous soil fungus with aplanospores. In general, however, the conjugating gametangia in the Mucorales are almost equal in size while in the Saprolegniales they consist of a small antherid and a large oogone, the former usually producing a conjugation tube which penetrates through the oogone wall and opens at its tip when nearly or quite in contact with the egg. Yet in Brevilegnia diclina no such ORIGIN OF ASCOMYCETEAE 635 conjugation tube is formed, there being developed simply an opening through the antherid and oogone walls which permits the entry of the male nucleus. However, the supposed isogamy in the Mucorales is more apparent than real. Even where the gemetangia are equal in size the nuclei and part of the cytoplasm of one pass through an opening in the walls into the other so that we actually have a functioning antherid although it is equal in size with the oogone. In Dicranophora one game- tangium is very large and the other very small and the "zygospore" wall includes the oogone alone or rarely part of the antherid also. So we can perhaps with justification look to some soil-inhabiting member of the Saprolegniales for the ancestral form of the Mucorales. It must be noted that Jaczewski (1929-30) suggested that these latter fungi arose directly from some of the Chy tridiales (in the wider sense) . Others have suggested the Monoblepharidaceae or the Cladochytriaceae as the ancestral stock of the Mucorales. Within the Mucorales the evolution has apparently been in various directions of modification of the sporangium, terminating in small in- dehiscent sporangioles or portions of elongated sporangia. The Ento- mophthorales appear to be terminal lines of evolution in which the mycelium is much reduced, and the "conidia" represent usually violently discharged, mostly indehiscent, sporangioles (but in Basidiobolus these produce internal aplanospores). The sexual reproduction of the various genera represents modifications of some of the different types found in the Mucorales. In the Zoopagales the sporangia are reduced to indehiscent sporan- gioles (or "conidia") and the sexual reproduction is sometimes isogamous and reminiscent of some of the Mucorales or more often heterogamous. Not enough is known of their cytology, the chemical composition of the cell walls etc., to permit more definite suggestions as to their phylogeny. Origin of Ascomyceteae There are two main schools of thought regarding the phylogenetic origin of the Higher Fungi (Ascomyceteae, Basidiomyceteae, etc.). In the one it is held that the fungi as a whole form a monophyletic series and, consequently, it is believed that the Ascomyceteae and other higher fungi arose from the Phycomyceteae. There is no general agreement as to the definite paths along which such derivation occurred, nor whether the higher fungi are monophyletic or polyphyletic in their origin from the lower fungi. The other school holds that the fungi are not necessarily monophyletic and that some, if not all, of the higher fungi arose from algae that had some of the characteristics of the simpler Florideae. In both theories the points of connection between the Ascomyceteae and the Rusts and Smuts and the more characteristic Basidiomyceteae are not in 636 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI agreement, regardless of the ideas as to the ancestry of the Ascomyceteae. The author follows the school of Sachs in the belief that the evidence is stronger in favor of the Floridean ancestry of the Ascomyceteae, but he will attempt to indicate the viewpoints of this hypothesis which are most unsatisfactory and to exhibit the evidence that convinced de Bary and many of his successors that the Phycomyceteae actually gave rise to the higher fungi. Among the points against the Floridean ancestry, the composition of the cell wall has been emphasized. In the higher fungi as well as the lower fungi the basic compounds making up the wall are various types of carbo- hydrates, among which may be found cellulose, callose, various pectin compounds, etc. Admixed with these, especially as the mycelium becomes older, are various substances which, when in sufficiently large proportion, prevent the reaction of the cell wall to the various cellulose tests, such as chloriodide of zinc and certain stains and solvents. These admixtures are sometimes fats, deposited in the surface layers of the wall, as is the case in Monohlepharis, Blasiocladia, etc. In these, treatment with substances that will saponify the fat (such as KOH solution, warm but not hot, followed by thorough washing) will then permit the cellulose reaction to appear. Far more often the hindering agent is a substance which, although it is usually called chitin, has been shown to be sufficiently different from animal chitin to warrant its designation as fungus chitin (see Chapter 1, p. 3). This is found in some of the Chytridiales (e.g., Synchytrium) , to a small extent in Phytophthora, but not enough to prevent the cellulose reac- tion entirely, and in the Mucorales and Entomophthorales. Even in the former it may not block the cellulose reaction in the younger hyphae but usually does so in the more mature mycelium. The author's investigations on Piloholus (1948) have shown that in P. kleinii van Tiegh. the cellulose coloration by chloriodide of zinc is limited to the slightly thickened lip surrounding the opening at the top of the subsporangial vesicle after the sporangium has been discharged, while in P. longipcs van Tiegh. the lower two-thirds or three-quarters of the sporangiophore and the trophocyst, the basal swelling, and much of the vegetative mycelium show this reac- tion. In the Entomophthorales the chitin appears to make up a large portion of the cell wall but cellulose prevails in Basic/ iobolus (Couch, 1939). In the Ascomyceteae and other higher fungi, fungus chitin usually blocks all cellulose tests although the presence of the latter may be shown by chemical analysis. In the ascogenous hyphae of some lichens the cel- lulose reaction shows up well. Some of the yeasts do not indicate the presence of fungus chitin though cellulose seems to be replaced by other carbohydrates. From the foregoing it seems that there is a growing trend as we pass from the lower fungi to the higher fungi for an increased amount of fungus chitin in proportion to the cellulose but in general the ORIGIN OF ASCOMYCETEAE 637 higher fungi are much like the lower fungi in cell wall composition. In the Florideae cellulose is present usually accompanied by a considerable amount of pectic substances but there is no evidence of fungus chitin The hypothesis of Floridean ancestry of the higher fungi requires that the phylogenetic evolution of the latter must be assumed to progress from complex forms (Pezizales, Sphaeriales, etc.) to simpler forms such as Taphrina, Endomyces, Saccharomyces, etc., contrary to the usual direction of evolution accepted for most groups of fungi. On the contrary from the relatively simplj^-built Phycomyceteae the rather simple Endomycetaceae may be assumed to have arisen without too great difficulty. The chief arguments for a Floridean ancestry lie in the similarity between the sexual reproduction in the simpler Florideae and in many of the Ascomyceteae, including: 1. Nonmotile, naked or at most very thin-walled, spermatia, with a relatively large nucleus, mostly produced one or more at a time endog- enously in scattered or crowded antherids. These depend for distribution in the Florideae upon water currents and in the Ascomyceteae upon streaming surface layers of water or upon insects. 2. The production of a receptive filament (trichogyne) projecting from the oogone. 3. The multiplication within the oogone of the zygote nucleus (or of the paired but not united gamete nuclei) and their passage through out- growths from the oogone to terminal cells which become carpospores or asei in the Florideae or Ascomyceteae respectively. 4. Usually, but not always, the formation of enclosing envelopes of various types around the oogone, sometimes before but more often after fertilization. Aside from these reproductive similarities the vegetative structure shows similarities. 5. The filaments (hyphae) of both groups of organisms mostly grow in length by the elongation and division of the terminal cells, which however occurs also in the Phycomyceteae. 6. The septa which arise by circular shelf-like growth from the lateral wall of the cell do not entirely close in the Ascomyceteae as they do in the Phycomyceteae (according to Buller, 1933) but leave a central pore through which the protoplasmic continuity of adjacent cells is main- tained, a condition which also occurs in the Florideae. In the Phycomyceteae in general each sexual act results in the produc- tion of a single zygote: zygospore or oospore (e.g., Monohlepharis, Sapro- legnia, Peronospora, Mucor, Entomophthora, Zoopage, etc.) but in the Ascomyceteae in which sexual reproduction occurs by the union of non- motile sperm cells with a trychogyne the one sexual act leads to the pro- duction of many asci borne on ascogenous hyphae and usually surrounded 638 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI and protected by a structure made up of vegetative hyphae (apothecium, perithecium, etc.)- The same is true of the Florideae where the union of one sperm cell with the trichogyne will bring about the formation of a spore fruit (as Sachs called it) with many carpospores, either surrounded by a protective envelop or not. It should be noted that in the very simple Endomycetaceae and Saccharomycetaceae, considered by the author to be extreme simplifications from very complex ancestors, a single ascus is produced by each sexual act. The proponents of the hypothesis that the Ascomyceteae have arisen directly from the Phycomyceteae naturally consider the foregoing fungi to represent connecting hnks between the two groups. A further argument against the phycomycetous origin of the Asco- myceteae is the type of mycelium, which is prevaihngly coenocytic in the former and cellular in the latter. To be sure cross walls occur frequently in some Phycomyceteae but they are mainly (1) to set off reproductive organs from the main mycelium, (2) to fence off emptied portions of the mycelium from those regions in which living protoplasm is still present, and (3) to wall off injured regions. Furthermore the production of the septa in the coenocyte is entirely independent of any immediately pre- ceding nuclear division. In the higher fungi the mycelium is usually cellular and the cell walls separate uninucleate or binucleate cells. Cell division and septum formation are the immediate consequences of the division of the nucleus or of the two nuclei of the cell. It cannot be denied that the mycelium of many Ascomyceteae is composed of coenocytic seg- ments separated by cross walls, but these forms are relatively few in number. On the other hand the somewhat anomalous Basidioholus in the Entomophthoraceae has its mycelium made up of uninucleate cells. If we accept Sachs's suggestion as to the possible origin of Asco- myceteae from the Florideae we must prepare a phylogenetic tree that will include as more primitive those forms whose characters include the greater number of those found in the Florideae. Therefore we must give first place to those families or orders in w^hich receptive hyphae (tricho- gynes) are fertilized by nonmotile, naked or thin-walled, usually endog- enously produced sperms and from whose oogones arise several or many asci or ascogenous hyphae bearing the asci. Thus we should place first in the Ascomyceteae the Laboulbeniales, Lecanorales, Sphaeriales, and some Pezizales, granting that many of the last two orders accomplish their sexual reproduction by direct contact of the antherids with trichogynes or oogones. All of these forms are rather complex in their structure, far more so than the very simple yeasts and Taphrinales, which are placed at the base of the class by so many mycologists. On the same grounds of reasoning the Uredinales also, must be considered to proceed from near the orders believed by the author to be primitive in the Asco- ORIGIN OF ASCOMYCETEAE G39 myceteae. H. S. Jackson (1944) gives very convincing arguments for the hypothesis that the closely parallel life histories of the Uredinales and Florideae indicate something more than a mere convergence, probably true relationship. From the Pezizales it is usually considered that the Tuberales have arisen and possibly the Hysteriales. The fructifications of the Asco- corticiaceae may be looked upon as representing much reduced apothecia, thin and without a definite margin. They still retain the characteristic hook or crozier mode of formation of the asci. The family Taphrinaceae might be looked upon as producing a much further simplified apothecium in which the hook or crozier are lacking and where the whole vegetative mycelium is dicaryotic, perhaps representing the ascogenous hyphae of the usual types of Pezizales. The Sphaeriales show in the genus Mycosphaerella numerous cases of the production of rounded oogones with unbranched, nonseptate, apical, usually uninucleate trichogynes which are fertilized by sperm cells pro- duced internally (sometimes in fours) in the spermogonial structure. In this order as in the Pezizales the union of oogone and antherid may take the place of spermatization of a trichogyne. The Erysiphales represent mostly Sphaeriaceous forms with usually superficial, nonostiolate peri- thecia. Probably the Pseudosphaeriaceae arose from typical Sphaeriaceae as also did the Aspergillales and Myriangiales. The Gymnoascaceae represent a development in the Aspergillales toward the loosening up of the perithecial wall which is entirely lacking in the Endomycetaceae as are the ascogenous hyphae, so that a single sexual act produces but one ascus. (Fig. 206.) B. O. Dodge (1914) gave a very scholarly exposition of the similarities in the sexual reproductive structures of the Ascomyceteae and Florideae with special reference to the probable origin of the former from the latter. This should be read in connection with the excellent explanation (by Atkinson, 1914) of the origin of the simpler Ascomyceteae from the Phycomyceteae. For those who look to the Phycomyceteae as the possible source of the higher fungi several hypotheses have been proposed. For many years that of Brefeld (1889) was the prevalent one. He started from the assump- tion that sexuality among the fungi was confined to the Phycomyceteae and was entirely lacking in the Ascomyceteae and Basidiomyceteae. He assumed that the ascus is a sporangium homologous to that of the Muco- rales. Accordingly he considered the polysporous asci to represent a more primitive stage and the fungi with the standard eight-spored asci as more advanced. The basidium he considered to be a conidiophore bearing a not standardized number of conidia in the more primitive forms (the Usti- laginales), the number finally becoming fixed at four per conidiophore 640 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI OTHER EUBASIDIAE SACCHAROMYCETACEAE HETEROBASIDIAE CORTICIUM ASCOIDEACEAE ENDOMYCETACEAE GYMNOASCACEAE MYRIANGIACEAE / ASPERGILLACEAE PSEUDOSPHAERIALES, ETC. / ERYSIPHALES HYSTERIALES PEZIZALES a LEGANORALES, SPHAERIALES S HYPOCREALES '\ \ \ \ \ -^ IN THESE GROUPS OCCUR FORMS WITH FREE AND TRICH0GYNE5 LABOULBENIALES_---^''*^^ ™^''^ ^'^" '^'^^^ ^''"^^ ANCESTRAL RED SEAWEEDS Fig. 206. Suggested lines of evolution within the Ascomyceteae and origin of the Basidiomyceteae, based upon Sachs's idea of their derivation from the Florideae. (After Bessey: Mycologia, 34(4):355-379.) (i.e., the typical i'our-spored basidium). The "conidial" Phycomyceteae (some Mucorales, the Entomophthorales, etc.) were looked upon as the origin of the Basidiomycetous hne. Although this Brefeldian hypothesis has become discredited with the demonstration of the actual occurrence of sexuality in the higher fungi and by the general acceptance of the homologies of ascus and basidium and of the crozier and clamp connec- tions his theory still exerts a strong influence in most systems of classifica- tion of these fungi. With the acceptance of true sexuality in the higher fungi various mycologists have turned to the morphologically simple families of the Ascomyceteae as probably representing the intermediate stages between the Phycomyceteae and the Ascomyceteae. The discovery by Lagerheim (1892) of Dipodascus albidus and the careful working out by Juel (1902) of the (;ytology of its sexual reproduction have revealed a form that lends itself well to consideration as such a link. In this fungus the mycelium is septate, each segment being coenocytic. Usually adjacent segments pro- duce upright, multinucleate gumetangia which unite near their apices. A "privileged nucleus" of each gametangium unites with the corresponding one from the other to form a large zygote nucleus. From the junction of ORIGIN OF ASCOMYCETEAE 641 the gametangia or from one of the latter the long ascus develops, tapering toward its apex. In it the zygote nucleus divides repeatedly and finally around each nucleus is formed an ascospore. Numerous nuclei degenerate without acting as centers for spore formation. It is assumed that these were the supernumerary nuclei of the gametangia which did not become the privileged nuclei. The interpretation by Dangeard (1907), Atkinson, Gaumann (1926), and others is that the gametangia are homologous to those of the Mucorales and that the ascus represents the zygospore of the latter and the sporangium which it usually produces upon germination after a period of rest. In Dipodascus, however, there is no resting period and the zygote develops immediately to become the ascus. In D. uni- nucleatus Biggs, the mycelium is cellular, consisting of uninucleate cells. The gametangia are also uninucleate and there are no supernumerary nuclei. The ascus and ascospores develop as in D. albidus, the number of ascospores being typically large but often small in poorly developed asci. This species forms a close connection to Endomyces and Eremascus in the Endomycetaceae in which single asci, of eight ascospores or less, arise as the result of the sexual union of the two uninucleate gametangia. By in- crease of the tendency toward the budding habit of vegetative growth we can derive the Saccharomycetaceae. It is assumed that in some forms similar to Dipodascus the elongated multinucleate ascus gave rise to a series of branching hyphae containing the as yet unfused gamete nuclei and their products, and producing terminal cells where the pairs of nuclei unite and undergo meiotic division. Thus is interpreted the origin of the dicaryon ascogenous hyphae and asci. By the growth of loose protective vegetative hyphae between and around the ascogenous hyphae it is assumed that such a loose perithecium is developed as we find in the Gymnoascaceae. By the development of a firmer cortex the Aspergillaceae were derived. From these organisms one can imagine the development of Erysiphales, Myriangiales, Pseudosphaeriales, Sphaeriales, Pezizales, etc., a complete reversal of the phylogenetic tree based upon the idea of the origin of the Ascomyceteae from Florideae. (Fig. 207.) Whichever of the two phylogenetic series mentioned above is con- sidered to be nearer the truth there are certain observed facts or interpre- tations of facts that disagree. In both hypotheses the ascus is postulated as being derived from a sporangium: for the Floridean ancestry it must come from a tetrasporangium and for the Phycomycetous derivation from a sporangium more or less on the plan of that of the Alucorales. In either case the spores arise by the complete segmentation of the protoplasm, with no enucleate epiplasm left over. Yet, in the ascus, part of the cyto- plasm gathers around the nuclei and becomes encysted, leaving a portion without nuclei, the epiplasm, surrounding the ascospores. Whether or not this difference in manner of spore formation is so fundamental as many 642 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI have considered, it must be settled by further studies upon the various types of sporangia in the Phycomyceteae and different groups of algae. In the Phycomycetous hypothesis of the origin of the Ascomyceteae there is presented the difficulty of accounting for the production of the nonmotile sperms and of the trichogynes. Apparently very early in the development of the Phycomyceteae sexual reproduction took place by the IN THESE THREE GROUPS OCCUR FORMS WITH FREE SPERMS AND TRICHOGYNES \ \ "LECANORALES PEZIZALES.ETC. ( ERYSIPHALES MONASCACEAE ASPERGILLACEAE GYMNOASCACEAE ENDOMYCETACEAE ASCOIDEACEAE MUCORALES SPHAERIALES, PSEUDO- SPHAERIALES, ETC. MYRIANGIACEAE ELAPHOMYCETACEAE. ETC. SACCHAROMYCETACEAE Fig. 207. Suggested lines of evolution within the Ascomyceteae, following in the main the ideas of Dangeard, Atkinson, Gaumann, Mez, et al. (After Bessey: Mycologia, 34(4) -.355-379.) union of two equal-sized motile gametes, as in some of the Chytridiales and Blastocladiales, by the union of two motile gametes of unequal size, as in some species of Allomyces, or by the union of a flagellate sperm with a nonflagellate egg, as in Monohlepharis. In all the other Phycomyceteae in which sexual reproduction is known, this occurs by the union of two non- motile cells (Olpidiopsis) or by the passage of nuclei and cytoplasm from one gametangium to another one through a simple opening or through a conjugation tube. In Dipodascus, Endomyccs, and most of the forms con- ORIGIN OP ASCOMYCETEAE 643 sidered to be the primitive Ascomyceteae, if their Phycomycetous origin is accepted, we have this same general method of sexual reproduction, but in the forms considered under that hypothesis to be the furthest advanced we find separate nonmotile sperms uniting with special receptive organs (trichogynes). Whence have these been derived? They represent an entirely new development. Attempts have been made to consider the spermatia to be specialized conidia that have assumed the sexual function. That might possibly be so but it is far easier to surmise that they are the reproductive structures inherited from the Floridean ancestors where that is the standard mode of sexual reproduction. The case of Liagora tetrasporifera Borgesen (1927) indicates how a short-cycled red seaweed has developed a life history very closely parallel to that of such an Ascomycete as some species of Mycosphaerella. In this representative of the Order Nemalionales, after spermatization of the trichogyne there soon grow out from the oogone a number of gonimo- blasts whose terminal cells instead of becoming carpospores, as is the usual case in red seaweeds, become tetrasporangia which produce four tetraspores each. Although in this particular case the cytological behavior of the nuclei in the oogone after fertilization and in the tetrasporangium has not been studied it may well be assumed, from the analogy of other Nemalionales and other orders of the Florideae, that the gamete nuclei united normally in the oogone but did not undergo immediate meiosis, the result being that the nuclei in the gonimoblasts remained diploid. The terminal cells instead of becoming carpospores became tetrasporangia in which meiosis occurred and tetraspores with haploid nuclei were pro- duced. Compare this with Mycosphaerella. A uninucleate sperm cell spermatizes a one-celled unbranched trichogyne and passes down into the oogone where it associates itself with, but does not unite with, the egg nucleus. The two nuclei then divide simultaneously by "conjugate divi- sion" until many pairs of nuclei are produced which pass out into the ascogenous hyphae. At or near the tip a pair of nuclei passes into a ter- minal or subterminal cell where they unite. Then this diploid nucleus undergoes meiosis to produce four haploid nuclei and, after the fashion of the majority of the Ascomyceteae, a further mitotic division occurs, so that eight ascospores arise in each ascus. It should be remembered that in many Ascomyceteae where typical sexuality is known only four nuclei and therefore not over four ascospores are produced in each ascus. Al- though one cannot assume that Liagora is a direct ancestor of the Asco- myceteae this shows that in the red seaweeds the conditions exist now that might have given rise ages ago to this group of fungi. Possibly the acquisition of the land habit might have led to the pro- duction of ascospores in an ascus where the epiplasm is of importance in the scattering of the spores, whereas the tetraspores which depend upon 644 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI the water currents for their distribution sHp out from the tetrasporangium as naked cells. Origin of Rusts and Smuts and Heterobasidiae As mentioned above, Jackson (1944) has emphasized the parallelism of the life history types in the Uredinales and the Florideae. He has demonstrated beyond chance of contradiction that the various types of life history, such as alternation of haploid and diploid generations and shortened life cycles occur in both groups of organisms, together with a number of structural similarities (spermatia, receptive hyphae, etc.)- In view of the extreme, obligate type of parasitism of the rusts and the usual nonparasitic mode of life of the red seaweeds, and of the type of teliospores with promycelium — characters not indicated in the latter group — it appears evident that the relationship is not necessarily very close. Indeed the structure and function of these organs seem to indicate relationship with the Basidiomyceteae under which they are more often now classified. Bound up with the Uredinales is the question as to the relationship of the Ustilaginales with which they have very often been associated in classification. There is no denying the fact that in very many regards the latter order is far less specialized in structure and life history than the former. Yet there are a number of characters common to both : (1) a high degree of intercellular parasitism confined to hosts among the vascular plants; (2) a more or less well-marked distinction of two types of mycelium, sometimes associated with special types of spores and hosts, the monocaryon and dicaryon types of mycelium; (3) the produc- tion on the dicaryon mycelium of binucleate cells, usually with colored and thickened walls, in which the two nuclei unite ; (4) the outgrowth from this teliospore of a thin-walled hypha (promycelium) of limited growth within which meiosis occurs and upon which are then borne the sporidia w^hich are of two or four sexual phases; (5) the production by the latter of the monocaryon phase of mycelial growth; (6) the possession of various methods by which this mycelium becomes diploidized to form the di- caryon mycelial phase which produces the teliospores. Both orders give rise to repeating spores, i.e., asexual spores which repeat the mycelial phase upon which they are borne. In the Uredinales these are known onl,y upon the dicaryon mycelium (being known as urediospores) but in some of the Ustilaginales they occur on both monocaryon and dicaryon types of mycelium. In some regards the Ustilaginales appear the more primitive in that their dicaryon mycelium often has typical clamp connections, while these have been definitely discovered in only a few cases in the Uredinales. In the latter order there are present typically definite spermogonia which produce spermatia capable of spermatizing receptive hyphae (tricho- ORIGIN OF RUSTS AND SMUTS AND HETEROBASIDIAE 645 gynes) and thus diploidizing special cells from which are produced typical dicaryon spores (aeciospores). In the Ustilaginales the diploidization may occur in various ways but does not include spermatia and receptive hyphae. If, then, the two orders Ustilaginales and Uredinales are considered to be related we must conclude that they have arisen probably (1) from a group of fungi in which clamp connections occurred or their homologues, the croziers, characteristic of ascus formation; (2) from fungi in which spermatia were produced in well-organized spermogonia; (3) from fungi in which sexual reproduction was initiated by the spermatization of recep- tive hyphae ; and (4) from fungi in which the monocaryotic and dicaryotic mycelial phases were both present. Clamp connections are found in most groups of the Basidiomyceteae and in some lichens while their homologues, the croziers, occur in Lecanorales, Pezizales, Tuberales, Sphaeriales, Aspergillales, and in the Ascocorticiaceae and a few other forms. They are absent in the Laboulbeniales, Erysiphales, Saccharo- mycetales, and a number of other groups. Spermogonia are found in Laboulbeniales, Lecanorales, Sphaeriales, Pyrenulales, Dothideales, and some Pezizales. Special receptive hyphae (trichogynes) are found in Lecanorales, Pezizales, Laboulbeniales, Sphaeriales, Hypocreales, Py- renulales, Dothideales, and a few other groups. The two mycelial phases are absent in the Saccharomycetales and Taphrinaceae. We must there- fore consider that the Rusts and Smuts may have been derived from some Ascomyceteae possibly before the Pezizales, Sphaeriales, and Dothideales had become strongly distinguished from one another. Possibly these early ancestral Ascomyceteae if they were derived from Florideae that were diplobiontic might have had their two mycelial phases much more strongly marked than in the forms now known, in which the dicaryon phase has been reduced to or has not yet proceeded beyond the formation of the ascogenous hyphae. Linder (1940), in a very thought-provoking discussion, has sought to derive the LTredinales from forms near the Dothideales. He assumed that the disappearance of clamp connections or croziers may have been con- nected with the parasitism entirely within the host tissues. He believed that the Ustilaginales (which still retain clamp connections) were derived from the Uredinales with reduced life cycles in which loss of spermatia and receptive hyphae had been recompensed by the ability of any two cells of opposite sexual phase to fuse and thus initiate the dicaryotic type of mycelium. It must be remembered that even in the Uredinales there appears to develop mutual diploidization of mycelia of opposite sexual phase when they meet in the tissues of the host, even though spermatiza- tion of receptive hyphae is prevented. Linder's view of the origin of the teliospore and promycelium from the 646 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI Fig. 208. Diagram showing Linder's suggestion as to the origin of the teliospore and promyceUum of Uredinales from an ascus. (Courtesy, Linder: Mycologia, 32(4): 419-447.) ascus assumes that the type of ascus was that with a two-layered wall, such as occurs in Pleospora, Leptosphaeria, etc. The outer layer is firm and the inner layer thin and elastic. Upon the softening of the apex of the ascus where there is a germ pore the inner layer expands so that the endo- ascus and contained ascospores project some distance beyond the outer layer and eventually ruptures to set the spores free. He assumes that such an ascus became more thick-walled so as to become a resting spore but with the oncoming of favorable conditions the inner portion pushed out as described above, the meiotic division occurring usually within this pro- jection. The contents of this extruded portion (promycelium or basidium) divide to form four spores by simple cross walls instead of by free spore formation as is usual in the Ascomyceteae. These four spores remaining attached to each other permit their contents to escape by forming ex- ternal sterigmata from which secondary spores (sporidia or basidiospores) are set free. (Fig. 208.) Accompanying the gradual loss of obligate parasitism and simplifica- tion of the life cycle the Uredinales according to Linder led to the Auricu- lariales, probably to those forms in which a "probasidium" is present such as Septohasidium and Helicohasidium. With the complete loss of the formation of a distinct probasidium, forms such as the entirely sapro- phytic Auhcularia could be reached. In other more or less similar ways he postulates the origin of the Tremellales and from them the Autobasidio- myceteae (Eubasidiae). ORIGIN OF RUSTS AND SMUTS AND HETEROBASIDIAE 647 Another view as to the origin of the Heterobasidiae (excluding the Uredinales and Ustilaginales) is that they may have arisen from some Ascomycetous form somewhat hke Ascocorticium. In this fungus the asci are developed with the formation of croziers. There are no conspicuous paraphyses and between the wood or bark on which the fructification is produced there are only a few layers of hyphae running parallel to the surface. From the outer hyphae arise the asci. There is no definite limiting margin to this structure which may be looked upon as a much simplified apothecium. It is not known whether the subhymenial hyphae are di- caryotic or monocaryotic or a mixture of the two or whether the mycelium within the substratum is one or the other. Also, it is not known whether spermatia and receptive hyphae are present or how the dicaryophase arises. Therefore we do not have much on which to base a suggestion that a fungus of this structure is a possible forerunner of the Corticium-Yike Basidiomyceteae. If we do make this assumption, we must account for the origin of the basidium (holobasidium in this case) from the ascus. It is known that in all fungi with holobasidia the meiotic division of the diploid nucleus of the young basidium occurs within the latter until four nuclei, or very often eight through a subsequent mitotic division, are produced. Then there arise slender outgrowths from the upper portion of the basidium and these sterigmata enlarge terminally. At this point the nuclei, usually one to each, squeeze through the slender sterigmata and round up in their enlarged ends. Then, and not until then, is another wall laid down within this "spore." This wall is always visible separating the opening of the sterigma from the spore and frequently can be traced all over the inner surface of the outer spore wall, sometimes not tightly appressed to it. In other words, after the nucleus enters the terminal swelling of the sterigma it proceeds to induce the formation of a wall around the nucleus and accompanying cytoplasm. We may then interpret such a basidium as an ascus on which arise evaginations or external pockets within which the ascospores are produced. The so-called basidio- spores therefore may be looked upon as ascospores enclosed within the evaginated ascus pockets. This is somewhat different from the suggestion of Linder by whom the septate promycelium of the teliospore was looked upon as a row of four ascospores, separated by simple septa, not rounded up as occurs in a normal ascus. From each such ascospore a short stalk (sterigma) produces a basidiospore which must then be looked upon as a secondary spore, budded off from the ascospore. Rogers (1932, 1934) looks upon Tulasnella as perhaps derived from an Ascocorticmm-like ancestor. He interprets the four large pockets at the top of the basidium as ascus pockets, each containing the homologue of an ascospore. The spore pro- duced on the slender sterigma from such a pocket is then, as in Linder's hypothesis, not homologous to an ascospore but, as Linder intimated, a secondary spore budded off from the sterigma sent out by the ascospore. 648 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI The fact that the asymmetrical manner of attachment of the basidio- spore to the sterigma is found throughout the Heterobasidiae (except for a few "angiocarpous" forms) and in the Polyporales and Agaricales probably indicates that they all have a common origin, for it is unlikely that so intricate a mechanism for spore discharge has been polyphyletic in origin. Since the same structure occurs in the Uredinales and in the Tilletiaceae these too must be descended from the same ancestors. There is considerable evidence for the surmise that the Basidiomyceteae with symmetrically attached basidiospores which are not shot off from the tips of the sterigmata are secondary modifications from the asymmet- rical types, associated with the angiocarpous development of the spore fruit (but see below for discussion of the Agaricales-Gasteromyceteae relationships). If then the Uredinales (and Ustilaginales) are of common phylogenetic origin with the Heterobasideae and the Eubasidial Hymenomyceteae we must decide whether the heterobasidium or eubasidium is the more primi- tive. Linder's suggestion has been mentioned above that from the Ured- inales arose all other types of Basidiomycetous fungi. Rogers, on the contrary, would derive the Uredinales from Tulasnella, Tremella, and Auriculariales, while deriving the Eubasidiae in another direction from the same primitive genera. If either of these hypotheses is correct then the objects that we call basidiospores (or sporidia) are not homologous with ascospores but are secondary spores produced from them to provide for aerial distribution, the homologues of the ascospores being the indi- vidual cells of the transversely or longitudinally septate basidium. If Rogers is right in postulating the change in position of the four septa in Tulasnella so as to divide the ''probasidium" or "hypobasidium" ver- tically as in Tremella and that then by a further shifting of the septa (intermediate forms seem to occur) they become transverse, as in Auricu- laria, we still must insist upon the homology of the external basidiospores in all these cases. If the Uredinales arose from the Auriculariales by the emphasis on the development of the "probasidium" into a thick-walled resting spore, as occurs in many species of Septobasidium, the sporidia of these too are homologous to the foregoing basidiospores, i.e., are second- ary spores. The close relationship of the Auriculariales, Tremellales, Dacrymycetales, Tulasnellales, Uredinales, and Ustilaginales would seem to be emphasized by the wide-spread occurrence of the production of secondary spores from the basidiospores (sporidia) by budding. The germination of these spores directly by single germ tubes may occur but in water or damp air they may give rise to yeast-like or to allantoid buds, often accompanied by transverse divisions of the basidiospore. Even in the Uredinales (e.g., as observed by the author in Kunkelia nitens) the ORIGIN OF RUSTS AND SMUTS AND HETEROBASIDIAE 649 sporidia in damp air while still attached to the promycelium may produce successively secondary, tertiary, and further sporidia, all obliquely perched on short sterigmata from the sporidia below. In addition there is a great tendency toward the production of spore fruits whose cell walls swell and become gelatinous when w^et, although this is not universal-. In the Uredinales we find this in Gymrwsporangium, Coleosporium, Uropyxis, etc., chiefly in the teliospores and their pedicels. In the Auriculariales, Tremellales, Dacrymycetales, and some Tulasnellales so many genera have this character throughout the w^hole spore fruit that they are often grouped under the common name "Jelly Fungi." Both of the foregoing characters are rare in the Eubasidiae. However in Exohasidium the basidiospores may divide transversely and produce external buds but this is scarcely known in any other Eubasidial genera. Scattered here and there are occasional species with gelatinous cell walls but these are marked exceptions. If the Thelephoraceae are to be considered as derived from near Tulasnella it must be by the elimination of the cross walls between the main body of the basidium and the four large spore-bearing pockets, ac- companied by a reduction in size of these pockets until finally in most cases these have entirely disappeared leaving merely their apical sterig- mata. In that case the homologues of the ascospores have, as it were, drawn back into the body of the basidium and entirely disappeared. If this is the way that evolution occurred we must still regard the basidio- spores as secondary spores from hypothetical ascospores, as in the Tulas- nellales, etc. Let us consider the case if the holobasidium is the more primitive type, as it is beyond controversy the most freciuent in the whole class. We can still derive it theoretically from one of the Pezizales somewhat similar to Ascocorticium, although probably spermatia were still produced, perhaps even in spermogonia. We can imagine that the basidiospores, as suggested by the author on page 647, are ascospores, in some cases provided with true ascospore walls, inside the everted pockets. The sterigmatal ap- paratus for their discharge rnay have to be looked upon as a new develop- ment to permit their being discharged violently, although perhaps this is a modification of the discharge mechanism found in most asci in which four or more spores contained in the ascus are discharged simultaneously or in quick succession through the single opening at the apex of the ascus. This is brought about by the increase of the osmotically produced tension of the ascus wall until it gives way at the apex and the epiplasm and spores are violently ejected. In the new modification as found in the basidium the discharge affects only one spore at a time at the apex of each sterigma. This new habit is clearly not confined to the primary spore for 650 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI in the case of Kunkelia mentioned above the secondary and tertiary spores are similarly discharged and in the Tilletiaceae this seems to extend to secondary sporidia and even to conidia in some species. So we might imagine that this might have been a habit acquired for asexual spores that has been extended to the sporidium and basidiospore as well. If the holobasidium was a primary step in the evolution from the Ascocoriicium-like Ascomyceteae we can assume that in some cases the normally slender sterigmata as in Corticium became stouter, bearing at their tips the points on which the basidiospores perch and finally attaining the separable condition found in Tulasnella. The basidium itself may be considered to have formed vertical walls as in Tremella and finally trans- versely septate walls would bring about a structure like the basidium of Auricularia. From Ceratohasidium which has stout sterigmata, only two in number in some species, it is an easy step to Dacrymyces. From the simple, resupinate forms like Corticium, Tomentella, etc. it is easy to make surmises as to the modifications which increase the hy- menial surface so as to derive the Hydnaceae, Clavariaceae, Polyporaceae, and eventually Agaricaceae. In the immediately preceding paragraphs we have left the Uredinales hanging without a connection. They cannot be derived from any Auricu- lariales such as we now know, for well organized spermogonia and recep- tive hyphae are lacking in the latter. We can only guess that the trans- formation from ascus to holobasidium occurred deeper down in the Ascomyceteae than the present Ascocorticium and that the development of holobasidium to phragmobasidium took place perhaps at several levels or when once accomplished proceeded in various directions. The earlier Uredinales must have come from the newly developed holobasidiomycete while the latter still retained the primitive characters of its ancestors, including spermogonia, receptive cells, diplobiontic life cycle, croziers or clamp connections, and probably well pronounced parasitism. We must assume that at an early stage of development along this line thick-walled resting probasidia began to develop. This would be the beginning of teliospore formation. On resuming their growth these probasidia would grow out as thin-walled promycelia except in such cases as Coleosporium where the teliospore wall was thin enough to permit of stretching as a whole, thus producing a so-called "internal promycelium" instead of the usual external one characteristic of the order. We need not homologize the separate cells of the promycelium whether external or internal with ascospores but consider these cells as parts of a phragmobasidium. Under this assumption the sporidia may be considered as ascospores in external pockets not as secondary spores. It must be admitted that this whole suggestion stands on shaky foundations and the whole matter needs further study. (Fig. 209.) PHYLOGENY OF HYMENOMYCETEAE AND GASTEROMYCETEAE 651 SEPTOBASIDIUM \ AURICULARIA AURICULARIALES TREMELLALES \ TULASNELLA DACRYMYCETACEAE CERATOBASIDIUM CLAVARIACEAE HYDNACEAE c.. LEVEL OF BASIDIUM ORIGIN DISCOMYCETEAE FLORIDEAE Fig. 209. Diagram showing the author's ideas as to the possible origin of and relationships between the chief families of Subclasses Teliosporeae, Heterobasidiae, and Hymenomycetous Eubasidiae. Phylogeny of Hymenomyceteae and Gasteromyceteae Another very uncertain phylogenetic tree is that concerned with the relationship of the Gasteromyceteae with the Hymenomyceteae. The former, be it remembered, differ from the latter by the fact that the spore fruits do not open and permit the escape of the spores until after the basidia and basidiospores have reached maturity, while in the latter the hymenium becomes exposed to the air before the basidia have produced their spores. Associated with this Gasteromycetous structure of the spore fruit is the fact that the basidiospores are not shot off from the sterigmata 652 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI at whose tips they stand symmetrically perched. Frequently the sterigma breaks at some distance below the spore and remains attached to it like a handle. The spore fruits vary in simplicity or complexity of structure from very small bodies with a single closed hymenial cavity as in Protogaster up to the very complex structures with a columella which may be extended into a stalk as in Secotium, Podaxis, Battarrea, etc. Some remain closed until some accident (decay, attack by insects, etc.) breaks them open and permits the spores to escape, others provide definite modes of spore- escape, e.g., Lycoperdaceae, Sphaerobolaceae, Phallaceae, etc. Yet in all cases the spores are mature before they can escape and are symmetrically attached to the sterigmata. Yet aside from these differences there are many points of structural similarity, as pointed out in Chapter 15, between some Gasteromyceteae and some Agaricaceae. Russula and Lactarius have anatomical features and spore markings and chemical re- actions very much like Elasmomyces, so that their close relationship can be assumed unless we surmise this to be a case of convergent evolution. Origin of Agaricales Singer (1950), in a chapter entitled " Phylogenetic theories concerning the origin of the Agaricales," discusses three hypotheses that have been proposed to explain the origin of this order: (1) they are directly and wholly derived from the Aphyllophorales (Polyporales) ; (2) they are directly and wholly derived from the Gasteromyceteae, probably along several lines; (3) they are partly derived from the Polyporales and partly from the Gasteromyceteae. He, himself, is in favor of the second hypoth- esis but his explanations of the other two are good. Taking these hypoth- eses in turn the author will give a resume of the facts that stand in favor of and against each one. Singer^ s Hypothesis No. 1 Agaricales Derived Wholly from Polyporales. This is perhaps the oldest theory since the time that the idea of evolution began to affect the classification of fungi. Briefly sketched, it assumes that from a simple resupinate spore fruit with a smooth, or possibly rather loose, cottony, hymenium, evolution progressed toward more compact structures some of which assumed a lateral position or even became stipitate. These forms with flat hymenium made up the old family Thelephoraceae. The amount of hymenial surface in proportion to the size of the spore fruit was limited, so long as the hymenium was a plane surface. This surface became in- creased by the formation of hymenium-covered pegs or teeth projecting from the surface, leading to the Hydnaccae. In a slightly different manner the surface became increased by a reticulate pattern of outgrowth so that eventually there were very numerous pits or pores of various depths, lined ORIGIN OF AGARICALES C53 by hymenium, the Polyporaceae. By the radial elongation of these pores so that they extended from the point of attachment (more often a central stipe) to the edge of the spore fruit a system of gills or lamellae was developed, the Agaricaceae. The lateral branches producing the Exo- basidiaceae and Clavariaceae were not in the main line of upward evolu- tion and need not be given further consideration in this hasty review. Up to the Agaricaceae and the closely related Boletaceae practically all the foregoing fungi were gymnocarpous in their ontogeny. The hymenium w^as developed externally over the whole surface of the spore fruit or over part of the surface beginning as a plane which in the more advanced forms became thrown into teeth, pores, or gills. Naturally, therefore, those Agaricaceae were considered the most primitive in which this gymno- carpous ontogeny continued. Upon study of the development of the fruiting body from very early stages of growth it has been shown that in many Agaricaceae and in the Boletaceae the primordium of the hymenium is laid down gymnocarpously, but that by the outward spreading and downward and inward curving of the edge of the pileus this hymenial surface is finally enclosed in a circular tunnel surrounding the top of the stipe and sealed from the exterior by the inturned edge of the pileus which has grown fast to the stipe. Into this circular space the gills grow from the pileus and the basidia begin to form on them but before they have ma- tured sufficiently to produce their spores the edge of the pileus breaks loose from the stipe and pulls away from it so that the gills at their maturity are exposed to the exterior. This is called the pseudoangio- carpous mode of development. Beyond this type of development we find many Agaricaceae in which the hymenial primordium originates in a circular layer entirely closed from its first inception within the tissues of the spore fruit. Not until the gills have reached almost their full develop- ment does the growth of the fruiting body bring about a circular rupture when the expanding pileus pulls away from the stipe, so that finally the gills are exposed to the air and the basidia shed their spores. This angio- carpous mode of development is found especially in those genera with a volva or with a well-developed annulus or cortina or a universal veil, even though this may be rather thin. Since the Gasteromyceteae have a perid- ium that in some forms, at least, seems homologous to the universal veil and since, as mentioned above, other Agaric-like structures are present in some members of this group it has been suggested that these represent further stages of evolution from the Agaricaceae. Thus Heim (1937, 1948) suggested that the Asterosporales are a closely related group, containing the genera Russula and Lactarius of the Agaricales and Arcangeliella, Elasmomyces, Maccagnia, and some others usually included in the Gas- teromyceteae. He indicates his belief that these last mentioned genera have been derived from Russula and Lactarius. 654 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI The chief merit of this suggested system is that the Agaricales appear to be an extension, as it were, of the Polyporales with a gradual increase in complexity of ontogeny from strict gymnocarpy to pseudoangiocarpy and finally to complete angiocarpy. From the latter it would seem logical to extend this development to the Gasteromyceteae. Here, where the spores are set free from the basidia before the spore fruit opens we find that they are symmetrically attached to the sterigmata or even practically sessile on the surface of the basidium. There are two obstacles to this system. In the first place the type of the trama and character of the basidia and cystidia are in the main quite different in the Agaricales and Polyporales. So that even where, exter- nally, similarities and apparent transitions seem to occur careful study of the anatomy and chemical reaction of the hymenium and trama show that these are perhaps better explained as morphological convergences but not true relationships. Furthermore it would seem more reasonable to expect that the Agaricaceae which possess a well-developed universal veil, as revealed by the production of volva, annulus, etc., and which have an angiocarpic mode of development, would be far more likely to have arisen from the mostly strictly angiocarpic Gasteromyceteae and that the reduc- tion and final disappearance of a universal veil and the appearance of pseudoangiocarpy and finally of gymnocarpy would indicate a gradual degeneration from the complex to simplified forms, now that the firm universal veil (peridium) had become no longer necessary. A third and very strong objection is that the Gasteromyceteae that show the closest similarity to the Agaricaceae lead by gradually simplified structures to the forms assumed by almost all mycologists to be the simplest ones, the forms that well may have developed from organisms related to Aleuro- discus, Corticium, Tomentella, etc. Singer^s Hypothesis No. 2 Agaricales Derived Wholly from Gasteromyceteae. This is the hypoth- esis, favored by Singer and at least in part by Bucholtz (1903), that the Polyporales do not give rise to the Agaricales; the latter arise from the Gasteromyceteae and at some points, mostly by convergent evolution, assume forms externally similar to some of those of the Polyporales. Its chief virtue is that it explains the presence of the universal veil and of angiocarpy in some of the Agaricales and allows a logical explanation of their disappearance as the rather definite affinities to the Gasteromyceteae become more distant. The undeniable close similarities of some Agaricales to some Polyporales is difficult to explain away. To the author the most outstanding objection to this hypothesis is the necessity of assuming the evolution anew of the sterigmatal function of spore discharge at several points, for if this hypothesis is adopted the Agaricaceae probably arose ORIGIN OF AGARICALES 655 from the Gasteromyceteae at several different places. In this viewpoint the simplest organisms of this group are supposed to have originated from simple Thelephoraceae, which already had their spores perched asym- metrically on the tips of the sterigmata from which they are discharged. Several cases are known where near relatives of the Tremellales have adopted the angiocarpous structure and with it have lost this peculiarity of sterigmatal discharge. It is difficult however to understand how so complex a structure could have been lost at the beginning of the Gastero- myceteae and regained several times independently as some Agaricaceae developed from them. Singer's Hypothesis No. 3 Agaricales Derived Both from Polyporales and from Gasteromyceteae. This is really a sort of compromise. Its chief objection is that we have to find a line of separation within the Agaricaceae between those descended from the Polyporales and from the Gasteromyceteae. This is perhaps even more difficult than the first or second hypothesis. The relationships within the Gasteromyceteae as well as their origin are very uncertain. To be sure Eduard Fischer (1933 and earlier) proposed a system that is fairly logical, progressing from simpler to more complex structures, and this has been the basis for much of the work in this group for the last fifty years. The characters that have been considered as the more important are the modes of development of the gleba, the progres- sive development of the columella (and its downward extension, the stipe) and the tendency to progress from a coralloid to a multipilar and eventu- ally unipilar structure. Other important characters are the development of the capillitium, the formation of definite hymenial cavities or their obliteration by ingrowing hyphae (plectobasidial structure), the auto- digestion of the gleba to an evil smelling m9,ss attractive to insects, angiocarpous or pseudoangiocarpous development, etc. One very important point, in the author's opinion, that has been sub- ordinated to a secondary position is the character of the spores. It appears to him that there are several types of spores that cut across the family and ordinal boundaries as customarily recognized. These, perhaps, are of much greater importance and it may be that they indicate closer relation- ships than have been recognized. Besides spore structure a much more extensive study of the very early stages of the formation of the spore fruits is absolutely essential before a well-grounded system can be established. In the genera G aster ella, Hymenog aster, and Gasterellopsis we have, respectively, very small, unicameral spore fruits, a moderate sized organ- ism with very numerous hymenial chambers with a more or less coralloid arrangement, and a small, at first unicameral, structure with a percurrent 656 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI columella and gill-like outgrowths from the top of the chamber which may divide it into several radial cavities. The spores in all three are ovoid or limoniform, dark-colored and symmetrically perched on the sterigmata. Many of the spores when set free bear at their base a piece of the upper end of the sterigma. In their spore character they are practically identical. The first two could find a place in the same family, Hymenogastraceae, but the third with its percurrent columella and radial hymenial chambers and basally circumscissile dehiscence shows some characters that might be considered as belonging to the Secotiaceae. This is merely an example to show how, possibly, the current classifications are faulty. Phylogenetic System of Gasteromyceteae In default of further studies on the anatomy and ontogeny of the very young spore fruits and of intensive comparison of spore types throughout the whole group the following may be suggested as a tentative phylo- genetic system of the Gasteromyceteae. The primitive (or the simplest) forms are minute, with one closed hymenial chamber. This might be supposed to have arisen from a small Aleurodiscus-like fungus in which the upward curvature at the edges continued until a closed cavity was produced, lined by the hymenium. As seems to be the case when angio- carpy develops the basidia come to bear sterigmata with symmetrically attached spores. The genus Protogaster represents one of these small, unicameral fungi. Much like this, but with an entirely different type of spores, is Gasterella. In the spore fruit of this a somewhat arched hymenial primordium arises angiocarpously and gradually a basidial layer appears with the basidia directed downwards to line a shallow cavity which soon becomes larger and nearly spherical. In the more vigorous specimens the roof of this cavity may be thrown into folds and convolutions which do not reach to the base so that although the hymenial surface is increased the cavity is not divided. At this stage it resembles closely the early developmental stages of Hymenogaster as described by Rehsteiner (see Chapter 15). Probably the next step beyond the unicameral condition arose by the increase in the folds and convolutions to form many cavities lined by hymenium instead of just the one. In the Ilysterangiaceae the coralloid development is much more marked along with the production of a more or less pronounced columella. The cartilaginous and gelatinous character of the gleba is possibly a modification to permit the dissolution of the spore fruit at maturity. In the Lycoperdaceae the glebal tissues enclosing the numerous hymenial cavities dissolve after the spores have become mature, leaving one large cavity filled with the spores entangled in the filamentous capillitium. By the flaking off of the outer layer of the peridium and the formation of an ostiole in the inner peridium or some other mode of dehiscence the spores are enabled to escape and be scat- tered by air currents. PHYLOGENETIC SYSTEM OF GASTEROMYCETEAE 657 AGARICACEAE j? SECOTIACEAE PODAXACEAE I TULOSTOMATACEAE EVOLUTION UPWARD TO AGARICACEAE OR DOWNWARD TO PROTOGASTER AND GASTERELLA HYDNANGIACEAE GEASTRACEAE LYCO PER DACE AE MELANOGASTRAGEAE SPHAEROBOLACEAE PHALLACEAE NIDULARIACEAE CLATHRACEAE HYSTERANGIACEAE SCLERODERMATACEAE RHIZOPOGON HEMIGASTER / HYMENOGASTER 1 GASTERELLA PROTO- GASTER GASTEROMYCETEAE I I Fig. 210. Diagram showing the possible relationships within the Gasteromyceteae, based largely upon Fischer (1933), with some additions. The plectobasidial structure of some Gasteromyceteae appears, in the author's opinion, to have arisen at many points in evolution by the failure of the hymenium to form a distinct layer bounding each hymenial cavity when produced. In its place the basidiogenous hyphae grow unequally and fill these cavities with a loose mass of hyphae bearing scattered basidia. Since this appears in one or two species of Sphaerobolaceae while other species have normal hymenial cavities, in Astraeus while the rest of the Geastraceae have typical glebal structure, and in some genera of Tulostomataceae while some genera are not plectobasidial, it seems more reasonable to distribute such plectobasidial forms among genera with normal hymenial cavities with which they show the closest resemblance instead of putting them all together in one series. The coralloid structure by emphasis on a number of main branches 658 THE PHYLOGENY OF THE FUNGI which reached to the cortex produced the multipilar structure. By further emphasis upon the axial branch and reduction of the lateral branches the unipileate condition doubtless arose. These two types of structure are present in the Phallales which doubtless have close kinship with the simpler, multipilar Hysterangiaceae. The Tulostomataceae perhaps have their origin near those Lycoperdaceae in which a stipe-like base shows itself and where a columella is sometimes clearly beginning to develop. All the foregoing brings us to Elasmomyces, with its close kinship to Russula and Ladarius and to Secotium which has many analogies with other Agaricaceae. This leads to the consideration of the possibility that these higher Gasteromyceteae arose from the Agaricaceae and that the evolution has been from these, by simplification and reduction, until ultimately the minute, one-chambered forms may be considered to have reached the furthest point in evolution away from the ancestral higher Hymenomyceteae instead of representing forms that have changed only a little from lower Hymenomyceteae. (Fig. 210.) Holm (1949) suggests that the Gasteromyceteae may be polyphyletic, with part of the group, e.g. Hymenogastrales, derived from the Tuberales and part, such as some of the forms like Elasnio7nyces, etc., from the Agaricales. He emphasizes the similarity of ontogeny of the spore fruits of Hymenogaster with that of some species of Tuber. In the latter, according to Greis (1938) typical clamp connections are found early in the course of development. Literature Cited Atkinson, George F.: Some problems in the evolution of the lower fungi, Ann. MycoL, 7(5) :441-472. Figs. 1-20. 1909. : Phylogeny and relationships in the Ascomycetes, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 2(1-2) :315-376. Figs. 1-10. 1914. de Bary, Anton: Vergleichende Morphologic und Biologic der Pilze, Mycetezoen und Bacterien, xvi + 588 pp. 198 figs. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1884. Bessey, Ernst A.: Some problems in fungus phylogeny, Mtjcologia, 34(4) :355- 379. Figs. 1-5. 1942. : Studies on Pilobolus: P. kleinii and P. longipes, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 32:15-25. Pis. 1-3. 1946 (1948). Borgesen, F.: Marine algae from the Canary Islands: III. Rhodophyceae, 1. Bangiales and Nemalionales, Kgl. Danske Videnskab. Selskab Biol. Medd. VI, 6:1-97. Kobenhavn. 1927. Brefeld, Oscar: Basidiomyceten: III. Autobasidiomyceten und die Begrundung des natiirlichen Systems der Pilze, Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammt- gebiete der Mykologie, Heft. 8, pp. 1-305. P/s. 1-12. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1889. BucHOLTZ, F.: Zur Morphologic und Systematik der Fungi hypogaei, Ann. MycoL, 1(2) :152-174. Pis. 4-5. 1903. Buller, a. H. Reginald: Researches on Fungi, vol. 5, pp. i-xiii, 1-416. Figs. 1-174. London, Longmans, Green and Co., 1933. (Especially p. 154, Fig. 78.) LITERATURE CITED 659 Couch, John N.: A new Conidiobolus with sexual reproduction, Am. J. Bot., 26(3):119-130. Figs. 1-53. 1939. Dangeard, p. a.: L'origine du p^rithece chez les Ascomycetes, Le Botaniste, 10:1-385. P/s. 1-91. 1907. Dodge, B. 0.: The morphological relationships of the Florideae and the Asco- mycetes, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 41(3): 157-202. Figs. 1-13. 1914. Ellison, Bernard R.: Flagellar studies on zoospores of some members of the Mycetozoa, Plasmodiophorales and Chytridiales, Mycologia, 37(4) :444-459. Figs. 1-4. 1945. Fischer, Eduard: Gastromyceteae, in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Na- tiirlichen Pfianzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 7a, pp. 1-122. Figs. 1-91. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1933. Gaumann, Ernst Albert: Vergleichende Morphologie der Pilze, pp. 1-626. Figs. 1-398. Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1926. Greis, Hans : Die Sexualvorgange bei Tuber aestivum und Tuber brumale, Biol. Zentralb., 58(11-12) :617-631. Pz^s. 1-3. 1938. Heim, Roger: Les Lactario-Russules du Domaine Orientale de Madagascar. Essai sur la classification et la phylogenie des Ast^rosporales, pp. 1-196. 8 pis. (4 colored). 59 figs. 2 phylogenetic diagrams. Paris, Laboratoire de Crypto- gamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1937 (1938). : Phylogeny and natural classification of macro-fungi, Brit. My col. Soc. Trans., 30 :1Q1-17 8. Figs. 1-19. 1948. Holm, Lennart: Some aspects on the origin of the Gastromycetes, Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift, 43(1):65-71. 1949. Jackson, H. S.: Life cycles and phylogeny in the higher fungi. Presidential address. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., Ser. 3, V, 38:1-32. Figs. 1-5. 1944. von Jaczewski, a. a.: Zur Phylogenie der Pilze, Phijtopath. Z., 1(2):117-150. 1929-30. JuEL, H. 0.: tJber Zellinhalt, Befruchtung und Sporenbildung bei Dipodascus, Flora Oder Allgemeine Botan. Ztg., 91:47-55. Pis. 7-8. 1902. DE Lagerheim, G.: Dipodascus albidus, eine neue geschlechtliche Hemiascee, Jahrb. wiss. Botan., 24:549-565. Pis. 24-26. 1892. LiNDER, David H. : Evolution of the Basidiomycetes and its relation to the ter- minology of the basidium, Mycologia, 32(4):419-447. Figs. 1-6. 1940. Mez, Carl: Versuch einer Stammesgeschichte des Pilzreiches, Schriften konigs- berg. gelehrten Ges. Naturw. Klasse, 6:1-58. 1 fig. 1929. Rogers, Donald P.: A eytological study of Tulasnella, Botan. Gaz., 94(1) :86-105. Figs. 1-79. 1932. : The basidium, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 16:160-183. PI. 7. 1934. Sachs, Julius: Lehrbuch der Botanik. Vierte, umgearbeitete Auflage, xvi + 928 pp. 492 ^^s. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1874. Singer, Rolf: Phylogenetic theories concerning the origin of the Agaricales, a chapter in "The Agaricales." Waltham, Mass., Chronica Botanica Co., Publishers, 1950. (In press.) Skupienski, F. X. : Recherches sur le cycle evolutif de certains Myxomycetes, 83 pp. 2 pis. 2 figs. Paris, Imprimerie M. Flinikowski, 1920. Sparrow Jr., Frederick K.: Aquatic Phycomycetes Exclusive of the Sapro- legniaceae and Pythium, xix -f- 785 pp. 69 figs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Mich. Press, 1943. Thomas, R. C: Composition of fungus hyphae: IIL The Pythiaceae, Ohio J. Sci., 42:60-62, 1942; IV. Phytophthora, ibid., 43:135-138, 1943. 18 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI THE vast number of fungi makes a knowledge of even a considerable part of the species beyond the ability of all but a few specialists. To be able to identify a given specimen requires that the necessary literature be available. Before 1880 the great Italian mycologist, P. A. Saccardo, began to work on a compilation of all species of fungi described up to that time. These descriptions were brought together in a compendious work entitled "Sylloge Fungorum," the first volume of which appeared in 1882. The descriptions, in Latin, were arranged in accordance with the system- atic classification of fungi then recognized by the author. He completed the work with Volume 8 in 1889, but in the meantime, such was the stimulus afforded by this great work bringing together in one place de- scriptions of all known species of fungi, that thousands of additional species had been recognized and described. Thus it became necessary to pubhsh supplementary volumes, the last of which. Volume 25, appeared in 1931. For many years species of fungi have been described at the rate of 1500 to 2500 species a year. Thus it is inevitable that such a work must be from two to five years behindhand. A further difficulty is the language of the description, Latin, a knowledge of which is unfortunately all too meager among the later generation of botanists. Furthermore the lack of illustra- tions and the necessary scattering of the descriptions among the original volumes and the many supplements make the work difficult to use. Besides this, the necessary high cost precludes its purchase by most botanists so that they must depend upon copies owned by libraries. To obviate these difficulties local fungus floras have been issued in various countries or even subdivisions of countries. These pubhcations are usually in the language of the country and are furthermore smaller, inasmuch as only the species occurring in the limited areas concerned are included. Still another type of publication is the monograph, or intensive study 660 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI 661 of some smaller group of fungi, such as a family or a genus or even a sec- tion of a genus. By virture of the limitation of effort to this relatively small number of species it is possible for such a monograph to devote larger space to the description of the individual species and to make their identification easier. In the following pages the more general works are first listed; then under different headings are included the publications that are confined more to special groups. These are arranged systematically in accordance with the classification of the fungi. It is the aim of the author to list the more recent publications of this nature from all parts of the world, but it is certain that there are many omissions, especially for parts of the world whose mycological literature is not so widely available in the United States as is the literature of this country and of the larger European countries. Even for the latter the large number of publications of some- what limited scope from botanical or mycological societies makes a com- plete list difficult to obtain as in no one library will even a majority of such works be found. The disruption of communication and the destruc- tion due to World War II and the subsequent disturbed political and economic conditions have made it increasingly difficult to keep in touch with the mycological work of other regions of the world. The student is advised to turn first to the portion of the list where these papers of monographic nature are to be found. In case no such paper is listed for the fungus he has, he must turn to the more general lists. Because of the various systems of classification used by different authors the arrangements of the items in the following lists do not follow any one system in all its details. Cross references are necessary in the cases where one work includes groups now segregated although formerly united. It must be remembered that certainty of identification depends not only upon the availability of the necessary literature but also upon the fullness of the knowledge of the structure, development, etc., of the fungus in question. The literature should not be consulted until the main morpho- logic and anatomic details have been ascertained, including measurements of spores, sporophores, etc. The fuller the knowledge of details as to the substratum on which the fungus grows, its habitat, color, appearance when fresh, appearance at different stages of development, etc., the more easily will the identification be effected. 662 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 1. General Works Covering the Whole Field of Systematic Mycology Saccardo, p. a. : Sylloge fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum, 25 vols, issued up to 1931. Pavia, Italy, published by the author. 1:1-768. 1882. Pyrenomyceteae. 2:1-959. 1883. Pyrenomyceteae (continued). 3:1-860. 1884. Sphaeropsideae and Melanconieae. 4:1-807. 1886. Hyphomyceteae. 5:1-1146. 1887. Hymenomyceteae : I. Agaricineae. 6:1-928. 1888. Hymenomyceteae: II. Polyporeae, Hydneae, Thelephoreae, Clavarieae, Tremellineae. 7:1-941. 1888. Gasteromyceteae, Phycomyceteae, Myxomyceteae, Ustilag- ineae, Uredineae. 8:1-1143. 1889. Discomyceteae, Phymatosphaeriaceae, Tuberaceae, Ela- phomycetaceae, Onygenaceae, Laboulbeniaceae, Saccharomycetaceae, Schizomycetaceae. 9:1-1141. 1891. Supplement 1: Hymenomyceteae, Gasteromyceteae, Hypo- dermeae (Ustilaginaceae and Uredinaceae), Phycomyceteae, Pyrenomy- ceteae, Laboulbeniaceae. 10:1-964. 1892. Supplement 2: Discomyceteae, Onygenaceae, Tuberoideae, Myxomyceteae, Sphaeropsideae, Melanconieae, Hyphomyceteae, Fossil Fungi. 11:1-753. 1895. Supplement 3: All groups of Fungi. Generic index to all volumes. 12:1-1053. 1897. Index to vols. 1-11. 13:1-1340. 1898. Host index. 14:1-1316. 1899. Supplement 4: All groups of Fungi. Sterile Mycelia. 15:1-455. 1901. Supplement 5: Synonyms. 16:1-1291. 1902. Supplement 6: All groups of Fungi. Generic index to all volumes. 17:1-991. 1905. Supplement 7: Hymenomyceteae, Gasteromyceteae, Uredi- naceae, Ustilaginaceae, Phycomyceteae, Pyrenomyceteae, Laboulbenio- myceteae. 18:1-838. 1906. Supplement 8: Discomyceteae (including Saccharomyce- taceae, Exoascaceae, Gymnoascaceae, Tuberaceae, etc.), Myxomyceteae, Deuteromyceteae (Fungi Imperfecti). Generic index to all volumes. 19:1-1158. 1910. Index of illustrations of Fungi, A-L. 20:1-1310. 1911. Index of illustrations of Fungi, M-Z. 21:1-928. 1912. Supplement 9: Hymenomyceteae, Gasteromyceteae, Usti- laginaceae, Uredinaceae, Phycomyceteae. 22:1-Bl2. 1913. Supplement 10: Ascomyceteae, Deuteromyceteae, Sterile Mycelia. 23:1-1026. 1925. Supplement 10 (continued): Hymenomyceteae, Usti- laginales, Uredinales. 24(Section I):l-703. 1926. Supplement 10 (continued): Phycomyceteae, Laboull)eniales, Pyrenomyceteae, in part. 24(Section II):704-1438. 1928. Supplement 10 (continued): Remainder of Pyrenomyceteae, Discomyceteae; Appendix, consisting of additions to vols. 23 and 24. 25:1-1093. 1931. Supplement 10 (continued): Myxomyceteae, Myxobac- teriaceae, Deuteromyceteae, Mycelia Sterilia. LIST 1. GENERAL WORKS 6G3 (Volumes 1, 10, and 17 contain bibliographies; Vol. 14 contains an explana- tion of the arrangement of the genera by the spore form and color scheme.) Engler, a., und K. Prantl: Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann. The parts devoted to fungi (including the Lichens) are the following: Teil I, Abteilung 1 :1-513. Figs. 1-293. 1897. Myxomyceteae, Phycomyceteae, Ascomyceteae. Teil I, Abteilung l*:l-249. Figs. 1-125. 1907. Lichens. Teil I, Abteilung l**:l-570. Figs. 1-263. 1900. Basidiomyceteae, including Hemibasidii (Ustilaginales) and Uredinales. Fungi Imperfecta (This work will enable one to determine the genus of almost any fungus but not the species. It is very helpful because of the illustrations.) , UND : Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann. 2:304^339. Figs. 425-447. 1928. Mycetozoa. 5b:l-42. 22^1^5. 1938. Tuberineae. 6:1-290. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-157. 1928. Ustilaginales, Uredinales, Hymenomy- ceteae. 7a:l-122. Figs. 1-91. 1933. Gastromyceteae. 8:1-270. Figs. 1-127. 1926. Lichens. Clements, Frederick E., and Cornelius L. Shear: The Genera of Fungi, iv + 496 pp. 58 pis. New York, H. W. Wilson Company, 1931. Martin, G. W.: Outline of the fungi, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 18(supplement):l-64. Fi^s. 1-118. 1941. R.VBENHORST, L. : Kryptogameu-Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz, Zweite Auflage. Leipzig, Verlag von Eduard Kummer. Band 1. Winter, Georg: Die Pilze. This "Volume" on Fungi is so extensive that it is issued as ten separately bound "Abteilungen," as follows: 1:1-924. 1 pi. and numerous text figs. 1884. Schizomyceten, Saccharo- myceten, und Basidiomyceten. By A. de Bary, H. Rehm, and Georg Winter. 2:1-928 and Index, 1-112. Numerous text figs. 1887. Ascomyceten: Gym- noasceen und Pyrenomyceten. By A. de Bary, H. Rehm, and Geo'rg Winter. 3:1-1275 and Index, 115-169. Numerous text figs. 1896. Ascomyceten: Hysteriaceen und Discomyceten. By H. Rehm. 4:1-505. Figs. 1-74. 1892. Phycomyceten. By Alfred Fischer. 5:1-131. Numerous text figs. 1897. Ascomyceten: Tuberaceen und Hemias- ceen. By Eduard Fischer. 6:1-1016. Numerous text figs. 1901. Fungi Imperfecti: Hyalin-sporige Sphaerioideen. By Andreas Allescher. 7:1-993 and Index to Abteilungen 6 and 7, pp. 995-1072. Numerous figs. 1903. Fungi Imperfecti: Gefarbt-sporige Sphaerioideen, sowie Nectri- oideen, Leptostromaceen, Excipulaceen und Melanconieen. By Andreas Allescher. 8:1-852. Numerous text figs. 1907. Fungi Imperfecti: Hyphomyceten : Mucedinaceen und Dematiaceen (Phaeosporae und Phaeodidymae). By G. Lindau. 9:1-983. Numerous text figs. 1910. Fungi Imperfecti: Dematiaceen (Phaeo- phragmiae bis Phaeostaurosporae) , Stilbaceen und Tuberculariaceen. By G. Lindau. 664 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI 10:1-474. 182 ^grs. 1920. Myxogasteres (Myxomycetes, Mycetozoa). By Hans Schinz. Band 8. Keissler, Karl von: Die Flechtenparasiten, xi + 712 pp. ISbfigs. 1930. Band 9. Zahlbruckner, Alexander: Die Flechten. This is divided into Abteilungen, Teile und Lieferungen of which, so far as the records are available, the following have appeared to date: Abteilung I, Teil 1. von Keissler, Karl: Moriolaceae, pp. 1-43. Figs. 1-15. 1933. Zschacke, Hermann: Epigloeaceae, Verrucariaceae und Dermatocarpaceae, pp. 44-695. Figs. 16-344. 1934. Teil 2. von Keiss- ler, Karl: Pyrenulaceae, Trypetheliaceae, Pyrenidiaceae, Xantho- pyreniaceae, Mycoporaceae und Coniocarpineae, pp. 1-846. Figs. 1-210. 1937-1938. Abteilung II, Teil 1. Redinger, K.: Arthoniaceae, Graphidaceae, Chio- dectonaceae, Dirinaceae, Rocellaceae, Lecanatidiaceae, Thelotremaceae, Diploschistaceae, Gyalectaceae, Coenogoniaceae, pp. 1-404. 2 pis. Figs. 1-107. 1937-1938. Abteilung III. Magnusson, A. K.: Lecideaceae. (The numbers of Liefer- ungen and pages and dates were not available.) Abteilung IV, Erste Halfte. Frey, Eduard: Cladoniaceae (unter Aus- schluss der Gattung Cladonia), Umbilicariaceae, pp. 1-426. Pis. 1-8. Figs. 1-64. 1933. Zweite Halfte. Sanstede, Heinrich: Die Gattung Cladonia, pp. 1-531. Pis. 1-34. Figs. 1-8. 1931. Abteilung V, Teil 1. Magnusson, A. K. : Acarosporaceae und Thelo- carpaceae, pp. 1-320. Figs. 1-64. 1935. Ericksen, C. F. E.: Pertusari- aceae, pp. 321-728. Figs. 1-74. 1935-36. Teil 3, Lieferungen 1-2. Hill- mann, Johannes: Parmeliaceae, pp. 1-309. Register 1-10. Figs. 1-16. 1936. Abteilung VI, Lieferung 1. Hillmann, Johannes: Teloschistaceae, pp. 1-36. Figs. 1-4. 1935. Lynge, Bernt: Physciaceae, pp. 37-188. Pis. 1-12. Figs. 1-10. 1935. Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, Leipzig, Gebrlider Borntraeger. This work appears in nine or more volumes of which the following concern the fungi: 5. 630 pp. 151 figs. 1915. Schizomycetes, by R. Kolkwitz; Myxobacteriales, by E. Jahn; Chytridiineae, Ancylistineae, Monoblepharidineae, Sapro- legniineae, by M. von Minden. 5a. 946 pp. 380 figs. 1914. Uredineen, by H. Klebahn; Ustilagineen, Auricu- lariineen, Tremellineen, by G. Lindau. 6. Not complete. Issued so far only: Heft 1:1-92. Many illustrations. 1910. By W. Herter. Autobasidio- mycetes: Dacryomycetaceae, Exobasidiaceae, Tulasnellaceae, Corti- ciaceae, Thelephoraceae, Cyphellaceae, Craterellaceae, Clavariaceae, Sparassiaceae, Hydnaceae (incomplete). 6a. 264 pp. IIA figs. 1935. Mucorineae. By H. Zycha. 7. Not complete. Issued ^o far only: Heft 1 :1-160. Many illustrations. 1905. Hemiasci, by G. Lindau; Saccharo- mycetineae, by P. Lindner; Protoascuneae, by G. Lindau; Exoascaceae, by F. Neger; Ascocorticiaceae and Gymnoascaceae, by G. Lindau; Aspergillaceae, by F. Neger; Onygenaceae, Elaphomycetaceae and Terfeziaceae, by P. Hennings; Erysiphaceae and Perisporiaceae, by F. Neger; Tuberaceae (incomplete) by P. Hennings. Heft 2:161-304. Many illustrations. 1911. Tuberaceae (completed), by I LIST 1. GENERAL WORKS 665 P. Hennings; various families of the Sphaeriales, by W. Kirch- stein. Heft 3:305-448, 1938. Ascomycetes (continued), by W. Kirchstein. 8. No parts yet issued. 9. 962 pp. SS9figs. 1915. Sphaeropsideen, Melanconien, by H. Diedicke. Oudemans, C. a. J. A. : Revision des Champignons tant sup^rieurs qu'inf^rieurs jusqu'a ce jour trouves dans les Pays-Bas. 1 : 1-638. Hymenomycetes, Gasteromycetes, Hypodermeae. Amsterdam, J. Miiller, 1893. 2: 1-491. Pis. 1-14. Phycomycetes and Pyrenomycetes. Separate reprint from Verh. Kon. Akad. Wet. AmMerdam 2. Ser II. 1897. Schroeter, J.: Die Pilze Schlesiens, in Ferdinand Cohn: Kryptogamen-Flora von Schlesien, vol. 3. Breslau, J. V. Kern's Verlag. Erste Halfte: pp. 1-814, 1889. Myxomycetes, Schizomycetes, Chytridiei, Zygomycetes, Oomycetes, Protomycetes, Ustilaginei, Uredinei, Auricu- lariei, Basidiomycetes. Host index for this half volume. Zweite Halfte: pp. 1-597. 1908. Ascomycetes and a small part of the Fungi Imperfecta Host index for second half volume. MiGULA, W.: Krytogamen-Flora von Deutschland, Deutsch-Osterreich und der Schweiz, in D. W. Thom^: Flora von Deutschland etc., Zweite Auflage. Gera, Friedrich von Zezschwitz. Band VTeil 1. iv + 510 pp. 92 pis. 1910. Myxomycetes, Phycomycetes, Ba- sidiomycetes (Ordnungen Ustilagineae und Uredineae). Teil 2. iv + 814 pp. 304 pis. 1912. Basidiomycetes (completed). Teil 3, Abteilung 1. iv + 1-684. Pis. 1-100. 1913. Hemiasci, Saccharo- mycetineae, Protodiscineae, Plectascineae, Pyrenomycetes (Perisporiales und Sphaeriales). Teil 3, Abteilung 2. iv + 685-1404. Pis. 101-200. 1913. Dothideales, Hy- pocreales, Hysteriales, Discomycetes, Laboulbeniaceae. Teil 4, Abteilung 1. iv + 614 pp. 90 pis. 1921. Fungi Imperfecta Band 4, Teil 1. viii + 527 pp. 82 pis. 1929. Flechten. Teil 2. iv + 868 pp. 143 pis. 1931. Flechten (conclusion). Jaczewski, a. a.: Identification of Fungi, vol. 1, 1913; vol. 2, 1917. (In Russian.) , AND P. A. Jaczewski: Identification of Fungi. Perfect Forms (Diploid Stages), Tom I. Phycomycetes, ed. 3, 294 pp. 329 figs. Leningrad and Mos- cow, 1931. (In Russian.) Cooke, M. C: Handbook of British Fungi with Full Descriptions of all the Species and Illustrations of the Genera, 2 vols, ii + 981 pp. 7 pis. 408 figs. London, Macmillan and Co., 1871; ed. 2, 1883. : Handbook of Austrahan Fungi, xxxii + 457 pp. 36 pis. London, Williams and Norgate, 1892. Massee, George: British Fungus Flora, a Classified Text-book of Mycology, London, George Bell and Sons. Vol. 1. xii + 432 pp. Illustrated. 1892. Gastromycetes ; Tremellineae; Cla- varieae; Thelephoreae ; Hydneae; Polyporeae; Agaricineae: Melanosporeae and Porphyrosporeae. Vol. 2. vii + 460 pp. Illustrated. 1893. Agaricineae: Ochrosporeae, Rhodo- sporeae, Leucosporeae. Vol. 3. viii + 512. Illustrated. 1893. Agaricineae: Leucosporeae; Hyphomycetes. Vol. 4. viii + 522 pp. Illustrated. 1895. Ascomycetes. : British Fungi with a Chapter on Lichens, 551 pp. Colored pis. 1-40. Pis. A-B. 19 unnumbered figs. London, George Routledge and Sons. Undated (about 1911). 666 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Massee, George, and Ivy Massee: Mildew, Rusts and Smuts: A Synopsis of the Families Peronosporaceae, Erysiphaceae, Uredinaceae and Ustilaginaceae, 229 pp. Pis. 1-5. London, Dulau and Co., 1913. Stevens, F. L.: The Fungi which Cause Plant Disease, ix + 754 pp. 449 figs. New York, Macmillan, 1913. : Hawaiian Fungi, Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 19 :i-ii, 1-189. Pis. 1-10. Figs. 1-35. Honolulu, 1925. North American Flora, published by the New York Botanical Garden, New York. Of this work various parts describing fungi have been issued, as follows: Vol. 1, Pt. 1. 1949. Mycetozoa. Vol. 2, Pt. 1. 1937. Blastocladiales, Monoblepharidales and Saprolegniales. Vol. 3, Pt. 1. 1910. Hypocreales and Fimetariales. Vol. 6, Pt. 1. 1922. Phyllostictales (part). Vol. 7, Pts. 1-13. 1906-1931. Ustilaginales and Uredinales. Vol. 9, 1-542. 1907-1916. Polyporaceae (part), Boletaceae, Agaricaceae (part). Vol. 10, Pts. 1-5. 1917-1932. Agaricaceae (continued). Larsen, p.: Fungi of Iceland, vol. 2, pt. 3, in L. Kolderup Rosenvinge and E. Warming: The Botany of Iceland. Copenhagen and London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1932. Heim, Roger, (Ed.) : Flore mycologique de Madagascar et D^pendances, Paris, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, I. Heim, Roger: Les Lactario-Russul^s. 196 pp. 8 pis. QO figs. 1938. II. Romagnesi, H. : Les Rhodophylles. 146 pp. 4:Q figs. 1941. III. Method, Georges: Les Mycenes. 144 pp. 88 ^grs. 1949. IV. LeGal, Marcelle: Les Discomycetes Opercul^s. (To appear 1950.) V. Bucket, Samuel: Les Myxomycetes. (To appear 1951.) VI. Heim, Roger, et Raymond Decary: Les Phalloid^es. (In preparation.) VII. Bouriquet, Gilbert: Les Rouilles. (In preparation.) Flora Italica Cryptogama. Firenze, published under the auspices of the Societa Botanica Italiana. Pars I. Fungi. Traverso, G. B.: Elenco bibliografico della mycologia Italiana, Fasc. 1:1-118, Supplemento 1:119-135. 1905. Supplemento II, Fasc. 9:1-151. 1912. : Pyrenomyceteae : Xylariaceae, Valsaceae, Ceratostomataceae, Fasc. 2:1-352. Figs. 1-68. 1906; Sphaeriaceae allantosporae, hyalosporae, phaeo- sporae. Fasc. 3:353-492. Figs. 69-97. 1907; Sphaeriaceae hyalodidymae, Fasc. 11:493-700. Figs. 98-116. 1913. Trotter, Alex: Uredinales, Fasc. 4:1-519. Figs. 1-110. 1908. Petri, L.: Gasterales, Fasc. 5:1-139. Figs. 1-83. 1909. Ferraris, T. : Hyphales: Tuberculariaceae, Stilbaceae, Fasc. 6:1-198. Figs. 1-53. 1910; Dematiaceae, Fasc. 8:199-534. 1912; Mucedinaceae, Fasc. 10:535-846. 1913; Indice generale, Fasc. 13:847-979. 1914. Saccardo, p. a., adiuvante Hier. Dalla Corda: Hymeniales: Leuco- sporae et Rhodosporae, Fasc. 14:1-576. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-7. 1915; Hy- meniales : ceterae Agaricaceae, Polyporaceae, Hydnaceae, Thelephoraceae, Tremellaceae, Fasc. 15:577-1386. P/s. 7-11. 1916. CoLLA, S.: Laboulbenialcs, Fasc. 16:1-157. Figs. 1-108. 1934. Ciferri, Raphael: Ustilaginales, Fasc. 17:1-443. Figs. 1-23. 1938. (Other fascicles have probably appeared but their citations are not available.) Pars. III. Lichenes. Jatta, a.: Lichenes, Fasc. 1: i-xxii, 1-958. Figs. 1-80. 1909. LIST 1. GENERAL WORKS 667 Barghoorn, E. S., and D. H. Linder: Marine fungi: their taxonomy and biology, Farlowia, l(3):395-467. Pis. 1-7. Figs. 1-3. 1944. Van Overeem, C, und J. Weese: Icones fungorum Malayensium Abbildungen und Beschreibungen der Malayischen Pilze, Hefte 1-16. 16 colored pis. 1 pi. in black and white. Weesp, Holland, Mycol, Museum, 1923-1926. CoRDA, A. C. I.: Icones fungorum hucusque cognitorum, Prag, J. G. Calve (vols. 1-4), Fr. Ehrlich (vols. 5-6). 1:1-32. Pis. 1-7. 1837. Mostly Fungi Imperfecti; a few Uredinales, My- cetozoa and miscellaneous fungi. 2:1-43. Pis. 8-15. 1838. Fungi Imperfecti, Mucorales, Mycetozoa, a few Uredinales, Ustilaginales, Pezizales and miscellaneous fungi. 3:1-55. Pis. 1-9. 1839. Uredinales, Fungi Imperfecti, Agaricales, Miscel- laneous. 4:1-53. Pis. 1-10. 1840. Erineum galls, Fungi Imperfecti, Uredinales, My- cetozoa, Agaricales and various Ascomyceteae. 5:1-92. Pis. 1-10. 1842. Erineum galls. Fungi Imperfecti, Mucorales, My- cetozoa, Gasteromycetes, Tuberales, Agaricales and Miscellaneous. 6:i-xix, 1-91. Pis. 1-20. 1854. (Plates by A. C. I. Corda, text by J. B. Zobel). Uredinales, Fungi Imperfecti, Mucorales, Mycetozoa, Gastero- mycetes, Tuberales, and Miscellaneous. Juillard-Hartmann, G.: Iconographie des champignons sup^rieurs, 5 vols. 250 colored pis. Epinal, Juillard et Fils. vol. 1, 1919, others not dated. Illustrations in color of approximately 2400 species of fungi. Vols. 1-3 and part of vol. 4 represent Agaricaceae, the remainder of vol. 4 illustrates Polyporaceae, Boletaceae, Fistulinaceae; vol. 5 illustrates Hydnaceae, Clavariaceae, Thele- phoraceae, Exobasidiaceae, Gastromyceteae, Dacryomycetales, Tremellales, Auriculariales, Helvellaceae, and a few subterranean Ascomyceteae. No descriptions accompany the plates. KoNRAD, P., ET A. Maublanc: Icones selectae fungorum. 5 vols, of plates totaling 500; 1 vol. text, over 500 pp. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1924-1937. Bresadola, J. : Fungi Tridentini novi vel nondum delineati, descripti et iconibus illustrati, Trieste. Published by author. 1:1-114. P/s. 1-105. 1881. 2:118 pp. Pis. 106-217. 1892. : Iconographia mycologica, edited by J. Traverso, L. Fenaroli,^ G, Catoni, and J. B. Traverso. 24 vols. 1200 pis. Milan, Societa Bot. Italica, Seg. Lombard. 1927-1932. Vols. 1-18, Agaricaceae; vols. 19-21, Polyporaceae and part of Hydnaceae; vol. 22, remainder of Hydnaceae, Thelephoraceae, part of Clavariaceae; vol. 23, Clavaria, Auriculariaceae, Tremellaceae, Dacryomycetaceae, Gastromyceteae; vol. 24, Helvellaceae, Leotiaceae, Pezizaceae. CoupiN, Henri: Album general des Cryptogames. Fungi (Champignons). Les Champignons du Globe, 5 vols. 473 pis. Paris, E. Orlhac, about 1920- 1925. (Gives illustrations of nearly all the recognized genera of fungi except the lichens.) ScHWARZE, Carl A.: The parasitic fungi of New Jersey, New Jersey Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 313:1-226. Figs. 1-1056. 1917. (Contains beautiful illustrations of very many genera and species of parasitic fungi.) ^ G68 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 2. Host Indexes, Local Fungus Lists with Host Indexes, Lists of Fungi on Special Hosts or Substrata, Bibliographies, Fungi of Man and Other Animals Saccardo, p. a. Sylloge fungorum omniuin hucusque cognitorum, 13:1-1340. 1898. Also there is a generic host index (Repertorium) at the close of vols. 14, 16, 17, 18, 21, 25, covering the fungi included in the respective volumes. OuDEMANS, C. A. J. A.: Enumeratio systematica fungorum. The Hague, Martin Nijhoff. 1. cxxvi + 1230 pp. 1919. Host Index of Algae, Fungi, Bryophyta, Pterido- phyta, Gymnosperms and Monocotyledons. 2. xix + 1069 pp. 1920. Dicotyledons: Salicaceae — Basellaceae. 3. xvi + 1313 pp. 1921. Dicotyledons: Caryophyllaceae — Vitaceae. 4. xiii + 1231 pp. 1923. Dicotyledons: Elaeocarpaceae — Compositae. Sup- plement. 5. vii + 999 pp. 1924. Index to species of hosts and fungi in vols. 1-4. (This is a host index of all parasitic fungi reported in any part of the world on plants native to Europe or introduced into Europe.) Seymour, Arthur Bliss: Host Index of the Fungi of North America, xiii + 732 pp. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1929. Anderson, Paul J.; Royal J. Haskell; Walter C. Muenscher; Clara J. Weld; Jessie I. Wood; and G. Hamilton Martin: Check list of diseases of economic plants in the United States, U.S. Dept. Agr. Dept. Bull. 1366:1- 111. Figs. 1-4. 1926. Weiss, Freeman: Check list revision. Plant Disease Reptr., 24-33, various num- bers, 1940-1949. (A revision of the foregoing.) Alstatt, G. E.: Diseases of plants reported in Texas since 1933, Pla7it Disease Reptr., supplement 135:37-50. 1946. Waterston, J. M.: The fungi of Bermuda, Dept. Agr. Bermuda, Bulletin 23: i-iii, 1-305. Figs. 1-38. 1947. BiSBY, G. R., with the collaboration of A. H. R. Buller, John Dearness, W. P. Eraser, R. C. Russell, and with a preface by H. T. Gtissow: The Fungi of Manitoba and Saskatchewan, 189 pp. 1 map. 49 figs. Ottawa, National Research Council of Canada, 1938. (Lists over 2700 species of fungi, with host index.) Butler, E. J., and G. R. Bisby: Fungi of India, Imperial Council of Agricultural Research of India. Science Monograph l:i-xviii, 1-237. 1931. MuNDKUR, B. B., and M. J. Thirumalachar: Revisions of and additions to Indian Fungi, I, Mycological Papers. Commonwealth Mycological Inst., 16:1-27. 19 figs. 1946. , and Sultan Ahmad: Revisions of and additions to Indian Fungi, II, ibid., 18:1-11. 8 figs. 1946. Brown, Charles C: Contributions toward a host index to plant diseases in Oklahoma, Oklahoma Agr. Expt. Sfa. Circ. 33. 1939. Revised edition 1941. — : Supplement No. 1. ibid., Mimeographed Circular M. 104:1-32. 1943. Preston, D. A.: Host Index of Oklahoma plant diseases, supplement, 1948, Plant Disease Reptr., 32(9):398-401. Sept. 15, 1948. Melchers, L. E.: a check list of plant diseases and fungi occurring in Egypt, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 34:41-106. 1931. CooKE, Wm. Bridge: Preliminary host index to fungi of Mt. Shasta, CaUfornia, Pla?it Disease Reptr., supplement 123:125-133. 1940. I LIST 2. HOST INDEXES, ETC. 669 Coons, G. H. : A preliminary host index of the fungi of Michigan, exclusive of the Basidiomycetes, and of the plant diseases of bacterial and physiological origin, Mich. Acad. Sci. Rept., 14:232-276. 1912. Davis, J. J. : A provisional list of the parasitic fungi of Wisconsin, Trans. Wis- consin Acad. Sci., 17(2) :846-984. 1914. : Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin, 157 pp., Madison, Wis., published for the author posthumously. 1942. Parris, G. K.: a check list of fungi, bacteria, nematodes and viruses occurring in Hawaii, and their hosts, P/an^i Disease ^ep/r., supplement 121:1-91. 1940. Noble, R. J.; H. J. Hynes; F. C. McCleery; and W. A. Birmingham: Plant diseases recorded in New South Wales, Dept. Agr. of New South Wales Sci. Bull. 46:1-47, 1934; Supplement to the foregoing, ibid., supplement 1:1-7, 1937. McAlpine, D.: Systematic arrangement of Australian fungi together with host- index and list of works on the subject. Department of Agriculture, Victoria, vii + 236 pp. Melbourne, Government Printer, 1895. ScHADE, Arthur L.: A preliminary list of the parasitic fungi of Idaho, Plant Disease Reptr., supplement 95:77-113. 1936. Stevenson, John A. : A check list of Porto Rican fungi and a host index, /. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico, 2:125-264. 1918. Kawamura, S.: The Japanese Fungi, ed. 3, Tokyo, 1930. (In Japanese.) Maneval, Willis E.: A list of Missouri fungi with special reference to plant pathogens and wood destroying species, Univ. Missouri Studies, 12(3):1-150. 1937. (A list of the reported species of fungi from Missouri and a host index.) GiLMAN, Joseph C: First supplementary list of parasitic fungi from Iowa, Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 6:357-365. 1931. • — : Second supplementary list of parasitic fungi from Iowa, ibid., 23(3) :261- 272. 1949. , AND W. Andrew Archer: The fungi of Iowa parasitic on plants, ibid., 3(4) :299-507. 2^^s. 1929. Sprague, Roderick: A revised check list of the parasitic fungi on cereals and other grasses in Oregon, Plant Disease Reptr., supplement 134:1-36. 1942. Boyce, J. S. : Host relationships and distribution of Conifer rusts in the United States and Canada, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., 35 :329-482. 1943. Thirumalachar, M. J.: Some fungal diseases of Bryophytes in Mysore, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 31(1-2) :7-12. Figs. 1-8. 1947. Chardon, Carlos E., and Rafael A. Toro: Mycological exploration of Vene- zuela, Monographs of the Univ. Puerto Rico, Physical and Biological Sciences, B, 2:1-353. Pis. 1-33 (1 colored). 1 map. 1934. (Keys to various families. Host index.) Moller, F. H.: Fungi of the Faeroes: I. Basidiomycetes, 295 pp. Map. 3 pis. {colored). \Mfigs. Copenhagen, Ejnar Munksgaard Forlag, 1945. Darker, G. D.: A brief host index of some plant pathogens and virus diseases in Eastern Asia, Plant Disease Reptr., supplement 122:93-123. 1940. Garcia Rada, German, y J. A. Stevenson: La flora fungosa Peruana. Lista preliminar de hongos que atacan a las plantas en el Peru, 112 pp. Lima, Estacion Experimental Agricola de la Molina, 1942. (List of Peruvian[]fungi and host index.) OsTERO, Jos^ I., AND Melville T. Cook: a bibliography of mycology and phytopathology of Central and South America, Mexico and the West Indies, /. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico, 2(3):249-486. 1937. 670 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Reinking, Otto A.: Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philippines and their hosts, I, Philippine J. Sci., 15(5) :479-490. 1919; II, ibid., 16(2):167-179. 1920; III, ibid., 16(5) :527-537. 1920. : Host index of diseases of economic plants in the Philippines, Philippine 4^r., 8(1-2) :38-54. 1919. Teodoro, Nicanor G.: An enumeration of Philippine fungi. Commonwealth of the Philippines, Department of Agriculture and Commerce, Technical Bull. 4 : 1-585. 1937. (Contains a host index.) Raabe, Achilles: Parasitische Pilze der Umgebung von Tubingen. Ein Beitrag zur Kryptogamenflora Siidwestdeutschlands, Hedwigia, 78(1-2) :1-106. PL 1. Figs. 1-7. 1938. Savulescu, Trian, et C. Sandu-Ville: Contribution a la connaissance des Micromycetes de Roumanie, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 46(3-4) :177- 192. 1930. (See the three further contributions following below.) ■ — , UND : Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Micromyceten Rumaniens, Hed- wigia, 73:71-132. 1933. , UND : Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Micromyceten Rumaniens, ibid., 75:159-233. 1935. , et : Quatrieme contribution h la connaissance des Micromycetes de Roumanie, Acad. Romano, Mem. Sect. Stiintifice {Bucharest), 15:397-502. 15 pis. 1939-40 (1941). , UND : Die Erysiphaceen Rumaniens, Annates Scientifiques de V Academic de Hautes Etudes Agronomiques de Bucarest, 1 :47-123. Pis. 1-24. 1929. (Keys and host index.) : Contributions a la connaissance des Ustilagin^es de Roumanie, Ann. inst. recherches agron. Roumanie, 7:1-86. Pis. 1-35. 1935. (Distribution list and host index.) ET T. Rayss: Contribution a I'^tude de la Mycofiore de Palestine, Ann. cryptogam, exotique, 8(1-2) :49-87. 1935. SiEMASZKO, Wincenty: Badania mykologiczne w gorach Kaukazu (Recherches mycologiques dans les montagnes du Caucase), Archiwum Nauk Biologi- cznych Towarzystwa Naukowego Warszawskiego (Disciplinarum Biologicarum Archivum Societatis Scientiarum Varsaviensis), l(14):l-57. Fig. 1. 1923. Bremer, Hans; H. Ismen; G. Karel; H. Ozkan; und M. Ozkan: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der parasitischen Pilze der Tlirkei, III, Istanbul Universitesi Fen Fakultesi Mecmuasi {Rev. Fac. Sci. Univ. Istanbul), Ser. B., Sci. Nat., 13(l):l-53. 1948. Cummins, George B.: Annotated check list and host index of the rusts of Guate- mala, Plant Disease Reptr., supplement 142:79-131. 1943. Faull, Joseph Horace: Tropical fern hosts of rust fungi, J. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 28(3) :309-319. 1947. Lieneman, Catherine : Host index of the North American species of the genus Cercospora, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 16(l):l-52. 1929. Makju, Nazeer Ahmed: Contribution to our knowledge of Indian coprophilous fungi, J. Indian Botan. Soc, 12(2):153-164. Pis. 1-2. 1933. GiNAi, Mohammed Asgher: Further contributions to our knowledge of Indian coprophilous fungi, ibid., 15(5):269-284. Pis. 20-22. 1936. Niethammer, a.: Die mikroskopischen Boden-Pilze, 1-193. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-57. The Hague, W. Junk, 1937. Gilman, J. C: a manual of soil fungi, 1-392. Figs. 1-135. Ames, Iowa State College Press, 1945. LIST 2. HOST INDEXES, ETC. 671 Jensen, C. N.: Fungous flora of the soil, Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 315 : 415-501. Illustrated. 1912. Sabet, Younis S. : On some fungi isolated from soil in Egypt, Fouad I Univ. Bull. Fac. Sci., 19:61-112. Figs. 1-45. 1939. BisBY, G. R.: An Introduction to the Taxonomy and Nomenclature of Fungi, 117 pp. Kew, England, Imperial Mycological Institute, 1945. Lindau, G., et p. Sydow: Thesaurus litteraturae mycologicae et lichenologicae, Leipzig, Gebriider Borntraeger. 1:1-903. 1908. Authors A to L, up to 1906, incl. 2:1-808. 1909. Authors M to Z, up to 1906, incl. 3:1-766. 1913. Corrections and additions up to 1910, incl. 4:1-609. 1915. Subject lists. Applied mycology, geographical distribution, pathology. 5:1-526. 1917. Subject lists (continued). Systematically arranged. (A nearly complete bibliography of all mycological literature up to the close of 1910, arranged alphabetically by the authors. Vols. 4 and 5 are arranged by subjects, the plants diseased under their hosts.) GuBA, E. F., AND P. A. Young: Check list of important references dealing with the taxonomy of fungi, Trans. Am. Microscop. Soc, 43:17-67. 1924. Chables, Vera K. : A preliminary check list of the entomogenous fungi of North America, Insect Pest Surveij Bull. 21:707-785. 1941. (Supplement to No. 9.) AiNswoRTH, G. C, and G. R. Bisby: A Dictionary of the Fungi, ed. 2, viii + 431 pp. 138 figs. Kew, Surrey, The Imperial Mycological Institute, 1945. Thaxter, Roland: On certain peculiar fungus-parasites of living insects, Botan. Gaz., 58(3) :235-253. Pis. 16-19. 1914. (See also Lists 11, 12, and 14, under Entomophthorales, Zoopagales, Eccrinales, and Laboulbeniales.) Fetch, T. : A list of the entomogenous fungi of Great Britain, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans. 17(3):170-178. 1932. (A list with hosts and localities of all ento- mogenous fungi known to occur in Great Britain, with the exception of the Laboulbeniales.) : A rei-ised list of British entomogenous fungi, ibid., 31(3-4) :286-304. 1948. : Studies in entomogenous fungi, ibid., 7-12, about 1922-1927. (Scattered papers.) Notes on entomogenous fungi, ibid., 16-27, 1931-1944. (Scattered papers.) Watson, W. : List of British fungi parasitic on lichens or which have been included as lichens (or vice versa), with some notes on their characters and distinc- tions, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 31(3-4) :305-339. 1948. Dodge, Carroll W.: Medical Mycology. Fungous Diseases of Men and Other Mammals, 900 pp. 142 ^i^s. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby Co., 1935. Ota, Masao, et Maurice Langeron: Nouvelle classification des Dermato- phytes, Ann. parasitol., l(4):305-336. Figs. 1-8. 1923. Sartory, a.: Champignons parasites de I'homme et des animaux, 895 + 47 pp. 50 pis. 91 figs. Paris, Lefrangois, 1920. : Champignons parasites de I'homme et des animaux, ler supplement, pp. 1-78. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-11. Paris, Lefrangois, 1923. , et J. Bailly: Champignons parasites de I'homme et des animaux, 2me supplement, pp. 1-95. Paris, Editions Clinique et Laboratoire, 1927. ; A. GoDEAu; R. Sartory; L. Bailly; et J. Meyer: Champignons para- sites de I'homme et des animaux, 3me supplement, pp. 1-159. Paris, Editions Clinique et Laboratoire, 1933. G72 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI VuiLLEMiN, Paul: Les champignons parasites et les mycoses de I'homme, En- cyclop^die Mycologique, vol. 2, pp. 1-290. Figs. 1-140. Paris, Paul Lechevalier et Fils, 1931. CoNANT, N. F.; D. S. Martin; D. T. Smith; R. D. Baker; and J. L. Callaway: Manual of Clinical Mycology, 348 pp. Illustrated. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 1945. List 3. Mycetozoa, Including Myxogastrales, Plasmodiophorales, Acrasiales, Labyrinthulales Lister, Arthur: A monograph of the Mycetozoa, ed. 3, revised by Gulielma Lister, xxxii + 296 pp. 222 -ph. 60 figs. London, Trustees of the British Museum, 1925. MacBride, Thomas H., and G. W. Martin: The Myxomycetes, a descriptive list of the known species with special reference to those occurring in North America, 339 pp. 20 pis. New York, Macmillan Co., 1934. Hagelstein, Robert: The Mycetozoa of North America, based upon the speci- mens in the New York Botanical Garden, pp. 1-306. Pis. 1-16. Mineola, N. Y., published by the author, 1944. Martin, G. W.: Fungi, Myxomycetes. Ceratiomyxales, Liceales, Trichiales, Stemonitales, Physarales, North American Flora, 1(1):1-151, with Bibli- ography, pp. 153-178, by Harold "W. Rickett and Index, pp. 179-190, by Gussie M. Miller. 1949. Torrend, C: Flore des Myxomycetes, 271 pp. 9 p/s. 1908. (Reprinted from Broteria.) Jaczewski, a. a.: Mycological Flora of European and Asiatic Russia: IL Myxomycetes, Materialien zur Kenntnis der Fauna und Flora des Rus- sichen Reiches, Botanischer Teil. Heft 6:1-140. 84 ^^s. 1907. (In Russian.) Brooks, Travis E.: Myxomycetes of Kansas, I, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., 44:130-157. 1941. Greene, H. C: Wisconsin Myxomycetes, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 27:141- 181. 6 pis. 1932. Emoto, Yoshikadzu: Die Myxomyceten Japans, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 48^ various numbers, 97 figs., 1934; 49, various numbers, 168 figs., 1935; 50, various numbers, mimerous figs., 1936. (Text in Japanese.) Hattori, H.: Myxomycetes of Nasu District (Japan), pp. 1-280. 23 colored pis. 320 figs. 1935. (Text in Japanese.) Dennison, Mary Louise: The genus Lamproderma and its relationships, I, Mycologia, 37(1):80-10S. Figs. 1-22. 1945; II, ihid., 37(2):197-204. Fig. 1. 1945. (Part I contains a key and descriptions of all recognized species of Lamproderma. Part II includes a discussion of the Family Stemonitaceae and key to the 13 genera recognized by the author.) Karling, John S.: The Plasmodiophorales, ix -j- 144 pp. 17 pis. 17 figs. New York, published by the author, 1942. Cook, W. R. Ivimey: A monograph of the Plasmodiophorales, Arch. Protistenk., 8b(2):179-254. Pis. 5-11. Figs. 1-14. 1933. LIST 5. CHYTRIDIALES 673 Olive, Edgar W.: A preliminary enumeration of the Sorophorae, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 37:333-344. 1901, : Monograph of the Acrasiae, Proc. Boston Soc. Natural Historij, 30:451- 513. Pis. 5-8. 1902. Young III, Edward Lorraine : Studies on Labyrinthula. The etiologic agent of the wasting disease of eel-grass, Am. J. Botany, 30(8) :586-593. Figs. 1-2. 1943. (Includes a brief monograph of the genus.) List 4. General Works on Phycomyceteae Sparrow Jr., Frederick K.: Aquatic Phycomycetes Exclusive of the Saproleg- niaceae and Pythium, xx + 785 pp. 6Mfigs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Mich. Press, 1943. : A contribution to our knowledge of the aquatic Phycomycetes of Great Britain, /. Linnean Soc. London, 50(334) :417-478. Pis. 14-20. Figs. 1-7. 1936. FiTZPATRiCK, Harry M.: The lower fungi. Phycomycetes, xi + 331 pp. Figs. 1-112. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1930. Ito, S.: Mycological flora of Japan: I. Phycomycetes, 340 pp. 125 figs. Tokyo, 1936. Jaczewski, a. a.: Opredelitel gribov: I. Fikomitsety. (Determination of Fungi: I. Phycomycetes), 294 pp. 329 figs. Moscow and Leningrad, 1931. (In Russian.) VON MiNDEN, M.: Chytridiineae, Ancylistineae, Monoblepharidineae, Sapro- legniineae, in Krytogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 193-352, 1911; pt. 3, pp. 353-496, 1911; pt. 4, pp. 497-608, 1912; pt. 5, pp. 609-630, 1915. (Illustrated.) Petersen, H. E. : An account of Danish freshwater Phycomycetes, with biological and systematical remarks, Ann. Mycol., 8(5) :494-560. Figs. 1-27. 1910. Tiesenkausen, Manfred Baron: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Wasserpilze der Schweiz, Arch. HydroUol. Planktonkunde, 7:261-308. Figs. 1-24. 1912. Vi^GAS, A. P., E A. R. Teixeira: Alguns fungos do Brasil (Phycomycetos), Bragantia, 3(8) :223-245. 22 pis. 4: figs. 1943. List 5. Chytridiales (Note : In some of these references are included fungi now segregated in the Hyphochytriales and in the nonfilamentous Lagenidiales.) Petersen, H. E.: Contributions a la connaissance des Phycomycetes marins (Chytridineae Fischer), Oversigt over Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab Forhandlinger, 1905:439-488. Illustrated. 1905. » 674 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI ScHERFFEL, A.: Beitragc zur Kenntnis der Chytridineen : II. Einiges iiber neue oder ungeniigend bekannte Chytridineen, Arch. Protistenk., 54(2): 167-260. 3 pis. 1926. : Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chytridineen, III, ibid., 54(3) :510-528. 1926. (Includes descriptions of all known species of Harpochytrium.) Atkinson, George F. : The genus Harpochytrium in the United States, Ann. MycoL, 1(6) :479-502. PL 10. Fig. 1. 1903. : Notes on the genus Harpochytrium, /. Mycology, 10(1) :3-8. PI. 72. Text figs. 24-33. 1904. Jane, Frank W. : A revision of the genus Harpochytrium, /. Linnean Soc. London, 53(348) :28-40. Figs. 1-28. 1946. Karling, John S.: Brazilian Chytrids: I. Species of Nowakowskiella, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 71(4):374-389. Figs. 1-69. 1944; II. New species of Rhizidium, Am. J. Botany, 31(5):254-261. Figs. 1-72. 1944; III. Nephrochytrium amazonensis, Mycologia, 36(4) :351-357. Figs. 1-28. 1944; IV. Species of Rozella, ibid., 36(6) :638-647. Figs. 1-28. 1944; V. Nowakowskiella macro- spora n. sp. and other polycentric species. Am. J. Botany, 32(1) :29-35. Figs. 1-51. 1945; VI. Rhopalophlyctis and Chytriomyces, two new chitinophilic operculate genera, ibid., 32(7):362-369. Figs. 1-61. 1945; VII. Observations relative to sexuality in two new species of Siphonaria, ibid., 32(9):580-587. Figs. 1-53. 1945; VIII. Additional parasites of rotifers and nematodes, Lloydia, 9(1):1-12. Pis. 1-2. 1946; IX. Species of Rhizophydium, Am. J. Botany, 33(5) :328-334. Figs. 1-37. 1946; X. New species with sunken oper- cula, Mycologia, 39(l):56-70. Figs. 1-56. 1947. ■ : A synopsis of Rozella and Rozellopsis, ibid., 34(2): 193-208. 1942. Canter, Hilda M.: Studies on British Chytrids: II. Some new monocentric Chytrids, Brit. MycoL Soc. Trans., 31(1-2) :94-105. Pis. 1-10. Figs. 1-8. 1947; III. Zygorhizidium willei Lowenthal and Rhizophidium columnaris n. sp., ibid., 31(1-2) :128-135. PL 11. Figs. 1-4. 1947. ToKUNAGA, Yosio: Studies on the aquatic Chytrids of Japan: II. Olpidiaceae, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(2):78-84. PL 5. 1933; III. Rhizi- diaceae, ibid., 13(4) :388-393. PL 11. 1934. Farlow, W. G. : The Synchytria of the United States, Botan. Gaz., 10(3) :235-240. PL 4. 1885. Tobler-Wolfp, Gertrud: Die Synchytrien. Studien zu einer Monographic der Gattung, Arch. Protistenk., 28:143-238. Pis. 10-13. 1913. Cook, Melville T. : Species of Synchytrium in Louisiana: I. Descriptions of species found in the vicinity of Baton Rouge, Mycologia, 37(3) :284-294. Figs. 1-4. 1945; II. Species of Louisiana Synchytrium, ibid., 37(5) :571-575. 1 fig. 1945; III. The development and structure of the galls, ibid., 37(6) :715- 740. Figs. 1-12. 1945; IV. Two new species of Synchytrium, ibid., 39(3) :351- 357. Figs. 1-4. 1947; V. A new species on Sambucus canadensis, ibid., 41(l):24-27. Figs. 1-9. 1949. ■ : Synchytrium decipiens and Synchytrium chrysosplenii, ibid., 38(3) :300- 305. Figs. "l-3. 1946. Quintanilha, a.: Contribui9So ao estudo dos Synchytrium, Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana II, serie 3, 110 pp. 1 fig. 1926. Mhatre, J. R., AND B. B. Mundkur: The Synchytria of India, Lloydia, 8(2) :131- 138. 1945. Cejp, Karel: Some remarks to the knowledge of the parasitic Phycomycetes of Conjugates in Bohemia, Academic Tcheque des Sciences Mathematiques, LIST 7. BLASTOCLADIALES AND MONOBLEPHARIDALES 675 Naturelles et de la Medecine, 33:17-23. Pis. 1-2. 1932. (Includes descriptions of the three known species of Micromycopsis.) Couch, John N.: Rhizophidium, Phlyctochytrium and Phlyctidium in the United States, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 47(2) . -245-260. Pis. 14-17. 1932. : Notes on the genus Micromyces, Mycologia, 29(5) :592-596. Figs. 1-14. 1937. Canter, Hilda M.: Studies on British Chytrids: VI. Aquatic Synchytriaceae, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 32(l):69-94. Pis. 7-11. Figs. 1-13. 1948. List 6. Hyphochytriales Karling, John S.: The life history of Anisolpidium ectocarpii gen. nov. et sp nov., and a synopsis and classification of other fungi with anteriorly uni- flagellate zoospores, Am. J. Botany, 30(8) : 63 7-648. Figs. 1-21. 1944. List 7. Blastocladiales and Monoblepharidales (See also Sparrow, 1943, in List 4.) CoKER, W. C, AND Velma D. Matthews: Blastocladiales, Monoblepharidales and Saprolegniales, North Aynerican Flora, 2(l):l-76. 1937. Sparrow Jr., Frederick K. : The Monoblepharidales, Ann. Botany, 47^87) -517- 542. PI. 20. Figs. 1-2. 1933. Kanouse, Bessie B.: A monographic study of special groups of water molds: I. Blastocladiaceae, Am. J. Botany, 14(6) :287-306. Pis. 32-34. 1927. Wolf, Frederick Taylor: The aquatic Oomycetes of Wisconsin, Pt. I, 64 pp. Pis. 1-6. Madison, Univ. Wisconsin Press, 1944. Emerson, Ralph: An experimental study of the life cycle and taxonomy of AUomyces, Lloydia, 4(2):77-144. Figs. 1-16. 1941. Couch, John N., and Alma J. Whiffen: Observations on the genus Blasto- cladiella, Am. J. Botany, 29(7) :582-591. Figs. 1-66. 1942. : 0})servations on the genus Catenaria, Mycologia, 37(2):163-192. Figs 1-78. 1945. Cejp, Karel: Sur les affinites des Blastocladiaceae. Revision du genre Gonapodya, sa position systematique, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 62(3-4) :246-=257 1946 (1947). Couch, John N. : Revision of the genus Coelomomyces, parasitic in insect larvae, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 61(1-2) :124r-136. Pis. 1-2. 1945. , and H. R. Dodge : Further observations on Coelomomyces, parasitic on mosquito larvae, ibid., 63(l):69-79. Pis. 15-20. 1947. Springer, Martha E.: Two new species of Monoblepharella, Mycologia, 37(2) :208-2lQ. Figs. 1-51. 1945. 676 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Indoh, Hiroharo: Studies on Japanese aquatic fungi: II. The Blastocladiaceae, Science Repts. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku, B, 4:237-384. 34: figs. 1940. I List 8. Lagenidiales (See also Sparrow, 1943, and others in List 4.) Karling, John S.: The simple holocarpic biflagellate Phycomycetes. Including a complete host index and bibliography, x + 123 pp. Pis. 1-25. 3 diagrams. New York, published by the author, 1942. ToKUNAGA, Yosio: Studies on the aquatic Chytrids of Japan: I. Woroninaceae, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(l):20-28. PI. 2. 1933. : Notes on the Lagenidiaceae of Japan, ibid., 13(3) :227-232. 3 figs. 1934. List 9. Saprolegniales (Including Leptomitales) (See also Sparrow, 1943, and others in List 4.) Humphrey, J. E.: The Saprolegniaceae of the United States with notes on other species. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, 17:64-148. Pis. 14-20. 1892. CoKER, W. C: The Saprolegniaceae with notes on other water molds, 201 ]^p. Pis. 1-63. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1923. , AND Velma D. Matthews: Saprolegniales, North American Flora, 2(i):15-67. 1937. Nagai, Masaji: Studies on the Japanese Saprolegniaceae, /. Faculty Agr. Hok- kaido Imp. Univ., 32(l):l-43. Pis. 1-7. 1931. : Additional notes on the Japanese Saprolegniaceae, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 47(554) :136-137. Fig. 1. 1933. Maurizio, a.: Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte und Systematik der Saprolegniaceen, Flora', 79:109-158. Pis. 3-5. 1894. Wolf, Frederick Taylor: The aquatic Oomycetes of Wisconsin, Pt. I, pp. 1-64. Pis. 1-6. Madison, Univ. Wisconsin Press, 1944. Apinis, Arv. : Untersuchungen uber die in Lettland gefundenen Saprolegniaceen nebst Bemerkungen liber einige andere Wasserpilze, Acta Horti Botan. Univ. Latviensis, 4:201-246. Figs. 1-4. 1929. Chaudhuri, H., and p. L. Kochhar: Indian water molds, I, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., B, 2 :137-154. Pis. 5-12. 1935. — , and S. S. Lotus: Indian water molds, II, ibid., 3:328-333. 1936. Crook's, Kathleen M.: Studies on Australian aquatic Phycomycetes, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ftctona, 49(2) :206-232.P/. 10. Figs. 1-11. 1937. Kanouse, Bessie B.: A monographic study of special groups of water molds: II. Leptomitaceae and Pythiomorphaceae, Am. J. Botany, 14(7) :335-357. PL 48. 1927. LIST 10. PERONOSPORALES, ALSO PROTOMYCETALES G77 Indoh, Hiroharo: Studies on the Japanese aquatic fungi: I. On Apodachlyella completa sp. nov., with revision of the Leptomitaceae, Science Repts. Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku, B, 4:43-50. PL 7. Figs. 1-11. 1939. CoKER, W. C, AND John N. Couch: Revision of the genus Thraustotheca with a description of a new species, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 40(3-4): 197-202. Pis. 38-40. 1924. Cutter Jr., Victor M.: Observations on certain species of Aphanomyces, Mycol- ogia, 33(2) :220-240. Figs. 1-15. 1941. List 10. Peronosporales, Also Protomycetales Matthews, Velma Dare: Studies on the genus Pythium, 136 pp. 29 pis. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1931. Sideris, C. p.: Taxonomic studies in the Family Pythiaceae: I. Nematosporan- gium, Mycologia, 23(4):252-295. Figs. 1-12. 1931; II. Pythium, ibid., 24(l):14-61.Fi>s. 1-21. 1932. Drechsler, Charles: Some new species of Pythium, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 20(16) :398-418. 1930. Sparrow Jr., Frederick K. : Two new species of Pythium parasitic on algae, Ann. Botany, 45(178) :255-277. 1 pi. 2 figs. 1931. Butler, E. J.: An account of the genus Pythium and some Chytridiaceae, Mem. Dept. Agri. India, Botan. ser., 1(5):1-161. Pis. I-IO. Feb. 1907. Fitzpatrick, H. M.: Generic concepts in the Pythiaceae and Blastocladiaceae, Mycologia, 15(4):166-173. 1923. MiDDLETON, John T. : The taxonomy, host range and geographic distribution of the genus Pythium, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 20(1):1-171. Figs. 1-17. 1943. Tucker, C. M.: Taxonomy of the genus Phytophthora de Bary, Univ. Missouri Agr. Expt. Sta. Research Bull. 153:1-208. Figs. 1-30. 1931. Rosenbaum, J. : Studies of the genus Phytophthora, /. Agr. Research, 8(7) :233- 276. 7 pis. 1917. Baker, R. E. D.: Notes on Trinidad fungi: I. Phytophthora, Trop. Agr. Trinidad, 13(12) :330-332. Figs. 1-3. 1936. (The species of Phytophthora on cacao in Trinidad.) FoiSTER, C. E. : The white tip disease of leeks and its causal fungus, Phytophthora Porri n. sp., Trans. Proc. Botan. Soc. Edinburgh, 30(4):257-281. PL 18. Figs. 1-3. 1931. (Describes a new species and gives for comparison the description of 10 other rather similar species.) Wilson, G. W.: Studies in North American Peronosporales: I. The genus Albugo, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 34(2):61-84. 1907; II. Phytophthoreae and Rhy- sotheceae, ibid., 34(8) :387-416. 1907; III. New or noteworthy species (Species of Albugo and Peronospora), ibid., 35(7):361-365. 1908; IV. Host Index, ibid., 35(11) :543-554. 1908; V. A Review of the genus Phytophthora, Mycologia, 6(2):54-83. PL 119. 1914; VI. Notes on Miscellaneous Species, ibid., 6(4):192-210. Pis. 135-136. 1914; VII. New and Noteworthy Species, ibid., 10(3):168-169. 1918. Farlow, W. G.: Enumeration of the Peronosporaceae of the United States Botan. Gaz., 8(10):305-315, (ll):327-337, 1883. 678 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Farlow, W. G.: Additions to the Peronosporaceae of the United States, ibid., 9(l):37-40. 1884. (These two papers contain descriptions of every species of this order known from the United States up to the close of 1883, with full notes as to known distribution, hosts, etc.) Swingle, W. T. : Some Peronosporaceae in the Herbarium of the Division of Vegetable Pathology, /. Mycology, 7(2) :109-130. 1892. Berlese, a. N.: Saggio di una monografia delle Peronosporaceae, Riv. patol. vegetale, 6(1):78-101. (2):237-268. Pis. 7-10. 1897; 7:19-37. 1898; 9:1-126. Figs. 1-21. 1900; 10:185-298. Figs. 22-69, 1902. : Icones fungorum ad usum Sylloges Saccardianae accomodatae. Phyco- mycetes: Fasc. I. Peronosporaceae, pp. 1-40. Pis. 1-67. Padua, 1898, pub- lished by the author. (Beautifully executed illustrations of most of the species of this family.) Wakefield, E. M. : The genus Cystopus in South Africa, Bothalia, 2(Ib) :242-246. 1927. Jaczewski, a. a.: Mycological Flora of European and Asiatic Russia: I. Peronosporaceae, Materialien zur Kenntnis Fauna und Flora des Russischen Reiches, Botanischer Teil, Heft 4. 1907. (In Russian.) Thind, Kartar Singh: The genus Peronospora in the Punjab, /. Indian Botan. Soc, 21(3-4): 197-2 15. 1942. Gaumann, Ernst: tJber die Specialisation der Peronospora auf einigen Scrophu- lariaceen, Ann. MycoL, 16(1-2) :189-199. Figs. 1-6. 1918. : Ueber die Formen der Peronospora parasitica (Pers.) Fries. Ein Beitrag zur Speziesfrage bei den parasitischen Pilzen, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Erste Abteilung, 35:1-143, 305-533. Figs. 1-47. 1918. — ■ : Zur Kenntnis der Chenopodiaceen bewohnenden Peronospora- Arten, Mitteilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern aus dem Jahre 1918 : 45-66. Figs. 1-15. 1919. Beitriige zu einer Monographie der Gattung Peronospora Corda, Beitrdge zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz, 5(4):l-360. Figs. 1-166. 1923. Wartenweiler, Alfred: Beitrage zur Systematik und Biologie einiger Plasmo- para-Arten, Ann. MycoL, 16(3-6) :249-299. Pis. 1-3. Figs. 1-12. 1918. Savulescu, Trian: Les especes de Peronospora Corda de Roumanie, Sydowia, Ann. MycoL, 2(1-6) :255-307. 1948. von BtJREN, GtJNTHER; Die schweizerischen Protomycetaceen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Entwicklungsgeschichte und Biologie, Beitrdge zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz, 5(l):l-95. Pis. 1-7. Figs. 1-28. 1915. : Weitere Untersuchungen liber die Entwicklungsgeschichte und Biologie der Protomycetaceen, ibid., 5(3):l-94. P/s. 1-2. Figs. 1-27. 1922. List 11. Mucorales, Entomophthorales Zycha, H.: Mucorineae, Kryptogamenflora der Mark Brandenburg, vol. 6a, pp. 1-264. 114 yigrs. Leipzig, Gebriider Borntraeger,1935. Naumov, N. A.: Opredelitel Mukorovych (Determination of Mucorales), ed. 2, pp. 1-136. Figs. 1-49. 1 Diagram. Moscow and Leningrad, Botanical Insti- tute of the Academy of Sciences of U.S.S.R., 1935. (In Russian.) LIST 11. MUCORALES, ENTOMOPHTHORALES 679 ■: Cl^s des Mucorin^es (Mucorales). Translated by S. Buchet and I. Mou- raviev, in Encyclop^die Mycologique, ed. 2, vol. 9, pp. 1-137, with Appendix i-xxxvi. 83 figs. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1939. Lendner, Alf. : Les Mucorin^es de la Suisse, Beitrdge zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz, 3(1):1-180. Pis. 1-3. Figs. 1-59. 1908. Hagem, 0.: Untersuchungen liber norwegische Mucorineen, Videnskapselskapets- Skrifter. Mat. naturv. Klasse, 1907(7) :l-50. Figs. 1-22. 1908; 1910(4) :1-1 52. 1910. • : Neue Untersuchungen liber norwegische Mucorineen, Ann. Mycol., 8(3) :265-286. Figs. 1-11. 1910. LiNNEMANN, G. : Beitrag zu einer Flora der Mucorineae Marburgs, Flora, 130(N.S. 30):176-217. Illustrated. 1936. SuMSTiNE, D. R.: The North American Mucorales, I, Mijcologia, 2(3):125-154. 1910. Christenberry, George A.: A taxonomic study of the Mucorales in the South- eastern United States, /, Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 56(2) :333-366. Pis. 13-19. 1946. Ou, Shih-Kuang: Phycomycetes of China, I, Sinensia, 11(1-2) :33-57. 18 figs. 1940. (Descriptions and keys to the Mucorales found in Szechuan.) Campbell, Marie E. : An investigation of the Mucorales in the soil, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 59(2) :41 1-436. 3 pis. 15 figs. 1938. PovAH, A. H. W.: A critical study of certain species of Mucor, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 44(5) :241-259. (6):287-313. Pis. 17-20. 1917. Zach, Franz: Zur Kenntnis der Formenkreis von Mucor plumbeus Bonorden, Oesterreichische Botanische Zeitschrift, 84(2):117-122. Fig. 1. 1935. : Beitrag zum Formenkreis von Mucor plumbeus Bonorden, ibid., 85(2):151-153. 1936. Grove, W. B.: A systematic account and arrangement of the Pilobolidae, in A. H. Reginald Buller: Researches on Fungi, vol. 6, chap. 4, pp. 190-224. Figs. 97-111. 1934. Palla, E.: Zur Kenntnis der Pilobolus-Arten, Oesterreichische Botanische Zeit- schrift, 50(10) :349-370, (11):397-401, PI. 10. 10 text figs. 1900. MoRiNi, Fausto: Materiali per una monografia delle Pilobolee, Mem. reale accad. sci. inst. Bologna, ser. 6, 3:111-129. 1906. Hanzawa, J.: Studien iiber einige Rhizopus-Arten, Mycolog. Centr., 5(5) :230-246. (6):257-281. Figs. 1-12. 1915. (A morphological, systematic, and physio- logical study of 12 species.) Yamamoto, Yoshihiko: Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Rhizopus: I. Morphologisches, J. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., 28(1) :1-101. P/s. 1-4. 1930. (Divides Rhizopus into 2 sections. Gives diagnoses for 15 species.) Yamazaki, MoMOji: On the classification of Rhizopus species, Bidl. Utsunomiya Agr. Coll., 5:1-16. 1934. (Japanese, with English summary.) Dauphin, J.: Contribution a I'^tude des Mortierell^es, Ann. sci. not. Botan., 9me s6r., 8:1-112. Figs. 1-45. 1908. Vuillemin, Paul: Sur les Mortierella des groupes polycephala et nigrescens. Bull. soc. mycol. France, 34:41-46. Figs. 1-3. 1918. Alcorn, Gordon D., and Charles C. Yeager: A monograph of the genus Cunninghamella with additional descriptions of several common species, Mijcologia, 30(6) :653-658. Figs. 1-2. 1938. Cutter Jr., Victor M.: The genus Cunninghamella (Mucorales), Farlowia, 2(3) :321-343. Pis. 1-2. 1946. 680 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI LiNDER, D. H.: The genera Kickxella, Martensella, and Coemansia, Farlowia, l(l):49-77.P;s. 1-4. 1943. BucHOLTZ, Fedor: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Endogone Link, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Zweite AbL, 29:147-225. Pis. 3-10. 1912. (Besides morpho- logical and cytological data this paper also contains descriptions of most of the known species.) BoEDiJN, K. B.: The genera Endogone and Sclerocystis in the Netherlands Indies, Bull. Jardin Botan. de Buitenzorg, III, 13(3) :503-508. Illustrated. 1935. Thaxter, Roland: A revision of the Endogoneae, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 57(12) :289-350.P^s. 1-4. 1922. : The Entomophthorae of the United States, Mem. Boston Soc. Natural History, 4:133-201. Pis. 14-21. 1888. Berdan, Helen: Revision of the genus Ancylistes, Mycologia, 30(4):396-415. Figs. 1-22. 1938. List 12. Zoopagales, Eccrinales (Note: For both these orders no publication brings together in one place a discussion of the described species. Therefore the many papers bearing on these fungi must be referred to.) Drechsler, Charles: Some conidial Phycomycetes destructive to terricolous Amoebae, Mycologia, 27(1) :6-40. Pis. 1-7. 1935. : Some non-catenulate conidial Phycomycetes preying on terricolous Amoebae, ibid., 27(2):176-205. Figs. 1-5. 1935. : A new species of conidial Phycomycete preying on nematodes, ibid., 27{2):20Q-215. Fig. 1. 1935. : A new species of Stylopage preying on nematodes, ibid., 28(3) :241-246. Fig. 1. 1936. : New conidial Phycomycetes destructive to terricolous Amoebae, ibid., 28(4) :363-389. Figs. 1-7. 1936. : New Zoopagaceae capturing and consuming soil Amoebae, ibid., 30(2):137-157.Figrs. 1-4. 1938. : A few new Zoopagaceae destructive to large soil rhizopods, ibid., 31(2):128-153. Figs. 1-7. 1939. : Five new Zoopagaceae destructive to rhizopods and nematodes, ibid., 31(4):388-415.F2>s. 1-5. 1939. : Four Phycomycetes destructive to nematodes and rhizopods, ibid., 33(3):248-269. Ft^s. 1-5. 1941. : New species of Acaulopage and Cochlonema destructive to soil Amoebae, ibid., 34(3) :274-297. Figs. 1-6. 1942. : Several additional Phycomycetes subsisting on nematodes and Amoebae, ibid., 37(1):1-31. Figs. 1-3. 1945. : Three new Zoopagaceae subsisting on soil Amoebae, ibid., 38(2) :120-143. Figs. 1-6. 1946. Three zoopagaceous fungi that capture and consume soil-inhabiting rhizopods, ibid., 39(3):253-281. Figs. 1-7. 1947. LIST 12, ZOOPAGALES, ECCRINALES 681 - — — : Three new species of Zoopage predaceous on terricolous rhizopods, ibid., 39(4) :379-408. Figs. 1-7. 1947. : Three Zoopagaceae that subsist by capturing soil Amoebae, ibid., 40(1):85-105. A>. 1-4. 1948. (The following five papers concern Family Harpellaceae, including Genistel- laceae). , Leger, Louis, et 0. Duboscq: Harpella melusinae n. g. et n. sp. Entophyte eccriniforme parasite des larves de Simulie, Compt. rend. 188(14) :951-954. Figs. 1-6. 1929. , ET Marcelle Gauthier : Endomycetes nouveaux des larves aquatiques d'insectes, ibid., 194(26) :2262-2265. Figs. 1-3. 1932. , ET : La spore des Harpellac^es (Leger & Duboscq), champignons parasites des insectes, ibid., 200(17) :1458-1460. 1935. ET : Graminella bulbosa nouveau genre d'entophyte parasite des larves d'Ephemerides du genre Baetis, ibid., 204(1) :27-29. Figs. 1-5. 1937. Gauthier, Marcelle: Sur un nouvel entophyte du groupe des Harpellac^es Leg. & Dub., parasite des larves d'Ephemerides, ibid., 202(12) :1096-1098. Figs. 1-4. 1936. (The following papers treat of the Eccrinales.) Leger, Louis, et 0. Duboscq: Eccrinoides Henneguyi n. g. et n. sp. et la sys- tematique des Eccrinides, Archives d' Anatomic Microscopique, 25:309-324. Figs. 1-6. 1929. (The order is classified into families with lists of the con- tained genera, but no generic distinctions are given. Therefore the following papers will have to be consulted.) Duboscq, O., L. Leger, et 0. Tuzet: Contribution a la connaissance des Eccrinides: les Trichomycetes, Arch. Zool. exptl. et gen., 86(2) :29-144. Pis 1-5. Figs. 1-42. 1948. Leidy, Joseph: Enterobrus, a new genus of Confervaceae, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 4:225-227. 1849. : A flora and fauna within living animals, Smithsonian Inst. Pubs. Contribs. to Knowledge, 5(2):l-67. Pis. 1-10. 1851 (1853). Leger, Louis, et 0. Duboscq: Les Eccrinides, nouveau groupe de Protophytes parasites, Compt. rend., 141(9) :425-427. 1905. , et : Sur les Eccrinides des Hydrophilides, Arch. zool. exptl. et gen., 56(2):21-31. A>s. 1-4. 1916. ET -: L'^volution du Paramoebidium, nouveau genre d'Eccrinides, parasite des larves aquatiques d'insectes, Compt. rend., 189(2) :75-77. Figs 1-15. 1929. LicHTENSTEiN, Jean L. : Sur un Amoebidium a commensalisme interne du rectum des larves d'Anax imperator Leach: Amoebidium fasciculatum n. sp., Arch. zool. exptl. et gen., 56(3):49-62. Figs. 1-7. 1917. : Sur un mode nouveau de multiplication chez les Amoebidiac^es, i6id., 56(4) :95-99. Fi^. 1. 1917. PcissoN, Raymond: Recherches sur quelques Eccrinides parasites de Crustac^s amphipodes et isopodes. Arch. zool. exptl. et gen., 69(3):179-216. Figs. 1-23 1929. : Recherches sur les Eccrinides. Deuxieme contribution, ibid., 74(4):53-68. Figs. 1-7. 1931. (Volume jubilaire.) 682 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI PoissoN, Raymond: Asellaria CauUeryi N. G., N. Sp., type nouveau d'entophyte parasite intestinal des Aselles (Crustaces isopodes). Description des stades connus et d'une partie de son cycle 6volutif, Bull. biol. France Belg., 66:232-254. PL 3. Figs. 1-9. 1932. List 13. Ascomyceteae, Miscellaneous TuLASNE, L. R., ET C: Selecta fungorum carpologia. Paris, Typographie Im- periale. Vol. 1. Erysiphei, pp. xxviii + 1-242, Pis. 1-5, 1861; vol. 2. Xylariei, Valsei, Sphaeriei, pp. xx + 1-319, Pis. 1-34, 1863; vol. 3. Nectriei, Phacidiei, Pezizei, pp. xvi + 1-221, Pis. 1-22, 1865. GiLMAN, J. C.: A partial list of the parasitic Ascomycetes of Iowa, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 32:235-264. 1925. Fink, Bruce, and Sylvia C. Fuson: An arrangement of the Ascomycetes of Indiana, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1919:113-133. 1921. Miller, Julian H.: The Ascomycetes of Georgia, Plant Disease Reptr., supple- ment 131:31-93. 1941. ViEGAS, A. P.: Alguns fungos do Brasil: II. Ascomicetos, Bragantia, 4(1-6) :5-392, 220 pis. 34 figs. 1944. List 14. Laboulbeniales Thaxter Roland: Contribution toward a monograph of the Laboulbeniaceae, I u'em. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 12:195-429. Pis. 1-26. 1895; II, ibid., 13:219- 469 Pis. 28-71. 1908; III, ibid., 14:309-426. Pis. 1-12. 1924; IV, ibid., 15(4):427-580. Pis. 1-24. 1926; V, ibid., 16(l):l-435. Pis. 1-60. 1 ^^. 1931. : Laboulbeniales parasitic on Chrysomelidae, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., 50(2):17-50. 1914. -: New Laboulbeniales from Chile and New Zealand, ibid., 54:207-232. 1918. New Dimorphomyceteae, ibid., 55:211-282. 1920. Paoli, G.: Nuovi Laboulbeniomiceti parassiti di Acari, Redia, 7:283-295. 1 pi. 1911. Spegazzini, Carlos: Contribucion al estudio de las Laboulbeniomicetas Argen- tinas, Anales del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural de Buenos Aires, 23 :167- 244. 71 figs. 1912. . : Laboulbcniali ritrovate nelle coUezioni de alcuni nmsei italiani, ibid., 26:451-511. Illustrated. 1915. -: Revision de las Laboulbeniales Argentinas, ibid., 29 :445-688. Figs. 1-213. 1917. Siemaszko, Janina I Wincenty: Owadorosty polskie i palearktyczne (Laboul- beniales polonici et palaearctici), I-III, Polskie Pismo Entomologiczne {Bui- LIST 15. LECANORALES AND PYRENULALES 683 letin Entomologique de laPologne), 6(3-4): 188-211. PL 7. 1928; 10(3-4): 149- 188. Pis. 7-10. Figs. 1-2. 1931; 12(1-4) :1 15-138. Pis. 9-10. 1933. CoLLA, S.: Laboulbeniales : Peyritschiellaceae, Dimorphomycetaceae, Laboul- beniaceae Heterothallicae, Laboulbeniaceae Homothallicae, Ceratomyce- taceae, Flora Italica Cryptogama, Fasc. 16:1-157. 108 ^grs. 1934. MiDDELHOEK, A.: Laboulbeniaceae in Nederland, Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief, 53:86-115. 12 pis. 1943; 56:249-260. 10 figs. 1949. Lepesme, P.: Revision des Rhachomyces pal^arctique (Laboulbeniaceae), Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 58:57-80. Pis. 2-6. 1942. List 15. Lecanorales and Pyrenulales (See also in List 1, Zahlbruckner, Band 8 in Rabenhorst: Kryptogamen- Flora, etc., and Migula in Thomie: Flora von Deutschland, etc.) Fink, Bruce: The Lichen Flora of the United States. Completed for publication by Joyce Hedrick, x + 426 pp. 47 pis. 4: figs. Ann Arbor, Univ. Mich. Press, 1935. TucKERMAN, Edward : A synopsis of the North American lichens: Pt. I. Parme- liacei, Cladoniei and Coenogoniei, xx + 262 pp. Boston, S. E. Cassino, 1882. Pt. IL Lecideacei and (in part) Graphidacei. 177 pp. New Bedford, Mass., E. Anthony and Sons, 1888. Schneider, Albert: A Text-book of General Lichenology, xvii + 230 pp. 76 pis. Binghamton, N. Y., Williard N. Clute and Co., 1897. (Contains a systematic account with keys to families and genera but not to species.) Smith, Annie Lorrain : Lichens, xxviii + 464 pp. 135 figs. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1921. (Pp. 313-342 give keys to families and genera.) : A monograph of the British lichens, ed. 2, London, published by the Trustees of the British Museum. Pt. I. xxiii + 519 pp., Pis. 1-71, 1918; Pt. IL ix + 447 pp.. Pis. 1-63, 1926. Leighton, W. A.: The lichen-flora of Great Britain, Ireland and the Channel Islands, ed. 2, pp. i-xlvii, 1-502. Shrewsbury, published by the author, 1872. Maas Geesteranus, R. A.: Revision of the lichens of the Netherlands. I. Parmeliaceae, Blumea 6(1): 1-199. 18 figs. 1947-1948. Zahlbruckner, Alexander: Catalogus lichenum universalis, 9 vols. Leipzig, Gebriider Borntraeger, 1922-1933. (Vols. 1-8: A systematically arranged catalogue of all of the families, genera and species of lichens with complete citation of places of publication, illustrations, etc., but without keys or descriptions. Vol. 9: Index.) Fries, Theodor Magnus: Lichenographia Scandinavica sive dispositio lichenum in Dania, Suecia, Norvegia, Fennia, Lapponia, Rossica hactenus collectorum, Iv + 639 pp. Illustrated. Uppsala, E. Berling, 1873-1874. Gall0e, Olaf: Natural History of the Danish lichens. Copenhagen, H. Asche- houg, Dansk Forlag. Pt. 1. 93 pp., 160 pis., 1927; Pt. 2. 84 pp., 129 pis., 1929; Pt. 3. 114 pp., 127 pis., 1930; Pt. 4. 81 pp., 133 pis., 1932; Pt. 5. 117 pp., 140 pis., 1936; Pt. 6. 103 pp. 88 pis., 1939; Pt. 7. 72 pp., 101 pis., 1948. MoREAU, F.: Les lichens: Morphologic, biologic, systematique, in Encyclopedic Biologique, vol. 3, pp. 1-148. 2 pis. 65 figs. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1929. 684 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Vainio, E. a.: Lichenographia fennica: I. Pyrenolichenes iisque proximi Pyreno- mycetes et Lichenes Imperfect!, Acta Societatis pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, 49(2):l-274, 1921; II. Baeomyceae et Lecideales, ibid., 53(l):l-340, Map, 1922; III. Coniocarpeae, ibid., 57(1):1-138, 1927; IV. Lecideales, pt. 2 (edited by B. Lynge), ibid., 57(2):1-531, Pis. 1--4, 1934. : Etude sur la classification naturelle et la morphologie des lichens du Bresil, ibid., 7(l):l-247, (2):l-256, 1890. Dodge, Carroll W.: The foliose and fruticose lichens of Costa Rica, I, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 20(3) :373-467. 1933. Magnusson, a. H., and A. Zahlbruckner: Hawaiian lichens: I. The families Verrucariaceae to Peltigeraceae, Arkiv for Botanik, 31A(l):l-96. 1944; II. The families Lecideaceae to Parmeliaceae, ibid., 31A(6) :1-109. 1944; III. The families Usneaceae to Physciaceae, ibid., 32A(6):l-89. Pis. 1-10. 1945. van der Byl, p. a.: Korsmosse van die Unie van Suid-Afrika: I. Familie Rocel- laceae, II. Familie Teloschistaceae, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 11A(6):1-18. 10 ^^s. 1933; III. Familie Cladoniaceae, ibid., 11A(4):1-13. 5 figs. 1933; IV. Die geslag Ramalina, ibid., 13A(1):1-13. 12 figs. 1935; V. Familie Col- lemaceae, ibid., 13A(4):1-11. 4: figs. 1935. Hasse, Hermann E.: The lichen flora of Southern California, Contribs. U.S. National Herbarium, 17:1-132. 1913. Herre, Albert W. C. T.: The lichen flora of the Santa Cruz Peninsula, Cali- fornia, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 12:27-269. 1910. Nearing, G. G.: The Lichen Book, 624 pp. 690 drawings. Ridgewood, N.J., published by the author, 1947. Dodge, Carroll W., and Gladys E. Baker: The second Byrd Antarctic expedi- tion— Botany: II. Lichens and lichen parasites, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 25(2):515-718. PZs. 38-65. 1938. Magnusson, A. H.: Lichens from Central Asia, Report of the Scientific Expedi- tion in the North-Western Provinces of China under Sven Hedin, The Sino- Swedish Expedition Publication No. 13, pp. 1-168, 12 pis., 1940; No. 22, pp. 1-71, 8 pis., 1944. Fink, Bruce: The lichens of Minnesota, Contribs. United States National Her- barium, 14:1-269. Pis. 1-51. Figs. 1-18. 1910. Rasanen, Veli: Das System der Flechten. tjbersicht mit Bestimmungstabellen der natiirlichen Flechtenfamilien, ihrer Gattungen, Untergattungen, Sek- tionen und Untersektionen, Acta Botanica Fennica, 33:1-82. 1943. Zahlbruckner, A.: Additamenta ad Lichenographiam Japoniae, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 41:313-364. Pis. 11-12. 1927. Vainio, E. A.: Monographia Cladoniarum universalis. Acta Societatis pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, 4:1-509, 1887; 10:1-499, 1894; 14:1-268, 1897. Sandstede, H.: Erganzungen zu Wainio's Monographia Cladoniarum uni- versalis unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Verhaltens der Cladonien zu Asahina's Diaminprobe, Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft 103, 103 pp. 16 pis. 1938. Evans, Alexander W.: The Cladoniae of Connecticut, Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., 30:357-510. 1930. : Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut, Rhodora, 34(403) :121-142, (404):153-164, 1932; 40(469) :4-26, 1938. The Cladoniae of New Jersey, Torreya, 35(4):81-109. 1935. The Cladoniae of New Jersey. Supplement, ibid., 38(6):137-149. 1938. A study of certain North American Cladoniae, Bryologisf, 50(1):14-31. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-7. 1947. LIST 15. LECANOKALES AND PYRENULALES 685 : Supplementary report on the Cladoniae of Connecticut, Trans. Con- necticut Acad. Arts Sci., 35:519-626. 1944. Des Abbayes, H.: Revision monographique des Cladonia du sous-genre Cladina (Lichens), Bull. soc. sci. Bretagne, 16(2):51-156. 1939. Savicz, V. P.: Die Cladonien Kamtschatkas, Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, 19 :337-372. 1924. Hansen, H. Molholm, og Mogens Lund: De Danske arter af slaegten Cladonia med angivelse af deres udbredelse og forekomst, Botanisk Tidsskrift, 41(1) :1- 80. Apis. S7 figs. 1929. ToRREY, Raymond H.: Cladoniae in the range of the Torrey Botanical Club, Torreya, 33(5) :109-129. P/s. 1-4. 1933. : Cladoniae of the North Woods, ibid., 34(3):57-74. Pis. 1-3. 1934. Howe Jr., R. Heber: Preliminary notes on the genus Usnea, as represented in New England, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 36(6):309-327. Pis. 21-23. Figs. A-C. 1909. • : A manual of the genus Usnea as represented in North and Middle America, north of the 15th parallel, ibid., 37(1):1-18. Pis. 1-7. 1910. : Classification de la famille des Usneaceae dans I'Am^'ique du Nord, Theses presentees a la Faculte des Sciences de TUniversit^ de Paris, s^rie 60, ordre 71, pp. 1-32. 1912. : A monograph of the North American Usneaceae, Rept. Missouri Botan. Garden, 23:133-146. PL 7. 1912. (Part 1, general, apparently all that was issued.) : The genus Evernia as represented in North and Middle America, Botan. Gaz., 51(6) :431-442. Pis. 24-25. 1911. ■ : Oropogon loxensis and its North American distribution, Mycologia, 4(3):152-156. Fififs. 1-2. 1912. : North American species of the genus Ramalina, The Bryologist, 16 :65-74, Pis. 5-7. 81-89, 2 pis. 1913; 17:1-7, 2 pis. 17-27, 33-40, 2 pis. Zfigs. 49-52, 65-69, 81-87, 2 pis. 1914. : The genus Teloschistes in North America, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 42(10) :579-583. Figs. 1-2. 1915. American species of Alectoria occurring north of the fifteenth parallel, Mycologia, 3(3):106-150. Pis. 41-47. 1911. DU RiETZ, G. Einar: Vorarbeiten zu einer "Synopsis Lichenum": L Die Gat- tungen Alectoria, Oropogon und Cornicularia, Arkiv for Botanik, 20A(4):1- 43. 2 pis. 2 figs. 1926. : Morfologi och systematik hos slaket Ramalina, sarskillt dess skandi- navisks arter, Svensk Botan. Tid., 20:295-298. 1926. (Keys to sections and to the Scandinavian species of Ramalina.) •: Bestamningskema ofver Skandinaviens Stereocaulonarter, ibid., 20(1) :95- 96. 1926. Dodge, Carroll W.: A synopsis of Stereocaulon with notes on some exotic species, Ann. cryptogam, exotique, 2(2):93-153. 1929. Lamb, I. Mackenzie: A monograph of the Uchen genus Placopsis Nyl., Lilloa, 13:151-288. Pis. 1-16. Figs. 1-7. 1947. Lowe, Josiah L.: The genus Lecidea in the Adirondack Mountains of New York, Lloydia, 2(4):225-304. Pis. 1-4. Fig. 1. 1939. Frey, Eduard: Beitrage zur Biologic, Morphologie und Systematik der Um- bilicariaceen, Hedwigia, 69(5) :2\9-252. Figs. 1-9. 1929. : Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Umbilicariaceen, ibid., 71(1-2) :94- 119. Figs. 1-8. 1931. G8G GUIDE TO THE LITEKATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI ScHOLANDER, P. F.: On the apothecia in the lichen family Umbilicariaceae, Nytt Magasinfor Naturvidenskapene, 75:1-31. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-12. 1936. Berry, Edward Cain: A monograph of the genus Parmelia in North America, north of Mexico, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 28(1):31-146. 1941. Tavares, C. das Neves: Contribuicao para o estudo das Parmeliaceas portu- guesas, Portugaliae Ada Biologica, ser. B, 1(1-2) :1-120. 1945. Herre, Albert W.: The Parmelias of California, Contribs. Dudley Herbarium of Stanford Univ., 3(10):313-350. 1946. • : The Gyrophoraceae of California, Contribs. U.S. National Herbarium, 13:313-321. Pis. 68-73. 1911. DU RiETZ, G. Einar: Die europaischen Arten der Gyrophora "anthracina" Gruppe, Arkivfor Botanik, 19(12) :1-14. 1925. Gyelnik, v.: tJber einige Arten der Gattung Parmeliopsis (Stizenb.) Nyl., Ann. Mycol., 30(5-6) :456-459. 1932. (Descriptions of some species and key to all known species of this genus of lichens.) : Lichenologische Substratstudien (Squamaria radiosa-Gruppe), Hedwigia, 71(1-2) :120-132. 1931. ■: Nephroma-Studien, ibid., 72(l):l-30. Figs. 1-2. 1932. Darbishire, Otto V.: Monographia Rocellarum: Ein Beitrag zur Flechten- systematik, Bibliotheca Botanica, 45:1-102. Pis. 1-30. 1898. HiLLMANN, Johannes: Studien iiber die Flechtengattung Teloschistes Norm, Hedwigia, 69:303-343. Figs. 1-2. 1930. : tjbersicht liber die Arten der Flechtengattung Xanthoria (Th. Fr.) Arn., ibid., 63(3-4) :198-208. 1922. -: Bemerkungen iiber einige Arten der Flechtengattung Parmelia, I, ibid., 78(5-6) :249-267. 1939. Asahina, Yasuhiko: Leptogium (Section MaUotium) aus Japan. J. Japanese Botany, 11 :544-566. 20 figs. 1935. (In Japanese.) Schede, Alwin: Die Sachsischen Arten der Flechtengattung Rhizocarpon (Ram.) Th. Fr., Beihefte Botan. Centr., Abt. B, 54(1-2) :75-107. Figs. 1-18. 1935. Lynge, B. a.: a monograph of Norwegian Physciaceae, Videnskapselskapets- Skrifter, I, Mat.-naturv. Klasse, No. 8, 110 pp. 3 p^s. 1916. Rasanen, Veli: Bestimmungsschliissel flir die gelben Rhizocarpon-Arten, -Varietaten und Formen, Repertorium Spec. Nov. Reg. Veg., 52 :127-136. 1943. Grespi, L.: Notas liquenalogicas. El genero Rhizocarpon en Espana, Boletin Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, 30(5):261-269. 1930. Bachmann, E.: Die Moriolaceen, Nyt Magazin for Naticrvidenskaberne, 64:170- 328. 3p^s. ISfigs. 1926. : A revision of the genus Rhizocarpon (Ram.) Th. Fr. in Greenland, Norges Svalbard og Ishavs-undersokelser, Skriften om Svalbard og Ishavet, 47:1-30. 1932. Thompson Jr., John W.: The Wisconsin species of Peltigera, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 38:249-271. Pis. 1-6. 1946 (1947). Zahlbruckner, A.: Die Guttung Lecanoru. Report of the scientific results of the Norwegian expedition to Novaya Zemlya 1921, Botany, 44:1-32. 4 pis. 1928. Lettau, Georg: Monographische Bearbeitung einiger Flechtenfamilien, Reper- torium Specierum Novarinn Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft 69 (1, Lief. l):l-96. 3 pis. 1932. (Contains key to species of Lecanactidaceae.) Magnusson, a. H.: a monograph of the genus Acarospora, Kgl. Svenska Vet- enskapsakad. Handl., tredje ser., 7(4):l-400. 18 maps. Stockholm. 1929. : The yellow species of Acarospora in North America, Mycologia, 21(5) :249- 260. 1929. LIST 15. LECANORALES AND PYRENULALES 687 — Supplement to the monograph of the genus Acarospora, Ann. cryptogam. exotique, 6(1) :13-48. 1933. — : The lichen genus Acarospora in New Mexico, Meddelanden frdnGotcborgs Botaniska Tradghrd, 5 :55-72. 1930. — : New or otherwise interesting Lecanora species, ibid., 6:1-20. 1930. — : Beitrage zur Systematik der Flechtengruppe Lecanora fusca, ibid., 7:65-87. 1931. -: Studien liber einige Arten der Lecidea armeniaca und elata Gruppen, ibid., 6:93-144. 1930. : On saxicolous species of the genus Lecidea proper to North America, ibid., 10:1-53. 1935. -: Contribution to the taxonomy of the Lecidea goniophila group, ibid., 16:125-134. 1944. : A monograph of the lichen genus lonaspis, ibid., 8:1-46. 1933. : Die Flechtengattung Maronea Mass., ibid., 9:41-66. 1934. : On the species of Biatorella and Sarcogyne in America, Ann. cryptogam. exotique, 7(3-4) :115-146. 1934. On North American, nonsaxicolous species of the genus Rinodina, Botan. Notiser, 1947(1) :32-54. 1947. Ericksen, C. F. E.:Lichenologische Beitrage, Hedwigia, 70:21 6-233. Ftgr. 1. 1930. (Contains a key to the bark-inhabiting crustose lichens of the lowlands of North Germany, mainly sterile or nearly sterile specimens.) Olivier, H.: Les lichens pyr^nocarp^s de la flore d'Europe, Bull, de Geographic Botaniquc, 28:146-152, 168-183. 1918; 29:6-16, 35-48, 97-110. 1919. ZscHACKE, H.: Die mitteleuropaischen Verrucariaceen, Hedwigia, 60:1-9, 1918; 62:90-154, 1921; 65:46-64, 1924; 67:45-85, 1927. Malme, Gust. 0. A.-N.: De sydsvenska formerna af Rinodina sophodes (Ach.) Th. Fr. och Rinodina exigua (Ach.) Th. Fr., Bihang till Kgl. Svenska Vet- enskapsakad. Handl., Band 21, Afd. Ill, No. 11:1-40. Pis. 1-2. 1895. (The following series of papers throws light upon the lichen flora of Paraguay and Southern Brazil, being based almost entirely upon the collections of Regnell.) Malme, Gust. 0. A.-N.: Die Pannariazeen des Regnellschen Herbars, Arkiv for Botanik, 20A(3):l-23. 1926. : Lichenes blasteniospori herbarii Regnelliani, ibid., 20A(9):1-51. 1926. (Theloschistaceae.) : Die im Regnellschen Herbar aufbewahrten Arten der Flechtengattung Lecanactis (Eschw.) Vainio, ibid., 20B(2):l-6. 1926. : Buelliae itineris Regnelliani primi, ibid., 21A(4):l-42. 1 fig. 1928. : Lichenes pyrenocarpi aliquot in herbario Regnelliano asservati, ibid., 22A(6):1-11. 1928. — : Pyrenulae et Anthracothesia herbarii Regnelliani, ibid., 22A(ll):l-40. 3 figs. 1929. : Porinae et Phylloporinae in itinere Regnelliani coUectae, ibid., 23A(1, paper l):l-37. 1930. ■: Die Ramalinen der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition, ibid., 26A(12):l-9. 2 ph. 1934. : Die Gyalectazeen der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition, ibid., 26A(13):1- 10. 1934. : Die Stictazeen der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition, ibid., 26A(14):1-18. 3 pis. 2 figs. 1934. 688 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUKE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Malme, Gust. 0. A.-N.: Bacidiae itineris Regnelliani primi, ibid., 27A(5):l-40. 1935. : Lecideae expeditionis Regnellianae primae, ibid., 28A(7):l-53. 1936. : Thelotremaceae Brasilienseae imprimis ex herbario Regnelliano cognitae praeteraque in herbariis Krempelhaberi, Muller Arg., Nylanderi, Wainionis et Zahlbruckneri asservatae, ibid., 28A(8):1-122. Figs. 1-75. 1936. Pertusariae expeditionis Regnellianae primae, ibid., 28A(9):l-27. 1936. Redinger, Karl M.: Die Graphidineen der ersten Regnell'schen Expedition nach Brasilien 1892-1894: I. Glyphis, Medusulina, und Sarcographa, Arkiv. for Botanik., 25A(13):l-20. 1 pi. 7 figs. 1933; II. Graphina und Phaeographina, ibid., 26A(1):1-103. 7 pis. 1934; III. Graphis und Phaeographis, nebst einem Nachtrage zu Graphina, ibid., 27A(3):1-103. 7 pis. 1935. List 16. Pezizales Operculati and Inoperculati, Including "Phacidiales" (See BiGEARD ET GuiLLEMiN, J. B. Cleland, J. Ramsbottom, v. 0. Graham in List 34; Massee, vol. 4, in List 1.) Boudier, Emile : Histoire et classification des Discomycetes d'Europe, vii + 223 pp. Paris, Librairie des Sciences Naturelles, Paul Klincksieck, 1907. : Icones mycologicae ou iconographie des champignons de France, prin- cipalement Discomycetes, 4 vols. 600 colored plates. Paris, Paul Klincksieck, 1905-1910. Seaver, Fred Jay: The North American Cup-Fungi (Operculates), 284 pp. Frontis. (col.) 45 pis. 15 figs. New York, published by the author, 1928. : Supplement to North American Cup-Fungi, pp. i-viii + 285-377. Pis. 46-74. Figs. 16-23. New York, published by the author, 1942. : Photographs and descriptions of Cup-Fungi: I. Peziza, Mycologia, 7(2) :90- 93. Pis. 155-156. 1915; II. Sepultaria, ibid., 7(4):197-199. PI. 161. 1915; III. Peziza domiciliana and Peziza repanda, ibid., 8(4) :195-198. Pis. 188-189. 1916; IV. Peziza clypeata, ibid., 8(5):235-238. PI. 191. 1916; V. Peziza proteana and Peziza violacea, ibid., 9(l):l-3. PL 1. 1917; VI. Discina venosa, ibid., 9(2):53-54. PI. 5. 1917; VII. The genus Underwoodia, ibid., 10(1) :l-3. Fig. 1. 1918; VIII. Elvela infula and Gyromitra esculenta, ibid., 12(1) :l-5. PL 1. 1920; IX. North American species of Discina, ibid., 13(2) :67-71. PL 4. 1921; X. Ascotremella, ibid., 22(2):51-54. Pis. 11-12. 1930; XI. Solenopezia, ibid., 22(3):122-124. PL 16. 1930; XII. Elvelaceae, ibid., 22(4):163-164. Pis. 17-19. 1930; XIII. Subhypogeous forms, ibid., 22(5):215-218. Pis. 22-23. 1930; XIV. A new genus, ibid., 23(4):247-251. Pis. 23-24. 1931 (the genus Chloroscypha with key and description of the 4 known species) ; XV. The giant Elvela, ibid., 23(0):409-410. PL 29. 1931; XVI. Stamnaria, ibid., 24(1) :l-3. PL 1. 1932; XVII. A new species of Godronia, ibid., 24(4) :353-354. PL 9. 1932; XVIII. Rare species of Godronia, ibid., 25(1) :55-57. PL 15. 1933; XIX. The cabbage-head fungus, ibid., 25(3) :157-159. Pis. 24-25. 1933; XX. A new Lamprospora, ibid., 26(1):102-103. PL 14. 1934; XXI. The genus Calycina, ibid., 26(4) :344-347. PL 40. 1934; XXII. Dasyscypha. ibid., 28(1) :l-6. Fig. 1. 1936; XXIII. Stamnaria, ibid., 28(2):186-187. Fig. 1. 1936; I LIST 16, PEZIZALES OPERCULATI AND INOPEECULATI 689 XXIV. Chlorociboria, iUd., 28(4):390-394. Figs. 1-2. 1936; XXV. Urnula geaster, ibid., 29(l):60-65. Figs. 1-3. 1937; XXVI. The genus Diplocarpa, iUd., 29(2):174-177. Fig. 1. 1937; XXVII. Pezicula on Cornus, ibid., 29(3) :334-337. Figs. 1-2. 1937; XXVIII. A proposed genus, ibid., 29(6) :678- 680. Fig. 1. 1937 {Wolfina, nov. gen.); XXVIII (bis). A new Helotium, ibid., 30(1):79-81. Fig. 1. 1938; XXIX. Chloroscypha, ibid., 30(5):594-596. Fig. 1. 1938; XXX. Arachnopeziza, ibid., 30(6):659-663. Fig. 1. 1938; XXXI. Mol- lisiella, ibid., 31(l):93-95. Fig. 1. 1939; XXXII. Podophacidium, ibid., 31(3):350-353. Fig. 1. 1939; XXXIII. A new Boudiera, ibid., 31(4) -.499-501. Fig. 1. 1939; XXXIV. A new Humarina, ibid., 31(5):533-536. Fig. 1. 1939; XXXV. A new species of Patella, ibid., 32(4) :567-569. Fig. 1. 1940; XXXVI. A new species and genus, ibid., 34(3):298-301. Fig. 1. 1942 (Pestalopezia nov. gen.); XXXVII. Pezicula purpurascens, ibid., 34(4):412-415. Fig. 1. 1942; XXXVIII. The genus Kriegeria, ibid., 35(4) :492-493. 1943; XXXIX. A new Helotium, ibid., 37(2) :267-269. Fig. 1. 1945; XXXIX (bis). The genus Godronia and its allies, ibid., 37(3):333-359. S figs. 1945; XLI. Catinella nigro-olivacea, ibid., 38(4) :473-476. Fig. 1. 1946; XLII. Gorgoniceps, ibid., 38(5):549-5o3. 2 figs. 1946; XLIII. Seaverinia, ibid., 39(1):113-119. Fig. 1. 1947. Nannfeldt, J. A.: Studien iiber die Morphologie und Systematik der nicht lichenisierten inoperculaten Discomyceten, Nova Acta Regiae Soc. Sci. Upsaliensis, Ser. IV, 8(2):l-368. Pis. 1-19. Figs. 1-47. 1932. Phillips, William: A manual of British Discomycetes, in International Science Series, vol. 61, 462 pp. 12 pis. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., 1887; ed. 2, 1893. Grelet, L. J. : Les Discomycetes de France d'apres la classification de Boudier, Fascicules 1-8, Bull. soc. botanique du Centre-Ouest, 1932-1940; Fasc. 9-19, Rev. mijcoL, N. S., vols. 7-14, 1942-1949 (to be continued.) LeGal, Marcelle: Florule mycologique des Bois de la Grange et de I'Etoile (Seine-et-Oise) : Discomycetes (Opercules), Rev. mycol., N.S., 2:150-162, 197-222. Figs. 1-27. 1937; Discomycetes (Inopercules), ibid., 3:129-147. Figs. 1-9. 1938; 4:25-63. Figs. 10-29. 1939. : Quelques Galactinia de la flore Frangaise, ibid., 4:169-186. Figs. 1-8. 1939; 5:102-112. Figs. 1-3. 1940; 10:90-95. Figs. 1-3. 1945. -: Les Aleuria et les Galactinia, ibid., 6(supplement 3):56-82. Figs. 1-4. 1941. Lagarde, J.: Contribution a I'etude des Discomycetes charnus, Ann. Mycol., 4(2):125-201, (3):203-256. Pis. 3-4. Figs. 1-58. 1906. : Discomycetes de France: I. Les morilles, pp. 1-35, Pis. 1-5, 1923; II. Les Helvelles, pp. 39-82, Pis. 6-12, 1924. Paris, La Pens^e Frangaise. Ramsbottom, J. : A list of the British species of Discomycetes arranged according to Boudier's system with a key to the genera, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 4(2):343-381. 1914. Kanouse, Bessie B.: A survey of the Discomycete flora of the Olympic National Park and adjacent areas, Mycologia, 39(6) :635-689. Figs. 1-35. 1947. : The genus Plectania and its segregates in North America, ibid., 40(4) :482- 497. Figs. 1-12. 1948. Studies in the genus Otidea, Mycologia, 41(6) :660-677. Figs. 1-21. 1949. Velenovsky, J.: Monographia Discomycetum Bohemiae, vol. 1:1-436; vol. 2: pis. 1-31. Prague, 1934. KiLLERMANN, S.: Bayerische Becherpilze: I. Eupezizaceen. Mit kritischen Bemerkungen, Kryptogamische Forschungen herausgegeben von der Krypto- 690 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUBE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI gamenkommission der Bayerischen Botanischen Gesellschaft zur Erforschung derHeimischen Flora, 2(1) :27-47. P/s. 1-3. 1929; II. Pezizeae, ibid., 2(3):255- 296. Pis. 4-5. 1935. Rick, J.: Monographia Pezizinearum Riograndensium, Broteria, Ser. Boian., 25(2):77-122. 1931; continued in Broteria, Serie Trimestral, Ciencias Na- turais, l(l):35-46, (2):89-96, (3):97-105. 1932. McLennan, Ethel, and Isabel Cookson: Addition to the Australian Asco- mycetes, I, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, N.S., 35(2):153-158. Ph. 8-10. Fig. 1. 1923; II, ibid., 38:69-76. Pis. 4-6. 1926. , and Francis Halsey: Addition to the Australian Ascomycetes, III, ibid., 49:51-62. PL 2. 1936. Rod WAY, L.: Tasmanian Discomycetes, Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1924:90-122. 1925. KiLLERMANN, S. : Morcheln und andere Helvellaceen aus Bayern, Kryptogamische Forschungen der Bayerischen Botanischen Gesellschaft, 3 :148-154. 1 fig. 1918. Imai, Sanshi : Contributions to the knowledge of the classification of the Helvel- laceae, Botanical Magazine {Tokyo), 46(544) : 172-175. 1932. Heim, Roger: Tableaux pratiques de determination des principales morilles, in "Le culture des Morilles," Rev. Mycol., l(supplement to 2) :22-25. 2 pis. 1936. MosER, Meinhard: Uber das Massenauftreten von Formen der Gattung Mor- chella auf Waldbrandflachen, Sydowia, Ann. Mycol. , 3(1-6) :176-195. Figs. 1-4. 1949. Includes critical descriptions of the several species occurring in the burned area. Overholts, L. 0.: The morels of Pennsylvania, Proc. Penna. Acad. Sci., 8:108- 114. Figs. 1-8. 1934. Rick, J.: Monographia Helvellinearum Riograndensium, Broteria, Ser. Botan., 25(2) :72-76. 1931. Klika, Jaromir: Prispevek k poznani hub chrapd,covitych v Ceskoslovensku (Czechoslovakian Helvellaceae), Vestnik Krdlovski Ceske Spolesnosti Nauk Tr. II, 1924:1-54. Hfigs. 1925. BouDiER, £.: Revision analytique des morilles de France, Bull. soc. mycol. France, I 13:129-153.1897. Hone, Daisy S.: Minnesota Helvellineae, Minnesota Botanical Studies, 3:309- 321. Pis. 48-52. 1904. Anderson, P. J., and Marguerite G. Ickis: Massachusetts species of Helvella, Mycologia, 13(4-5) :201-229. Pis. 11-12. 1921. Massee, George: A monograph of the Geoglossaceae, Ann. Botany, 11(42) :225- 306. Pis. 12-13. 1897. ^ DuRAND, E. J. : The Geoglossaceae of North America, Ann. Mycoi., 6(5) :387-477. j Pis. 5-22. 1908. (A very valuable work with full descriptions of all species I and illustrations of many of them.) : New or noteworthy Geoglossaceae, Mycologia, 13(3):184-187. 1921. (Supplementary to the preceding.) SiNDEN, J. W., AND H. M. Fitzpatrick: a new Trichoglossum, Mycologia, 22(2) :55-61. PL 13. 1930. (A new species and corrections to Durand's paper.) Lloyd, C. G.: The Geoglossaceae, Mycological Writings 5, pp. 1-24 (separate pagination). Figs. 782-807. 1916. (Based largely on Durand's paper but with some modification of generic names and limits.) VAN LuiJK, A.: Fungi van Nederland: I, Geoglossaceae van Nederland, Neder- landsch Kruidkundig Archie}, 1918:111-144. 12 figs. 1919. Imai, Sanshi: Studies on the Geoglossaceae of Japan: I. Trayis. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(3):179-184. PI. 7. 1934; II. The genus Leotia, Botanical LIST 16. PEZIZALES OPERCULATI AND INOPERCULATI 691 Magazine {Tokyo), 50(589) :9-16. 1936; III. The genus Cudonia, ihid., 50(600) :671-676. 1936; IV. The genus Microglossum, ibid., 52(620) :41 7-424. 1938. : Geoglossaceae Japoniae, J. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Lmp. Univ. 45(4) :155- 264. Pis. 6-10. Figs. 1-6. 1941. : Contributiones ad studia monographica Geoglossacearum Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 56(671): 523-527. Figs. 1-3. 1942. : The Geoglossaceae of Norway, Ann. Mijcol., 38(2-4) :268-278. Figs. 1-4. 1940. Nannfeldt, J. a.: The Geoglossaceae of Sweden (with regard also to the sur- roundmg countries), Arkiv for Botanik, 30A(4):l-67. 5 pis. 6 figs. 1942. Tai, F. L.: Studies in the Geoglossaceae of Yunnan, Lloydia, 7(2):146-162. 35 figs. 1944. Whetzel, H. H. : a synopsis of the genera and species of the Sclerotiniaceae, a family of stromatic inoperculate Discomycetes, Mycologia, 37(6) :648-714. Figs. 1-36. 1945. : North American species of Sclerotinia: I. ibid., 18(5) :224-235. Pis. 27-29. 1 fig. 1926; II. Two species on Carex, S. Duriaeana (Tul.) Rehm. and S. longisclerotialis n. sp., ibid., 21(l):5-32. Pis. 1-5. Fig. 1. 1929. : Septotinia, a new genus of the Ciborioideae, ibid., 29(1) :128-146. Figs. 1-18. 1937. : A new genus and new species of brown-spored inoperculate Discomycetes from Panama, ibid., 34(5):584-591. Figs. 1-5. 1942. (Martinia.) A monograph of Lambertella, a genus of brown-spored inoperculate Discomycetes, Lloydia, 6(l):18-52. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 1-7. 1943. — : A new genus of the Sclerotiniaceae, Farlowia, l(3):483-488. Figs. 1-6. 1944. (Coprotinia.) — : The cypericolous and juncicolous species of Sclerotinia, ibid., 2(3) :385- 437. Pis. 1-10. Figs. A-D. 1946. — , AND N. Fabritius Buchwald: North American species of Sclerotinia and related genera: III. Ciboria acerina, Mycologia, 28(6) :514-527. Figs. 1-19. 1936. -, AND W. G. Solheim: Sclerotinia Caricis-ampuUaceae, a remarkable sub- arctic species, ibid., 35(4) :385-398. Figs. 1-6. 1943. Honey, Edwin E.: The monilioid species of Sclerotinia, ibid., 20(3):127-157. Pis. 17-19. Figs. 1-4. 1928. : North American species of Monilinia: I. Occurrence, grouping and life histories, Am. J. Botany, 23(2):100-106. Figs. 1-4. 1936. Weiss, Freeman: Ovulinia, a new generic segregate from Sclerotinia, Phyto- pathology, 30(3) :236-244. Figs. 1-3. 1940. Buchwald, N. Fabritius: Sclerotiniaceae Daniae. En floristik-systematisk over- sigt over de i Danmark fundne knoldbaegersvampe, Friesia, 3(4) :235-330. 33 ^^s. 1947. White, W. Lawrence: A monograph of the genus Rutstroemia (Discomycetes), Lloijdia, 4(3):153-240. Figs. 1-75. 1941. , AND H. H. Whetzel: Pleomorphic life cycles in a new genus of the Helotiaceae, Mycologia, 30{2) -.187-203. Figs. 1-21. 1938. (Pycnopeziza.) Whetzel, H. H., and W. Lawrence White: MoUisia tetrica, Peziza sejournei, and the genera Phaeociboria and Pycnopeziza, ibid., 32(5) :609-620. 1940. Klika, Jaromir: Poznamky k vyskytu druhu r. Humaria v Ceskoslovensku (Species of Humaria in Czechoslovakia), Vestnik Krdlovske Ceske Spolecnosti Nauk, 1926(12): 29 pp. 1 fig. 1927. 692 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Klika, Jaromir: 0 druzich r. Barlaea v Ceskoslovensku (Species of the genus Barlaea in Czechoslovakia), Preslia, 1926(4) :14-19. 1 fig. 1926. KuPFER, Elsie N.: Studies on Urnula and Geopyxis, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 29(3):137-144. 1902. RouppERT, C: Revision du genre Sphaerosoma, Bull, de VAcademie des Sciences, Cracovie, Classe Sci., Math., Nat., 1909:75-95. 1909. KiLLERMANN, S. : Die Bulgaria Fr.-Gruppe, Hedwigia, 69(1-2) :84-93. 1 pi. 1929. (A revision of the genera Coryne, Bulgaria, Burkardia, Bulgaropsis, and Neobulgaria.) BoEDijN, K. B.: The genus Sarcosoma in Netherlands India, Bull. Jardin Bot- aniq^ie de Buitenzorg, ser. Ill, 12(2):273-279. Illustrated. 1932. : The genera Phillipsia and Cookeina in Netherlands India, ibid., 13(1) :57- 76. Ilhistrated. 1933. KoBAYASHi, Yosio: On the gelatinous cup fungi, Bulgaria group, J. Japanese Botany, 13:510-520. \Q figs. 1937. LoHMAN, M. L., AND Edith K. Cashi Atropellis species from pine cankers in the United States, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30(6):255-262. Figs. 1-2. 1940. White, W. Lawrence: Studies in the genus Helotium: I. A review of the species described by Peck, Mycologia, 34(2): 154^1 79. Figs. 1-16. 1942; II. Lachnum pygmaeum and the status of the genus Helolachnum, Am. Midland Natural- ist, 28:512-523. 1942; III. History and diagnosis of certain European and North American foliicolous species, Farlowia, 1(1):135-170. Figs. 1-17. 1943; IV. Some miscellaneous species, ibid., 1(4):599-617. Figs. 1-40. 1944. Groves, J. Walton: Three Pezicula species occurring on Alnus, Mycologia, 32(1) :1 12-123. Figs. 1-12. 1940. : The genus Dermea in North America, ibid., 38(4):351-431. Figs. 1-57. 1946. AND A. Mavis Leach: The species of Tympanis occurring on Pinus, Mycologia, 41(l):59-76. Figs. 1-7. 1949. Seaver, Fred J., and J. M. Waterston: Contributions to the mycological flora of Bermuda, II, Mycologia, 33(3):310-317. Figs. 1-2. 1941. (Key to the eight species of Stictis known from Bermuda.) Butler, Ellys Theodora: Studies in the Patellariaceae, Mycologia, 32(6) :741- 823. Figs. 1-10. 1940. (A monograph of the North American species of Lecanidion ( = Patellaria Fr.) and Karschia Koerb.) Darker, Grant Dooks: The Hypodermataceae of Conifers, Contribs. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 1:1-131. Pis. 1-27. 1932. Hahn, Glenn Gardner, and Theodore T. Ayers: Dasyscyphae on conifers in North America: I. The large-spored white excipled species, Mycologia, 26(1):73-101. Pis. 8-13. 1934; II. D. Ellisiana, ibid., 26(6):167-1S0. Pis. 21-23. 1934; III. Dasyscypha Pini, ibid., 26(6):479-501. Pis. 52-53. 1934; IV. Two new species on Douglas fir from the Pacific Coast (senior author, only), ibid., 32(2):137-147. Figs. 1-2. 1940. Dennis, R. W. G. : A revision of the British Hyaloscyphaceae, with notes on related European spec-ies, Commonwealth Mycological Institute Mycological Papers, 32:1-97. Figs. 1-104. 1949. Tehon, Leo Roy: A mono^^iaphic rearrangement of Lophodermium, Illinois Biological Memoirs, 13(4) :1 -151. PZs. 1-5. Fig. 1. 1935. : New si)ecies and taxouomic changes in the Hypodermataceae, Mycologia, 31(6) :674-692. Fi^s. 1-6. 1939. Terrier, Charles A.: Essai sur la syst^matique des Phacidiaceae (Fr.) sensu LIST 17. TUBERALES 693 Nannfeldt (1932), Beitr. zur Kryptogamenflora der Schweiz, 9(2):l-99. Pis. 1-12. Figs. 1-10. 1942. VON HoHNEL, Fr.: System der Phacidiales v. H., Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 35:416- 422. 1917. (Includes keys to families and genera believed by the author to be intermediate between Pezizales and Dothideales.) Petrak, F.: tJber die Leptopeltineen, Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., 1(4-6) :232-247. 1947. (Contains a key distinguishing the genera Leptopeltella, Leptopeltis, Leptopeltopsis, Leptopeltina, Moeszopeltis, all accredited to the "Order" Phacidiales.) DuRAND, E. J.: The genus Catinella, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 49(1):15-21. 1922. Palm, B. T. : On Cyttaria Berk, and Cyttariella n. gen., Ann. Mycol., 30(5-6) :405- 420. Figs. 1-3. 1932. (A morphological and taxonomic study of the known species of Cyttaria and of Cyttariella, an imperfect stage of that genus.) List 17. Tuberales Fischer, Eduard: Abteilung Eumycetes (Fungi): Klasse Ascomycetes: Reihe Euascales; Unterreihe 8, Tuberineae, in A. Engler und K. Prantl: Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Zweite Auflage, vol. 5b, pp. 1-42. figs. 1-22. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, 1938. Malencon, Georges: Les truffes europeennes. Historique, morphogenie, organo- graphie, classification, culture. Rev. Mycol., N.S., 3, Memoire hors-serie No. 1, pp. 1-92. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-10. 1938. Bataille, F. : Flore analytique et descriptive des Tuberoidees de I'Europe et de I'Afrique du Nord, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 37:155-207. 1921. DE Ferry de la Bellone, C: La truffe. Etude sur les truffes et les truffieres, viii + 312 pp. 1 pi. 21 figs. Paris, Librairie J.-B. Bailliere et Fils, 1888. Hesse, R.: Die Hypogaen Deutschlands. Natur, und Entwicklungsgeschichte sowie Anatomie und Morphologie der in Deutschland vorkommenden Triif- feln und der diesen verwandten Organismen nebst praktischen Anleitungen bezliglich deren Gewinnung und Verwendung, vol. 2, pp. 1-140. Halle a.S., Ludw. Hofstetter, 1894. (Tuberales.) Bucholtz, F. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Systematik der Hypogaen nebst Beschreibung aller bis jetzt in Russland angetroffenen Arten, 196 pp. 5 pis. Text figs. Riga, 1902. (Russian, with German summary.) Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Monographie des Tuberacees de la Suisse, Bidl. VHerbier Boissier, 4:591-602. 1909. Fries, T. M. : Skandinaviens tryfflar och tryffelliknande svampar, Svensk Botan. Tid., 3:224-300. 1909. Massee, George: The structure and affinities of the British Tuberaceae, Anyi. Botany, 23(90) :243-263. PI. 17. 1909. Harkness, H. W. : California hypogaeous fungi, Proc. Calif. Acad, of Sci., ser. 3, 1 :241-292. Pis. 42-45. 1899. GiLKEY, Helen M.: A revision of the Tuberales of California, Univ. Calif. Pubs. Botany, 6:275-356. Pis. 26-30. 1916. 694 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI GiLKET, Helen M.: Tuberales of North America, Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, No. 1:1-63. Pis. 1-5. 1939. Mattirolo, Oreste: Catalogo ragionato dei funghi ipogei raccolti nel Canton Ticino e nelle provincie Italiane confinanti, Beitrdge zur Kryptogamen flora der Schweiz, 8 (2) :l-53. Pis. 1-2. 1935. SoEHNER, Ert: Bayerische Pachyphloeus-Arten, Hedwigia, 75(4) :243-254. Figs. 1-20. 1935. Imai, Sanshi: Second note on the Tuberales of Japan, Proc. Imp. Acad. Tokyo, 16:153-154. 3 A<7s. 1940. List 18. Taphrinales (See also F. Neger: Exoascaceae, in Kryptogamenflora der Mark Branden- burg.) Mix a J • The genus Taphrina: I. An annotated bibliography; II. A list of valid species, Vniv. Kansas Sci. Bull, 24(9):113-149, (10):151-176. 1936. (In- cludes brief descriptions of the 104 recognized species of Taphrina.) : Species of Taphrina on North American ferns, Mycologia, 30(5):563-579. Figs. 1-3. 1938. : New species of Taphrina and new records from western North America, Am. J. Botany, 26(1) :44-48. Figs. 1-2. 1939. A monograph of the genus Taphrina, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 33, Pt. 1(1) ■.1-1Q7. Figs. 1-39. 1949. Ray, W. Winfield: Contributions to the knowledge of the genus Taphrina in North America, Mycologia, 31(l):56-75. Figs. 1-23. 1939. (Discusses espe- cially the species found on Alnus and on Prunus.) Jenkins Anna E., and W. Winfield Ray: A new host for Taphrina dearnessii and 'geographic distribution of Taphrina on North American Maples, Mtj- cologia, 32(3):404-414. Figs. 1-4. 1940. Sadebeck, R. : Die parasitische Exoasceen, eine Monographic, Jahrh. der Ham- hurgischen Wissenschaftlichen Anstalten, 10(2):1-110. Pis. 1-3. 1893. Giesenhagen, Karl: Die Entwicklungsreihen der parasitischen Exoasceen, Flora Oder Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift, 81:267-361. 1895. : Taphrina, Exoascus und Magnusiella, Botan. Zfg., 59(Erste Abt.):115- 142. PL 5. 1901. NiSHiDA, T. : A contribution to the monograph of the parasitic Exoascaceae of Japan, in Miyabe Festschrift, pp. 157-212. Pis. 15-19. Tokyo, Rokumeikwan, 1911. (Japanese, with English summary.) RosTRUP, E.: Taphrinaceae Daniae. Danmarks Taphrinaceer, Dansk Natur- historisk Forening i Kjohenhavn, Videnskabelige Meddelelser, 1890:246-264. Illustrated. 1890. Johanson, C. J.: Studier ofver Svampslaget Taphrina, Kgl. Svenska Vetenskap- sakad. Handl. Bihang, 13, Abt. 3, No. 4, pp. 3-28. Plate. 1887. Patterson, Flora W.: A study of the North American paiasitic Exoascaceae, Bull. Laboratory of Natural History of the Univ. of Iowa, 3 :89-135. Pis. 1-4. 1895. LIST 20. SPHAERIALES G95 JuEL, 0.: Om Taphrina-Arter pa Betula, Svensk Botan. Tid., 3:183-191. 1909. Bataille, F.: Monographie des Exoascees d'Europe, Ann. soc. linneenne Lyon, 79:121-130. 1935. Jaczewski, a. a.: Exoasci of Caucasus, Izvyestia S. Petersburgskovo Botanitsche- skovo Sada, 1:5-18. 1901. (In Russian.) ■ : Pocket key for the determination of fungi: I. Exoascales, Leningrad, A. A. Jaczewski Mycological Laboratory, State Institute of Experimental Agriculture, 1926. (In Russian.) Palm, B.: Svenska Taphrinaarter, Arkiv for Boianik, 15(4):1-41. Figs. 1-9. 1918. List 19. Hysteriales (See also Nannfeldt, in List 16, for some genera sometimes included in this order.) BiSBY, G. R.: The literature on the classification of the Hysteriales, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 8:176-189. 1923. : British species of Hysterium, Gloniopsis, Dichaena and Mytilidion, ibid., 25(2):]27-140. 1 pi. I fig. 1941. VON Hohnel, Franz: Mycologische Fragmente: CCLXXII. Uber die Hysteri- aceae, Ann. Mycol., 16(1-2) :145-154. 1918. LoHMAN, M. L. : Studies in the genus Glonium as represented in the Southeast, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 64(2):57-72. Pis. 1-2. 1 rnap. 1937. List 20. Sphaeriales (Many of the fungi included in this list probably should be distributed among the Pseudosphaeriales, Hemisphaeriales, Myriangiaceae, and possibly other groups. In all but the newest works these are sometimes lumped with the Sphae- riales from which only developmental studies can with certainty distinguish them.) Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhaet: The North American Pyrenomycetes, iii + 793 pp. Pis. 1-41. Newfield, N.J., Ellis and Everhart, 1892. (This work contains not only Sphaeriales but also Erysiphales, Dothideales, Hypocreales, and genera now removed to other orders as well.) Berlese, a. N. : Icones fungorum omnium hucusque cognitorum ad usum Syl- loges Saccardianae accommodatae. Padua, published by the author, 1894- 1905. Vol. 1. Lophiostomaceae and Sphaeriaceae : Phaeo- and Hyalophrag- miae, xiv + 243 pp.. Pis. 1-162, Generic plates 1-22, 1894; vol. 2. Sphae- riaceae: Phaeodictyae, Hyalodictyae, Scolecosporeae, 216 pp.. Pis. 1-178, Generic plates 1-10, 1900; vol. 3. Sphaeriaceae: Allantosporae, 120 pp., Pis. 1-172, 1905. I 696 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Chenantais, J. S.: Etudes sur les Pyrenomvcetes, Bull. soc. mijcol. France, 34:47-73. 123-236. Figs. 1-7. 1918; 35:46-98. 113-139. Pis. 1-6. Figs. 8-25. 1919. (Takes up many of the fundamental bases for our present classification of this group and shows the errors. Discusses in particular the genera Nitsch- kea, Lophiotrema, Rosellinia, Otthia, Massarinula, Lasiosordaria, Podo- spora, and various species of other genera.) Cotton, A. D.: Notes on marine Pyrenomycetes, Brit. Mtjcol. Soc. Trans., 3:92-99. 1907. Sutherland, George K.: New marine Pyrenomycetes, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 5(1):147-155. PL 3. 1915. : Additional notes on marine Pyrenomycetes, ibid., 5(2) :257-263. PL 5. 1917. : New marine fungi on Pelvetia, New Phytologist, 14:33-43. ^ figs. 1915. : Additional notes on marine Pyrenomycetes, ibid., 14:183-193. 5 figs. 1915. Barghoorn, E. S., and D. H. Linder: Marine fungi: their taxonomy and biology, Farlowia, l(3):395-467. Pis. 1-7. Figs. 1-2. 1944. Seaver, Fred J.: Fimetariales, North American Flora, 3:57-88. 1910. (Includes Families Chaetomiaceae, by H. L. Palliser and Fimetariaceae (Sordariaceae) by F. J. Seaver.) Griffiths, David: The North American Sordariaceae, Mern. Torreij Botan. Club, 11:1-134. Pis. 1-19. Figs. 1-6. 1901. Stratton, Robert: The Ascomycetes of Ohio: III. The Fimetariales of Ohio, Ohio Biological Survey, 3:75-144. Pis. 1-18. 1921. Cain, Roy F.: Studies of coprophilous Sphaeriales in Ontario, Univ. Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser., 38:1-126. Figs. 1-96. 1934. , and J. W Groves: Notes on seed-borne fungi: VI. Sordaria, Ca7i. J. Research, C,2Q{5) A8Q^ 495. Figs. 1-27.19^8. Bayer, August: Monogratickd studia stredoevropskych druhii celedi. Sordari- aceae. (A monograph of the central European species of the family Sorda- riaceae), Acta Societatis Scientiarum Naturalium Moravicae Brno, 1(4):1-185. Qfigs. 1894. (With French resum^.) Bainier, G.: Monographie des Chaetomidium et des Chaetomium, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 25:191-237. Pis. 10-26. 1910. Chivers, a. H. : a monograph of the genera Chaetomium and Ascotricha, Meyn. Torrey Botan. Club, 14:155-240. Pis. 6-17. 1915. Greathouse, Glenn A., and L. M. Ames: Fabric deterioration by thirteen described and three new species of Chaetomium, Mycologia, 37(1):138-155. Figs. 1-7. 1945. Ames, L. M. : New cellulose destroying fungi isolated from military material and equipment, Mycologia, 41(6):637-648. /'\>s. 1-42. 1949. (Descriptions of nine new species of Chaetomium.) Skolko, a. J., AND J. W. Groves: Notes on seed-borne fungi: V. Chaetomium species with dichotomously branched hairs. Can. J. Research, C, 26(3) :209- 280. Pis. 1-7. 1948. Benjamin, R. K. : Two species representing a new genus of the Chaetomiaceae, Mycologia, 41(3) :346-354. Figs. 1-33. 1949. (The new gonus Lophotrichus.) Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Les Chaetomi^es de la Suisse, Bidl. VHerbier Boissier, 3:494-496. 1895. : Monographie des Cucurbitariees de la Suisse, Bull. soc. Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne, 31:67-128. 2A figs. 1895. LIST 20. SPHAERIALES 697 — : Monographie des Calosphaeriees de la Suisse, Bull. I'Herbier Boissier, 4:78j86. 1896. Etude monographique de la Famille des Sphaeriacees (Fuckel Jacz.) de la Suisse, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 12:86-119. PI. 8. 1896. Seaver, Fred J.: The genus Lasiosphaeria, Mycologia, 4(3) :1 15-124, Ph. 66-67. 1912. Petrak, F.: tJber Gibbera und verwandte Gattungen, Sydoioia, Ann. Mycol., 1(4-6): 169-201. 1947. (Contains a key distinguishing the seven closely re- lated genera Trichodothis, Spilosticta, Coleroa, Parodiella, Pseudoparodia, Gibbera, and Neogibbera. Welch, Donald S.: A monographic study of the genus Cucurbitaria in North America, Mycologia, 18(2):51-86. Pis. 7-S. Figs. 1-5. 1926. Ramsey, Glen B.: The genus Rosellinia in Indiana, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1914:3-16. PZs. 1-3. 1914. Rick, J.: Monografia das Roselinias Riograndenses, Broteria, Serie Trimestral, Ciencias Naturais, 1(4) :183-192. 1932. : Monografia das Valsineas do Rio Grande do Sul, ibid., 2(2):83-99. 1933. : Monographia Sphaerialium astromaticorum Riograndensium, ibid., 2(3):133-145, (4):169-201. 1933. Orton, C. R. : Graminicolous species of Phyllachora in North America, Mycologia, 36(l):18-53. 1944. Holm, L. : Taxononiical notes on Ascomycetes: I. The Swedish species of the genus Ophiobolus Reiss sensu Sacc, Svensk Botan. Tidskr. 42(4):337-347. 1 pi. I fig. 1948. Duces, Paul.: Sur quelques Pleospora d'Auvergne, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 53(2):168-174. 1937. Wolf, Frederick A., and Ross W. Davidson: Life cycle of Piggotia fraxini causing leaf disease of ash, Mycologia, 33(5):526-539. Figs. 1-2. 1941, (Con- tains comparisons of eight species of Mycosphaerella occurring on Fraxinus.) VON Arx, J. Adolph: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Mycosphaerella. Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., 3(1-6) :38-100. Figs. 1-24. 1949. FiTZPATRicK, Harry M.: Monograph of the Coryneliaceae, Mycologia, 12(4):206-237, (5):239-267. Pis. 12-18. 1920. : Revisionary studies in the Coryneliaceae: I. Mycologia, 34(4) :464-488. Figs. 1-43. 1942; II. The genus Caliciopsis, ibid., 34(5) :489-514. Figs. 1-35. 1942. : Monograph of the Nitschkieae, ibid., 15(l):23-44, (2):45-67. Pis. 1-7. 1923. The genus Fracchiaea, ibid., 16(3):101-114. PI. 10. 1924. Chenantais, J. E.: Notice taxonomique sur le groupe Melanomma, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 38:88-92. 1922. : fitudes sur les Pyrenomycetes: VII. Les Lasiosordariees, ibid., 35:68-86, PL I. Figs. 12-15. 1919. Shear, C. L.; N. E. Stevens; and R. J. Tiller: Endothia parasitica and related species, U.S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 380:1-82. Pis. 1-23. Figs. 1-5. 1917. Verplancke, G. : Herziening van de Belgische soorten van het geslacht Diaporthe Nitschke, Natuurw. Tijdschr., 24(6-7) :125-156. 1942. VON HoHNEL, Franz: System der Diaportheen, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 35 :631-638. 1917. (Including a key to the genera placed in the group by the author.) : Mycologische Fragmente: CCIL. tJber die Diaporthe-Arten auf Aesculus; CCL. tJber die Diaporthe-Arten auf Caprifoliaceen; CCLI. tJber die Dia- 698 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI porthe-Arten auf Cornus; CCLII. tjber die Diaporthe-Arten auf Corylus; CCLIII. tJber die Diaporthe-Arten auf Eichen; CCLIV. tJber die Dia- porthe-Arten auf Weiden; Ann. MycoL, 16(1-2) :116-122, 1918; CCLXII. tJber die allantoidsporigen Sphaeriaceen, ibid., 16(1-2) :127-132. 1918. Wehmeyer, Lewis E.: The genus Diaporthe Nitschke and its segregates, Univ. Michigan Studies, Scientific Series 9, pp. i-x, 1-349. Pis. 1-18. Ann Arbor, Univ. Mich. Press, 1933. : The British species of the genus Diaporthe Nits, and its segregates, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 17(4) :237-295. 1933. : The genus Thyridaria (Pyrenomycetes), Lloydia, 4(4):241-261. 4 pis. 1941. -: A revision of Melanconis, Pseudovalsa, Prosthecium and Titania, Univ. Mich. Studies, Scientific Series 14, pp. i-viii, 1-161. Pis. 1-11. Ann Arbor, Univ. Mich. Press, 1941. Savulescu, Trian: Une nouvelle espece du genre Paranthostomella et con- siderations syst^matiques sur les Sphaeriales Pseudostromatae, Arch, rou- maines -path, exptl. microbioL, 7(l):7-32. Fig. 8. 2 diagrams. 1934. Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Monographie des Massari^es de la Suisse, Bull. I'Herbier Boissier, 2:661-698. 1894. : Les Xylari^es de la Suisse, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 11:108-137. PL 12. 1895. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: Synopsis of the North American species of Xylaria and Poronia, /. Mycology, 3(9):97-102, (10):109-113. 1887. : Synopsis of the Nortli American species of Hypoxylon and Nummularia, ibid., 4(4-5) :38-44, (7):66-70, (9):85-93, (ll):109-il3. 18SS; 5(l):19-33. 1889. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of some genera of the larger Pyrenomycetes: Camillea, Thamnomyces, Engleromyces, Mycological Writings, 5:1-16. Figs. 826-857. -1919. (This section is paged separately from the remainder of this volume.) : The larger Pyrenomycetes, second paper, ibid., 5:1-16. Figs. 1444-1460. 1919. (This is also paged separately from the remainder of the volume.) : Xylaria notes, I, ibid., 5 :1-16. Figs. 1200-1236. 1918. (Paged separately.) -: Xylaria notes, II, ibid.,5:l-\6. Figs. 1324-1357. 1918. (Paged separately.) Hawkins, Stacy: Some Xylarias of Indiana, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 35:225- 229. 1925. VAN der Byl, p. a.: Die Swamfamilie Xylariaceae in die Unie van Suid-Afrika, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 10A(3):1-10'. 1932. : South African Xylarias occurring around Durban, Natal, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, 9(2):181-183. Pis. 7-8. 1921. Child, Marion: The genus Daldinia, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 19(4) :429- 496. Pis. 26-33. 1932. Theissen, Ferdinand: Xylariaceae Austro-Brasilienses: I. Xylaria, Denkschrift der K. Akad. Wiss., Wicn, Math.-naturw. Klasse, 83 :47-S6. 1 1 pis. 7 figs. 1927. Rick, J.: Monographia das Hypoxyleas Riograndenses, Broteria, Ser. Botan., 25(l):21-50. 1931. : Monographia Bolinearum Riograndensium, ibid., 25(2):65-71. 1931. (Bolineaceae, near Xylariaceae. Also a key to the genera of Xylariaceae, including the above family.) Miller, Julian: British Xvlariaceae, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 15:134-154. Pis. 6-7. 1930; 17:125-146. Pis. 4-6. Fig. 1. 1932. : Notes on Hypoxylon species, I, Ann. cryptogam, exotique, 4(2):72-73. PL 1. 1931. LIST 21. HYPOCBEALES 699 — : South African Xylariaceae, Bothalia, 4(2):251-272. 1942. — : Georgia Pyrenomycetes, II, Mycologia, 33(1):74-81. 1941. (Gives notes on the nomenclature of Hypoxylon and Nummularia.) » List 21. Hypocreales (See also Ellis and Everhart, in List 20.) Seaver, Fred J.: Hypocreales, North American Flora, 3:1-56. 1910. : The Hypocreales of North America, I, Mycologia, l(2):41-76. Pis. 4-5. 1909; II, Ibid., l(5):177-207. PI. 13. 1909; III, Ibid., 2(2):48-92. Pis. 20-21. 1910; IV, Ibid., 3(5):207-230. Pis. 53-54. 1911. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: Synopsis of the North American Hypocre- aceae, with descriptions of the species, /. Mycology, 2(3):28-31, (5):49-51, (6):61-69, (7):73-80, (9):97-99, (10):109-111, (11):121-125, (12):133-137. 1886; 3(1) :l-6. 1887. Weese, J.: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hypocreaceen : I. Mitteilung, Sitz. ber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-naturw. Klasse, 125 :465-575. PZs. 1-3. Figs. 1-15. 1916. Fitzgerald, Ina S.: Hypocreales of Iowa, State Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist., 19(2) -.1-32. Figs. 1-18. 1949. LoHMAN, Marion L., and Alice J. Watson: Identity and host relation of Nectria species associated with diseases of hardwoods in the eastern states, Lloydia, 6(2):77-108. Figs. 1-2. 1943. (Keys for cultural distinctions of the species discussed.) Seeler Jr., Edgar V.: A monographic study of the genus Thyronectria, /. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 21(4) :429-460. Pis. 1-5. 1940. Fetch, T.: Studies in entomogenous fungi: II. The genera Hypocrella and Aschersonia, Ann. Royal Botanical Garden of Peradeniya, 7:167-278. Pis. 2-7. 1921. British Hypocreales, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 21:243-305. 1932. Further notes on British Hypocreales, ibid., 25(2):166-178. 1941. Additional notes on British Hypocreales, ibid., 27(3-4) :148-154. 1944. Boedijn, K. B. : The genus Podostroma in the Netherlands Indies, Bull. Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, ser. Ill, 13(2) :269-275. Fig. 1. 1934. : A new species of Podostroma from Africa, Ann. Mycol., 36(4):314-317. 1 fig. 1938. (Includes a key to the nine species accepted by the author.) Imai, Sanshi: Studies on the Hypocreaceae of Japan: I. Podostroma, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 12:114-118. 2 figs. 1932; II. ibid., 14(2):101- 106. 1 fig. 1935. Part II contains a key to and description of species of Cordyceps parasitic on Elaphomyces. PoDziMEK, Jan: K monografi ceskych namehi (Claviceps), Casopus Narodniho Musea. Cast Prirodovedna, 106:16-35. 1932. Langdon, R. F. : Ergot of native grasses of Queensland, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens- land, 54:23-32. 1942 (1943). Atanasopf, Dimitr: Ergot of grains and grasses, 127 pp. Mimeographed and distributed by the Office of Cereal Investigations, Bureau of Plant Industry, U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1920 I 700 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Massee, George: A revision of the genus Cordyceps, Ann. Botany, 9(33):l-44. Pis. 1-2. 1S95. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of the Cordyceps of Australasia, Mycological Writings, 4:1-12. Figs. 611-626. 1915. (Separate pagination.) Cunningham, G. H. : The genus Cordyceps in New Zealand, Trans, and Proc. New Zealand Inst., 53:372-382. 4 pis. 8 figs. 1921. Mains, E. B.: The genera Cordyceps and Ophiocordyceps in Michigan, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 74(4):263-271. 4 pis. 1934. : Cordyceps from the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 55(1):117-129. Pis. 18-21. 1939. : Cordyceps species from British Honduras, Mycologia, 32(l):16-22. Figs. 1-2. 1940. ': Species of Cordyceps, ibid., 32(3) :310-320. Figs. 1-2. 1940. : New and interesting species of Cordyceps, ibid., 39(5) :535-545. Figs. 1-3. 1947. : Entomogenous fungi, ibid: 40(4) :402-416. Figs. 1-12. 1948. (Mainly Cordyceps, also Stilbellaceae.) -: Cordyceps bicephala Berk, and C. australis (Speg.) Sacc. Bull. Torrey Botanical Club, 76(l):24-30. Figs. 1-4. 1949. MouREAU, J.: Cordyceps du Congo beige, Mem. Inst. Roy. Colon. Beige, 7(5) :55 pp. 5 pis. (3 colored). 1949. Imai, Sanshi: On the fungus inhabiting Cordyceps and Elaphomyces in Japan, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, ll(l):31-37. 1929. ; On a new species of Cordyceps parasitic on Elaphomyces in Japan, Proc. Imp. Acad. Japan, 10:677-679. 1934. OvERHOLTS, L. 0.: The genus Cordyceps in central Pennsylvania, Proc. Penna. Acad. Sci., 12:68-74. Figs. 1-9. 1938. KoBAYASi, Y.: The genus Cordyceps and its allies, Tokyo Bunrika Daikagu, B, 5(84) :53-260. S7 figs. 1941. Teng, S. C: Notes on Hypocreales from China, Sinensia, 4:269-298. 1934. List 22. Dothideales (For graminicolous species of Phyllachora see Orton in List 20. Also see Ellis and Everhart in List 20 and some of the references in Lists 23 and 24.) Theissen, F., und H. Sydow: Die Dothideales, Ann. Mycol., 13(3-6): 149-746. Pis. 1-6. 1915. (A very fine monograph, including some families subsequently removed to some of the groups listed below.) Stevens, F. L., and Nora Dalby: Some Phyllachoras from Porto Rico, Botan. Gaz., 68(l):54r-59. Pis. 6-8. 1919. Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Les Dothideales de la Suisse, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 11:155-195. PZ. 14. 1895. DoiDGE, Ethel M.: Revised descriptions of South African species of Phyllachora and related genera, Bothalia, 4(2):421-463. 1942. VON Hohnel, Franz: Fragmente zur Mykologie: XL Mitteilung, Sitz. ber. K. Akad. Wiss. (Wien), Math.-naturw. Klasse, 119:617-679. 1910. (Key to LIST 23. PSEUDOSPHAERIALES 701 genera of the Capnodiaceae and to those Dothideaceae with superficial ascus stroma.) List 23. Pseudosphaeriales Thiessen, F., und H. Sydow: Vorentwvirfe zu den Pseudosphaeriales, Ann. MycoL, 16(1-2) :l-34. Figs. 1-5. 1918. VON HoHNEL, Franz: Fragmente zur Mykologie. Attention may be called to the following papers under this title: IV. Mitteilung (A discussion of Family Pseudosphaeriaceae), Sitz. her. K. Akad. Wiss. (Wien), Math.-natxirw. Klosse, 116:615-647, 1907; VI. Mitteilung (Discussion of the relationship of Dothideaceae and Pseudosphaeriaceae to Myriangiaceae, Saccardia, and Cookellaceae), ibid., 118:275-458. PL 1. Figs. 1-35. 1909. Theissen, F. : Mykologische Abhandlungen, I-III, Verhandhingen der Zoologisch- Botanischen Gesellschaft, Wien, 66:296-400. PL 1. Figs. 1-14. 1916. (A discus- sion of the families Pseudosphaeriaceae and Englerulaceae and of the genus Physalospora.) : vStudie iiber Botryosphaeria, Ann. MycoL, 14(5) :297-340. 1 fig. 1916. Miller, Julian H., and Gwendolyn Burton: Study of Bagnisiopsis species on the Melastomaceae, Mycologia, 35(3):312-324. Figs. 1-23. 1943. (These authors consider this genus to belong in the Pseudosphaeriales and not in the Dothideales or Sphaeriales where it is placed by some authors.) Petrak, F. : tJber Bagnisiopsis und verwandte Gattungen, Hedwigia, 68:251-290. 1928. (In addition to the foregoing the following series of papers by G. Arnaud includes keys to families and genera and in some cases to species which do not correspond to the classifications followed in this textbook but which might be distributed in several orders.) Arnaud, G.: Les Ast^rin^es, Ann. ecole nat. agr. Montpellier, N.S., 16:1-288. Pis. 1-53. Figs. 1-22. 3 maps. 1918. : Les Asterin^es: II. Etude sur les champignons parasites (Parodiellinacees, inclus Erysiphees), Awn. epipMjL, 7:1-115. Pis. 1-10. Figs. 1-25. 1921. : Les Asterin^es: III. Etude sur les champignons parasites (Parodiellinacees, suite), ibid., 9:1-40. Pis. 1-10. 1923. : Les Ast^rin^es: IV. Etudes sur la syst^matique des champignons pyr^no- mycetes, Ann. sci. not. Botan., Xme s6r., 7:643-723. Pis. 1-16. Figs. 1-25. 1925. : Les Ast^rinees: \. Etudes sur les champignons parasites (Caliciacees, Hemisph^riac^es, etc.), Ann. epiphyt., 16(5) :235-302. Pis. 1-14. Figs. 1-15. 1930. : Les Astdrinees: VI. Champignons ast^rinoides de I'Herbier du Museum. Recueil de Travaux Cryptogamiques d^di^s a Louis Mangin, 8 pp. Pis. 4-5. 3 ^^s., Paris, 1931. : Les Ast^rin^es, VII, Ann. cryptogam, exotique, 4:74-97. Pis. 2-7. 1931. 702 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 24. Hemisphaeriales (Many of the forms probably more properly placed here are assigned by some authors to the Erysiphales with which some species appear to possess relationship. Accordingly List 26 should also be consulted.) Theissen, F., und H. Sydow: Synoptische Tafeln, Ann. Mycol., 15(6):389-491. Figs. 1-38. 1917. (This paper contains keys to the families and genera of the Orders Hemisphaeriales and Myriangiales, and also of the Order Perispo- riales. It is the culmination of the work reported in part in the papers im- mediately below.) : Hemisphaeriales, Ann. Mycol., ll(5):468-469. 1913. (Contains keys to Family Hemisphaeriaceae.) : Lembosia-Studien, ihid., ll(5):425-467. PL 20. 1913. : Ueber Membranstrukturen bei den Microthyriaceen als Grundlage fur den Ausbau der Hemisphaeriales, Mycolog. Cent., 3(6) :275-286. PI. 1. 1913. (Contains keys to the families of the order and to the genera of the families Microthyriaceae and Hemisphaeriaceae.) : Trichopeltaceae n. fam. Hemisphaerialium, Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 39(23-25) :625-640. 1 pi. 7 figs. 1914. : Zur Revision der Gattung Dimerosporium, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Zweite Abt., 29:45-73. 1912. (Since the name Dimerosporium is unavailable, the species for which this name has been used have been distributed among six or more genera. This paper gives a key to these genera and brief descriptions of the more available species.) : Die Gattung Asterina, Abhandlungen der K.K. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 7(3):1-130. Ph. 1-8. 1913. (Gives full descriptions of 119 species in the three sections Euasterina, Dimerosporium, and Clypeol- aster. Gives a generic key distinguishing Asterina and the 10 other genera of Microthyriaceae with two-celled ascospores.) Zur Revision der Gattungen Microthyrium und Seynesia, Oesterreichische Botan. Z., 62:216-221, 275-280, 327-329, 395-396, 420-435, 1912; 63:121- 131, 1913. Doidge, Ethel M.: South African Microthyriaceae, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, 8:235-282. Pis. 13-19. 1920. : A revision of the South African Microthyriaceae, Bothalia, 4(2) :273-420. Pis. 1-76. 1942. Stevens, F. L., and W. H. Manter: The Hemisphaeriaceae of British Guiana and Trinidad, Botan. Gaz., 79(3) :265-296. Pis. 18-21. 1925. , and Sister Mary Hilaire Ryan: The Microthyriaceae, Illinois Biological Monographs, 17(2):1-138, Urbana, Univ. Illinois Press, 1939. Ryan, Ruth W.: The Microthyriaceae of Porto Rico, Mycologia, 16(4):177-196. 1924. (Mostly consists of new species, some old species being listed but not described.) LuTTRELL, E. S.: The genus Stomiopeltis (Hemisphaeriaceae), Mycologia, 38(5) :565-586. Figs. 1-21. 1946. Petrak, F.: liber die Leptopeltineen, Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., 1(4-6) :232-247. 1947. Fraser, Lilian: Notes on the occurrence of the Trichopeltaceae and Atichiaceae in New South Wales, and on their mode of nutrition, with a description of a new species of Atichia, Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 61 :277-284. Pis. 13-14. Figs. 1-10. 1936. LIST 25. ERYSIPHACEAE 703 Tehon, L. R., and G. L. Stout: Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois, IV, Mycologia, 21(4): 180-1 96. PL 13. 1929. (Contains a key distinguishing five genera of the Stigmateaceae, Order Hemisphaeriales.) DiPPENAAR, B. J. : 'n Bydrae tot ons kennis van die Suid-Afrikaanse geslagte en soorte van die Famielie Polystomellaceae Theiss. en Syd., Ann. Univ. Stel- lenbosch, 8Ai2) -.1-38. Figs. 1-3. 1930. Theissen, F., und H. Sydow: Die Gattung Parodiella, Ann. Mijcol., 15(1-2) :125- 142. 1917. Mendoza, Jose Miguel: The Philippine species of Parasterina, Philippine J. Sci., 49(3) :443-459. Pis. 1-15. 1932. List 25. Erysiphaceae (See also in List 23, Arnaud: Les Ast^rin^es, II, and in List 20, Ellis and EVERHART.) Salmon, Ernest S.: A monograph of the Erysiphaceae, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 9:1-292. Pis. 1-9. 1900. : Supplementary notes on the Erysiphaceae, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 29(l):l-22, (2):83-108, (4):181-210, (5):302-316, (ll):647-649. Pis. 9-11. 1902. BuRRiLL, T. J., AND F. S. Earle: Parasitic Fungi of Illinois: II. Erysipheae, Bull. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, 2:387-432. Figs. 1-8. 1887. Kelsey, F. D.: The genus Uncinula, Oberlin College Laboratory Bull., 7:1-15. 10 ^^s. 1897. O'Kane, W. C.: The Ohio Powdery Mildews, The Ohio Naturalist, 10(7):166-176. Pis. 2-10. 1910. Fink, Bruce : Notes on the powdery mildews of Ohio, Ohio J. Sci., 21(6) :211-216. Figs. 1-2. 1921. OvERHOLTS, L. 0., AND W. A. Campbell: The powdery mildews of Central Pennsylvania, Proc. Penna. Acad. Sci., 8:114-124. 1934. Salmon, E. S.: The Erysiphaceae of Japan, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 27(8) :437- 450. PZ. 1. 1900. J0RSTAD, Ivar: The Erysiphaceae of Norway, Norske Videnskaps-Akad. Math. naturv. Klasse. Skrifter, 1925(10) :1-116. 2 figs. 1926. (Discusses distribution, hosts, etc., of the 25 species of the family in Norway.) Tai, F. L., and C. T. Wei: Notes on Chinese fungi: II. Erysiphaceae, Sinensia. Contribs. Metropolitan Museum of Natural History, Nanking, 3(4):93-130. Illustrated. 1932. : Further studies on the Erysiphaceae of China, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 73(2): 108-1 30. Figs. 1-13. 1946. (Contains key to the Chinese species of Uncinula.) Klika, Jaromir : Monografie ceskych padll (Monograph of Czech Erysiphaceae) , Spisy Masarykova Akademie Prdce, 23:1-80. Illustrated. 1924. Savulescu, Trian, und C. Sandu-Ville: Die Erysiphaceen Rumaniens, Ann. Scientifiques de l' Academic des Hautes JStudes Agronomiques de Bucarest, 1:47-123. Pis. 1-24. 1929. (Also published separately by Tipografia "Buco- vina" in Bucarest.) 704 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI PoLLACCi, GiNo: Monographia delle Erysiphaceae italiane, Atti reale ist. boian. Univ. Pavin, 2 ser., 9:155-181. 1 pi. 1905. Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Monographie des Erysiphees de la Suisse, Bull. I'Herbier Boissier, 4:721-755. 1896. Homma, Yasu: Erysiphaceae of Japan, Journ. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 38(3):183-466. S pis. 1937. Blumer, S.: Die Formen der Erysiphe cichoracearum DC, Cenlr. Bakt. Para- sitenk., Zweite Abt., 57(1-3) :45-60. 1922. : Die Erysiphaceen Mitteleuropas mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Schweiz, Beitrdge zur Kryptoganienflora der Schweiz, 7(1): 1-483. Figs. 1-167. 1933. LiNDER, David H.: A new species of Phyllactinia, Mycologia, 35(4) :465-468. Figs. 1-5. 1943. (Gives a comparative discussion of the five species of the genus.) Hashioka, Yoshio: Specialization in Sphaerotheca fuliginea (Schlecht.) Poll., Ann. Phytopathological Soc. Japan, 8:113-123. 1 fig. 1938. (Contains a key to six biological species based upon spore size and host inoculations.) Maurizio, Anna Maria: Zur Biologie und Systematik der Pomaceen bewohn- enden Podosphaeren. Mit Beriicksichtigung der Frage der Empfanglichkeit der Pomaceenpropfbastarde fur parasitische Pilze, Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 72(1-7) :129-14S. Figs. 1-6. 1927. Reed, George M.: The powdery mildews — Erysiphaceae, Trans. Am. Microscop. Soc, 32(4) -.219-258. Pis. 13-16. 1913. List 26. Meliolaceae (Perisporiaceae) (For some genera formerly included here see Lists 24 and 27, also Ellis and Everhart in List 20.) Gaillard, Albert: Contribution a I'etude des champignons inf^rieurs. Famille des Perisporiac^es. Le genre Meliola: anatomie, morphologie, syst&natique. These, 164 pp. 24 pis. Paris, P. Klincksieck, 1892. : Le genre Meliola. Supplement I, Bull. soc. mijcol. France, 8:176-188. Pis. 14-16. 1892. Stevens, F, L. : The genus Meliola in Porto Rico, Illinois Biological Monographs, 2 :475-554. FZs. 1-5. 1916. : Spegazzinian Meliola types, Botan. Gaz., 64(5) :421-425. Pis. 24-26. 1917. (Illustrations of the type specimens of the species of Meliola described, mainly from Argentina, by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini.) : The Meliolineae, I, Ann. MycoL, 25(5-6) :405-469. Pis. 1-2. 1927; II, ibid., 26(3-4): 165-383. Pis. 2-6. 1928. AND L. R. Tehon: Species of Meliola and Irene from British Guiana and Trinidad, M ijcologia, 18(l):l-22. Pis. 1-2. 1926. Beeli, M.: Note sur le genre Meligla, Bull. Jardin Botanique de I'Etat, Bruxelles, 7(1):89-160. 1920. (Contains a key to all known species of Meliola.) : Notes Mycologiques: I. Contribution a la flore mycologique du Congo, ibid., 8(1):1-11. PI. 1. 1922. (Descriptions of additional species of Meliola and of other fungi.) LIST 27. REMAINDER OF ERYSIPHALES : CAPNODIACEAE, ETC. 705 Spegazzini, Carlos: Revision de las Meliolas Argentinas, Andes do Museo Nacional de Historia Natural Buenos Aires, 32:339-393. 1924. Deighton, F. C: West African Meliolineae: I. Meliolineae on Malvaceae and Tiliaceae, Mycological Papers. Commonwealth Mycological Institute, 9:1-24. 28 figs. 1944. Hansford, C. G., and F. C. Deighton: West African Meliolineae: II. Melio- lineae collected by F. C. Deighton, Mycological Papers. Commonwealth Mycological Institute, 23:1-79. 1948. Doidge, E. M., and H. Sydow: The South African species of the Meliolineae, Bothalia, 2(2) :424-472. 1928. : South African Perisporiaceae, I, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, 5:713-750. Pis. 55-66. 1917; II, Revisional Notes, ibid., 7:193-197. 3 figs. 1919; III, ibid., 8:107-143. 1920. Martin, George : Synopsis of the North American species of Asterina, Dimero- sporium and Meliola, /. Mycology, 1(11) :133-139, (12):145-148. 1885. Miller, Vera Mentzer, and Lee Bonar: A study of the Perisporiaceae, Capno- diaceae and some other sooty molds from California, Univ. Calif. Pubs. Botany, 19(12) :405-428. Pis. 67-70. 1941. Hansford, C. G.: Chinese fungi collected by S. Y. Cheo, Farlowia, 3(3):269-283. Figs. 1-18. 1948. ■ , AND M. J. Thirumalachar: Fungi of South India, ibid., 3(3):285-314. Figs. 1-37. 1948. (These two papers treat mainly of the Meliolaceae, and the first paper also of a few Hemisphaeriales.) Yamamoto, Wataro: Formosan Meliolineae, Trans. Natural History Soc. For- mosa. 30(200-201) :148-1 59. 1940; 30(206-207) :414-425. Figs. 1-36. 1940; 31(208): 14-30. Figs. 1-40. 1941; 31(209) :47-60. Figs. 1-43. 1941. List 27. Remainder of Erysiphales : Capnodiaceae, Englerulaceae, Trichothyriaceae, Atichiaceae (See Also Lists 24 and 26 for Some of the Capnodiaceae) Theissen, F., und H. Sydow: Synoptische Tafeln, Ann. Mycol., 15(6):389-491. Figs. 1-38. 1917. Fraser, Lilian: An investigation of the sooty molds of New South Wales, Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 58:375-395. 1933; 59:123-142. Figs. 1-59. 1934; 60:97-118. Figs. 1-65; 159-578. Figs. 1-91; 280-290. Figs. 1-39. 1935. (Aside from the Capnodiaceae, Englerulaceae, and Atchiaceae, consideration is given to the Meliolaceae.) : Notes on the occurrence of the Trichopeltaceae and Atichiaceae in New South Wales, and on their mode of nutrition, with a description of a new species of Atichia, ibid., 61:277-284. Pis. 13-14. Figs. 1-10. 1936. Fisher, Eileen E.: A study of Australian "sooty moulds," Ann. Botany, N.S., 3(10):399-426. PZ. 12. Figs. 1-4. 1939. Jaczewski, Arthur Louis: Les Capnodi^es de la Suisse, Bidl. VHerbier Boissier, 3:603-606. 1895. 706 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUKE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Arnaud, Gabriel: Contribution a I'^tude des Fumagines, Ann. ecole nat. agr. Montpellier, N.S., 9:239-277. Pis. 1-3. Figs. A-C. 1909; 10:211-330. Figs. 1-29. 1910; 12:23-54. Figs. 1-13. 1912. Cotton, A. D.: The genus Atichia, Roy. Botan. Garden, Kew. Bull. Misc. Inform., 1914:54-63. Figs. 1-5. 1914. (The genus Atichia is known by some French writers as Seuratia.) Mangin, L., et N. Patouillard: Les Atichiales, groupe aberrant d'Ascomyc^tes inf^rieurs,/7omp. Rend., 154(23) :1475-14S1. Figs. 1-2. 1912. Petrak, F. : tlber Englerula und die Englerulaceen, Ann. Mycol., 26(5-6) :385- 413. 1928. Theissen, F. : Die Trichothyriazeen, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Zweite Abt., 32(1) :1- 16. PL 1. Figs. 1-3. 1914. von Hohnel, Franz: Ueber die Trichothyriazeen, Ber. deut. botan. Ges., 35:411- 416. 1917. (Discussion of structure of perithecium and relationship of the family, and of the composition of the Order Perisporiales.) Theissen, F. : Mykologische Abhandlungen, I-III, Verhandlungeyi der Zoologisch- Botanischen Gesellschaft, Wien, 66:296-400. PI. 1. Figs. 1-14. 1916. (Among other fungi discusses Family Englerulaceae.) List 28. Myriangiaceae (See also Theissen und Sydow, 1917, in List 27.) Petch, T.: Studies in entomxOgenous fungi: V. Myriangium, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 9:45-80. Pis. 2-3. Fig. 1. 1924. Miller, Julian H.: The genus Myriangium in North America, Mycologia, 32(5):587-600. 1940. VON Hohnel, Franz: Fragmente zur Mykologie: VL Mitteilung, Sitzber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math.-naturiv. Klasse, 118:275-452. PI. 1. Figs. 1-35. 1909. (Revision of the Family Myriangiaceae, and of the genus Saccardia and of the Family Cookellaceae and discussion of their relationships to the Pseudosphaeriaceae and Dothideaceae.) (In addition to the foregoing there is a series of papers by Miss Anna E. Jenkins and A. A. Bitancourt and others on the genus Elsinoe and its conidial stage, Sphaceloma, to whicli reference should be made pending the appearance in the future of a monograph of this genus by these two authors.) Jenkins, Anna E., and A. A. Bitancourt: Revised descriptions of the genera Elsinoe and Sphaceloma, Mycologia, 33(3):338-340. 1941. , and : lUustraQoes das doen^as causadas por "Elsinoe" e "Spha- celoma" conhecidas na America do Sul ate Janeiro de 1936 (Illustrations of South American "Elsinoe" and "Sphaceloma" diseases known up to January 1936), Arquiv. inst. bioL, 10(2):31-60. Pis. 1-11. Sao Paulo. 1939. Bitancourt, A. A., and Anna E. Jenkins: Elsinoe fawcetti, the perfect stage of the Citrus scab organism, Phytopathology, 26(4) :393-396. Fig. 1. 1936. , AND : Perfect stage of the sweet orange fruit scab fungus, My- cologia, 28(5) :4S9 492. Figs. 1-2. 1936. LIST 30. SACCHAROMYCETALES AND ASPOROGENOUS YEASTS 707 — ; AND •: New discoveries of Myriangiales in the Americas, Proc. Eighth Am. Sci. Congr., Biol. Sci.: Botany, Washington, 1940, 3:149-172, 1942. Hansford, C. G.: Contributions toward the fungus flora of Uganda: III. Some Uganda Ascomycetes, Proc. Linnean Soc. London, 153:4-52. 1940-41. (Has descriptions of seven new species of Sphaceloma.) Jenkins, Anna E.; A. A. Bitancourt; and Flora G. Pollack: Spot anthrac- noses in the Pacific Coast States, /. Wash. Acad. Sci., 36(12) :416-421. Figs. 1-2. 1946. , AND : Spot anthracnoses in the United States and some island possessions. Plant Disease Reptr., 31(3):114r-117. 1 map. 1947. (This has no descriptions but gives the distribution of 23 spot anthracnoses in the United States, Puerto Rico, Guam, and Hawaii as well as references to their pub- lished descriptions.) Thirumalachar, M. J.: Some new Sphaceloma diseases of economic plants in Mysore, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 31(1-2) :l-6. Figs. 1-9. 1947. (In addition to the foregoing consult Mycologia for various articles describing separate species of Elsinoe (Sphaceloma) in the last eight years.) List 29. Aspergillales (Plectascales) (For extensive systematic studies of Aspergillus and Penicillium and closely related genera see List 49.) Dodge, Carroll W.: The higher Plectascales, Ann. Mycol., 27(3-4) :145-184. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-2. 1929. (This treats of the Trichocomaceae and Elapho- mycetaceae.) Imai, Sanshi: Fourth note on Elaphomyces in Japan, Proc. Imp. Acad. (Japan), 15:146-147. 1939. GoiDANicH, Gabriele: II genere di Ascomiceti "Grosmannia" G. Gold., Boll. staz. patol. vegetate, N.S., 16(l):26-60. PI. 1. Figs. 1-19. 1936. List 30. Saccharomycetales and Asporogenous Yeasts Stelling-Dekker, N. M.: Die Hefesammlung des "Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures." Beitrage zu einer Monographic der Hefesorten. Erster Teil: Die sporogenen Hefen, Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Natuurkunde {Tiveede Sectie), Deel 28, No. 1, vii + 547 pp. Illustrated. 1931. LoDDER, J.: Die Hefesammlung des " Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures." Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Hefearten : Teil II. Die anaskosporogenen Hefe. Erste Halfte, ihid., Deel 32, ix + 256 pp. 114^^s. 1934. 708 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI DiDDENs, H. A., UND J. Lodder: Die Hefesammlung des " Centraalbureau voor Schimnielcultures." Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Hefearten: Teil II. Die anaskosporogenen Hefe. Zweite Halfte, xii + 511 pp. 99 figs. Amsterdam, N.V. Nord-Hollandsche Uitgevers Maatschappij, 1942. Guilliermond, Alexandre: Recherches eytologiques et taxonomiques sur les Endomycetees, Rev. gen. hotan., 21:353-391, 401-419. Pis. 12-19. Figs. 1-33. 1909. ■ : Les levures, xii + 565 pp. \%?> figs. Paris, 0. Doin et fils, 1912. — : The Yeasts. Translation of the foregoing by F. W. Tanner, xix + 424 pp. 163;i^s. New York, Wiley and Sons, 1920. ' : Clef dichotomique pour la determination des levures, 124 pp. Ilhistrated. Paris, Librairie le Francois, 1928. -: La classification des levures, An7i. fermentations, 2:474-491, 540-551. Figs. 1-23. 1936. Zender, Justin: Sur la classification des Endomycetacees, Bull. soc. hotan. Geneve, 17:272-302. 1925. Bedford, C. L. : A taxonomic study of the genus Hansenula, Mycologia, 34(6) :628-649. 1942. Niokerson, Walter J.: Studies in the genus Zygosaccharomyces : I. Transfer of pellicle-forming yeasts to Zygopichia, Farloivia, 1(3):469-481. 1944. (With key to and description of the species of Zygopichia.) Konokotina, a. G., and N. A. Krasil'nikov: Yeasts of the genus Debaryomyces Klock. and their distribution in nature, J. Microbiologie de VInstitut Bac- teriologiqiie Pasteur (Leningrad), 9(1):93-107. 1 pi. 1929. (In Russian.) Guilliermond, Alexandre: fitude cytologique et taxinomique sur les levures du genre Sporobolomyces, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 43 :245-258. PL 10. Figs. Ij6. 1927. Derx, H. G.: Etude sur les Sporobolomycetes, Ann. Mycol., 28(1-2) :l-23. PI. 1. 1930. Verona, 0., e R. Ciferri: Revisione dei lieviti asporogeni del genero Sporo- bolomyces Kluyver et van Niel, Atti ist. hotan. '^Giovanni Briosi" e lab. crittogam. Italiano ■imiv. Pavia, ser. IV, 10:241-255. 1938. Ciferri, Raffael, e Piero Redaelli: Caratteri e posizione sistematica dell' agente della "malattia di Darling," Histoplasma capsulatum Darling e note sugli H. farciminosum, H. pyriforme e H. Muris, ibid., ser. IV, 6:247-309. PL 1. Figs. 1-27. 1935. (Gives keys to the families Nectaromycetaceae, Histoplasmaceae, and Torulopsidaceae.) , E : Monografia delle Torulopsidaceae a pigmento rosso, Atti ist. hotan. rcgia univ. Pavia, ser. Ill, 2:147-303. 8 pis. 1925. • — , E : Studies on the Torulopsidaceae, Ann. Mycol., 27(3-4) :243-295. Pis. 4-6. 1929. , E : Contriljuzione alia sistematica delle Torulopsidaceae, XV- XXXIII, Arch. MikrohioL, 6:9-72. 1935. ■ : Studi suUe Toruloi)sidaceae-Sui nomi generic! di Torula, Eutorula, Torulopsis, Cryptococcus e sul nome di gruppo Toruhiceae, Atti ist. hotan. regia univ. Pavia, ser. Ill, 2:129-142. 1925. : Morpliological relations of the genera of asporogenous yeasts, Ann. Mycol., 28(5-6) :372-376. 1930. E O. Verona: Chiavi analitiche dei lieviti segnalati nell' uve, nei mosti e nei vini, Mycopathologia, 4(3) :243-24S. 1948. Harrison, F. C: Cheese Torulae, Trans. Roy. Soc. Can., 21(Sect. 5, part 2):341- LIST 31. USTILAGINALES (INCLUDING GRAPHIOLACEAE) 709 380. 5 pis. 1927. (Divides the genus Torula into three genera and describes the species.) -: A systematic study of some Torulae, ibid., 22:(Sect. 5, part 2):187-225. 5 ph. 1928. Castellani, Aldo: I miceti della blastomicosi Nord-Americana, Ann. med. navale e coloniale, 2(516) :239-257. 2 pis. 1929. (All species of Blastomycoides are described.) Negroni, P., y C. A. N. Daglio: Sobre el g&iero Nectaromyces, Andes soc. dent. argentina, 144:484-491. i^tgrs. 1-2. 1947. Berkhout, Christine Marie : De schimmelgeslachten Monilia, Oidium, Oospora en Torula, Doctor's Thesis, Univ. Utrecht, pp. 1-77. Pis. 1-14. Scheveningen, Edauw and Johannissen, 1923. CoNANT, Norman F.: Studies in the genus Microsporum: I. Cultural studies. Arch. Dermatol, and SyphiloL, 33:665-683. 1936 (reprint with additions and change of pagination); II. Biometric studies, ibid., 34:79-89. 1936 (reprint with additions and change of pagination). Martin, Donald S.; Claudius P. Jones; K. F. Yao; and L. E. Lee, Jr.: A practical classification of the Monilias, /. Bact., 34(1):99-128. Pis. 1-3. 1937. (Deals with the species of Monilia (Candida) parasitic upon Man.) List 31. Ustilaginales (Including Graphiolaceae) (See also Plowright in List 32.) Clinton, George P.: North American Ustilagineae, Proc. Boston Soc. Natural History, 31:329-529. 1904. : The Ustilagineae, or smuts, of Connecticut, Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bull. 5:1-45. Figs. 1-55. 1905. Ustilaginales, North American Flora, 7(l):l-82. 1906. Zundel, George Lorenzo Ingram: Additions and corrections to Ustilaginales, North American Flora, 7(14):971-1045. 1939. Cunningham, G. H. : The Ustilagineae, or smuts of New Zealand, Trans. Proc. N. Zealand Inst., 55:307-433. 7 pis. 1924. : Third supplement to the New Zealand Uredinales and Ustilaginaceae, ibid., 56:74-80. 1926. : Fourth supplement to the Uredinales and Ustilaginales of New Zealand, ibid., 57:186. 1926. : Fifth supplement to the Uredinales and Ustilaginales of New Zealand, ibid., 58:47-50. 1927. : Sixth supplement to the Uredinales and Ustilaginales of New Zealand, ibid., 59:491-505. 1928. Seventh supplement to the Uredinales and Ustilaginales of New Zealand, ibid., 61:402-418. 1930. McAlpine, D.: The Smuts of Australia, vii + 288 pp. Pis. 1-56. Figs. 1-15. Melbourne, Department of Agriculture, Victoria, 1910. Schellenberg, H. C: Die Brandpilze der Schweiz, Beitrdge zur Kryptogamen- flora der Schweiz, 3(2): i-xlvi, 1-180. Figs. 1-79. 1911. 710 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI CiFERRi, R.: Prima contribuzione alio studio degli "Ustilaginales," Boll. soc. botan. Hal, 2-3:46-59. 1924. (Discusses 22 species of Tolyposporium, Enty- loma, and Melanotaenium.) : Seconda contribuzione alio studio degli Ustilaginales, Atti ist. botan. regia univ. Pavia, ser. Ill, l(2):77-97. 1924. (Describes various species of Tuburcinia and Entyloma.) : Terza contribuzione alio studio degli Ustilaginales. Alcuni micromiceti della flora Spagnola e Svizzera, ibid., 2 :7-14. 1925. (Describes several species of Entyloma and of other genera.) : Quarta contribuzione alio studio degli Ustilaginales, Ann. Mycol., 26(1-2) :l-68. PL 1. 1928. (Includes a synopsis of the known species of Entyloma.) -: A few interesting North American smuts: I. Revision of the smuts on Bouteloua spp., Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 18(4) :257-262. 1934. BuBAK, F.: Die Pilze Bohmens: Teil II. Brandpilze (Hemibasidii), Archiv der Naturwissenschaftlichen Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen, 15(3):1-81. Figs. 1-24. 1916. ViEGAS, A. P.: Alguns fungos do Brasil: III. Ustilaginales, Bragantia, 4(12) :739- 762. Pis. 1-10. Figs. 1-4. 1944. Nagorny, p. I.: Caucasian species of the genus Ustilago Pers"., Zapiski Nautchno- prikladnikh Otdyelov Tiflisskovo Botanitcheskovo Sada, 5:109-128. Pis. 1-2. 1926. (In Russian.) : Caucasian species of the genus Urocystis Rabenhorst, ibid., 6:104-108. 1929. (In Russian.) : Caucasian representatives of the genus Tilletia Tulasne, Vyestnik Tiflis- skovo Botanitcheskovo Sada, 1926-27(3-4) :89-96. 1927. (In Russian.) : Caucasian species of the genus Entyloma DeB., Stravopolskaya Stantsia Zashtchity Rastyenii, 1926:49-52. 1926. (In Russian.) Caucasian species of the genus Doassansia Cornu, Izvyestia Terskoi Okruzhnoi Stantsii Zashtchity Rastyenii, 1-2:84-85. 1927. (In Russian.) GuTNER, L. S.: Golovnevye griby (po materialam A. A. Jachevskovo) (The smut fungi of the U.S.S.R. after the materials of the late A. A. Jaczewski), 383 pp. 137 figs. Moscow and Leningrad, Lenin Academy of Agricultural Science. Institute of Plant Protection, 1941. (In Russian.) KocHMAN, Jozef: Grzby glowniowe polski. Ustilaginales Poloniae, Planta Po- lonica Materjaly do Flory Polskiej. Wydawane przez Towarzystwo Naukowa Warszawskie, 4:1-161. 12 pis. 1 fig. 1936. (In Polish.) Beeli, M.: Notes Mycologiques: II. Relev^ des Ustilagin^es r^colt^es dans le bassin du Congo, Bull. Jardin Botanique de I'Stat. Bruxelles, 8(1) :12-15. 1922. : Notes Mycologiques: III. Relev^ des Ustilagin^es d'Afrique et de leurs botes, i6i(^., 8(1) :16-22. 1922. Verwoerd, Len: n'Bydrae tot ons kennis van die Suid-Afrikaanse Ustilaginales of Brandswamme, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 4A(2):l-34. Figs. 1-6. 1926. MuNDKUR, B. B.: A contribution towards a knowledge of Indian Ustilaginales, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Tran^., 23(1):86-121. 2 figs. 1939. : A second contribution towards a knowledge of Indian Ustilaginales, ibid., 24(3-4) :312-336. 1940. : Some rare and new smuts from India, Indian J. Agr. Sci., 14(l):49-52. Figs. 1-2. 1944. : Fungi of the Northwestern Himalayas. Ustilaginales, Mycologia 36(3):286-292. 1944. LIST 31. USTILAGINALES (INCLUDING GRAPHIOLACEAE) 711 Yen, Wen-Yu: Premiere note sur quelques Ustilagin^es de Chine, Ann. Crypto. Exotique, 7:11-18. PZs. 1-2. 1934. — : Deuxieme note sur quelques Ustilagin^es de Chine, ihid., 7:85-95. Pis. 3-4. Figs. 1-4. 1934. — : Note sur les Ustilagin^es de Chine, Contrih. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad. Peiping, 1:165-175. 1934; 3:5-15, 41-58. 1935. Recherches syst^matiques, biologiques et cytologiques sur les Ustila- gin^es de Chine, Theses presentees a la Faculty des Sciences de 1' University de Paris. S^r. A, No. 341. No. d'ordre 365:157-310. Pis. 8-25. Figs. 1-52. Paris, 1937. Ling, Lee: Taxonomic notes on Asiatic smuts, I., Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., 3(1- 6):123-134. 1949. Whetzel, H. H., and F. D. Kern: The smuts of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Mycologia, 18(3) :1 14-124. PL 16. 1926. LiRO, J. Ivar: Uber die Gattung Tuburcinia Fries, Ann. univ. Fennicae Aboensis, Ser. A, 1:1-153. 1922. : Die Ustilagineen Finnlands, I, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennicae, Serie A, 17:1- 636. Figs. 1-9. 1924; II, ibid., 42:i-xiii, 1-720. Figs. 1-8. 1 map. 1935-1938. Zundel, George Lorenzo Ingram: The Ustilaginales of South Africa, Bothalia, 3(3):283-320. 1938. : Monographic studies on the Ustilaginales attacking Andropogon, My- cologia, 22(3):125-158. 1930. Savile, D. B. 0.: a study of the species of Entyloma on North American com- posites, Can. J. Research, C, 25(3):105-120. 1 pi. 1947. Garrett, A. 0.: The Ustilaginales or Smuts of Utah, Bull. Univ. Utah, Biological Series 4(2), 29(9):l-23. Pis. 1-4. 1939. (A list of all smuts known in Utah, with hosts and distribution, and a host index. A key to the genera and illus- trations of every genus and of many species.) Fischer, George W.: The stem smuts of Stipa and Oryzopsis in North America, Butler Univ. Botan. Studies, 7:25-39. Qjigs. 1945. — -, and Elisa Hirschhorn: A critical study of some species of Ustilago causing stem smut on various grasses, Mycologia, 37(2) :236-266. Figs. 1-6. 1945. and : Observations on certain species of Ustilago on Hilaria, Stenotaphrum, and Muhlenbergia, ibid., 37(3):318-325. 2 figs. 1945. Davis, W. H. : Summary of investigations with Ustilago striaeformis parasitizing some common grasses, Phytopathology, 25(8):810-817. 1935. Fischer, George W. : Fundamental studies of the stripe smut of grasses (Ustilago striaeformis) in the Pacific Coast, Phytopathology, 30(2):93-118. Figs. 1-4. 1940. Hirschhorn, Elisa, y Julio Hirschhorn : Los carbones del maiz en Argentina, Rev. facultad agron. Univ. nacl. La Plata, 20(2):108-139. Pis. 1-5. 1935. Jackson, H. S. : The Ustilaginales of Indiana, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1917 : 119- 132. 1918; 1920:157-164. Fig. 1. 1921. (Distribution lists and host index.) Savulescu, Trian: Contributions a la connaissance des Ustilagin^es de Rou- manie, Ann. inst. recherches agron. Roumanie, 7:1-86. Pis. 1-35. 1936. Thirumalachar, M. J.: Species of the genera Doassansia, Doassansiopsis, and Burrillia in India, Mycologia, 39(5):602-611. Figs. 1-9. 1947. Fischer, Edward: Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Graphiola, Ann. Mycol, 20(3-4) :228-237. Figs. 1-4. 1922. (Distinguishes all the recognized species of the genus.) 712 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 32. Uredinales General Works Sydow, p. et H.: Monographia Uredinearum seu specierum omnium ad hunc usque diem descriptio et adumbratio systematica, Leipzig, Gebrlider Born- traeger. Vol. 1, pp. i-xxxv, 1-972. 45 pZs. 1904 (The genus Puccinia); vol. 2, pp. i-xix, 1-396. 14 pis. 1910 (The genus Uromyces) ; vol. 3, pp. 1-728. 32 pis. 1915 (The remainder of the Pucciniaceae and families Melampsoraceae, Zaghouaniaceae and Coleosporiaceae) ; vol. 4, pp. i-iv, 1-670. 1924 (Ured- ineae Imperfecti: Peridermium, Aecidium, Monosporidium, Roestelia, Cae- oma, Uredo, Mapea). Klebahn, H.: Die wirtswechselnden Rostpilze, xxxvii + 447 pp. Pis. 1-6. Berlin, Gebrlider Borntraeger, 1904. Hariot, Paul: Les Uredin^es (Rouilles des plantes), xv + 392 pp. 47 figs. Paris, Octave Doin, 1908. (This is the first volume issued of the Bibliothcque de Botanique Cryptogamique directed by L. Mangin, one of the series of Toulouse, Encyclopedie Scientifique.) Guyot, a. L.: Les Uredin^es (ou rouilles des vegetaux). fitude morphologique et biologique des champignons de ce groupe, qui vivent en Europe, Asie Oc- cidentale, Afrique Septentrionale et revision des especes connues dans les autres parties du monde: Tome I. Genre Uromyces (a) Especes parasites des plantes appartenant aux families des Graminees, Cyperacees, Juncacees, Renonculac^es, Polygonac^es, Ombelliferes, Campanulacees, in Encyclopedie Mycologique, 8:1-439. Figs. 1-83. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1938. , ET AL.: Uredineana: Tome 1, pp. 1-205, Figs. 1-11, Encyclopedie My- cologique, 8 (suppl.), 1939; Tome 2, pp. 1-228, Figs. 1-5, ibid. vol. 13, 1946. Arthur, Joseph Charles: Manual of the rusts in the United States and Canada. Illustrations by George B. Cummins, xv + 438 pp. 4^7 figs. 1 map. Lafayette, Ind., Purdue Research Foundation, 1934. Plo WRIGHT, Charles B. : A monograph of the British Uredineae and Ustilagineae, vii -f 347 pp. Ph. 1-8. Figs. 1-13. London, Kegan Paul, Trench and Co., 1889. Grove, W. B.: The British rust fungi (Uredinales): their biology and classifica- tion, xi -f 412 pp. 290 figs. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1913. ViEGAS, A. P.: Alguns fungos do Brasil: IV. Uredinales, Bragantia, 5(1):1-144. Pis. 1-48. Figs. 1-89. 1945. Fischer, E.: Die Uredineen der Schweiz, Beitrdge zur Kryptog amen flora der Schweiz, 2(2):i-xciv, 1-591. Figs. 1-342. 1909. Cunningham, G. H.: The rust fungi of New Zealand together with the biology, cytology and therapeutics of the Uredinales, xx + 261 pp. 177 figs. Dunedin, N. Z., Mclndoc, 1931. • : The Uredinales, or rust fungi, of New Zealand: I. Pucciniaceae, tribe Puccineae, Trans. Proc. N. Zealand Inst., 54:619-704. 1 pi. 1923. ■ : The Uredinales, or rust fungi, of New Zealand: Supplement to Part I; and Part II, ibid., 55:1-58. 1924. : Second supplement to the Uredinales of New Zealand, ibid., 55:392-396. 1924. (For the third to seventh supplement see List 31 under Cunningham: The Ustilagineae of New Zealand.) McAlpine, D.: The Rusts of Australia, vii + 349 pp. 55 pis. 28 figs. Melbourne, Department of Agriculture, Victoria, 1906. LIST 32. UREDINALES 713 BuBAK, Franz: Die Pilze Bohmens: Erster Teil. Rostpilze (Uredinales), Archiv der Nat'urwissenschaftlichen Landesdurchforschung von Bohmen, 13(5): 1-234. Figs. 1-59. 1908. Savulescu, Trian et Olga: Materiaux pour la flore des Uredinees de Rounianie, Academic Romdna Sectimied Stiinfificd Memoriile, 17:114-261. 18 figs. 1941-42 (1943). : Materiaux pour la flore des Uredinees de Rounianie. Supplement, Acad- emie Roumaine Bull, Sect. Sci., 26(5) :308-332. 2 figs. 1944. DoiDGE, Ethel M. : A preliminary study of the South African rust fungi, Bothalia, 2(la):l-228. 6 col. pis. 221 figs. 1926. Fragoso, Romualdo Gonzales: Flora Iberica. Uredales, Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, 1 :i-lxxi, 1-416. Figs. 1-208. 1924; 2 :i-viii, 1-421. Figs. 1-174. 1925. (The first volume contains the genus Puccinia, alone; the second volume the other genera of rusts.) Eraser, W. P. : The rusts of Nova Scotia, Proc. Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci. Halifax, 12(4) :313-443. 1913. Burrill, T. J.: Parasitic fungi of Illinois: I. Uredinales, Bull. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, 2:141-255. 1885. Ramsbottom, J.: Some notes on the history of the classification of the Uredinales, Brit. Mijcol. Soc. Trans., 4(1):77-105. 1913. (Contains keys to the families and genera and lists of the species occurring in Great Britain.) YosHiNAGA, Torama, AND Naohide Hiratsuka: a list of Uredinales collected in the Province of Tosa, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 44(528) :627-667. 1930. J0RSTAD, Ivar: a study on Kamtchatka Uredinales, Skrifter Norske Videnskaps- Akad. Oslo. I. Mat.-naturv. Klasse, 1933(9) :1-183. Figs. 1-22. 1934. (Keys to the genera and species and a host index.) : Uredinales of Northern Norway, ibid., 1940(6) :1-145. 1940. (A list of the rusts of the districts Nordland, Troms, and Finmark. Host index.) Camara, Emmanuele de Sousa da; Antonis Lopes Branquinho de Oliveira; et Carlos Gomes da Luz: Uredales ahquot Lusitaniae, III, Agronomia Lusitana, 5(4):317-347. 1943. Arthur, J. C, and George B. Cummins: Phillippine rusts in the Clemens col- lection, 1923-1926, I, Philippine J. Sci., 59(3) :437-449. Pis. 1-3. 1936. Gobi, Christian J., and W. Tranzschel: On the rust fungi of St. Petersburg and some adjacent portions of Estland, Viborg and Novgorod Governments. Scripta Botanica Horti U Oliver sitatis Petropolitanae, 3(2):65-123. 1891. (In Russian.) Kern, F. D.; H. W. Thurston, Jr.; and H. H. Whetzel: Annotated index of the rusts of Colombia, Mycologia, 25(6):448-503. 1933. , R. Ciferri, and H. W. Thurston, Jr. : The rust-flora of the Dominican Republic, Ann. Mycol, 31(1-2) :l-40. 1933. Sydow, H.: Fungi Venezuelani, Ann. Mycol., 28(1-2) :29-224. 1930. (Uredineae in pp. 37-52.) Kern, F. D.; H. W. Thurston, Jr., and H. H. Whetzel: Uredinales, in Myco- logical exploration in Venezuela, Monograph of the Univ. Puerto Rico, B, 2 :262-303. 1934. : Additions to the Uredinales of Venezuela, I, Mycologia, 30(5) :537-552 1938. -, AND H. W. Thurston, Jr.: Additions to the Uredinales of Venezuela, II-III, ibid., 35(4):434-445. 1943; 36(l):54-64. 1944. Hiratsuka, Naohide: Zweiter Beitrag zur Uredineen-flora von Sudsachalin, Trans. Tottori Soc. Agr. Sci., 2(3) :233-246. 1931. 714 GUIDE TO THE LITEEATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Hashioka, Yoshio: Mat^riaux pour la flore des Ur^din^es de I'lle de Saghaline septentrionale, /. Japanese Botany, 12:882-886. 1936. (A list and host names of 29 species from the Russian portion of Sakhalin.) Jackson, H. S.: The Uredinales of Indiana, Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1915:429- 475. 1916. — : The Uredinales of Delaware, ibid., 1917:311-385. 1918. : The Uredinales of Oregon, Brooklyn Botanic Garden Mem., 1:198-287 1918. -: The rusts of South America based on the Holway collection, Mycologia, 18(4) :139-162. PL 19. 1926; 19(2) :51-65. 1927; 23(2) :96-116. PL 11. Fi^s. 1-5. (5):332-364, (6):463-503. 1931; 24(1):62-186. 1932. (Keys to the genus Mainsia and to the rusts on various groups of hosts.) Garrett, A. 0.: The Uredinales or rusts of Utah, Bull. Univ. of Utah, 28(7):1-81.PL 1-8. 1937. HoTsoN, John William: Key to the rusts of the Pacific Northwest, Univ. Washington Pub. Biology, 3:193. Illustrated. 1934. Barclay, A.: Descriptive list of the Uredineae occurring in the neighborhood of Simla (Western Himalaya), /. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 56:350-375. 4 pis. 1887; 58:232-251. 3 pis. 1889; 59:75-112. 4 pis. 1890. : Additional Uredineae from the Neighborhood of Simla, ibid., 60:211-230. 2 pis. 1891. Cummins, George B.: Uredinales of New Guinea, Mycologia, 32(3):359-373. Figs. 1-14. 1940; 33(l):64r-68. 1 fig. (2):143-154. Figs. 1-7. (4):380-389. Figs. 1-14. 1941. Tax, F. L.: Uredinales of Western China, Farlowia, 3(1):95-139. 27 figs. 1947. M elampsoraceae Mains, E. B.: Species of Melampsora occurring upon Euphorbia in North America, Phytopathology, 7(2) :101-105. 1917. Thirumalachar, M. J., and Frank D. Kern: Notes on some species of Pha- kopsora and Angiopsora, Mycologia, 41(3):283-290. Figs. 1-3. 1949. (Con- tains a key for distinguishing the seven nearly related genera of rusts, Phakopsora, Angiopsora, Bubakia, Baeodromus, Dasturella, Arthuria, and CeroteUum.) HiRATSuKA, Naohide: Studies on the Melampsoraceae of Japan, /. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., 21(l):l-42. 2 figs. 1927. : Notes on the Melampsoraceae of Japan: II. Chrysomyxa of Japan, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 43(513) :466-478. 1929. : Notes on the Melampsoraceae of Japan: III. Pucciniastrum of Japan, ibid., 44(521) :261-284. 1930. : Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Gattung Pucciniastrum Otth., J. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., 21(3):63-119. 1 pi. 1927. : A contribution to the knowledge of the Melampsoraceae of Hokkaido, Japanese J. Botany, 3(4):289-322. 1927. : Additional notes on the Melampsoraceae of Hokkaido, Botanical Maga- zine (Tokyo), 42(503) :503-504. 1928. • : Additional notes on the Melampsoraceae of Hokkaido, II, Trans. Tottori Soc. Agr. Sci., 4(2) :1 11-1 15. 1932. : Additional notes on the Melampsoraceae of Saghalien, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 10:119-121. 1929. -, and Y. Uemura: On Japanese species of Hyalopsora, Trans. Tottori Soc. Agr. Sci., 4(l):ll-27. 2 figs. 1932. (In Japanese.) LIST 32. UREDINALES 715 — : Thekopsora of Japan, Botanical Magazine {Tokyo), 43(505): 12-22. 1929. — : Phakopsora of Japan, ibid., 49(587) :781-788, (588):853-860. 1935; 50(589) :2-8. 1936. A monograph of the Pucciniastreae, ix + 374 pp. Pis. 1-11. Tottori, Japan, 1936. (Reprinted from Mem. Tottori Agr. Coll., 4.) Faull, Joseph Horace: Taxonomy and geographical distribution of the genus Milesia, Contribs. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 2:1-138. Pis. 1-9. 1932. : Taxonomy and geographical distribution of the genus Uredinopsis, ibid., 11:1-120. Pis. 1-6. 1938. Tropical fern hosts of rust fungi, J. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 28(3):309-319. 1947. HiRATSUKA, Naohide, AND Y. Yoshida: Two species of Milesina on some Japan- ese species of Polystichum, Trans. Tottori Soc. Agr. Sci., 4(1):7-10. 1932. : On some new species of Milesina, Botanical Magazine (To^yo), 48(565) :39- 47. Figs. 1-6. 1934. Kamei, Senji: On new species of heteroecious fern rusts. Trans. Sapporo Natural Histonj Soc, 12(3):161-174. 1932. Bell, H. P.: Fern rusts of Abies, Botan. Gaz., 77(l):l-30. Pis. 1-5. 1924. Hunter, Lilian M.: Comparative studies of spermogonia of rusts of Abies, Botan. Gaz., 83(l):l-23. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-2. 1927. Weir, James R., and Ernest E. Hubert: Observations on forest tree rusts, Am. J. Botany, 4(6) :327-335. Figs. 1-2. 1917. Hedgcock, George G., and N. Rex Hunt: Notes on some species of Coleo- sporium, I, Mycologia, 14(5) :244-257. Pis. 20-21. 1922. (Distinguishes several species of Coleosporium inhabiting Composites.) Weir, James R.: The genus Coleosporium in the northwestern United States, Mycologia, 17(6) :225-239. Pis. 22-24. Fig. 1. 1925. Hedgcock, George G. : A key to the known aecial forms of Coleosporium occur- ring in the United States and a list of the host species, Mycologia, 20(2) :97- 100. 1928. Arthur, J. C, and F. D. Kern: North American species of Peridermium, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 33(8):403-438. 1906. : North American species of Peridermium in pine, Mycologia, 6(3) :109-138. 1914. LuDWiG, C. A.: Notes on some North American rusts with Caeoma-like sori, Phytopathology, 5(5):273-281. 1915. (Gives keys for the determination of such rusts.) Rhoads, a. S.; G. G. Hedgcock; E. Bethel; and C. Hartley: Host relation- ships of the North American rusts other than Gymnosporangium which attack Conifers, Phytopathology, 8(7) :309-352. 1918. Mains, E. B.: Angiopsora, a new genus of rusts on grasses, Mycologia, 26(2) :122- 132. Pis. 17-20. 1934. Weir, James R.: The genus Chrysomyxa, Mycologia, 15(4):183-187. PL 17. 1923. Pucciniaceae Dietel, p. : Monographie der Gattung Ravenelia, Beihefte Botan. Centr. Zweite Abt., 20:343-413. Pis. 5-6. 1906. Massee, George: Revision of the genus Hemileia, Roy. Botan. Garden, Keiv, Bull. Misc. Inform., 1906:35-42. 1 pi. 1906. Milesi, M., e G. B. Traverso: Saggio di una monografia del genere Triphrag- mium, Ann. Mycol., 2(2):143-156. PL 5. 1904. 716 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI DiETEL, P.: Zur Umgrenzung der Gattung Pileolaria Cast, Ann. Mycol., 19(5- 6):300-303. 1921. Olive, E. W., and H. H. Whetzel: Endophyllum-like rusts of Porto Rico, Am. J. Botany, 4(l):44-52. Ph. 1-3. 1917. MoREAU, M. ET Mme. F. : Les Uredinees du groupe Endophyllum, Bull. soc. botan. France, 66:13-44. 1919. Cummins, George B.: The genus Prospodium (Uredinales), Lloydia 3(l):l-78. Figs. 1-12. 1940. Gymnosporangium Kern, Frank D.: A biologic and taxonomic study of tlie genus Gymnospo- rangium, Bull. New York Botanical Garden, 7:391-483. Pis. 151-161. 1911. Eriksson, Jakob: Die schwedischen Gymnosporangien, ilir Wirtswechsel und ihre Spezialisierung, Kgl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl., 59(6):l-82. Pis. 1-4 (two colored). Figs. 1-13. 1918. Tanaka, Tyozaburo: New Japanese fungi. Notes and translations, XII, My- cologia, 14(5) :282-295. 1922. (Discusses the Japanese species of Gymno- sporangium, with a key.) Prince, Alton Ernest, and Ferdinand Henry Steinmetz: Gymnosporangium rusts in Maine and their host relationships, Maine Bull, 42(12) :l-46. 1 map. 1940. HiRATSUKA, Naohide: Gymnosporangium of Japan, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 50(597) :481-488, (598) :549-555, (599) :593-599, (600):661-668. Pis. 8-9. 1936; 51(601) :l-8. 1937. : Japanese species of Gymnosporangium. Botany and Zoology, 7:748-749. 1939. (In Japanese.) (Eleven species are enumerated and a key provided for their identification.) Phragmidium and Kuehneola Arthur, J. C: Relationship of the genus Kuehneola, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 44(11) :501-511. 1912. HiRATSUKA, Naohide: Kuehneola of Japan, /. Japanese Botany, 12:809-815. Illustrated. 1936. (List of species and key to their determination.) Dietel, p.: Ueber die Arten der Gattung Phragmidium, Hedivigia, 44:112-132, 330-346. PI. 4. 1905. Arthur, J. C: North American rose rusts, Torreya, 9(2):21-28. Figs. 1-3. 1909. Cummins, George B.: Phragmidium species of North America: differential teliospore and aecial characters, Mycologia, 23(6) :433-445. PI. 32. 1931. HiRATSUKA, Naohide: Phragmidium of Japan, Japanese J. Botany, 7(3-4) :227- 299. Pis. 3-4. 1935. : On some new species of Phragmidium, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 13(3):134-138. 1934. Uromyces and Puccinia and Their Segregates Holway, E. W. D. : North American Uredineae, Parts I-V.P/.s\ 1-54. Minneapolis, Published by the author, 1905-1924. (Text and illustrations from micro- photographs of species of Puccinia on various families of host plants.) Aref'yef, L. A.: Species of the genus Puccinia in the Baltic Province, 85 pp. St. Petersburg, 1916. (In Russian.) — : Species of Uromyces in the Baltic Province, Izvyestia i Trudy Sel'sko- khozyaistovo otdyelya Rizhskovo Politekhnitchevo Instituta, 3:117-156. 1910. (In Russian.) LIST 32. UKEDINALES 717 Pole-Evans, I. B.: The South African rust fungi: I. The species of Puccinia on Compositae. Trans. Royal Soc. South Africa, 5:637-646. 5 pis. 1916. BisBY, G. R.: Short cycle Uromyces in North America, Bota7i. Gaz., 69(3). -193- 217. PI. 10. 1920. Ito, Seiya: On the Uredineae parasitic on the Japanese Gramineae, /. Coll. Agr. Tohuku Imp. Univ., Sapporo, Japan, 3(2):179-362. Pis. 10-12. 1909. : Uromyces of Japan, /. Coll. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., Sapporo, Japan, 11(4) :21 1-287. Pis. 7-9. 1922. (Describes 56 species of Uromyces and 3 of Pileolaria from Japan; also an index of the rust species and a host index.) Additional notes on Uromyces in Japan, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 40(473) :276-280. A^. 1. 1926. HiRATSUKA, Naohide: Studies on Uromyces fabae and its related species, Japanese J. Botany, 6(3):329-379. Pis. 16-17. 1933. Jackson, H. S.: Carduaceous species of Puccinia: I. Species occurring on the tribe Vernoniae, Botan. Gaz., 65(4):289-312. 1918. : New or noteworthy rusts on Carduaceae, Mycologia, 14(3) :104-120. 1922. Petrak, F. : Beitrage zur Kenntnis der auf Achillea vorkommenden Arten der Gattung Puccinia, Sydowia, Ann. Mycol., 1(1-3) :44-48. 1947. Schilling, Max: Die Spezialisierung des Puccinia taraxaci Plow., Sydowia, Ann. Mycol, 3(1-6) :201-233. Figs. 1-20. 1949. Gaumann, Ernst A. : Zur Kenntnis einiger Umbelliferen-Puccinien, Ber. schweiz. botan. Ges., 51:143-164. S figs. 1941. • , und 0. Jaag: Uber Kleinarten aus dem Formenkreis der Puccinia cam- panulae, Hedwigia, 75(3):121-129. Figs. 1-3. 1935. PoEVERLEiN, Hermann: Die Saxifraga-Roste Siiddeutschlands, A7in. Mycol., 35(1) :53-58. 1937. (Contains a key to the species of Puccinia on Saxifraga in South Germany.) Spegazzini, Carlos: Breve nota sobre Uredinales berberidicolas sudamericanas, Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Pura y Aplicada, 25 :263-279. 2 pis. 1921. Cummins, George B.: Revisionary studies of the tropical American rusts of Panicum, Paspalum and Setaria, Mycologia, 34(6) :669-695. Figs. 1-24. 1942. : The full-cycle Puccinias on Onagraceae in North America, Am. J. Botany, 19(4) :334-339. A>. 1-4. 1932. -: New species of Puccinia on Lauraceae from China, Bidl. Torrey Botan. Club, 76(l):31-38. Figs. 1-12. 1949. BiSBY, G. R.: The Uredinales found upon the Onagraceae, Am. J. Botany, 3(10):527-561. 1916. Kern, Frank D,: North American species of Puccinia on Carex, Mycologia, 9(4) :205-238. 1917. : North American rusts on Cyperus and Eleocharis, ibid., 11(3):134-147. 1919. -: The microcyclic species of Puccinia on Solanum, ibid., 25(6):435-441. PI. 48. 1933. Arthur, J. C: The Uredineae occurring upon Phragmites, Spartina, and Arundi- naria in America, Botan. Gaz., 34(l):l-20. Figs. 1-4. 1902. Rees, C. C. : The rusts occurring on the genus Fritillaria, A?n. J. Botany, 4(6) :368- 373. Figs. 1-3. 1917. Orton, C. R.: North American species of AUodus, Mem. New York Botanical Garden, 6:173-208. 1916. : Notes on some Polemoniaceous rusts, Mycologia, 11(4):168-180. 1919. Dietel, p. : tJber Leptopuccinien auf Artemisia-Arten, Ann. Mycol., 39(2-3) :150- 154. 1941. 718 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUEE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Fahrendorff, E.: Ueber die Brachypuccinia der Artemisia- Arten, Ann. MycoL, 39(2-3) :158-203. Illustrated. 1941. Lindroth, J. J.: Die Umbelliferen-Uredineen, Acta Societatis pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, 22:(1). 1922. HoLWAY, E. W. D.: North American Salvia rusts, J. Mycology, 11(4):156-158. 1905. Lindquist, Juan C: Las Puccinias parasitas de Geranium en la Repiiblica Argentina, Notas Mus. La Plata, 13:63-71. 1948. : Uredineas parasitas de Amarantaceas, en la Republica Argentina, ibid., 13:243-251. P/s. 1-2. 1948. HiRATSUKA, Naohide: On the microcyclic species of the Pucciniaceae collected in some mountains of Japan, Trans. Tottori Soc. Agr. Sci., 3:211-253. 1 pi. 1 fig. 1931. (In Japanese.) VON Tavel, C: Zur Speziesfrage bei einigen AUium-bewohnenden Uredineen, Ber. schweiz. botan. Ges., 4(1):123-169. Pis. 1-2. 1932. List 33. Heterobasidiae (See also List 34, Bourdot et Galzin, C. Re a, Ramsbottom, Donk; List 35, Burt.) Martin, G. W.: The Tremellales of the North Central United States and adjacent Canada, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 18(3):l-88. Pis. 1-5. 1944. (Includes Tremellales, Auriculariales and Dacrymycetales.) Coker, Wm. C: Notes on the lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 35(3-4) :113-182. PI. 23 (colored) and 30-67. 1920. Burt, Edward A. : Some North American Tremellaceae, Dacryomycetaceae and Auriculariaceae, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 8(4):361-396. PI. 3. Figs. 1-6. 1921. BouRDOT, H., ET A. Galzin: Hymenomycetes de France: I. H^t^robasidi^s, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 25:15-36. 1909. : Heterobasidiae nondum descriptae, ibid., 39:261-266. 1924. (Descrip- tions of various Tremellaceae and of 10 species of Tulasnella and one of Gloeotulasnella.) Neuhoff, Walther: Die Gallertpilze (Tremellineae), Die Pilze Mitteleuropas, 2(la-4a; 7a):l-56. Pis. 1-9 (colored), 1-4 (not colored). Leipzig, Werner Klinkhart, 1935-1938. Uncompleted (?). : Die Gallertpilze Schwedens (Tremellaceae, Dacrymycetaceae, Tulasnel- laceae, Auriculariaceae), Arkiv for Botanik, 28A(l):l-57. Pis. 1-8. Fig. 1. 1936. (Includes descriptive keys to all European species of Exidia and Dacrymyces.) Teixeira, a. Ribeiro: Himenomicetos Brasileiros: Auriculariales e Dacrymyce- tales, Bragantia, 5(2):153-186. Pis. 1-14. 1945. Viegas, a. p.: Alguns Fungos do Brasil: V. Basidiomycetos-Auriculariales, Bragantia, 5(3) :1 97-21 2. P/s. 1-4. 2 figs. 1945. (Septobasidium.) KoBAYAsi, Yosio: On the genus Tremella and its allies from Japan, Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku Science Repts., B, 4(64-65) :l-26. 6 pis. 15 figs. 1938. LIST 33. HETEROBASIDIAE 719 — : On the genus Holtermannia of Tremellaceae, ibid., 3(50):75-81. 1 pi. 2 figs. 1937. ^ - — •: Fungorum ordinis Tremellalium Studia Monographica: III. On the Dacrymyces-group, ibid., 4(70):105-128. 3 pis. 4 figs. 1939. -: Fungorum ordinis Tremellalium Studia Monographica: IV. On the genera Femsjonia, Guepinia and Calocera from Japan, ibid., 4(74):215-227. 2 pis. 5 ^^5. 1939. Couch, John N.: Septobasidium in the United States, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 51(l):l-77.P/s. 1-44. 1935. : The genus Septobasidium, ix + 480 pp. Frontispiece and 114 pis. QO figs. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1938. Rogers, Donald P.: A taxonomic review of the Tulasnellaceae, Ann. My col., 3(3):181-203. P/s. 6-7. 1933. : Some noteworthy fungi from Iowa, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 15(3):9-29. Pis. 1-3. 1933. (Contains keys to the Iowa species of Sebacina (incl. Bourdotia) and Heterochaetella.) Notes on the lower Basidiomycetes, ibid., 17(l):l-43. Pis. 1-3. 1935. (Includes keys to Ceratobasidium, Botryobasidium, and Sebacina, subgenus Bourdotia.) VAN DER Byl, p. a.: Suid-Afrikaanse Dacryomycetaceae, Tremellaceae en Auriculariaceae, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 1A(S):1-14:. Figs. 1-8. 1923. McGuiRE, J. M.: The species of Sebacina (Tremellales) of Temperate North America, Lloydia, 4(l):l-43. Pis. 1-5. 1941. Rick, J.: Dacryomycetaceae Riograndenses, Broteria. Serie Trimestral. Ciencias Naturals, 5:74-79. 1936. Brasfield, T. W.: The Dacrymycetaceae of Temperate North America, Am. Midland Naturalist, 20(1) :21 1-235. Pis. 1-4. 1938. BoDMAN, Sister Mary Cecilia: The genus Tremellodendron, ibid., 27(1) :203- 216. Pis. 1-3. 1942. Baker, Gladys E.: A study of the genus Helicogloea, Ann. Missouri Botan, Garden, 23(1):69-128. Pis. 7-14. 1936. : Addenda to the genera Helicogloea and Physalacria, Mycologia, 38(6) :630-638. Figs. 1-25. 1946. Bj0rnekaer, K.: Floristiske Unders^gelser over danske Baevresvampe (Tremel- laceae), Friesia, 3(2):l-34. 3 figs. 1944. BoEDJiN, K. B., ET A. Steinmann: Les especes des genres Helicobasidium et Septobasidium des Indes N^erlandaises, Bull. Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg, Ser. Ill, 11(2):165-219. Pis. 14-18. Figs. 1-31. 1931. Lloyd, C. G.: The genus Naematelia, Mycological Notes, 7:1149-1150. Figs. 2223-2226. 1922. Olive, Lindsay S.: Notes on the Tremellales of Georgia, Mycologia, 39(1) :90-108. Figs. 1-16. 1947. : Taxonomic notes on Louisiana Fungi, I-II, ibid., 40(l):6-20. Figs. 1-3; (5):586-604. Figs. 1-3. 1948. (Tremellales.) Martin, G. W., and Edna E, Huber: Notes on the Tremellales of Iowa, with keys, U7iiv. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 12(4):91-104. 1 pi. 1927. 720 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 34. "Hymenomyceteae" : General Works Smith, W. G. : Synopsis of the British Basidiomycetes, A descriptive catalogue of the drawings and specimens in the Department of Botany, British Museum, 531 pp. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-145. London, 1908. Cooke, M. C: lUustrations of British Fungi (Hymenomycetes), Vols. 1-2, 1S81- 1883; 3-4, 1884-1886; 5-6, 1886-1888; 7, 1889-1890; 8, 1889-1891. 1198 coL pis. in all. London, Williams and Norgate. Rea, Carleton: British Basidiomyceteae. A Handbook to the Larger British Fungi, xii + 799 pp. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1922. : Appendix to British Basidiomyceteae. Additions and corrections, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 12:205-230. 1927. -: Appendix II to British Basidiomyceteae, ibid., 17:35-50. PL 17. 1932. Pearson, A. A., and R. W. G. Dennis: Revised list of British Agarics and Boleti, Brit.' Mycol. Soc. Trans., 31(3-4) :145-190. 1948. Bourdot, H., et a. Galzin: Hymenomycetes de France. Heterobasidi^s-Homo- basidi^s Gymnocarpes. Contribution a la Flore Mycologique de la France, vol. 1, iv -i- 761 pp. 185^1^8. Sceaux, France, Marcel Bry, 1927. Heim, Roger: Les champignons. Tableaux d'un monde Strange, 144 pp. 230 pis. (from photos). 6 colored pis. Paris, Editions Alpina, 1948. BucHOLTZ, Fedor V. : Illustrated guide to the fungi of Central Russia : I. Hymeno- mycetes; II. Agaricaceae. Riga, 1909. (In Russian.) Lindau, Gustav: Die hoheren Pilze: Basidiomyceten mit Ausschluss der Brand- und Rostpilze, in Kryptogamenflora flir Anfanger, ed. 3, revised by Eberhard Ulbrich, vii + 497 pp. 14 pis. Berlin, Julius Springer, 1928. Ramsbottom, John: A Handbook of the Larger British Fungi, 222 pp. 141 ^grs. London, Trustees of the British Museum, 1923. (Includes all of the genera and the more important species of British Basidiomyceteae and fleshy Ascomyceteae.) DoNK, M. A.: Revisie van de Nederlandse Heterobasidiomyceteae (uitgez. Uredinales en Ustilaginales) en Homobasidiomyceteae-Aphyllophoraceae, I, Mededeel. Nederland. Mycol. Ver., 18-20:67-200. 1931. : Revision der Niederlandischen Homobasidiomyceteae-Aphyllophoraceae, II, Mededeel. Botanisch Museum en Herbarium van de Rijks Univ. Utrecht, 9:1-278. 1933. Karsten, Peter Adolph: Kritisk ofversigt af Finlands Basidsvampar (Basidio- mycetes; Gastero- und Hymenomycetes), 482 pp. Helsingfors, Finska Vetenskaps-Societaten, 1889. (There are three supplements, as follows: Tillagg I: 179-230, 1892; II: 157-186, 1893; III: 3-36, 1898. The whole work is part of a set of several volumes entitled " Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk.") MoLLER, F. H.: Fungi of the Faeroes: Part I. Basidiomycetes, 295 pp. 3 colored pis. 134: figs. 1 colored map. Copenhagen, Einar Munksgaard, 1945. MoFFATT, Will Sayer: The higher fungi of the Chicago region: I. The Hymeno- mycetes, Chicago Acad. Sci. Natural History Survey Bidl., 7(1):1-156. Pis. 1-24. 1909. Graham, Verne Ovid: Muslu-ooms of the Great Lakes region, Chicago Academy of Science Special Bulletin, 5:i-vii, 1-390. PZs. 1-49. 1944. (Hymenomycetes, and also Gasteromycetes and fleshy Ascomycetes.) White, Edward A.: A preliminary report on the Hymeniales of Connecticut, Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey Bull. 3:1-81. Pis. LIST 35. THELEPHORACEAE AND EXOBASIDIACEAE 721 1-40. 1905. (Keys to the genera of Agaiicaceae, Polyporaceae, Thelepho- raceae, and Clavariaceae.) Second report on the Hymeniales of Connecticut, ibid., 15:1-70. PZs. 1-2S. 1910. (Keys to the Connecticut species of Agaricaceae.) Cleland, John Burton: Toadstools and Mushrooms and Other Larger Fungi of South Australia: Part I. Introduction and the Toadstools and Mushrooms, pp. 1-178, col. pis. 1-6, Figs. 1-35. 1934; Part II. Polypores, coral fungi and the remaining Hymenomycetes and the puff-balls, jelly-like fungi, the larger Ascomycetes and the Myxomycetes, pp. 179-362. Col. pis. 7-10, Figs. 6-79, 1935. Adelaide, British Science Guild (South Australian Branch), Government Printer. DE Laplanche, Maurice C: Dictionnaire iconographique de Champignons sup^rieurs (Hymenomycetes) qui croissent en Europe, Algerie et Tunisie suivi des tableaux de concordance de Barrellier, Batsch, Battarra, etc., 544 pp. Paris, Paul Klincksieck, 1894. GiLLET, C. C: Les champignons (Fungi Hymenomycetes) qui croissent en France. Description et iconographie, proprietes utiles ou v^neneuses, 828 pp. 738 pis. Paris, J. B. Bailliere et fils, 1878-1890. BiGEARD, Rene, et Henri Guillemin: Flore des champignons superieurs de France les plus importants a connaitre (comestibles et veneneux), 600 pp. 56 pis. Chalon-sur-Saone, E. Bertrand, 1909. (Describes 1607 species, mainly Hymenomycetes and Gasteromycetes, but also Tuberales and Pezizales.) , ET : Flore des champignons superieurs de France. Complement, ou Tome II, XX + 791 pp. 44 pis. Paris, Paul Klincksieck, 1913. (2200 species not included in the foregoing work, but covering the same groups of fungi.) Qu^LET, Lucien: Flore mycologique de la France et des pays limitrophes, xviii + 492 pp. Paris, Octave Doin, 1888. (Includes Basidiomyceteae and some Ascomyceteae.) Velenovsky, J.: Ceske houby, 950 pp. 179 figs. Praz. 1920. (In Czech language — Bohemian.) (All Basidiomycetes and Discomycetes and Tuberales.) Singer, Rolf: The Laschia-complex (Basidiomycetes), Lloydia 8(3):170-230. 3 pis. 1 fig. 1945. List 35. Thelephoraceae and Exobasidiaceae (See also List 34) Burt, Edward A.: The Thelephoraceae of North America: I. Thelephora, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, l(2):185-228. Pis. 4-5. 1914; II. Craterellus, ibid., 1(3) :327-350. Ph. 15-17. 1914; III. Craterellus borealis and Cyphella, ibid., 1(4) :357-382. PI. 19. 1914; IV. Exobasidium, ibid., 2(3) :627-658. PL 21. 1915; V. Tremellodendron, Eichleriella and Sebacina, ibid., 2(4):731-770. Pis. 26- 27. Figs. 1-7. 1915; VI. Hypochnus, ibid., 3(2):203-241. Figs. 1-30. 1916; VII. Septobasidium, ibid., 3(3):319-343. Figs. 1-14. 1916; VIII. Coniophora, ibid., 4(3) :237-269. Figs. 1-19. 1917; IX. Aleurodiscus, ibid., 5(3):177-203. Figs. 1-14. 1918; X. Hymenochaete, ibid., 5(4):301-372. Pis. 16-17. Figs. 1-32. 1918; XI. Tulasnella, Veluticeps, Mycobonia, Epithele and Lachno- 722 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI cladium, ibid., 6(4) :253-280. PL 5. Figs. 1-15. 1919; XII. Stereum, ibid., 7(2-3) :81-248. Pis. 2-6. Figs. 1-48. 1920; XIII. Cladoderris, Hypolyssus, Cymatella, Skepperia, Cytidia, Solenia, Matruchotia, Microstroma, Proto- coronospora, and Asterostroma, ibid., ll(l):l-36. PL 1. 1924; XIV. Peiiio- phora, ibid., 12(3):213-357. 1925; XV. Corticium and supplement to the whole series, ibid., 13(3) :173-354. 3 figs. 1926. ■: Corticiums causing Pellicularia disease of the coffee plant, hypochnose of Pomaceous fruits, and Rhizoctonia disease, ibid., 5(2) :1 19-132. Figrs. 1-3. 1918. Rogers, Donald P., and H. S. Jackson: Notes on the synonymy of some North American Thelephoraceae and other resupinates, Farlowia, 1(2) :263-328. 1943. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of the genus Cladoderris, Mycological Writings, 4, Figs. 520-530. 1913. (Separate pagination, pp. 1-11.) : Synopsis of the stipitate Stereums, ibid., 4, Figs. 531-564. 1913. (Separate pagination, pp. 14-44.) CoKER, W. C. : Notes on the Thelephoraceae of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 36(3-4) :146-196. Pis. 1 and 14-35. 1921. Emmons, C. W. : The Thelephoraceae of Iowa, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 12(4):49-90. 2 pis. 1927. Lentz, Paul L.: The genus Thelephora in Iowa, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 49:175- ISi.Figs. 1-11. 1942 (1943). van der Byl, p. a.: Die Suid-Afrikaanse Thelephoraceae, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 7AiS):l-52. Pis. 1-3. 1929. Massee, G.: a monograph of the Thelephoraceae, /. Linnean Soc. London, Botany, 25(170) :107-155. 3 pis. 1890; 27(181-182) :95-205. 3 pis. 1891. Litschauer, v.: Ueber einige Tomentella-Arten aus Schweden und Macedonien, Ann. MycoL, 39(4-6) :360-378. 7 figs. 1941. VON HoHNEL, Franz, und Viktor Litschauer: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Corticieen, Sitzber. Kaiserlichen Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-naturw. Klasse, 115:1549-1620. Figs. 1-10. 1906; 116:739-852. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-20. 1907; 117:1081-1124. Figs. 1-10. 1908. Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Synopsis du genre Fistulina Bull., Paris, 1924. Lentz, Paul Lewis: Some species of Cyphella, Solenia and Porothelium, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 54:141-152. Pis. 1-2. 1947 (1948). Pilat, Albert: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Thelephoraceen : I. Die Cyphellaceen Bohmens, Ann. MycoL, 22(1-2) :204-218. PL 1. 1924. (Cyphella and Solenia.) : Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der tschechoslowakischen Cyphellaceen, ibid., 23(1-2) :144-173. Figs. 1-23. 1925. : Monographia Cyphellacearum Cechosloveniae, I-II, Publications de la Faculte des Sciences de I'Universite Charles a Prague, Nos. 28-29. 1925. : Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Cyphella aus der Tschechoslowakei, Hedwigia, 66:261-264. Fig. 1. 1926. : Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Cyphella Fr. in Tschecho- slowakei, ibid., 67:113-118. PL 1. 1927. : Ceskoslovensk6 dfevni houby: I. Stereum Pers., Ceskoslovenskd Akademie ZemSdelskd Sbornik, 5(3):361-420. 3 pis. 2 figs. 1930. (Detailed descriptions (in Czech) of the 20 species recognized in Czechoslovakia up to 1930.) • : Monographie der Mitteleuropaischen Aleurodiscineen, Ann. MycoL, 24(3-4) :203-230. P/. 16. 1926. : Monographie der europaischen Stereaceen, Hedwigia, 70:10-132. Pis. 1-3. Fig. 1. 1930. LIST 36. CLAVAKIACEAE 723 Rick, J.: Monographia Thelephoracearum resupinatarum riograndensium, Bro- teria. Serie Trimestral. Ciencias Naturais, 3:31-48, 66-80, 151-173. 1934. OvERHOLTS, L. 0.: Mycological notes for 1933, Mycologia, 26(6):502-515. Pis. 54-55. Fig. 1. 1934. (Keys and descriptions of species of Corticium, Section Botryodea.) : The genus Stereum in Pennsylvania, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 66(8) :515- 537. Pis. 14-18. 1939. Ito, Tokutaro: Symboles ad Mycologiam Japonicam: I. Aleurodiscus; II. Penio- phora; III. Corticium, Gloeocystidium et Asterostroma; IV. Asterostromella et Hymenochaete; V. Hymenochaete, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 43(513) :460-466, (514):515-524, (516):633-643, 1929; 44(518) :89-93, (519): 151-157, 1930. LiTSCHAUER, Viktor: Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Aleurodiscus (mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung schwedischer Arten), Ann. Mycol., 42(1-2) :1- 23. 1944. Rogers, Donald P. : Notes on the Lower Basidiomycetes, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 17(l):l-43. Pis. 1-3. 1935. (Ceratobasidium, Botryobasid- ium, and other segregates of Corticium.) : The genus Pellicularia (Thelephoraceae), Farlowia, 1(1):95-118. Figs. 1-11. 1943. : The genera Trechispora and Galzinia (Thelephoraceae), Mycologia, 36(1):70-103. Figs. 1-14. 1944. List 36. Clavariaceae Coker, W. C: The Clavarias of the United States and Canada, 209 pp. 92 pis. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1923. : Further notes on Clavarias, with several new species. /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 63(l):43-69. Pis. 1-14. 1947. Burt, Edward A.: The North American species of Clavaria with illustrations of the type specimens. Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 9(l):l-78. Pis. 1-11. 1922. Doty, Maxwell S.: Clavaria, the species known from Oregon and the Pacific Northwest, Oregon State Monographs. Studies in Botany, 7:1-91. Pis. 1-11. Figs. 1-9. 1944. : A preliminary key to the genera of Clavarioid fungi. Bull. Chicago Acad. .Sa. 8(5): 173-1 78. 1948. Proposals and notes on some genera of Clavarioid fungi and their types, Lloydia, 11(2):123-138. 1948. Cotton, A. D., and E. M. Wakefield: A review of the British Clavariae, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 6:164-198. 1918. Fawcett, Stella G. M.: Studies in the Australian Clavariaceae, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, N.S., 51:1-20. Pis. 1-5. 1938; 265-280. Pis. 17-23. 1939. Cool, C: Overzicht van de in Nederland groeiende Clavaria-soorten, Mededeel. Nederland. Mycol. Ver., 16-17:96-159. Pis. 1-5. 1928. Imai, Sanshi: On the Clavariaceae of Japan, I, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, ll(l):38-45. 1929. (English with Japanese summary.) : On the Clavariaceae of Japan, II, ibid., ll(2):70-77. 1930. 724 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Imai, Sanshi: On the Clavariaceae of Japan, III. The species of Clavaria found in Hokkaido and Southern Saghalien, ibid., 12(1):9-12. 1931. : On the Clavariaceae of Japan, IV, ibid., 13(4):377-384. 1934. : On the Clavariaceae of Japan, V. The species found in the Northern Honshu, ibid., 16(4):209-217. 1941. On the Clavariaceae of Japan, VI. The species found in the Central Honshu, ibid., 16(4):244-250. 1941. VAN DER Byl, Paul A.: Oor enige Suid-Afrikaanse Clavaria-soorte of knots- swamme, S. African J. Sci., 29:317-323. PL 3. 1932. Harper, Edward T. : The Clavaria fistulosa group, Mycologia, 10(2) :53-57. Pis. 3-5. 1918. KiLLERMANN, Seb. : Die Gattungen Typhula und Pistillaria. Kritische Darstellung und neue Arten, Z. fur Pilzkunde, N.F., 13(4):98-108. 1 fig. 1934. Remsberg, Ruth E.: Studies in the genus Typhula, Mycologia, 32(l):52-96. Figs. 1-58. 1940. (Key and descriptions of 16 species.) Vang, J. : Typhula species on agricultural plants in Denmark, K. Vet.- og Landbo- hojskole Aarskr. (Copenhagen), 1945:1-46. 18 figs. 1945. Fetch, T.: British species of Hirsutella, Naturalist, 1932:45-49. 1932. Linder, David H. : The genus Myxomycidium, Mycologia, 26(4) :332-343. PL 39. Figs. 1-6. 1934. Baker, Gladys E.: Studies in the genus Physalacria, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 68(5) :265-288. Figrs. 1-105. 1941. (Includes key and descriptions of 13 species.) : Addenda to the genera Helicogloea and Physalacria, Mycologia, 38(6) :630- 638. Figs. 1-25. 1946. List 37. Hydnaceae (See also List 39 for some of the dentate forms among the Polyporaceae. Some species ascribed to the genus Irpex probably are more correctly placed in that family.) Coker, W. C: The Hydnuras of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 34(4):163-197. Pis. 1-29. (1 and 19 colored). 1919. : Further notes on Hydnums, ibid., 41(3-4) :270-286. Pis. 51-65. 1926. : New or noteworthy Basidiomycetes, ibid., 55(2):373-387. Pis. 34-44. 1939. (Contains a key to fleshy stipitate species of Hydnum of the Eastern United States.) Beardslee, H. C: Notes on the scaly species of the Hydnaceae, Mycologia, 16(6) :255-258. 1924. Banker, H. J.: A preliminary contribution to a knowledge of the Hydnaceae, BulL Torrey Botan. Club, 28(4):199-222. 1901. : A contribution to a revision of the North American Hydnaceae, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 12:99-194. 1906. : Type studies in the Hydnaceae: I. The genus Manina, Mycologia, 4(5):271-278. 1912; II. The genus Steccherinum, ibid., 4(6) :309-318. 1912; III. The genus Sarcodon, ibid., 5(1):12-17. 1913; IV. The genus Phellodon, LIST 38. MERULIACEAE 725 ibid., 5(2):62-66. 1913; V. The genus Hydnellum, ibid., 5(4):194-205. 1913; VI. The genera Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon and Hydnodon, ibid., 5(6):293-29S. 1913; VII. The genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete, ibid., 6(5):231-234. 1914. Miller, L. W.: The genera of the Hydnaceae, Mycologia, 25(4):286-302. 1933. (Gives a key to the recognized genera of this family.) : The Hydnaceae of Iowa: I. The genera Grandinia and Oxydontia, ibid., 25(5):356-368. PI. 43. 1933; II. The genus Odontia, ibid., 26(l):13-32. Ph. 2-3. 1934; III. The genera Radulum, Mucronella, Caldesiella and Gloiodon, ibid., 26(3):212-219. PL 27. 1934; IV. The genera Steccherinum, Auri- scalpium, Hericium, Dentinuna and Calodon, ibid., 27(4) :357-373. PI. 33. 1935. Henry, LeRoy K. : A review of the Hydnaceae (Fungi) of Western Pennsylvania, Ann. Carnegie Museum, 31:19-32. Ph. 1-2. 1948. (Article 3.) Lloyd, C. G.: The genus Radulum, Mycological Writings, 4, Figs. 961-984. 1917. (Separate pagination, pp. 1-12.) BouRDOT, H., ET A. Galzin: Hym^nomycetes de France: V. Hydnees, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 30:243-280. 1914. Cejp, K.: Monografie Hydnacei Republiky Ceskoslovensk^. Praze, 1928. VAN DER Byl, p. a.: Die Suid-Afrikaanse Hydnaceae of Stekelswamme, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 12A(l):l-9. Figs. 1-11. 1934. PiLAT, Albert : Revision der zentraleuropaischen resupinaten Arten der Gattung Irpex Fr., Ann. Mycol, 23(3-6) :302-307. 1925. _ J0RSTAD, Ivar: Norske resupinate Hydnaceer, Friesia, l(l):2-20. 1932. Wakefield, E. M.: Australian resupinate Hydnaceae, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Australia, 54:155-158. 1930. (A key to the genera Acia, Grandinia, and Odontia.) Bataille, F. : Flore analytique-descriptive des Hydnes terrestres d'Europe, Bull. trimestr. soc. mijcol. France, 39:201-216. 1924. List 38. Meruliaceae (See also some of the more general works on Polyporaceae in List 39 and in List 34, in some of which the Meruliaceae are not regarded as a separate family.) Burt, Edward A.: Merulius in North America, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 4(4) :305-362. Ph. 20-22. Figs. 1-39. 1917. : Merulius in North America. Supplementary Notes, ibid., 6(2):143-145. 1919. ,. „ BouRDOT, H., ET A. Galzin: Hym^nomycetes de France: IX. Merulife, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 39:96-118. 1923. Buchwald, N. Fabritius: De danske arter af slaegten INIerulius (Hall.) Fr. med en saerlig omtale af gruppen Coniophori Fr., Dansk Botanisk Arkiv, 5(6) :1- 46. 1 pi. 1928. Nikolaieva, T. L.: The genus Merulius in U.S.S.R. Sovietskaia Botanika, 1933(5) :96-l 11. 1933. (In Russian.) 726 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI List 39. Polyporaceae (The first three references will serve to distinguish the genera in accordance with the more recent, but not as yet, fully accepted segregations and arrange- ments. The distinction of species will be found in the references further on in this list.) BoNDARZEW, A., UND R. SiNGERi Zur Systematik der Polyporaceen, Ann. Mycol., 39:43-65. 1941. CooKE, W. Bridge : A nomenclatorial survey of the genera of pore fungi, Lloydia, 3(2):81-104. 1940. Singer, Rolf: Notes on taxonomy and nomenclature of the Polypores, Mycologia, 36(l):65-69. 1944. MuRRiLL, W. A.: Polyporaceae, North American Flora, 9:1-131. 1907-1908. : Northern Polypores, 64 pp. New York, published by the author, 1914. (Covers the area of Northeastern United States and Canada included in the limits for Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora.) : Western Polypores, 36 pp. New York, published by the author, 1915. (Covers the area of Alaska, British Columbia and the Pacific Coast States.) : Southern Polypores, 66 pp. New York, published by the author, 1915. : Tropical Polypores, 113 pp. New York, published by the author, 1915. : A key to the white and bright-colored sessile Polyporeae of temperate North America, Torreya, 8(1):14-16, (2):28-29, (6):130-132. 1908. : Corrections and additions to the Polypores of temperate North America, Mycologia, 12(l):6-24. 1920. : Light-colored resupinate Polypores, ibid., 12(2) :77-92, (6) :299-308. 1920; 13(2):83-100, (3):171-178. 1921. -: Florida resupinate Polypores, ibid., 34(5) :595-596. 1942. (A key to the resupinate genera found in Florida.) Lowe, Josiah L.: The Polyporaceae of New York State (except Poria), revised ed., iV. Y. State Coll. Forestry Syracuse Univ. Tech. Pub. Q0:l-1 28. Illus- trations 1-2. 1942. : The Polyporaceae of New York State (The genus Poria), ibid., 65: 1-91. Figs. 1-20. 1946. : Studies in the genus Poria: II. White and brightly-colored type material, Lloijdia, 10(l):45-59. 1947. -: Studies in the genus Poria: IV. Brown type material, ibid., 11(3) :162-170. Figs. 1-11. 1948. OvERHOLTS, L. 0., AND J. L. LowE : New species of Poria, Mycologia, 38(2) :202- 212. 2 figs. 1946. ■ : The Polyporaceae of the Middle-Western United States, Wash. Univ. Studies, 3 (Pt. I, No. l):l-98. P/s. 1-8. 1915. : The Polyporaceae of Ohio, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 1(1):81-155. 1914. : The s])ecies of Poria described by Peck, New York State Museum Bull. 205-206:67-166. Pis. 1-23. 1918. : The species of Poria described by Schweinitz, Mycologia, 15(5) :207-232. Pis. 21-24. Figs. 1-30. 1923. : Diagnoses of American Porias, I, ibid., 14(1):1-11. PL 1. Figs. 1-6. 1922; II, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 50(7) :245-253. Pis. 13-14. Figs. 1-3. 1923. : Diagnoses of American Porias: III. Some additional brown species with LIST 39. POLYPORACEAE 727 a key to the common brown species of the United States and Canada, My- cologia, 23(2) :1 17-129. PZs. 12-14. 1931. The Polyporaceae of Pennsylvania: I. The genus Polyporus, Penna. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 298:3-28. Pis. 1-2. 1933; II. The genera Cyclomyces, Daedalea, Favolus, Fomes, Lenzites and Trametes, ibid., 316:3-16. Figs. 1-12. 1935; III. The genus Poria, ibid., 418:3-64. 1942. Henry, LeRoy K.: Pore fungi of Western Pennsylvania: I. The more common small members of the genus Polyporus, Carnegie Museum Botcmij Pamphlet 2:1-16. 4M^s. 1939. : Pore fungi of Western Pennsylvania: II. The more common larger mem- bers of the genus Polyporus and some common members of other genera, ibid. 3:1-15. 37 figs. im2. : A review of the pileate Polypores of Western Pennsylvania, Ann. Carnegie Museiim, 28:221-272. Pis. 26-29. 1941. (Article XIII.) New and noteworthy polypores from Western Pennsylvania, Proc. Pen7isylvania Acad. Sci., 22:87-93. 1948. Neuman, J. J. : The Polyporaceae of Wisconsin, Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey Bull. 33, Scientific Series (10):l-206. Pis. 1-25. 1914. Shope, Paul F.: The Polyporaceae of Colorado, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 18:287-456. Pis. 16-39. 1931. Baxter, Dow V.: Some Porias from the region of the Lake States, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 6:67-76. Pis. 1-6. 1927; 9:39-46. Pis. 26-29. 1929. : Some resupinate Polypores from the region of the Great Lakes, ibid., 15:191-228. Pis. 17-26. 1932; 17:421-439. Pis. 41-50. 1933; 19:305-332. Pis. 58-65. 1934; 20:273-281. Pis. 55-60. 1935; 21 :243-267. Pis. 30-39. 1936; 22:275-295. Pis. 31-37. 1937; 23:285-305. Pis. 1-9. 1938; 24:167-188. Pis. 1-7. 1939; 25:145-170. Pis. 1-12. 1940; 26:107-121. Pis. 1-7. 1941; 27:139- 161. Pis. 1-11. 1942; 28:215-233. Pis. 1-6. 1943; 29:85-109. Pis. 1-6. 1943 (1944)- 30:175-191. Pis. 1-14. 1944 (1945); 31:117-130. Pis. 1-5. 1945 (1947); 32:189-211. Pis. 1-10. 1946 (1948); 33:9-30. Pis. 1-9. 1947 (1949); 34:41-56. PZs. 1-6. 1948 (1950). Eriksson, John: The Swedish species of the "Poria vulgaris" group, Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift, 43(l):l-25. P/s. 1-5. 1949. Coker, W. C: The United States species of Coltrichia, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. sdc, 62(1) :95-107. Pis. 17-22. 1946. : Notes on Carolina fungi, ibid., 64(2) :287-303. Pis. 37-54. 1948. (Keys to, and descriptions of, the fleshy stipitate Polypores of North Carolina.) Nobles, Mildred K.: Studies in forest pathology: VI. Identification of cultures of wood-rotting fungi, Can. J. Research, C, 26:281-431. Pis. 1-18. 1948. PiLAT, Albert: Polyporaceae, Monographie des especes europeennes en vue des especes de I'Asie du Nord, in Atlas des Champignons d'Europe, vol. 3, pt. 1-2, pp. 1-624. 374 pis. Prag, Kavina et Pilat, 1936-1942. VAN DER Byl, Paul A. : A contribution to our knowledge of the Polyporaceae of South Africa, S. African J. Sci., 18:246-293. 1921. : Descriptions of additional South African Polyporeae, ibid., 21:308-313. 1924. ToRREND C : Les Polyporac^es du Br^sil, Broteria. Revista de Sciencias Naturaes, Serie Botdnica, 18:23-43, 121-143. Pis. 1-8. 1920; 20:107-112. 1922; 21:12- 42. Pis. 1-4. 1924. : Les Polyporac^es stipit^es du Bresil, ibid., 22:5-19. PI. 1. 1926. ■ : Les Poiyporac^es du Brfeil. Le genre Hexagonia, Broteria. Serie Tri- mestral. Ciencias Naturais, 4:108-120. 1935. BosE S R.: Descriptions of fungi in Bengal, I, Proc. Indian Assoc. Cultivation Sci., 4:109-114. Pis. 1-11. 1918; II. ibid., 1918:136-143. Pis. 1-13. 1920. 728 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI BosE, S. R. : Polyporaceae of Bengal, III, Carmichael Medical College, Belgachia, Bull.l:l-b. 12 vis. 1920. • •: Polyporaceae of Bengal, IV. Descriptions of some polypores new to Bengal, ihid. 2, pp. 1-5. 15 p/s. 1921. : Polyporaceae of Bengal, V, ihid. 3, pp. 20-25. Ph. 1-9. 1927. : Polyporaceae of Bengal, VI, Proc. Indian Assoc. Cultivation Sci., 1919 :55- 62. Pis. 1-6. 1922. : Polyporaceae of Bengal, VII, ibid., 1920-21:27-36. Illustrated. 1923. : Polyporaceae of Bengal, VIII, /. Dept. Sci., Calcutta Univ., 9:27-31. I Illustrated. 1928. — : Polyporaceae of Bengal, IX, ibid., 9:35-44. Illustrated. '192S. -: Polyporaceae of Bengal, X, ibid., 11:1-18. Pis. 1-5. 1934. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of the genus Fomes, Mycological Writings, 4:211-288. Figs. 570-610. 1915. : Synopsis of the genus Hexagona, ibid., 3:1-46. Figs. 279-330. 1910. : Synopsis of the sections Microporus, Tabacinus and Funales of the genus Polystictus, ibid., 3:49-70. Figs. 336-356. 1910. : Synopsis of the section Ovinus of Polyporus, ibid., 3 :73-94. Figs. 496-509. 1911. : Synopsis of the stipitate Polyporoids, ibid., 3:95-208. Figs. 395-500. 1912. : Synopsis of the section Apus of the genus Polyporus, ibid., 4:291-392. Figs. 631-706. 1915. : The tessellate FavoU, Mycological Notes, 7:1156-1157. Figs. 2281-2284. 1922. EspiNosA BusTOS, Marcial R. : Sobre las especies chilenas del genero Fomes, Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Pura y Aplicada, 25:321-343. 7 pis. 3 figs. 1921. Rick, J.: Polypori riograndenses: I. Mesopodes aut Pleuropodes, Broteria. Serie Trimestral. Ciencias Naturais, 3(4):180-189. 1934; II. Merisma, ibid., 4:17- 27. 1935; III. Apodes, ibid., 4:84-94. 1935. : Polysticti riograndenses, ibid., 4:121-138. 1936; 5:171-178. 1936. Patouillard, N.: Le genre Ganoderma, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 5(3):64-80. Pis. 10-11. 1889. Haddow, W. R.: Studies in Ganoderma, /. Arnold Arboretum Harvard Univ., 12(l):25-46. 2 pis. I jig. 1931. Humphrey, C. J.: A partial revision of the Ganoderma applanatum group with particular reference to its oriental variants, Philippine J. Sci., 45(4) :483-589. Pis. l-SQ.Fig. 1. 1931. , AND SiMEONA Leus: Studics and illustrations in the Polyporaceae, III, ibid., 49(2):159-184. Pis. 1-12. 1932. (A continuation of the previous paper on Ganoderma.) Cunningham, G. H.: The Polyporaceae of New Zealand, Trans. New Zealand Inst., 58(3) :202-250. 11 pis. 1927. • : New Zealand Polyporaceae: I. The genus Poria, Bull. Dept. Sci. Industr. Res. New Zealand 72, 43 pp., 7 pis., 37 figs., 1947; II. The genus Fuscoporia, ibid. 73, 14 pp., 1 pL, 10 figs., 1948; III. The genus Polyporus, ibid. 74, 39 pp., 7 pis., 194S; IV. The genus Coriolus, ibid. 75, 10 pp., 2 pis., 1948; V. The genus Fomitopsis, ibid. 76, 8 pp., 3 pis., 1948; VI. The genus Coltrichia, ibid. 77, 10 pp., 3 pis., 1948. A^II. The genus Inonotus, ibid. 78; 5 pp., 2 pis., 1948; VIII. The genus Fomes, ibid. 79, 24 pp., 6 pis., 1948. IX. Trametes, Lenzites and Daedalea, ibid. 80, 10 pp., 4 pis., 1948. LIST 40. BOLETACEAE 729 Cleland, J. Burton, and Edwin Cheel: Australian fungi: Notes and descrip- tions: II. The sclerotia-forming polypores of Australia, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia, 43:11-22. Pis. 1-5. 1919. , AND : Notes on Australian Fungi: IV. Polyporus, Fomes and Hexagona, /. Proc. Roy. Soc. Neio South Wales, 51:473-557. 1918. -, AND L. Rod way: Notes on the genus Poria. I. Roy. Soc. Tasmania: Papers and Proc, 1928:31-43. 1928; II. The Porias and Poria-like fungi with defi- nitely coloured hyphae, ibid., 1928:73-86. 1929; III. The Australian Porias and Poria-like fungi with hyphae not deeply coloured, ibid., 1929:7-24. 1929. (A continuation of Pt. II.) Imazeki, Rokuya: Studies in Ganoderma of Nippon, Bull. Tokyo Science Museum, 1:29-52. 15^grs. 1939. (In Japanese with English summary.) Graff, Paul W.: North American Polypores: I. Polyporus squamosus and its varieties, Mycologia, 28(2): 154-1 70. 1936; II. Polyporus biennis and its varieties, ibid., 31(4):466-484. 1939. Cooke, William Bridge: Oxyporus nobilissimus and the genus Oxyporus in North America, Mycologia, 41(4):442-455. Figs. 1-10. 1949. List 40. Boletaceae (See also some of the references in List 39, Polyporaceae, and R. Singer: Phylogenie und Taxonomie der Agaricales in List 41.) MuRRiLL, Wm. a.: Boletaceae, North American Flora, 9:133-161. 1910. Peck, Charles H.: Boletinus, New York State Museum Bull. 8:74-80. 1889. : Boletus, iUd., 8:80-150. 1889. : Strobilomyces, ibid., 8:158-159. 1889. Gilbert, E. J.: Les Bolets, in Les Livres du Mycologue, vol. 3, 254 pp. 16 pis. Paris, Librairie E. le Francois, 1931. Notules sur les Bolets, I. Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 52 (2) :249- 260. Figs. 1-5. 1936. -: Notules sur les Bolets, II, ibid., 56(2):120-124. 1940. Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Les Bolets. Monographic du genre Boletus Dill, Fascicules 1-2, 512 pp. 3 ?;/s. Nancy, V. Idoux et Cie, 1931. Kallenbach, Franz: Die Rohrlinge (Boletaceae), in Die Pilze Mitteleuropas, vol. 1, pts. 1-21, pp. 1-54. Pis. 1-55 {in greater part colored). Leipzig, Werner Klinkhart, 1926-1941 (?). Uncompleted (?). Snell, Walter H.: Notes on Boletus, Mycologia, 24(3):334-341. Fig. 1. 1932; 25(3):221-232. 1933; 26(4) :348-359. 1934; 28(l):13-23. (5):463-475. 1936. : Tentative keys to the Boletaceae of the United States and Canada, Rhode Island Botanical Club P^Mication, 1:1-25. 1935. • The genera of the Boletaceae, Mycologia, 33(4) :41 5-423. _ 1941. New proposals relating to the genera of the Boletaceae, ibid., 34(4) :403- 411. Fig. 1. 1942. Slipp, Albert W., and Walter H. Snell: Taxonomic-ecologic studies of the Boletaceae in Northern Idaho and adjacent Washington, Lloydia, 7(l):l-66. Pis. 1-8. 1944. 730 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUBE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Strauser, M. C: The Boletaceae of Pennsylvania, Proc. Penna. Acad. Sci., 4:17-24. Pis. 1-2. 1930. (Contains a key to the Pennsylvania species of Boletaceae.) Henry, LeRoy K.: A review of the Boletes (fungi) of Western Pennsylvania, Ann. Carnegie Museum, 30:213-240. Pis. 1-3. 1946. (Article XIII.) Chiu, Wei-Fan: The Boletes of Yunnan, Mycologia, 40(2):199-231. 1948. KiLLERMANN, S. : Ueber den Hexenpilz (Boletus luridus Schaff.) und Verwandte, Kryptogamische Forschungen der Bayerischen Botanischen Gesellschaft, 4 :336- 343. Sfigs. 1919. LoHWAG, Heinrich: Kritische Bemerkungen zur Luridus-Gruppe, Hedwigia, 63:323-328. 1922. Smotlacha, Frantisek: Monografie ceskych hub hfibovitych (Boletinei), Sitzber. kgl. BohmischenGes. Wiss. Math.-naturw. Klasse, 1911(8) :l-73. 1912. Bonus, Gabor: Von der Gruppe scaber, Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 1(1) :28, (2):62-65, (3-4) ill 1-1 18. 1944. Anonymous: A tinorugombak (Boletus-Boletinus-Gyrodon-Strobilomyces) hata- roz6 kulcsa., ibid., 2(1-2) :50-56. 1945. (Hungarian.) (Key to these 4 genera and to 47 species of Boletaceae.) Singer, Rolf: Sur les genres Ixocomus, Boletinus, Phylloporus, Gyrodon et Gomphidius, Rev. mijcoL, N.S., 3(2):17-53, (3):157-177. PI. 4 (colored). 1938. : Notes sur quelques Basidiomycetes : IVe Series. 1. Le genre Krombholzia Karst. ibid., 3(4):187-191. 1938. The Boletineae of Florida with notes on extralimital species: I. The Strobilomycetaceae, Farlowia, 2(1):97-141. PI. 1. 1945; II. The Boletaceae (Gyroporoideae), ibid., 2(2) :223-303. 1945; III. The Boletoideae of Floiida, Am. Midland Naturalist, 37(1):1-135. Pis. 1-2. 1947; IV. The lamellate families (Gomphidiaceae, Paxillaceae and J ugasporacesie), Farlowia, 2(4) :527- 567. PZ. 1. 1946. MuRRiLL, William A.: Florida Boletes, Lloydia, ll(l):21-35. 1948. List 41. Agaricaceae (in the Broader Sense) (For the lamellate Boletoid genera see List 40.) Works (of More or Less Popular Nature) on Edible and Poisonous Mushrooms. Atkinson, George F. : Studies of American Fungi. Mushrooms, Edible, Poison- ous, etc., 275 pp. Pis. 1-76. Figs. 1-223. Ithaca, N. Y., Andrus and Church, 1900. Hard, M. E.: The Mushroom, Edible and Otherwise, Its Habitat and Time of Growth, 609 pp. Pis. 1-66. Figs. 1-505. Columbus, Oliio, Ohio Library Co., 1908. Gibson, W. H.: Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms and How to Distinguish Them, x -f 337 pp. 30 col. pis. 57 figs. New York, Harper and Brothers, 1895. Smith, Alexander H.: Common edible and poisonous mushrooms of south- eastern Michigan, Cranbrook Institute of Science Bull. 14:1-71. Illustrated. 1938. LIST 41. AGARICACEAE (iN THE BROADER SENSE) 731 Anonymous: Edible and poisonous fungi, ed. 6, Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries Bull. 23, 35 pp. 27 col. pis. London, 1945. RiCHON, Charles, et Ernest Roze: Atlas des champignons comestibles et v^n^neux de la France et des pays circonvoisins. Text vol., pp. i-xcviii, 1-265. Vol. of pis. pp. i-xii. Pis. 1-72. Paris, Octave Doin, 1888. Bresadola, G.: Funghi mangerecci e velenosi, ed. 3, 2 vols., 647 pp. 224 pis. 60 figs. Trento Societa Botanica Italiana. 1932, 1934. Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Les champignons v^ieneux, 251 pp. 10 col. pis. Paris, 1922. Bavendamm, W. : Wie unterscheide ich die Speisepiize von den Gift- und Bitter- pilze? Merkbl. Reichsinst. Forst- und Holzw. 7, 59 pp. 38 figs. 1948. Maublanc, a. : Les champignons comestibles et v^neneux, ed. 2, vol. 2, pp. 108- 144. 96 col. pis. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1927. DujARRic de la Riviere, R., et Roger Heim: Les champignons toxiques. Caracteres et determination. Toxines, intoxications, th^rapeutique. Aqua- relles de A. Bessin, 1 vol. in quarto, 60 pp. 8 col. pis., Figs. 1-5. Paris, En- cyclop^die Medico-chirurgicale Editeur, 1938. ScHMiDEG, Armand: Mcs experiences d'un quart de siecle et mes experiments personnels avec des champignons concernant leur comestibilit^. Acta My- cologica Hungarica, 3(1-4) :33-47, 1946; 4(1-2) :33-52, 1947. GtJssow, H. T., AND W. S. Odell: Mushrooms and Toadstools. An account of the more common edible and poisonous fungi of Canada, 274 pp. 128 pis. (2 colored). Ottawa, Division of Botany, Dominion Experiment Farms of Canada, 1927. Works on the Taxonomy of the Agaricaceae. Singer, Rolf. Phylogenie und Taxonomie der Agaricales, Schweizerische Z. fur Pilzkunde, 17(2):23-28, (3):35-39, (4):52-57, (5):71-73, (6):84-87, (7):97- 101. 1 fig. 1939. (Gives keys to the genera of Boletaceae and Agaricaceae (in their old sense), based upon the new anatomical and chemical studies.) : Das System der Agaricales, Ann. Mycol., 34(4-5) :286-378. 1936. (Keys to the families and genera of the Agaricales (narrow sense) .) : The Agaricales, Waltham, Mass., Chronica Botanica Company, Pub- lishers, 1950. (In press.) Murrill, W. a.: Agaricaceae, North American Flora, 9:162-426. 1910-1916 (keys and descriptions of genera and species of Tribes Chanterellae and Lactarieae and part of the white-spored Agariceae); ibid., 10:1-348. 1914- 1932 (vol. not completed) (remainder of white-spored forms and the pink- and brown-spored forms, including Inocybe and Cortinarius by C. H. Kauffman, and Pholiota and Hypodendron by L. 0. Overholts). : The Agaricaceae of the Pacific Coast, I, Mycologia, 4(4):205-217. 1912 (white-spored genera); II, ibid., 4(5):231-262. 1912 (white- and ochre- spored genera); III, ibid., 4(6) :294-30S. PL 77. 1912 (brown- and black- spored genera). : The Agaricaceae of Tropical North America, I, Mycologia, 3(l):23-36. 1911 (white-spored genera); II, ibid., 3(2):79-91. 1911 (white-spored genera); III, ibid., 3(4):189-199. 1911 (white-spored genera); IV, ibid., 3(6):271-282. 1911 (genera with rose-colored spores); V, ibid., 4(2):72-83. 1912 (ochre- spored genera); VI, ibid., 5(l):18-36. 1913 (ochre-spored genera); VII, ibid., 10(l):15-33. 1918 (purple-brown- to black-spored genera); VIII, ibid., 10(2):62-85. 1918 (purple-brown- to black-spored genera). 732 GUIDE TO THE LITEEATTJRE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI MuERiLL, W. A.: Dark-spored Agarics: I. Drosophila, Hypholoma and Pilosace, Mycologia, 14(2) :61-76. 1922; II. Gomphidius and Stropharia,z&id., 14(3) :121- 142. 1922; III. Agaricus, ibid., 14(4):200-221. 1922; IV. Deconica, Atylospora and Psathyrella, ibid., 14(5) :258-278. 1922; V. Psilocybe, ibid., 15(l):l-22. 1923. : The rosy-spored Agarics of North America, Brooklyn Botanic Garden Mem., 1 :334-336. 1918. (Contains a key to the genera of Subtribe Pluteanae.) Fayod, v.: Prodrome d'une histoire naturelle des Agaricinees, Ann. sci. nat. Botan., VII Ser., 9:181-411. Pis. 6-7. 1889. Lange, Jakob E.: Flora Agaricina Danica, 5 vols. Copenhagen, published under the auspices of the Society for the Advancement of Mycology and the Danish Botanical Society. Vol. 1, pp. 1-90. Ph. 1-40. 1935. Amanita, Limacella, Lepiota, Armillaria, Tricholoma, Clitocybe. Vol. 2, pp. 1-105. Pis. 41-80. 1936. CoUybia, Marasmius, Mycena, Omphalia, Pleurotus, Panus, Volvaria, Pluteus. Vol. 3, pp. 1-96. PZs. 81-120. 1938. Cortinarius, Pholiota, Inocybe, Hebeloma. Vol. 4, pp. 1-119. Pis. 121-160. 1939. Flammula, Naucoria, Tubaria, Galera, Bolbitius, Pluteolus, Crepidotus, Paxillopsis, Paxillus, Psalliota, Stro- pharia, Lacrymaria, Hypholoma, Psilocybe, Panaeolus, Psathyra, Pseudocoprinus, Coprinus. Vol. 5, pp. 1-108. PZs. 161-200. Gomphidius, Melanomphalia, Nyctalis, Linia- cium, Camarophyllus, Hygrocybe, Lactarius, Russula, Cantharellus, Lentinus, Schizophyllum. (Supplementary notes. Also title pages and i-xxiv and index for the five volumes.) Ceruti, Arturo: Fungi analytice delineati iconibus pictis illustrati, vol. 1, pp. 1-276. Pis. 1-35 {in part colored). Torino, 1948. (Latin, English and French.) (This first volume of the series includes several species of Amanita and of Russula.) KtJHNER, R. : Contribution a I'etude des Hym^nomyc^tes et specialement des Agaricac^es, Le Botanists, 17(1-4) :l-224. 4 pis. S7 figs. 1926. RoMAGNESi, Henri: Cle pratique pour la determination generique des Agarics d'Europe, Rev. mijcol., N.S., 2(supplement 1):11-18. 1937. CosTANTiN, J., ET L. Dufour: Nouvelle flore des champignons pour la determina- tion facile de toutes les especes de France, ed. 2, 291 pp. 4166 figs. 1 pi. col. Paris, Paul Dupont, 1895. Henry, LeRoy K. : Twenty-eight common gilled mushrooms of western Penn- sylvania, Trillia, 10 :S2-100. PZs. 12-14. 1939. Heim, Roger: Les Agarics tropicaux a hym^nium tubul^ (Madagascar, Cote dTvoire, Antilles, Insulinde), Rev. m^jcol., N.S., 10(1-4) :3-61. 4 pis. 32 figs. 1945. Cleland, J. Burton, and Edwin Cheel: The Hymenomycetes of New South Wales, Agr. Gaz. New South Wales, 25 :507-515, 885-888, 1045-1049. 2 pis. 1 fig. 1914; 26:325-333. 2 pis. 1915; 27:97-106. 2 pis. 1916. (Apparently all that appeared. Descriptions are given of the New South Wales species of Amanita, Amanitopsis, Lepiota, and Armillaria.) • : Australian Fungi. Notes and Descriptions, I, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, 42:88-138. Pis. 9-12 (col.). 1918 (brown- purple- and black-spored Agarics) ; III, ibid., 43:262-315. Pis. 28-29 (col). 1919 (white-spored Agarics, Polypo- raceae, Hydnaceae, Thelephoraceae, Gasteromyceteae, Ascomyceteae) ; IV, ibid., 47:58-78. Pis. 1-2 (col.). 1923 (miscellaneous Agaricaceae, Polypo- raceae, Thelephoraceae, Clavariaceae, Tremellaceae, and Gasteromyceteae) ; LIST 41. AGARICACEAE (iN THE BROADER SENSe) 733 V, ibid., 48:236-252. 1924 (miscellaneous Agaricaceae, Polyporaceae, Thele- phoraceae, Gasteromyceteae, and Ascomyceteae) ; VI, ibid., 51:298-306. 1927 (miscellaneous Agaricaceae); VII, ibid., 53:217-222. 1928 (South Australian species of Cortinarius) ; VIII, ibid., 55:152-160. 1931 (miscellane- ous Agaricaceae (mainly Amanita and Clitocybe) and new species of Clavaria) . Krieger, Louis C. C: Field Key to the Genera of the Gill Mushrooms, pp. 1-8. 1 chart. Baltimore, The Norman-Remington Co., 1920. Kauffman, C. H.: The Agaricaceae of Michigan, Michigan Geological and Bio- logical Survey Publication 26, Biological ser. 5, Vol. 1, pp. 1-924, Figs. 1-4, 1918; Vol. 2, pp. 1-10, Pis. 1-172, 1918. (Very full descriptions of all species of Agaricaceae known to occur in Michigan, and in many genera of all species recognized in Northeastern United States. Illustrated by excellent photo- graphs.) Stover, Wilmer G.: The Agaricaceae of Ohio, Proc. Ohio State Acad. Sci., 5:462-577. 1912. Smith, Huron H.: Mushrooms of the Milwaukee region, Milwaukee Public Museum Field Guide No. 1, Botan. ser., 87 pp. 184 ^^s. Colored table. 1931. Graham, V. 0.: Mushrooms of the Chicago region. Program of the Activities Chicago Acad. Sci., 4(3) :42-62. Figs. 1-45. 1933. Imai, Sanshi : Studies on the Agaricaceae of Hokkaido, J. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., Sapporo, 43:1-378. Pis. 1-5. 1938. Stevenson, John: Hymenomycetes Brittanici. British Fungi (Hymenomycetes) . Edinburgh, William Blackwood and Sons. Vol. 1, pp. 1-372. Figs. 1-39. 1886 (Agaricus to Bolbitius); vol. 2, pp. 1-336. Figs. 40-103. 1886 (Cortinarius to Dacrymyces). Massee, George: British Fungus-Flora. A Classified Text-Book of Mycology. London, George Bell and Sons. Vol. 1 pp. 1-432, numerous {unnumbered) figs., 1892 (Basidiomycetes through the purple-spored Agaricaceae); vol. 2, pp. 1-460, numerous (unnumbered) figs., 1893 (Agaricaceae: Ochrosporae, Rhodosporae, and part of Leucosporae) ; vol. 3, pp. 1-512, numerous (unnumbered) figs., 1893 (Remainder of Agaricaceae-Leucosporae : Hypho- mycetes) ; vol. 4, pp 1-522, numerous (unnumbered) figs., 1895. (Ascomycetes.) RiCKEN, Adalbert: Die Blatterpilze (Agaricaceae) Deutschlands und der an- grenzenden Lander, besonders Oesterreichs und der Schweiz, xxiv -\- 480 pp. Pis. 1-112. Leipzig, Theodor Oswald Weigel, 1915. ■ : Vademecum fiir Pilzfreunde. Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage, xxiv + 352 pp. Leipzig, Quelle und Meyer, 1920. Karsten, p. a.: Rysslands, Finlands och den Skandinaviska halfons Hatts- vampar, Bidrag till Kdnnedom af Finlands Natur och Folk, 32:1-571, 1879; 37:1-257, 1882. Michael, Edmund: Fiihrer fiir Pilzfreunde, systematisch geordnet und ganzlich neu bearbeitet von Roman Schulz, 3 Bande, 144 pp. introductory text. 386 colored plates (with descriptions). Leipzig, Quelle und Meyer, 1927. Peck, Charles H.: Reports of the State Botanist of New York. (From 1871 up to about 1913. Descriptions of numerous species of fungi, chiefly Agarics, as well as monographs of many genera. Many colored illustrations.) Among the more important are the following: New York species of Amanita, 33 :38-49. 1880. New York species of Lepiota, 35:150-164. 1882. New York species of Psalliota, 36 :41-49. 1883. New York species of Lactarius, 38:111-133. 1884. New York species of Pluteus, 38:133-138. 1884. 734 GUIDE TO THE LITERATUKE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI New York species of Pleurotus, Claudopus, and Crepidotus, 39 :58-73. 1885. New York species of Clitopilus, 42 :39-46. 1889. New York species of Armillaria, 43 :40-45. 1890. New York species of Tricholoma, 44:38-64. 1891. New York species of Pluteolus, 46:58-61. 1893. New York species of Galera, 46 :61-69. 1893. New York species of Collybia, 49 :32-55. 1896. New York species of Flammula, 50:133-142. 1897. New York species of Hygrophorus, 60:47-67. 1907. New York species of Russula, 60 :67-98. 1907. New York species of Pholiota, 61:141-158. 1908. New York species of Lentinus, 62 :42-47. 1909. New York species of Entoloma, 62:47-58. 1909. New York species of Inocybe, 63:48-67. 1910. New York species of Hebeloma, 63:67-77. 1910. New York species of Hypholoma, 64:77-84. 1911. New York species of Psathyra, 64:84-86. 1911. New York species of Clitocybe, 65 :59-89. 1912. New York species of Laccaria, 65:90-93. 1912. New York species of Psilocybe, 65:94-105. 1912. : Cantharellus, New York State Museum Bull. 2:34-43. 1887. Craterellus, ibid. 2:44-48. 1887. Oilman, J. C: Illustrations of the fleshy fungi of Iowa, I. The purple-brown spored Agarics, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 47:83-90. Figs. 1-6. 1940; II. The white-spored Agarics, ibid., 48:99-115. Figs. 1-14. 1941; III. The black- spored Agarics, ibid., 49:153-158. Figs. 1-5. 1942; V. The pink-spored Agar- ics, ibid., 50:159-163. Figs. 1-7. 1943. Earle, F. S.: The genera of the North American gill fungi, Bull. New York Botanical Garden, 5(18):373-451. 1909. : A key to the North American species of Hypholoma, Torreya, 2(2) :22-23. 1902. : Keys to the North American species of Coprineae, ibid., 2(3) :37-40. 1902. : A key to the North American genera and species of the Hygrophoreae, ibid., 2(4):53-54, (5):73-74. 1902. : A key to the North American species of Russula, ibid., 2(7):101-103, (8): 117-1 19. 1902. : A key to the North American species of Lactarius, ibid., 2(9):139-141, (10):152-154. 1902. : A key to the North American species of Cortinarius, ibid., 2(11) :169-172, (12):180-183. 1902. : A key to the North American species of Stropharia, ibid., 3(2):24-25. 1903. : A key to the North American species of Lentinus, ibid., 3(3):35-38, (4):58-60. 1903. : A key to the North American species of Panus, ibid., 3(6):86-87. 1903. : A key to the North American species of Pluteolus, ibid., 3(8):124-125. 1903. — : A key to the North American species of Galera, ibid., 3(9) :134-136. 1903. -: A key to the North American species of Inocybe, ibid., 3(11):168-170, (12):183-184. 1903. Gams, H.: Schliissel fiir die europaischen Familien, Gattungen und wichtigen Untergattungeu der Agai'icales, Veroffentlichungen der Osterreichischen Myko- logischen Gesellschaft, 2:24 pp. 1948. LIST 41. AGARICACEAE (iN THE BROADER SENSE) 735 White-Spored Genera. DoNK, M.: De geslachten Cantharellus, Craterellus en Dictyolus in Nederland, Mededeel. Nederland. Mycol. Ver., 16-17:163-183. 1928. CoKER, W. C: Craterellus, Cantharellus and related genera in North Carolina; with a key to the genera of gill fungi, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 35(1-2) :24- 28. Pis. 1 {col.)-17. 1919. Smith, Alexander H., and Elizabeth E. Morse: The genus Cantharellus in the Western United States, Mycologia, 39(5) :497-534. Figs. 1-13. 1947. Bataille, Fred:^ric: Flore monographique des Hygrophores, Mem. soc. d' Emu- lation du Douhs, 8me s^-., 4:131-191. 1909. Kaufmann, F.: Die in Westpreussen gefundenen Pilze der Gattungen Dermocybe, Myxacium, Hygrophorus und Nyctalis, Bericht des Westpreussischen Botan- isch-Zoologischen Vereins, 34:199-233. 1912. Graham, V. 0.: The genus Hygrophorus in the Chicago region, Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci., 23:160-168. 1932. Smith, Alexander H., and L. R. Hesler: Studies in North American species of Hygrophorus: I. The subgenus Limacium, Lloydia, 2(l):l-62. Pis. 1-24. 1939; II. ibid., 5(l):l-94. P/s. 1-18. 1942. CoKER, W. C: The smaller species of Pleurotus in North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 60(l):71-95. Pis. 40-52. 1944. PiLAT, Albert: Pleurotus Fries, in Atlas des Champignons de I'Europe, Vol. II. 193 pp. 80 pis. 114 text figs. Prag, Kavina et Pilat, 1928. FoRSTER, Edward J.: Agarics of the United States. Genus Panus, J. Mycology, 4(2-3) :21-26. 1888. Harper, Edward T.: The species of Lentinus in the region of the Great Lakes, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 20:365-385. Pis. 14-28. 1921. VAN DER Byl, p. a.: Suid-Afrikaanse Lentinus-Soorte, Ann. Univ. Stellenbosch, 2A{\):l-n. Figs. 1-7.1924. Malkovsky, Karel M.: tJber die europaischen Arten der. Gattung Panus, Ann. Mycol, 30(1-2) :10-80. Pis. 1-2. Figs. 1-26. 1932. Pilat, Albert: Revision der tropischen Lentinus-Arten aus dem Herbar des Botanischen Museums in Berlin-Dahlem, Ann. Mycol., 34(1-2) :108-140. 1936. : Monographie des especes europeennes du genre Lentinus Fr., in Atlas des Champignons de I'Europe, vol. 5, pp. 1-46. 31 pis. Prag, Kavina et Pilat, 1946. Singer, Rolf: Studien zur Systematik der Basidiomyceten : 1(1). Uber Panus Fr. und verwandte Gattungen, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Abt. B, 56(1-2) :137-347. 1936. (Gives a key to all the genera of white-spored Agaricaceae with ec- centric or lateral stipe or with stipe lacking.) Kauffman, Calvin H.: The genus Armillaria in the United States and its rela- tionships. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 2:53-67. Pis. 5-9. 1923. Hotson, H. H.: The genus Armillaria in western Washington, Mycologia, 32(6) :776-790. Figs. 1-3. 1940. Kauffman, Calvin H.: The genus Clitocybe in the United States with a critical study of all north temperate species, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 8:153-204. 7 pis. 1926. NtJEscH, Emil: Die Trichterlinge. Monographie der Gattung Clitocybe, 279 pp. St. Gallen, Switzerland, F. Schwald, 1926. MuRRiLL, W. A. : The genus Clitocybe in North America, Mycologia, 7(5) :256- 2S3. Pis. 164-166. 1915. 736 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Singer, Rolf, and Alexander H. Smith: A monograph of the genus Leuco- paxillus Boursier, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 28:85-132. Pis. 1-8. 1942 (1943). Metrod, G.: Les Tricholomes, Rev. mycol., N.S., 7(supplement 2):22-50. Figs. 1-86. 1942. (Key to the five genera into which Tricholoma is segregated, Rhodocybe, Rhodopaxillus, Melanoleuca, Tricholomopsis, and Tricholoma, and to their species.) : Les Clitocybes, ibid., 14(supplement) :4-37. Figs. 1-18. 1949. MuRRiLL, William A.: Florida Tricholomas, Lloijdia, 12(l):62-69. 1949. Atkinson, George F.: Collybia campanella Peck, and its near relatives in the eastern United States, New York State Museum Bull, 205-206:61-65. 1918. CoKER, W. C., AND H. C. Beardslee: The CoUybias of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 37(1-2) :83-107. PI. 1 (col). Pis. 4-23. 1921. • , and : The Laccarias and Chtocybes of North Carolina, ibid., 38(1-2) :98-126. 1922. Boursier, M.: Note sur le genre Mucidula Pat., Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 40:332-333. 1926. Morgan, A. P.: North American species of Marasmius, J. Mycology, 11(5) :201- 212, (6):233-247. 1905; 12(1) :l-9. 1906. : Descriptive synopsis of Morgan's North American species of Marasmius, ibid., 12(4):159-162. 1916. (Species key to the foregoing paper.) Pennington, L. H.: New York species of Marasmius, New York State Museum Bull, 179:52-79. 1915. KtJHNER, R.: Etudes sur le genre Marasmius, Le Botaniste, 25(1-2) :57-114. Illus. 1933. Singer, Rolf: Studien zur Systematik der Basidiomyceten: I (6). Abgrenzung zwischen Collybia und Marasmius, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Abt. B, 56(1- 2) :157-163. 1936. (Contains key to the subfamily Marasmioideae and to the sections of the genus Marasmius.) Petch, T.: a revision of Ceylon Marasmii, Brit. Mycol Soc. Trans., 31(1-2) :19- U.Pls. 2-4 (col). 1947. Bataille, F. : Flore monographique des Marasmes d'Europe, 37 pp. Besangon, 1919. Binder, David H.: The genus Schizophyllum: I. Species of the Western Hemi- sphere, Am. J. Botany, 20(8) :552-564. Pis. 33-36. Fig. 1. 1933. Smith, Alexander H.: North American species of Mycena, pp. i — xviii, 1-521. Pis. 1-99. Figs. 1-56. Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press, 1947. Beardslee, H. C, and W. C. Coker: The Mycenas of North Carolina, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 49(1-2) :49-91. Pis. 6-30. 1924. OoRT, A. J. p.: De Nederlandsche Mycenas, Mededeel Nederland. Mycol Ver., 16-17:163-183. 1928. Cejp, Karel: Omphalia (Fr.) Qu6L, in Atlas des Champignons de I'Europe, Vol. 4. 157 pp. 58 pis. Prag. Kavina et Pilat. Romagnesi, H.: Quelques points de taxonomie: I. Sur un groupe particulier d'Omphalia; II. Sur le genre Fulvidula, Bull trimestr. soc. mycol France, 58:81-89. 1942. Sartory, a., et L, Maire: Compendium H.ymenomycetum, II. Lepiota, 512 pp. Illustrated. Paris, Librairie le Frangois. 1925-1927. Kauffman, Calvin H.: The genus Lepiota in the United States, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 4:311-344. Pis. 15-18. 1925. Murrill, William A.: Florida Lepiotas, Lloydia, 12(1):56-61. 1949. Morgan, A. P.: North American species of Lepiota, J. Mycology, 12(4):154-159, (5):195-203, (6):242-248. 1906; 13(1):1-18. 1907. LIST 41. AGAKICACEAE (iN THE BROADER SENSE) 737 Beeli, M.: Fungi Goassensiansi: IX. Genre Lepiota, Bull. soc. roy. botan. Belg. 64, 2me s6t., 14(2):206-219. Pis. 25-27. 1912. Kalm AR, ZoLTAN : Nouvelle clef pour la determination des Lepiotes de la Hongrie, Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 4(1-2): 15-30. 1947. KiJHNER, R. : Recherches sur le genre Lepiota, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 52(2) :177-2S8. Figs. 1-9. 1936. HuYSMAN, H. S. C.: Observations sur le "genre" Lepiota, Mededeel. Nederland. Mycol. Ver. Leyden, 28:3-54. 12 figs. 1943. : Un faux Lepiota. Le genre Coolia nov. gen., ibid., 28:54-60. 1 fig. 1943. Smith, Alexander H., and Rolf Singer: A monograph of the genus Cysto- derma. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 30 :71-124. Pis. 1-5. Figs. 1-12. 1944 (1945). Smith, Helen V.: The genus Limacella in North America, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 30:125-147. PL I. 1944 (l945). Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Compendium Hymenomycetum : L Amanita, 447 pp. 26 pis. Numerous text figs. Paris, Librairie le Frangois, 1922-1923. Atkinson, George F.: Six misunderstood species of Amanita, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 17:246-252. 1918. Martin, G. W.: Some Amanitas from eastern Iowa, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 32:205-218. 3 pZs. 1925. Gilbert, Jean-Eduard: Le genre Amanita Persoon (Amanita s.st. — Amanitopsis R. — ^Limacella E.). Etude morphologique des especes et vari^t^s. Revision critique de la syst^matique, 188 pp. Lons-le-Saunier, Lucien Declume, 1918. : Notules sur les Amanites: Supplement: commentaires et conjectures sur quelques Amanites mal connues, 23 pp. 1 pi. Paris, published by the author, 1941. : Notules sur les Amanites: XXX. Amanites d'Europe, 3 pp. Paris, pub- lished by the author, 1941. -: Amanitaceae, Iconographia Mycologica, 27(Suppiement l):8-427. 73 col. pis. 1940-41. (Besides the foregoing the author has published various other " Notules " on Amanita in Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France between 1924 and 1930.) Vesely, Rudolf: Revisio critica Amanitarum europaearum, Ann. Mycol., 31(4) :209-304. Pis. 8-25. Figs. 1-7. 1933. : Amanita, Atlas des Champignons de I'Europe, Serie A, Tome 1, Fas- cicules 1-5, 80 pp. 40 pis. Prag, Charles Kavina and Albert Pilat, 1934. Huysman, H. S. C: Opmerkingen en problemen betreffende de taxonomie van het geslacht Amanita, Mededeel. Nederland. Mycol. Ver. Leyden, 26:1-27. 7 figs. 1942. Imai, Sanshi: Studies on the Agaricaceae of Japan: I. Volvate Agarics in Hok- kaido, Botanical Magazine (Tokyo), 47(558) :423-432. 1933. (List with no descriptions except some species described as new.) II. Lactarius in Hokkaido, i6tc^., 49(585) :603-610. 1935. : Studia Agaricacearura Japonicarura, I. ibid., 53(633) :392-399. 1939; II. ibid., 55(658) :444-451; III. ibid., 55(659) :514-520. 1941. (This is a continua- tion of Studies on the Agaricaceae of Japan.) Kalmar, Zoltan: A galocagombdk (Amanita) hatd,roz6 tdblazata. (Hungarian), Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 1(3-4) :101-1 10. 1944. Gallfy, Zoltan: Legyolo — Amanita muscaria (L.) Pers. (Hungarian), Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 3(1-4) :26-28. 1946. (Description of Amanita mus- caria and six varieties.) MuRRiLL, W. A.: The Amanitas of Eastern United States, Mycologia, 5(2) :72-86. Pis. 85-86. 1913. 738 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI MuRRiLL, W. A.: Florida Amanitas, Lloydia, 11(2):99-110. 1948. (Contains a key to all known species of Venenarius (Amanita) occurring in Florida.) Seyot, Pierre: Les Amanites et la tribu des Amanit^es. 120 pp. 59 figs. Nancy, Edit, des Arts Graphiques Modernes, 1930. Beardslee, H. C: Notes on the Amanitas of the Southern Appalachians: I. Sub- genus Amanitopsis, in Lloyd, C. G. : Mycological Writings, vol. 1., 7 pp.3 pis. 1902. HoTsoN, J. W.: The Amanitae of western Washington, Mycologia, 28(l):63-76. Figs. 1-4. 1936. BuRLiNGHAM, Gertrude S.: A study of the Lactariae of the United States, Mem. Torrey Botan. Club, 14:1-109. Figs. 1-15. 1908. : New or noteworthy species of Russula and Lactaria, Mycologia, 28(3):253-267. Ft>. 1-8. 1936. Beardslee, H. C., and Gertrude S. Burlingham: Interesting species of Lac- tariae from Florida, Mycologia, 32(5):575-586. Figs. 1-4. 1940. MuRRiLL, W. A.: Species of Florida Lactarius Fr., Lloydia, 11(2):86-9S. 1948. (Contains a key"^ to all of the species of the genus known to occur in Florida.) Coker, W. C: The Lactarias of North Carolina, ./. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Sac, 34(l):l-62.P/s. 1 (coL)-40. 1918. NtJESCH, E.: Die Milchlinge (Pilzgattung Lactarius). Bestimmungsschliissel und Beschreibung der Milchlinge Mitteleuropas, 50 pp. St. Gallen, Switzerland, published by author, 1921. RoMAGNESi, H. : Les lactaires. C16 pratique de determination des especes d'Europe. Rev. mycol, N.S., 4(suppl6ment 1):8-21. 1939. ■ — ■: Recherches sur les Lactaires de la section des Fuliginosi Konrad, ibid., 14(2):103-112. i^t>s. 1-3. 1949. Knauth, B., UND W. Neuhoff: Die Milchlinge (Lactarius), Die Pilze Mitteleu- ropas, 2(5b, 6b, 9b-12b):l-64(?). Colored pis. 1-14(?). 1 uncolored pi. Leipzig, Werner Klinkhart, 1937-1943. Uncompleted. KoNRAD, P.: Les Lactaires. Notes critiques et essai de classification, Bidl. trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 41(1):160-191. 1935. Heim, Roger: Les Lactario-Russul^s du Domaine Orientale de Madagascar. Essai sur la classification et la phylogenie des Ast^rosporales, pp. 1-196. 8 pis. (4 col.). 59 figs. 2 phylogenetic diagrams. Paris, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie du Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, 1937 (1938). Singer, Rolf: Monographie der Gattung Russula, Hedwigia, 66:163-260. 1 pi. 1926. : Wie bestimmt man frische Taublinge? Z. fur Pilzkunde, 6(11):169-176. 1927. (Key to the common German species of Russula.) : Neue Mitteilungen iiber die Gattung Russula, Hedwigia, 68(3-4) :191- 202. 1928. : Monographie der Gattung Russula, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Zweite Abt., 49:205-280. 1932. : Sur la classification des Russules, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 41(2):281-304. 1935. : Supplemente zu meiner Monographie der Gattung Russula, Ann. Mycol., 33(5-6) :297-352. 1935. : Notes sur quelques Basidiomycetes, Rev. mycol., N.S., l(2):75-84. PI. 6. 1936. (Contains keys to the more or less green species of Russula in France and to the species of Russula associated with the birch in France and border- ing countries, also key to distinguish the genera Phyllotopsis, Dochmiopsis, Rhodotus, and Octojuga.) LIST 41. AGAEICACEAE (iN THE BROADEK SENSE) 739 — : Notes sur quelques Basidiomycetes, 2 me. s6r., ibid., l(4):279-293. 1936. (Contains a key to the yellow species of Russula in Europe.) New and. interesting species of Basidiomycetes, II, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 32:103-150. PI. 1. 1946 (1948). ScHAEFFER, JuLius: Russula-Monographie, Ann. MycoL, 31(5-6) :305-516. Pis. 26-27. 1933; 32(3-4) :141-243. Pis. 1-4. 1934. : Bestimmungstabelle fiir die europaischen Taublinge, Z. fur Pilzkunde, 12(2):48-53, (3):83-91. 1933. : Le Systeme naturel des Russules, Bull, trimestr. soc. rmjcol. France, 41(2) :263-276. 1935. : Die Taublinge (Russulae), Die Pilze Mitteleuropas, 3(1-3). pp. (?). 1942-1943. Uncompleted. -, W. Neuhoff, und W. G. Heiter: Die Russulaceen. Bestimmungstabelle fiir die mitteleuropaischen Russula- und Lactarius-Arten, Sydowia, Ann. MycoL, 3(1-6) :150-173. 1949. Maire, Rene : Les bases de la classification dans le genre Russula, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 26 :49-125. Figs. 1-6. 1910. RoMAGNESi, H.: Contribution a I'^tude des Russules de la flore frangaise, Bull. trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 59:61-71. Figs. 1-4. 1943. Melzer, v., et Jar. Zvara: Cesk^ holubinky (Russulae Bohemiae), Archiv prirod. vyzk. Cech. 17:1-126. 25 ^^s. Prag, 1927. , ET : Cesk^ holubinky (Russulae Bohemiae). Flore monographique des Russules de Boheme. Avec un tableau analytique des especes. R^sum^, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 44:135-146. 1928. (A French summary of the preceding book.) Zvara, Jar.: Russula atropurpurea Kromb. et ses vari^t^s, ibid., 47:44-51. Pis. 1-2. 1931. Bonus, Gabor: Wie steht es mit der Russula sardonia? Acta Mycologica Hun- garica, 1(3-4) :123-127. 1944. (Discussion and key for the distinction of the Russula sardonia-sanguinea-emetica group.) : A Russuldk-galambgombdk hatdrozo kulcsa. ibid., 3(1-4) :55-71. 1946. (In Hungarian.) (Contains key with brief descriptions of 92 species and 2 subspecies or varieties of Russula.) Crawshay, Richard: The spore ornamentation of the Russulas, 188 pp. 48 pis. London, Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, 1930. Chiu, Wei-Fan: The Russulaceae of Yunnan, Lloxjdia, 8(l):31-59. 48 figs. 1945. Winters, Grace: The Iowa species of Russula, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 11:5-30. 1 pi. 1926. (Keys to 39 species with descriptions and spore measurements.) Bataille, Fr;^d^ric: Flore monographique des Asterosporfe, Lactaires et Rus- sules, Mem. soc. d' Simulation du Doubs, 8me s6r., 2:163-260. 1907. Burlingham, Gertrude S.: Spore ornamentation of some American Russulas and a new species of Lactaria, Mycologia, 34(1):8-12. Figs. 1-8. 1942. Kauffman, Calvin H.: Unreported Michigan fungi for 1908 with a monograph of the Russulas of the state, Mich. Acad. Sci. Kept., 11 :55-91. Figs. 1-3. 1909. Beardslee, H. C: The Russulas of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 33(4):147-199.PZs. 70-111. 1918. Red- or Pink-spored Genera. MuRRiLL, W. A.: The genus Lepista, Mycologia, 7(2):105-107. 1915. Bonus, Gabor: Volvaria. Bocskorosgomb^k hatdrozo kulcsa. Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 2(3-4) :95-96. 1945. (In Hungarian.) (Key to 10 species of Volvaria.) 740 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI RoMAGNESi, H.: Quelques observations sur les Rhodophyllus, Bull, trimestr. Soc. mycol. France, 48(3-4) :306-323. Figs. 1-11. 1932. : Les Rhodophylles de Madagascar, in Prodrome a une flore mycologique de Madagascar publie sous la direction de R. Heim, Tome II. 175 pp. 45 figs. Paris, Laboratoire de Cryptogamie du Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle, 1941. CoKER, W. C: North Carolina species of Volvaria, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 63(2) :220-230. 5 pis. 1947. Ochre- or Rust-spored Genera. (See also above under White-spored genera for yellow-spored species of Lac- tarius and Russula.) Singer, Rolf: Contributions toward a monograph of the genus Crepidotus, Lilloa 13:59-95. Fig. 1. 1947. Bataille, FrediSric: Flore analytique des Inocybes d'Europe, Bull. soc. d'His- toire Naturelle Doubs 18, 27 pp. 1910. Kauffman, Calvin H. : Studies in the genus Inocybe, New York State Museum Bull. 223-224:43-60. 1921. Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Synopsis du genre Inocybe, 246 pp. 2 pis. Paris, E. le Francois, 1923. Heim, Roger: Le genre Inocybe, in Encyclop^die Mycologique, vol. 1, pp. 1-429. Pis. 1-35. Figs. 1-219. Paris, Paul Lechevalier et Fils, 1931. BouRSiER, J., ET R. KtJHNER: Notes sur le genre Inocybe, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 44(2):170-189. Figs. 1-9. 1928. KuHNER, R., ET J. Boursier: Notes sur le genre Inocybe: I. Les Inocybe gonio- spor^es. Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 48(2):118-161. Figs. 1-31. 1932. ■ : Notes sur le genre Inocybe: les Inocybe goniospor^es (fin), ibid., 49(1) :81- 121. Figs. 32-53. 1933. Stuntz, D. E. : Studies in the genus Inocybe: I. New and noteworthy species from Washington, Mycologia, 39(1) :21-55. Figrs. 1-50. 1947. KiJHNER, R.: Le genre Galera, in Encyclopedic Mycologique, vol. 7, 240 pp. 75 figs. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1935. Metrod, Georges: Description de Galera, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 56(1) A6-55. Figs. 1-4. 1940. Atkinson, George F.: The genus Galerula in North America, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 57:357-374. 1918. Kauffman, Calvin H. : The genera Flammula and Paxillus and the status of the American species. Am. J. Botany, 13(l):ll-32. 1926. RoMAGNESi, H. : Sur quelques groupements naturels d'Agarics ochrospor^s, Rev. mycol., N.S., 1(4):207-213. 1936. (Includes a key to the genera segregated from Flammula and Pholiota.) : Essai sur le genre Tubaria W. Sm., ibid., 5(l):29-43. 1940. ' : Etudes compl^mentaires sur le genre Tubaria et sur deux Naucoria tubarioides, ibid., 8(3-4) :26-35. 8 figs. 1943. -: Description de quelques especes d'Agarics ochrospor^s, Btdl. trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 58:121-149. Figs. 1-15. 1942. (Includes discussion of Alnicola, Naucoria, Agrocybe, Flammula, Galerina, and Conocybe.) Overholts, L. 0.: a monograph of the genus Pholiota in the United States, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 14(2):S7-210. Pis. 8-24. Figs. 1-171. 1927. Harper, Edward T.: Species of Pholiota in the region of the Great Lakes, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 17:470-502. Pis. 26-55. 1913. : Species of Pholiota and Stropharia in the region of the Great Lakes, ibid., 17:1011-1026. PZs. 69-77. 1914. LIST 41. AGARICACEAE (iN THE BROADER SENSE) 741 : Additional species of Pholiota, Stropharia and Hypholoma in the region of the Great Lakes, ibid., 18:392-431. Pis. 11-24. 1916. Singer, Rolf: Studien zur Systematik der Basidiomyceten : I (8). Die Gattung Pholiota ist kiinstlich, Beihefte Botan. Centr., Abt. B, 56(1-2) :165-174. 1936. (Contains a key to tlae European species of Agrocybe and to the modern segregates of the Friesian genus Pholiota.) Bataille, Frederic: Flore monographique des Cortinarius d'Europe, Exir.from Bull. soc. d'Histoire Naturelle Doubs, I vol., 162 pp. 1912. Kauffman, Calvin H.: The genus Cortinarius with key to the species, J. My- cology, 13(1) :32-39. Pis. 93-100. 1907. Smith, Alexander H.: Studies in the genus Cortinarius I, Contributio7is from the Univ. Michigan Herbarium, 2:1-42. Pis. 1-12. Ann Arbor, Univ. Michigan Press, 1939. : New and unusual Cortinarii from Michigan, with a key to the North American species of subgenus Bulbopodium, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 69(3):44-64. Figs. 1-7. 1942. MuRRiLL, W. A.: Some Florida gill fungi, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Sac, 55 :361-372. 1939. (Contains a key to the Alachua County species of Cortinarius.) Henry, R.: Etude de quelques Cortinaires du groupe des Scauri. Deux especes nouvelles, Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 51(1) :34-101. P/s. 1-2. Figs. 1-10. 1935. : Etude de quelques Cortinaires, ibid., 51(2):205-241. 2 figs. 1935. : Revision de quelques Cortinaires, ibid., 53(l):49-80. 1937. : Description de quelques dermocybes du groupe "Anomaliae" Fr., ibid., 53(2):143-164. 1937. : Suite a I'^tude du genre Hydrocybe, ibid., 56 :85-119. Figs. 1-6. 1940. : Quelques Cortinaires " Hinnulo'ides " (Telamonias, Hydro-telamonias et Hydrocybes hinnuloides), ibid., 57:17-35. 1941 (1942). : Cortinaires nouveaux ou rares de la fiore frangaise, ibid., 59 : 52-60. 1943. : Essai d'une cU dichotomique analytique provisoire destinee a faciliter r^tude des Cortinaires du groupe des Scauri, Rev. mycol. , N.S., 8(suppl6ment a2):l-56. 1943. : Essai d'une cl6 dichotomique provisoire destinee a faciliter I'^tude des Cortinaires de groupe des Phlegmacia (Cliduchi et Elastici), ibid., 10(sup- pl^ment a 2):44-82. 1945 (1947). Purple-spored Genera. Harper, Edward T.: Species of Hypholoma in the region of the Great Lakes, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 17:1142-1164. Pis. 72-84. 1914. Parker, Charles S.: A taxonomic study of the genus Hypholoma in North America, Mycologia, 25(3):160-212. Pis. 26-31. Figs. 1-2. 1933. Smith, Alexander H.: Studies of North American Agarics, I, Contributions from the Univ. Michigan Herbarium, 5:1-73. Pis. 1-32. 1941. (Includes a discus- sion of Psathyrella.) : Studies in the genus Agaricus, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci., 25:107-138. Pis. 1-10. Figs. 1-4. 1939 (1940). HoTSON, J. W., and D. E. Stiintz: The genus Agaricus in western Washington, Mycologia, 30(2) :204-234. Figs. 1-10. 1938. Mendoza, J. M., AND SiMEONA Leus-Palo: a revision of the genus Psalliota in the Philippines, Philippine J. Sci., 72:337-345. 8 pis. 1940. CoKER, W. C: The Chapel Hill species of the genus Psalliota, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 43(3-4) :243-256. Frontis. Pis. 38-46, 48. 1928. 742 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Kalmar, Zoltan: A csiperke (Psalliota) nemzetseg europai fajai, Acta Mycologica Hungarica, 3(1-4) :10-22. 1946. (In Hungarian.) (Key and descriptions of 16 species of Psalliota (Agaricus).) Black-spored Genera. (See also Purple-spored genera.) Massee, George: A revision of the genus Coprinus, Ann. Botany, 10(38) :123- IM.Pls. 10-11. 1896. Kuhner, R., et M. Josserand: Description de quelques especes du groupe de Coprinus plicatilis (Curt.) Fr., Bull, trimestr. soc. mycol. France, 50(l):53-63. Figs. 1-5. 1934. RoMAGNESi, H.: Les Coprins, Rev. mycol., N.S., 6(suppl^ment a l):20-35. 1 pi. 1941. : fitude de quelques Coprins (2me serie), ibid., 10(5-6) :73-89. 8^grs. 1945 (1947). Morgan, A. P.: North American species of Agaricaceae, Melanosporae, /. My- cology, 13(2):53-62, (4):143-153, (6):246-255. 1907; 14(l):27-32, (2):64-75. 1908. Kauffman, Calvin H.: The genus Gomphidius in the United States, Mycologia, 17(3):113-126. PZs. 12-14. 1925. Singer, Rolf: The genus Gomphidius Fries in North America, Mycologia, 41(4):462-489. Figs. 1-3. 1949. Sartory, a., et L. Maire: Synopsis du genre Gomphidius, 23 pp. Paris, 1922(?). , ET : Synopsis du genre Chitonia. Paris, 1923. NiJESCH, E.: Die schwarzsporigen Blatterpilze der Kantone St. Gallon und Appenzell. Bestimmungsschliissel, Artenbeschreibung mit kritischen Bemerk- ungen und Fundverzeichnis, Jahrh. d. St. Gallischen Nalurwiss. Ges. 57(2): 141-169. 1920-1921. List 42. Gasteromyceteae — General Works (See also Mattirolo in List 17 and Graham in List 34.) CoKER, W. C, and John N. Couch: The Gasteromycetes of the Eastern United States and Canada, ix + 201 pp. 123 pis. Chapel Hill, Univ. North Carolina Press, 1928. : The Gasteromycetes of North Carolina, /. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 38(3-4) :23 1-243. PZs. 71-83. 1923. Morgan, A. P.: North American Fungi. The Gasteromycetes, /. Ciyicinnati Soc, Natural History, 11:141-149. Pis. 2-3. 1883; 12:8-22, 163-172. Pis. 1-2. 1890; 14:5-21, 141-148. Pis. 1, 2, 5. 1891-1892. Johnson, Minnie May: The Gasteromyceteae of Ohio: Puffballs, bird's-nest fungi and stinkhorns, Ohio Biological Survey Bull., 4(7):273-352. 1929. Kambly, Paul E., and Robert E. Lee: The Gasteromycetes of Iowa, U7iiv. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 17(4):121-185. Pis. 9-11. 1936. Henry, LeRoy K. : A review of the Gasteromycetes (fungi) of Western Pennsyl- vania, Ann. Carnegie Museum, 30:339-362. Pis. 1-4. 1947. (Article XX.) LIST 43. HYMENOGASTRALES, SCLERODERMATALES, ETC. 743 Kauffman, C. H.: Unreported Michigan fungi for 1907, with an outline of the Gasteromycetes of the state, Mich. Acad. Sci. Rept., 10:63-84. 1908. (In- cludes a key to the genera and species.) Moffat, Will S.: The higher fungi of the Chicago region: II. The Gastero- mycetes, Chicago Acad. Sci. Natural Histonj Bull., 7(2) :l-24. Pis. 1-26. 1923. GiLMAN, Joseph C.: Illustrations of the fleshy fungi of Iowa: VII. Some common puff balls, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 52:113-119. Figs. 1-6. 1945; VIII. The stinkhorns, ibid., 53:147-151. Figs. 1-5. 1946; IX. Further Gasteromycetes, ibid., 54:131-137. Figs. 1-7. 1947 (1948). Massee, George: A monograph of the British Gasteromycetes, Ann. Botany, 4(13):1-103. P^s. 1-4. 1891. Fries, Thore C. E.: Sveriges Gasteromyceter, Arkiv for Botanik, 17(9):l-63. Figs. 1-43. 1921. (Keys to orders, families, and genera, and descriptions of species of all Gasteromycetes known to occur in Sweden. Every genus and most species illustrated.) Lloyd, C. G.: The genera of the Gasteromycetes, Mycological Writings, 1 (1898- 1905). (Separate pagination, pp. 1-24.) Pis. 1-11. Jan. 1902. (Key to all the genera (American) and good illustrations.) Cunningham, G. H.: The Gasteromycetes of Australia and New Zealand, XV + 236 pp. Pis. 1-37. 1 text fig. Dunedin, New Zealand, published by the author, 1944. KiLLERMANN, S.: Bayerische Gasteromyceten, Kryptogamische Forschungen. Bayerische Botanische Gesellschaft. Erforschungen der Heimischen Flora, 7:498-512. 2 pis. 1926. ViEGAs, A. P.: Algunos fungos do Brasil: X. Gastromicetos, Bragantia, 5(9):583- 595. 1945. Lange, Morten: Macromycetes. I. The Gasteromycetes of Greenland, Meddalel- ser om Gr^inland, 147(4) :l-32. Illustrated. 1948. List 43. Hymenogastrales, Sclerodermatales, etc. Hesse, R.: Die Hypogaen Deutschlands. Natur, und Entwicklungsgeschichte sowie Anatomie und Morphologie der in Deutschland vorkommenden Triif- feln und der diesen verwandten Organismen nebst praktischen Anleitungen beziiglich deren Gewinnung und Verwendung, vol. 1, pp. 1-149. Pis. 1-13. Halle a. S., Ludw. Hofstetter, 1891. (Vol. 2 contains the Tuberales.) Bataille, F.: Flore analytique et descriptive des Hymenogastrac^es d'Europe, Bull. soc. mycol. France, 39:157-196. 1923. Soehner, Ert: Die Formenkreis von Hymenogaster tener Berk, et Br., Hedwigia, 64:192-202. Figs. 1-15. 1913. (Key and description of six species and varieties of Hymenogaster of the H. tener series.) : Hymenogasterstudien. Das Formenkreis um Hymenogaster verrucosum Buch., Hechvigia, 81(3-4): 162-1 92. PL 4. 1943. Lloyd, C. G.: The Hymenogastraceae. The Octaviana group. The genus Arc- angeliella, Mycological Notes, 7:1138-1143. Figs. 2152-2176. 1922. Velenovsky, J.: Les especes tch^ques du genre Rhizopogon Fr., Mykologia, 8:89-94.1^^.1931. 744 GUIDE TO THE LITEKATUKE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Zeller, Sanford M., and Carroll W. Dodge: Rhizopogon in North America, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 5(1) :l-36. Pis. 1-3. 1918. , AND : Gautieria in North America, ihid., 5(2) :133-142. PL 9. 1918. , AND : Arcangeliella, Gymnomyces and Macowanites in North America, ihid., 6(1) :49-59. Figs. 1-3. 1919. , AND — : Leucogaster and Leucophlebs in North America, ihid., 11(4):389-410. PZ. 11. 1924. — , AND : Hysterangium in North America, ihid., 16(l):83-228. Pis. 1-3. 1929. , AND : New species of Hydnangiaceae, ihid., 22:365-373. 1935. , AND : Elasraomyces, Arcangeliella, and Macowanites, ihid.. 23(4):599-638. 1936. -, AND : Melanogaster, ihid., 23(4):639-655. 1936. Dodge, Carroll W.: Alpova, a new genus of Rhizopogonaceae, with further notes on Leucogaster and Arcangeliella, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 18 :457-464. PZ. 40. 1931. , AND Sanford M. Zeller: Hydnangium and related genera, ihid., 23(4):565-598. 1936. Zeller, Sanford M.: New and noteworthy Gasteromycetes, Mycologia, 31(1) :1- 32. Figs. 1-54. 1939. (Includes a key to the families of the Hysterangiales.) : Further notes on fungi, ihid., 33(2):186-214. Figs. 1-17. 1941. (Mostly Hymenogastrales.) : North American species of Galeropsis, Gyrophragmium, Longia and Montagnea, ihid., 35(4):409-421. 1 fig. 1943. List 44. Lycoperdales, including Tulostomataceae and Podaxaceae Verwoerd, Len: Suid-Afrikaanse Lycoperdaceae en Nidulariaceae, Ann. Univ Stellenhosch, 3A(l):l-45. Figs. 1-14. 1925. Lloyd, C. G.: The Lycoperdons of the United States, Mycological Writings, 2 (1905-1908); Mycological Notes, 20:221-238. Pis. 41-67. 1905. Massee, George: A monograph of the genus Lycoperdon, /. Roy. Microscop. Soc, 1887(5) :701-727.P/.s. 12-13. 1887. Peck, Charles H. : New York species of Lycoperdon, Report of the State Botanist {New York), 32:58-72. 1879. Lohman, M. L. : The Iowa species of Lycoperdon, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 12(4):5-28. 2 pis. 1927. Massee, George A.: A revision of the genus Bovista, J. Botany, 26(4):129-137. PI. 282. 1888. Lloyd, C. G.: Key to American species of Catastoma, Mycological Notes, 7:1167- 1168. 1922. : The genus Bovistella, Mycological Writings, 2 (1905-1908); Mycological Notes, 23:277-287. Pis. 86-89. 1905. Long, W. H., and David J. Stoufper: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: II. Bovi- stina, a new genus, Mycologia, 33(3):270-273. 1 fig. 1941. LIST 44. LYCOPERDALES, INCLUDING TULOSTOMATACEAE 745 Zeller, Sanford M.: Representatives of the Mesophelliaceae in North America, Mycologia, 36(6) :627-637. Figs. 1-6. 1944. (Keys to the Suborder Lyco- perdineae, separating the three families Lycoperdaceae, Mesophelliaceae, and Geastraceae. Also a key to the 4 genera of Mesophelliaceae, Abstoma, Radiigera, Mesophellia, and Castoreum, and a monograph of the genus Radiigera.) Pole-Evans, I. B., and A. M. Bottomley: On the genera Diplocystis and Broomeia, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, 7:189-192. Pis. 19-22. 1919. Lloyd, C. G.: The Geasters, Mijcological Writirigs, 1(1898-1905). Figs. 1-80. 1902. (Separate pagination, pp. 1-44.) Morgan, A. P. : The North American Geasters, Am. Naturalist, 18(10) :963-970. Figs. 1-12. 1884. DeToni, J. B.: Revisio monographica generis Geastris Mich, e tribu Gastero- mycetum. Rev. mycoL, 9(34):61-77, (35):125-133. PZs. 62-63. 1887. Destree, Caroline E.: Revision des Geaster observfe dans les Pays-Bas, Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Ar chief, ser. 2, deel 6, stuk. 3. 488 pp. Illustrated. Nijmegen, 1894. Longnecker, William M.: The Geasters of Iowa, Univ. Iowa Studies in Natural History, 12(4):29-47. 2 pis. 1927. Coker, W. C.: The Geasters of the United States and Canada, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 39(3-4): 170-221. Pis. 18-36. 1924. Ponce de L:^on, Patricio : Contribuci6n al estudio de los Gasteromicetos Cubanos : I. El g^nero Geastrum en Cuba, Rev. soc. cubana Botan., 3(3):63-70. ^ figs. 1946. Reisner, Otaker: Les especes du genre Geaster Mich, en Boheme, Travaux Mycologiques Tchecoslaviques, 1:1-9. 1 pi. 1924. (Reprinted from Mxjkologia, 1, 1924.) Willis, J. H.: The Geastrae or "earth-stars" of Victoria, Victorian Naturalist, 51(5):115-124. PL 24. S figs. 1934. Long, W. H.: Studies in the Gasteromycetes : XL The genera Trichaster and Terrostella, Mycologia, 37(5):601-608. Figs. 1-4. 1945. , AND David J. Stouffer: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: XVI. The Geastraceae of the Southwestern United States, ibid., 40(5) :547-585. Figs. 1-52. 1948. Lloyd, C. G.: The Tylostomeae, Mycological Writings 2 :(1905-190S). Pis. 10, 11, 20, 28, 74-85. 1906. (Separate pagination, pp. 1-28.) White, V. S.: The Tylostomaceae of North America, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 28(8) :42 1-444. Pis. 31-40. 1901. van der Byl, Paul A. : The genus Tulostoma in South Africa, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, 9(2):185-186. PL 9. 1921. Fries, Thore C. E.: Sveriges Tulostoma-arter, Botan. Notiser, 1921(1) :33-36. Fig. 1. 1921. Petri, L.: Sul valore diagnostico del capillizio nel genere "Tylostoma" Pers., Ann. MycoL, 2(5):412-438. PL 6 (col.). 25 text figs. 1904. Massee, George: A monograph of the genus Calostoma, Ann. Botany, 2(5) :25- 45. PL 3. 1888. BuRNAP, Charles Edward: Notes on the genus Calostoma, Botan. Gaz., 23(3):180-192.P^. 19. 1897. Lloyd C. G.: The genus Mitremyces, Mycological Writings, 2(1905-1908). Mycological Notes, 30:238-243. Pis. 8, 9, 68, 69. Fig. 87. 1905. Long, W. H., and 0. A. Plunkett: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: I. The genus Dictyocephalos, Mycologia, 32(6):696-709. Figs. 1-13. 1940. (Contains also a key to the genera of Family Tulostomataceae.) 746 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OP FUNGI Long, W. H., and David J. Stoupfer: Studies in the Gasteromycetes : VII. The genus Schizostoma, ihid., 35(l):21-32. Figs. 1-8. 1943. , AND Sultan Ahmad: The genus Tylostoma in India, Farloivia, 3(2):225- 267. Figs. 1-25. 1947. : Studies in the Gasteromycetes: XV. Notes on new or rare species of Tylostoma, Lloydia, 10(2) :1 15-135. 19 ^^s. 1947. -: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: XVII. Two interesting species from Argentina, Lloydia, ll(l):57-59. Figs. 1-4. 1948. (Schizostoma argentinense and Broomeia congregata.) Rea, Paul Marshall: Fungi of Southern California, I, Mycologia, 34(5) :563- 574. 3 figs. 1942. (A study of Battarrea with a key to the two groups of species.) Long, W. H.: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: VIII. Battarrea laciniata, My- cologia, 35(5):546-556. Figs. 1-6. 1943. List 45. Nidulariales, including Arachniaceae White, V. S.: The Nidulariaceae of North America, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club 29(5) :251-280. P/s. 14-18. 1902. Lloyd, C. G.: The Nidulariaceae, Mycological Writings, 2:(1905-1908). Figs. 1-20. 1906. (Separate pagination, pp. 1-32.) KiLLERMANN, S.: Die Nidularia Fr.-Gruppe, Kryptogamische Forschungen her- ausgegeben von der Kryptogamenkommission der Bayerischen Botanischen Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der heimischen Flora, 2(2):194— 198. PI. 5. 1931. Long, W. H.: Studies in the Gasteromycetes: III. The Family Arachniaceae, Mycologia, 33(4):350-355. Figs. 1-7. 1941. (Includes descriptions of a new genus, Araneosa, and a key to the seven species of Arachnion recognized by the author.) List 46. Phallales Fischer, E.: Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Entwicklungsgeschichte und Systematik der Phalloiden, I, Denkschrift der Schweizerischen Naturfor- schenden Gesellschaft, 32(1):1-103. Pis. 1-6. 1890; II, ibid., 33(1):1-51. 3 pis. 5 figs. 1893; III, ibid., 36(2):l-84. 6 pis. 4 figs. 1900. Lloyd, C. G.: Synopsis of the known Phalloids, Mycological Writings, 3:(1909- 1912). \07 figs. 1909. (Se])arate pagination, pp. 1-96.) Fetch, T.: The Phalloideae of C'eylon, Ann. Royal Botanical Garden Peraderiiya, 4:139-184. 1908. Martin, G. W.: Notes on Iowa fungi. 1928, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 36:127-130. 1 pi. 1929. (Descriptions of the Iowa species of Mutinus.) BoEDiJN, K. B.: The Phallineae of the Netherkmds East Indies, Bull. Jardin Botaniqv^ de Buitenzorg, ser. Ill, 12:71-103. 12 figs. 1932. LIST 47. SPHAEROPSIDALES 747 Long, W. H.: The Phalloideae of Texas, /. Mycology, 13(3) : 102-1 14. Pis. 102-106. 1907. , AND David J. Stouffer: Studies in the Gasteromycetes : XVIII. The Phalloids of the Southwestern United States, Lloydia, ll(l):60-76. Figs. 1-21. 1948. KoBAYASi, Y. : Revisions of several species of Clathraceae, J. Japanese Botany, 13(4):262-270. Illustrated. 1937. (Japanese, with Latin diagnoses of species.) Lopes, J. Pinto: Lysurus sulcatus (Cke. et Massee) Cunn. e a ordem das Phal- lales em Portugal, Bol. soc. Broteriana, 19(2a ser., Pt. I) :125-162. 8 pis. 1944. List 47. Sphaeropsidales Bender, Harold B.: The genera of Fungi Imperfecti: North American species and hosts with particular reference to Connecticut, 3 parts, 2000 pages. Unpublished thesis, Yale University, (June) 1931. : The Fungi Imperfecti: Order Sphaeropsidales. With keys and references for the genera, 52 pp. North Woodbury, Conn., published by the author, 1934. Grove, W. B.: British stem- and leaf-fungi (Coelomycetes). A contribution to our knowledge of the Fungi Imperfecti belonging to the Sphaeropsidales and Melanconiales : I. Sphaeropsidales. To the end of the Sphaerioideae which have colourless or nearly colourless spores, xx + 488 pp., 31 figs., 1935; II. Remainder of Sphaeropsidales and the Melanconiales, xii + 407 pp., 102 figs., 1937; Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press. voN Hohnel, Franz: Zur Systematik der Sphaeropsideen und Melanconieen, Ann. Mycol., 9(3) :258-265. 1911. : System der Fungi Imperfecti Fuckel: I. Histiomyceten; II. Synnemato- myceten, Mykologische Untersuchungen und Berichte, l(3):301-369. 1923. Unamuno, p. Luis M. : Enumeracion y distribucion geografica de los Esferopsidales conocidos de la peninsula Iberica y de las Islas Baleares. Familia Esferioid- aceos, Memorias de la Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales de Madrid. Serie de Ciencias Naturales, 4:1-457. 1933. (A list of all species known from the area of the work with no descriptions. Also a host index.) Martin, George: The Phyllostictas of North America, /. Mycology, 2(2):13-20, (3) :25-27. 1886. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: The North American Phyllostictas with descriptions of the species published up to August, 1900, 79 pp. 1900. Anderson, P. J.: Index to American species of Phyllosticta, Mycologia, 11(2) :66- 79. 1919. (Additions to the species of Phyllosticta that have been recorded for North America since the publication of the preceding article together with a complete host index for the now known North American species.) Seaver, Fred. J.: Phyllostictales. Phyllostictaceae (pars). North American Flora, 6:1-84. 1922. (The genus Phyllosticta.) DaCosta, G. C, and B. B. Mundkur: A revision of the Genus Phyllosticta in India, Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India, 14(2):55-63. 1948. CiFERRi, R. : Notae mycologicae et phytopathologicae, ser. I, No. 1-11, Ann. Mycol., 20(1-2) :34-53. PI. 1. 1922. (Contains a conspectus of the species of Phyllosticta on Acer and on Cydonia.) 748 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Tehon, L. R., and E. Y. Daniels: Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois: III, Mycologia, 19(3):110-129. PL 11. 1927. (Contains, aside from descriptions of new species, keys to the five known species of Phyllosticta parasitic on Syringa vulgaris, to the four known species of Phyllosticta parasitic on Solidago, to the four known species parasitic on Nymphaea advena, to the three known species on Plantago, to the two species known on Sassafras, to the five species known on Chenopodium, to the four species of Septoria known on Festuca, and to the three species of Cercospora known on Setaria.) , and G. L. Stout: Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois: IV, ibid., 21(4):180-196. PL 13. 1929. (Contains a key to distinguish five genera of the Family Stigmateaceae, Order Hemisphaeriales; also keys to the American species of Phyllosticta on Rubus, to the three known species attacking Asparagus officinalis, to the two species of Cercospora on Sarabucus, to eight species of Diplodia occurring on Acer.) : Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois: V, ibid., 25(4) :237-257. PL 34. 1933. (Contains keys to the 15 species of Phyllosticta known in America on Quercus, to the 6 species of Stagonospora reported on Scirpus, and to the 10 species of Marssonina reported on Salix.) Notes on the parasitic fungi of Illinois: VI, ibid., 29(4) :434-446. Figs. 1-9. 1937. (Contains keys to 4 species of Phyllosticta on Plantago, 10 species of Macrophoma on grasses, and 5 species of Septoria on Quercus.) Grove, W. B.: The British species of Phomopsis, Roy. Botan. Gardens, Kew. BuU. Misc. Inform., 1917(2) :49-73. Pis. 1-2. 1917. : Species placed by Saccardo in the genus Phoma, ibid., 1919(4) :177-201. Figs. 1-23. (10):425-445. Figs. 1-6. 1919; 1921(4) :136-157. Figs. 1-8. 1921. (Discusses and gives descriptions of many species placed by Saccardo in Phoma but which must be transferred to other genera, e.g., Phomopsis, Dendrophoma, Dothiorella, Cytospora, Diplodia, Camerosporium, Rhabdo- spora, Gloeosporium, Colletotrichum, etc.) : The British species of Cytospora, ibid., 1923(1) :l-30. 1923. -: The British species of Ceuthospora and Cytosporina, ibid., 1923(10) :353- 359. 1923. Gutner, L. S.: Materialien zu einer Monographic der Gattung Cytospora, Acta Instituti Botanici Academiae Scientiarum U.S.S.R., ser. II, Fasc. 2, pp. 411- 484. Figs. 1-66. 1934. (Russian, with German summary.) von Hohnel, Franz: Fragmente zur Mykologie: 973. tJber Myxosporella populi Jaap, Sitzber. kaiserlichen Akad. Wiss. Wien Math, naturiv. Klasse, 125 :76-80. 1916. (Gives key to the genera of the family Sclerophomaceae.) Sydow, H. und p. : Scleropycnis, ein neurer Gattungstypus unter den hyalosporen Sphaeropsideen, Ann. MycoL, 9(3) :277-278. Figs. 1-4. 1911. Jaczewski, a. L. : Monographie du genre Sphaeronema, Notwelle Memoire de la Societe Imperials des Naturalistes de Moscou 15, 112 pp. Illustrated. 1898. Petrak, F. : Mykologische Notizen 225: tJber einige Pleurostromella Neben- fruchtformen von Cucurbitariaceen, A^in. MycoL, 21(3-4) :2 15-224. 1923. Diedicke, H.: Die Gattung Phomopsis, Ann. MycoL, 9(l):8-35. Pis. 1-3. 1911. (Besides a discussion of the known species of this genus and of the structural cliaracters, tlie author gives a key distinguishing Phomopsis, Plenodomus, Dothiopsis, Sclerophoma, and Sclerotiopsis.) LIST 47. SPHAEROPSIDALES 749 — : Die Gattung Plenodomus Preuss, ibid., 9(2):137-141. PI. 8. 1911. - — : Dothiopsis, Sclerophoma und Sclerotiopsis, ibid., 9(3) :279-285. PI. 15. 1911. — : Die Gattung Asteroma, ibid., 9(5) : 534-548. PL 18. 1911. — : Myxofusicoccum, nov. gen. Sphaeropsidearum, ibid., 10(l):68-72. Figs. 1-5. 1912. Die Abteilung Hyalodidymae der Sphaerioideen, ibid., 10(2):135-152. 1912. Davis, J. J. : North American Ascochytae, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 19(2) :655- 670. 1919. Swift, Marjorie E. : A new species of Chaetomella on rose, Mycologia, 22(4) :165- 168. Fig. 1. 1930. (Includes a key to the described species of Chaetomella with spore measurements and hosts.) DiEDicKE, H.: Die braunsporigen Sphaeropsideen, Ann. Mycol., ll(l):44-53. 1913. (A discussion of a few genera of this group.) Petrak, F.: Mycologische Notizen, V, 187. Coniotliyrinula n.g., Ann. Mycol., 21(1-2) :2-8. 1923. (Descriptions of genera segregated from Coniothyrium, and key.) Petrak, F., and H. Sydow: Die Gattungen der Pyrenomyzeten, Sphaeropsideen und Melanconieen: Teil I. Die phaeosporen Sphaeropsideen und die Gattung Macrophoma, Repertorium Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis Beihefte, 42(1-3) :1-551. 1926-1927. Diedicke, H.: Die Gattung Septoria, Ann. Mycol., 10(5) :478-487. 1912. Martin, George: Enumeration and description of the Septoriae of North America, /. Mycology, 3(4) :37-41, (5) :49-53, (6) :61-69, (7) :73-82, (8) :85-94. 1887. Uppal, B. N.: a provisional list of the species of Septoria from Iowa, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 32:189-199. 1925. (List with descriptions and spore measure- ments, also host index.) Garman, Philip, and F. L. Stevens: The genus Septoria presented in tabulation with discussion. Trans. Illinois Acad. Sci., 13:176-219. 1920. Sprague, Roderick: The genus Phaeoseptoria on grasses in the Western Hemi- sphere, Mycologia, 35(4):483-491. Figs. 1-2. 1943. : The status of Septoria alopecuri and some related species, ibid., 35(3) :259- 263. Fig. 1. 1943. LiNDER, David H. : New species of Sphaeropsidales and Melanconiales, Mycologia, 35(5) :495-502. 1 fig. 1943. Fetch, T.: British Nectrioideae and allied genera, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 26(1-2) :53-70. 1943. Diedicke, H.: Die Leptostromaceen, Ann. Mycol, 11(2):172-184. Figs. 1-10. 1913. (A discussion of some of the genera and species of this family and of the Pycnothyriaceae segregated from it.) Arnaud, G.: Les Ast&inees, Ann. ecole nat. agr. Montpellier, N.S., 16:1-288. Pis. 1-53. Figs. 1-22. 3 maps. 1918. (Pages 205 to 220 and pis. 46-50 are devoted to Asterinoid pycnidioid fungi. A key is given to the genera and these are described.) ViEGAS, A. P.: Algunos fungos do Brasil: XL Fungi imperfect!, Bragantia, 5(12):715-780. 1945. (Sphaeropsidales.) 750 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OP FUNGI List 48. Melanconiales Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: The North American species of Gloeosporium, /. Mycologxj, 1(9):109-119. 1885. : North American species of Cylindrosporium, ihid., 1(10):126-128. 1885. : Additions to Cercospora, Gloeosporium and Cylindrosporium, ihid., 3(2):13-22. 1887. Grove, W. B.: The British species of Melanconium, Roy. Botan. Gardens, Kew. Bull. Misc. Inform., 1918:161-178. 1 plate. 1918. Klebahn, H.: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fungi Imperfecti: III. Zur Kritik einiger Pestalozzia-Arten, Mycolog. Centr., 4(1):1-19. Figs. 34-38. 1914. Guba, E. F.: Monograph of the genus Pestalotia de Notaris, I, Phytopathology, 19(3) :91-232. PL 4. Figs. 1-7. 1929; II, Mycologia, 24(4):355-397. Figs. 1-4. 1932. (Part II contains a key to all the species whose descriptions are dis- tributed in Parts I and II.) Steyaert, R. L.: Contribution a I'^tude des Pestalotia du Congo beige, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux., 19(2):173-186. 3 pis. 1948. Shen, C. I.: Species of Pestalozzia and Monochaetia in China, Contributions of the Biological Laboratory of the Scientific Society of China, Botanical Series, 7(5):131-141. 2 figs. 1932. Duke, Maud M.: The genera Vermicularia Fr. and CoUetotrichum Cda., Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 13(3-4) :156-184. 1 pi. U figs. 1928. Edgerton, C. W. : The Melanconiales, Trans. Am. Microscopical Soc, 31:243- 265. Figs. 1-9. 1912. VifiGAS, A. p.: Algunos fungos do Brasil: XII. Fungi imperfecti — Melanconiales, Bragantia, 6(l):l-37. 11 pis. 2 figs. 1946. List 49. Moniliales : Moniliaceae (For the asporogenous (i.e., imperfect) yeasts see List 30.) Actinoinycetes. (This group of organisms is often considered to be intermediate between the Bacteria and the Fungi. Other students consider them to be Imperfect Fungi, and in that case they should be placed in or near to the Moniliaceae. They are accord- ingly so placed in this list.) Breed, Robert S.; E. G. D. Murray; and A. Parker Hetchens: Bergey's Manual of Determinative Bacteriology, ed. 6., xvi + 1529 pp. Baltimore, The Williams and Wilkins Co., 1948. (Pages 875-980 are devoted to Actino- mycetales, divided into three families: Mycobacteriaceae, Actinomycetaceae, and Streptoniycetaceae. Aside from the foregoing, most recent and extensive work the following papers may prove helpful.) Dreschler, Charles: Mori)hology of the genus Actinomyces, Botan. Gaz., 67(l):65-83, (2):147-168. Pis. 2-9. 1919. Waksman, S. a., and R. E. Curtis: The Actinomyces of the soil, Soil Sci., 1:99-134. PZs. 1-3. Fig. 1. 191G. LIST 49. moniliales:moniliaceae 751 : Cultural studies of species of Actinomyces, ibid., 8:71-207. Pis. 1-4. 1919. DucHE, Jacques: Les Actinomyces du groupe albus, in Encyclop^die Mycol- ogique, vol. 6, pp. 1-375. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-32. Paris, Paul Lechevalier et Fils, 1934. Breed, R. S., and H. J. Conn: The nomenclature of the Actinomyceteae, /. J5ac<., 4:583-602. 1919. Erikson, D.: Morphology, cytology and taxonomy of the Actinomycetes, Ann. Rev. Microbiol., 3. 1949. Jensen, H. L. : Contributions to our knowledge of the Actinomycetales, I, Proc . Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 56:79-98. 1931; II, ibid., 56:345-370. Pis. 19-20. 1931 (recognizes two families: Proactinomycetaceae and Actinomy- cetaceae with 3 and 2 genera, respectively. Gives morphological and cultural descriptions of about 20 species of Actinomyces and 6 of Proactinomyces) ; III. Further observations on the genus Micromonospora, ibid., 57:173-180. Illustrated. 1932; IV. The identity of certain species of Mycobacterium and Proactinomyces, ibid., 57(5-6) :364-376. Illustrated. 1932. DE Mello, F., et J. F. St. Antonio Fernandes: Revision des champignons appartenants au genre Nocardia, Mem. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 7:103-138. 1919. Baldacci, E. : Revisione di alcune specie del genere Actinomyces, Mycopathologia, 1(1) :68-76. 1938. : Introduzione alio studio degli Attinomiceti, ibid., 2:84-106. Pis. 13-15. 1939. : Contributo alia sistematica degU Attinomiceti, IV. Sull' Actinomyces melanosporus Kr., Atti. ist. botan. "Giovanni Briosi" e lab. crittogam. univ. Pavia, ser. 10:321-329. 3 ^^s. 1938. : Die Svstematik der Actinomyceten, Mycopathologia, 4(l):60-84. 1947. Moniliaceae. Constantin, J.: Les Muc^din^es simples. Mat^riaux pour I'histoire des champig- nons, vol. 2, viii + 210 pp. Figs. 1-190. Paris, Librairie Paul Klincksieck, 1888. (Keys to the families and genera of the Moniliales (not to species).) Fragoso, Romualdo Gonzales: Estudio sistemdtico de los Hifales de la flora espanola, Mem. real acad. dene. Madrid. Ser. cienc. nat., 6:1-377. 85 figs. 1927. Linder, David H.: A contribution towards a monograph of the genus Oidium, Llo^jdia, 5(3) :165-207. 7 pis. 1942. Berkhout, Christine Marie : De schimmelgeslachten Monilia, Oidium, Oospora en Torula, pp. 1-77. Pis. 1-4. Doctor's Thesis, University of Utrecht. Scheveningen, Edauw and Johannissen, 1923. Pinkerton, M. Elizabeth: A comparative study of conidial formation in Cephal- osporium and some related Hyphomycetes, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 23(l):l-68. Pis. 1-6. 1936. (Keys to the human-parasitic species of Cephalo- sporium and to related saprophytic genera, Clonostachys, Gliocladium, etc.) Baldacci, E.; R. Ciferri; e E. Vaccari: Revisione sistematica del genere Malbranchea, Atti ist. botan. "Giovanni Briosi" e lab. crittogam. univ. Pavia, ser. IV, 11:75-103. 15 figs. 1938. SiMOES Barbosa, Frederico a.: Subsidios para o estudo parasitologico do genero Hyalopus Corda, 1938, 62 pp. 6 pis. Recife, Imprensa Industrial, 1941. Thom, Charles: The Penicillia, xiii + 644 pp. 98 j^^s. Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins Co., 1930. 752 GUIDE TO THE LITEKATURB FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OP FUNGI Raper, Kenneth B., and Charles Thom: A manual of the Penicillia, i-ix, 1-875 pp. 10 Colored plates. 172 Figs. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins Co. 1949. , AND Dorothy I. Fennell: New species of Penicillium, Mycologia, 40(5) :507-546. Figs. 1-11. 1948. BiouRGE, P.: Les moisissures du groupe Penicillium Link, La Cellule, 33:1-331. Col. pis. 1-13. Pis. 1-23. 1923. (An attempt at a monograph of this difficult genus.) Sopp, Olav Johan-Olsen: Monographie der Pilzgruppe Penicillium. Mit beson- derer Berlicksichtigung der in Norwegen gefundenen Arten, Videnskapsel- skapets-Skrifter I. Mat.-naturv. Klasse, 1912(11) :l-208. Pis. 1-23. Fig. I. 1912. Westling, R. : Uber die griinen Spezies der Gattung Penicillium. Versuch einer Monographie, Arkiv for Botanik, 11(1):1-156. Figs. 1-81. 1911. WoLTJE, Wilhelm: Unterscheidung einiger Penicillium-species nach physiol- ogischen Merkmalen, Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Zweite Abt., 48:97-130. 1918. Shih, You-Kuang: The Penicillium from Wuchang, Central China, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc, 14(4) :286-296. PL 12. 1936. NiETHAMMER, Anneliese : Zur Systematik der Pilzgruppe Penicillium Link: L Mitteilung: Die Untersektion Radiata (in der Sektion Velutina der Asym- metrica), Arch. Mikrobiol., 14(l):46-62. Q figs. 1948. Petch, T.: Gliocladium, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 22:257-263. Figs. 1-2. 1938-39. Thom, Charles, and Kenneth B. Raper: A Manual of the Aspergilli, ix + 373 pp. 7 col. pis. 7Qfigs. Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins Co., 1945. Blochwitz, Adalbert: Die Gattung Aspergillus: I. Neue Spezies, Diagnosen, Synonyme, Ann. Mycol., 27:205-240. PI. 3. 1929. (Includes a key to the recognized species of the genus.) : Die Gattung Aspergillus: IL Neue Spezies, Synonyme und Nachtrage, ibid., 31(1-2) :73-83. 1933. : Die Gattung Aspergillus: III. Neue Spezies, Varianten und Mutanten der Konidienfarbe, Synonyme und interessante Standorte, ibid., 32(1-2) :83- 89. 1934. ■: Die Gattung Aspergillus: IV. Neue Arten, Synonyme, Varianten und Mutationen, ibid., 33(3-4) :238-250. 1935. Neill, J. C: The mould fungi of New Zealand: I. The genus Penicillium, Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, 67:101-112. Pis. 22-24. 1937; II. The genus Aspergillus, ibid., 69:237-264. 1939. (Keys and descriptions and illustrations of all species of Penicillium recognized in New Zealand and keys and descrip- tions of all 18 species of Aspergillus recognized as valid, of which 12 are known in New Zealand. Sixteen doubtful species are also described.) Shih, Y. K.: A taxonomic study of the genus Aspergillus around Wuchang, Central China (Hyphomycetes), Lingnan Sci. J., 15(3):365-378. PI. 16. (4):607-612. 1936. MossERAY, Raoul: Les Aspergillus de la section "Niger" Thom and Church, La Cellule, 43(2):203-28(3. 4 pis. 1934. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: North American species of Ramularia with descriptions of the species, /. Mycology, l(6):73-83. 1885. , and : Supplementary notes on Ramularia, ibid., 1(8):102. 1885. , and : Additions to Ramularia and Cercospora, ibid., 4(1) :l-7. 1888. SuMSTiNE, David Ross: Studies in North American Hyphomycetes: I. The genera Rhinotrichum and Olpitrichum, Mycologia, 3(2):45-56. Pis. 37-39. 1911; II. The tribe Oosporeae, ibid., 5(2):45-6i. Pis. 82-84. 1913. Hansford, C. G.: The genus Eriomycopsis, Bothalia, 4(2) :464-472. 17 figs. 1942. ("Hyphomycetea Mucedinea, Macronemea.") LIST 50. moniliales:dematiaceae 753 WoLLENWEBER, H. W. : Ramularia, Mycosphaerella, Nectria, Calonectria. Eine morphologisch-pathologische Studie zur Abgrenzung von Pilzgruppen mit cylindrischen und sichelformigen Konidienformen, Phytopathology, 3(4):197- 242. Pis. 20-22. 1913. List 50. Moniliales : Dematiaceae LiNDER, David H.: New Venezuela Fungi Imperfecti, Mycologia, 29(6):656-664. Qfigs. 1937. (Includes a key for the differentiation of all the 11 known species of Periconia that possess rough globose spores.) Mason, E. W.: On species of the genus Nigrospora Zimmermann recorded on Monocotyledons, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 12:152-165. PI. 15. 1927. : Annotated account of fungi received at the Imperial Mycological Insti- tute, List II, Fascicle 3(special part):101-144. Figs. 31-44. 1941. (A careful study of the genera Monotospora Sacc. and Monotospora Corda, Torula Pers., Gliomastix Guegen, Catenularia Grove, Sporocybe Fr., sensu Bon- orden, Zygosporium.) GoiDANicH, Gabriele: II genere di Ascomiceti Grosmannia G. Gold., Boll. staz. patol. vegetale, N.S., 16(l):26-60. PI. 1. Figs. 1-19. 1936. (Description of the genus Scopularia and its species connected with the ascomycetous genus Grosmannia.) VAN Beyma thoe Kingma, F. H.: Beschreibung der im Centraalbureau voor Schimmelcultures vorhandenen Arten der Gattungen Phialophora Thaxter und Margarinomyces laxa, nebst Schllissel zu ihrer Bestimmung, Antonie van Leeuwenhoek J. Microbiol. SeroL, 9(1-2) :51-76. Figs. 1-15. 1943. Baldacci, Elio: Un nuovo genere di micete parassito del pioppa PoUaccia radiosa (Lib.) Baldacci e Ciferri. Revisione dei g. Stigmella e Stigmina, Atti ist. botan. "Giovanni Briosi" e lab. crittogam. univ. Pavia, ser. IV, 10:55-72. bfigs. 1938. Neergaard, Paul: Danish species of Alternaria and Stemphylium. Taxonomy. Parasitism. Economical significance, Communications from the Phytopatho- logical Laboratory of J. E. Ohlsens Enke, Copenhagen, pp. 1-559. Figs. 1-157. Copenhagen, Einar Munksgaard, Publisher, 1945. Groves, J. W., and A. J. Skolko: Notes on seed-borne fungi: I. Stemphylium, Can. J. Research, C, 22 :190-199. Illustrated. 1944; II. Alternaria, ibid., 22 :217- 234. Illustrated. 1944; III. Curvularia, ibid., 23:94-104. Pis. 1-7, 1945. Elliott, John A.: Taxonomic characters of the genera Alternaria and Macro- sporium. Am. J. Botany, 4(8) :439-476. Pis. 19-20. 9 graphs. 1917. Young, P. A. : Tabulation of Alternaria and Macrosporium, Mycologia, 21(3) :155- 166. 1929. Drechsler, Charles: Some graminicolous species of Helminthosporium, J. Agr. Research, 24:641-740. Pis. 1-33. 1923. Stevens, F. L.: Some meliolicolous parasites from Porto Rico, Botan. Gaz., 65(3) :227-249. Pis. 5-6. Figs. 1-5. 1918. (Contains keys to the Porto Rican species of Arthrobotryum and Helminthosporium that occur on Meliola.) Hughes, S. J.: Studies on microfungi. II. The genus Sporoschisma Berkeley & Broome and a redescription of Helminthosporium rousselianum Montague, 754 GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Commonwealth Mycological Institute Mycological Papers, 31 :l-33. PL 1. Figs. 1-9. 1949. Jacques, J. Emile: Studies in the genus Heterosporium, Contribs. inst. botan. univ. Montreal No. 39:1-46. Pis. 1-6. 1941. Linder, David H. : A monograph of the Helicosporous Fungi Imperfecti, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 16(3) :227-388. Pis. 12-31. Figs. 1-17. 1929. : The genus Helicoceras, ibid., 18(1) :l-7. PL 1. 1931. : Brief notes on the HeUcosporeae with descriptions of four new species, ibid., 18(1):9-16. PZ. 2. 1931. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart: Enumeration of the North American Cerco- sporae, /. Mycology, l(l):17-24, (2):33-40, (4):49-56, (5):61-65. 1885. ,'and — : Additions to Cercospora, Gloeosporium and Cylindrosporium, ibid., 3(2):13-22. 1887. AND — ■ — — •: Additions to Ramularia and Cercospora, ibid., 4(1) :l-7. 1888. Overholts, L. a.: Species of Cercospora on Smilax in the United States, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 14(4) :425-432. Pis. 40-41. 1927. LiENEMAN, Catherine: A host index to the North American species of the genus Cercospora, Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, 16(l):l-52. 1929. SoLHEiM, William G.: Morphological studies of the genus Cercospora, Illinois Biological Monographs, 12(1) :l-84. Pis. 1-4. 1929. (Divides the genus into 21 sections listing the species under each and describing in detail the more important species.) , AND F. L. Stevens: Cercospora Studies: II. Some tropical Cercosporae, Mycologia, 23(5) -.363-405. Figs. 1-12. 1931. Davis, R. H. : The Cercospora leaf spot of rose caused by Mycosphaerella rosicola, ibid., 30(3) :282-298. Figs. 1-7. 1938. (Contains a key to the four species of Cercospora known to grow on Rosa.) Savulescu, Trian, et T. Rayss: Les Cercospora parasites des feuilles de vigne en Palestine, Rev. path, vegetale entomol. agr. France, 22(3):1-19. Pis. 1-6. 1935. Ray, W. Winfield: Notes on Oklahoma Cercosporae, I, Mycologia, 33(2) :174- 177. 1941; II, ibid., 34(5) :555-562. 1942. MtJLLER, Albert S., y Charles Chupp: Las Cercospora de Venezuela, Bol. soc. venezolana cienc. nat., 8(52):33-59. 1942. (List and host index of 176 species of Cercospora including descriptions of 29 species new to science.) , Y : Cercosporae de Minas Geraes, Arquiv. inst. biol. vegetal, l(3):213-220. 1935. Y : Una segunda contribuigao a 's Cercosporae de Minas Geraes, i6id., 3(l):91-98. 1936. Chupp, Charles: Cercosporae. Reprinted from C. E. Chardon and R. A. Toro: Mycological Exploration of Venezuela, pp. 241-255. Monographs of the Univ. Puerto Rico, Series B, No. 2. 1934. : Cercospora species and their host genera, Dept. Plant Pathol., New York (Cornell) Agr. Expt. Sta. Mimeographed Circ, 23 pp. 1937. -, AND David H. Linder: Notes on Chinese Cercosporae, Mycologia, 29(l):26-33. 1 fig. 1937. Tai, T. L.: Cercosporae of China, I, Bull. Chinese Botan. Soc, 2:45-66. 5 pis. 1936; II, IJoydia, ll(l):36-56. Figs. 1-15. 1948. ViEGAS, A. P.: Alguns fungos do Brasil: Cercospora, Bol. soc. brasil. agron. (Rio de Janeiro), 8(1):1-160. 86 p/.s. 18 ^^s. 1945. Yamamoto, Wataro: Cercospora from Formosa, I, Trans. Sapporo Natural History Soc., 13:139-143. Figs. 1-3. 1934. LIST 51. moniliales:tuberculariaceae, stilbellaceae 755 — : Cercospora-Arten aus Taiwan (Formosa), II, /. Tropical A^r., 6:599-608. Figs. 1-4. 1934. List 51. Moniliales : Tuberculariaceae, Stilbellaceae and Mycelia Sterilia Fusarium. Appel, O., und H. W. Wollen WEBER : Grundlagen einer Monographie der Ciattung Fusarium (Link), Arheiten aus der Kaiserlichen Anstalt fiir Land- und Forshvirtschaft, 8:1-207. Pis. 1-3. Figs. 1-10. 1910. (This work is the basis for most of the subsequent systematic work on this genus.) WoLLENWEBER, H. W. : Fusaria autographice delineata, Ann. MijcoL, 15(1-2) :1- 56. 1917. Supplementary to this, 659 separate sheets of drawings. : Fusarium-Monographie. Fungi parasitici etsaprophytici, I, Z.Parasitenk., 3(3):269-516. Figs. 1-71. 1931; II, Centr. Bakt. Parasitenk. Abt. II, 106(5- 7):104-135, (8-10):171-202. 71 figs. 1943. UND O. A. Reinking: Die Fusarien, ihre Beschreibung, Schadwirkung und Bekam])fung, 355 pp. 9^^ figs. Berlin, Paul Parey, 1935. Shkkbakoff, C. ]).: Fusaria (jf potatoes, dornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem., 6:89-270. Col. pis. 1-7. Figs. 1-51. 1915. Reinking, O. A., and H. W. Wollenweber: Tropical Fusaria, Philippine J. Sci., 32(2):103-252. 6 pis. (2 colored). 47 figs. 1927. DoiDGE, Ethel M.: Some South African Fusaria, Bothalia, 3(3):331-483. Pis. 1-4. Figs. 1-48. 1938. BuGNicouRT, Francis: Les Fusarium et Cylindrocarpon de ITndochine, These de doctorat es sciences, Paris. 208 pp. 10 pis. 36 figs. Paris, Paul Lechevalier, 1939. Jamalainen, E. a.: Ueber die Fusarien Finnlands, I, Staatl. Landwirtsch. T er- s'uchstdtigk. Veroffentlich., 122, 22 pp. 5 figs. Helsinki, 1943. Snyder, W. C. : Notes on Fusaria of the section Martiella, Zentr. Bakt. Parasitenk., Abt. II, 91(8-10) :163-184. Illustrated. 1934. ^ AND H. N. Hansen: The species concept in Fusarium with reference to section Martiella, Am. J. Botany, 28(9) :738-742. 1941. ^jjD ; The species concept in Fusarium with reference to Discolor and other sections, ibid., 32(10) :657-666. 1945. Miller, J. J.: Cultural and taxonomic studies on certain Fusaria: II. The tax- onomic problem in Fusarium with particular reference to section Elegans, Can. J. Research, C, 24:213-223. 1946. (Keys to 13 species based on the features expressed on potato dextrose agar.) Other Tuberculariaceae. Hughes, S. J.: Studies in microfungi: I. The genus Fusariella Saccardo, My- cological Papers. The Commonwealth Mycological histitute, 28:1-11. Figs. 1-5. 1949. Preston, N. C: Observations on the genus Myrothecumi Tode: I. The three classic species, Brit. Mycol. Soc. Trans., 26(3-4) :158-168. 2 pis. Text figs. 1943. 75G GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF FUNGI Stevens, F. L., and Nora Dalby: New or noteworthy Porto Rican fungi, Mtj- cologia, 11(1) :4-9. Pis. 2-3. 1919. (Gives a generic key to the Tuberculari- aceae — Scolecosporae.) Stilbellaceae. VAN Zinderen-Bakker, E. M.: Stephanoma tetracoccum, Ann. MycoL, 32(1- 2):101-104. 1 fig. 1934. (Descriptions of all known species of the genus.) Fetch, T. : The genus Endocalyx Berkeley and Broome, Ann. Botany, 22(87) :389- 400. P/. 24. 1908. Mycelia Sterilia. HoTsoN, J. W.: Notes on l)ull)iferous fungi with a key to the described species, Botan. Gaz., 64(4) :265-284. Pis. 21-23. Figs. 1-6. 1917. (Chiefly Fapulospora.) Shaw, F. J. F., and S. L. Ajrekar: The genus Rhizoctonia in India, Mem. Dept. Agr. India. Botanical Series, 7:177-194. Pis. 1-6. 1915. Matz, J.: The Rliizoctonias of Porto Rico; J. Dcpt. Agr. Porto Rico, 5:1-31. Pis. 1-28. 1921. INDEX Boldface folios indicate main discussion of topic. Abe, 24 Abies, 395, 403, 405, 494 Absidia, 165 oerulea, 160 glnuca, 160, 163, 164 septula , 164 spi7iosa, 160 Abstoma, 553 Acaulopage, 179 Acer, 235, 589 rubrum, 235 Acervulus, 231, 263, 333, 334 Achlya, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 112, 130, 142 flagellata, 110 glomerata, 34 oblongata, var. globosa, 104 polyandra, 104 racemosa, 111 Achlyogeton, 95 Achlyogetonaceae, 50 /I cm, 482 Acrasiales, 23, 29, 30, 35, 36, 631 key to genera, 38 .4rr«s/s, 30 Actinodothis, 319, 354 Actinomyces, 179, 585, 603 6o?;is, 585 Actinomycetaceae, 585 Actinomycetales, 585 Actinonema, 231 Adams, 387 Aecial priniordivim, 386, 390 Aecidiospore, 381 Aecidium, 408, 572 berberidis, 18 Aeciosporo, 381, 388 origin of chains, 392 Aecium, 399 caeomoid, 400, 407, 408 cornute, 399, 407 Aecium — {Continued) cupulato, 399, 400, 407 diffuse, 399, 408 hyphoid, 399, 400, 407 secondary, 399 types, 400 uredioid, 407 Aethalium, 28 Agaricaceae, 9, 10, 11, 12, 193, 469, 470, 480, 484, 494, 497, 498, 500, 501, 502, 505, 506, 507, 509, 510, 534, 540, 541, 543 keys to genera, 520 115, Agaricacces, 470 Agaricales, 335, 464, 469, 471, 498, 534 origin, 652 Agaricum, 11 fungus, 10 Agaricus, 10, 11, 502, 504, 507, 542 arvensis, 196, 498, 502, 509 campestris, 196, 369, 374, 498, 506, 509, 589 rodmani, 502 Ajello, 63 Alhuginaceae, 8, 127, 135, 136, key to genera, 145 Albugo, 135, 139, 142 bliti, 136, 137 Candida, 135, 137, 139 i pomoeae-panduranae 138 portulacae, 133, 137, 138 tragopogonis, 137 Aleuria umbrina, 586 Aleuriospore, definition of, 575 Aleurodiscus, 475 amorphus, 474 Algae, blue-green, 217 green, 217 Alina, 317 Alisma, 65 757 372, 467, 495, 496, 503, 504, 511, 532, 473, 495, 509, 540, 501,502, 138, 139 758 INDEX Alismataceae, 421 Alkaloids, 505 AUantosphaeriaceae, 279, 281, 282, 284 Allen, Miss, 14, 166, 312, 385, 388, 389, 390, 391, 397 AUomyces, 4, 42, 78, 79, 81, 82, 84, 86, 91, 107 arbusculus, 85 cystogenus, 81, 86 javanicus, 85 Alnus, 243 Alpova, 539, 547 Alternaria, 194, 596 tenuis, 597 Alternation of generations, 79, 85, 86 Amanita, 10, 502, 503, 508 caesarea, 9, 502 muscaria, 503, 509 phalloides, 503 rubescens, 502 verna, 503 Amaranthus, 137 Amazonia, 309, 319, 354 Ames, L. M., 264, 268, 269, 277, 329, 375, 391 Ames, Miss, 14, 488 Ammiaceae, 143 Amoeba, 24, 178, 179, 182, 591, 593 Amoebidiaceae, 182 Amoebidium, 181, 182 Amorphomyces falagriae, 214 Amphiloma, 218 Amphisphaeriaceae, 278 Amygdalus persica, 243, 582 Ancylistes, 100, 175 Ancylistidaceae, 100, 175 Andrus, 389, 390 Angiocarpy, 496 Angiospermae, 2, 126, 127 Anisogametes, 6 Anisogamy, 143 Anisolpidiaceae, 70, 71 Anisolpidium, 71 ectocarpii, 70, 71 Anisomyxa, 35 Annulus, 505, 509 simple, 509 Anteriorly uniflagellate fungi, key to order, 43 Antherid, 6, 106 aniphigynous, 132, 133 diclinous, 129 hypogynous, 129 monoclinous, 129 paragynous, 132 Anthoceros, 419 Anthophyta, 2, 126, 127, 309, 382 Anlkostoma, 282, 284 Anthurus borealis, 544 Antibiotics, 9, 15, 602 Aphanodictyion, 115 papillatum, 115 Aphanomyces, 108, 110, 112, 114, 115 acinetophagus, 113 exoparasiticus, 113 phycophilus, 113 Aphanomycopsis, 102 Aphragmiuiti, 130 Aphyllophoracees, 470 Aphyllophorales, 464, 469, 471 Apinis, 115, 116 Apium graveolens, 598, 600 Aplanea, 110, 634 Aplanogametos, 6 Aplanospore, 5, 151 Apobasidium, 454 Apodachlya, 116, 119 brachynema, 107 Apodachyella, 116, 117 Apogamous development, 213 Apophysis, 57 Apostemidium, 230 Apothecium, 193, 196, 202, 210, 220, 262 angiocarpic, 204 gymnocarpic, 204 Appendage, 314, 315 Apple, bitter rot, 280 scab, 8 Appressoria, 310, 317 Arachniotus aureus, 324, 330 trachyspermus, 329 trisporus, 329, 330 Araiospora, 106, 117, 119 pulchra, 118 Arcangeliella, 532, 540 Archicarp, 205, 215 Archilegnia, 116 Arcyria, 28 Armillariella mellea, 4, 501, 502, 508, 602 Arnaud, 271, 308, 309, 314, 319, 320, 321, 322, 357 Aronescu, 269 Arrhcnatherum elaiius, 416 Arrliytidia, 451 Arthrobotrys, 589 conoides, 592 Arthrobotryum, 317 Arthronia, 220 Arthropoda, 3, 180 Artlmr, 381, 396, 399, 402, 407, 425 Arundinelia, 182 Arundinula capitata, 181, 182 Arundinulaceae, 182 Aschersonia, 580 Ascobolus, 226, 227 carbonarius, 224, 225, 226 INDEX 759 Ascobolus — {Contin ued) fiirfuraceus, 220 immersus, 227 niagnificus, 225, 227 stercorarius, 204 Ascocarp, 236, 237 Ascochyta, 579 dianthi, 578 pi si, 298, 580 Ascocortieiaceae, 241, 243, 039 Ascocorticium, 243, 458, 510, 647 Ascogenous hyphao, 208, 209, 210, 211, 220, 222, 313 Ascogonium, 203, 210, 220, 264 Ascohvmeniales, 205, 271 Ascoidea, 330, 338, 340, 352, 353 riibescens, 336, 340 Ascoideaceae, 338, 339, 340 Ascoloculares, 205, 271 Ascomycetales, 278 Ascomyceteae, 3, 6, 12, 14, 143, 172, 193, 200, 366, 368, 371, 380, 424, 455, 456, 458, 466, 510, 572, 570 Floridean ancestry, 030, 637 origin, 635 Ascophanvs, 111 airnetts, 195 granulatus, 211 granuliformis, 204 Ascosclerodenna, 330 Ascospore, discharge, 226 hat-shaped, 336, 337, 340, 341 Ascosporogenesis, 342 Asciis, 145 bilabiate, 225 dehiscence, 202 bilabiate, 202 inoperculate, 202 operculate, 202 development, 367 inoperculate, 219, 227 operculate, 227 Aseroe, 544 Ashby and Nowell, 350 Ashbyn, 345, 351 gossypii, 345 Ashworth, Miss, 397 Asparagus officinalis, 395 Aspergillaceae, 194, 323, 324, 325, 326, 329 key to genera, 356 Aspergillales, 239, 272, 274, 275, 277, 292, 299, 322, 331, 334, 586, 587 key to families, 355 Aspergillus, 11, 168, 323, 325, 326, 336, 573, 586, 587, 589, 602, 603 glaucus, 328 niger, 587 A spergillus — {Contin ued) niveo-glaucus, 587 versicolor, 587 Aspidotus, 446 Aster, 405 Asteraceae, 140, 143, 421 Asterina, 294, 320 carneUiae, 294 Aster odon, 482 Asterophlyctis, 55 Asterosporales, 473 Asterostroina, 475 Asterostromella, 475 Astomella, 311, 314 Astraeus, 556 hygrometricus, 554, 555 A strot helium, 285 Atanasoff, 202 Atichia, 322 millardeti, 321 Atichiaceae, 308, 309, 321, 322, 334 key to genera, 355 Atkinson, 170, 212, 334, 452, 486, 498, 500, 507, 540, 039, 041 Auricularia, 10, 11, 438, 439, 443, 453, 510 auricvla-judae, 443 auricularis, 443, 444 Auriculariaceae, 9, 440, 442, 444 Am-iculariales, 197, 379, 381, 384, 430, 437, 438, 444, 446, 453, 455, 456, 556, 584 key to families and genera, 458 A uriscalpium, 482 Avena fatua, 416 sativa, 395, 409, 416, 418 Avocado, anthracnose, 280 Ayers, 151 Azygospore, 170, 174, 175, 176, 177 B Bachmann, Miss, 220, 221, 224 Backus, 231 Bacteria, 2, 585 Baker, Miss, 439, 442 Baker, Mrak and Smith, 145 Ballistospore, 348, 349 Baranetzky, 329 Barnett, H. L., 378, 439, 453, 542 Barrage sexuel, 160, 377 Barrett, 98, 99 Bartlett, 66 de Bary, 1, 13, 22, 23, 133, 139, 237, 244, 311, 328, 334, 394, 633 Basidial nest, 539 primordium, 440 Basidiobolaceae, 175 Basidiobolus, 172, 174, 175, 178, 635, 636 ranarum, 174, 176 760 INDEX Basidiomyceteae, 3, 6, 14, 160, 193, 195, 212, 237, 242, 313, 349, 350, 366, 436, 572, 602 Basidiophora, 140 entospora, 138 Basidiospore, 350, 366, 381 color, 468 discharge, 369 shape, 408 structure, 532 Basidium, 366, 381 chiastic, 470, 479, 495, 531 development, 367 ' shape, 465 stichic, 469, 479, 531 tuning fork type, 458 Basisporium gallarum, 594 Battarrea, 532, 534, 557 digueti, 557 phalloides, 557 Bauch, 14, 378, 413, 414, 416, 417, 419 Bauhm, 9, 10 Baur, 220, 221 Baxter, 488 Bdellospora, 179 Bell morel, 228 Bender, 572, 576, 580, 581, 583, 584 Benjamin, 168 Bennett and Murray, 379 Bensaude, Mile., 14, 372, 373, 375 Berberis vulgaris, 18, 385, 388, 394, 395 Berdan, Miss, 64, 100 Bergman, 312 Berlese, 136, 138, 277, 279, 311, 346 Bernard, 543 Bertrandia, 501 Bessey, C. E., 196, 197, 380, 551 Bessey, E. A., 284 Beta vulgaris, 577, 598 Betts, 226, 352 Betula, 491 Biflagellatae, 35, 95, 030 Biflagellate fungi, key to orders, 43 zygotes, 52 Biggs, Miss, 201, 339 Biologic forms, 8 Bi polarity, 501 Bird's nest fungi, 548 Bisby, 15 Bishop, 106 Bjerkandera adusla, 488 Black scurf, 5 Blackinan, 286, 387, 391 Blackwell, Miss, 84, 131 Blackvvell, Watorhouse and Thompson, 135 Blakeslea, 155, 167 irispora, 158, 160 Blakeslee, 14, 157, 160 Blastocladia, 78, 79, 82, 84 globosa, 84 pringsheirmi, 83, 84 Blastocladiaceae, 79, 82, 83, 85 Blastocladiales, 49, 64, 78, 79, 81, 86, 119, 143, 633, 634 key to families and genera, 91 sexual reproduction, 79 Blaslodudidla, 78, 79, 82, 91 asperosperma, 83 cystogena, 81, 83, 84, 86 simplex, 82 stomophila, 82 stiihenii, 82, 84 variabilis, 82 Blastodendrion, 347 Blastomyces, 346 Blepharoplasts, 24 Blizzard, 506, 507 Blumer, 316 Boedijn, 236 Boedijn and Steinmann, 439, 442 Boletaceae, 9, 10, 11, 196, 464, 467, 469, 470, 473, 484, 495, 496, 497, 498, 507, 509, 511, 532 key to subfamilies and genera, 518 Boletales, 473 Boletineae, 496 Boletinus porosus, 497 Boletopsis, 489 Boletus, 10, 11, 12 colossus, 495 edulis, 495, 497 felleus, 497 luridus, 497 sphaerosporus, 496, 497 Bondarzew and Singer, 488, 489, 494, 516 Bonnier, 217 Boss, 414, 415 Bolryobasidium, 467, 473 Boiryodiplodia, 579, 580 Botryosphaeriaceae, 299 Botryotinia, 232 Juckeliana, 211, 212, 232 Botrylis, 8, 11, 232, 589 cinerea, 233, 575 Boudier, 227, 327 Bourdot and Galzin, 481, 484, 515 Bovista, 10, 552, 553 pliimbea, 552 Brand Fungi, 379 Brassica, 34, 47 Brassicaceae, 31, 141 Brefeld, 14, 152, 154, 159, 232, 328, 334, 380, 414, 418, 420, 444, 445, 450, 456, 474, 639 Brefeld and P'alck, 411 INDEX 7G1 Bremia, 141 laducae, 138, 139, 141 Brevilegnia diclina, 107, 634 Briosi and Cavara, 578, 579, 581, 590 Brodie, 195, 311, 368, 370, 371, 377 Brovius, 316 Broomeia, 553 Brown, A. M., 382, 388 Brown, H. B., 268 Brown, W. H., 210 Brunswik, 374, 378 Brussels sprouts, 34 Brj/opsis, 100 Bucholtz, 170, 171, 172, 237, 540 Buddin and Wakefield, 443 Budlia pundifoniiis, 220 Buisman, 277 BuUer, 155, 166, 195, 196, 226, 270, 348, 349, 367, 369, 370, 371, 373, 386, 390, 444, 493, 498, 500, 501, 510 BiilUra, 348, 349 von Bl'uen, 143, 144 Burgeff, 160 Burkholder, 333 Burnianniaceae, 2 Burnap, 557 Burt, 473, 475 Butler, 130, 132 C Cabbage, 47 Cadophora, 576 obscura, 57(5 Caeoma, 408, 572 Cain, 338 Calbovista, 553 Caldesiella, 482 Calicium parietinuni, 220 Callitrichc, 34 Callose, 3, 181, 193, 350 Calocera, 451 cornea, 369 Calodon, 482 Calostoma, 556 cinnaharinum, 557 Calostoinataceae, 554, 556 Calvatia, 552 gigantea, 7, 196, 551, 552 sculpta, 553 Camp, 25 Caiiavalia, 334 Candida, 347 albicans, 347 Cannabis, 141 Canter, Miss, 54 Cantharellaeeae, 473, 476, 477, 479 key to genera, 512 Cantharellales, 480 Cantharellus, 470, 476, 499 floccosus, 477 Capillitium, 25, 325, 422, 531, 550 Capnodiaceae, 308, 309, 318, 319, 320 key to genera, 355 Capnodium, 320 citri, 320 salicinum, 320 Curdamine bellidifolia, 410 Carex, 419 canescens, 410 Carleton, 382 Carpogenic cell, 213 Carpomyceteae, 192, 379 coloring, 197 fruiting structures, 196 nomenclature, 197 structure, 192 Caryoganiy, 371 Cassytha, 2 Castanca dentata, 282 Castoreum, 553 Catastoma, 552 circuniscissuDi, 552, 553 Catenaria, 64, 78, 81 allotnycis, 81 anguillulae, 81 Catenariaceae, 79, 81 Catenarioideae, 64 Catenariopsis, 71 Catenoniyces, 45, 63, 64 persicinus, 64 Cutemilaria, 576 Caulocystidiuni, 466 Cayley, Miss, 24, 25 Cellular hypha, 3 Cellulin, 78, 87, 104, 116 Cellulose, 3, 26, 45, 134, 151, 181, 182, 193 reaction, 94, 98, 104, 127, 142, 143 wall, 100, 145 Cellis, 141 occidentalis, 310 Centrosome, 208 Cephalospniium, 277, 576, 585, 586, 600 Cephalothecium, 589 roseum, 589 Ceracea, 451 Ceramium, 100 Ceratiomyxa, 26 fndiculosa, 27 Ceratobasidiaceae, 455 CeratobasidiuDt, 455, 457, 466, 473 coniigerum, 456 sterigmaticLirn, 457 Ceratostomataceae, 277 Ceralostomclla, 267, 277, 278, 598 762 INDEX Ceratostomella — (Continued) coerulea, 267 -pluriannulata, 267 Cercosphaerella, 298 Ccrcospora, 573, 597 apii, 598 beticola, 598 cerasella, 298, 598 liriodendri, 265 zeae-maydis, 595 Cercosporella, 597, 598 Cerinomyces, 451 Ceriomyces, 468, 487 Cetraria islandica, 223 Ceuthospora, 578 ahietina, 579 Chaetocladium, 155, 167 Chaetomiaceae, 274, 275, 276, 323 Chaetomium, 275 aterrimum, 276 bostrychoides, 268 kunzeanum, 268 Chalara, 277, 576 Chalaropsis, 576 Chalk-brood, 352 ('hamaeayce, 385 (,'liuniomxia, 532, 540, 543 Chara, 34 Chaze, 237 Cheilocystidium, 466, 499 Chiastobasidial development, 437, 451, 464, 477, 480, 499 Chilemyces, 314 Chitin, 3, 26, 31, 35, 45, 50, 134, 142, 143, 150, 151, 193 Chlamydopus, 558 meyenianus, 558 Chlamydospore, 5, 110, 143, 170, 171, 172, 179, 195, 329, 349, 380, 468, 487 Chlorochytrhim, 630 Chloivciboria aeruginosa, 197, 232 Chlorococcum, 217 ("lilorophyceae, 215, 217 Chlorophyllum escidenlum, 504 Choanephora, 155, 167 conjunda, 158 Choanephoraceao, 158, 167, 168 key to genera, 185 Chondrogaster, 532 Christeuberry, 164 ('hristensen, 409, 415 Clhristman, 391, 392, 399, 401 Cliruniosporium, 591 Chroococcus, 217 Chrysomyxa, 405 Chrysopsora, 384 Chrysothrix nolilangere, 193 Chupp, 33 Chytridiaceae, 54 Chytridiales, 6, 44, 49, 69, 78, 81, 95, 97, 116, 119, 143, 145, 197, 632, 633, 635 composition of cell wall, 45 eucarpic, monocentric, 54, 61 haploid chromosome number, 46 kej^ to families and genera, 71 life history, 45 phylogeny, 631 polycentric, 61 eucarpic, 60 Chj/tridiochlon's, 59 Chytridiuni, 59 Ciboria, 232 Ciborinia, 232 Ciccinobohis cesatii, 311 Cichoriaceae, 143 Ciferri and Redaelli, 347 Cintractia fischcri, 410 Circinella, 165 minor, 164 umbellata, 164 Citromyces, 326 CitrulluH vulgaris, (iOO Citrus, 280, 334, 581 Cladochytriaceae, 61, 64, 69, 81, 635 Cladochytrium, 61 replicatum, 61 tenue, 63 Cladonia, 217 Cladophora, 100 Cladosporium, 194, 595 cucumerinunt, 595 fulvurn, 595, 596 herbarum, 595 Clamp connections, 195, 237, 349, 350, 372, 373, 380, 383, 409, 410, 415, 419, 421, 439, 448, 450, 453, 455, 468, 470, 487, 501, 508, 530, 557 development, 372 prevalence, 374 whorls, 373, 374 Clathraceae, 10, 534, 543, 544, 545 Clathrus, 10, 11, 544 ruber, 543, 544 Claussen, 207, 209, 210, 352 Claustula, 545 Claustulaceae, 545 Clavaria, 10, 11, 12, 451, 455, 479, 480 pistillaris, 479 Clavariaceae, 9, 11, 469, 470, 477, 478, 479, 483, 490, 511, 602 key to genera, 513 CLavariadelphus pistillaris, 478, 479 Clavariella, 480 subbotrytis, 479 INDEX 763 Clavariopsis aquatica, 574 Claviceps, 5, 289 purpurea, 286, 289, 290 Clavicipitaceae, 285, 287, 289, 290 Clavicorona, 480 Clavochytrium, 82 Clavulina, 480 Clemencet, 330 Clements, 196, 486 Clinton, 133, 418, 426 Clitopilus, 532, 543 Clonostachys, 588 Closterium, 175 Clusius, 9 Clypeus, 280 Cobb, 543 Coccidiascus legeri, 345 Coccidioides immitis, 145 Coccidioidomycosis, 145 Coccomyces, 231, 582 Cochlonema, 179 Coelomomyces, 78, 79 lativittatus, 81 Coelomomycetaceae, 79, 81 Coemansia, 156, 169 aciculifera, 161 erecta, 161 Coenocyte, 3, 151 tubular, 3, 192 Coenocytic hypha, 3, 127 Coker, 108, 111, 478, 479 Coker and Beers, 496, 518 Coker and Braxton, 115 Coker and Couch, 109, 115, 549, 554, 555 Coker and Matthews, 108, 110 Cokeromyces, 168 recurvatus, 168 Coleoptera, 215 Coleosporium, 384, 399, 402, 405, 408, 439 solidaginis, 401, 405 sonchi-arvensis, 405 Collema, 215, 216, 219, 222, 264 crispum, 221 pulposum, 220, 221 Collemodes, 219, 222, 224 bachmannianum, 220, 221 Colletotrichum, 280, 581, 582 gloeosporioides, 581, 599 malvarum, 583 CoUey, 383, 387, 391, 392 Collybia radicata, 502 velutipes 508 Coltricia perennis, 489 Columella, 152, 153, 154, 531 percurrent, 537, 540 Compatibility, 371 factors, 453 factors governing, 376 Compatibility — (Continued) mutual, 269 Completoria, 175 Compositae, 143 Conard, 540 Conidiobolus, 172, 174 brefeldianus, 173 Conidiophore, 5 monopodia], 142 sympodial, 142 Conidium, 5, 126, 127, 129, 130, 137, 142, 155, 167, 169, 170, 172, 175, 193 acrogenous development, 194 alpha, 283 basigenous development, 194 beta, 283 catenulate, 142 chain, 194 endogenous, 326, 576 oidial mode of formation, 5 Coniophora, 475, 484 cerebella, 373 puteana, 373, 374 Coniophorella, 475, 484 Coniosporium, 591 Coniothyrium, 579 fuckelii, 579 Conjugate division, 208, 372, 373, 380 Conjugation tube, 95, 100, 101, 104, 107, 108, 112, 117, 126, 129, 132, 144 Connectives, 326 Cook, M. T., 50 Cook, W. R. I., 34 Cook and Nicholson, 97 Cook and Schwartz, 32, 34 Cooke, W. B., 488, 489, 516 Cooper, 107 Cooper and Porter, 132 Coprinus, 370, 374, 378, 466, 470, 499, 500, 507, 509, 510, 541 atramentarius, 500, 502, 505 comatus, 502, 504 ephemerus, 375 ephemerus forma bisporus, 375 fimetarius, 377 lagopus, 370, 371, 373, 376 micaceus, 502 sterquilinus, 373, 500 Copromyxa, 30 Corallofungus, 10 Coralloid, structure, 542 type, 533 Coralloides, 10, 11 Corda, 12 Cordyceps, 289, 598 militaris, 289 ophioglossoides, 289 Coremium, 194, 598 764 INDEX Coriolellns serialis, 487 Coriolopsis trabea, 487 Coriolns versicolor, 489 Corner, 203, 204 Cornu, 88, 99, 129 Cortex, 216, 312, 313 primary, 239 secondary, 239 Corticiae, 458 Corticium, 338, 473, 475, 482, 489, 494, 510, 511 incrustans, 473 solani, 602 vagum var. solani, 465, 475, 602 Cortina, 505 Coryneum, 582 beijerinckii, 582 Cotner, 78, 88 Cotton, 322, 476, 479 Couch, 53, 56, 57, 64, 69, 78, 79, 81, 82, 98, 100, 102, 107, 113, 114, 115, 158, 173, 175, 440, 441, 443, 445, 447, 449 Couch and Dodge, 81, 82 Couch and Whiffen, 82, 83 Craigie, 14, 370, 388, 390 Cranberry, 53 Craterelhis, 476 Cronartium, 392, 394, 399, 402, 405 comptoniae, 387 flaccidum, 405 quercuum, 405 ribicola, 383, 386, 387, 390, 395, 409 Crosses, illegitimate, 377 Crotalia cintractiae-fischeri, 410 Crozier, 243, 373 Crucibulum, 548 vulgare, 531, 549 Cruciferae, 31 Cryptococcus, 346 Cryptogamia, 11 algae, 11 fungi, 11 Cryptoporus volvatus, 471 Ctenomyces, 329 Cucumis melo, 141 sativus, 141, 596 Cucurbitariaceae, 278, 299 Cucurbitaria, 299 Cudonia, 234 Cummins, 399, 401, 407, 540, 541, 545 Cunninghamella, 155, 167, 168 Curtis, Miss, 51, 53 Cuscuta, 2 Cutter, 160, 162 Cyathus, 548 stercoreus, 549 striaius, 531, 548 Cylindrosporium, 231, 582 Cymadothea trifolii, 595 Cyphella, 476, 484 Cystidium, 473, 487, 499, 537, 541 trabecular, 466, 499, 500 types of, 466 Cystobasidium, 441 Cystogenes, 86 Cystopage, 179 Cystopus, 135 Cystosori, 96, 97 Cystospora, 35, 402 Cytogamy, 210, 268, 371 Cytospora, 282, 578 Cyttaria, 225, 236 gunnii, 236 Cyttariaceae, 236 D Dacrymyces, 366, 368, 449, 451, 457 deliqiiescens, 450 lutescens, 450 Dacrymycetaceae, 369, 450, 473 key to genera, 460 Dacrymycetales, 379, 437, 438, 449, 450, 458 Dacryomitra, 451 Dacryopinax, 451 Dactylaria, 591 brochophaga, 593 Dadylella, 591 ellipsospora, 592 tylopaga, 593 Dade, 278, 576 Daedalea, 494, 495 confragosa, 494 Daedaleopsis, 494 Dahlia, 589 Daldinia, 284 concentrica, 284 Dale, Miss, 328, 330 Daleomyces philUpsii, 225 Dangeard, 14, 30, 101, 160, 207, 210, 212, 312, 323, 328, 334, 368, 450, 452, 641 Daphnia, 345 Darwin, 227 Dasyscypha, 232 Dasyspora foveolata, 399, 400 gregaria, 399 Davis, 416 Debaryomyces, 344 De Ferry de la Bellone, 237, 373 Delacroix, 579 De Lamater, 324, 330 Dematiaceae, 346, 584, 591, 593, 594, 595, 597, 599 INDEX 765 Dematiaceae — {Continued) key to amerosporous genera, 618 key to dictyosporous genera, 620 key to didymosporous genera, 619 key to phragmosporous genera, 620 scolecosporous key, 621 Dendrogaster, 532 Dendrophoma, 577 convallariae, 578 Dendryphium, 596 Dennis, 327 Dentinum, 482 Dermateaceae, 230 Dermatitis verrucosa, 595 Derx, 328, 348 Desmidiaceae, 172, 175 Desmids, 54 Development, angiocarpic, 506, 507, 511, 531, 532 gymnocarpic, 506, 507, 511, 531, 532 pseudoangiocarpic, 506, 507, 511, 531, 532, 535, 540 unipileate, 540 Dianthaceae, 418 Dianthus caryophyllus, 395, 600 Diaporthaceae, 281, 282, 283, 286 Diaporthe, 282 arctii, 283, 580, 582 Diasporangiuvi, 135 Diatrypaceae, 280 Diatrype, 282, 285 virescens, 279 Diatrypella, 282 Dihlepharis, 88 Dicaryon, 208, 237 Dicaryon cells, 350 hypha, 241 phase, 4, 6, 383 stage, 380 Dicheirinia, 408 binata, 407 Dickinson, 413, 414, 415, 416 Dicotyledoneae, 2 Dicr anaphora, 153, 163, 166, 635 fidva, 157 Dictydium cancellatum, 28 Didyocephalos, 558 attenuatus, 558 curvatus, 558 Didyophora, 544 duplicata, 544, 545 indusiata, 544, 546 Didyostelium, 30 discoideum, 29 mucoroides, 29 Didyuchus, 106, 110, 114 missouriensis, 115 polysporus, 1 15 Diddens, 346 Diddens and Lodder, 336, 359 Didymellina iridis, 596 Didymium difforme, 24, 27 squamulosum, 25, 26 Didymodadium, 590 Dietel, 379, 396, 402, 403, 407, 418, 420 Dillenius, 10 Dimorphism, 106, 109 Diplanetism, 104, 106 Diplocarpon, 230 earlianum, 231 soraueri, 580 Diplodadium, 589 Diplocystis, 553 Diplodia, 580 Diploid colony, illegitimate, 342 nucleus, 161 Diploidization, 7, 370, 487 Diplophlydis, 60 intestina, 60 Dipodascus, 336, 338, 352, 353 albidus, 339, 340 iininudeatus, 201, 339, 341, 641 Diptera, 215 Discella, 581 " Disciseda, 552 Candida, 552, 553 Discomycetes, 16, 200, 215, 227, 273, 292 key to orders, 244 Discula, 280, 581 Disjunctor, 137, 193, 388 Disk lichens, 215 Dispira, 168 americana, 159 cornuta, 151 Dissophora, 170 decumbens, 169 Doassansia, 411, 421 sagittariae, 420 Doassansiopsis, 421 martianoffiana, 420 Dobbs, 157, 166 Dodge, B. O., 14, 224, 225, 268, 269, 270, 386, 391, 398, 415, 549, 586, 639 Dodge, B. O., and Gaiser, 398 Dodge, C. W., 9, 330, 347, 348, 540 Doidge, Miss, 320 Donk, 475, 480, 481, 486, 489, 490, 494 Dothideaceae, 290, 291, 309 Dothideales, 271, 290, 295, 458, 595 key to families, 302 Dothiora, 296 Dothioraceae, 295 Doty, 480, 513 Douglas, 507 Dous and Ziegenspeck, 3 Dowding, Miss, 268, 270 766 INDEX Drayton, 14, 211, 224, 226, 233, 391 Drechsler, 129, 172, 178, 179, 180, 182, 297, 585, 589, 591, 593 Drepanopeziza rihis, 230 Drosophila, 15, 345 Dryodon, 483 Dudresnaya, 268 Duemling et al., 603 Durand, 227, 233, 234 Dutch elm disease, 278 E Earthstars, 553 Eccrina, 181 Eccrinaceae, 181, 182 Eccrinales, 150, 180, 182, 634 key to families, 187 Echinodontium, 482, 484, 494 Edocarpus, 70 Ectostroma, 281 Edrogella, 104 Ectrogellaceae, 94, 104 Eddins, 416 Edgerton, 268 Edson, 128, 130 Eel grass, 30 Eftimiu, 480 Eichleriella, 455 Eidam, 176, 329 Elaphomyces, 330 Elaphomycetaceae, 325, 330, 334 key to genera, 357 Elasmomyces, 532, 534, 540 Elaters, 557 Elfving, 217 ElUott, E. W., 24 EUiott, J. A., 266, 267 Ellis and Everhart, 277, 283, 318, 326 Ellison, 24, 32, 631 Elrod and Blanchard, 484 Elrod and Snell, 496 Elsinoe, 334, 583 ampelina, 334 piri, 334 veneta, 333, 334 Elvela, 12 Emerson, 85, 86 Emmons and Carri6n, 595 Empusa, 17, 175 Endochytrium, 60 Endocochlus, 178, 179 aster oldes, 180 Endoconidia, 182, 576 Endoconidium, 576 Endodesmidium, 54 Endogenous oospore, 89 Endogonaceae, 165, 170, 171, 172 Endogonaceae — (Continued) key to genera, 186 Endogone, 163, 171, 172 fasciculata, 170 lactiflua, 170, 171, 172 malleola, 170, 171 occidentalis, 170, 171 pisiformis, 171 reniformis, 171 sphagnophila, 170, 171, 172 Endomyces, 336, 337, 340, 344, 345, 352, 353, 637 magnusii, 338 Endomycetaceae, 336, 337, 338, 345, 350 Endomycoideae, 345 Endomycopsis, 337, 345 albicans, 337, 347 Endo-operculate exit tubes, 64 Endophyllum, 396, 398 euphorhiae-sylvaticae, 369, 398 sempervivi, 398 Endospore, 137, 201, 508 Endosporeae, 26, 27 Endothia, 282 parasitica, 282 Englerula effusa, 318 Englerulaceae, 308, 318, 319 key to genera, 354 Englerulaster, 320 Enterobryus, 181 ■ elegans, 181 Entoloma, 504, 532 Entomophthora, 172, 175, 177 fresenii, 176 grylli, 177 muscae, 174, 176 sepulchralis, 176 Entomophthoraceae, 174, 176 Entomophthorales, 17, 100, 143, 150, 172, 173, 178, 180, 192, 193, 634, 635, 636 key to genera, 186 Entomosporium, 231 macvlatum, 580 Entophlyctaceae, 54, 59, 60, 61 Entophlyctis, 59, 60 vaucheriae, 60 Entostroma, 281 Entyloma, 410, 419 calendulae, 419 dahliae, 421 Eocronartium, 438, 440 muscicola, 440, 442 Epibasidium, 379, 381, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 448, 453, 456, 457, 464 Epichloe, 287 Epicoccum, 601 INDEX 767 Epicoccuni — (Continued) nigrum, 599 oryzae, 601 Epiplasm, 200, 208 Epispore, 137, 193, 200, 508 Epithecium, 238, 239, 273, 291 Epithele, 475 Eremascaceae, 337 Eremascoideae, 345 Eremascus, 345 albus, 337 fertilis, 337, 338 Eremosphaera, 630 Ereviothecium, 345, 351 ashbyii, 345 Ericaceae, 405 Eriksson, 141, 382 Erinaceus, 11, 12 Eriocladus, 480 Erodium cicutarium, 50 Erysiphaceae, 12, 194, 308, 309, 311, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 320, 324 key to genera, 353 Erysiphales, 16, 272, 307, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 587 key to families, 353 Erijsiphe, 307, 314 dehor acearum, 316, 317 graminis, 8, 309, 310, 311, 316, 317, 382 polygoni, 311, 312 Euallomyces, 85, 86, 91 Eubasidiae, 346, 378, 379, 390, 436, 437, 457, 458, 464, 473 Eucarpic, 42 genera, 46 Euglena, 50, 57, 99 Eumyceteae, 197 Euphorbia, 385 Eurotium, 325, 326 herhariorum, 328 insigne, 327, 587 Eury'chasma, 104 Eurychasinidium, 104 Eutypella, 282 Evolutionary tendencies, 142 Exciple, 219 proper, 219 thalloid, 219 Excipula, 581 Excipulaceae, 581 key to genera, 608 Excipulum, 203, 210, 219 Exidia, 453, 454 Exoascales, 241 Exoascus, 211, 243 Exobasidiaceae, 469, 480, 481, 594 key to genera, 511 Exobasidium, 464, 465, 468, 470, 480 Exobasidium — [Continued) rhododendri, 480 vaccina, 480, 481 vexans, 480 Exogenous oospore, 89, 90 sperm, 214 Exospore, 144 Exosporeae, suborder, 26, 27 Exosporium, 601 Fabian, 336 Fabraea maculata, 580 Fagus silvatica, 340 Fair child, 176 Falck, 202, 226, 278, 485, 594 Famintzin and Woronin, 27 Fawcett, G. L., 582 Fawcett, H. S., 579 Fayed, 499, 508 Fedorintschik, 32, 34 Femsjonia, 451 Fenner, Miss, 167 Fermentation, 335 alcoholic, 337 Fimetaria, 275 fimicola, 195, 266 Fimetariaceae, 264, 269, 274, 275 Fink, 245 Fischer, Alfred, 99, 130 Fischer, Eduard, 237, 238, 239, 324, 325, 331, 422, 423, 532, 533, 534, 536, 539, 540, 545, 546, 547, 550, 553, 554, 559, 560, 565, 657 Fischer, G. W., 416, 417, 421 Fischer, G. W., and Holton, 416 Fistulina, 11, 484, 495 hepatica, 484 Fistulinaceae, 469, 473, 476, 484 key to genera, 515 Fitzgerald, 577 Fitzpatrick, H. M., 46, 127, 134, 143, 163, 175, 352, 440, 442, 531 Fitzpatrick, R. E., 241, 242 Flagellata, 630 Flagellum, tinsel type, 24, 46, 69, 71, 94, 105 types of, 629 whiplash type, 24, 45, 46, 69, 78, 94, 97, 98, 105 Flemmg, 602, 603 Flerov, 409, 415 Flint, 166 Flor, 382, 419 Florey, 603 Florideae, 2, 100, 195, 203, 212, 215, 220, 222, 262, 268, 424, 639 768 INDEX Flowering plants, 126 Foex, 310 Fo7nes, 10, 11, 491, 492, 494 fomentarius, 492, 493 officinalis, 196 pinicola, 16 Fomiiopsis, 492 officinalis, 486, 492 Form families, 576 genus, 573 Forsberg, 389 Fragaria, 298, 601 Fraser, Miss, 224, 320 Fraxinus, 240, 497 Freeman and Johnson, 382 Frey, 266, 298 Fries, Elias, 12, 16, 227, 379, 469, 481, 482, 507 Fries, Nils, 531 Fuligo septica, 23, 26, 28 Fungi, definition, 2 genetics of, 9 holocarpic endobiotic, monocentric, 94 key to major groups, 18 number of, 1 phylogeny, 628 pigments, 197 saprophytic, 7 Fungi Imperfect!, 6, 12, 16, 263, 346, 572 key to form orders, 575 key to genera, 604 key to orders and families, 603 Fungi lamellati, 11 porosi, 11 pulverentes, 11 ramosi, 11 Fungoides, 10 Fungus, 9, 10, 11, 510 Fungus chitin, 634 Funiculus, 549 Fusarium, 7, 197, 287, 586, 600 Fusicladium dendriticrirn, 298 F usicoecum, 280 G Gadd and Loos, 480 Gallowaya, 384 Gametangia, 32 Gamete, 6 male, 6 Ganoderma, 493 applanatum, 196, 486, 492, 493 curtisii, 493 lucidum, 493 Gasterella, 532, 534, 537, 539 lutophila, 538 Gasterellaceae, 537 Gasterellopsis, 532, 534, 537, 541 Gasteromyceteae, 16, 379, 454, 464, 471, 472, 501, 509, 511, 530 key to genera, 561 key to orders and families, 560 phylogenetic system, 656 phylogeny, 651 Gasiroboletus, 496 Gastrosporiaceae, 539 Gastrosporium, 539 Gaumann, 112, 141, 167, 212, 291, 292, 296, 299, 334, 381, 441, 442, 470, 480, 481, 641 Gaumann and Dodge, 157, 440, 488 Gauthier, Miss, 178 Gautieria, 532, 540, 543 graveolens, 531 plumbea, 542 Geaster, 11, 554 Geasteroides, 554 Geasteropsis, 554 Geastraceae, 534, 550, 553, 554, 555 Geastrum, 550, 554 rufescens, 554 Geitler, 216 Gelasinospora, 269, 275 tetrasperma, 270 Gemmae, 111, 126, 370 Genea, 238 cubispora, 17 hispidula, 238 Genistella, 178 ramosa, 177 Genistellaceae, 177, 178, 180 Geoglossaceae, 233 Geoglossum, 203, 234 glabrurn, 233 Geographic races, 416, 487 Geolegnia, 110 Geopyxis, 228 cacabus, 196, 225 Geotrichoides, 347 Germ pore, 508 Germination by repetition, 349, 350, 457 Gibberella, 287 saubinetii, 287 zeae, 287, 600 Giesenhagen, 48, 594 Gilbert, E., 454 Gilbert, E. J., 518 Gilbert, E. N., 437 Gilbert, Frank A., 24 Gilbert, H. C, 26 Gilkey, Miss, 17, 201, 225, 238, 239, 255, 331 Glaziella, 172 Gleba, 531 coralloid, 536 INDEX 769 G leba — {Continued) lacunar, 536 multipileate, 536 unipileate, 536 Gliodadium, 327, 576, 587, 588 penicillioides, 587 Glischrodermataceae, 565 Gloeocystidium, 466, 473 Gloeocystidium, 475 Gloeoglossum, 234 Gloeophyllum, 494 saepiarium, 378, 487 Gloeosporium, 280, 573, 581, 582, 583 populi-albae, 581 ribis, 230, 582 Gloeotulasnella, 455, 456 Glomerella, 280, 573 cingulata, 268, 279, 280, 582 Glotzia centroptili, 178 Gnomonia, 573 veneta, 280 Gnomoniaceae, 279, 280, 573, 582 Goidanich, 601 Goldring, 167 Gomphidiaceae, 496 Gomphus, 476 floccosus, 477 Gonapodya, 78, 86 siliquaeformis, 87 Gonatobotryum, 589 Gonatorrhodiella, 589 parasitica, 588 Gonatorrhodurn, 589 Gonidia, 216 Gonirnochaete horridula, 182 Gonytrichum, 589 Goplana, 402, 408 dioscoreae, 384, 407 Gossypium, 345, 350, 600 Graff, 318, 320 Gramrnothele, 482 Grandinia, 482 Graphiola, 422, 423 phoenicis, 422 thaxteri, 422 Graphiolaceae, 411, 421, 422 ' key to genera, 427 Graphium, 278, 598 rigidurn, 599 wZmi, 278, 598 Greathouse, 277 Green, Miss, 226 Gregory, 139, 140, 166 Greis, 211, 237, 266, 268, 550 Griffiths, 264 Gr^yoto, 489 berkeleyi, 490 Grossularia, 310, 316, 395, 405 Grove, 166, 396 Groves and Skolko, 596, 597 Guepinia, 451 Guepiniopsis, 450, 451 Guignardia, 296, 598 bidwellii, 296 Guilliermond, 338, 342, 343, 344, 345, 349, 350, 351, 352 von Gutenburg, 50 Guttulina, 30 Gwynne-Vaughan, 207, 210, 211, 307 Gymnoascaceae, 324, 325, 328, 329 key to genera, 357 Gymnoascus reessii, 329 Gynvnoconia, 408 peckiana, 386, 389, 393, 395, 398, 408 Gyrnnosporangium, 11, 383, 388, 396, 408 clavariaeforme, 387 juniperi-virginianae, 395, 408 nootkatense, 396 sabinae, 394 Gyrocephalus, 455 Gyrodon meruUoides, 497, 498 Gyromitra, 228 esculenta, 229 Gyrophana, 485 lacrymans, 485 Gyrophora muhlenbergii, 218 Gyrophragmium, 534, 542 H Hadley, 336 Hadromycosis, 589 Hadrotrichum, 594 Haerangiomycetes, 278 Haerangium, 278 Hainesia lythri, 601 Hanna, 14, 378, 388, 409, 412, 415, 421 Hanna and Popp, 416 Hansenula, 336, 340, 344 Hanson, 56, 60, 64 Haplographium, 591 Haploid nucleus, 161 Haplosporangium, 170 bisporale, 170 Haplosporella, 579 Haploirichuni, 586 Harder, 45, 79 Harpella, 178 rnelusinae, 177 Harpellaceae, 177, 178, 180 Harper, 14, 207, 209, 210, 311, 312, 313, 380 Harpochytrium, 59 viride, 59 Harter and Zaumeyer, 382 Hartig, 403 770 INDEX Harvey, 110 Harveyella mirabilis, 2 Hashioka, 316 Hasselbring, 599 Hatch, 85 Hausschwamm, 485 Haustorium, 7, 132, 139, 196, 212, 217, 307 binucleate, 383 dicaryon, 383 monocaryon, 383 uninucleate, 383 Hedgcock, 599 Hedrick, 245 Heim, 196, 312, 313, 464, 471, 473, 495, 501, 507, 508, 509, 534, 540 Helianthus, 388 armuus, 395 Helicohasidium, 439, 443 candidum, 443 compadum, 442 purpureum, 439, 443 Helicocephalum, 172 Helicoceras, 591 Helicogloea, 439, 443 lagerheimi, 442 Helicovia, 591 perelegans, 593 Helicomyces, 591 scandens, 593 Helicoon auratum, 593 Helicostylum, 166 Heliscus, 575 Helminthosporiuni, 317, 596 teres, 296, 297, 596 Helotiaceae, 231, 234 Helotiales, 230 Helotium, 71, 231 schimperi, 419 Helvella, 228 Helvellaceae, 228, 233 Helvellales, 233 Hemiascus, 353 Hemibasidii, 379 Hemigaster, 532, 536, 540 Candidas, 535 Hemigastraceae, 535, 536 Hemisphaeriaceae, 295 Hemisphaeriales, 271, 272, 291, 292, 307, 319, 321, 322, 354, 580 key to families, 303 Hepaticae, 557 Hericium, 477, 483 coralloides, 483 Herpobasidium filicinum, 439, 441 Herrell, 603 Heterobasidiae, 16, 346, 349, 378, 379, 381, 436, 458, 464, 473, 487, 504 Heterobasidiae — (Continued) and Teliosporeae, summary, 457 origin, 644 Heterochaeie, 455 Heterocontae, 629, 632 Heteroecism, 394 Heterosporeae, 350 Heterosporium, 596 gracile, 596 Heterotextus, 451 Heterothallic species, 106, 157, 162, 316, 352, 375, 376, 501 Heterothallism, 157, 226, 227, 375, 376 Higgins, 205, 207, 231, 265, 582 Higginsia, 582 Higher Fungi, 4, 143, 192 key to classes, 197 reproduction, 194, 196 Hirmer, 374 Hirneola auricula-judae, 443 Hirneolina, 455 Hirschhorn, 416 Hirschioporus abietinus, 487, 489 Hobsonia, 591 mirabilis, 593 Hoehnelomyces, 444 Hoerner, 141 von Hohnel, 205, 256, 271, 274, 292, 321, 322 Hohnk, 135 Holcus lanatus, 34 Holobasidiae, 437 Holobasidium, 455 Holocarpic, 42 Homma, 314, 316 HomothaUic species, 106, 157, 160, 162, 163, 376, 376, 501 Honey, 193 Honeydew, 307, 308, 320 Honig, 31 Hook, 208, 209, 211, 220, 243, 373 Hopkins, 151, 193 Hordeum sativum, 418 Hormiscium, 591 Hormodendron, 595 Hormones, 107 Horn, 104, 112 Hotson, 329, 330 Howard, 23, 24, 26 Howard and Currie, 25 Hugon, 504 Humaria, 227 granulata, 211 Humarina, 227 Humulus, 141 lupulus, 316 Huneycutt, Miss, 115 Huttig, 414, 415 INDEX 771 Hyalopsora, 403 Hyaloria, 451, 453, 454, 534 europaea, 453 pilacre, 453 Hyaloriaceae, 453 Hybrids in fungi, 15 Hydatinophagus, 113 Hydnaceae, 11, 469, 475, 477, 480, 481, 483, 484, 494, 511 key to genera, 514 Hydnangiaceae, 534, 540, 543, 550 Hydnangium, 532, 540 Hydnellum, 482 Hydnes, 481 Hydnochaete, 482 Hydnocystis, 238 Hydnotria, 17 ciibispora, 17 Hydnum, 12, 482, 602 imbricahivi, 483 Hydrodictyon, 71 Hydrophora, 165 Hymenella, 576 Hymenial cavities, 531, 537 Hymenium, 203, 379, 436, 464, 465, 499 angiocarpic, 471, 495, 505 gymnocarpic, 471, 495, 505 monascous, 295 primordium, 505 pseudoangiocarpic, 471, 495, 505 structure, 465 Hymenochaete, 466, 475, 487 cacao, 476 Hymenogaster, 532, 537 rehsteineri, 537, 538 tener, 538 Hymenogastraceae, 534, 537, 538, 539, 640, 550 Hymenogastrales, 535, 536, 538, 546, 550, 552 Hymenomyceteae, 12, 25, 379, 381, 458, 464 phylogeny, 651 Hymenoptera, 215 Hypha, 3 acrogenous, 243, 313 dematioid, 320 flexuous, 390 laticiferous, 499 moniliform, 320 perisporioid, 320 receptive, 391 Hyphal bodies, 172, 176 Hyphochytriaceae, 70, 71 Hyphochytriales, 46, 69, 95, 632, 633 key to families and genera, 74 Hyphochytrium catenoides, 70, 71 Hyphochyiriu m — - {Continued) hydrodictii, 71 infestans, 71 Hyphomyceteae, 583 Hyphopodium, 317, 318, 319, 320 Hypobasidium, 381, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 443, 448, 456, 457, 464 Hypochnus, 467, 475 solani, 475 Hypocopra, 275 Hypocreaceae, 272, 285, 287 Hypocreales, 203, 271, 272, 275, 285, 299, 309, 320, 322, 580, 599, 600 key to families, 301 Hypoderma, 234 Hypodermataceae, 234, 240 Hypodermii, 16, 379 Hypomyces, 287 Hypostroma, 294 Hypothecium, 203, 219, 241 Hypoxylo7i, 268, 284, 287 marginatum, 283 Hysterangiaceae, 534, 542, 544 Hysterangium,, 543 Hysteriaceae, 240 Hysteriales, 215, 239, 278, 294, 597, 639 key to genera, 256 Hystermm insidens, 240 Hysterographium fraxini, 240 minutum, 240 Iceland moss, 223 Imperfect fungi, 572 Incompatibility, 269, 371 genetic factors, 375 Indusium, 544 Ingold, 574, 575, 616 Inoperculatae, 46, 225, 230 Inoperculate series, 45 International Botanical Congresses, 15 Introduction, 1 Ipomoea batatas, 138, 151 Irene, 319 echinata, 318 Irenina, 354 Irenopsis, 354 Iris, 596 Irpex, 477, 481, 482, 484, 486, 494 Irpiciporus, 482, 494 Isaria, 598 Isoachlya, 110 Isogametes, 6 Isogamy, 143 Itajahya, 544 Itersonilia, 348, 349, 350 Iwadara, 601 Ixechinus, 495 772 INDEX Jaapia, 484 Jackson, 338, 396, 424, 441, 639, 644 J acobsonia, 236 Jaczewski, 635 Jahn, 26 Jane, 59 Jenkins, 334 Johnson, 417 Jola, 438, 439, 441 j'avensis, 442 Jolivette, Miss, 166 Jones, P. M., 34 Jones, S. G., 224, 235 Jones and Drechsler, 66, 67 Jones and Torrie, 139 Josserand, 504 Juel, 242, 438, 457, 469, 532, 536, 640 Jugasporaceae, 496 Juniperus, 408 virginiana, 395 K Kabatiella, 481 Kaiser, 419 Kanouse, Miss, 108, 170, 171 Karakulin, 481 Karling, 34, 35, 39, 58, 61, 63, 69, 70, 74, 95, 96, 99, 100, 102 Karlingia, 45 rosea, 57 Karsten, 494, 508 Karyogamy, 210 Keene, Miss, 160 Keilin, 82 Keitt, 270 Kemper, 373, 374 Kevorkian, 107 Kharbush, 211, 480 Kickxella, 156, 169 Kickxellaceae, 156, 161, 169 key to genera, 186 Killermann, 454, 474, 476, 479, 481, 488, 507 Killian, 266, 288, 293, 298, 422, 423 Klebahn, 132, 298, 575, 583 Kloeckera, 347 Kluyver, 349 Kniep, 14, 85, 372, 373, 375, 376, 378, 409, 413, 416 luiy, 223 Kolk, 409 Kordyana, 480 Krafczyk, 155 Kudo, 35 Kiihner, 193, 372, 466, 496, 506, 507 Kunkelia nitens, 385, 386, 389, 396, 398, 408, 415, 648 Kusano, 47, 48, 52, 53, 55 Kusanoopsis, 357 Laboulbeniales, 8, 193, 195, 202, 210, 212, 222, 262, 264 key to families, 244 Labyrinthomyxa, 31, 35 Lahyrinthula, 30, 31, 35 macrocystis, 30, 31 Labyrinthulales, 23, 29, 30, 35, 36, 631 key to genera, 39 Lachnea scuteUata, 227 Lachnocladium, 480 Ladariopsis, 532 Ladarius, 193, 501, 508, 532, 540 deliciosus, 502 volemus, 502 Ladiica saliva, 582 Lacunar type of sporocarp, 533 Laetiporus sulphur ezis, 490, 491 Lafar, 9 Lagena, 100, 102 radicicola, 103 Lagenidiaceae, 96, 100, 101, 103, 145, 175 key to genera, 120 Lagenidiales, 31, 35, 94, 107, 108, 119, 126, 143, 630, 632, 633 key to families and genera, 119 Lagenidium, 100, 102, 175 giganteum, 102 rabenhorstii, 101 Lagerheim, 88, 640 Lager heim and Patouillard, 454 Laibach, 89 Lamb, 397 Lambertella, 232 Lamellae,- 495 Langford, 270 Lanopila, 552 bicolor, 552 Lanopilaceae, 553 Larix, 232, 405, 492, 497 Lasiobotrys, 317 Latex, 501 Laticiferous hyphae, 501 tubes, 540 Latrostium, 71 Leach and Ryan, 409, 417 Leaf curl, 243 Lecanorales, 200, 210, 215, 225, 230, 264, 271, 272, 273, 291 Lecidea platycarpa, 218 Ledingham, 32, 33, 34, 35 Leger and Duboscq, 177, 178, 181, 182 INDEX 773 Leger and Gauthier, 177, 178 Lehfeldt, 370, 390 Leidy, 181 Lembosia, 294 Lemna, 71 Lemonniera, 575 Lendner, 160, 161, 164 Lentinus tigrinus, 506 Lenzites, 494, 495 betulinus, 494 saepiaria, 378, 487, 494 trabea, 487 Leontodon taraxacum, 17 Leotia, 234 chlorocephala, 233 Lepiota, 502 helveola, 504 morgani, 504 naiicina, 502 procera, 16, 502, 504, 509 rachodes, 504 Leptolegnia, 110, 114 caudata, 107, 114 Leptomitaceae, 95, 108, 111, 116, 119 key to genera, 122 Leptomitales, 35, 108, 630 Leptomitus, 116 ladeus, 111, 116 Leptoporus adustus, 378, 488 Leptosphaeria, 292, 296 coniothyrium, 579 Leptostroma, 580 Leptostromataceae, 234, 580 key to genera, 607 Leptothyrium acerinum, 579 pomi, 580 Leucoconis, 314 Leucocoprinus molybdites, 504 procerus, 502 Leucogaster, 539, 547 Leucoporus arcularius, 488 brumalis, 488 Leucosporae, 507 key to centrally stipitate genera, 521 Leucostoma, 282 Leveillula, 310, 314 taurica, 309 Levine, 507 Levisohn, 174 Liagora tetrasporifera, 643 Lichen, 11 Lichen acids, 218 aquatic, 218 crustose, 218 foliose, 218 fruticose, 218 pendent, 218, 219 Lichens, 9, 16, 194 Lichens — (Continued) apothecial, key to families and genera, 245 Lichtenstein, 181, 182 Lichtheimia, 184 » Lieneman, Miss, 265 Ligniera, 34 Lilliputia, 327, 331, 587 insignis, 327 Liniacinia, 320 Lindau, 227, 236, 273, 280, 307, 572, 588, 599, 604, 612, 622 Lindegren, 14, 269, 271, 335, 342, 346 Linder, 156, 161, 169, 315, 458, 590, 591, 593, 611, 612, 645, 646, 648 Lindfors, 396 Lindsay, 222 Ling- Young, 157, 160, 162, 164 Linnaeus, 10, 11, 15 Linum usitatissimum, 390, 405, 600 Liriodendron tulipifera, 265 Liro, 217, 410, 413, 414, 421 Lister, 23, 28 Literature cited, 18, 39, 75, 92, 123, 146, 187, 198, 257, 303, 360, 427, 461, 524, 567, 624, 658 Literature for identification of fungi, 660 Agaricaceae, Black-spored genera, 742 General, 730 Ochre- or Rust-spored genera, 740 Purple-spored genera, 741 Red- or Pink-spored genera, 739 White-spored genera, 735 Ascomyceteae, miscellaneous, 682 Aspergillales (Plectascales), 707 Asporogenous yeasts, 707 Atichiaceae, 705 Blastocladiales and Monoblephari- dales, 675 Boletaceae, 729 Capnodiaceae, Englerulaceae, Tricho- thyriaceae, Atichiaceae, 705 Chytridiales, 673 Clavariaceae, 723 Dothideales, 700 Eccrinales, 680 Englerulaceae, 705 Entomophthorales, 678 Erysiphaceae, 703 Exobasidiaceae, 721 Gasteromyceteae, General Works, 742 General Works, 662 Hemisphaeriales, 702 Heterobasidiae, 718 Host indexes, bibliographies, etc., 668 Hydnaceae, 724 Hymenogastrales, Sclerodermatales, etc., 743 774 INDEX Literature for identification of fungi — {Continued) "Hymenomyceteae" (General Works). 720 • Hyphochytriales, 675 Hypocreales, 699 Hysteriales, 695 Laboulbeniales, 682 Lagenidiales, 676 Lecanorales and Pyrenulales, 683 Lycoperdales (incl. Tulostomataceae and Podaxaceae), 744 Melanconiales, 750 Meliolaceae (Perisporiaceae), 704 Meruliaceae, 725 Moniliales: Dematiaceae, 753 Moniliaceae, 751 Tuberculariaceae, Stilbellaceae, and Mycelia Sterilia, 755 Monoblepharidales, 675 Mucorales, Entomophthorales, 678 Mycetozoa, 672 Myriangiaceae, 706 Nidulariales (incl. Arachniaceae), 746 Peronosporales, Protomycetales, 677 Pezizales Operculatae and Inopercu- latae (incl. "Phacidiales"), 688 Phallales, 746 Phycomyceteae, general works, 673 Polyporaceae, 726 Protomycetales, 677 Pseudosphaeriales, 701 Pyrenulales, 683 Saccharomycetales and Asporogenous yeasts, 707 Saprolegniales (incl. Leptomitales), 676 Sclerodermatales, 743 Sphaeriales, 695 Sphaeropsidales, 747 Taphrinales, 694 Thelephoraceae and Exobasidiaceae, 721 Trichothyriaceae, 705 Tuberales, 693 Uredinales, 712 Ustilaginales (incl. Grapliiolaceae), 709 Zoopagales, Eccrinales, 680 Litmus, 197, 219, 223 Ljungh, 196 Lloyd, 543 Lodder, Miss, 336, 346, 347, 348, 359 Lohman, 240 Lohwag, 242, 349, 532, 533, 543 Lohwag and Follmer, 484 Long, 554 Long and Plunkett, 558 Long and Stouffer, 544, 558 Longula, 542 texensis, 542 Lophiostoma, 278 Lophiostomataceae, 278, 279 Lophium mytilinum, 240 Lophodermium, 235 Lorenz, 531 Lower Fungi, 192, 196 Lunidospora, 575 curvida, 574 Lupo, Miss, 268 Lutman, 409 Luttrell, 293 Luzula midtiflora, 413 Lychnis, 411 Lycoperdaceae, 9, 11, 12, 534, 550, 551, 553 Lycoperdales, 535, 550 Ly coper don, 10, 11, 12, 533, 552 giganteum, 17 poculiforme, 18 pyriforme, 551 Lycopersicon, 350, 580 esculentum, 133, 600 Lysipenicillium, 327 Lysurus australiensis, 544 M Maassen, 352 Macbride and Martin, 23, 27, 36 Macrochyirium, 60 Macrophoma, 577, 578, 580 Macrospore, 181, 182 Macrosporium, 596 Magnusia, 327 nitida, 329 Magnusiella, 243 Mains and Jackson, 382 Mainsia, 407 Maire, 469, 473, 477 Malaceae, 408 Malen^on, 193, 393, 540, 558 Malus, 280, 316, 334 sylvestris, 395 Mangifera, 280 indica, 581 Mangin, 151, 321, 322 Mango, anthracnose, 280 Manina, 483 Manuel, Miss, 345 Marasmius, 498 oreades, 501, 502 Marssonina, 231 pmiattoniana, 582 MartenseUa, 156, 169 Martin, 1, 437, 443, 450, 451, 453, 455, 456, 457, 458, 400, 461, 549 Mason, 481, 575, 594 Massee, 386 INDEX 775 Massospora, 172, 177 Matruchot, 587 Matthews, Miss, 128, 130 Mattirolo, 237, 273 Maublanc and Malengon, 558 McCranie, 81, 85, 86 McCuUough, 336 McDonough, 140 McGuire, 478 McWhorter, 217 Medicago saliva, 230 Medulla, 216 Megachytrium, 63, 64 Meiosis, 107, 137, 144, 160, 161, 162, 371 Meiotic division, 22 Melampsora, 402, 405 euphorbiae, 405 farlowii, 405 helioscopiae, 401 lini, 382, 385, 390, 405, 409 medusae, 405 rihesii-purpureae, 405 Melampsoraceae, 402, 403, 405, 407 key to genera, 425 Melampsoridium betulinum, 401 Melanconiaceae, 581, 583 key to genera, 609 Melanconiales, 575, 581, 583 Melanconidaceae, 280 Melanin, 197 Melanogaster, 539, 547 Melanogastraceae, 539, 540 Melanospora, 278, 285 chionea, 276 Melanosporaceae, 275, 276 Melanosporae, 507 key to centrally stipitate genera, 524 Melhus, 135, 139 Melin and Nannfeldt, 576 Meliola, 292, 308, 309, 317, 319, 320, 321 circinans, 318 corallina, 318 Meliolaceae, 308 314, 317, 318, 319 key to genera, 354 Meliolineae, 319 Mellor, Miss, 218 Melogrammataceae, 280 Meruliaceae, 475, 484, 485, 487 key to genera, 515 Merulius, 485, 486 domesticus, 485 lacrymans, 485 Mesophellia, 553 Mesophelliaceae, 553 Mesospore, 408 Mestas, 237 Metaphyses, 273, 292 Metula, 587 Mez, 633, 634 Micheli, 10, 11, 510 Microconidia, 233, 264, 297 Microglossum, 234 Micromonospora, 585 Micromyces, 53, 54 longispinosus, 53 zygogojiii, 53 Micromycopsis, 53, 54 cristata, 45, 54 Micropeltis, 295 Microsphaera, 314 alni, 311, 317 herheridis, 315 quercina, 314 Microspore, 181, 270 Microstroma, 481 Microthyriaceae, 292, 293, 294, 307, 319, 320, 321 Microthyrium, 294 Middleton, 127, 130 Milbrath, 138, 141 Mildew, powdery, 8, 309 Milesia, 403 Miller, Julian, 203, 272, 274, 277, 285, 292, 331, 332 Miller, L. W., 482, 514 von Minden, 49, 86, 99, 134, 135 Mindeniella, 108, 117, 119 Mitrula, 234 Mittman, Miss, 267 Mix, 244 Modicella, 171 Molds, blue, 325 green, 325 herbarium, 325 pink, 327 sooty, 320, 349 MoUer, 216, 220, 454 Mollisia, 230 Mollisiaceae, 230, 320, 573, 580, 582 Monascus, 323, 326, 327 ruber, 324 Monilia, 347 Moniliaceae, 574, 583, 584, 586, 587, 588, 590, 591, 592, 593, 597, 598, 599 key to amerosporous genera, 612 to hyalodidymous genera, 615 to phragmosporous genera, 615 to scolecosporous, 616 Moniliales, 240, 574, 575, 576, 583, 588 key to endosporeae, 610 to form families, 583 to helicosporous genera, 611 to staurosporous, 616 Monilinia, 193, 194, 232 fructicola, 232 Monoblepharella, 80, 89, 91 776 INDEX Monoblepharella— (Continued) elongata, 90 mexicana, 90 taylori, 90 Monoblepharidaceae, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 635 Monoblepharidales, 49, 78, 79, 86, 95, 119, 143, 633, 634 key to family and genera, 92 Monoblepharis, 3, 78, 79, 86, 88, 90, 91 insignis, 88, 89 macrandra, 88, 89 polymorpha, 89 Monocaryon phase, 4, 6, 383 stage, 380 Monocentric Chytridiales, 42, 46 Monocotyledoneae, 2 Monomorphic zoospore, 106 Monoplanetic zoospores, 106 Monospora, 336 Monosporella bicuspidata, 345 Monotropa, 2 Monsma, 104 Montagnea, 534, 642 Montagnellaceae, 291 Montemartini, 600 Morchella, 10, 11, 12, 203, 211, 228 conica, 229 Moreau, 160, 212, 222, 373, 391, 398 Morels, 228 Morenoella quercina, 293 Morgan, 553 Morse, Miss, 553, 560 Mortierella, 152, 163, 170, 172 rostafinskii, 152 Mortierellaceae, 152, 169, 172 key to genera, 185 Mosquitoes, 78, 81 Mougeotia, 53 Mounce, Miss, 14, 375 Mounce and Macrae, 378, 487 Mucor, 11, 12, 151, 152, 153, 163, 165, 166, 167, 168, 170, 352 hiemalis, 160, 162 mucedo, 154, 161, 162 proliferus, 153 ramannianus, 171 rouxianus, 151 type, sexual process, 162 Mucoraceae, 5, 154, 157, 164, 165, 170 key to genera, 183 Mucorales, 12, 69, 143, 160, 151, 152, 156, 157, 172, 175, 178, 179, 180, 192, 193, 226, 337, 346, 586, 634, 635 key to families and genera, 183 Mucronella, 482 Multipileate type, 533 Mundkur, 132, 411, 419 Murphy, 133 MurriU, 481, 488, 489, 496, 519 Musca domestica, 176 Musci, 218 Muscus Saxatilis vel Lichen, 9 Mushroom, 505 Mutinus, 544 caninus, 544 ravenelii, 544 Mycelia, self-sterile, compatible, 268 Mycglia Sterilia, 576, 601 key to genera, 623 Mycelium, 3 coenocytic, 42, 104, 150 color, 4 dicaryon, 383 diploidization, 371 intercellular, 385 intracellular, 385 monocaryon, 368, 370, 383 primary, 4, 368, 453 secondary, 4, 368, 453 Mycena, 193, 470, 501 Mycenastrum, 552 Mycetozoa, 1, 2, 10, 12, 14, 16, 22, 23, 45, 94, 192, 197, 557 ancestry, 36 key to orders, 36 phylogeny, 630 Mycobacteriaceae, 585 Mycoderma, 347 Mycogone perniciosa, 589 Mycology, 1 history, 9 medical, 9 technical, 9 Mycosphaerella, 210, 296, 298, 578, 591, 639 cerasella, 298, 598 fragariae, 16, 298, 591 pinodes, 298, 580 sentina, 298 tabifica, 298 tulasnei, 595 tulipiferae, 205, 206, 265 Mycosphaerellaceae, 280, 296 Mycotoruleae, 347 Mycotoruloideae, 34(), 347 Mycotypha, 155, 167 Mykes, 9 Myriangiaceae, 322, 325, 332, 333, 334 key to genera, 357 Myriangiales, 272, 292, 299, 309, 320, 331, 583 Myriangina, 357 Myrianginella, 357 Myriangium, 325, 332, 334 curtisii, 333 INDEX 777 Myriangium — {Continued) duriaei, 202, 333 Myrioblepharis, 86 paradoxa, 86 Myriodiscus, 236 Myriogormm, 338 Myriostorna, 554 Myxamoeba, 22, 24 MyxocoUybia, 508 Myxogastrales, 23, 30, 35, 36 key to families and genera, 36 Myxogastres, 23 Myxomycetes, 1, 23 Myxophyceae, 215, 217 Myxosporium, 581, 582 Myzocytium, 100, 102 proliferum, 101 vermicola, 101 N Nabel, 45, 79, 151 Nannfeldt, 203, 205, 212, 223, 227, 230, 231, 234, 240, 251, 254, 271, 272, 274, 275, 277, 291, 323, 582 Napicladiurn, 596 Narasinhan, 132 Naumov, 163, 166 Nauss, Miss, 35 Nectaromyces, 346 Nectaromycetaceae, 346 Nectria, 287 chmaharina, 287, 289, 600 Nectriaceae, 287, 289 Nectrioidaceae, 580 Neergaard, 596 Nematodes, 78, 79, 589, 591 Nematospora, 335, 344 coryli, 345 lycopersici, 345 phaseoli, 345 Nematosporangium, 130 Nematosporoideae, 345 Neovossia indica, 411, 419 Nephrochytrium, 60 Nero, 9 Net-plasmodium, 30, 31 Neuhoff, 438, 457 Neurospora, 15, 269, 275, 391 crassa, 271 sitophila, 269, 270 tetrasperma, 268, 270 Newcomer and KenKnight, 585 Newton, 375, 376, 389 Nidularia, 548 Nidulariaceae, 535, 548, 549 Nidulariales, 535, 548 Nidulariopsis, 549, 550, 555 van Niel, 349 Nienburg, 286 Nigropogon, 532 Nigrospora, 594 oryzae, 594 panici, 594 Nitzschia, 2 Nobles, Miss, 473 Nocardia, 585 Nomenclature, rules for, 15 Nostoc, 11, 216, 217, 219 Nothofagus, 226, 236 Noivakowskiella, 63 macrospora, 63 Nuclear cap, 79, 81 Nucleus, diploid, 6 privileged, 341 Nurse cells, 312, 313 Nyctalis, 501 asterophora, 468 Nyland, 439 O Obelidium, 57 rnucronatum, 57 Ochrosporae, 507 key to centrally stipitate genera, 523 Octojuga, 532, 543 Odomyxa, 34, 35 Octophore, 278 Odontia, 482 Oedocephalurn, 586, 594 Oedogonium, 49 Oehm, 468 Oenothera, 53 Oersted, 394 Oidiophore, 368, 370, 371 Oidium, 194, 335, 337, 368, 370, 371 453, 468, 488, 501 binucleate, 370 uninucleate, 370 Oidium, 589 aureum, 590 Olive, 26, 29, 30, 396 Olpidiaceae, 46, 55, 97, 99, 100 Olpidiopsidaceae, 32, 46, 49, 50, 96, 97, 98, 102, 633 key to genera, 120 OUpidiopsis, 2, 98, 100 luxurians, 98 schenkiawi, 49, 99 varians, 98 vexans, 98 Olpidium, 47, 49, 71, 95 brassicae, 47 radicale, 45, 49 trifolii, 47 778 INDEX Olpidiuni — {Continued) irifolii, sexual reproduction, 47 viciae, 47, 48 sexual reproduction, 47 Omphalia chrysophylla, 506 Onygena, 330, 444 caprina, 331 equina, 331 Omygenaceae, 325, 330, 331 Oogone, 106, 213 aplerotic, 129 plerotic, 129 Oomyceteae, 143 Oort, 377 Oosphere, 112, 136 Oospora, 194, 584, 585 ladis, 584, 585 nicotianae, 585 Oospore, 6, 95, 126, 136, 163 exogenous, 90 parthenogenetic, 133 Opegrapha atra, 220 subsiderella, 220 Operculatae, forms, 46, 224, 230 Operculate series, 45 Operculum, 45, 225, 226 Ophiostoma, 277, 278, 598 adiposum, 267 coeruleum, 267 fimbriaium, 267 paradoxum, 278, 576 piceae, 267 pluriannidatum, 267 ulmi, 277, 278, 598 Ophiostomataceae, 277, 323 Orange, 280 Orcein, 197, 219, 223 Orchidaceae, 2 Orobanche, 2 Orton, 284 Oryza sativa, 591 Osborn, 33 Ostiole, 203, 225, 262, 551 Ostropa, 230 Ostropaceae, 230, 254 Ostropales, 230 Oudemans, 414 van Overeem, 174 Oxalis, 390, 391 stricta, 395 Oxycoccus macrocarpus, 50, 53, tSO Oxydotitia, 482 Ozonium, 602 omnivorum, 602 Pachynia, 602 cocos, 487, 602 Pachysterigma fugax, 456 Padus, 243 Pady, 383, 385, 393 Palm, 137 Palm and Burk, 33, 34 Palmella, 285 Palmeter, 270 Pampolysporium, 317 Panaeolus, 510 Panicum, 55 Papulospora, 5 mytilina, 240 Paragyrodon sphaerosporus, 496, 497 Paramyces, 468 Paraphysis, 203, 208, 210, 220, 273, 319, 466, 499 Paraphysoid, 273 Parasite, balanced, 8 destructive, 8, 132 facultative, 7 obligatory, 8 Parasitism, 7, 193 balanced, 194 destructive, 193 Paravicini, 410, 413 Parenchyma, true, 195, 190 Parmularia, 240, 294 Parodiopsis stevensii, 314 Parr, Miss, 166 Parthenogenesis, 6, 107, 108, 112, 129 Patella, 227 scutellata, 227 Patouillard, 321, 322, 327, 436, 470, 472, 476 Patouillardina, 455 Patterson, 128 Paxillaceae, 496 Paxillus, 496, 497, 498 Peck, 12 Pectose, 3, 151 Pedogamy, 341 Pellicularia, 5, 457, 467, 473 filamentosa, 465, 475, 602 isabellina, 474 Peltomyces, 35 Penicillin, 602, 603 Penicillium, 194, 323, 325, 326, 327, 573, 576, 586, 588, 591, 598, 602 chrysogenum, 587, 603 crustaceum, 328 expansum, 587 frequentans, 587 luteum, 328 notaium, 326, 587, 603 vermiculatuni, 328 Peniophora, 475, 482 Perfect stage, 18, 572 Perforations in septa, 195 INDEX 779 Periconia, 594 Pericystaceae, 337, 350, 352 Pericystis, 352 alvei, 352 apis, 352 Peridermium, 408 Peridiole, 548 Peridium, 531 Periphysis, 203, 207, 274, 319 Periplasm, 100, 101, 106, 114, 116, 117, 119, 126, 129, 132, 136, 137, 142 Perisporiaceae, 307, 317 Perisporiales, 292, 295, 307, 587 Perisporium, 307 granmieuni, 307 Perithecium, 196, 202, 203, 262 typical, 272 Peronoplasmopara, 141 Peronospora, 139, 141, 142 ficariae, 138 parasitica, 141 spinaciae, 141 Peronosporaceae, 18, 127, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 172 key to genera, 145 Peronosporales, 35, 49, 95, 108, 119, 126, 135, 142, 143, 151, 193, 631, 633, 634 keys to families and genera, 145 Persea, 280 Persoon, 12, 16, 17, 18, 227, 469, 554, 555 Pestalotia, 582 versicolor, 583 Pestalozzia, 582 Petch, 202, 333 Petersen, H. E., 55, 135 Petersen, N. F., 411 Petersenia, 100 Pethybridge, 132 Petrak, 273, 284, 291, 292, 299, 319, 354 Petrak and Sydow, 573, 577, 579 Peziza, 10, 12, 228 badia, 228 cacabus, 196 pustulata, 586 repanda, 228 vesiculosa, 228 Pezizaceae, 10, 202, 203, 227, 234 Pezizales, 197, 200, 210, 215, 223, 224, 237, 238, 243, 271, 295, 332, 334, 335, 573, 580, 582, 602, 639 key to families and genera of in- operculatae, 251 of operculatae, 249 Pezizella oenotherae, 601 Phacidiaceae, 234, 239, 240, 582 Phacidium, 234 Phaeoradulum, 482 Phaeoseptoria, 580 Phallaceae, 9, 534, 543, 544, 545, 546 Phallales, 532, 535, 543 Phallogaster, 543, 544 Phallus, 10, 11, 12, 544 impudicus, 544 ravenelii, 544 Phaseolus, 334 limensis, 133 vulgaris, 395, 409, 475 Phellinus, 487 igniarius, 486, 493 Phellodon, 482 Phellorinia, 532, 553, 557, 558, 560 Phellorinieae, 558 Phialide, 5, 576, 586 definition, 575 Phialophora, 576 Phlebia, 482, 484 Phleogena, 439, 444, 556 decorticata, 444, 445 faginea, 444 Phleogenaceae, 440, 444, 445 Phlogiotis, 455 Phlyctidiaceae, 55 Phlyctochytrium, 55, 71 hallii, 56 Phlyctorhiza, 60 endogena, 60 Pholiota adiposa, 508 aurivella, 368, 468, 501 Phoma, 297, 577, 580 betae, 298, 578 stenobothri, 577 Phomopsis, 282 citri, 579 Phragmidium, 383, 394, 395, 402, 407, 408 rubi, 383, 400 rubi-idaei, 406 speciosum, 392 violaceum, 387 Phragmobasidiae, 437 Phycomyces, 160, 163 blakesleanus, 161 microsporus, 161, 164 nitens, 160, 161, 163 Phycomyceteae, 3, 4, 5, 7, 143, 182, 192, 193, 195, 334, 350, 572, 585 higher, phylogeny, 634 holocarpic bi flagellate, 95 nonflagellate, key to orders, 44 Phycopsis, 322 Phylacteria, 476, 481 Phylacteries, 481 Phyllachora, 284 graminis, 284 Phyllachoraceae, 282, 284, 290 Phyllachorineae, 284 780 INDEX Phylladinia, 310, 314 eleagni, 315 guttata, 309 Phyllosticta, 577 tabifica, 577, 578 Phyrnatotrichum, 589 omnivorum, 589, 602 Physalacria, 478 Physalospora, 298, 579 cydoniae, 298 Physarella oblonga, 23 Physarum nutans, 28 polycephalum, 23, 24, 25 Physcia, 222, 223, 264 Physiologic forms, 8, 382 race, 389 Physocladia, 61 obscura, 61 Physoderma, 64, 66 maculare, 65, 66 zeae-maydis, 65, 66 Physodermataceae, 61, 64, 65, 67 Phytophthora, 127, 130, 133, 134, 135, 142, 634 arecae, 132 cactorum, 131, 133 hirnalayensis, 132 infestans, 133 phaseoli, 133 stellata, 133 Pierce, 242 Pierson, 390 Piersonia, 239 Pietra fungaia, 490 Pigment, 197 Pilacre, 444 Pilacrella, 444 Pilaira, 165, 166 Pilat, 539 Pileocystidium, 466 Pileolaria, 407 Piline, 317 Pilobolaceae, 155, 156, 165 key to genera, 184 Pilobolus, 49, 153, 156, 163, 165, 166, 169, 170, 175, 636 crystallinus, 155 kleinii, 155, 636 longipes, 636 Pinkerton, Miss, 586 Pmus, 387, 405, 497 s^robws, 383, 386, 395, 409 Piptocephalidaceae, 156, 159, 168, 178 key to genera, 185 Piptocephalis, 163, 168, 170 cruciata, 159 freseniana, 159 Piptoporus betulinus, 491 Piricularia, 590, 591 oryzae, 590 PiVms, 334 Pisolithus, 535, 547, 548 Pistillaria, 478 Pityriasis capitis, 347 Pityrosporum, 346, 347 Placenta, 291 Planocyte, 22, 23, 42 Planogametes, 6 Planont, 79, 82 Planospore, 5, 66 Plasmatoonkosis, 130 Plasmodiophora, 31, 34, 36, 94, 631 brassicae, 31, 32, 33, 35 Plasmodiophoraceae, 94 Plasmodiophorales, 23, 31, 35, 630 key to genera, 39 Plasmodium, 22, 24, 35 Plasynopara, 139, 140, 141 Platanus, 280 Platycarpa, 439, 441 Platygloea, 443 Plectania, 227 coccinea, 228 Plectascales, 205, 272, 275, 322 Plectobasidial structure, 533 Plectobasidiales, 546 Plectospira, 114 Pleospora, 296 herbarum, 597 Pleosporaceae, 266, 280, 296, 298 Pleotrachelus, 49, 100 fulgens, 49 Pleurage, 200, 275, 391 anserina, 264 Pleurocystidium, 466, 499 Pleurotus ostreatus, 502 ulmarius, 502 Plicatura, 484 Plowright, 379, 380, 394, 420 Plum pockets, 243 Pluteus cervinus, 502, 504 Poa, 316 pratensis, 418 Poaceae, 140, 316, 421 Podaxaceae, 535, 550, 558, 559 Podaxis, 532, 550, 553, 559, 560 pistillaris, 559, 560 Podetium, 218 Podosphaera, 312, 314 leucotricha, 316 oxyacanthae, 316 Podospora, 275 Pogonomyces hydnaides, 491 Poisson, 181 Poitras, 129, 168 Polycentric series, 42, 46 INDEX 781 Polychytrium, 63 Polymyxa, 35 Polyphagus, 57, 59 euglenae, 46, 57 Polyporaceae, 8, 9, 10, 11, 467, 469, 470, 473, 477, 484, 486, 490, 491, 492, 493, 498, 508, 511 key to genera, 516 Polyporales, 464, 469, 471, 473, 474, 481, 485, 490, 491, 492, 493, 495 key to families, 472 Polyporus, 5, 11, 489, 490, 491, 586, 602 caudicinus, 490 squamosus, 196, 486, 490 tuberaster, 490 Polysphondylium, 30 violaceuni, 29 Polysticius, 488, 489, 491 abietinus, 487 Polystigma, 287 rubrurn, 286 Polystomella, 294 Polystomellaceae, 290, 294, 319, 320 Polythrincium, 595 trifolii, 595 Pontisma, 100 Poole, 243 Populus, 405 Pore, 495 fungi, 2 Pores, 481 Porta, 488, 489, 494 Porothelium, 484 Portulaca oleracea, 137 Posteriorly uniflagellate fungi, key to orders, 43 Prillieux, 578 Prillieux and Delacroix, 595 Primordiuin, basidial, 451 Primula, 227 Pringsheim, 130 Proabsidia, 184 Proactinomyces, 585 Probasidium, 458, 646 Proliferation, 109, 130, 153, 341 Promycelium, 379, 380, 381, 384, 394, 438, 453 internal, 384, 405 Propagula, 308, 321, 322 Prosenchyma, 196 Prosorus, 52 Prospodium, 399, 408 plagiopus, 401, 407 Prosporangium, 54 Proteomyxa, 36 Profoabsidia, 184 Protoachlya, 115 Proto-aecidium, 386 Protococcus, 217, 285 Protocoronospora, 481 ■ Protodontia, 455 Protogaster, 334, 535, 536, 539 rhizophilus, 535 Protogastraceae, 534, 535, 536 Protogastrales, 535, 536, 537 Protohydnurn, 455 gelatinosuvi, 454 Protomerulius, 455 Protomyces, 143, 144 inundatus, 143 macrosporus, 144 Protomycetaceae, 143, 144, 172 Protomycetales, 126, 143, 145 Protomycopsis, 143 leucantherni, 144 Protozoa, 22, 35, 116, 630 Protubera, 543 Pru7ius, 231, 243, 316, 582 avium, 243 cerasus, 243 domestica, 286 Psalliota, 502 Pseudocolus, 544 javanicus, 543 Pseudocoprinus, 509, 510 Pseudohypha, 348 Pseudolpidiopsis, 49, 99 Pseudolpidiurn, 99 Pseudoparenchyma, 195, 196 Pseudoperonospora, 141, 142 celtidis, 141 cubensis, 141 humuli, 141 Pseudopeziza, 224, 230 medicaginis, 230 n'bzs, 230, 573, 582